---
name: snappy-mastermind-model
role: The verbatim playbook for designing and running a high-ticket mastermind/community business on Skool (Sam Ovens' Wetube SS + Uplevel Consulting)
loaded-by: PreToolUse hook (auto-injected when "snappy-mastermind-model" appears in a Task prompt)
Triggers on: mastermind, high-ticket community, offer ladder, FEM, BEM, member cap, VSL funnel, opportunity funnel, sales call formula, sell before build, Wetube, Uplevel, Sam Ovens
---

# snappy-mastermind-model — Agent Loader

You are operating as the reference for how to build a **high-ticket mastermind/community business on Skool**. This file is self-sufficient for most questions; open the `resources/*.md` files only when you need a verbatim script, table, or SOP. Every number/script/benchmark in this skill is quoted **verbatim** from the corpus (Wetube SS + Uplevel Consulting). "n/a" = the source never states it. This is a **knowledge skill** — it never posts and calls no APIs.

This is a *model to adapt*, not gospel — the numbers are Sam Ovens' (2020–2024). When generating Snappy-facing copy from it, `snappy-positioning` still wins on voice and banned phrases.

## The model in one screen

**Thesis:** *"Course = content. Mastermind = people. Course = 1-time pricing. Mastermind = annual subscription. Course = static. Mastermind = dynamic. Course = isolation. Mastermind = collaboration."* You sell recurring annual access to people + collaboration, not a one-time course.

**The member cap IS the offer.** A defined cap + application + waitlist + invite manufactures scarcity. *"The mechanics of the offer should create demand on their own."* *"Constraints breed resourcefulness."*

### Two ladders — don't conflate them

- **Sam's own (proof case):** Consulting Accelerator **$2,000** → Uplevel Consulting (**n/a**, ~130–140 put through) → Quantum mastermind **$36,000/yr, cap 100**.
- **What the student builds (the taught model):** **Frontend Mastermind (FEM)** $9,800/yr, cap 60→360 → **Backend Mastermind (BEM)** ~3–4× FEM (Quantum $36k analog), cap ~100, adds in-person/virtual 1–3 day events.

**5 Elements** (FEM + BEM share them): Instructions · Community · Collab calls · Coaching · Events. Events are the BEM differentiator. The ladder feeds itself — BEM event recordings become FEM course content; FEM grads become BEM members.

### The math (cap-driven)

Price × cap = income ceiling per product. Model P&L: Wetube $9,800 × 360 + Quantum $36,000 × 100 + Affiliate $16k/mo = **$610k/mo / $7.32M/yr**, expenses $81,250/mo → **52% net margin** (post 40% profit share). Targets: ≥50% net margin (needs 2 products), cash:spend ≥1.2:1 before scaling ads, no debt.

**$100k/month call-funnel unit economics:** $1/click → $10/lead → $100/call, 20% close → **$500 CAC**. **$10k ads → $100k sales; $20k spend → $80k net → 80% margin.**

### Funnel sequencing law

**Organic proves the offer; paid scales it.** Mix ~**60% organic / 40% paid**. Sequence as the offer matures:
1. **Sell before you build** — close 1–5 paid before any content (Sam closed 24 of 25). *"Strategy sessions equal money."*
2. **Launch Funnel** — waitlist + $99 deposit, sell in waves to cap. Real result: **911 waitlist → 437 $99 deposits → 180 $9,800 sales = $1,764,000.**
3. **Opportunity Funnel** (application → strategy call, for ascension/BEM) + **VSL Funnel** (cold opt-in → 6-email nurture → call) + **YouTube ads** (Brian Moncada: *"80% of success = creative; 80% of creative = script"*; *"ads sell the VSL, not the offer"*).
4. **Adaptation** — quarterly 1:1 retention calls.

**Four Power Activities:** Hunting / Advancing / Farming / Closing (daily caps: FB ≤40 friend requests/day, LinkedIn 10–20/day).

### Sales spine

**Sales Call Formula:** Daily prep → Pre call → On call → Post call. **4 TRUST objections** (don't trust: you understand their problems / the offer fits / the investment / themselves). **Buyer diagnosis:** experienced = certain → "work with" framing; inexperienced = uncertain → "push" framing. Price stated on demand, not before. Tonality: *"Be the tide, not the current."*

**Sales-rep comp:** 10–15% of sales paid **when cash is collected**, monthly wire; first hire = AM/closer at flat 15%. Hire the first rep at ~**8 calls/day** of demand. Rep math: 20 calls/wk × 20–25% close × ~$6k ≈ $10–20k/mo. Cost of hiring too early ≈ $20–25k burned per rep.

### Team + delivery

**5 Stages of Team Evolution** (cost ladder): Stage 1 ($15–100/hr contractors) → Stage 2 ($1–4k/mo VAs) → Stage 3 ($30–50k generalists) → Stage 4 ($70–100k + commission specialists) → Stage 5 ($150–350k executives). **Delivery** = community group + course content + **2× weekly 2-hour Q&A calls**. Jesse Clark ops doctrine: *"systemables"*, **delete > automate > delegate**, *"Are the sales reps' calendars full?"*, flywheel coefficient > 1.5, no debt, daily standup non-optional.

### Converting a course → mastermind

Use **Maria's Letter** (in `resources/offers-and-pricing.md`): announce the transform, give existing clients ~30 days free to try the community, price the new annual program with a loyalty discount, cap the intake ("only 45 places… 15 new people each month"). Migration tree: from scratch → start FEM; small/new course → move customers to annual billing; old course → launch a fresh product.

## API module

```typescript
import { getLadders, getModelMath, getFunnelBenchmarks, getSalesFormula, getTeamStages, listTopics, readTopic, listWetubeTranscripts, readWetubeTranscript, searchWetubeCorpus } from "../snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts";
```

Or CLI:
```bash
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts ladders      # the two ascension ladders
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts math         # the cap-driven P&L + $100k/mo math
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts funnels      # funnel benchmarks + sequencing
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts sales        # Sales Call Formula + objections
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts team         # 5 Stages of Team Evolution
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts topics       # list resource files
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts read <topic> # print a resource file
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts transcripts  # list the 45 verbatim source transcripts (corpus/)
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts transcript <file>  # print a full verbatim transcript
npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts grep <term>  # trace a claim -> source quote (file:line)
```

| Function | Returns |
|---|---|
| `getLadders()` | Both ascension ladders (Sam's own + the student-built FEM/BEM) as structured data |
| `getModelMath()` | The cap-driven P&L, margin targets, and the $100k/month unit economics |
| `getFunnelBenchmarks()` | The three funnels, the organic/paid mix, and the real launch result |
| `getSalesFormula()` | The Sales Call Formula stages, the 4 TRUST objections, buyer diagnosis, rep comp |
| `getTeamStages()` | The 5 Stages of Team Evolution cost ladder |
| `listTopics()` | The resource-file catalog (slug → title) |
| `readTopic(slug)` | The full markdown of a resource file |
| `listWetubeTranscripts()` | The verbatim-transcript manifest (section, title, file, durMin, chars, conf, status) |
| `readWetubeTranscript(file)` | The full markdown of one raw transcript in `corpus/` |
| `searchWetubeCorpus(term)` | Trace a claim: every corpus line matching `term`, as `{file, line, text}` |

## When to open a resource file

| Need | File |
|---|---|
| Exact prices/caps, full P&L, FEM/BEM mechanics, Offer Mechanics Worksheet, Maria's Letter | `resources/offers-and-pricing.md` |
| Funnel page flows, VSL/JIT/2K benchmark tables, DM scripts, the verbatim 6-email sequence | `resources/funnels-and-attraction.md` |
| The full Sales Call Formula, objection scripts, qualifying questions, rep comp/economics | `resources/sales-mechanics.md` |
| Weekly Q&A drill, onboarding SOP, support SOPs, team cost ladder, hiring playbook | `resources/operations-and-team.md` |
| Real launch numbers, the executivebootcamp.co specimen, named case studies, quotable lines | `resources/case-studies-and-assets.md` |
| Trace any claim to its verbatim source quote; read a full lesson transcript | `corpus/INDEX.md` (+ `api.ts grep`/`transcript`) |

## Gaps (do not invent past these)

- BEM price/cap never stated (infer ~3–4× FEM). Uplevel's own sticker price never stated.
- The "Alchemic Conversion Script" is named but never reproduced in the corpus.
- The 6-email VSL sequence sells a course, not a mastermind — reuse the structure, rewrite the copy.
- No guarantee/refund terms are spelled out. Maria's Letter prices/caps belong to a third-party business.
- All numbers are Sam Ovens' (2020–2024). Adapt, don't copy.

<!-- SKILL-INDEX-START -->
[snappy-mastermind-model Index]|root: ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model|IMPORTANT: Prefer these files over pre-training assumptions for this domain. Read the relevant file when the AGENTS.md summary is insufficient.|root:{SKILL.md}|corpus:{00-welcome__start-here-loom-onboarding.md,INDEX.md,week-five-youtube-__1-youtube-ads-overview.md,week-five-youtube-__2-account-setup.md,week-five-youtube-__3-creative.md,week-five-youtube-__4-targeting.md,week-five-youtube-__5-launching.md,week-five-youtube-__6-testing-optimizing-and-scaling.md,week-five-youtube-__7-bonus.md,week-five-youtube-__8-youtube-ads-targeting-guide-for-.md,week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-1.md,week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-2.md,week-four-funnel-e__1-traffic-engine.md,week-four-funnel-e__2-website.md,week-four-funnel-e__3-email-newsletter.md,week-four-funnel-e__4-youtube-channel.md,week-four-funnel-e__5-vsl-funnel.md,week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-1.md,week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-2.md,week-one-model-off__1-vision.md,week-one-model-off__2-model.md,week-one-model-off__3-offer.md,week-one-model-off__4-mindset.md,week-one-model-off__5-converting-to-the-new-model.md,week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-1.md,week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-2.md,week-six-fine-tuni__1-operations-philosophy.md,week-six-fine-tuni__2-ceo-daily-workflow.md,week-six-fine-tuni__3-mastermind-member-operations.md,week-six-fine-tuni__4-financial-operations.md,week-six-fine-tuni__5-team-operations.md,week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-1.md,week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-2.md,week-three-making-__1-mastermind-philosophy.md,week-three-making-__2-skool-group-and-tools.md,week-three-making-__3-frontend-mastermind.md,week-three-making-__4-backend-mastermind.md,week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-1.md,week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-2.md,week-two-launch-be__1-launching-a-mastermind.md,week-two-launch-be__2-launch-funnel.md,week-two-launch-be__3-opportunity-funnel.md,week-two-launch-be__4-sales-call-formula.md,week-two-launch-be__5-sales-call-tracking.md,week-two-launch-be__6-sales-call-preparation.md,week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-1.md,week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-2.md}|resources:{case-studies-and-assets.md,funnels-and-attraction.md,offers-and-pricing.md,operations-and-team.md,sales-mechanics.md}
<!-- SKILL-INDEX-END -->

## Used by

Nothing in the collection names this skill.

<!-- SNAPPY-CONTRACT-VERBS-START -->
## Contract verbs

Generated from `api.ts` `HAND_CONTRACT`. Do not hand-edit this block.

| Verb | Contract arguments | Effect | First call |
|---|---|---|---|
| `funnels` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts funnels` |
| `grep` | `term` | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts grep <term>` |
| `ladders` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts ladders` |
| `math` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts math` |
| `read` | `slug` | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts read <slug>` |
| `sales` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts sales` |
| `team` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts team` |
| `topics` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts topics` |
| `transcript` | `file` | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts transcript <file>` |
| `transcripts` | — | `read` | `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts transcripts` |

## Show the result

When an answer carries `face_hint`, show it with one `snappy_present(<answer>)` call.
See `/snappy-faces` for face selection. Human-facing images must crop to the
element, render at 2x on Retina, and fill the destination channel instead of
placing a small card in a full-page screenshot.
<!-- SNAPPY-CONTRACT-VERBS-END -->

---
name: snappy-mastermind-model
reports_to: tool
head: false
description: The complete playbook for running a high-ticket mastermind/community business on Skool — distilled verbatim from Sam Ovens' "Wetube SS" and "Uplevel Consulting". Covers the offer ladder (FEM/BEM, member caps), the model math (cap-driven P&L), the three funnels (Launch/Opportunity/VSL), the Four Power Activities, the Sales Call Formula, sales-rep compensation, the 5 Stages of Team Evolution, delivery SOPs, and real case studies. Read this before designing any mastermind offer, pricing, funnel, sales process, or team structure.
triggers:
  - designing a high-ticket mastermind, community, or cohort offer
  - pricing a recurring annual program or setting a member cap
  - building a Launch / Opportunity / VSL funnel for a high-ticket offer
  - converting a one-time course into an annual mastermind
  - writing or auditing a high-ticket sales call / strategy session script
  - hiring or compensating sales reps and building a delivery team
  - modeling the unit economics of a mastermind business
---

**Triggers on:** snappy-mastermind-model, mastermind, mastermind-model, Wetube, Uplevel, Sam Ovens, high-ticket community

# snappy-mastermind-model

The end-to-end model for building a high-ticket mastermind business on Skool — the offers, the website/funnels, the pricing, and the operating mechanics. Distilled from two Sam Ovens programs: **Wetube SS** (the Skool-centric "mastermind model") and **Uplevel Consulting** (the detailed Notion course). Every price, cap, script, and benchmark in this skill and its resource files is quoted **verbatim** from the corpus. "n/a" = the source never states it.

> This is a **knowledge skill** (retrieval, not a tool). It does not post or call APIs. When you need to design a mastermind offer, set pricing, build a funnel, write a sales script, or structure a team, read here first and prefer this corpus over pre-training assumptions.

## Purpose

Hold the entire mastermind model — offer architecture, funnel sequencing, sales mechanics, delivery, team-building, and the case studies that prove it — in one place, so any agent designing a Snappy (or client) high-ticket community can work from the real playbook instead of generic "course launch" advice.

## When to Use

- Designing or pricing a high-ticket recurring offer (mastermind, community, cohort, group program).
- Deciding a **member cap** and the scarcity mechanics around it.
- Choosing and sequencing a funnel (Launch vs Opportunity vs VSL) and the organic/paid mix.
- Writing or auditing a high-ticket **strategy-session / sales-call** script.
- Converting an existing **one-time course → annual mastermind**.
- Hiring, compensating, and sequencing a **sales + delivery team**.
- Modeling the **unit economics** ($100k/month math, cap-driven P&L, profit share).

## Core Principles

1. **Sell people, not content.** *"Course = content. Mastermind = people. Course = 1-time pricing. Mastermind = annual subscription. Course = static. Mastermind = dynamic. Course = isolation. Mastermind = collaboration."* The recurring annual subscription is the whole point.
2. **The member cap IS the offer.** A defined cap + application + waitlist + invite manufactures scarcity. *"The mechanics of the offer should create demand on their own."* *"Constraints breed resourcefulness."*
3. **Cap-driven economics.** Price × member-cap = the annual income ceiling of each product. You grow by adding rungs (FEM → BEM), not by discounting.
4. **Sell before you build.** *"Get at least one to five customers that have paid… before we create a single slide."* Selling is the only true acid test. Sam built Uplevel 2.0 by closing **24 of 25** strategy sessions before any content existed.
5. **Strategy sessions equal money.** Income is proportional to conversations had. *"What can I do this month / week / today to generate one new strategy session per day?"*
6. **The ladder feeds itself.** BEM live-event recordings become FEM course content; FEM graduates become BEM members.

## The model at a glance

### The two ladders (don't conflate them)

**Sam's OWN ecosystem (Consulting.com) — the proof case:**

| Rung | Product | Price | Cap | Sold via |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Entry | Consulting Accelerator | **$2,000** | — | 2KA automated webinar |
| Ascension | Uplevel Consulting (9-wk) | **n/a** | ~130–140 put through | 1:1 strategy-session call |
| Top | Quantum (mastermind) | **$36,000/yr** | 100 | private / opportunity funnel |

**The ladder the STUDENT builds (the model being taught):**

| Rung | Product | Price (Wetube example) | Cap | What it is |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Front door | **Frontend Mastermind (FEM)** | **$9,800/yr** | 60 → raised to 360 | recurring annual Skool community + content + 2× weekly collab calls |
| Ascension | **Backend Mastermind (BEM)** | **n/a** (~3–4× FEM; Quantum $36k is the analog) | ~100 | FEM grads w/ 100+ customers; adds in-person/virtual 1–3 day events |

**The 5 Elements** (shared by FEM + BEM): (1) Instructions · (2) Community · (3) Collab calls · (4) Coaching · (5) Events. Events are the BEM differentiator (in-person/virtual, 1–3 days).

### The model math (one-page P&L)

Cap-driven. **Headline: ~52% net margin, ~$7.3M/yr on two products + an affiliate line.**

```
INCOME      PRICE    CAP   /MONTH     /YEAR
Wetube      $9,800   360   $294,000   $3,528,000
Quantum     $36,000  100   $300,000   $3,600,000
Affiliate   -        -     $16,000    $192,000
                           $610,000   $7,320,000

EXPENSE (Stripe 2.5% + contractors + office + ads + tools + other) = $81,250/mo
PROFIT $528,750/mo · after 40% profit share $317,250/mo · MARGIN 52.01%
```

**$100k/month unit economics (call funnel):** $1/click → $10/lead → $100/call, 20% close → **$500 CAC**. Program $3–6k, cap 100/mo. **$10k ads → $100k sales; $20k total spend → $80k net/mo → 80% margin.**

Full P&L, the $100k/mo derivation, and Maria's course→mastermind migration letter: **`resources/offers-and-pricing.md`**.

### The funnel-sequencing law

**Organic proves the offer; paid scales it.** Revenue mix ~**60% organic / 40% paid**. Three funnels, used in order as the offer matures:

1. **Launch Funnel** — waitlist + $99 deposit, sell in waves to the cap. Real result: **911 waitlist → 437 $99 deposits → 180 $9,800 sales = $1,764,000.**
2. **Opportunity Funnel** — application → strategy call, for ascension/BEM (the Quantum ~$1M campaign ran here).
3. **VSL Funnel** — cold VSL opt-in → 6-email nurture → booked call, the always-on engine.

Benchmarks (VSL/JIT/2K tables), the Four Power Activities, organic DM scripts, YouTube-ads doctrine, and the verbatim 6-email sequence: **`resources/funnels-and-attraction.md`**.

### The sales spine

The **Sales Call Formula** (Daily prep → Pre call → On call → Post call), the **4 TRUST objections**, and **buyer diagnosis** (experienced buyer = certain → "work with"; inexperienced = uncertain → "push"). Rep comp = **10–15% of cash collected**, paid when cash lands. Hire the first rep at ~**8 calls/day** of demand. Full skeleton + scripts: **`resources/sales-mechanics.md`**.

### The team ladder

**5 Stages of Team Evolution** — the cost ladder you climb as revenue grows: Stage 1 ($15–100/hr contractors) → Stage 2 ($1–4k/mo VAs) → Stage 3 ($30–50k generalists) → Stage 4 ($70–100k + commission specialists) → Stage 5 ($150–350k executives). First hire = account manager / closer at flat 15%. Delivery is a hybrid: community group + course content + 2× weekly 2-hour Q&A calls. SOPs + hiring playbook: **`resources/operations-and-team.md`**.

## Navigation Guide

| Need to… | Read |
|---|---|
| Price an offer, set a member cap, design FEM/BEM, see the full P&L, convert a course→mastermind | [`resources/offers-and-pricing.md`](resources/offers-and-pricing.md) |
| Build a funnel, choose organic vs paid, run YouTube ads, get the 6-email VSL sequence, benchmark conversion | [`resources/funnels-and-attraction.md`](resources/funnels-and-attraction.md) |
| Write/audit a sales call, handle objections, diagnose buyers, comp + hire sales reps | [`resources/sales-mechanics.md`](resources/sales-mechanics.md) |
| Deliver the program, run weekly Q&A, onboard clients, build and sequence the team | [`resources/operations-and-team.md`](resources/operations-and-team.md) |
| Steal a real website specimen, cite revenue results, study the community lifecycle, pull quotable lines | [`resources/case-studies-and-assets.md`](resources/case-studies-and-assets.md) |
| **Trace a claim to the verbatim source** — read or grep the raw Wetube transcripts | [`corpus/INDEX.md`](corpus/INDEX.md) |

## Quick Reference

```
THESIS         Course=content/1-time/static/isolation → Mastermind=people/annual/dynamic/collaboration
OFFER          FEM (front door, ~$5-10k/yr, cap ~60) → BEM (ascension, ~20-40k/yr, cap ~100, live events)
SCARCITY       member cap + application + waitlist + invite. "Constraints breed resourcefulness."
MATH           Price × cap = income ceiling. Target ≥50% net margin (needs 2 products), cash:spend ≥1.2:1
$100k/mo       $500 CAC, $10k ads → $100k sales, 80% margin, cap 100/mo
SEQUENCE       sell-before-build → Launch funnel → Opportunity + VSL + YouTube ads → quarterly retention calls
TRAFFIC        ~60% organic / 40% paid. Four Power Activities: Hunting / Advancing / Farming / Closing
SALES          Sales Call Formula + 4 TRUST objections + buyer diagnosis. Reps: 10-15% on cash collected
TEAM           5 Stages: $15-100/hr → $1-4k/mo → $30-50k → $70-100k+comm → $150-350k. First hire = AM/closer @15%
DELIVERY       community group + course content + 2× weekly 2-hr Q&A calls
PROOF          launch 911→437→180 = $1.76M. executivebootcamp.co specimen. Record $235,786 (Jeff & Jessica Samis)
TRACE          corpus/ = 45 verbatim transcripts (2.02M ch). `api.ts grep "<quote>"` resolves a claim to file:line
```

## Resource Files

### [`resources/offers-and-pricing.md`](resources/offers-and-pricing.md)
The two ladders, FEM vs BEM (5 Elements, 3 FEM stages, 8-step BEM event flow), the Offer Mechanics Worksheet, offer fundamentals, all verbatim prices & caps, the full model-math P&L, the $100k/month unit economics, and Maria's course→mastermind migration letter.

### [`resources/funnels-and-attraction.md`](resources/funnels-and-attraction.md)
Traffic engine & revenue mix, the three Wetube funnels, VSL/JIT/2K benchmark tables, the Four Power Activities (with daily caps), organic DM/outreach scripts, YouTube-ads doctrine (Brian Moncada), owned organic engines, the verbatim 6-email VSL nurture sequence, asset production specs, and the tool stack.

### [`resources/sales-mechanics.md`](resources/sales-mechanics.md)
The full Sales Call Formula skeleton, the 4 TRUST objections, buyer diagnosis (experienced vs inexperienced), qualifying questions, sell-before-build doctrine, sales-funnel tracking metrics, sales-rep compensation, sales-rep unit economics, and organic booking/disqualify scripts.

### [`resources/operations-and-team.md`](resources/operations-and-team.md)
The hybrid delivery model, the Weekly Q&A drill, the New Client Onboarding SOP, community + support SOPs, the Jesse Clark "week-6 ops" doctrine, the 5 Stages of Team Evolution cost ladder, the sales-rep hiring playbook, the talent machine, and the first-hire rule.

### [`resources/case-studies-and-assets.md`](resources/case-studies-and-assets.md)
Real launch numbers, the executivebootcamp.co website specimen, the sales-rep recruiting page, the Quantum opportunity-funnel campaign, named case studies, the community lifecycle, and a curated list of quotable lines.

### [`corpus/`](corpus/INDEX.md) — the verbatim source transcripts
The raw, word-for-word transcripts of all 45 Wetube SS Course-1 videos + the welcome Loom (**2.02M chars**) — the ground truth beneath every synthesized claim above. `corpus/INDEX.md` maps lesson → file; `corpus/_manifest.json` is the machine index. Trace any claim with `npx tsx api.ts grep "<quote>"` (resolves to file:line) or read one whole with `api.ts transcript <file>`. One video is untranscribed: W5 L9 "How To Deal With Ad Disapprovals" (CDN 403).

## Related Skills

| Skill | Why |
|---|---|
| snappy-offer | Translating this model into a concrete Snappy offer/pricing |
| pricing-strategy | Setting price points and caps for a recurring program |
| snappy-positioning | Voice + banned phrases for any mastermind-facing copy (this skill never overrides positioning) |
| snappy-sales / sales-enablement | Operationalizing the Sales Call Formula and rep comp |
| launch-strategy | Running the Launch Funnel waves |
| snappy-course | Structuring the "Instructions" element (course content) |
| snappy-skool | Running the Skool community element |
| snappy-website | Building the funnel pages and the cold landing page |
| snappy-email | Implementing the 6-email VSL nurture and migration sequences |

## Gaps

- **BEM price/cap is never stated** in the corpus — only the adjacent "Quantum $36,000 × 100" exists. Infer BEM ≈ 3–4× FEM.
- **Uplevel's own sticker price is never stated** (only Accelerator's $2k and Quantum's $36k).
- **The "Alchemic Conversion Script" is named but never reproduced** in the source maps — flagged in `sales-mechanics.md`.
- **The 6-email VSL sequence is off-message** — it sells a *course-business* offer, not a mastermind. Use the funnel STRUCTURE; rewrite the copy.
- **No money-back/guarantee terms** are spelled out for any product.
- **Maria's Letter is a third-party example** ("Start Lab"/"Escala") — its prices/caps are that business's, not Wetube's.
- The corpus is Sam Ovens / 2020–2024 era; numbers are his, not Snappy's. Treat as a model to adapt, not copy.
- **`corpus/` is Wetube *video* transcripts only.** The Uplevel *Notion* material (e.g. the VSL/JIT/2K benchmark tables, the 6-email sequence) is synthesized into `resources/` but is **not** in `corpus/` — a grep miss there means "not spoken in the videos," not "fabricated." And some headline totals are computed, not spoken: the $1,764,000 launch result is 180 × $9,800 (the 911 / 437 / 180 / $9,800 components *are* verbatim in `corpus/`).

---

**Skill Status**: COMPLETE
**Line Count**: < 500
**Progressive Disclosure**: 5 resource files in `resources/` + 45 verbatim transcripts in `corpus/`
**Source**: Wetube SS (Skool) + Uplevel Consulting (Notion), synthesized 2026-06-13

<!-- SNAPPY-NEAR-NEIGHBOURS-START -->
## Near neighbours

These hands share enough of this one's words that a model can pick the wrong
door. Each row says what the other one is for; open that one instead when its
job is the job.

| Hand | What it is for |
|---|---|
| `snappy-ads` | YouTube advertising for Snappy -- paid acquisition for the mastermind/consulting funnel via Google Ads |
| `snappy-playbook` | WeTube SS mastermind 6-week curriculum source |
| `snappy-sales` | Snappy sales process -- high-ticket mastermind sales calls, pipeline tracking, lead-to-close workflow, laun... |
<!-- SNAPPY-NEAR-NEIGHBOURS-END -->

#!/usr/bin/env npx tsx
/**
 * snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts -- The high-ticket mastermind playbook as data.
 *
 * Pure-knowledge skill. Reads verbatim facts encoded below + the resource/*.md
 * files in this directory. No external APIs, no credentials.
 *
 * Source corpus: Sam Ovens "Wetube SS" (Skool) + "Uplevel Consulting" (Notion),
 * synthesized 2026-06-13. Every figure is verbatim; "n/a" = source never states it.
 *
 * Usage:
 *   npx tsx api.ts ladders            # the two ascension ladders
 *   npx tsx api.ts math               # cap-driven P&L + $100k/mo unit economics
 *   npx tsx api.ts funnels            # funnel benchmarks + sequencing
 *   npx tsx api.ts sales              # Sales Call Formula + objections + rep comp
 *   npx tsx api.ts team               # 5 Stages of Team Evolution
 *   npx tsx api.ts topics             # list resource files
 *   npx tsx api.ts read <slug>        # print a resource file
 *   npx tsx api.ts transcripts        # list the verbatim source transcripts (corpus/)
 *   npx tsx api.ts transcript <file>  # print a verbatim transcript
 *   npx tsx api.ts grep <term>        # trace a claim: search the corpus for its source quote
 *
 * Or import as a module:
 *   import { getLadders, getModelMath, getFunnelBenchmarks,
 *            getSalesFormula, getTeamStages, listTopics, readTopic,
 *            listWetubeTranscripts, readWetubeTranscript, searchWetubeCorpus }
 *     from "../snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts";
 */

import { existsSync, readFileSync, readdirSync } from "fs";
import { join, dirname } from "path";
import { fileURLToPath } from "url";
import { refusalTable } from "../snappy-settings/refusal-codes.ts";

const SKILL_DIR = dirname(fileURLToPath(import.meta.url));
const RESOURCES_DIR = join(SKILL_DIR, "resources");
const CORPUS_DIR = join(SKILL_DIR, "corpus");
const CORPUS_MANIFEST = join(CORPUS_DIR, "_manifest.json");

// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

export interface LadderRung {
  rung: string;
  product: string;
  price: string; // verbatim, "n/a" if unstated
  cap: string;
  note: string;
}
export interface Ladders {
  thesis: string;
  samsOwn: LadderRung[]; // the proof case (Consulting.com)
  studentBuilds: LadderRung[]; // the model being taught (FEM/BEM)
  fiveElements: string[];
}

export interface ModelMath {
  headline: string;
  pnl: { product: string; price: string; cap: string; perMonth: string; perYear: string }[];
  incomePerMonth: string;
  expensePerMonth: string;
  profitPerMonth: string;
  netMarginPct: string;
  targets: string[];
  hundredKPerMonth: {
    cac: string;
    funnel: string;
    spendToSales: string;
    margin: string;
    sellBeforeBuild: string;
  };
}

export interface FunnelBenchmarks {
  revenueMix: string;
  law: string;
  funnels: { name: string; use: string }[];
  realLaunchResult: string;
  fourPowerActivities: { name: string; dailyCap: string }[];
}

export interface SalesFormula {
  stages: string[];
  trustObjections: string[];
  buyerDiagnosis: { experienced: string; inexperienced: string };
  tonality: string;
  repComp: string;
  firstHire: string;
  hireTrigger: string;
  repEconomics: string;
  sellBeforeBuild: string;
}

export interface TeamStage {
  stage: number;
  comp: string;
  who: string;
}

export interface TranscriptEntry {
  section: string;
  title: string;
  file: string; // "" when status is err (no transcript on disk, e.g. the #29 403)
  durMin: number;
  chars: number;
  conf: number;
  status: string; // "ok" | "err: ..."
}

export interface CorpusMatch {
  file: string;
  line: number;
  text: string;
}

// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verbatim data (quoted from the corpus)
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

const LADDERS: Ladders = {
  thesis:
    "Course = content. Mastermind = people. Course = 1-time pricing. Mastermind = annual subscription. Course = static. Mastermind = dynamic. Course = isolation. Mastermind = collaboration.",
  samsOwn: [
    { rung: "Entry", product: "Consulting Accelerator", price: "$2,000", cap: "-", note: "sold via 2KA automated webinar; first client -> $100k/yr" },
    { rung: "Ascension", product: "Uplevel Consulting (9-wk)", price: "n/a", cap: "~130-140 put through", note: "sold via 1:1 strategy-session call; $100k/mo 'on autopilot'" },
    { rung: "Top", product: "Quantum (mastermind)", price: "$36,000/yr", cap: "100", note: "private / opportunity funnel; held for 8 years" },
  ],
  studentBuilds: [
    { rung: "Front door", product: "Frontend Mastermind (FEM)", price: "$9,800/yr (Wetube example)", cap: "60 -> raised to 360", note: "recurring annual Skool community + content + 2x weekly collab calls" },
    { rung: "Ascension", product: "Backend Mastermind (BEM)", price: "n/a (~3-4x FEM; Quantum $36k analog)", cap: "~100", note: "FEM grads w/ 100+ customers; adds in-person/virtual 1-3 day events" },
  ],
  fiveElements: ["Instructions", "Community", "Collab calls", "Coaching", "Events (BEM differentiator)"],
};

const MODEL_MATH: ModelMath = {
  headline: "Cap-driven: ~52% net margin, ~$7.32M/yr on two products + an affiliate line.",
  pnl: [
    { product: "Wetube (FEM)", price: "$9,800", cap: "360", perMonth: "$294,000", perYear: "$3,528,000" },
    { product: "Quantum (BEM)", price: "$36,000", cap: "100", perMonth: "$300,000", perYear: "$3,600,000" },
    { product: "Affiliate", price: "-", cap: "-", perMonth: "$16,000", perYear: "$192,000" },
  ],
  incomePerMonth: "$610,000",
  expensePerMonth: "$81,250 (Stripe 2.5% + contractors + office + ads + tools + other)",
  profitPerMonth: "$528,750 ($317,250 after 40% profit share)",
  netMarginPct: "52.01%",
  targets: [
    " #50%+ net margin monthly (cash basis, post profit-share -- requires two products)",
    "cash collected : cash spent >= 1.2:1 before scaling ads",
    "sales reps show + convert > 15-20%",
    "support tickets < 24h, happiness > 80%",
    "flywheel coefficient > 1.5",
    "no credit cards / debt",
  ],
  hundredKPerMonth: {
    cac: "$500 ($100/call x 5 calls at 20% close)",
    funnel: "$1/click -> $10/lead -> $100/call, 20% close",
    spendToSales: "$10k ads -> $100k sales; $20k total spend -> $80k net/mo",
    margin: "80% net margin",
    sellBeforeBuild: "Sam closed 24 of 25 strategy sessions before any content existed.",
  },
};

const FUNNEL_BENCHMARKS: FunnelBenchmarks = {
  revenueMix: "~60% organic / 40% paid",
  law: "Organic proves the offer; paid scales it.",
  funnels: [
    { name: "Launch Funnel", use: "waitlist + $99 deposit, sell in waves to the member cap" },
    { name: "Opportunity Funnel", use: "application -> strategy call, for ascension/BEM (Quantum ~$1M campaign)" },
    { name: "VSL Funnel", use: "cold VSL opt-in -> 6-email nurture -> booked call (always-on engine)" },
  ],
  realLaunchResult: "911 waitlist -> 437 $99 deposits -> 180 $9,800 sales = $1,764,000",
  fourPowerActivities: [
    { name: "Hunting", dailyCap: "FB <=40 friend requests/day, LinkedIn 10-20/day" },
    { name: "Advancing", dailyCap: "move connections toward a call" },
    { name: "Farming", dailyCap: "nurture content to the audience" },
    { name: "Closing", dailyCap: "run the strategy calls" },
  ],
};

const SALES_FORMULA: SalesFormula = {
  stages: ["Daily prep", "Pre call", "On call", "Post call"],
  trustObjections: [
    "Don't trust you understand their problems",
    "Don't trust the offer fits",
    "Don't trust the investment / budget",
    "Don't trust themselves",
  ],
  buyerDiagnosis: {
    experienced: "certain -> 'work with' framing",
    inexperienced: "uncertain -> 'push' framing",
  },
  tonality: "Be the tide, not the current.",
  repComp: "10-15% of sales, paid when cash is collected, monthly via bank wire",
  firstHire: "account manager / closer at a flat 15%",
  hireTrigger: "hire the first rep at ~8 calls/day of demand",
  repEconomics:
    "20 calls/wk x 20-25% close x ~$6k offer = $10-20k/mo per rep. Cost of hiring too early ~ $20-25k burned/rep.",
  sellBeforeBuild:
    "Get 1-5 paid customers before creating a single slide. 'Strategy sessions equal money.'",
};

const TEAM_STAGES: TeamStage[] = [
  { stage: 1, comp: "$15-100/hr", who: "contractors (first hire e.g. a VA)" },
  { stage: 2, comp: "$1-4k/mo", who: "virtual assistants / coordinators" },
  { stage: 3, comp: "$30-50k", who: "generalists / specialists" },
  { stage: 4, comp: "$70-100k + commission", who: "managers / senior specialists" },
  { stage: 5, comp: "$150-350k", who: "executives / 'geniuses'" },
];

// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Accessors
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

export function getLadders(): Ladders {
  return LADDERS;
}
export function getModelMath(): ModelMath {
  return MODEL_MATH;
}
export function getFunnelBenchmarks(): FunnelBenchmarks {
  return FUNNEL_BENCHMARKS;
}
export function getSalesFormula(): SalesFormula {
  return SALES_FORMULA;
}
export function getTeamStages(): TeamStage[] {
  return TEAM_STAGES;
}

export function listTopics(): { slug: string; title: string }[] {
  if (!existsSync(RESOURCES_DIR)) return [];
  return readdirSync(RESOURCES_DIR)
    .filter((f) => f.endsWith(".md"))
    .sort()
    .map((f) => {
      const slug = f.replace(/\.md$/, "");
      const first = readFileSync(join(RESOURCES_DIR, f), "utf-8").split("\n")[0] || "";
      return { slug, title: first.replace(/^#\s*/, "").trim() || slug };
    });
}

export function readTopic(slug: string): string {
  const file = slug.endsWith(".md") ? slug : `${slug}.md`;
  const path = join(RESOURCES_DIR, file);
  if (!existsSync(path)) {
    const available = listTopics().map((t) => t.slug).join(", ");
    throw new Error(`[snappy-mastermind-model] topic '${slug}' not found. Available: ${available}`);
  }
  return readFileSync(path, "utf-8");
}

// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Corpus accessors (verbatim transcripts in corpus/)
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

function listCorpusFiles(): string[] {
  if (!existsSync(CORPUS_DIR)) return [];
  return readdirSync(CORPUS_DIR)
    .filter((f) => f.endsWith(".md") && f !== "INDEX.md")
    .sort();
}

export function listWetubeTranscripts(): TranscriptEntry[] {
  if (!existsSync(CORPUS_MANIFEST)) return [];
  const man = JSON.parse(readFileSync(CORPUS_MANIFEST, "utf-8")) as Array<Record<string, unknown>>;
  return man.map((e) => ({
    section: (e.section as string) ?? "",
    title: (e.title as string) ?? "",
    file: (e.file as string) ?? "",
    durMin: Math.round(((e.durMs as number) ?? 0) / 60000),
    chars: (e.chars as number) ?? 0,
    conf: (e.conf as number) ?? 0,
    status: (e.status as string) ?? "",
  }));
}

export function readWetubeTranscript(slug: string): string {
  const file = slug.endsWith(".md") ? slug : `${slug}.md`;
  const path = join(CORPUS_DIR, file);
  if (!existsSync(path)) {
    const available = listCorpusFiles().join(", ");
    throw new Error(`[snappy-mastermind-model] transcript '${slug}' not found in corpus/. Available: ${available}`);
  }
  return readFileSync(path, "utf-8");
}

export function searchWetubeCorpus(
  term: string,
  opts: { context?: number; max?: number } = {}
): CorpusMatch[] {
  const ctx = opts.context ?? 0;
  const max = opts.max ?? 50;
  const needle = term.toLowerCase();
  const matches: CorpusMatch[] = [];
  for (const file of listCorpusFiles()) {
    const lines = readFileSync(join(CORPUS_DIR, file), "utf-8").split("\n");
    for (let i = 0; i < lines.length; i++) {
      if (lines[i].toLowerCase().includes(needle)) {
        const start = Math.max(0, i - ctx);
        const end = Math.min(lines.length - 1, i + ctx);
        matches.push({ file, line: i + 1, text: lines.slice(start, end + 1).join("\n") });
        if (matches.length >= max) return matches;
      }
    }
  }
  return matches;
}

// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CLI
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

function main() {
  const [cmd, ...args] = process.argv.slice(2);
  switch (cmd) {
    case "ladders":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(getLadders(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "math":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(getModelMath(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "funnels":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(getFunnelBenchmarks(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "sales":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(getSalesFormula(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "team":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(getTeamStages(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "topics":
      console.log(JSON.stringify(listTopics(), null, 2));
      break;
    case "read":
      if (!args[0]) {
        console.error("usage: api.ts read <slug>");
        process.exit(1);
      }
      try {
        console.log(readTopic(args[0]));
      } catch (err) {
        console.error((err as Error).message);
        process.exit(1);
      }
      break;
    case "transcripts": {
      const list = listWetubeTranscripts();
      const ok = list.filter((t) => t.status === "ok");
      const totalChars = ok.reduce((n, t) => n + t.chars, 0);
      for (const t of list) {
        const tag =
          t.status === "ok"
            ? `${t.durMin}min ${t.chars}ch conf=${t.conf}`
            : `MISSING (${t.status.slice(0, 40)})`;
        console.log(`${t.file || "(no file)"}\n    ${t.section} / ${t.title} — ${tag}`);
      }
      console.log(
        `\n${ok.length}/${list.length} transcribed · ${totalChars.toLocaleString()} verbatim chars · corpus/`
      );
      break;
    }
    case "transcript":
      if (!args[0]) {
        console.error("usage: api.ts transcript <file-or-slug>");
        process.exit(1);
      }
      try {
        console.log(readWetubeTranscript(args[0]));
      } catch (err) {
        console.error((err as Error).message);
        process.exit(1);
      }
      break;
    case "grep": {
      if (!args[0]) {
        console.error("usage: api.ts grep <term>");
        process.exit(1);
      }
      const term = args.join(" ");
      const hits = searchWetubeCorpus(term, { context: 1 });
      if (!hits.length) {
        console.log(`No matches for "${term}" in corpus/.`);
        break;
      }
      for (const h of hits) {
        console.log(`\n— ${h.file}:${h.line}`);
        console.log(h.text);
      }
      console.log(`\n(${hits.length} match${hits.length === 1 ? "" : "es"} for "${term}")`);
      break;
    }
    default:
      console.log(
        "snappy-mastermind-model -- commands: ladders | math | funnels | sales | team | topics | read <slug> | transcripts | transcript <file> | grep <term>"
      );
  }
}
/** WHAT THIS HAND ANSWERS, and what each verb does to the world.
 *  Derived from this file's own CLI dispatch by
 *  `snappy-hands/contract-derive.ts` — a verb the code does not implement is
 *  never declared here. Snappy's daemon reads it (`api.ts contract`) to
 *  validate every call, build the argument words in order, decide whether the
 *  act runs now or stages for the owner, and hand the child exactly the
 *  environment keys named in `requires` — never a value, never anything else.
 */
export const HAND_CONTRACT = {
  skill: "snappy-mastermind-model",
  description: "The complete playbook for running a high-ticket mastermind/community business on Skool — distilled verbatim from Sam Ovens' \"Wetube SS\" and \"Uplevel Consulting\". Covers the offer ladder (FEM/BEM, member caps), the model math (cap-driven P&L), the three funnels (Launch/Opportunity/VSL), the Four Power Activities, the Sales Call Formula, sales-rep compensation, the 5 Stages of Team Evolution, delivery SOPs, and real case studies. Read this before designing any mastermind offer, pricing, funnel, sales process, or team structure.",
  managed: false,
  requires: [] as string[],
  refusals: refusalTable("unknown_verb", "missing_argument", "not_found"),
  verbs: {
    funnels: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    grep: {
      args: ["term"], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
      inputSchema: { properties: { term: { type: "string", description: "Text searched for across the transcripts" } } },
    },
    ladders: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    math: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    read: {
      args: ["slug"], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
      inputSchema: { properties: { slug: { type: "string", description: "Note slug to read" } } },
    },
    sales: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    team: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    topics: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
    transcript: {
      args: ["file"], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
      inputSchema: { properties: { file: { type: "string", description: "Transcript file to read" } } },
    },
    transcripts: {
      args: [], effect: "read",
      class: "read", execution: "call", openWorld: false,
      annotations: { readOnlyHint: true, destructiveHint: false, idempotentHint: false, openWorldHint: false },
    },
  },
} as const;

if (import.meta.url === `file://${process.argv[1]}` && process.argv[2] === "contract") {
  console.log(JSON.stringify(HAND_CONTRACT, null, 2));
  process.exit(0);
}


if (import.meta.url === `file://${process.argv[1]}`) {
  main();
}

import { test } from "node:test";
import assert from "node:assert/strict";
import { HAND_CONTRACT } from "./api.ts";
import { REFUSAL_CODES, type RefusalCode } from "../snappy-settings/refusal-codes.ts";

/** RULE 33 COVERAGE, AGAINST THE ONE CLOSED TABLE ⟨lane r30, 2026-09-09⟩.
 *  This file used to restate a refusal row's own properties — that it has a
 *  `contract_slice`, that it has a `fix`, that it leaks no token — once per
 *  hand, 48 times, over rows that all come from the SAME object. Forty-eight
 *  copies of one check is the duplicate road the closed table exists to end:
 *  `snappy-settings/refusal-codes.test.ts` runs those checks ONCE over every
 *  row, and the second test below proves this hand carries THE ROW ITSELF and
 *  not a copy — an identity a drifted duplicate cannot fake. Before this, each
 *  hand hand-wrote its own row, and the wording had already drifted: the
 *  inline `unknown_verb` said "Call one of the verbs named in
 *  HAND_CONTRACT.verbs" while the closed table says "Call one of the verbs the
 *  contract declares; the refusal lists them."
 *
 *  DECLARED stays a literal list, deliberately. It is this hand's coverage
 *  manifest and it is what rule 33's lint reads out of the test SOURCE to ask
 *  "did a person look at this code" — deriving it from Object.keys would make
 *  the test pass for a hand with no refusals at all. `satisfies readonly
 *  RefusalCode[]` makes the compiler refuse a name the one table does not
 *  have. It NAMES codes; it no longer DEFINES them. */
const DECLARED = [
  "unknown_verb",
  "missing_argument",
  "not_found",
] as const satisfies readonly RefusalCode[];

test("snappy-mastermind-model: the refusal table declares exactly the codes this test names", () => {
  assert.deepEqual(Object.keys(HAND_CONTRACT.refusals ?? {}).sort(), [...DECLARED].sort());
});

test("snappy-mastermind-model: every declared refusal is the one closed table's own row, never a copy", () => {
  const declared = Object.entries(HAND_CONTRACT.refusals ?? {});
  assert.ok(declared.length > 0, "HAND_CONTRACT.refusals is empty");
  for (const [code, row] of declared) {
    assert.ok(code in REFUSAL_CODES, `${code} is not a row of snappy-settings/refusal-codes.ts`);
    assert.equal(row, REFUSAL_CODES[code as RefusalCode], `${code} is a copy of the closed table's row, not the row itself`);
  }
});

# Welcome to Wetube! Start Here (Loom onboarding)

- Source: Loom welcome video (pinned community 'Start here' post)
- Recorded: 25 November 2022
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://www.loom.com/share/2e1f9b219f5e4ba0912bc03c6f6147a0

---


Hey, everybody. Welcome to the We Tube self study course. Now in this quick video, I'm gonna show you how to use this course and the community and how to get the most value out of it. So first things first, you click on the classroom tab up here, and this is where you'll be able to see the course content. You can see WeTroup course.

You just click on this and it will open it up. Now this is a six week course. You can see week one, two, three, four, five, six. Right. Now you just click on each module, like module one which is called vision, module two which is called model, and you just work through this course in sequential order.

Start at week one, module one, and work through like that. Now you can watch the video here, and when you're done watching the video, you can see if there's any resources, like here I link out to a Google Doc. Now if you want to make a copy of any of these Google Docs, you just click file and then make a copy, and it will save to your own Google Drive. Right? And sometimes I put action items here as well, like this one, introduce yourself to the group using this template.

So watch the video, see if there's any resources, then complete the action items if there's any of them, and when you're done just click mark as done and you can see it will track your progress like that and tick it off. And then you just work through to the next module and you just go through like this until this bar gets to 100, and you've completed all of the content, and you've taken all of the action steps. Now very important, what I want you to do right now is in week one, module one, down here you can see an action item is introduce yourself to the group using this template. So I include a template here that I want you to use, right, hi my name is so just click here and write something, and then say, like, hi, I'm Sam or whatever, then introduce yourself to the group using the template and select a category like just general, and then you can well, you can select introduce yourself, and then click post. Right?

Very important. I want everyone in here to get to know each other. I think that, you know, content is just part of it. I think what's more important and more valuable than content is making friends and collaborating with other people. So once you've introduced yourself, have a scroll through and see who else is here.

Like, click on the posts and see, you know, see who else is in this mastermind. And if somebody catches your attention or if someone likes the same thing you like or is in a similar niche or maybe they're in the same city as you, then you can just hover over their name and then click chat, and then you can DM them, and you can, you know, start messaging each other and making friends and all that stuff. Right. So very simple. That's how you use this course.

Now inside the classroom, you'll notice that there's another course in here called quantum q three in person. However, it will be locked. Right. So what I've done here is I've put I've got a mastermind called Quantum Mastermind. It's $36,000 a year, and it's full of the top people in this industry.

And what I've done is I wanted to throw in a bonus for you and put it in here. However, you have to get to level six to unlock this bonus content. Right. Now how you get to level six is you have to earn enough points so that you can get here. As soon as you get to level six, this will unlock and you'll be able to watch it.

Right. Now to get points, you just need to collect likes, and you know, one like is one point, and as you get points, you level up, and when you level up, you can unlock things like that event recording. Now how you get likes is by adding value to other people. So if people ask questions, you know, give them a good answer. And if you have a breakthrough with something, share it.

Like, word it properly and just share. Contribute to the community and help out other people, and that's how you'll get points. And when you get points, you'll be rewarded by unlocking this, bonus content here. Now we're not providing, like, one on one support or coaching or anything in this course because it's called the We Tube self study course. So, you know, we're really just leaving this up to you guys and girls to just help each other out, and we're really excited to see what you can do together when you collaborate together.

Right? We're introducing some some really cool incentives like this, and if some people start to shine in the group, like, oh, well, these people are taking action and these people are are super smart and they're they're succeeding, then we're gonna reward those people. And we'll probably start to make those people admins and give them kind of more authority in this group so that they can kind of help lead it. Right? And we're also gonna be giving away spot prizes and other things like that to people who take initiative and really just try to make this group an amazing place for everyone else.

Right? We're all here on the same journey. We wanna start and grow profitable businesses around community. Right? So if we wanna do that for ourselves, like, if we wanna start a profitable community business, well, this is where it starts, by being a valuable member of this community and contributing to it and building relationships here.

If you can do it here, you can do it for yourself with your own community, and you know that's kind of how it works. So to post in the community, you just click on this, you can select a category, you can see there's some different categories, and you can post like that. And I suggest you come back to this community like once a day or whatever and just scroll through and see what's happening. You can check your notifications like this, you can DM other members and see your DMs up here, and yeah, that's basically how it goes. So welcome to WeTribe.

I hope you enjoy it and I look forward to seeing all of you succeed and rise in this community of ours.

# Wetube SS — Verbatim Transcript Corpus

The **raw, word-for-word transcripts** of Sam Ovens' *Wetube SS* (Course 1) — the ground-truth source beneath the synthesized playbook in `../resources/*.md` and the structured data in `../api.ts`. When a price, script, benchmark, or claim in this skill needs proof, open the file named below and read/grep it.

- **Files:** 46 readable `.md` — 45 course videos + 1 welcome Loom
- **Verbatim body:** 2,029,851 characters (2,023,624 course + 6,227 welcome)
- **Whisper-1 confidence:** 0.997–0.999 across the set; one outlier at 0.906 (W5 Collab #1, noisy audio)
- **Source:** Bunny-CDN HLS → `ffmpeg` mono 16k/32k mp3 → OpenAI `whisper-1` (`verbatim_json`), 2026-06-13
- **Programmatic access:** `npx tsx ../api.ts transcripts` · `transcript <file>` · `grep <term>`

## The one gap

**Week Five · Lesson 9 — "How To Deal With Ad Disapprovals"** (~15 min) was never transcribed: its CDN URL (Bunny library `71143`) returns a hard **403** (expired/hotlink-protected scrape). It survives only as an `err` tombstone in `_manifest.json` (no `.md` on disk). Recoverable later via `npx tsx ../api.ts` pipeline once a fresh URL is re-scraped from an authenticated Skool session. Everything else is complete.

## How to trace a claim

1. Find the topic's week below and open the listed file in this directory.
2. Or grep the whole corpus: `npx tsx ~/.claude/skills/snappy-mastermind-model/api.ts grep "911 waitlist"`.
3. Every verbatim line in `../resources/*.md` should be backable by a quote here. If a claim can't be found in the corpus, treat it as **inference**, not source — the skill's `Gaps` section lists what the corpus never states.

> The synthesized resources are the *map*; this corpus is the *territory*. Prefer the corpus when precision matters or when a resource summary feels too clean.

## Map (course order)

Columns: **Lesson · File · Min · Chars**

### Week One — Model, offer, and mindset
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. Vision | `week-one-model-off__1-vision.md` | 27 | 24,775 |
| 2. Model | `week-one-model-off__2-model.md` | 14 | 13,110 |
| 3. Offer | `week-one-model-off__3-offer.md` | 38 | 33,579 |
| 4. Mindset | `week-one-model-off__4-mindset.md` | 17 | 16,992 |
| 5. Converting to the new model | `week-one-model-off__5-converting-to-the-new-model.md` | 24 | 23,442 |
| Collab call #1 | `week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-1.md` | 136 | 114,675 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-2.md` | 123 | 99,584 |

### Week Two — Launch, beta, and sales
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. Launching a mastermind | `week-two-launch-be__1-launching-a-mastermind.md` | 22 | 20,214 |
| 2. Launch funnel | `week-two-launch-be__2-launch-funnel.md` | 40 | 35,685 |
| 3. Opportunity funnel | `week-two-launch-be__3-opportunity-funnel.md` | 37 | 32,662 |
| 4. Sales call formula | `week-two-launch-be__4-sales-call-formula.md` | 30 | 33,871 |
| 5. Sales call tracking | `week-two-launch-be__5-sales-call-tracking.md` | 7 | 7,356 |
| 6. Sales call preparation | `week-two-launch-be__6-sales-call-preparation.md` | 54 | 57,114 |
| Collab call #1 | `week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-1.md` | 120 | 100,178 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-2.md` | 124 | 108,124 |

### Week Three — Making a mastermind
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. Mastermind philosophy | `week-three-making-__1-mastermind-philosophy.md` | 23 | 22,758 |
| 2. Skool group and tools | `week-three-making-__2-skool-group-and-tools.md` | 44 | 38,184 |
| 3. Frontend mastermind | `week-three-making-__3-frontend-mastermind.md` | 26 | 22,468 |
| 4. Backend mastermind | `week-three-making-__4-backend-mastermind.md` | 36 | 33,621 |
| Collab call #1 | `week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-1.md` | 121 | 103,338 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-2.md` | 85 | 67,873 |

### Week Four — Funnel, email, and organic
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. Traffic engine | `week-four-funnel-e__1-traffic-engine.md` | 4 | 3,911 |
| 2. Website | `week-four-funnel-e__2-website.md` | 11 | 9,813 |
| 3. Email newsletter | `week-four-funnel-e__3-email-newsletter.md` | 28 | 26,259 |
| 4. YouTube channel | `week-four-funnel-e__4-youtube-channel.md` | 30 | 27,467 |
| 5. VSL funnel | `week-four-funnel-e__5-vsl-funnel.md` | 39 | 31,773 |
| Collab call #1 | `week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-1.md` | 120 | 95,202 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-2.md` | 118 | 90,351 |

### Week Five — YouTube ads
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. YouTube ads overview | `week-five-youtube-__1-youtube-ads-overview.md` | 30 | 31,112 |
| 2. Account setup | `week-five-youtube-__2-account-setup.md` | 30 | 30,002 |
| 3. Creative | `week-five-youtube-__3-creative.md` | 30 | 34,141 |
| 4. Targeting | `week-five-youtube-__4-targeting.md` | 43 | 47,550 |
| 5. Launching | `week-five-youtube-__5-launching.md` | 45 | 46,679 |
| 6. Testing, optimizing, and scaling | `week-five-youtube-__6-testing-optimizing-and-scaling.md` | 44 | 45,161 |
| 7. Bonus | `week-five-youtube-__7-bonus.md` | 6 | 6,531 |
| 8. YouTube Ads Targeting Guide for 2023 | `week-five-youtube-__8-youtube-ads-targeting-guide-for-.md` | 47 | 50,488 |
| 9. How To Deal With Ad Disapprovals | _missing — 403, see "The one gap"_ | 15 | — |
| Collab call #1 | `week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-1.md` | 122 | 99,344 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-2.md` | 48 | 41,831 |

_W5 Collab #1 confidence = 0.906 (noisy audio); content verified usable. Note both W5 collab files use the source's `colab` spelling._

### Week Six — Fine-tuning operations
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| 1. Operations philosophy | `week-six-fine-tuni__1-operations-philosophy.md` | 26 | 21,533 |
| 2. CEO daily workflow | `week-six-fine-tuni__2-ceo-daily-workflow.md` | 20 | 16,550 |
| 3. Mastermind member operations | `week-six-fine-tuni__3-mastermind-member-operations.md` | 29 | 22,830 |
| 4. Financial operations | `week-six-fine-tuni__4-financial-operations.md` | 11 | 9,411 |
| 5. Team operations | `week-six-fine-tuni__5-team-operations.md` | 19 | 15,446 |
| Collab call #1 | `week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-1.md` | 123 | 109,134 |
| Collab call #2 | `week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-2.md` | 120 | 101,502 |

### Bonus
| Lesson | File | Min | Chars |
|---|---|--:|--:|
| Welcome — Start Here (Loom onboarding, rec. 25 Nov 2022) | `00-welcome__start-here-loom-onboarding.md` | n/a | 6,227 |

---

**`_manifest.json`** — the machine index (one entry per processed video, incl. the `#29` err tombstone). Fields: `course, section, title, id, stream, link, durMs, file, status, conf, chars`. This is what `../api.ts transcripts` reads.

[
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "1. Vision",
    "id": "78b8184882a141b39e73a31c81aceded",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/502b3e70-1191-4d74-b6f4-182820ba4ae7/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/502b3e70-1191-4d74-b6f4-182820ba4ae7",
    "durMs": 1664000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__1-vision.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 24775
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "2. Model",
    "id": "c651d1fe2e8c424484fade5e21fea23d",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c8e86876-791c-4fbf-9810-6e4fa7aed562/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c8e86876-791c-4fbf-9810-6e4fa7aed562",
    "durMs": 889000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__2-model.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 13110
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "3. Offer",
    "id": "ebcab278fa1c4f8eae97f9c58845a16a",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/3fee4df0-4675-47bb-ae46-b87cdd6444b8/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/3fee4df0-4675-47bb-ae46-b87cdd6444b8",
    "durMs": 2285000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__3-offer.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 33579
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "4. Mindset",
    "id": "82d6da491db8401eb5609cb1f9ca5502",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/72efc3a5-2d69-4cb6-b6bb-2456de18f9c2/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/72efc3a5-2d69-4cb6-b6bb-2456de18f9c2",
    "durMs": 1069000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__4-mindset.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 16992
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "5. Converting to the new model",
    "id": "ca0be1d293b84bab9e3c2079d1b3b990",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/fc8ddd4e-3244-4816-b8be-7d56f17383ee/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/fc8ddd4e-3244-4816-b8be-7d56f17383ee",
    "durMs": 1492000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__5-converting-to-the-new-model.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 23442
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "1. Launching a mastermind",
    "id": "6c48edd417104952b353383f7cb8a6ce",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/8069f7b9-0729-4afe-8cea-c9fa8de1049c/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/8069f7b9-0729-4afe-8cea-c9fa8de1049c",
    "durMs": 1368000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__1-launching-a-mastermind.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 20214
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "2. Launch funnel",
    "id": "0ae495bd97604be2a14ab1ae2abd73eb",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/fd9e8d56-d9ac-431b-ac46-1d4dd44ffcd4/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/fd9e8d56-d9ac-431b-ac46-1d4dd44ffcd4",
    "durMs": 2449000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__2-launch-funnel.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 35685
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "3. Opportunity funnel",
    "id": "52da2b5a91ad4017b217864e36dbde86",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/cef1eb6b-2e14-4f13-b0c7-bf7a7faefab7/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/cef1eb6b-2e14-4f13-b0c7-bf7a7faefab7",
    "durMs": 2278000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__3-opportunity-funnel.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 32662
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "4. Sales call formula",
    "id": "f1c6a8ec7c1d4c47b9207faecff865cc",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/e4f6cee5-1398-4681-9a37-83c0672690bf/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e4f6cee5-1398-4681-9a37-83c0672690bf",
    "durMs": 1850000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__4-sales-call-formula.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 33871
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "5. Sales call tracking",
    "id": "1ebc354348784886a0081ab149afdf4f",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/5b650eb1-2f36-478a-a11c-9465382d2e72/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/5b650eb1-2f36-478a-a11c-9465382d2e72",
    "durMs": 433000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__5-sales-call-tracking.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 7356
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "6. Sales call preparation",
    "id": "bfc77561dc80413780a84b13d580ba12",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/28607356-0949-4f1f-a875-7f94861a8670/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/28607356-0949-4f1f-a875-7f94861a8670",
    "durMs": 3275000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__6-sales-call-preparation.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.997,
    "chars": 57114
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "1. Mastermind philosophy",
    "id": "0da9c34351144e269591460f409b87bf",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/4159355c-8cc6-4ab0-b667-54171d503eac/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/4159355c-8cc6-4ab0-b667-54171d503eac",
    "durMs": 1429000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__1-mastermind-philosophy.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 22758
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "2. Skool group and tools",
    "id": "8b022cb80f864fc080d293ca543d1b5b",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/624b18d2-e410-4d50-8c6b-91a46829f8dd/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/624b18d2-e410-4d50-8c6b-91a46829f8dd",
    "durMs": 2656000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__2-skool-group-and-tools.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 38184
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "3. Frontend mastermind",
    "id": "aaf6472244e5404ea5fa313f6aeef78c",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/50decc45-55d0-4789-bb1a-a90ea55335a1/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/50decc45-55d0-4789-bb1a-a90ea55335a1",
    "durMs": 1579000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__3-frontend-mastermind.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 22468
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "4. Backend mastermind",
    "id": "4340cf87aa994797bf2a026f74371692",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/0ba94113-cd9d-41e8-982e-6eb545c5d0d7/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/0ba94113-cd9d-41e8-982e-6eb545c5d0d7",
    "durMs": 2208000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__4-backend-mastermind.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 33621
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "1. Traffic engine",
    "id": "00ca787be8a647a6b63f9ecbc70f144b",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/38d3a284-d2f6-4704-bc75-8f3893f8944c/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/38d3a284-d2f6-4704-bc75-8f3893f8944c",
    "durMs": 288000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__1-traffic-engine.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 3911
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "2. Website",
    "id": "c8e3f39c1f114875a9ddc99439585ad0",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/6d0f4d2b-bb13-47c0-8dc4-932b446506f1/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/6d0f4d2b-bb13-47c0-8dc4-932b446506f1",
    "durMs": 698000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__2-website.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 9813
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "3. Email newsletter",
    "id": "cd52c5b96e3c4f87a99de1e1a6a9e47f",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/9e7f15b3-df6a-46e6-be8a-cdc26334b86a/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/9e7f15b3-df6a-46e6-be8a-cdc26334b86a",
    "durMs": 1711000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__3-email-newsletter.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 26259
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "4. YouTube channel",
    "id": "007d28be050b4e12b4c6d9515e67b4c3",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/e79a0229-d68f-4832-818f-346b6b676ef7/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e79a0229-d68f-4832-818f-346b6b676ef7",
    "durMs": 1827000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__4-youtube-channel.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 27467
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "5. VSL funnel",
    "id": "e4fd620b32124bf4a5ea2c6683937160",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/799a8037-a993-4067-9879-ae1d7c44febb/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/799a8037-a993-4067-9879-ae1d7c44febb",
    "durMs": 2369000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__5-vsl-funnel.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 31773
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "1. YouTube ads overview",
    "id": "8ae067f4fa544287b1c93ad7c48996b5",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/665af557-9576-4f6b-8134-eeb75170598a/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/665af557-9576-4f6b-8134-eeb75170598a",
    "durMs": 1806000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__1-youtube-ads-overview.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 31112
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "2. Account setup",
    "id": "5e386dd1b06943d79541c964a7afccb8",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/2d965535-c279-4f85-a2fe-5e1ffbf7f36d/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/2d965535-c279-4f85-a2fe-5e1ffbf7f36d",
    "durMs": 1823000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__2-account-setup.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 30002
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "3. Creative",
    "id": "3b96ecce7ff946ae9929f1b2d5f7739d",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/e107b4da-ff6e-43ca-8fa4-0cfacc2494f1/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e107b4da-ff6e-43ca-8fa4-0cfacc2494f1",
    "durMs": 1800000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__3-creative.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 34141
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "4. Targeting",
    "id": "a6b6767431c54ddba0519aff226733f8",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/16016cda-7f5c-49f8-8170-1551c928527d/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/16016cda-7f5c-49f8-8170-1551c928527d",
    "durMs": 2584000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__4-targeting.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 47550
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "5. Launching",
    "id": "2f2b6c2eccc648789da5ba910e357bae",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/cf5ea9ad-86c9-4bab-86fd-099a0b8d5a70/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/cf5ea9ad-86c9-4bab-86fd-099a0b8d5a70",
    "durMs": 2734000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__5-launching.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.997,
    "chars": 46679
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "6. Testing, optimizing, and scaling",
    "id": "4c38267631214f719304e8fd89544649",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/83535026-9129-427e-9ae0-b8e6676f6d4e/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/83535026-9129-427e-9ae0-b8e6676f6d4e",
    "durMs": 2673000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__6-testing-optimizing-and-scaling.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 45161
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "7. Bonus",
    "id": "97f5a2ff37e94f71a1a52d86c1414b80",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/1214fade-9db5-4acc-ad4a-3fc0bfc1dc6c/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/1214fade-9db5-4acc-ad4a-3fc0bfc1dc6c",
    "durMs": 377000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__7-bonus.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 6531
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "8. YouTube Ads Targeting Guide for 2023",
    "id": "67b3ab19cd9b4fd591429568ee846338",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c8c61a4f-3dd5-44c6-b340-20e14d99f0b1/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c8c61a4f-3dd5-44c6-b340-20e14d99f0b1",
    "durMs": 2825000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__8-youtube-ads-targeting-guide-for-.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 50488
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "9. How To Deal With Ad Disapprovals",
    "id": "d326c5251a7043b5872108d8bfb57d92",
    "stream": "https://vz-3d9cdd7e-188.b-cdn.net/6af11249-0901-4d12-805d-fdccf640a755/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/71143/6af11249-0901-4d12-805d-fdccf640a755",
    "durMs": 932000,
    "status": "err: Command '['ffmpeg', '-nostdin', '-loglevel', 'error', '-headers', 'Referer: https://www.skool.com/\\r\\n', '-i', 'https://vz-3d9cdd7e-188.b-cdn.net/6af11249-0901-4d12-805d-fdccf640a755/playlist.m3u8', '-vn', '-ac', '1', '-ar', '16000', '-b:a', '32k', '-y', '/var/folders/p6/jxpcqd3x50x5q_dhqkvdhsyh0000gn/T/tmpome75b3p.mp3']' returned non-zero exit status 8."
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "1. Operations philosophy",
    "id": "687582cd7e95482f90077c5f47eef105",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/a56a8584-6627-4f77-aba3-818601f644df/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/a56a8584-6627-4f77-aba3-818601f644df",
    "durMs": 1606000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__1-operations-philosophy.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 21533
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "2. CEO daily workflow",
    "id": "d4cb61387a404a1fbd0a8c9c04b674b0",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/bd940270-8252-455f-a155-ac8b8a012d5e/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/bd940270-8252-455f-a155-ac8b8a012d5e",
    "durMs": 1200000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__2-ceo-daily-workflow.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 16550
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "3. Mastermind member operations",
    "id": "7c862bf723d240d7bd723d3d9e7ac88a",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/06059c43-c37e-460e-b472-8e00559ce662/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/06059c43-c37e-460e-b472-8e00559ce662",
    "durMs": 1787000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__3-mastermind-member-operations.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 22830
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "4. Financial operations",
    "id": "a348a8429fb143539752f4aab581fd11",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/48466fba-7441-4b78-89e6-dd068bc38219/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/48466fba-7441-4b78-89e6-dd068bc38219",
    "durMs": 688000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__4-financial-operations.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 9411
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "5. Team operations",
    "id": "b6a85adcb0604db9a42aafd7eaa5ee2b",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/f0833216-7917-4c1b-ad0b-b31022df2dc5/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/f0833216-7917-4c1b-ad0b-b31022df2dc5",
    "durMs": 1188000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__5-team-operations.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 15446
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "Collab call recording #1",
    "id": "17e1c4694cdb4f78947c7a9521cda9f2",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/886fc264-1b1e-4bc5-8241-94d0773c6a98/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/886fc264-1b1e-4bc5-8241-94d0773c6a98",
    "durMs": 8195000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 114675
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week One - Model, offer, and mindset",
    "title": "Collab call recording #2",
    "id": "7eec5f0478b24d21851e0bb3c2b3a0e7",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/02d0cfe4-5afe-41b8-b455-9ac3ded83fdd/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/02d0cfe4-5afe-41b8-b455-9ac3ded83fdd",
    "durMs": 7418000,
    "file": "week-one-model-off__collab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 99584
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "Collab call recording #1",
    "id": "fb529378e5674c1c90a6018ca8c0a68f",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c38aa7be-803e-4f7b-bb95-be8ffe91305b/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c38aa7be-803e-4f7b-bb95-be8ffe91305b",
    "durMs": 7259000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 100178
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales",
    "title": "Collab call recording #2",
    "id": "99e8e9b8faf34617979cdf9b8c86523e",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c46db5e4-c551-4b2a-a6d0-8414acbe7a60/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c46db5e4-c551-4b2a-a6d0-8414acbe7a60",
    "durMs": 7450000,
    "file": "week-two-launch-be__collab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 108124
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "Collab call recording #1",
    "id": "daa023f9fa484a8cb179dd963a9fe9f1",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/419a649e-1937-4914-9320-34429f2cdad5/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/419a649e-1937-4914-9320-34429f2cdad5",
    "durMs": 7303000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 103338
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Three - Making a mastermind",
    "title": "Collab call recording #2",
    "id": "3d7c7ec63a68499eb7824b366d87b898",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c410183a-1f0b-47fb-87b2-a67baeee9170/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c410183a-1f0b-47fb-87b2-a67baeee9170",
    "durMs": 5153000,
    "file": "week-three-making-__collab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 67873
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "Collab call recording #1",
    "id": "c16db65378b74938a510bec0d84659e3",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/f1b7924a-b42b-468e-b2b8-2058588d23b5/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/f1b7924a-b42b-468e-b2b8-2058588d23b5",
    "durMs": 7245000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 95202
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic",
    "title": "Collab call recording #2",
    "id": "d47e14949f4743dea6505061e8ecae66",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/c17806dd-6ddc-434e-9c97-bb7eb054e681/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c17806dd-6ddc-434e-9c97-bb7eb054e681",
    "durMs": 7098000,
    "file": "week-four-funnel-e__collab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.999,
    "chars": 90351
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "Colab call recording #1",
    "id": "e071cf3d8b774447a823a1848b50e6ad",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/e3505c2a-4671-43cc-acb8-1f4167f61275/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e3505c2a-4671-43cc-acb8-1f4167f61275",
    "durMs": 7353000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.906,
    "chars": 99344
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Five - YouTube ads",
    "title": "Colab call recording #2",
    "id": "1a4a95bec4794c1180a144d85a0b89eb",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/484fc263-a599-45f0-a409-949913b0baeb/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/484fc263-a599-45f0-a409-949913b0baeb",
    "durMs": 2925000,
    "file": "week-five-youtube-__colab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 41831
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "Colab call recording #1",
    "id": "fffbc789286b472aaa4c2e6437a8021d",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/3f70937d-eebb-40ae-979d-5f23f2779d49/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/3f70937d-eebb-40ae-979d-5f23f2779d49",
    "durMs": 7399000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-1.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.998,
    "chars": 109134
  },
  {
    "course": "Wetube course",
    "section": "Week Six - Fine-tuning operations",
    "title": "Colab call recording #2",
    "id": "c19baeafa65340d9a8ef569ad85d1d9c",
    "stream": "https://vz-ca6198dc-c05.b-cdn.net/710f00d6-fefd-480e-9d17-ba89376ebd7a/playlist.m3u8",
    "link": "https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/710f00d6-fefd-480e-9d17-ba89376ebd7a",
    "durMs": 7254000,
    "file": "week-six-fine-tuni__colab-call-recording-2.md",
    "status": "ok",
    "conf": 0.997,
    "chars": 101502
  }
]

# 1. YouTube ads overview

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 30 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/665af557-9576-4f6b-8134-eeb75170598a

---


Hey. This is Brian with adsben.com. Welcome to the We Tube YouTube ads first module. This is going to be an overview, a high level overview of exactly what we are going to accomplish in this week so that you can start getting clients with YouTube ads. I'm gonna quickly run through everything that we're gonna cover over the modules to come.

And so first things first, I wanna start with some prerequisites. Okay? Prerequisites. So by now, you should have already proven your offer by by enrolling at least five to 10 people organically into your business, okay, into your offer. And the reason why you wanna make sure you do this first before skipping ahead to YouTube ads is because YouTube ads are just another way to get more traffic.

Right? Any paid ads platform is just another way to get in front of more people. YouTube ads included. And if you haven't proven your offer, your market, your messaging, right, your niche, then running to ads and hoping for a miracle to get sales is probably the worst idea you can do because you're gonna waste a lot of money. Right?

And so I wanna help you avoid that by making sure that by now, you should have already proven your offer and, in my opinion, enrolled at least five to 10 people organically before running to YouTube ads. Now, if you wanna just skip ahead to YouTube ads and go through the next few days of content and learn how to run YouTube ads, that's fine. But do it at your own discretion. This is just my personal opinion to help you avoid wasting money. You also should have your VSL funny funnel funny funnel ready to run traffic to.

Okay? Because we are gonna be setting up conversion actions. We are gonna be creating your ads. We're gonna be getting your campaigns ready to launch. And I don't want you scrambling, to build your VSL.

As you're doing this, You should most most likely already have that ready to go. That way, you just come here and then you're ready to run ads. Alright? And then, I believe you should have a stock a budget stockpiled to run ads for at least three months. Okay.

You should have a budget stockpile to run ads for at least three months. The reason why is because if you just have let's say you're selling a $5,000 offer and you have $5,000 to spend on ads, but you only have $5,000 to spend on ads, right, for one month, it's gonna be very hard to make the mechanics work if you don't get a sale. And I'll explain the math and how this works in a second. But in my opinion, you should have a budget stockpiled to run ads for at least three months. Okay?

That way, you can test appropriately. Because, again, YouTube ads is gonna be the fastest way to get in front of people. Right? Qualified leads. But it's gonna take some testing.

It's gonna take some optimizing. It's gonna take some tweaking. Right? Whether it's the ads, whether it's it's the funnel, whether it's the the messaging of your offer, all of those things could come into play and need to be tweaked or changed to get better results. And if you don't have enough budget, right, and you're just, throwing money and you're you're hoping for the best, it's not the best strategy.

So in my opinion, you should have at least three months of budget ready to run. And I'll go about the starting budgets and everything in a second. So, a good starting budget per month is the price of your mastermind. Okay? So if you're selling a $5,000, front end mastermind, for example, then I would suggest $5,000 a month.

So that's $15,000 over the next three months that you should have stockpiled. If you're selling a 10,000 mastermind, whether it's 9,800, then, you know, ideally, you'd wanna spend at least that per month so that you can get one customer. Right? And then worst case, you break even. This is just my personal opinion.

You can obviously start with less. This is just what I recommend. Alright? The less budget you have, the reason why, is because the more time it'll take to test and to get clients. So if you have a $9,800 front end mastermind and you're only spending, let's say, $50 a day in ads, which, you know, if you calculate that out, that would be $50 times 30.

So let me just do some quick math here. That's $1,500 per month. I mean, after a month, if you're if you don't get any sales, it's just not enough spend. It's just not enough data. It's just not enough impressions.

Not enough clicks. Not enough leads to determine if your offer is gonna work or not. Right? So you that's why you really wanna spend at least one, offer per month for your budget. Right?

So $9,800 per month. Right? Because you have more margin. Right? And if you get one customer, you can break even.

So, again, I'll get into the math of this in a second. This is just my recommendations for your prerequisites before, continuing into the YouTube ads modules. It's important to understand as well. Again, just gonna reemphasize this and I believe all of you are smart enough to know this, that YouTube ads are not a magic pill. Okay?

YouTube ads are a strategic way to pay for impressions, to pay for traffic, to get more people to see your offer, to click, and then go visit your funnel, right, to watch your VSL. So again, going back to here, this is why all of these are very important. You You should have already proven your offer by enrolling at least five to 10 clients organically, in my opinion. And then you should have your VSL ready to run traffic to. And then you should have a budget ready to spend and test on YouTube ads.

Alright? And then now, I'm gonna go into a Figma overview of how we use YouTube ads to get clients. Okay? So this is the quick overview for a visual of exactly how the YouTube ads, module plays into the whole business. Alright?

It's a whole system in itself. So first things first, let's go over here. You have your ads. Alright? You have your ads.

And then you have your funnel. And then you have your tracking. Okay. So let's start with ads for a second. So YouTube ads is Google ads.

Alright? So Google owns YouTube. Right? And we're gonna be running YouTube ads from Google ads. So you're gonna need a Google ads account, and I'll get into that in the next module with the account setup.

But inside of Google, we're gonna upload your YouTube ads to your YouTube channel, and then we're gonna create campaigns with Google. And then we're gonna run those ads on YouTube. Right? So Google ads to YouTube where your ads are gonna be showing. And And then they're gonna look like this.

Okay. You're gonna have in stream ads. In stream ads are the ones that you can obviously skip after five seconds. Those are the most powerful. Then you have discovery ads or in display video ads, which come up on the suggested feed of YouTube.

Right? These are the ones that look like a a regular YouTube video but they're actually an ad with this indication of an ad yellow square right here. And you actually can write some copy for a headline and a description to get, people to click more. I don't know why the hand came up. And then you have, discovery ads.

Okay? Discovery ads are, basically video ads that pop up on third party websites like CNN, Fox News, and other websites that are affiliated and able to run traffic to on Google. Okay? So it's not it's no longer just video ads. These are responsive ads now.

And again, I'll get into this in the creative module later on. But this is just a few examples of what your ads will look like. So once you have ads, you create campaigns in Google, and then you target, your audiences on the YouTube platform. Okay? And they look like this to your ideal customers and then they can click on either of these, right, to go over to your funnel.

Right? So then they go over to your landing page. So this is an example of what your VSL funnel, will most likely look like. And I'm using Sam's VSL funnel here. So, landing page, right, where they can obviously click learn and then opt in.

Right? So the whole goal of this right here, I'm gonna jump over here, is to get qualified leads watching your VSL. Okay. That's the whole goal of YouTube ads is to get qualified leads who are interested in your offer to click and then opt in to watch your video sales letter. Alright.

This is what is going to sell your offer and your mastermind. Alright. So the whole goal of YouTube ads is to get people to over here to your landing page, qualified people to click and opt in with their first name and their email so that they can be on your list. Right? And then they can then go and access your video sales letter.

Alright? And then once let me just make sure. Yeah. So just to clarify again, your YouTube ad should sell the video sales letter, not the offer. Alright?

Your YouTube ads should sell the video sales letter, not the offer. So the whole goal is to sell people on opting into this to get access to this right here, the video sales letter, which is where you'll sell the offer. So your ads, your YouTube ads, sell the click to get them to opt in onto your list. And then get them to watch the video sales letter, which is where you'll sell the offer. Alright?

And then next, they'll go to a Calendly page, which is separate. So somewhere over here, you'll have a button to click and then go access to your calendar. And this is where you'll have your calendar plus application. So, I'm gonna go ahead and put Calendly. Well, plus application.

It's basically included into one. So, you'll have your application or your survey, if you like to call it that, on your applications. When they click book a time, they'll be able to answer a few questions to make sure that they're qualified. And then, once they book a call, they'll land on a confirmation page. Okay?

And it'll look something like this. Let me just zoom in for you guys. And I'll give you the Figma map with this. So Calendly confirmation page. And then, you'll have the sales call over Zoom.

Alright. Once they book the call, you'll then have the sales call over Zoom. And this is where you'll actually qualify them more. Right? Ask them what their goals are.

See if they're a good fit for your offer and then offer them your mastermind. And then once you have the sales call, then you check them out over Stripe or whatever payment processor you you use. I put Stripe here for an example of your payment processor that you will, use on the call to enroll them into your offer. And they become a client. And that's how you make money.

Okay? So YouTube ads to get people to click over to your landing page. Then, your landing page should be enticing enough to get them to opt in to your video sales letter. Right? And then, they watch the video sales letter.

And then, they go to your calendar page, which is separate. And then, they can book a call and fill out a short survey to make sure that they're a good fit for your program. And then you, land on then they land on the confirmation page and then they have the sales call with you and then you sell them onto your offer. Okay? Pretty simple.

And the tracking for all this, how it works really quickly, is you will have a tracking sheet. Alright? I'll also explain Google Ads, search, display, and discovery later on as well. This won't come yet. I wanna focus on YouTube ads for now.

But depending on if you have traffic already running to your pages and things like that or you're a big following on, you know, different websites and stuff, you have a lot of traffic, a lot of organic and things like that. We can use YouTube at Google Ads later on for remarketing. But the main goal, the main strategy is YouTube ads. This is where you're gonna get the most brand awareness and the most traffic. And then YouTube ads can come in handy or sorry, Google ads can come in handy for remarketing later on.

And I'll get into that in the later modules. Probably in, like, day seven or something of the YouTube ads training. So tracking. Okay. So now, you know exactly how the strategy looks.

Right? So we're gonna use YouTube ads through Google to put ads on YouTube, which look like this. And then they go to your landing page, and then they go through your funnel, and then they become a client at the end of it. So for tracking, how do you track all this? Right?

Well, we have a tracking sheet that we're gonna be giving to you right here that looks like this. K? It looks like this. So it is very easy to see a high level overview. This is a dashboard section right here.

You can just simply make a copy of this. So if you go to file, make a copy, and then make a copy and it's yours. Okay? You can just change it to whatever you want. And then you can go to June, for example, June 10.

And then if you start running ads on June 10, you would start putting the ad spend. So this is very easy to, input your metrics of your ads on a daily basis. And we have each week separated as well. So it it's very clean. It's very simple.

And it makes it easy for you to track the ads performance. So you can put ad spend right here, impressions, how many views you got. And then every single column that is grayed out like these are, formulas. So once you input, for example, let's say we spent, you know, a $100 today. And then I'm just throwing out examples here.

We got, how many impressions? Let's say the cost per impression was, I'm just throwing out examples here. So I don't know. 45 thou 4,000 impressions. Right?

That's a lot of impressions for that many views. Your cost per impressions was $25. Pretty good. And then out of 4,000 impressions, you have, 30% of people. Right?

So 30% times 4,000. That would be 4,000 times point 30. That's 1,200. Right? So 1,200.

And then you have, out of 1,200 people that watched, you have, let's say 50 clicks, which is a good click through rate. Right? And then your leads, right here, you can enter those in. So out of 50 clicks, you get 10 people. Actually, I'm gonna go back over here and explain this.

So tracking sheet, before we get into that, I'll use a real example. Tracking sheet, okay, this is how you track how much you spend and all your metrics for your ads. And you have Hyros over here. Okay. Hyros is definitely recommended for any sales call funnel.

The reason why is because I'll show you an example right here. This is actually a real client of ours. His name is Justin Thomas. He owns a company called Insurance Advertising Masters. I grayed out all of the sensitive information that, I wouldn't wanna show you guys and he wouldn't want me to show you guys either, but I kept it the most important thing.

So this is what it looks like inside of Google Ads when you're running, YouTube ads. Right? And so you can see we have a number of different campaigns right here that we are running ads to his VSL funnel with. And you can see that there is the Google Ads conversion tracking over here. But what we have let me just zoom out here.

This is what Hyros looks like, the dashboard of Hyros. And this is a plug in that you can install into your Google Chrome from Hyros that shows you the most accurate data of your campaigns and which ones are actually getting profit. Because the problem with Google Ads is or just Facebook Ads in general, because of iOS 14 updates especially, it's so much harder to actually track booked calls that actually result into sales. You can see this example right here. So we have leads being tracked by Google Ads which we'll show you how to set up using Google Tag Manager.

But let me just show you a comparison of what Google Ads is tracking compared to Hyros. So this campaign, for example, is showing that there's a 163 leads at a cost of $6 per lead. But if you look at the Hyros plug in, which by the way, Hyros, is connected to your Stripe account. So, it's very accurate in being able to make sure that you are actually profiting from the campaigns that you're spending ads on, which is why we use it. I've used and spent millions of dollars without Hyros before and I honestly believe that if I had Hyros or Hyros was invented, when I was doing that, for example, when I was working full time for Dean Graziosi, I for sure know that we would have made, a couple million more guaranteed just by using Hyros, because of this reason alone.

So a 163 leads for $6 a lead according to Google Ads. But But then, let me just get this freaking hand out of the way. Then you have over here, a 172 leads. So there's more leads on high rose, which means that Google Ads isn't as accurate as it needs to be. 172 leads at a $5 and 72 cost per lead.

So not that big of a difference but here's where the real money is made by investing in Hyros. Alright? Total calls booked. So this is sometimes what happens in your Google Ads account. Conversion tracking or columns just for whatever reason, won't be set up properly.

Now, this is a rare occurrence. Yours will most likely be able to track calls. But the example and the point still proves true because even if you track booked calls, what happens when you book a call? You get on the phone with them over Zoom. Right?

And then you have a sales call, and then you have to automatically check them out with Stripe or however you wanna check them out. That data does not feed back to Google Ads. Google Ads doesn't know if you got a sale or not. Right? And there's ways you can do it very very complicated and set it all up crazy.

You can have people do this for you, but it takes forever and it would be very hard and stressful and take time. Or you can just use hyros and you can see exactly how many calls you booked. So for example, this campaign spent, $983. It got 12 calls booked and it had two sales. Right?

The cost per sale was $491. And this one, in fact, wasn't profitable because the cash collect probably wasn't as high as it wants to be. But let's go to this one. $434. Right?

And you have 49 leads for $8 according to Google Ads. You can see here there's actually 11 more leads being tracked by Hyros. And again, there's no calls booked in here, which sometimes happens. The hand keeps popping up. And then you look over here.

You have three calls and three sales. Right? So each of these calls ended up being sale. And then you have a 144 cost per call. So higher than this one.

So maybe you're thinking, well, this one's higher, so I might wanna pause it. But no, you don't wanna do that because your cost per sale is a $144 and you've profited $4,276 from this campaign. You spent $434 to make $4,265 profit. And again, this is very easy to look at when site when you're inside of Google Ads, when when you're inside your Google Ads account because it's a plugin that automatically looks like this and pops up next to each campaign, which makes it very easy to see which campaigns are profitable. Alright?

So, I hope that explains Hyros well enough and why it's absolutely necessary for call funnels in my personal opinion. You can do this without Hyros. It's just gonna be complicated because you can track booked calls again. This will show up in your account. Sometimes it doesn't.

For this example, it wasn't. But you can see which campaigns are producing booked calls for, let's say, $81 like this example shows. But again, these aren't resulting in sales. So even if you're tracking booked calls, you're not knowing if those booked calls are qualified and which campaigns they're coming from. Which again, Hyros solves that problem because it uses the data from here to feedback to this campaign which makes this campaign more optimized because the more you spend on this campaign as opposed to this campaign, the better your performance of your ads will be.

Alright? So that's just a quick rundown of Hybris and why we use it in an example. And so now that I've explained how this process will work, right, and what tracking we'll be using in the sheets and the assets you guys get, now, I'm going to give you, a quick rundown of an example here. So some math, and some benchmarks. It's okay.

It's very important to go over some benchmarks and I'll go over this in the optimizing module as well. But for your ads, you wanna aim for a click through rate of about one to 2%. So 1% would be good, in today's standards especially now that ads are responsive. They're no longer just in stream ads where everybody can just skip them. Right?

You can do that but, ultimately, the best way to run YouTube ads right now is by running responsive, video conversion ads which is all three of these platforms. You can't choose one of the others. So with that said, right, the discovery ads will lower your cost or your click through rate and, make sure that you just wanna be aiming for one to 2%. Alright? So that's just a very standard metric that you wanna aim for.

So if you know that, for example, your click through rate's less than 1%, you might have a creative problem. Your hook might not be enticing enough. Right? You might want to change your messaging. Your cost per click, you wanna aim for 3 to $5, especially in The US market.

Now, now again, all of these metrics I'm about to explain to you guys, take it with a grain of salt because it depends on your niche, your business, and your ideal client. Everybody's different. But industry standard here, we've taken this across all of our clients we've worked with over the last three years, Especially today, 3 to $5 in The US market is pretty reasonable. If you get less than $3 in The US market, you're probably having a really good ad. And your messaging is just really dialed in.

This is what you would expect. 1 to $2 outside The US. Okay? So that's what you wanna aim for with the ads. Now again, this could be way higher than both of these and you could be making a lot of profit.

So, again, take this with a grain of salt because if everything's profitable at the end of this, right, if the tracking sheet looks good and you're making money over here, then, you know, does the click through rate and the cost per click really matter? You know, you be the judge. Landing page conversion rate, 15 to 35% is what you wanna aim for. Okay? Again, one of our clients right now, they sell an Amazon FBA coaching offer.

Their landing page conversion rate is 10%, but they're at a four x return on ad spend overall. Right? Including our fees. So, again, take this one with a grain of salt, but this is what you wanna aim for. So, for example, if your landing page conversion rate is, like, 5%, I mean, you got some work to do on the landing page.

Because if you can improve that, and I'll show you an example in a second, it can change everything for your business. And then so, basically, what this means is after people click here and then they land on your landing page, you wanna have at least 15% of people opt in. And if you have 35, you're doing really good. And then out of the people that opt in to watch the video sales letter, you want at least five to 15% of them to go to book a call. Alright?

So the video conversion rate. The video sales that are converting at a rate of five to 15%, which means that out of everybody who opts in, you get five people, or 5% of them to opt in. That's pretty decent. You wanna work towards 15 if you can. But again, this depends.

And then, the confirmation, the show up rate to to your sales call. So, out of everybody that books a call, you wanna have a show up rate of at least 60% to 80%. Okay. These are your industry standard benchmarks that you wanna aim towards. Then, out of everybody that gets on the sales call, right, live calls, you have a call conversion rate of 20%.

So it means you wanna close on the on the call on Zoom at at least 20% minimum. Alright. 30% is really where you wanna be, but 20% is good enough. Especially if you're having a higher ticket offer. Right?

$9,800 to make the math work. So I just went through some math for you and some benchmarks. Now, here's an example of how this works. So let's say you sell a $5,000 mastermind and spend $5,000 a month on ads. Right?

And let's say you you pay $5 per click. Right? $5 per click. Over here. Right?

$5 per click, which is on the higher side. So you get a thousand clicks. Right? 5,000 divided by five is a thousand clicks landing over to your landing page. And then your landing page converts at 15%.

So everybody who lands here, 15% of them opt in and watch your video sales letter. That means you have a 150 leads. Okay. So that's, you know, pretty decent on the lower end. Right?

So out of a thousand people that clicked and landed, only 15% of them, which is a 150 people, watch your VSL. So you have a 150 leads watching, which means you paid $33 per lead. Okay? Let me just do the math here for you real quick. So you spend, let's just say, $5,000.

Right? And then let's just do that. Let's just ignore those. You have oops. This is how you use the tracking sheet, by the way.

You have a thousand clicks. Okay. And then out of a 100 leads, you have a 150. Right? Which means your landing page converts at 15%.

You can see all the metrics pop up for the formulas. And then out of, and then your video sales letter converts 10% of leads to book a call, which is in the middle. Right? So it's high over here. It's low over here.

But it's in the middle over here. So your video sales letter is doing doing decent. And then you get 15 calls at three hundred and thirty to three dollars per call. So let's put 15 calls here. $330, you can see.

Cost per strategy session. And then out of the 15 calls that you book, 70% of people show up to the call. Maybe you canceled 10, maybe 20% of people don't show up. So it ends up being 70 people show up to the call. And then you have 10 live calls.

Okay? 10 live calls. Alright. So the cost per strategy session is $500. So you can see here, $500 per live call.

And then out of 10 people that you talk to on Zoom, right right over here on the sales call, you only close 20% of people. So, maybe you're just not in the in the in the groove that week or, you know, maybe a few of them just aren't qualified. Whatever the case may be, you only close 20%. So you get two clients. Alright?

So you close the 20%. And then, you collect half pay for one of the clients that you close and a full pay for the other one. Right? So let's go over here. Your revenue total is going to be, 10,000.

Right? Because you close two clients at $5,000. Right? But you only collect 7,500 because you close one full pay for 5 k, and you close one half pay for 2,500. So you spent $5.

Right? And then you made back, right, over here. Cash collected, 2,500. But your total revenue is $5,000. Right?

So what this means is you made a 1.5 x return on ad spend to cold traffic. You spent $5,000 and made back 7,500 with $10,000 in total revenue. Right? So, that's pretty good, especially for, you know, just starting out. And that's how these metrics are gonna work.

So how do you identify what to work on? Right? Let's say that's over a month. How do you know what to work on? Well, for example, your cost per click, $5, as you can see over here, is a bit high.

And if you just worked on that, right, and if you lower that down to $3.50, then everything changes. So check this out. If this comes down to, let's just say how can we do this? So, well, I have the example here. So I'm not gonna go through it.

$5 of cost per click is a bit high. If you lower that down to $3.50, you get 4 okay. So, yeah. So 1,400. I already have it right here.

So, cost per click is $3.50. You get 1,428 clicks. Right? And then, out of those 1,428 clicks, if everything stays the same, if everything stays the same, you get 214 leads. Right?

So now, 214 leads. Because, again, your landing page is still gonna convert at 15%. Right? Like we have up here. So only things that changed is the Google is the click through rate.

And then, that lowers your cost per click by $23. So it was 33. You've lowered it by $10 now, which is very significant. You've gotten almost 60 more leads just by lowering the cost per click. And then you have 23 calls instead of 10 calls.

Okay? So 23 calls instead of 10 calls. So now you have, 23 calls. So your cost per strategy session is now $217 instead of 333. And then you have 16 live calls because, again, you just have a 70% show up rate.

So you have 16 live calls, 70% show up rate. And now with just lowering the cost per click, if you still close at 20%, you enroll three clients. K? If you just close at 20%, you enroll three clients. So if that third client pays in full, so let's do this.

So you close three. Revenue would be $15,000 because you close three at five k. But let's say the other one pays in full. That's $5,000. You add 7,500 by 5,000.

That's 12,000 And, yeah, 12,500. 12,500. So, you now spend $5,000 to collect 20 12,500, and your ROAS jumps to 2.5 x. So you can see how now you've spent over here. 5,000.

And you've made 15,000 in terms of total revenue. But cash, you're at 12,500. So you're at a 2.5 x return on ad spend which is really good. And that's just a quick example of how you can optimize this. So if your click through rate was $5, for example, that would be what you could work on.

And again, we'll go over this in the optimizing section a little bit more in-depth. But I hope this overview makes sense on how this will work. Okay? So, again, you can click on this document and get the industry benchmarks and target KPIs. It's a printout that you can have on hand and save to your Google Drive if you want.

Or you can just go back to this Figma that'll be underneath this video and just look at this as an overview. You can also, again, open up the tracking sheet right here and click on file and make a copy. And the cool part about this tracking sheet too is as you start entering all of this data here for the month and the months to come, you can just go over here to dashboard. You can see everything month by month is laid out for you and you can see the total that'll be over here as you keep entering it. And then again, you wanna get high rows for bulletproof tracking.

I'll have this in the next module as well in account setups, in the account setup. But I put two links that you can go to right here to go check it out. Full transparency here. These do, have affiliate links are on them because they are, we are an affiliated agency of Hyros. So if you go to Hyros certified agency.

So if you go to this page, you can see that there's only about a few agencies that are certified and you can see us right here. So, we are a certified Hyros agency, which means that we are certified to obviously get our clients onto Hyros. We wouldn't be selling we wouldn't be promoting this if, we didn't believe in it. Okay? And I showed you the example here.

It's just crazy running traffic today without Hyros. So, with that said, action steps. So number one, make sure you've proven your offer already organically. Number two, make sure you have a budget ready to spend testing YouTube ads for at least three months. And number three, go to the next module.

We where we will create your accounts and get this party started. See you guys in the next video.

# 2. Account setup

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 30 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/2d965535-c279-4f85-a2fe-5e1ffbf7f36d

---


Hey. What's up? This is Brian with adsben.com. Welcome to the second module of the We Tube YouTube ads training. This is the account setup piece, and we will be setting up all your accounts.

So, some prerequisites before we get started. By now, you should have your VSL funnel ready to run traffic to, and you should have your VSL funnel pages and links ready to copy and paste. So, what I did was I put together a quick Google document listing out each of the steps in my VSL funnel as an example for you guys to have on hand as well. So, you should just create a Google document like this, put it in notes, anything you can get access to really quickly to copy, the URLs as we will need those when we begin setting up your accounts. And also, have your website or ClickFunnels account open, including the funnel that you're gonna be running traffic to for your VSL.

So that way you can easily copy and paste the tracking codes that we will show you, how to paste onto your funnel for your conversions. So, what we're gonna set up. I wanna switch over here to this handy dandy, design. This is gonna be an overview of the account setup map. So, first things first, we're gonna create a Google Ads manager account.

The reason why we're gonna create a Google Ads manager account is because you wanna think of this as like a Facebook business manager. Basically, something that houses all of your Google Ads accounts underneath of it. The reason why is because this allows you to create multiple Google Ads accounts instead of just one Google Ads account. So, underneath your Google Ads manager account, you will have a Google Ads account or multiple accounts if you want. But for the sake of this example and this training, we're gonna create one.

But if you wanted to run, you know, new offers, new funnels, etcetera, you could also create multiple accounts, underneath. That way, if for whatever reason you do, you know, for whatever reason gets suspended, you have multiple accounts instead of just one. So, we're gonna create this after we create the business manager account. And then, we have your Google Analytics account. Okay?

So, your Google Ads account is gonna connect to your Google Analytics account and this is where you can see more data and analytics regarding all of the traffic that you are sending to your funnels and your pages. Alright. So, we run ads out of the Google Ads account, which is housed by your ads manager account, and then we connect Google Analytics to have the ability to see into more data. And then, we also connect Google Tag Manager. So, Google Tag Manager is pretty cool because as opposed to having a Google Ads, you know, tracking code on your website or funnel and then a Google Analytics tracking code on your website and funnel, and then let's say you wanna run Facebook ads as well, right?

That's a whole different separate pixel that you have to paste onto your website and funnel. Google Tag Manager solves all of those problems and puts it into one code that looks like this. Okay? So, instead of having, like, ads, then analytics, then Facebook, and then hyros, for example, you just have a Google Tag Manager tag and it makes it so that way, rather than having, like, a bunch of different tags or, sorry, codes, your website speed, which does slow down your website speed, that's the whole point of this, Tag Manager eliminates that problem because it's one code. Alright?

So, then we are going to connect your YouTube channel to your ads account because, again, Google Ads is where you're gonna run ads out of. So you're gonna connect both YouTube channels right here. You can see I have two. The reason why we're gonna create two channels or you should have two channels is because your YouTube channel is where you post videos every single week and you get new subscribers and new video viewers. And I recommend creating a second channel that's specifically for ads.

Okay? The reason why is because this avoids your analytics in your main channel getting messy because you're gonna be spending money on paid traffic. Alright? So best practice, just keep them separate here. And the best part is you can connect both to your ads account and then create remarketing lists for both channels to be able to target with your ads.

So if you wanna target your subscribers, right, your, video viewers of your main channel or anyone who's liked a video of yours from your main channel, anyone who's shared a video of yours, added a video of yours to a playlist on their YouTube channel, then you can go ahead and do that. And you can also create remarketing lists of people who have viewed any of your videos from your ads channel. So, anybody who's watched your ads, you can target them with Google Ads, which is why we have both of them connected and why we recommend creating a second YouTube channel just for your ads. Last but not least, we have Hyros over here. And Hyros connects to your tag manager and to your Google Ads account.

Plus, it also connects to your Stripe. But I didn't put that on here for the sake of the example. So, that is what we're gonna set up right now. And I will not show you how to set up Hyros because Hyros is a totally separate company that is very easy to set up once you do, get Hyros as a tracking solution to help you with your YouTube ads. Again, it's highly recommended.

And you can just sign up for them. I have links right here which I'll get into in a second, down here that you can easily use to sign up for their service and their tool and they have SOPs and walk through tutorials that are very easy to follow. So, I'm not gonna show you that in this video. Cool. So I just explained what we're gonna set up for you and I hope that makes sense.

You can go ahead and watch that back if you wanna relisten to that. Now, we're gonna go ahead and set up all of those accounts. So, when you are assigned into Google, you're gonna click on this and click create a Google Ads Manager account. So now, we're gonna move this over here. Oops.

I shouldn't have closed that. There we go. And now, it's gonna say create a manager account. Perfect. Alright.

You're gonna create a manager account. This is, again, where you're gonna have multiple Google Ads accounts, but we're only gonna create one. Alright? So, you want this. So you can name this, for example, WeTube demo.

This is just a demo account. You can name this your business name for your business manager account. And then you're gonna click on manage my accounts. Choose your billing, time zone, currency. Click submit, explore your account.

Underneath here, you can see you have accounts. Click on that. And then you can be able to click this blue plus icon and create a new account. So now you're gonna create your actual ads account. Alright?

So this is gonna be called front end mastermind. So I'm gonna do FE mastermind for the sake of this example. You can name this whatever your mastermind or offer or whatever you're running, is called. And then, the type of ads account is gonna be Google Ads account. You can choose all this as well.

If you wanna invite somebody to your ads account, you can invite them right here. So if you wanted to invite a team member or a copywriter or a media buyer or an agency, you would invite them right here. You can also do this later. So, not necessary right now. Click on save and continue.

And then, now it's gonna ask you to set up your billing. Okay. So, I'm gonna pause this video, set this up real quick, and I'll be back in a second. Okay. Perfect.

So, I just entered my billing information. And once you have that, you'll click on submit. It'll set up your billing. And there you go. Now, you have your business manager account, your Google Ads manager account.

And underneath it, you will have your front end mastermind account right here. Alright? So, let's just go back to the checklist. So, we already went through the prerequisites. We already went through what we're gonna set up and how everything connects and works to each other.

Alright? Hiros, again, right there, to see what campaigns actually produce profit. And then setting up your accounts, we just created your Google Ads Manager account, so we can cross that off if you want. We also just created your Google Ads and, Google Ads account inside of your Google Ads Manager account. So you can also cross that off if you'd like.

Now, we're gonna create your Google Analytics account. So we're gonna click on this, bring it over here, and you're gonna click on start measuring. Alright? So, maybe some of you guys already have these things too. I'm just gonna walk you through it step by step in case you're brand new.

Account name. This will be, again, We Tube demo. This will be your business name. Alright. And then you can leave all those on.

Next. Your property name. This is your offer or or your funnel. Right? So this will be front end mastermind.

Whatever your mastermind or offer is called that you want to measure with analytics. Check all this stuff out. So I'm just gonna do New York. You can change all that. You can skip this.

Click create. I accept, I accept. Move this back here. And then, I'm gonna opt out of all of these because I don't wanna get spammed. I'm gonna click save.

Now, perfect. It's gonna say to set up a data stream. Alright? So, you just created your analytics account. And before you link your analytics to your Google Ads, let's set up a data stream real quick.

Right here in data streams, click on web and you'll just do your website. So, I'm gonna use adspend.com for this example. Adspend.com. Click on create stream And there you go. Now, you have a measurement ID, which you'll copy for later.

Alright? And then, you'll click out of here and you'll move this to link. So, now, we wanna link your analytics account to your ads account. So, we've already created the manager. We created the ads account.

Now, we're gonna link Google Analytics to Google Ads. Here's how we do that. So, click on product links, Google Ads links. Click on link. Choose Google Ads accounts and then it should pop up right here.

Again, drop hit the drop down. Click on front end mastermind. Click on confirm. Click on next. Yes.

Yes. Now, your analytics account is linked to your Google Ads account, which is great. We're moving right through this, guys. I hope you're having some fun. Okay.

Cool. So now, we're gonna create a Google Tag Manager account. Alright? So, boom, boom, boom. Right over here.

Tag Manager account is click on this. Click on this. Now, there we go. Now, you're gonna click on create account. You're gonna name this, WeTube, demo.

We're gonna do container name is going to be front end of Mastermind. Web. Create. Now, it's gonna say, do you accept these terms and conditions? You click yes.

Perfect. So, ignore this for now. We are well, actually, yeah. Let's just do this right now. Or actually, no.

Let's ignore it. Okay. Go to tags. Now you're gonna, go ahead and create a Google Analytics tag. So Google Analytics is what you're gonna call it.

So click on so so basically, what we're doing right now is we are going to create a new tag that is going to fire when someone lands on your pages. Right? So it's called your Google Analytics tag because, again, this tracks every single page visitor that lands on your website no matter what. No matter if they come from ads or not. So we need that tag from Google Tag Manager to be created in here.

So that way, you can feed that data back to Google Ads. So we're gonna click on a new tag under tags. We're gonna call it Google Analytics. Click on tag configuration, the pencil icon. Click on universal analytics.

Oops. Sorry. No. Not universal. You're gonna do GA four configuration.

Then copy and paste the measurement ID that I had you copy earlier. If you lost that already, go back to analytics. Go to data streams. Click on this, and then copy this right there. So once you have that, you can go back here, copy right there, and then or paste it right there.

And then the trigger so what fires this tag? Right? How does Google Tag Manager know to let you know when someone visits your website? We're gonna click on all pages. Whenever someone, anybody visits our funnel, our VSL funnel, we're gonna have Google Analytics fire to track their behavior.

Then you're gonna click on save. Okay. Boom. One done. Awesome work.

Now, we're gonna move down. So, we have this done. Right? We just did both of these things. We just created the Google Tag Manager account.

We just created a new tag inside of Tag Manager called Google Analytics and we've hit save. And now, we're gonna create a new tag inside of Google Tag Manager for conversion linker. And this is gonna allow you to make sure that all your conversions are linked properly. So, you're gonna click on, new. You're gonna call this conversion linker.

Then, click tag configuration. And then, it's gonna be right here, conversion linker. Enable linking on all page URLs. Trigger. What trigger?

You're gonna want all pages. Click on save. Boom. Two tags done. Now, we're good to go.

Now, you're gonna wanna create a new conversion action inside of your Google Ads account for opt ins. So, let me just pull this up real quick. What we're really doing, guys, just to make sure that I'm not losing you here, is we need to be able to have a way to track when someone lands on your specific pages of your funnel. We just did that with analytics and conversion linker. But we need to now create two conversion actions.

How does Google know what to optimize for? How does your ads account know what to optimize for? Right? How does this get more of this? This is what we're creating right now.

So the two conversion actions that you wanna create are opt ins and booked calls. Those are the only two conversion actions that we're trying to optimize for. More opt ins, more leads, and then more booked calls. And so we're going to create a, opt in tag whenever somebody lands on the video sales page because, again, your ads are gonna be showing up on YouTube like this. Someone's gonna click.

They're gonna land on your landing page, but we don't wanna track that. We only wanna track when someone opts in to your VSL, which means they have to click on this button, put their first name and email, and then they become a lead. So whenever someone lands on your video sales letter page, that's when they are an opt in. And that data Again, let's look at the map. That data feeds back to your ads account, which optimizes your campaigns to get better qualified leads.

Alright? So we're gonna create an opt in tag now. So you're gonna go to, actually your ads account. First, you're gonna go inside of your ads account. So, again, inside of your ads account.

So, again, click on accounts in your manager. Click on front end mastermind. Now, you're inside your ads account. Let's go to the setup just to show you. This was your manager account.

Now, we're creating your conversion actions right here because everything's linked to this one. Alright. Let's move this out of the way. Let's go to tools and settings. Conversions.

So now, we're gonna put your conversion actions inside of Google Ads and use tag manager to connect them. So new conversion action, website conversions, and then, it's gonna scan your domain. So, I'm gonna use the adspend.com. Scan. Should take a second.

Maybe a little bit longer. Let me pause the video until it's done. Alright. There we go. So now, you're gonna scroll down to add a conversion action manually.

Now, we're gonna create your first conversion action. Again, this is going to be opt in. Okay? So we oh, I got lost. Then you're gonna, choose a goal and action optimization.

So, for example, what is this goal? Okay? The goal is a sign up. Someone has to sign up to watch the VSL. So I'm gonna change it to opt in to make it easier.

You can do lead if you want as well. I like to do opt in. Value, we're not gonna assign a value to it because this is basically like, how much is one opt in worth to our business? Assign a dollar amount. Just ignore that.

Go to don't use a value. And then count is going to be one because if somebody keeps opting in but it's the same person, at the end of the day, they're the same person. They're just one person who's the same person. Right? So you don't wanna keep counting them as new opt ins and opt ins and opt ins if it's the same person.

So just click one, then click on done. Now you're gonna add the second conversion action. Let's just go to our steps real quick, which is booked call. Okay? So let's go to the overview to show you why.

So someone opts in to watch your video sales letter. That's a lead. Right? They opted in to watch the video sales letter. Now the second conversion action we wanna track is whenever someone lands on your confirmation page.

Meaning, the only way they get to this page is if they book a call with you and fill out your survey. They book a call. So when they land on the confirmation page, that's a booked call. That's what we're gonna create right now because we wanna optimize for booked calls and for opt ins. Alright?

So we're gonna click on goal. Go to book appointment. Then we're gonna do booked call. Don't use a value as well. Click on one.

And then done. Alright. So now you're gonna click on save and continue. And now it's gonna say, okay, cool. You have two tags that you just created, two conversion actions that you just created.

Now you need to add the tags to your website. Again, the reason why we have Google tag manager is because it's one tag. And if you're running Facebook ads and stuff and you have Google Analytics and ads, these are just a bunch of tags that can slow down your website's speed, which your website speed, which is not good. So we have one tag here. So Google ads is asking us, how do you wanna implement this onto your website?

How do we know how to track this? You wanna click on use Google tag manager. Copy the conversion ID right here. Go to tag manager. Click on new tag.

And now, we're gonna make the opt in tag. So, this is gonna be opt in. Click on tag configuration. Then, go to Google Ads conversion tracking because we're gonna link this back to the things we just made in Google Ads. So, conversion ID is right here.

Now, I'm gonna go back to the ads account and then copy the conversion label for the opt in because that's the tag we're making right now. And I'm gonna paste it in there. Alright? Now, what is gonna fire this tag? So, we basically are telling Google Tag Manager that when somebody lands on what page?

Is it all pages? No. We have to click this plus button right here. And now we're gonna do opt in. I name it the same.

The tag is the same as the trigger. It's just easy for you to remember, for me to remember. I make it as easy as possible. Then click on the trigger. Okay.

What's gonna fire this? Now, we're gonna go to page view and we're gonna do some page views. Okay. Some page views. Alright.

Now, we're going to click on Page URL. And then, we are going to go to our links right here. So, when someone lands on the VSL page. So, I'm going to copy everything after the www.adspend.com. And I'm gonna go to tag manager and click on adspend.

And paste it. Sorry. In here. So whenever someone lands on this page, that means that they are an opt in. Okay?

Because if you look at my funnel steps, landing page, they have to opt in to go to the VSL page. Right? Let's look at the overview again. Landing page. VSL page.

This is what we want to create as the opt in trigger. Click on save. Click on save. And now you have your opt in. Click on new.

We're gonna create the booked call one now. Booked call. Oops. Tag configuration. Google Ads conversion tracking.

Go back to your ads account. Copy the same conversion ID. Go to tag manager. Paste it. Ads account.

Copy the booked call one. I almost copied the opt in. Make sure you don't do that. And then go to conversion label and paste it. Now, we have to add a trigger for this.

So how does Google Tag Manager know when to fire this trigger to let you know and to let your ads account know that somebody booked a call? Well, let's go to the overview. They're gonna have to land on the confirmation page. So, let's go to the confirmation page right here, which is our thank you page, which is the same as confirmation page. Copy that.

Go to Google Tag Manager triggering. Create a new trigger and then name it booked call. This is the booked call trigger that's gonna fire the booked call tag that's gonna go back to your ads account and let you know that you got a booked call. Page view. When someone views some page, which looks like this.

Changes the page URL. Contains adspend.com forward slash next steps dash YouTube. Save. Alright. Save again.

Now, we have all of your tags and Tag Manager created. You're gonna click on submit. Okay? Click on submit. Publish right here.

Continue. This actually submits your changes to make sure that they are live. So now, what we're gonna do is we're gonna go to admin and we are gonna go to install Google Tag Manager. It's going to say to paste this code into your website. So, the instructions are very clear.

Paste this code as high in the head of the page as possible. So, click on copy right here. Go to your ClickFunnels account. And then, I'm gonna paste it down here because I already have one right there. I'm just gonna show you this for an example.

So, paste that. And then, now, go back to tag manager. And then, additionally, paste this code immediately after the opening of body tag. So, copy this. Go to ClickFunnels.

And then, paste it like that. Okay? Now, click on save and update settings in ClickFunnels to make sure that the changes are live. Alright? So, let me go back to workspace, tags, and let's just go back to our list.

So, we've already created the tag inside of tag manager for opt in, the tag inside of tag manager for booked call. We've already copy and pasted the conversion IDs and labels, so those things are created. And now, we're gonna preview this. Okay. So let's make sure that we preview this before leaving.

So click on preview right here. And now, it's gonna say, cool. What do you wanna test? How do we how do we know this is working correctly? This is what we're using preview mode for.

So I'm gonna take this URL for the VSL page to make sure that the opt in tag is firing correctly. Alright? Let me just click on done right here. So go back to your ads account. Click on done.

And then you will see that you have an opt in conversion action inside of your ads account under sign ups. And you have a booked appointment and booked call conversion action inside of your ads account. So it's unverified right now. Look. It says unverified.

This needs to say tracking conversions. Right? Or no no recent conversions is what it should say. But it's unverified and it could take up to three hours. It says right here to, change the status to no recent conversions.

But we're gonna speed that process up right now and we're gonna click on this. Paste your VSL page into your Google Tag Manager preview mode tag assistant Then click connect. And now, it'll open up your video sales letter page. This is an example of what mine looks like. And then, we'll go to tag assistant right here.

And it says connected. So, let's see what happened real quick. Okay. So, I made a mistake in this video. So, it says the tags not fired are the opt in in the booked call.

That's not good. That means that it's not tracking that this was an opt in. The reason why is because I made the mistake of putting the full domain and the forward slash inside of the trigger. Okay? So we're gonna go back and delete that right now.

So click on x. Stop debugging. Exit out of that. Go to tag manager. Now, we're going to go to opt in.

K? Opt in. Let's change the trigger. What's gonna fire this tag? Because it wasn't working.

Now, we're gonna click on edit the page view. Now, we're gonna get rid of all of this. I realized that this is what's the problem. So, we're just gonna have apply dash YouTube. The very end So, let me just go to my links.

Just this is all you need right here. So, if your URL looks like this, just copy that. And now, we are going to exit out of that. And now, I'm gonna go to booked call and change that. So, let me go to the trigger of the booked call.

Let me go to the trigger right here. Remove everything besides next dash steps dash YouTube. Alright? And now, I'm gonna click on submit. Publish and continue.

Click on workspace again. And now, let's try this again. Okay? Preview. Connect.

And there we go. Now you have analytics analytics firing, you have conversion linker firing, and you have opt in firing. If you see tags fired and you say and it says opt in, good job. You've you're halfway there. And we're like 90% of the way there right now.

Cool. So now, we're gonna exit out of that, exit out of that, and now, we're gonna preview the thank you page to make sure that somebody is booking a call and Google Tag Manager knows that someone's booking a call. Oops. You gotta copy the full URL for this. And then click on connect.

Alright. It'll pop up your thank you page. And then it says connected. And then you can see here the tag of booked call fired, which is good. Now, when someone lands on those two pages, your VSL page or your confirmation page, it will fire the appropriate tag, which means everything is working properly.

Alright? So again, all I did was I went back to tags and I changed the trigger of what fired the booked call tag and the opt in tag. So again, all I did was I removed everything besides the end of the URL. Just this is what you wanna put as a page URL. Alright.

Right there. And I did the same thing for the opt in. So, let's go back here. Triggering. You can see.

Just apply dash YouTube. Just apply dash YouTube. So don't worry about the domain. Don't worry about the forward slash. It just confuses things.

And, apparently, it doesn't work. So that's how we fix that. Now, you're good to go. You can go ahead and exit out of, tag manager for now and the tag assistant. We'll just keep it up for now.

Alright. Cool. Yeah. So tag manager is good. Your tags are firing properly.

In the next one or two hours in your side of your ads account, under tools and settings, under conversions. Oh, there we go. See? We sped up the process. We just tested it ourselves.

No recent conversions. This seems you're ready to run ads. Right? Obviously, you need to set up the campaigns and the targeting. But when you do launch, you don't have to worry about things not tracking because we just set it up in this video.

I'm gonna exit out of analytics and then I am going to go back to the list to make sure where we're at. Last but not least, again, create a second YouTube channel to avoid your analytics getting messy. There's plenty of tutorials out there how to teach you how do that. You guys are smart enough to know how to do that. You wanna link both of them.

So how we're gonna do that is you're gonna go to tools and settings, then you're gonna go to linked accounts under setup. Now we're gonna link your YouTube channels to your ads account. Okay? So, you can go to details next to YouTube. Right?

Click on details. And then, it's gonna say link YouTube to Google Ads. Click on yes, add channel. You can search for the channel name. Right?

So let me just go to youtube.com. Brian Moncada. So let me just go to my channel. Boom boom boom. Take my channel URL right here.

Search for it. And then, it's gonna pull it up. Cool. And then, you can put I own this channel and then it'll take you to YouTube, make you sign in, and make sure that you're good to go. And then, you can connect it.

Alright? And then, once that's good, you can click on, you know, good to go. So let me see. I'll just I'll just demonstrate it for you guys. Yeah.

It's it's not gonna work for me because I'm logged in to a demo account. Trust me. Just paste it right here. Click on I own this channel. Go to YouTube.

It'll work for you. It's very easy. And then you will also link your second channel. So if you just created an ads channel, search for that channel, paste the URL here, link both of those. And once you have both of them linked, you will be able to do it.

So let me just see if I can do it real quick. Okay. So I'm gonna do this again to show you guys what this looks like. So I'm gonna add my channel right here. This is my main channel.

Alright. I'm gonna put I own this channel. Go to YouTube. It should oh, jeez. Oh.

So cancel request. Alright. So I believe it might go to my email. Let's just check if this is correct. Yeah.

It's not going to my email. So, it's going to your channel settings. Advanced Advanced settings. So weird how it's not doing it. Well, you can accept the request.

It should work. And then, let me go to my ads channel, for example. So I can have my ad spend channel right here. Let me go to your channel. Copy that.

Paste it right here. Let me just I own this channel. Let me just pause this in case it's looking. Go to YouTube. Let's see if this works.

Yeah. I don't know why it's doing that. Cool. Well, it should work for you guys. For some reason, it's doing this for me.

But you can see here that it's awaiting approval. Right? So, let me just double check my email to make sure it's not Yeah. And then, once that's approved, you'll be good to go. Link both of your channels and then they'll be right here.

And that's pretty much it, guys. The next step is to sign up for Hyros. Again, I just showed you why you should have Hyros. You can click here and go to their website and see how it works and get a demo. Or, you can just click right here and get a demo from their team immediately.

And, that's it. I hope you guys enjoyed this video. If you have any questions, let me know.

# 3. Creative

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 30 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e107b4da-ff6e-43ca-8fa4-0cfacc2494f1

---


Hey, this is Brian from adsmen.com. Welcome to the We Tube creative module. This is going to be my most favorite module and should be your most favorite as well because we are gonna be, walking you through the step by step process to creating your first or next high converting YouTube ads. And so without further ado, let's jump into it. The first thing we're gonna cover is the YouTube ad script.

Alright? And I wanna make sure that you guys ingrain this into your head, and that is that 80% of your success when it comes to YouTube ads comes down to your creative. Okay? 80% of your success. And in the next modules, we'll talk about targeting, right, how How to how to find your and target your best ideal customers or most ideal customers on YouTube.

But ultimately, the thing that's gonna help you scale the farthest and fastest is going to be a really good creative. And I don't want you to get overwhelmed when I say that because I want it to be exciting for you. I want it to be fun because it's going to be a cool feeling when you create a video that is so engaging and, you know, educational but also entertaining that gets someone who is a perfect fit for your program to click, watch the video sales letter that you have, and then book a call to see how your offer works. And that's an amazing thing to do. If you can do that and when you do that, like, just imagine how that how that'll feel.

Right? Being able to get somebody who doesn't know you, has never heard of you before, but has a problem that you can help them solve. And they watch your ad and they click and then they learn all about the offer, your brand, your story. Then they book a call and then they enroll in your program. That's what the goal here is.

Right? And to get there the fastest and help you go there help you go the farthest with this, the really true key to scale with YouTube ads is your creative. Right? 80% of your success comes down to this. And I I first wanna start as well with educating you a little bit more on how the platform works so that way you can truly understand the mind frame that you need to be in when you're creating YouTube ads.

Okay? Because on YouTube, the platform itself, people are there to learn, right, or to be entertained. People go to YouTube to either learn something or to be entertained. It's basically like college. Alright?

If you think about it, I don't know about you, but when's the last time that you had a question and you went to Facebook search bar to type in the answer? Right? When's the last time you typed in, how to kill, or how to get rid of gnats in your snake plants at your apartment. Right? And I I share that example because that was actually a problem that we had when we first moved to Miami.

We bought a bunch of snake plants, moved them into our apartment. We love plants. Plants, better for the oxygen, better for the air in your in your place. But there, in Miami, for whatever reason, is a little bit more gnats because of humidity, right? And so, I had to look up on YouTube how to get rid of gnats from your snake plants.

And I went to YouTube to do that though. Right? I didn't go to Facebook. I didn't go to LinkedIn. I didn't go to Snapchat.

I didn't go to TikTok. Right? I went to YouTube. Why? Because I wanted to learn how to get rid of snake plants and I didn't wanna read through a bunch of articles.

And I wanted to watch a video of someone showing me how to do that thing, how to get rid of this the the nuts. Right? And so there's people that go to YouTube to do exactly that, to learn how to do something. Right? Reviews.

Right? They go to watch reviews, how tos. Right? Or they go there to watch their favorite television show, which is essentially YouTube now. It's basically the new TV.

Their favorite YouTuber, their favorite, cooking channel. Right? Their favorite cooking show, their favorite workouts or health and fitness influencer that they follow for their workout programs. They love to see what they're doing in their life. It's like the basically, TV to them.

Right? I go to watch the same thing. I'm a big UFC fan. So when I go to YouTube, I go to watch what's happening. It's like basically news to me.

The fastest way to consume new news about the UFC of what's happening in video format to be learned and to be entertained. And so I wanted to make sure that you understand that you wanna think a bit of your ads, I should say, as edutainment. And I learned this concept from a good friend of mine named Tom Breeze. He's another YouTube ads expert. Awesome guy.

He's from The UK. And he coined the phrase, this is the first time I heard it from him, was edutainment. Alright? You wanna create edutainment. Your ads need to be educational and entertaining.

Educational and entertaining because people go to YouTube to learn or to be entertained. Right? And the way I like to describe it is it's like college. I kinda mentioned this earlier. But you wanna imagine that you're, like, in a college campus.

When I go to YouTube, I I I think of it like a college campus. Right? I can, you know, basically go down different doors or into different doors, for example. And each door has a professor standing at the front of the classroom who's gonna teach you something or tell you something. This is a perfect example.

It literally looks like this guy right here, functional patterns which is, the workout program that I personally follow, and channel that I'm subscribed to about getting all of my workout tips, is actually it looks like he's in front of a classroom right now with a whiteboard about to teach me something. And you can see that the topic of this is, particular exercise and he's going to talk about it and probably educate me on why the back squat is not the best exercise to truly, you know, perform dynamic movements and things like that. So anyways, the point being that this is like a door that I can open in. Like, I'm I'm in a college hallway right now. I'm walking through a hallway in college in a building and each door on the left and right of me is a different YouTube video.

Okay? And so this one's gonna, educate me on something related to health and fitness. This one's gonna meet this one's gonna show me someone, that I follow in the UFC, a popular UFC fighter. Entertainment. Right?

So it's basically like college and I just kinda wanted to help you understand the platform a little bit better. Right? Your ads need to be educational and entertaining. You need to teach them something or you need to get their and you need to get their attention as well and keep their attention throughout the whole video. Alright?

And so the first step to help you do this and to any successful YouTube ad campaign is a high converting script. Okay? A high converting script. Because everything that I just mentioned, educational and entertaining, like, I don't want you to, again, be overwhelmed. Right?

That you have to create this crazy looking ad with a bunch of high production actors, props, yada yada yada. All that stuff can and does help. But ultimately, the 80% of your YouTube ad success comes down to your script which is why we're touching on this first and foremost. And to help you with this, the framework that I learned from, my first mentor, Dean Graziosi, who taught me everything I know about direct response marketing and who, in my opinion, is still one of the best direct response marketers of the last two or three decades. He was selling, you know, on video during the TV infomercial days.

Right? Which is a lot harder than selling on YouTube ads or Facebook ads because you have to literally get somebody who's walking across the television set in their living room to stop, right, what they're doing, whatever they're doing that's going on in the house right now and watch the television and then, you know, call call the number on the screen to then order the product or learn more about the service. Whatever, somebody on infomercials was selling. And ultimately, that's a very hard skill set that can be learned and that's what we're gonna teach you now, which is how to do exactly that. How to get somebody hooked onto what you're saying or what you're potentially going to help them solve.

How to tell a story that's going to educate them but also share, more about you, your product, and your service, and then ultimately close them on the next thing that you want them to do. Close them on taking an action. Right? That is a three step framework that I learned from Dean Graziosi. Right?

Hook, story, close. Hook your viewer. Right? Tell them a story that's educational but also, relatable and, you know, powerful are just three words that rhyme with each other. And then close them on taking the next step in, you know, the funnel which would be clicking on the button.

Right? Wherever the button is on the ad to learn more or to watch now. Whatever the call to action will be. And we'll get into the specifics in a second. But that's the framework.

Hook, story, close. And you can use this framework in any sort of copy that you write online. It's not just video ads, but I've used this in email copy, organic posts. Anything that you wanna do with marketing. Hook, story, close, and easy but powerful framework.

And to help you with your YouTube ad script and implementing this framework, we've created a powerful, powerful asset here called the 7 figure YouTube ads script. This is actually an asset that I've put together after investing, you know, in tons of programs and courses over over my time in the last five years as well as taking everything that I've learned while working with, you know, 7 and 8 figure clients, and even 6 figure clients as well. You know, people that have never filmed YouTube ads before or even videos, right, consistently where they feel comfortable on camera. And I've boiled it and and and packaged it into this document to help you, write your first YouTube ad scripts very easily. Right?

And in almost a no time flat. So this is a five step process or system, that will ultimately help you create your first five YouTube ads. You'll write your first five YouTube ads when you're finished with this. And I put together a training video that goes along with this worksheet. I'm gonna quickly skim through it right now but if you wanna, you know, hear me go more in-depth on it, you can watch that video here.

It's another Loom video. And I've also put together an example of what this document should look like after you're finished, writing out your scripts and answering the question. And then, I've also put together a case study that will show you, ultimately what, this script has the potential to do for your business when you follow the process. So one of our clients, Lyncrest Media, was able to scale their business from $300,000 a month to over $500,000 a month implementing the script process and having one of their YouTube ads out of the five that they've written following this, script that allowed their business to scale to that new revenue milestone which is amazing. And so this does work.

So I really want you to, take this seriously because again, 80% of your success comes down to your creative. And 80% of your creative success comes down to your script, the messaging which is why we start here first. And so, the way this works again, there's a whole training video that you can watch about how this works but I'll quickly explain it to you. We fart we start with we fart. We start with step one, avatar deep dive.

Okay? First things first, who are we talking to? Right? Who are we talking to? So this is very very systemized.

So that way you answer some questions here about your most ideal client, who you want to talk to and attract with your ads. And you can answer questions about them and be as detailed as possible here. Do not do one word answers or just one sentence answers. This is only going to hurt you when it comes to step five which is ultimately writing your scripts. You want to be as detailed and descriptive as possible.

Answer these questions after everything you've learned after talking to your customers and your ideal clients and your best case studies and and best success stories. Who is this person? What do they worry about? What are their desires? What are their goals?

You know, what what upsets them? What may what keeps them awake at night? All these questions here. Answer those. And that's step one, avatar deep dive.

Step two is basically what we call offer packaging and positioning. And this is gonna ask you questions about, you know, your story, what is your journey. Right? So you can use that in your ads, in the story section. And then ultimately, you know, what's your what's your social proof?

What's your experience here? What, you know, success stories do you have? What's your highest, you know, most braggable accomplishments that would get the attention of your ideal client to get them to trust you? And then also going into what makes you unique, what's your unique mechanism, what about your offer or services different. And just answering all those questions will help you as we get to steps three, four, and five.

Because now that you've answered the first questions on step one and two, you can move to step three which is writing your hook. Again, if we go to the creative document, hook story close. So what we've done is we've made steps ones and one and two, you know, extracting all the information from your brain about who you're targeting and what you're offering. And now we're gonna use those answers that you've just written out to write your hooks. Okay?

It's a very step by step formulaic process here. It's a system. And so you've done the hard work now by answering the questions. Now we're gonna take those answers and we're going to copy and paste them from above here to essentially have a cheat code at writing your hooks. So the way we do that is I've given you five, proven, YouTube ad hooks that have worked across any niche, across any business and across any client that we've worked with.

And I've also put examples here that you can watch of what an example of someone's one of our clients, ads looked like in their hook that used this as a hook. So for example, make a big bold promise or claim. You can click on play here and you can watch an example of what that is, right, how someone does that. And the key here is to copy and paste your answer for question number one. So I go to question number one here, I can see the biggest result I can help a business or a person achieve is.

I would take this answer, take this answer and I would come down here and just paste it out right here. And then I can watch this example and see, you know, the, the principle here of this hook is to make a big bold promise or claim. So I just asked you what the biggest achievement you can help somebody do. You copy and paste that answer here and you can rewrite it to hook somebody by getting their attention. So make a big bold promise or claim.

Rewrite this to do that by following the example. And again, just model the example here. Okay? Don't copy it word for word. I see a lot of people doing this sometimes when they get this script template and they try to write their scripts for the first time.

They literally just copy the examples and that's not the point. Okay? That's just gonna make your ad worse in my opinion. You want to use your own creativity here and write it, in a in a, you know, following the same principle but ultimately for your audience and your offer. And then I have, you know, more hooks here.

Again, just follow that same process. And then once you're done with the hooks, right, you've written the hooks, next is crafting your story and close. And you can, again, take your answers from above that you've already written out, copy them and paste them here and then watch these examples of how to tell your story. So now we're we've written the hooks. Now it's time to write the body or what we call the story and the clothes.

But people also refer to this as the body of their ad. Okay? And this is just two sections. The story. Alright?

The story where we have social proof and credibility, teaching them, right, actually giving them value, right, and educating them in in your YouTube ad, which is very, very important. Again, people are on YouTube to learn or be entertained. And then we go to your offer. The first call to action. Right?

Unique mechanism and benefits. Call to action number two. All in the story. And then close, which is obviously overcoming skepticism, no risk guarantees if you have those. Urgency and scarcity, twist a knife, risk guarantees if you have those, urgency and scarcity, twist a knife, another call to action.

And then finally closing them by signing off and ending the ad. Again, this is just the framework that we're giving you to help you write your ads and examples of each one in between with copy and paste sections that you can just literally copy your answers from above, paste them here, and it'll help you write each of these, bullet points out to complete your script. And then once you've done that okay. Again, don't don't, copy these word for word. Just use them and model them.

Once you've done that, now you go to step five which is actually taking all your answers from steps three and four, all of these, and then copying and pasting them down here. And I've even given you, a sort of time window of how long each section should be. This is just a general guideline. Okay? But this is what I found to be the best, most effective YouTube ad formula, which is less than three minute ads.

Okay? Less than three minute ads and each section has, you know, a time frame of how long each section should be. So you copy and paste your answers from step three and four above. You paste them in here and then you rewrite the story you rewrite the whole script to make sure the hook flows well to the story, the story flows well to the close and, you know, all encompassing your script sounds good. Okay?

That's the goal here. So this should make it very easy for you to write your scripts. Again, there's a whole training video that goes along with that, an example of what this should look like and a case study of how powerful this script template can be and you guys should have no problem writing your script using that. Okay. And the key here is to not reinvent the wheel.

Use what's already worked. So if you've already sold some of your offer or masterminds to your organic, audiences, whether it's your email list, right, or your, social media profiles, then you wanna take that copy that's been proven to convert even on the sales calls as well and use that in your ads. So the key here is to, you know, not try to think about everything brand new. If you already have copy that's proven to work and get you customers, you wanna use that and implement that into the script template as well. Okay.

So that's the script. Next is examples. Okay. So you have a lot of examples in the script template. This should show you a good amount but I've even put together another swipe file for you guys here that you can click on and open up.

And this will show you five different YouTube ads that have all scaled past the 7 figure mark and generated over 7 figures for our clients. And I even break them down step by step on why they work work so well. I put the spend here, the number of impressions they've got, the views they have, and each key takeaway that you need to know to then model in your ads and use these same principles when you go to create your ads here. And there's each of these is in different is a different business and a different niche. Right?

We have health and fitness. We have guitar, you know, lessons, guitar courses. We have, mortgage b to b, right, for loan officers. We have, you know, again, health and fitness. Like I said, make money online as well as, make money online as well and how to, you know, business opportunities.

So these should all give you a great idea of what your ad should look like. And the best part is, you know, a lot of these don't even have any fancy production. It's just them setting up a camera and filming it. Okay? And so those are that's a swipe file for you guys to check out and and, you know, watch another training.

I also put together a Loom video of me breaking down each of these ads and why they worked so well that can help you. And you can also use this software called vid vidtal.com to actually, look up more winning ads. It's free. You just need to create an account. You can log in there and then it actually gives you the opportunity to search other ads and look at other examples.

And that should give you a good idea of what your ads should look like. And so, cool. You have the script now. Right? The script template.

You've seen some examples of YouTube ads. And now you're ready to film. Okay. So how to film your YouTube ads? I put together a quick video gear guide and filming recommendations sheet right here that should easily help you just get a better idea of what equipment you'll need.

It's nothing crazy, guys. We go for minimum viable production quality first, which means use what you have. Right? So, the first thing that we do recommend though no matter what is a teleprompter, especially if you're gonna be using script template or reading from a script. The worst thing you can do and that that waste the most time in my opinion is like reading the script on, you know, or trying to memorize the script I should say.

Right? Word for word. You're just gonna mess up. Some people like bullet points. Right?

When I was working for Dean full time, he wouldn't really read a script word for word. He would prefer me to put bullet points together and then obviously give him like a three bullet like the hook of who it's for. Right? And then the three bullet points underneath of what he should talk about, problems essentially, and then he would take care and riff the rest. Now, not everybody's like that.

Right? So I would highly recommend, even we tell this to our clients too, read the script first and the best way to do that is using a teleprompter. Okay? Instead of memorizing line by line or reading line by line and filming it, it just takes so long. Use a teleprompter.

Here's one that we recommend for a DSLR DSLR camera. This one connects to your you can put your iPhone, there to read the script and it shows you, like, you're not even looking at a script. You can look at directly at the camera. That saves you a bunch of time. Another one is if you're gonna use your iPhone, which you definitely can if you have a really good iPhone or quality camera on your phone, you know, this is perfectly fine as well horizontally.

And I would recommend, PromptSmart Pro. It's an app that costs like $19. And you can actually look at, the camera as you're reading your script from your iPhone. So it's a pretty cool app that you can download, and it doesn't really even look like you're reading from a script. So it can help you, there as well.

Tripod if you're gonna be standing and shooting obviously, and not walking around. There's some gimbal options available. This is just a guide that I put together that can help you just determine what's gonna help you film your videos. But ultimately, the biggest things that you need to know are once you have your gear, okay, the first thing is you wanna pick a location to film. Okay?

Where where are you gonna film this ad? Or these ads, I should say. You ideally wanna pick a setting that you're comfortable with, has natural lighting, right, and minimal background noise or echo. And more importantly, it's familiar to you. Plus, it doesn't require a lot of time or mental bandwidth for you to get your equipment set up and start filming because you wanna pick a location that you're comfortable with and isn't gonna stress you out.

Right? So that's first and foremost. And before you actually go to film your ads, I'd highly recommend picking that location. Right? Getting comfortable with a spot that you're gonna film that you know you'd feel in your element on with energy.

Set up your equipment and do a dry run before you actually go to film. Actually set up the equipment. Right? So the key here is you wanna make sure that you have good lighting. Okay?

Half of the video, is going to be the audio quality and then the other half is gonna be the lighting. Right? Like the audio quality, the lighting, that all makes your ads stand out and be better quality. Good lighting, natural lighting, or using a ring light. Right?

So you can clearly see your face as well as audio quality. Okay? You want to make sure that you use this document as well. I kind of glanced over this, so I apologize. But if you're going to be, recording, I would highly recommend using a Tascam microphone as well.

This is the one that I personally use to film all my ads, regardless if it's on my iPhone or it's a DSLR camera. If it's on my iPhone, the quality is pretty good already. But, you know, you can get this one as well. But the audio quality has to be good. You can see that this this Loom video, like, if the audio quality was kind of shaky, it would, you know, detract away from the quality of the actual information in the video.

So your quality of your audio matters, your lighting matters. And you wanna make sure that you set the equipment up and then do a dry run. So that way, you know, you're you're comfortable with it, you've you've you've filmed the ads. Right? And what I mean by dry run is you actually film the scripts.

You set up the teleprompter. You redo the scripts. You press record. You do it like as if you're actually gonna do it, and then you watch the footage and listen to the audio back to make sure everything looks and sounds good. That way, you know what it looks like, you know it sounds good, and you're happy with it.

And then, you can actually go and film it. Right? Because the worst thing that you can do, I think, is try to film it all at once and then afterwards, you don't like the way you look, you don't like the way the audio sounds, or you don't like the way the the lighting is or whatever the case may be. Something happens with the audio because you didn't properly set it up beforehand, test it out first and do a dry run, right? So, make sure to do a dry run.

It can save you some time. I've done this many times where I go pick a day to film, pick an hour to film, I put it on my calendar, and I try to go film and then the equipment's not set up, the audio's off, the lighting's off, and it just stresses me out. And I want you to make sure that you're confident and comfortable here. And the way to do that is to do a dry run. So once you're finally ready to film, it's important to remember, keep your energy high, smile, and breathe.

Alright? This shouldn't be stressful. This should be fun. And you ultimately wanna make sure that you are not stressed out when you're doing this. So just make sure to meditate if you want beforehand, get in a good energy, do some push ups, and, have some fun.

Once you're done filming, okay, you've read the scripts. I also recommend after you've read the scripts word for word, you've, you know, read the scripts word for word, the way you would do that is you would just take your script. Right? The best part about a teleprompter is too. I'm kind of going back and forth here.

I apologize. But I wanna make sure I get everything to you guys before I forget it. You would literally just copy your script down here once you have your script, written out. And then you would paste it into your teleprompter. So you can go on your phone, go to Google Docs, copy your script, paste it into your teleprompter app, on your phone.

And then, literally, you just read each hook hook by hook by hook by hook by hook. And then you read the story in the close, the body. And then once you've done that and you're you're in the zone now, you've you you know the framework, you've read you've read it, you feel good about it, I would then recommend potentially even filming a few ads off the cuff because you know the script flow. You've successfully read it. You filmed it already.

You have the the perfectly written and read scripts for those ads. Now go off the cuff. A lot of our clients like to do this too. Some of those ads turn out to be their best anyways because they know the framework, they know the bullets. Right?

And then they have the best energy, when they just kind of speak from the heart now because they know who they're talking to. They know what they're supposed to say. And then they can put some more energy or different energy around it, and kinda go a little bit more raw from the heart without reading word for word. So that way, it comes off more impactful. So you can do that as well.

After you're done filming the scripts, do one or two, you know, off the cuff. And then once you're done, post production time. Okay. Cool. So there's really, three key elements when it comes to the editing that it will help you improve the conversion rate of your YouTube ads.

The first one's going to be captions and subtitles. Okay. And you can see that in our, swipe file here, this actually shows you that most of these ads here have captions and subtitles. That's on purpose. I found that captions and subtitles always improve the conversion rate no matter which ad, no matter which industry and no matter what offer.

So captions and subtitles can just easily be edited in by your video editor, or yourself in your editing software if you're using Final Cut, if you're using Premiere Pro on Adobe. There are softwares inside those editing softwares that can allow you to just hard code in captions and subtitles. And I'm pretty sure that's easy to figure out as well. So b roll and motion graphics, this can also improve the conversion rate of your YouTube ads. Alright?

So Storyblocks is a good software that our editing team uses here at adspend.com. Really good quality b roll from Storyblocks to really enhance the, the video ad and really make it come to life. And then background music and sound effects. Okay. Background music and sound effects.

So this can also bring your ad to life even more. Right? And I can, in in the, script template or sorry, the swipe file, you'll see that most of those ads also have background music to really make the ad come to life. And then last but not least is to create an eye catching thumbnail. So now with YouTube ads, right, they're no longer just in stream ads.

So let me go ahead and back to the overview over here. So you can see here that what we're gonna do is we're gonna create a YouTube ad, but these ads here have a thumbnail. Right? So they're not just some random screenshot from the video like YouTube automatically chooses when you upload your ad. We actually created a a thumbnail and I'd suggest you'd create the same.

You create a thumbnail for your ads that's all encompassing, you you know, and it shows them what, it really, you know, obviously delivers a benefit. It's like a headline. Right? A thumbnail is just another headline to get people to click. You wanna create an eye catching thumbnail here especially because your ads are no longer just gonna show up in in stream.

Right? You they can't just skip these. They're also gonna skip these plus they're gonna see them in the YouTube ad search feed. So you can see here, that's usually supposed to be an ad right there. Let's see if one pops up.

Maybe it's because I am on ad blocker. I'm on incognito. Let's see here. Subscriptions. No.

Let's see if I can refresh it. No. Refresh it one more time. Let's see if I can click on something. It'll show me an ad.

They'll either pop up right here. Right? Suggested videos. So, you know, you wanna have a thumbnail that's like kind of eye catching. Right?

Or they'll usually show up right here. But for for some reason, they're not. So for that reason, you would wanna have a thumbnail with, you know, obviously, that's eye catching. And then it can also show up on third party platforms like Google, so a thumbnail can definitely help. Alright?

With that said, now you've written your scripts, you've seen the examples of the ads, you've filmed your ads, you've edited them, and you've created an eye catching thumbnail. Now it's time to upload your ads. Highly recommend you create a second YouTube channel just for your YouTube ads to avoid your analytics getting messy. So in this program, right, we're teaching you how to do organic YouTube as well and YouTube ads. Keep your organic YouTube channel totally separate than your ads channel.

Just upload your YouTube ads to a second channel that you create. Very easy to do. You can do that on your own. Create a second channel and you can name it whatever you want. You can name it your first name in ads or your company name in ads.

No one's really gonna find it. You just upload your ads to that channel. This avoids your analytics getting messy, especially as you focus on creating more organic content because you're gonna be spending money on ads. Right? And that can skew your organic analytics and just kinda make it messy.

So just create a second channel to avoid that. And then once you've done that, I have a video here showing you how to how to upload your ads to your YouTube channel the right way. That way, when we go to create your campaigns in the next few modules, we'll just copy your YouTube URLs to each of your ads and then upload them to your campaigns once we're ready to launch. So with that said, that is the YouTube ad creative module. I hope you guys enjoyed.

If you have any questions, do not hesitate to reach out to reach out. And again, have some fun here. Keep your energy high. And breathe. It's gonna feel really good once your ads get people to click that are qualified and you get on the phone with them and they're like, dude, I saw your YouTube ad and it spoke to me.

I'll see you guys in the next one.

# 4. Targeting

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 43 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/16016cda-7f5c-49f8-8170-1551c928527d

---


Hey, what's up? This is Brian with adspin.com. Welcome to the We Tube targeting module. In this module, I'm gonna be going over the best way to target your most ideal clients using YouTube ads. Let's get started.

So, targeting one zero one. I wanna quickly go over some basics and explain to you the two different types of targeting when it comes to YouTube ads. So, first things first is there's interest based targeting. Okay? And then there's intent based targeting.

You can target people on YouTube based on who they are. Okay? AKA their interests. What they're interested in. For example, if they are a yoga enthusiast, if they are a hiking enthusiast, if they are interested in sports and entertainment, if they are a, a foodie.

Right? They like to eat lots of, you know, food and travel to different restaurants and check-in at different restaurants and things like that. You can even, target people based on, you know, different types of affinities that they, consider themselves with. And Google knows a lot about everybody that has a Gmail account because when you're logged into Google Chrome, for example, you're logged into Gmail and anything that you search or that you're browsing on the Internet, that information gets stored by Google. Right?

And maybe people don't like to hear that, but ultimately, it's a good thing, because for you, you can use that information to, target someone who is interested in what you do, what you offer. Right? And that's the cool part about YouTube ads. However, with that said, this is a much much more scalable audience type. Okay?

This is much, more of a later, you know, when you want to go and spend a lot of money on ads and really scale. Interest based targeting does work really well. But, when you're starting with YouTube ads, I would recommend the second type of targeting option which is you can target people based on what they are actually searching for or watching on Google or YouTube, which is really cool. This is what we call intent based targeting and we always start with this type of targeting first, that way we can validate your offer, validate your funnel, make sure that your creatives are doing their job, make sure that your funnel is doing its job, the landing page is converting at a good rate, the, VSL page is converting at a good rate and, you know, you're closing the deals that are getting on the calls with you because these are people that are more warm. Right?

So if you just look at the two different types of audiences of the targeting options here, you know, who is going to be a better option to start with? Is it gonna be the person who might be interested in something? Right? Or is it gonna be the person who is actively raising their hand saying, I'm looking for solutions here because I have this problem. Right?

They're typing in specific how to keywords on YouTube. They're typing in specific, you know, product reviews on Google, searching for articles to, you know, further validate their, you know, want or need for a specific type of solution to their problems. Those are typically the people that you wanna go after first because, again, they are more warm. Right? They're actively looking for solutions to their problems.

So we start with that type of targeting first and I'll show you which targeting is best to go after that intent based targeting as well. So I hope that makes sense. And now that you know the two different types of targeting options on YouTube and why it's always better to start with the intent based targeting first, let's go into some targeting options. Okay? And I put together this handy dandy targeting timeline, to help you determine which targeting that you should start with.

So, to quickly explain this, on the right over here, we have what's called the targeting timeline. Okay? And this is a timeline that gives you a visual of, again, what targeting you should start with and then what targeting you should use to truly scale and spend, you know, thousands of dollars, a day even on YouTube ads. Just from my experience over the last, you know, four and a half years, almost five years now of running YouTube ads, you usually get here when you have a very broad mass market, you know, b to c type offer where you're in the health and fitness, dating relationships, or make money online space and you're helping the average person. Right?

That's when these types of targetings work really well. However, most of you, probably have a very niche offer because you wanna talk to one specific type of person. So wouldn't really make that much sense, although it could work, you would probably spend a lot of money on these audiences up here and have very little to maybe none, in terms of return that's profitable for your business, which is why we start with these targeting options over here. So, on the left here, so for the timeline over here, on the left here is a visual of how broad each targeting is as well. Right?

To give you, again, a visual representation of why we start with these audiences as opposed to these because if you look over here, you have niche at the very very bottom end of this triangle that's flipped upside down. These are the audiences that you wanna start with because they are niche. They are more warm. There's less of them, but they are the ones that are usually the most, qualified for your offer and your service. They're actively looking for solutions.

They're warm. And then up here, we have a broad, right, type of of a lot more people that you can target with these targeting options. However, again, they're going to be usually best when you're trying to scale and not just start off. And you also to go like, the targeting is is after the creative. Right?

To talk to and get these people to click and convert for your offer or book a call, for example, to, you know, watch your VSL to then book a call with you, like, you're gonna have to use some really good copywriting to go after the average person to get them to be interested. Like, present them with a unique opportunity and new offer, right, a unique mechanism. Basically, just a brand new opportunity to get them to, you know, click, especially if they don't know, like, and trust you already. So again, just emphasizing the point here that we start with the intent based targeting first because it's low hanging fruit. Alright.

It's a lot lower hanging fruit than going after these over here. So the first one is remarketing lists. Now this may or may not apply to you because you may have already tried running YouTube ads in the past. Right. You may have already been, advertising on Facebook in the past.

Your ads account may not be a brand new ads account and you may be able to, start running ads to people that are already visiting your website and funnel. Maybe you have a VSL funnel, right? But maybe you don't. Maybe you're just starting off with a brand new VSL funnel, this is a brand new offer, you've never ran any paid ads to it, right? You have some organic traffic going to it, maybe you have a lot of organic traffic going to it already because you have a following.

Remarketing lists are gonna be the best one to go after. First, if you can, and if you do have a sizable enough audience list to remarket to with your YouTube ads, because again, they've already been to your website. They've already been to your, you know, your your landing page. They've already been on your, email list. And, sometimes you can upload these lists right away even if you have a brand new ads account.

And if you have an old ads account that does have customer match eligibility, which I'm gonna just go here real quick. Again, I'm in the We Tube, demo, ads account. You can go to ads.google.com to get to your ads account and then make sure if you're in your manager account, you go to accounts then you click on your front end mastermind account like we've been using since this first module. You go to tools and settings over here and then you can go to audience manager. Okay?

So it's gonna refresh real quick. Go to audience manager under tools and settings and here is where you can actually create an audience of websites website visitors. People who have visited your website or landing pages. These are remarketing lists. And again, these are low hanging fruit.

People who already know of you, people who are already on your list, your email list or, you know, your customer list, whatever the case may be. You can, I'm sorry. That's right here as well. Remarketing list, customer list. But you can also create a list of website visitors.

Right? People that are already, you know, been to your landing page, have watched your VSL page and just create a list of them and then show your ads to them to start with. Why wouldn't you do that if you have that avail availability? The way you can check if if you can do that is you click customer list right here as well. And then if you see this screen, it means that you can actually upload a list.

So you just follow the prompts here. This is pretty self explanatory. You can name the list whatever the list is, email list, customer list, coaching program list, whatever you have, like full email list. You can upload it here and it'll create your actual list. And then it'll populate for, you know, forty eight hours and then you can actually put that into your first campaign.

When we go to the next module and we show you how to build your campaigns, you can put that into one of your campaigns and start off with that list. Why Why wouldn't you do that? Right? Low hanging fruit. Again, you can also do website visitors.

These are people that have already visited your landing page or already familiar, with your website. You can create lists based off those. You click on website visitors. You can see here visitors of a page. You can put the URL that the page has and it'll show you the segment size right here.

You can do this in, Google Ads or you can do this in Google Analytics. There's plenty of tutorials online on how to do that but ultimately, this is the easiest way And you can also, pre fill the segment with people who have visited your website in the past thirty days. So anybody maybe you did a launch just recently, right? And you promoted your, new mastermind or your offer. You can get everybody who landed on your opt in page or your VSL page but didn't book a call, back by showing your YouTube ads to them the next time that they're on YouTube.

So that's remarketing lists. Okay? So if we go to the next targeting option that we recommend starting with, it's YouTube audiences. Okay? So if you have a YouTube channel, right, that has an active following with, you know, subscribers and people that are watching your videos and you know that they are, you know, very interested in what you're doing, what you can do is you can target your YouTube audiences, which is pretty cool.

And how you do that is you go to tools and settings, then you go to, audience manager again. Right? You go to this plus icon and then you can click on YouTube users, people who interacted with your YouTube channel or videos. Now what you can do is you can actually name this, you know, let's say, for example, subscribers. You can click a segment here and choose who you want to create a segment of from your YouTube channel as an audience.

You can see here you have plenty of different options. People anybody who's viewed any video from your YouTube channel, that's probably the biggest list that you'll have. Then you'll have people who have only viewed certain videos. I really I really wouldn't recommend people who have viewed certain videos unless your channel is very, very huge because this one will be just as just as good. If you have a huge YouTube channel and you know that there's specific business videos that typically everybody watches and they usually book a call from, right, then you would wanna use that one and just kinda put them together in a group.

You can see here I put, viewed certain videos, it'll show up some of my old fitness videos here. I can select some of the ones that are my business videos, right? That I've recently posted and I can just put all of those in a list right here. Anybody who's watched these specific, you know, YouTube ads, business, videos on how to scale their business, put those in a list and then, I can pre fill this list with anybody who's watched these from the past thirty days. So again, these have to be videos that are kind of getting organic traffic to be able to be worth it, but it's worth doing if you have a big YouTube channel.

You can also do viewed any video as an ad. Right? Anybody who has, viewed your video as or viewed your YouTube ads. Now, the way you would wanna do that, again, if you're following this step by step. Right?

You would want to check this, you would wanna make this for your, second YouTube channel because, again, we we advised you to create a second YouTube channel to avoid your analytics for your ads and your organic traffic getting messy. And so you can, create an audience here from your second YouTube channel where you're uploading your YouTube ads to. And then, you know, put this viewed any video. Right? Viewed any video as an ad.

And you can click on save and it'll create that one for you. We'll keep going down here. You can view certain videos as ads. You can also do subscribers. Right?

This one's gonna be probably your warmest audience, your best audience, subscribers. Right? And then you can choose your main, channel that you have the most of organic traffic coming from. Anyone who subscribed to your YouTube channel. Pretty simple there.

Then you can also do visited a channel page. Anybody who went to your your your channel page. Right? So if I go to YouTube, Brian Moncada. Right?

Anybody who goes to my channel page right here and lands on this page, I can create an audience based off anybody who's visited my channel page. And you can also do anybody who's added a video from your YouTube channel to a playlist on their YouTube profile, which is pretty cool because they obviously wanted to add that to a playlist on their channel so they can keep, record of it and watch it later on or keep revisiting it. Those are probably warm types of people. Right? You can also do shared any video from your YouTube channel.

So anyone who's publicly posted, or shared YouTube channel. So anyone who's publicly posted, or shared your video on a social media profile of theirs, which is pretty cool. Right? They're promoting your video for you. You can create an audience based off them.

You just click on that button right there, and then you can click on save. So, typically for the membership duration, if you really wanna get really, really granular, you can do, you know, seven day lists if you have a big YouTube channel. Right? Anybody who's I would but when I say big, by the way, just kinda like for rough guidelines here, I mean, I'm talking about like anybody who has like a 100,000 subscribers, big YouTube channel, right? Like, if you have a 100,000 subscribers, that probably means that you're getting at least what, like a 100,000 views per month, I would say, organically, maybe.

I could be wrong. But anybody who watched a video of yours, or or sorry, anybody who shared a video of yours in the last seven days, it's a pretty specific audience. Anybody who's viewed a video of yours in the last seven days. If you have a smaller YouTube channel, you're just starting out, then you can just do, like, you know, thirty days, you can do ninety days, you can do even five forty days. I recommend having a five forty day list for sure because think about, like, a year and a half from now, which is five hundred and forty days.

You know, if you just start growing your YouTube channel from right now and you have a five hundred and forty day list, that list will be very, very big. If you get traction, you start getting a lot of views, subscribers, you can have a huge audience to target from each of these. So I'd recommend creating a five hundred and forty day membership duration for each of these just to have. But typically, thirty days is always a good, you know, in the last thirty days. You can even do 90 and then you can do a 180 as well.

So those are just basic guidelines, but this is pretty cool for you. Again, your lowest hanging fruit is what we're starting off with. Website visitors, customer lists, YouTube audiences, anyone who already know, likes and trust you because they're gonna probably more likely convert than cold traffic. You don't have to do too much selling. You just gotta be very direct with them.

Then placements. Okay? Actually, this is the wrong one. So let me get rid of this. Give me a second.

Alright. Here we go. Here's the corrected one. So that one was actually in the trash. And I changed it because, the editing team messed up and that's my fault for not looking at it sooner.

However, the same thing, we we started off with the same thing, YouTube audiences, but instead of placements being right there because honestly, placements used to work really well and they still do, but they're just, it's just so time intensive to get placements and honestly, we don't even use those here at adspend.com for our clients, right, when we're running their ads for them, like, we don't even use that for our ads. They're just so you have to like literally go to, you know, a software, use some sort of software, scrape all these videos and, you know, they can have a good chance of success. However, I've just found that keywords are far superior, and I'll explain why in a second. Keywords are way better to start with over placements, in my opinion, in my experience, because keywords are contextual. Which means that if you type if if you use a keyword, for example, or you target a keyword, for example, of make money online.

I'll just keep it very basic for you. Make money online. Any video that has make money online in the title, right, or in the description, or in the tags, or even a channel that makes that has a video that has make money online in the in the title of the one of their videos, your ad will show up in front of their videos. So it's a wide, wide, much more scalable, traffic and targeting option that you should use first that's still pretty specific. Right?

And let me pull up an example of what this looks like. So here's why we start with keywords first. I'm pulling out the slides. Don't kill me, Sam. But I just didn't wanna, like, make anything else that's new and this is the best way to to show it anyway.

So, why keywords first? I just explained they're contextual. They can show up on a wide variety of different videos that have that keyword in the title. And here's an example of that. For example, if you target the keyword of calisthenics, and this is actually a real example from one of our clients, the Tapp brothers.

They're in the health and fitness space and they were selling a low ticket info product during the time of the screenshot. And we were targeting a keyword that was helping them scale, to about like $1,000 a day in one of their campaigns, which is pretty cool. And the the keyword of calisthenics allowed us to show up on these different channels. So this just for reference, for easy to explain, this column right here called placement group is channels. YouTube channels that these ads are showing on due to the t the keyword targeting of calisthenics.

You can see here, we have a channel that we're showing up on with their ads because we're targeting the word calisthenics. It has the calisthenic keyword in the name, calisthenic movement. If we're selling an offer that is a body weight workout offer in the health and fitness space that people who are doing calisthenics can get benefit from and that are subscribed or watching a channel called calisthenic movements, don't you think that's gonna convert really well? And of course, it is. 15 conversions at $11.

Price Price for this program is $37. Pretty good conversions. Right? And then you can see here, calisthenic movement again, but we showed up on a different video of theirs. So we're really just blanket targeting this whole channel because their whole channel is related to the keyword that we're targeting here, which is why keywords are so much more powerful and in my opinion, way far superior to placements because as opposed to having to find specific placements, you can just use a keyword and do the same exact thing and you don't have to really do all the leg work upfront and keep finding new placements, which is basically you having to physically find specific videos and specific channels.

You can just do keywords. Okay? And let's just keep going down the list here. Calisthenics in the video title. So placement details.

The cool part about YouTube ads is is when you start running ads, right let me just go out of here. I don't know if I'll be able to show you because I haven't created a campaign yet. But you can actually see where your ads are being showed on YouTube. And this is how we got this information. So then we're seeing that our YouTube ads for this client in this in this example was being shown on a channel called Frank Medrano.

I'm no wizard here, but I can imagine that Frank Medrano probably makes health and fitness content about working out. And why can I say that? Because placement detail is the video that this is showing up on on YouTube where it's getting conversions. And this video title on YouTube was called the perfect beginner calisthenics workout. Again, it has calisthenics in the title.

We're targeting the keyword of calisthenics. The conversions are seven conversions for $2. Beast of a beast of a video. Right? But the problem with targeting this specific video, right?

Let's just like, you would see this and you say, okay, well, why don't I just target this specific video? You will, just not yet. The reason why is because this doesn't make sense to target first. Keywords are better. And I'll show you when to target placements later.

It comes up in the targeting timeline. But let's just keep going down here. How to target how to start calisthenics at home for beginners. People watching this are probably gonna wanna buy a workout program that we're selling that shows them how to do body weight at home workouts that are gonna help them build strength with no equipment. Right?

This literally has our offer in the title. It's it's a home run. Seven conversions at $13. And then another channel that we're showing up on called hybrid calisthenics. Fix your posture with calisthenics.

So you can see why keywords are just super powerful now because you can show up on literally videos and channels that are making content with that keyword in the title, the description, or the tags. Alright? So let me go back up here. I'll just stay on the slides. So we start with keywords first for that reason because they're so powerful and they're pretty scalable.

Right? And then you have custom segment and you can see here, the triangle is starting to get much much bigger of who we can target, which is on purpose to give you the idea of why you should start with these and why these are more powerful. Custom segment audiences. So what are custom segment audiences? So custom segment audiences are people who have searched for specific keywords on Google or YouTube.

Alright? And this is very, very powerful. Okay? Because just like we did in keywords, you can create a custom segment and I'll go here to the next slide because because it's already in order. Custom segments, you can literally target people who are searching for these keywords that you're putting into this custom segment is what it's called, that are typed like on Google and other similar terms.

So anybody who types in the keyword, let's just say calisthenics. If you create a custom segment audience and you click this button right here that says people who searched for any of these terms on Google and you put in the keyword here of calisthenics, anybody who typed in calisthenics in the last few days or very recently, the next time they're on YouTube, your ad will show up in front of the next video that they watch on YouTube. Think about that for a second. These are people who are literally typing in keywords onto Google. Right?

And they're searching for solutions. Again, intent based targeting. We call it intent based validation because we're going after your lowest hanging fruit first to start with to get you quick wins and quick return on ad spend. People who are already raising their hand, typing it in on Google saying, I have this problem. I'm looking for solutions.

So we start with that type of targeting as well because we found that keywords and custom segments are usually the best and the quickest results for our clients, which is pretty powerful. But you can also go one step further here. Let me just create a quick campaign. Don't worry about what I'm doing. I'm gonna cover this in another module.

I just wanna show you, how this works. So actually, I can just go to tools and settings. So let me go to audience manager again. You can go to audience manager tools and settings in your account. Click on custom segments.

Here's where you can create a custom segment. So once you find some keywords that people are searching for, which I'll show you how to do, you can click create a custom audience. You can name this segment, for example, how to work out at home. Let me just yeah. How to work out at home for, you know, the sake of the example that we're on.

You can also click people who have people with any of these interests or purchase intentions. Now this type of targeting is custom segment as well. This is a much much broader type of targeting though. This is people like basically that are, again, who have any of these interests or that are interested in purchasing something related to how to work out at home. But it's not specifically people that are typing in this keyword.

So be careful here because look, it says add interest or purchase intentions. And this is really good for, like, competitors, for example. If you wanna do, like, you wanna target people that are interested in Alex Ramosi, you can type in Alex Ramosi here. Right? You can click on enter and it'll show you a basic guideline of how big this audience is.

One to 5,000,000. That's pretty reasonable. Right? There's probably one to 5,000,000 in the digital marketing space that that know who Alex Hormozi is. You can just put his keyword in here and then, you know, put Alex Hermosy as a segment name.

People who are interested in this type of content or what Alex Hermosy is about. You can also switch this over to people who have searched for any of these terms on Google. Now it shows that there's zero but don't really listen to this. Just kinda use your best judgment here because there's probably people that are typing his name on Google, but it's they just don't know how to measure it. Right?

So even though it says there's zero impressions, you know, sometimes this is a hit or miss. Sometimes this will say this, but then it really scales. So, ultimately though, this is a very powerful tool because let's just use calisthenics. Esthetics. Right?

Right here. Boom. Calisthenics. People who have searched for any of these terms on Google. Anyone who typed in calisthenics on Google.

Let's see how big it is. 500,000,000 to 1,000,000,000. A big audience, but people that are specifically searching for calisthenics. You can make it more specific. Full body calisthenics workout workout at home.

Calisthenics workout calisthenics and weight training program, you can see the audience is now getting smaller because we're adding more specific keywords. So and then it got bigger. Right? So you can kind of mess around with this and this is pretty cool because this allows you to target people, again, who are searching for these keywords on Google actively looking for solutions. Alright?

Which is why we start with these two types of targetings first. Alright? And again, this goes back to intent based validation. Okay? Going after your lowest hanging fruit as opposed to these ones over here.

Okay? And one thing I didn't mention, I'm jumping around here, but you can also target people that are who have browsed similar websites too, which is pretty powerful. So let me just exit these keywords right here. Right? There's three different types of targeting options inside custom audio custom segment.

People with any of these purchase, intentions or interests. People who have searched for any of these terms on Google. And then, down here, expand segment by also including people who have browsed websites similar too. This one's pretty powerful too because you can do something like, for example, anybody who is a digital marketer, you type in clickfunnels.com. Okay.

You're gonna wanna target people that are browsing similar websites to clickfunnels.com. Why? Because, let's see if this works for the example and it shows you the size. Because if if you wanna target people, like, that have funnels, right, to help them with services, then you can target clickfunnels.com. I can also do, let's just see here.

Let's just see consulting.com. Consulting.com. You wanna target Sam's audience. Right? Anybody who's visited a website similar to consulting.com.

And the way this works is basically Google just scrapes the the metadata of the website and just finds the different, you know, I don't really wanna get in the technical aspect of it. But this is pretty powerful because you can literally just type in websites that you know your audience is visiting. So if there's, for example, hunting.com and you know that your audiences are interested in the hunting. I know one of you in YouTube is interested in, you're you're a surfer. Right?

I don't know if there's popular surf websites. Surf blogs. Right? Oops. Surf blogs.

The fit the best 50 surf blogs. Surfer..com/blogs. Okay. Let's take that keyword because that or let's take that, domain and let's put it into browse web website similar to let's see what this does. For whatever reason, it's not pulling up.

But you can see how this can be powerful as well. You can do people with any of these interests or purchase intentions, people who have searched for any of these terms on Google, which is the one that I recommend especially when you're starting. However, all of these do work really well when we use all three. And you can also do people who have browsed similar websites too. I just showed you exactly how to do it as well.

You can just go to Google and start typing in things that you know your audience is interested in, find websites that you think that they would be browsing, put those in here, create an audience. Right? Surf blogs. Right? Surf blogs.

And you would take that, put it in there, find more, and put them all in one audience. That's an audience you can test. So now that we've kind of gone over the two types of targetings that I recommend. Right? Keywords and custom segment, especially when you're just starting off and especially if you don't have remarketing lists or YouTube audiences.

Let's say you don't have a YouTube channel. Let's say you don't have any remarketing lists. Let's say you can only go to cold traffic first. I recommend keywords and custom intent for the or custom segments for the reasons I just explained. Alright.

And then the rest of them, similar audiences. Okay. Similar audiences are people that are similar to, any audience that, you have. So let me cancel this. Let me go to data segments right here.

Since I linked my YouTube channel, and I showed you guys how to do that in the last video, you can see here that Google automatically created similar similar audiences to people that have viewed any of my YouTube channel. Right? Similar to viewed my YouTube channel. Let's see here. YouTube subscribers.

These are my these might or may not have already been created from my previous Google Ads accounts. Maybe that's why. But you can see here similar to channel page visitors, similar to subscribers. Once you link your channel, Google will automatically create these audiences for you. So if you wanted to go after people that are similar to your YouTube subscribers, you can literally put that in into a campaign by itself if you want.

You can do, let's see. Similar to people who have liked any video of yours. Let me just open this up as well. You can also do, you know, recently active users, people that have it just basically creates similar audiences. And if you upload your customer list, right, you upload your customer list or you create a website remarketing list, people that have visited your website, Google will automatically create a similar audience depending on the size.

So you can see here if you sort by size by clicking this column, you can see what audiences are the biggest that you can target with your ads. This one's 100,000 to 300,000 people that have viewed any video from my channel. Alright? You can see here there's a little bit less, You know, 77,000 viewed any video from my aspen.com channel. So these are pretty cool too and similar audiences are pretty cool and they're much bigger which is why we're over here already in the halfway point of the triangle.

And then again, there's placements over here. I recommend going with placements, after you've already used keywords and custom intent because once you have some conversions and enough data, you can then go into your where ads showed, which we'll get into in a later module, and you can see what channels your videos are converting on or your ads are converting on and what videos your ads are converting on. And then just take those and then put them into another campaign by themselves because now you have placements and channels that are proven to convert. Right? And then you can use those in another campaign.

So I like to start with those later on. And then we have in market topics, affinity, life events, and demographics. These are all much much bigger audiences that can work. It's just I like to start with those later after we've utilized all of these. And to be honest, we're using these in some of our clients accounts right now.

But these right here are the ones that are producing the most return on ad spend. Right? These over here. So, keep that in mind. So now that you understand the different targeting options you can use on YouTube ads, right?

The next steps for you is to open up this targeting template right here. We've put together a little template that's pretty easy to navigate. It's very simple. It's specifically for keywords because we've just explained how powerful keywords are. It's what we use and so I put together a quick template that you can use to list keywords that you find that you think would be good to start and show your ads to target.

So I have a different few different columns here. I have brand keywords right here. Brand basically is just you, your company name, and your product name, for example. So I have adspend.com, adspend. I can put my name here, Brian Moncaba.

I can put, you know, other things that are related to your brand. Right? Competitors, these are obviously competitors of yours. Who better to target with keywords than people that already have your customers? Competitors here, so I just put some competitors or people that are selling similar services to us here for an example.

Right? You can put all your competitors right here, and you can literally just take this, this whole keyword list. Right? You can put this in a campaign by itself with all these keywords and just, you know, have a campaign that's targeting keywords of your, you know, of your competitors. So anybody who's watching videos or typing in these keywords or watching content on YouTube about them, your ads will show up the next time they're on one of their videos.

Pretty cool. Specific keywords. So the way we define specific keywords, let me see if I have it in here. Basically, it's just, you know, any anything that's very specific to your offer or your service. So I have YouTube ads agency for example.

Anyone who's typing in the keyword or watching keyword or watching videos on YouTube that have YouTube ads agency in a title or are searching that, it's pretty specific. Right? So I wanna put that into a campaign because it's pretty warm and they're actively looking for solutions. Then you have broad. By the way, I classify specific as three to three to, or yeah.

Three to seven words. So like YouTube ads agency, best YouTube ads agency. I can put that here for an example too. Right? Three to seven words.

It's specific. They're also like referred to as long tail keywords. Three to seven words. Broad keywords, one to three words, YouTube ads. Right?

I can do YouTube paid ads. You YouTube YouTube ads course. Right? That's more specific, I would say. You kinda just gotta use your own intuition here.

Is it specific? Is it not? YouTube ads course is pretty specific because they're looking for solutions on how to learn YouTube ads. So yeah. Broad and specific.

And then you have related. Related is pretty cool because you can find related keywords. Think of the related keywords related to your offer or your service. Right? So Facebook ads, it's related to what we're doing.

It's not YouTube ads, but they're running ads. They're looking how to get better with Facebook ads or they're watching Facebook ads content or typing in Facebook ads onto, you you know, the Internet, we'd probably wanna show our ads to them because they're in the market for what we offer. They're just maybe not doing it or they're already doing it, but they're watching other types of content. Kajabi. If they use Kajabi, they most likely sell a digital course or program.

They're probably gonna be interested in running YouTube at some point. Clickfunnels.com or just ClickFunnels. If they're watching, you know, content on YouTube that's related to ClickFunnels, they probably have a funnel. They probably need more traffic to that funnel because they wanna get more clients. So you can use this as well to your own best judgment here and add some related keywords.

I like to think about it like software, tools, just things that are related to what you're offering that you know your audience would also be using or is interested in and put those in this column right here. Okay? And then, I also, in this template, put together a little starting campaign list of like how you can kind of divvy this up and we'll get into this more in the next module. But for example, you can literally just have your first five campaigns right here of, you know, broad keywords. Right?

So these are the keywords you have right here or right here. You have specific keywords, competitor keywords, custom audience search, custom audience interests. If you have a budget of $200 a day, right, your starting campaigns are about $40 each. Those are your first five keywords based off just this keyword template alone. Because you can take these keywords in this in this specific keyword template right here.

You can go to tools and settings, audience manager. You can create a custom segment. And then you can put all the keywords right here. Right? YouTube ads agency.

And then you can put here, what I like to do is I like to do CI. It call it I name it custom, it's called custom intent. Basically, it's someone who's searching for, they have intent. Right? So you can see this is like affinity.

If I do this as a huge audience. Topics, advertising marketing, business industrial marketing. But if I do people who search for any of these terms on Google, that's custom intent. So I just do CI. If you wanna do the other one, right, c a, you would put custom affinity.

This is an affinity audience. People that are interested in this type of thing. Then if you wanna do, websites, you would do, right, c w, custom websites. Right? And then you would put those in there.

So that's a quick guide of the targeting, what you should start with. And then you have a quick template of like how you can start off with the campaigns. Again, we'll create these in the next module. But the action steps for you are to now use this targeting template to then find keywords. So how do you find keywords?

Well, to be honest, the best way to do it is inside the ads account. So if you go to your ads account again and let me just exit out of here. Tools and settings. Audience, let's go to keyword planner under planning. This is literally built into Google.

Right? So why try to reinvent the wheel? Keyword planner. It's literally for finding new keywords. Right?

So you can do discover new keywords right here. Click on this and I can type in YouTube ads. I'll put yes. Enter. And then I can also do websites.

I can do, you know, other things over here, as many as you want. YouTube ads course. I'll just start there. Get results. And now we'll see what we have.

So you can see the keyword of YouTube ads has an average monthly search of 22,000 peep 22,000 people searching for this on a monthly basis. Probably a good keyword to start with. I would put that under broad. You can see I already have it there. YouTube ads course, not as much.

Right? It says 70. This would maybe be a specific keyword to have. It might not get that much search traffic, but, it might not get that much spend, but it's still a good one to have. YouTube advertising, this would be broad.

Right? So I can take this keyword. So let me just show you an example of how I do this. Take this keyword, go to broad, and put YouTube advertising. Alright?

Then I would do, YouTube Google ads. That's another broad one. Go to oops. Go to my targeting template. Let me just exit out of these slides.

YouTube Google ads. And then, let me exit out of this. And then, let's see what else we have. YouTube advertising. What is that?

Let's put that in here. YouTube advertising cost. I wouldn't put that one. That's just one example. Alright?

So I would use that. And then I can do, you know, I could do adspend.com. Let's see what other let's see what, keywords it thinks adspend.com would be worth. Enter a site. Start with website.

There we go. Boom. Get results. Let's see what we got. Run YouTube ads.

Alright, perfect. There we go. Run YouTube ads. YouTube video ads. Right?

So the key here is you want to find keywords that have pretty popular, like, for example, YouTube ads. The biggest one that's going to have probably the most scalability is going to be, where it shows. Get rid of that. Going to be the actual YouTube ads, one that has 22,000 searches right here. These ones would be good as well.

But that's one way to find keywords. And really, the the best way, another another good way is new incognito window. You can just do, like, literally YouTube ads. Go to Google. What else are people searching for?

What are people advertising for? This is a great way. These are these people are bidding on YouTube ads. Youtube.com is bidding on YouTube ads. Go figure.

Let's see what we have. TikTok for business. Alright. Cool. Look at that.

TikTok for business. Anybody who's interested in TikTok ads, because those are related to YouTube ads. It's the same thing. It's just different way of doing it. Oops.

Where's the incognito window? Window? There we go. What else do we have? How to run your first ad.

YouTube advertising. YouTube ad tutorial. Alright. Perfect. Now we're getting somewhere.

YouTube ad tutorial. YouTube ads tutorial twenty twenty two. That's a specific keyword. Alright. I can also go here.

Right? Let's check this out. Go to Jordan Platten Platten's YouTube channel. Alright. So this guy has a 195,000 subscribers.

Let's check out what his channel is about. Hit that bell for invaluable free content that others will have you pay for. How to start a social media marketing agency. Okay. Videos.

Let's see here. Procrastinating. It looks like he's selling, or he's basically targeting people that have businesses. Alright. These people would probably be interested in YouTube ads.

Let me copy his YouTube channel name, and then I'll put it into competitors. Right? Competitors. And then that's another way you can put it. Right?

So so that way this is the best way to show up on someone's channel, by the way. You just take his channel name. See if I can just get rid of that. I mean, mean, I can mess with that later. You can just change it to whatever.

But you can just take his channel name, copy it, put it into competitors, and then show up your ads on his channel. Right? So that's another way. Let me just go to incognito again and let's see if I find any keywords. Another way you can do this is you can look at his video titles and see if there's any keywords that would be related to what you're doing that would be worth targeting.

So we have Google Ads tutorial 2022. Alright. Now we're getting somewhere. Google Ads tutorial. People that are interested in Google Ads are probably also gonna be interested in YouTube ads.

Google Ads tutorial 2022. Right? Boom. That's another related keyword. What do we have here?

Digital agency, building an agency. Alright. So now, that's one way. Go to YouTube. You can find, go to Google search.

You can find keywords, find channels as well. Or you can just go right to YouTube in incognito window. YouTube ads. Boom. Okay.

That video comes up. That's a good video. Social media examiner. Let's see what this channel is about. 22,000 subscribers, TikTok video, TikTok for business.

That one came up again. Alright. Here we go. That one came up again. So I'm gonna put that here.

TikTok for business. Related keyword. Let's see what we have here. 20 tips for Instagram growth. Profitable ads tutorial.

How to create a profitable Facebook ad. Alright. Boom. I'm gonna take that now and I'm gonna put it oh shit. I'm gonna put it right here.

How to create a profitable Facebook ad. How to create a profitable Facebook ad. There There we go. And then you can see how it's how you pretty much do it. I mean, that's just how I do it.

It's very simple. YouTube, you can go to channels, find channels. If you find a channel like Social Media Examiner, that's a channel we work would be worth targeting. They have a big following. They're doing social media, marketing tutorials.

People interested in this content would be interested in YouTube ads. Put them right here. Right? Social media examiner. So that's the targeting template.

That's how you find keywords. And in the next video, I'm gonna show you how to create your campaign. So again, the next steps for you guys right now, use the targeting template to find and store keywords and then create your YouTube audiences. So I showed you how to do that in the very beginning. Tools and settings, audience manager, click on this plus icon, YouTube users, create any YouTube audiences that you can target remarketing lists, website visitors, and then customer lists.

And then once you do that, you will be able to then move on to the next step in the pray in the program, in the training, which is creating your campaigns. Right? We'll show you how to upload your ads to your campaigns, input the targeting that we just found once you're done with it, and then launch and go from there. Alright, guys. I'll see you in the next one.

# 5. Launching

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 46 min
- Confidence: 0.997
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/cf5ea9ad-86c9-4bab-86fd-099a0b8d5a70

---


Hey, what's up? This is Brian with adsbend.com. Welcome to the WeTube launching module. You are almost there. In this video, we are going to be launching your YouTube ads.

So you can start getting clients as quickly as possible. Now, with that being said, we're gonna dive right in. So the first thing I wanna go over is the structure and budget. Okay? So, very quickly to explain how Google Ads campaign structure works, you have campaigns.

Okay? And underneath your campaigns, you have ad groups. Alright? And underneath your ad groups, you have ads. So, campaigns are where you select your objective.

Okay. What goal do you want this campaign to get for you? AKA leads, you know, is it visitors, website visitors, traffic. Right? For this example and for most of your campaigns, they'll just be leads.

And then you can also choose the settings. Right? What location do you wanna target? What language do you want your, you know, ads to show up on? Right?

Or your do your audiences speak? You know, what settings do you basically wanna choose? And we'll go through that step by step in a second. You can also choose the budget for the campaign that you're creating. Alright?

You can select the specific budget that that campaign that campaign has. Alright? And ad groups are where you select your targeting. Okay? And you can upload your ads.

So again, campaigns are where you can select the settings of the campaign and your goal and the budget. And then ad groups are where you can select your targeting and upload your ads. Okay? And so what we found the best structure for YouTube ads to be is one campaign, one ad group, and three to five ads. One campaign, one ad group, and three to five ads.

And we recommend starting with at least five campaigns. Alright. At least five campaigns to start. And I'll show you an example of what this looks like, but each campaign should target a different audience or content, but use the same ads. And so, if you click this starting campaign, tab in this sheet right here so let me just open it up.

So this is the targeting template that you should have, filled out already, so you should have already had this. But you can go to to starting campaigns and you can see that I actually updated it since the last targeting video to give you a better example of what your campaign structure or starting structure of your campaign should look like. So for example, if you sell a $6,000 offer, your starting budget should be ideally close to $6,000 a month. Ideally be $6,000 a month, which is $200 a day. Okay?

Given that the month is thirty days long. And so the starting budget, right, would be $200 a day and that would be divided by five campaigns. So that's $40 per campaign. Alright. And an example structure I gave you guys of, okay, you have your audiences.

Right. You filled out your keyword template. You've created custom audiences. You've created remarketing lists, you've created your YouTube audiences, whatever you have, created up until this point to now where you're ready to actually create your campaigns and get started. Here's just two simple examples to give you a good starting point to lift off and and actually launch your ads.

So for example, if you have no remarketing lists or YouTube audiences, right, then you would wanna start with an example structure like this. I recommend you have five campaigns. They're basically all cold. Right? Because there's not people that are already warm.

And so, you'd wanna run YouTube ads obviously. But then the targeting type would be broad keywords. Okay? Short tail broad keywords. And you also want to have competitor keywords.

So, you would want to take these keywords and then these keywords and then the specific keywords as well. Okay? Specific keywords, broad keywords, competitor keywords. Those are three campaigns. So you can see in each of the campaigns, there's a different, type of keyword.

Right? So we're really breaking out the keywords by the type of keyword that they are, which doesn't, you know, put all of everything in one. Because again, broad keywords should be only broad keywords. Competitor keywords should be in their own campaign. Specific keywords should be in their own campaign so that way, it's not just this huge, huge campaign with like 50 keywords.

Because number one, the way YouTube ads works is if you have like multiple, multiple keywords in one audience or even ad groups, for example, which is why we use one campaign, one ad group and three to five ads. The more ad groups you have, the less budget will be allocated to each of them. It doesn't work like Facebook ads where basically if you have an, different ad sets, you can distribute the budget evenly to each of the ad sets. In Google ads, with ad groups, it'll just, like, distribute the budget 80% of the time to one of the ad groups. Or in this case, 80% of the time to one of the keywords.

So we really wanna group the keywords here with what they are. So broad keywords go in one campaign, competitor keywords go in another campaign, specific keywords go in another campaign. And then what I also recommend, especially if you have no remarketing list or YouTube audiences here, is to create custom audiences using those same keywords. So for example, I showed you this in the last video, but you can take these specific keywords, however many you have. Let's just say I have, you know, three.

I pick command c, I go to tools and settings, I go to audience manager, right, custom segments, create. I put these in here. I can name it, CI, specific keywords. Right? And I can click on this one and I can click save and then I'm good to go.

So you should have already done this, but that just shows you that that would be another audience that you would target in another campaign. Okay? So that would be your your fourth campaign. And then we have custom audience interests. Okay?

I also showed you that in the last video. I won't go through it again, but you can put the, other audience that you've created in custom audience in another campaign. And so this gives you very, very specific, you know, laser targeted, spend on that audience and that audience only. And with keywords, it's very important to remember that the more keywords you have in one campaign, right, 80% of the time, the budget will be distributed to, like, one of the keywords. So if you have 10 keywords, one of the keywords will get 80% of the budget.

So you would really want it's great for managing it, by the way, because you can have all your spend go to one keyword and then it's just not converting for you. Right? Right? You can just pause it. The problem with that though is, you know, all the spend goes to one keyword.

So we really like to recommend, about three to five keywords per campaign. That's just a recommendation. You can do five to ten, ten to 20, whatever is easier for you. I'm just explaining how it works so that way you can use your best judgment here. Regardless, the easiest way to get started, you can just take your competitor keywords.

Right? Copy them, put them in a campaign by itself, which I'll show you how to do. And then that's the campaign. And that's what happens in the campaign. So that's what you target.

If you do not have or sorry. If you do have remarketing lists or YouTube audiences. Right? Some of you have big YouTube channels. Some of you have good remarketing lists you can target.

Customer lists, website visitors. You can just show your ads to warm audiences. Then you wanna use this structure like this. Okay? Campaign number one would be more warm.

That would be, YouTube audiences. So you can literally take all of the YouTube audiences that you've created and put them in, one campaign and just kind of see which audience resonates the best. Usually subscribers, shared video viewers or shared video, liked any video, added a video of yours to a playlist. Those are going to be the ones that are the most like, high ROI. But then viewed any video is like the biggest one.

So again, you can put all of them in one campaign and then just pause them if they don't convert. So that's the best part. Remarketing list and another campaign, if you have that. And then specific competitor keywords And then custom audience is an example of what you can start with. So you can kinda really mix and match here.

This is just a recommendation. So now that you understand, right, how the campaign structure works, you have campaigns, you have ad groups, and then you have ads. And I've given you, an example campaign, five campaigns to start with based on where you're at and what you're starting with and your different targeting options. Now it's time to create your campaigns. Okay?

So we're getting into the technical now. Almost ready to launch. Create a campaign right here. So make sure you're in ads.google.com. Make sure you're under your ads account.

You click on create campaign. You click on new campaign and you're gonna choose your objective. What do you want this campaign to get you? We're gonna choose leads. Okay?

Then, because we've already set up your accounts and your conversion actions using Google Tag Manager, you should have your conversion actions right here. You can see here we have opt ins and you can see here we have booked calls. These are the two conversion actions that we're optimizing for. Click on continue. Then you're gonna choose what campaign type is this.

Do you want Google search, performance max, display, shopping, discovery? Click on video. Then max, display, shopping, discovery? Click on video. Then click on continue.

Alright. So campaign name. So I gave you a little bit of a, format that you can use right here to name your campaigns. You can copy this. And if you look at the targeting template So let's say you're going to follow this structure right here.

So you're going to start with Let's just build out this campaign to be a keyword campaign, broad keywords. Right? But I would just put this structure here for now. So ignore what I just said. Actually, we're just gonna create a campaign shell.

I wanna create a campaign shell with you first that has all of the right settings that you're gonna be using in each of your campaigns to start and then we can add the targeting later. So we're gonna create the campaign shell first. Alright. So let's put that right there. Copy and paste that.

The bidding strategy we're gonna be using is maximize conversions. This is the best bidding strategy to start with, especially if you have no data inside your ads account. It's gonna guaranteed spend. It's gonna be guaranteeing you spend money if your audience is big enough. And it's gonna get you the data the fastest.

Now, we are going to well, and again, I'm I'll mention this anyways. If you already have been running YouTube ads, right, max conversions, may not be the best strategy. Target CPA is usually what we'll evolve to, but if you're just starting out, use maximize conversions. And this again, this is a template for a reason. We're gonna start off with this.

And then budget and dates, we're gonna put $40 because if we look at the the starting campaigns, you can see $40 across each campaign equals $200 a day. So we're gonna make this $40. Don't change anything here. This is gonna spend daily, where there's not gonna be an end date. Okay?

You can pause it when you want it to end if you want. Networks. You can't choose anything here. Again, YouTube ads are now responsive. What does that mean?

Well, it means that your ads will now show up on right here. Your ads will now show up on, not just in stream, they'll also show up on, discovery and then as a, discovery ad and in display ads on YouTube as a placement and then across Google platforms. Okay? So you can't choose this or not. Right?

You can do this in other campaign types, but that's that's not what we're teaching here right now. This is the best way. Locations, United States. And then languages, choose your language. Okay.

So I'm gonna put English. Alright. So if you're targeting somebody outside The US, you can obviously go here and click enter a lender location. You can do Germany if you want. Click that.

So this is just who do you wanna go after and where are they? Then we are going to, leave it on standard inventory. Okay. This is choosing the settings again. We're in the campaign right now, choosing the settings for your campaign.

We're gonna check embedded videos and live streaming videos and we're gonna uncheck content not yet labeled. So we're gonna basically opt out from showing our YouTube ads on content that doesn't fit the brand. I've always checked these because nobody really wants to see an ad when they're watching a live stream. They're watching somebody live stream on YouTube. Right?

They wanna be paying attention to that person live streaming, not watching a YouTube ad. And I found that it just kinda makes doesn't make sense from a YouTube advertising perspective. So I just check that. I also check embedded videos and I uncheck content not yet labeled because sometimes there will be content that YouTube just doesn't know how to classify. Is it PG?

Is it mature? Teen? It just gives you more variety of your ads to be shown on. Site links. You can add site links here.

These are definitely recommended. What you can put here is you can put, book, or sorry, learn a watch free training because this will be going to a free training, your video sales letter. Learn how to profitably scale your in scale YouTube ads, for an example. Right? Scale YouTube.

You can do another one. Start or scale with YouTube ads. And then, you can put the link to your actual landing page. You can add another one right there as well. So let me put, spend.com/apply.

Https. Right there. Boom. I'll just take that. I'll copy and paste it here.

This one will be learn more. Because again, this is gonna show up on your YouTube ad. So a site link is just gonna be an extra, you know, clickable thing that that can give you more real estate. Right? So you kinda wanna use it.

Learn more and then I can just literally just take this, put that there. You can be a little bit more copy, you know, you can get a little bit more creative with a copy here. I'm just showing you for an example. Add site link and then click save or you don't have to click add site link. Just click save.

Boom. So if you preview this, check this out. You can see here underneath on mobile, for example, your YouTube ad, you'll see that these pop up. Alright? So it's good to to utilize it because it'll take the full screen of their viewing experience.

And if you go to, you know, mobile on, a different, you know, platform, it'll show that. And then you can see here, it'll show like that as well. So it's important to have that. We added the site links. Great.

Additional settings. Okay. Cool. Now here is where you will choose, what devices you wanna show up on. For this example, we're gonna take off TV screens and leave the rest.

TV screens, I've just found are just wasting money so I don't target those and you shouldn't either. So we'll uncheck TV screens, but we'll leave on mobile desktop and tablet. Frequency capping. I like to do a frequency cap of three views per month. A view is just some, how long basically it counts as a view when somebody watches your ad.

So if someone watches my ad three times in one month but, you know, doesn't, you know, doesn't click or doesn't, you know, convert, for example, then I don't really want them to watch more because they're gonna just keep spending money. But you can use this into your impressions. You can cap impressions as well. How many times do you want someone to see your ad per day? You can put that there.

You can put per month. I like to do three per month. So we'll put that three per month. And then ad schedule, this will be all day. We'll leave that for none.

And Okay. So now that we finished creating the campaign, we have all the right settings that we want. We're gonna go ahead and copy the campaign name because now it's time to create the ad group. Again, inside each campaign is an ad group where you can choose the targeting and and upload your ads. So if my mouse would stop freaking out, we're gonna copy the campaign name and paste it into the ad group name.

That way, it's easy. It's the shell. So that way, you know, if we look at the ad group level in the account, you can know this is the shell. Next is you can select the demographics. Okay.

You're gonna choose the targeting here. Now because this is a shell, we're not gonna put any targeting in here, but what we are going to do is we're going to choose the demographics that we want to make sure to, avoid, alright, by clicking on them and making sure we don't target them. So for example, if you're selling to women, right, you don't want to attract any sort of men in your offer or your funnel to buy your offer, then you're gonna wanna unselect male, right, Because you only wanna go after females. Now, if you wanna be very, very specific, you can go for just females. Alright?

I highly recommend that especially when you're just starting off. Right? To scale, you would wanna leave unknown checked because there's a lot of people that just Google can't classify as male or female. So it's probably fifty fifty. Who knows the numbers?

I'm just assuming making up a number for an example here. But it's a lot more scalable when you have unknown checked because, you know, you don't know if they're female or male. So just check female, for example, if you're you're targeting just females. I'm gonna go ahead and check male and unknown again. And let's say you don't wanna go after any eighteen to twenty four year olds.

Right? Your offer, you know, most of your best clients are anywhere from 35 to 44 and then 45 up. Right? If that's the case, then you kinda wanna get rid of everybody that's, you know, not those people. So for example, you'd get rid of eighteen to twenty four because you don't want, you know, teenagers without much money to go into a lead, or or click on your funnel.

And again, these are really good for scaling when you have a mass market, super broad offer like a free plus shipping book offer that teaches you how to, you know, get rich for example, or, you know, some sort of low ticket info product that's a workout program or a dating course. Those things work really well with these with all the ages to be honest, selected. But, again, it has to appeal to a wide variety of people. So to help you, target your most ideal clients first, what age are they? Do you know what age they are?

If you don't, I would highly recommend surveying your customers and asking them. Right? But ultimately, you should have an idea of what this is. So for example, I'm gonna just go ahead and keep going with the female example. Let's say it's the females in the 35, 44, 45 to 54 and fifty five to sixty four niche.

But I'm gonna change it to male just because I know that our ideal clients for adsspin.com are mainly in, these ages right here. So these three. Parental status, most of them are parents. Right? So but a lot of them aren't parents either.

So again, if you're targeting parents, right, single or or or, yeah, single mothers, right, then you're probably gonna wanna have parents, checked and not not parents. So then household income, very, very important as well because typically I've, found and I've learned this from other, friends of mine who are also in the YouTube ad space, Auerkek being one of them. He had a really cool PDF guide that he gave away for free where he kind of explained the different income ranges, and what makes sense for, household income. Right? And usually when you're selling a higher ticket course, anywhere from 5,000 to $10,000, you're going to wanna exclude anything that's less than about 30%, top 30% of household income.

Because top 30% of household income in The United States is pretty, pretty well off compared to most people. Right? Now if you have these other ones unchecked, again, it's not a bad thing. You can get success with these on. But these are better when you want to really spend a lot of money and, again, scale because you know that your conversion actions are dialed in, you're getting healthy costs, and you're just not spending enough money, but you're making, let's say, like, a three to four x to five x return on ad spend, and you can spend more.

Right? You can gamble a little bit more. You can, take a little bit more risk. Then you would wanna have these on. But for the sake of this example, I would say I recommend probably starting with top 30.

Again, this might limit the amount of people that see your ads because how many people are in the top 30% in The United States or wherever you're targeting in your country. Right? There's a small select amount of them. And especially if you combine this with very specific keywords to your niche in your targeting, which we'll show you how to do in a second, then, you know or or from the targeting template that we had you do, yesterday, then your spend might be less, but it it's probably gonna be a lot more qualified. So it's not necessarily a bad thing.

Again, this is very important because since you're making the campaign shell, you wanna start with some demographics that you believe would be the best to target first based off your experience with your customers. So make sure that you have what you want checked. I'll just leave those for this example. And then you want to make sure you uncheck optimized targeting. Now this is very important especially when you're just starting off for the very first time and creating new campaigns with no data.

Optimized targeting, it says it right here, helps you get more conversions within your budget. Google may find people beyond your select audience. Basically, this is a one click upsell or one click order bump from Google saying, hey, if we can find you more people, right, we may be able to we may be able to find you more people beyond, anybody that you have in these demographics and the targeting that we're going to show you how to add later that I'm going to help you add with the keywords, everything we've done already. If you just click this button right here, right, we can spend a little bit more, we can go after a little bit more people. Basically, it's just we can go after a broader audience than what you are gonna put into, this campaign.

You wanna make sure to uncheck that especially when you start because this is a better option for new campaigns or for campaigns that are really, dialed in and you wanna duplicate them and then you can click on optimize targeting and see how optimized targeting does to see if you can get in front of more people. Starting off, I wouldn't recommend this. This is a good scaling, checkbox to then pay Google more and have in your campaigns when you want to go broader. Right? When you feel like you've tapped out your audience.

So a good scaling technique, but not right now, so we're gonna take that off. And then you go to advanced settings here and you can see that this is where you can actually add, you know, your keywords or your topics or your placements. And we're not gonna add any of these right now. Again, we're not gonna choose the targeting besides the demographics because we wanna make sure that this is the campaign shell and I'm gonna show you how to create, how to duplicate this and then input the targeting that we're gonna start with. Okay?

And then you're gonna be able to create your video ads right now. So let's cut to that. So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna head over to my YouTube channel, pull some of the ads just for an example, and show you how to upload your ad. Okay. Cool.

Okay. Cool. Cool. Jesus Christ, Brian. Okay.

So cool. I am now in my ads YouTube channel. Alright? And I am going to simply take this. Right?

This is imagine this is your YouTube ads channel. Take your five ads that you've created now, using the following script in the creative section. Get the shareable link and then you're gonna bring it over to your campaign. Alright? And it's gonna say, create your video ads.

Alright? So you're gonna paste it in here. Final URL. So I'm gonna put adspend.com/apply. Okay.

I think it's apply-youtube. Yep. That's the that's the domain. And then, I'm gonna do call to action. Okay.

So you can choose call to action here. Right? Usually, learn more works really well. Makes it simple. You can choose anything else that you think would work.

I like learn more. Watch now is another good one. So let me just delete that. You can also do watch now, learn more. Simple, solid, straight to the point.

Headline. So because this ad is an example of a video sales letter that's gonna show them the offer. Right? Learn how or the headline is actually the, it's only 15 characters. So you can see here, like, 15 characters is not a lot when you're on mobile.

So, scale YouTube ads. Long headline here. We can do, learn how to scale YouTube ads without wasting money on junk traffic again. I'm just giving you guys an example here. Right?

So, then you can see what that would look like. So as a for example, in feed video, this is how it would look like. So someone scrolling through YouTube, your ad pops up as a discovery video. This is what it looks like. So you wanna have, again, a good thumbnail, which I already have and I uploaded it to my YouTube video.

And then, you wanna have a good headline, description URL. Description required. You can do another description. It's a shorter description. So, let's see here.

Watch the free training where you can learn how to do this yourself. And then you can see there's another description underneath there. And then, what you can do is you can actually create a companion banner, which I'll show you if I can move to desktop here. All formats. A companion banner goes right here.

You can create a custom one or it'll take the one from your actual YouTube channel. So if I go to my YouTube channel and I show you the, channel banner, this is what will show up right here. If you don't upload an image yourself. So, let's just see if I have one. I don't have one.

So you can create a 300 by 60 pixel companion banner that is no bigger than a 150 I think that's kilobytes. And so what you can do is create one that's very simple. It's basically more real estate, right? You can have, watch the free training now. Very simple.

Just more real estate for you to use. So it's recommended. I think my channel banner is good enough. So I'm gonna go ahead and go auto generate. Right?

And then you can name this whatever you'd like. So, if you wanna keep it simple, hook one. You know, hook one. And then you can click on, ad creation again. And then now you add your second video ad.

Okay? So now you go back to your channel videos, you go back to your ads, you go back to your ads, Shareable link. I'm gonna take the second video now. I'm going to do, this right here. Okay.

Adspend.com/apply-youtube. Then, call to action, learn more. And then you're going to I can just copy and paste the same headline from over here. Description over here. Now, of course, you can customize this.

Right? To be specific to the hook, which I would recommend. But for simplicity, I'm just gonna show you how you can do it. So if this was a different hook, which it is, I can name it more specific. So, step by step blueprint, however you wanna do it.

You can again auto generate. And then proceed to adding the next five, or sorry, three ads. Right? So, I'll just continue doing it again to finish the example. Alright?

Get shareable link. Go here. Com apply dash youtube. Learn more. Oops.

Long headline. Long headline to be be scale YouTube ads. I actually didn't name this one, so I'm gonna put this one hook two. My Apple mouse is just glitching. Hook two.

Alright. And then I'm going to oh, I didn't put a headline here. So scale YouTube ads. So make sure you do that. I missed that.

And, okay. Yeah. So it didn't like that I said that it was glitching. Hook three. Description.

Boom. Okay. And then you add the next two ads. Alright? Create campaign.

You now have your campaign shell with the right settings and no targeting. Okay. Cool. So we're now now what we're gonna do is we're gonna click on the ad group. So now look, you're inside the campaign.

You see your all campaigns. It's showing you what campaign you're inside of which is your shell. Now you're in now you can see the ad group. Again, inside the ad group is where the ads are. So if you click on the ad group name, you can see the ads.

We're gonna go ahead and pause the ads. The reason why, there's no targeting inside of this campaign yet. So if your ads are not pending and they get approved, then your ads will spend to anybody and everybody and we don't want that. So make sure once you upload your ads with this campaign shell, you pause your ads. Alright?

And now what we're gonna do, we're gonna click on all campaigns in that top left corner. And now we're gonna copy and paste this five more or four more times. So it's gonna show you, select accounts to paste your campaigns. Do you wanna paste it in this one? Yes.

This is the campaign that we this is the account that we wanna paste this in. Paste. Do we wanna pause the campaign it's gonna ask you? No. Because the ads are paused.

So if the ads are paused, there's no ads that can run and spend money. But the campaigns will be enabled. Doesn't mean it'll spend though because the ads are paused. So we're gonna wait for this to paste. Sometimes it takes a little bit.

Sometimes it goes quick. I'll pause the video until it's ready. Alright. Sweet. So the campaign just pasted.

And you can see when you create, when you duplicate a campaign, so what I just did, I kinda went by that fast, I'm sorry. You can select on this box right here, you can click on edit, you can click on copy, and then you can click on paste. Okay? Once you click on paste, then it'll show as a number two right here. And that'll know, that'll notify you that that is your duplicated campaign.

So, what you can do is now you can change the name of this campaign. So what are we gonna do? Well, we're gonna start adding the targeting to the campaign. So how you can do that? Let's say you're gonna start with this structure like we mentioned earlier, broad keywords.

What you're gonna do is go to the campaign name by clicking this pencil icon and you know it's the one that you're changing that's right by number two. We're gonna delete that and we're gonna delete all this. Well, actually, let me just go over here. So offer name. What is your offer?

This is just an example. I'm gonna put front end mastermind. Campaign objective. We know that the campaign objective is leads. Okay?

And then the campaign type is gonna be YouTube. K? Bidding strategy is going to be max conversions. And then, the targeting is going to be keywords. I put k w, capital k w, for easy reference.

K w is keywords. And then the type of keywords are going to be, I believe it's specific. K. Specific keywords. Location we're targeting is US.

I'm gonna leave the number two. Click save. Sweet. So now we have our first campaign and now we're gonna copy this. This name, cancel.

Go into the campaign. Now we have to go into the campaign. Right? And we're gonna change the ad group name. Clicking this pencil icon.

Save. And you can go inside the campaign and you can see that the ads again are now inside the campaign, but they're paused. So the cool part about this is is once you make the campaign show and you duplicate it, the ads will follow. Okay? But we don't add targeting because we're gonna add targeting now individually to this campaign.

So I'm gonna go over to content. I'm gonna go over to display and video keywords. This is where you can add keywords. I'm gonna click on this plus icon. And then I am going to go to my targeting template, my keywords, and I'm gonna copy the specific keywords that I have.

If you have more, you can copy those. I recommend again, three to five keywords per campaign to start with. And now Google ads is being upset with me. My account is suspended. Alright.

That is weird. Sometimes this will happen with new accounts. Let me figure this out. K. Well, that was annoying but I just opened up an incognito window and, I'm gonna go ahead and just continue it from here.

So I'm gonna take the specific keywords and then go to this incognito window right here. Jeez. I have a bunch of incognito windows, it seems. Right here. Paste that.

So now, you can paste your specific keywords. Again, I recommend three to five keywords, k, per campaign. So take three to five of those specific ones and paste them in here. Save. Cool.

So now you should see that you have your keywords right there. And this is honestly the annoying part of creating these videos. Tutorials for Google Ads. Sometimes this stuff happens. Tutorials for Google Ads.

Sometimes this stuff happens and, like, basically, what happened was I didn't verify my YouTube ads account, on my personal account in time. And I think that because I created a new YouTube ads account, using the same payment info for this demo, which I didn't think about at the time, they are automatically assuming that I'm trying to, you know, do the same thing in another account, but I didn't verify my identity in the other account. So I gotta do that. But for the sake of this example and tutorial, I don't want to, you know, just leave you guys hanging. But you shouldn't have to run-in any issues here.

This shouldn't happen to you. Trust me. So I think it's just more importantly my issue. Cool. So now that we've done that, let's go to all campaigns.

So we've added the keywords. Right? This one's now created. Okay? What you can do is now we're gonna go back to the campaign settings.

Let me just get rid of this. So now, the next starting campaign is going to be competitor keywords. Alright? So let me take the competitor keywords here. Copy those.

Go back to this one. Then go to Alright. Let me just go here. I'm gonna just copy this second one that we just did because it already has keywords in it. I'm just gonna remove those keywords.

I'm gonna click on paste. Done. Paste. Wait for these to paste. Cool.

So now, it just pasted. You can see it has number two next to it. I'm gonna go ahead and remove the number two. I'm gonna change the only thing I'm gonna change is the specific to competitors because now this is gonna be keywords competitors. Right?

I'm gonna go inside to this campaign, go to this ad group, and then again, change the ad group name to competitors. Okay. Click save. Go inside the ad group. Go to content.

Then go to display video keywords. This is where you add and remove keywords. I am going to remove this keyword. While I wait for it to remove the keyword. Now, I'm going to click on this plus icon and then input the keywords that I copy and pasted from my targeting template here.

Alright. Again, we recommend three to five. You can do five to 10 to really just depends. Because again, 80% of your budget will be spent to one of these keywords. The other ones will get maybe some spend.

But 80% of your budget will get spent to one of them, which is good and bad. Right? Good because if it spends all the money and it gets you conversions, great. Right? It works.

If it doesn't spend if it doesn't, get you conversions, then you can just pause it, and then let the other one spend. Right? But I like to do three to five to start. You're You're gonna have to figure out what you prefer. Right?

Some people like to do 10 to 20, and then just pause them if they don't get leads at the cost they want, calls at the cost they want. It's completely up to you. I'm just giving you a framework here. K. So now we have two campaigns built.

Alright. So now, we are going to, I believe let me just go back to the template here and see which one we should go with. Next. So we got broad keywords, competitor keywords. Now, we're missing broad keywords.

Alright. So let me go back here. Broad keywords. Copy this. Copy.

Paste. Okay. While that's pasting, I'm gonna go to keywords and copy my broad keywords which is YouTube ads. Okay. You should have it in the same, in the same tab.

I'm doing it the hard way because of that freaking random account suspension issue due to me not verifying my identity in my other account. That should not happen to you. But, I can tell you guys, when you're trying to film a course or any sort of content for your program that has technical stuff like this, if this doesn't happen to you when you're doing it, like, you've never filmed a course before. Because this happens all the time, unfortunately. Which makes it frustrating, but also makes it fun too because it's never perfect.

But, we're gonna roll with the punches here. I'm gonna wait till this pastes. Hopefully, it does with my long tangent about my frustrations. Cool. Now, we have the third campaign built.

Or sorry, pasted. Delete that. Now we're going to change this to broad. Cool. Go inside here.

Go inside here. Change this to broad. Save. Go inside here. Content.

Keywords. Delete this keyword because we're gonna change this to the Actually, I'm just gonna change it because my broad keyword is the same thing. So it's not YouTube ad agency. It's just YouTube ads. You would obviously remove that and then obviously paste your keywords once you're done.

Cool. So that's good. Now we have our three campaigns. Let's go back to our template. Let's see what we have here.

Custom audience search. Okay. Cool. So you should have already created some custom audiences like we talked about in the last, targeting video. Now what you can do is you can copy, the you cannot copy honestly the keyword one too.

We just we gotta remove the keywords. Just remember to remove the keywords. Paste. Wait for it to paste. Remember?

Click done. You're not gonna pause it. You're not gonna adjust anything. Oh, yeah. Remove positive keyword.

Yeah. You can remove it. Nice. So when you paste it, you can just simply remove what's already in there, which is cool. They just probably updated that.

Sweet. So now, this one just got pasted. So I'm gonna go ahead and, again, delete number two. I'm gonna change this to custom segment. Right?

Now, I'm gonna name this custom intent. So c I custom segment, because it's a custom segment audience. C I for custom intent, which is search. Right? So I'm gonna click save.

Now, I'm gonna go in here. Do the same thing. CA, CI, save, go inside here. And let's just double check to make sure it removed the keywords because this was a keyword campaign that we duplicated. Yep.

No keywords. Oops. No. Yeah. No keywords.

Sweet. So now we're gonna go to audience because this is an audience. You can click on, audience segment right here. Let's leave that guide. Add audience segments.

Now, it's gonna actually show you a list of audiences that could be good for you based on your website. Whatever's connected to your Google Ads account. Right? You can go to browse right here and then you can go to custom segments. Your custom audience segments.

You can see I don't have any, but I'll create one right now. So let me put CI. Let's put specific keyword. So I'm gonna put YouTube ads agency. What you would do is you would go to your targeting template and you can copy some, of these keywords, all of them right here.

Right? And then you would paste them in here. So you can see that it will make the audience size for you. You're gonna you're gonna make sure because it's a custom intent. Right?

This is custom affinity, CA. Custom intent is CI. That's just how I like to refer to it. It's easy for me to remember. So I have c I specific keywords.

C I means people that are searching for these terms. They have intent. Custom intent. So now, I'm gonna click on save. And then you can see it's added right here.

Checkbox. Save. And you can see here now, it doesn't show you that it added it. It's kind of stupid that they do this, but you have to click on show table. And then, right there.

So it's actually gonna be under review. Okay. Audience under review. But it's right there. Now, you can go back.

Alright. Now, the last one that we're gonna create is going to be custom audience of interest. Okay. Cool. So now, we're gonna make a CA.

Like we just showed you how to do CI, we're gonna do CA. Copy and paste. The CI audience, the CI campaign. Done. Paste.

Wait for this to load. Sweet. So now, this one pasted. You're gonna go ahead and again, change the name by editing it. Oops.

Leave US. Change this to CA. K. Save. And as you create more audiences too, you can get more specific.

Again, because the template I gave you guys for creating these campaigns step by step right here, you can see this is targeting and then sub targeting. Right? So I have CA and CI just because these are the first audiences that we're creating that are CA and CI. But if you wanted to get more specific, for example, you have a CA audience, custom custom, affinity audience of, you know, let's say dogs, then you can name it a little bit more specific. So, let's go in here.

Let's do the same thing. Let's go here. CA. Oops. This should be CS.

I wonder what happened there. Okay. Let's go here. Go to audience. Alright.

Now you're gonna show table. So you can see here it has the one that we duplicated. So we're going to I forgot to remove it from the last one, but we can just go to edit on edit audience segments. Click on this x right here. Go to browse.

Custom audience segments. Click custom segment. And now, you can make a CA of interest. So this is really up to you. I'm gonna do YouTube ads.

K? So YouTube ads. Anyone who has an interest or purchase intent of YouTube ads. Save. Save.

And it's gonna be under review. Okay. Cool. So let's go back to our campaigns. You can always okay.

So how do you navigate your account? Just to make sure. Very basic again. Right? Let's go back to the basics here.

In your if you're inside an account or sorry, a campaign, you'll know you're inside a campaign when you see this, like, drop down because it says all campaigns over here. This is how you get back to the overview of your account with all of your campaigns listed. But you're inside a campaign here and then you can see ad group. Now, when you click on ad group, you're inside the ad group level which shows you the ads. Again, the launching guide.

You have campaigns and underneath campaigns, you have ad groups. Underneath ad groups, you have ads. K? Okay? So, now we have the ads right here.

And now we're going to, oops, double check everything's ready to go. So you can see we have our, shell still here. I'm gonna go ahead and pause that just because, again, that's a shell. And you know it's a shell because it has no real information. It's just the campaign shell.

The other ones have your actual information, what the goals are, you know, the the YouTube, mass conversions, keywords, what it is, the sub targeting, the location. And they're all enabled with $40 a day. You can see the budget here is $200 a day just like we projected. And you can go actually to ads right here. So let's say you're ready to go.

Right? Once you have those campaigns ready, I'm gonna go over here now to just make sure I'm following this accordingly. And I forget to add ad site links. Add two site link extensions. Site link extensions.

Action steps now. Okay. So what you wanna do now that you have your campaigns created. Okay. We just did step 15.

Add Hyros tracking template to each ad groups. Okay? And I put a step by step tutorial that links you on how to do that. If you have Hyros, click on this URL. It takes you to a page where it shows you how to actually add the Hyros tracking parameters to each of your ad groups.

Okay? It's basically all right here for you. Very simple to do when you follow that. And then, now you would wanna go into your go into each campaign, make sure you insert your targeting link we just did, and make sure to change your campaign names as you do. So we've just done that.

We've built the campaign shell. Then we've added, the high risk tracking. Right? You've added your high risk tracking, template to each ad group. Oops.

Add your, targeting to each campaign and change the names of each campaign slash ad group. Add the high risk tracking template. And then next, you would wanna go back to double, Google Tag Manager to preview and make sure again, just once again, just to make sure that before you enable your ads, you make sure that your leads conversion action and your booked call conversion tags are firing properly in Google Tag Manager preview mode. You can go back to the actual account setup guide in the tracking or in the, training. Here, to see what that looks like and how to do that, it's towards the end.

And now you can enable your enable your ads and move to the next module. Once you upload your ads, these will be under review. You can see here they say paused under review. So, you know, those will be approved in time. It usually takes anywhere from forty four to forty eight hours if you're just starting off.

But what you can do is you can just click this button right here. So So again, let me just go back to the account. So you can go to your main window, which is where you always wanna be, which is your campaign section over here on the left hand side. You can see the campaigns that are enabled. And to quickly view all your ads, you can go to as an extension.

This Loom stop video is blocking it, but as an extensions. And now you have all your ads right here. You can see all their they're they are all paused because they're under review as well and we just paused them to make sure they don't spend. Instead of waiting for them to be approved and then enabling them, you could literally just go here and go to enable right now. So I'll do that just for example.

Enabling your ads. It's gonna take a little bit because there's 18 of them and Google sometimes slow. You can see 18 ads enabled. And now, once they're approved, you will be able to launch and you should start seeing some spend. And that is how to launch.

I'm gonna go ahead and pause that. And let me just make sure we're good to go. Yep. That's how to create your campaign shells, insert your targeting, and get started and launch on YouTube ads. The next video will be optimizing and scaling.

I'll see you there.

# 6. Testing, optimizing, and scaling

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 45 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/83535026-9129-427e-9ae0-b8e6676f6d4e

---


Hey, what's up? This is Brian with adsben.com. Welcome to the We Tube Testing, Optimizing, and Scaling module. So, in this module, we're gonna be going over exactly what you should be looking for, how long you should be waiting after you launch your campaigns to touch anything, and just going over some, set rules and procedures that we like to follow here at adspend.com when we're managing thousands, if not, you know, thousands of dollars a day in ad spend when it comes to YouTube ads so that you know exactly what to do and have a framework of how to best manage your ads account moving forward. Okay?

After launching. So first things first, we're gonna dive into testing. The first fourteen days after you launch your ads, are considered to be the testing period. Alright? So what that means is is the goal of the first fourteen days during the testing period is to determine if, right, your current setup of the offer, the messaging, and the creative assets that you have created and launched in our testing, in combination with the selected targeting that you've chosen with the keywords or your custom audiences or whatever you're using, can provide ideal KPIs for your business.

Okay. Now, what does this mean? This means that basically, during the first fourteen days of launching your ads, all this is, doing is really just understanding the data. We need the data first. Right?

So it's very important that within the first fourteen days, you're not going ahead and, like, shutting everything off after a day of, you know, no conversions, no leads, no calls. Right? You need to give the algorithm algorithm time to optimize. Time to find the right leads. Time to get people to watch your video sales letter, you know, and ultimately book calls.

Because without this fourteen days, it's gonna be very hard to determine what's very hard to determine what's working and what's not working. And we need that data. And that's why the first fourteen days are very crucial. So testing includes the actual offer itself. Right?

The campaigns and the ads being used. It's a whole thing. So if we look over at the the, the Figma file that we, you know, gave you the overview of on the first module during the YouTube ads training, you can see here that what we're doing is we're testing these ads that we've created. And in conjunction with the ads, we're also testing the landing pages in the funnel to see what the results are over here in this tracking sheet and in high risk to make sure that we are profitable or to make sure that, you know, we're actually getting some sort of result. Right?

But we can't do that if we don't give or allow enough time for the ads and the campaigns to spend. So and this is very important to know as well. Right? The KPIs are going to be different for every offer, niche, campaign, and business. Right?

And ultimately, the ad as well, depending on the niche. So, you know, what you want to make sure you're doing is you're making sure to, you know, accurately judge the KPIs based on your, you know, specific circumstances. So we're gonna give you some guideline KPIs like we gave you here of what you should be aiming for if you're selling a $5,000 mastermind, for example. But just keep in mind that it could be different. So for example, right, if you're in a very, specific niche with a total achievable market of people that are only, like, maybe 500,000 in The United States, your cost per lead might be, you know, as high as 25 to $30 Versus somebody who's selling a health and fitness weight loss offer, your cost per lead might be closer to $10 because it's more, you know, there's more people out there that wanna lose weight as opposed to, you know, let's say, insurance agents, right, that, want to get more insurance leads and clients.

So just keep that in mind. And during the testing period, you, again, wanna start all your campaigns on maximized conversions, with maximized conversions, bidding. Like, we've already showed you how to do in the launching module in the last video. So, again, this is a very aggressive bidding strategy on purpose especially if you're just starting off. And I explained it in the last video but I'll quickly cover it again because maximized conversions is guaranteed to spend as long as the audience is is sizable enough.

It will spend, which is good because it's going to maximize the amount of conversions that it gives you, the amount the amount of leads and the amount of booked calls. And, you know, quality really isn't the thing that we're going for just yet. We wanna see if the ads are going to get the conversions that we want. And if those conversions, in terms of leads, go through, right, they go through your landing page, they watch your video sales letter, they go to your calendar page and then they book call. We we they booked a call.

We need to see what those, stats look like. And that's why we use maximized conversions to guarantee spend to get this data during the first fourteen days of testing. Alright? And again, the more narrow your niche, the higher you can expect your KPIs to be. For example, the cost per lead for a make money online offer will be less than an offer specifically for insurance agents.

So ideal KPIs to look for are as follows during your test. And again, these are just benchmarks that we've seen. They can be higher, like I just mentioned, than these values and still be great. Right? You need to calculate what you can afford to pay for leads, calls, and sales.

So a good benchmark is a cost per lead less than $25 in the first fourteen days and a cost per call of less than $250 within the first fourteen days. And again, we just need to see what the costs are throughout each step of your campaign. Because this isn't just the campaigns over here. These are the ads. But it's a full system in itself.

Okay? And what you wanna do is you wanna make sure to use this tracking template. I have it open over here, but I'll open it once more that we gave you in, one of the previous modules so that you can start tracking your data. So, the way you do this is pretty simple. Right?

You go to let's say today is June 17 because it is June 17. What you do is you run ads. Right? And so you would, track that data by going to the column right here where it says Friday, June 17. This is very easy.

It's set up for you, completely for this. So I'm just gonna go to an a random account real quick and show you how to do this. So, for example, we have a total cost. Let me go to June 17. Here we go.

We have a total spend today of $820.23 dollars for this account. So let me put 823. Right? And then, so put 9¢ just to be accurate. Right, Brian?

9¢. Cool. And then, what you would do next is you would put the impressions. Okay? So impressions.

Let me just go here. And this is how you can do this. Right? So, I'm gonna show you how to modify the columns now so that, this can be very easy for you. So impressions.

So I'm gonna just get rid of, all this for now and just do it from scratch. So this is how you modify the columns to make sure the rows are aligned. So what we're doing is we're setting up the columns here to be reflected in Google Ads. So that way, when we enter the data on a daily basis, it's very easy for you to pull. So we got impressions.

Next is views. So let me go to views. Oops. Views. Right there.

Perfect. Now we have clicks. Clicks. There we go. Oops.

Leads. Yep. Number of leads. Okay. Now we're we're gonna use high rose for that.

So I'll show you how to do that in a second. And then calls booked. We're gonna use high rose for that. And then calls taken. This is for you to fill out.

This won't really show up in high rose. You'll just have to see on the day how many calls you took, right, for June 17. How many clients. Right? How many clients did you get that day?

And then what the revenue was and how much cash you collected. So that's all stuff that you can input. Right? So let me pause this video and pull up the Hiros. Okay.

So I just copied my API key from, my Hyros account. And you should, to do that real quick, I'll just show you what that looks like. You would just go to your Hyros account, go to settings, and then you just copy this API key. You should have already downloaded your Google Chrome, extension right here. This is what it looks like, the Hyros plugin.

The API key right here is where you paste it. So I'm gonna click apply now that I've modified my columns with all the data that I need. I'm gonna click on this Hyros icon. I'm gonna paste that key that we got from our settings inside our Hiros account right there into the Chrome extension. Now, I'm logged into the Chrome extension.

So what I'm going to do is enable the Hiros data. And to enable the Hiros data, you are going to make sure you're gonna need to make sure that you have the campaign ID column. So, again, you go to columns right here, modify columns, and then you can move this right there. You can search and do campaign ID. Alright?

So it's already right there, but you'll move it to the very top. Then click apply. We have we have cost. We have impressions, views, clicks, and the campaign ID at the very top. And now what you wanna do is you'll hover over this little, column right here and then you'll drag it out.

Okay? Drag it out. And we'll also enable some more columns. You can see we have sales, calls, leads. But I think we're missing a few more.

Leads, calls booked, calls taken, clients. Okay. Yeah. We're missing the revenue. And the cash collected.

So let's see. Click on the hirers icon and then you'll go to configure columns. Cost per call, that's important. Cost per sale. And then, cost per lead.

And return on ad spend is another one that's always good to have. And we'll just save that. Cool. Cost per Awesome. You can see the profit here.

Perfect. So now, we're going to enter in the remaining columns. So, let me go ahead and go to the booked calls and go over here. Okay. So impressions.

Alright. Impressions. We have 18,478. So the way you enter the impressions or any of the data for the day is you look over here where it says total account. K.

Total account. And you enter all of these right here. So 18,478. 18,478. And you can see it's already starting to calculate everything else because these are the formulas.

Right? Again, everything that's white, you have to enter in yourself. Everything that's grayed out is the formula. Okay? So, makes it very easy for you.

Views is 2,081. Just go right there. 2,081. Perfect. So we have a view rate of 11%.

Don't really worry about that right now. Clicks is going to be a $182.81. So our cost per click is about $4.55. And then we have leads. Okay.

So, we load we use Hyros for that. So you could obviously do it in without Hyros if you want. You have to modify columns. You would have to, create a custom column. To create a custom column, you could go to, custom column right here.

And then you can just literally put in leads, add a conversion action by clicking column, then click conversions. Then you would scroll down to conversions. Click conversion. And then, click this drop down under conversion action and choose the conversion action that we helped you set up. Okay?

So this one would be just the opt in. So if I go to the demo account, the reason why I'm not in there right now I'll just show you what it would look like. Modify columns. Custom columns. There's no data in here.

So that's why I'm not using this. But custom column. So so let's just do leads. Column. Conversions.

Conversions. Drop down conversion action. And then we'll click opt in. And that's how you can determine how many opt ins you have and put it as a column. So now when you click save, you can see here that you have your custom column right here, leads.

So, let's add another one. Let's go to booked calls. And then we'll add another conversion action by clicking columns, going to conversions, click conversions, select which conversion we're talking about, which is booked call under conversion action. Then click save. Okay.

And there we go. And you can also just, you know, if you, this may or may not be accurate. Sometimes it is. Sometimes it's not, depending on the day. So you can really just make it very simple on yourself.

This helps you from a quick glance, but you know how many calls you got booked given on your email, right, by getting a Calendly, notification to your email. So you can use that as well. At the end of the day, you can just check your email and see how many Calendly's how many Calendly emails you got from Calendly telling you you got booked calls. So that's how you would add those columns and you would have everything else set up. So now that we've done that, we're going to, enter the number of leads.

So let me just see here. We have 52 leads. You can see whenever I go right here, 52 leads for the day total. So I'm gonna go here and type in 52. Cost per lead is about $15.83.

And now we have, calls. Three calls booked. Three calls booked. Alright. $274 per call is what we're Yep.

Exactly. Spot on with HYROS. Sweet. And then, calls taken. So if you had, let's say, out of three calls booked, you had two calls taken.

Right? It's a 67 show up rate. K. 67 show up rate. And, this will calculate how much your cost per call was given how many people showed up.

So it really was $412 per call. And then clients let's see how many clients we got today. Five sales. This is a combination of other things besides, YouTube ads. But let's just say we got one sale and the, offer you sold was $5,000 they paid in full.

So So $5,000 and then the cash you collected was $5,000. Great day. Right? So you spent $800 and 23 $820.23 dollars and you made $5,000. So your return profit and loss, or your revenue and your profit and loss was 4,177, and your cash profit and loss was 4,170 sevens.

But let's just say they only paid you a half pay. Right? They paid half down now. Then your revenue would be 4,177, but you only collected, you know, 2,500 in cash. So, you made a real return in cash of a thousand $677.

Regardless, you are at a three x, return on cash, which is really good. And a six x return on revenue, which is really really good. Okay? And so, with that said, that's how you enter your stats on a daily basis. And you would continue doing that every single day.

So, just to recap again. Right? You would make sure that you have the Hyros Chrome extension, enabled, which you should have already done. You would, configure the columns like I showed you how to do. Paste in your API key right here.

Click on, you know, this button right here which is enabled to Hyros data. Drag the column out so you can see all the columns right here. Input the data down here and down here into your booked call sheet every single day. That way, you know what is being spent and what is coming back. This is very important.

So, now let's go to the optimizing phase. Okay? So you're running your ads. You're you're entering the data. You're waiting for a significant amount of data to trickle in.

Right? You're giving it the amount of time. During the during the testing phase, you're also looking to establish, this is very important, your lead to purchase window. And I put another Loom video that you can click here explaining the lead to purchase window and what this means. But this is the average number of days that it takes someone to become a client.

Okay? Your lead to purchase window. This is a concept I learned from, Eric Huberman who is the owner and founder of one of the biggest agencies in in in the entire United States today, Hawk Media. And in his book, The Hawk Method, he talks about how the lead to purchase window is one of the number one key metrics that you need to understand as a business owner when it comes to your marketing so that when you're running paid ads, you're not pausing campaigns prematurely. Because just because on day one, if you spend $800 and let's say you don't get any sales, let's say you get zero clients, but you had two calls.

Right? You collected $0. Right? You're like, the what you don't wanna do on the first day is turn off everything and say it didn't work. Because, especially during the testing phase, like I'm trying to, hammer on to you right now, hammer into you, or ingrain into you, I should say, is you need to give it time.

And your lead to purchase window is a very valuable metric so that you can truly make sure that you are, optimizing and scaling properly. So I put, my team member, Nick, put together a Loom video showing you exactly, how to do this along with the sheet where you can easily track, your lead to purchase window and find it very quickly. So, this is all, just a simple sheet. You have the data right here. You can enter your email, first click date of when someone first clicks from your ads and when they purchase.

And then you can see there's a difference column here and then there's a pivot table that's set up. Again, once you watch the Loom video, this will all make sense. But then you can see what percentage of sales is coming within the first seven days, what percentage of scale of sales was coming within the first fourteen days, thirty days, fifty nine days, and then sixty days plus. And this will really allow you to see that, you know, most of your sales, it'll be like half within the first fourteen days, maybe even half within the first, fourteen days. And then the other half within the first, sorry, between day 31 to 60.

So, something to keep in mind there. And again, these, two, bullet points are the, opportunity for you to calculate that as you are testing and optimizing. So with that said, marketing is not a one shot approach. Okay? So just because someone sees your ad, doesn't mean that they're gonna click the first time.

Doesn't mean that they're gonna buy the first time they click. It's gonna take someone multiple impressions for them to make a buying decision. And in the book, I would highly recommend all of you read that book, The Hawk Method by Eric Huberman. I can actually Hawk Method. Eric Huberman.

This is it right here. Boom. Boom. Boom. Right there.

Yeah. This one's a sick book. I have the physical copy. I actually had a a a call with Eric Huberman. I was introduced to him by one of my friends, Daniel DiPiazza.

And, really cool guy. He he actually went to U of A. I went to Arizona State University, so we're both rival schools from Arizona. And, we had a good conversation, joked around about that. And, you know, both agency owners, obviously, he's at a a bigger scale than myself.

But, loved his book. Would highly recommend checking it out because going back here, you know, it just really emphasizes the fact that, you know, your paid ads, YouTube ads in this case, right, is getting you in front of more people that can lead them into your funnel. Right? But that's just grabbing attention. And the way he breaks it down is awareness, nurturing, and then trust.

Right? Awareness is how you get in front of people, which is how we're doing it, which is YouTube ads. But then there's a second piece of your marketing, what he calls tripod, marketing tripod. There's three pieces because in a tripod, there's three legs. Right?

You have awareness, you have nurturing, and then you have trust. Nurturing is what ultimately most people don't focus on. They only focus on awareness. And where nurturing comes into play is especially in your lead to purchase window right over here. Because if you can do better do a better job nurturing, you can, decrease the amount of time it takes from someone to click to become a client.

Just implementing a better nurturing strategy. But, the point being that in the book as well, he also says that on average, it takes someone at least two weeks to purchase a $50 product which was shocking to me and I didn't know this before. Two weeks to purchase a $50 product in the e commerce space. And then I believe it's, like, three weeks to purchase a, a $100 product. And then it's, like, more than four weeks to purchase a $200 product.

And then it just keeps going up and up and up. And so if you're selling a $5,000 product, right, of course, you will get people that will buy within first click, within the first seven days, within the first fourteen days. But most people won't. Think about the last time that you bought a coaching program. Think about the last time that you bought anything worth 5,000 to $10,000.

Chances are, it took you multiple impressions, right, and other sort of, you know, nurturing strategies to get you to ultimately convert into a client or customer for that offer. So think about your customers, your ideal customers that are seeing your ads. Right? You wanna make sure that you are not pausing things too soon before they have a chance to become a client because it takes some time. And, yes, you will see results.

And, yes, the goal is to make cash day one as much as possible. But this is not always the case and I think that a lot of people set the wrong expectations from the very beginning. So I just wanna be very ethical with you here and tell you that although, right, we're trying to get stats like this, right, every single time where you're spending a thousand dollars to make $5,000, a day, this will happen. But more often than not, even if it doesn't, that's okay. Because you're getting leads and those leads will join your email list and they'll be on your email list so you can send them emails that are nurturing them and then pushing them to your YouTube videos, which are further nurturing them and building the third piece of the tripod, which is trust so that they trust you.

And trust is when they actually buy from you. Okay? When they finally trust you. So all we're doing here is getting in front of people, getting getting them into your funnel so you can nurture them and then ultimately get their trust so they can buy from you. It won't always happen on day one.

You won't always make a three to four x, you know, day one through seven. But, we're gonna get as close to that as possible. And so it's very important to just understand the overall, you know, system when it comes to direct response marketing. Alright? And I didn't know this until, you know, I would say, like, a a year ago.

So it's pretty even new to me that and it just blew my mind, which is why I'm emphasizing it right here for you. Alright? Because most people don't teach this. Next. Optimization starts occurring during the or or occurs during the entirety of the testing phase and thereafter.

So just because we're saying the first fourteen days of running your ads are considered the testing period, doesn't mean you have to wait fourteen days before touching anything. Although, I would wait as long as, you know, a minimum, in my opinion, of seven days. But you should still be checking in, and just seeing, you know, what's happening. It's it's always important to get into your account and, you know, just start, clicking around. Now, obviously, don't turn things off.

Right? And don't, you know, mess with the momentum. But just get in the habit of looking at the stats and then more importantly, entering the stats on a daily basis, especially the calls taken and the clients if you sell a client. Calls taken is huge because you want to make sure you have the show up rate here. This is very important.

Alright? So, rigorously track the first click to close numbers to get a good idea of how long it takes to see the results in the campaigns. This will, again, help you set a benchmark for new campaigns. This is, again, talking about the lead to purchase window. And if you know that by using this Loom video that my, team member Nick filmed explaining this to you and how to use this sheet, if you know that, on average, it takes two weeks for someone to click and then purchase, then you know that it wouldn't make sense to turn off a campaign until after fourteen days.

Right? Because again, if you know that using this tracker here, that it takes someone fourteen days to buy from you, you're gonna wanna let the campaigns have some more time to run. However, with that said, right, once your campaigns have at least ran for three days, so you just launched. Right? You're tracking your stats and then it's been three days or longer than three days.

You wanna check-in on the performance. So for the first three days, I don't recommend touching anything. Don't touch anything. Just enter the stats. But after three days, check-in on performance for each of your campaigns and take a look at the lead metrics.

What does the lead metrics mean? Lead metrics mean, what's the cost per lead? Alright. What's the cost per lead? And if you see on average, your cost per lead's $15.

Yes. You see some of them are 26. Yes. You see some of them are 49. Yes.

You see this one has two for 48. Doesn't matter. Your average cost per lead is $15. And ultimately, you know, if this one's two leads but this one, is a call and it turns into a sale, does it really matter that you're paying $48 per lead? Not really.

Right? Not really because it became a sale. However, if we can see this, right, this one has 12 leads for $6 and this one was a sale. So that one's a really good campaign and we'll probably wanna scale that one up, which we'll get into in a second. You can see this one has 11 leads for $14, really good cost per lead.

And it also has a call booked for a $161. So this one could become a sale very quickly. Alright? So with that said, again, once your campaigns have ran for at least three days, then check-in on performance again for each campaign and look at the lead metrics, which you should already be looking at anyways because you're gonna be entering the stats over here. But you can go into your campaigns and see what the cost per lead is.

Alright? And any campaigns that are within the desired KPIs for leads that you set out to achieve. Right? Again, less than $25 is a good benchmark. Keep those running.

Okay? Keep those running. Not runnings running. So any campaigns that are within the desired KPIs for leads that you set out to achieve, keep those running. And like I just explained, even though there are are some that are outside of KPI, you know, it's it's a little bit tough to pause them.

But let me just go three days prior. Let's just say you launch on the fifteenth. You run for three days. It's the seventeenth now. Well, let's check this out.

This is a better example. Overall, everything's within KPI. Look. $26 leads. Right?

$24 leads. The average cost per lead is $15. And, hey, look. You're profitable. You spent $4 and you made back 9,424.

So, yes, you can start optimizing and I'll show you what that means in a second. So any campaigns, any campaigns that are outside of the maximum threshold that you're willing to pay for a lead, then go inside those campaigns and pause any targeting that's three to four x targeting KPI. So what does that mean? Basically means, for example, if your cost per lead that you wanna aim for is $15. Right?

And if you go to the benchmarks sheet over here. Right? You can see over here, what we wanna pay for. Right? Let me go back here.

So for example, if our target cost per lead is $15 and this one's $26, what you can do is you can go inside of this campaign and you can see, okay, what's causing, this campaign to be, you know, $26. It's still decent, but it's it's, you know, it's it's higher than what we'd like. So it looks like there's only one keyword in here that's doing the the damage. But, according to the the framework that we're giving you here, right, you could go ahead and pause anything that's three to four x KPI. However, this isn't three to four x target KPI.

It's it's basically a little bit above, you know, what we want. We want $15 leads. This This one's $23. So I wouldn't really pause that one until it becomes a problem. Now what does a problem mean?

If this goes, you know, four more days without even getting a sale, five more days without getting a sale, potentially, maybe then I would pause it. But for now, since everything else is good, we're profitable, we spent $4,000, we made back almost $10,000, give it some more time. Alright? Give it some more time. And then determine which campaigns are performing well from a lead perspective.

Okay? You can add more budget to those campaigns or you can create additional campaigns and test new targeting and audiences, which we'll talk about in a second. So, this is pretty much, how you can scale. Alright? And so, when we go here I'll show you an example.

This one has the most profit. This one spends $794. This one's brought back $3,105. And this one is limited by budget, which is a good sign because if we add some more budget here, this message would hopefully go away. Of course, we're not gonna double the budget.

But I'm gonna show you exactly how you can approach it if you have a campaign like this where you're spending $800 and you're making back $3,000, which is a really really good return on ad spend. Alright? Even this one down here. And even this one. You know, you spend $500.

You made back a thousand. That's a two x return on ad spend. So that's pretty good. Even this one is two x return on ad spend. So And this one is just literally a a really really really good one as well.

You spend $200 and made back $2. That's sick. Okay. So determine which campaigns are performing well. You know, make note of them.

And then the cool part about this is is once you have 50 conversions inside the ad account, inside your ad account total, you can swap your bidding strategies on your campaigns to target CPA. Now, what does this mean? Well, if I go to my demo account here where we made all of the campaigns, you can see that they're all max conversions because, again, max conversions is the best bidding strategy to start with to guarantee spend and get data quickly. But if you have a few campaigns that are working, right, an easy way to optimize them once you get to 50 conversions total in terms of leads, then you can just go inside, the campaigns or all the campaigns to be honest and, simply do something like this where you go to edit, change bidding strategy, target CPA. And now, let's look at the document.

You wanna set your target CPA to a maximum to the maximum amount you're willing to spend for a lead. So, if you're only willing to spend $15 for a lead, right? Then what you would do is you would set this to $15. Because now what you're doing is instead of using maximize conversions where Google is saying, okay, I'm okay, Brian. I'm just gonna go out and get as many conversions as possible.

I'm not really gonna I'm not really gonna pay attention to how many how much it costs to get me leads. I'm just gonna get you leads because that's what you want. Target CPA is target cost per acquisition, which means tell tell me, Brian, how many, how much can I afford to spend for you to get you one lead? Right? How much do you want me to to spend to get you a lead?

I want you to spend $15, Google. So I'm gonna click apply right here. And now I'm gonna change your bidding strategy to target CPA because this is going to be a more, much, much more sophisticated and, algorithmic bidding strategy that's gonna ultimately lead to better returns more often than not. Whenever we switch to target CPA, the results always improve. The cost per lead goes down.

The cost per call goes down. The cost per sale goes down. And, you just get better quality as well because now Google's optimizing for what you wanna pay. Now sometimes, again, like I mentioned earlier, it's good to pay, sometimes it is okay to pay higher cost per leads even though we want 15 if the campaign is profitable. Right?

So that's how you would switch to target CPA CPA once you have at least 50 conversions inside your ad account. I don't recommend it before then. You need conversions first because without conversions, they're not gonna be able to find more $15 cost per leads. So you need to give them enough leads. 50 conversions at least, in my opinion.

And then once you switch to target CPA, if the campaigns are not spending full budget after three to four days of switching to target CPA, so we just made that switch. We let it run for three days. Right? Three to four days, we track every single day. And then if for whatever reason the spend starts dropping overall, right, they're not spending your full budget, then you can increase your target CPA by 10 to 15%.

So for example, if, this campaign right here just doesn't spend after we make the switch. We can go ahead and go inside here and change the target CPA. So I clicked inside the campaign again. Right? Let me go to the campaign section.

I clicked inside the campaign. And now, I'm in the ad group of the campaign. And now I can actually change the target CPA right here. So I can just increase this by, 10 to 20%. So let me put it to $20.

I'll click save. And then I'll let it run for three to four more days because you wanna see if that helps it spend more. Alright? That's an easy way to improve the delivery. Now, let's go to scaling.

Okay? There's really three ways to scale. And from the campaign side of things, there's two ways to scale. There's vertical scaling and then there's horizontal scaling. So vertical scaling is what we talked about right here.

Determine which campaigns are performing well from a lead perspective. Right? So I showed you the campaigns that are performing well. This one right here, this one right here, this one right here. And what you can do is you can add more budget to those campaigns.

This is called vertical scaling. Simply increasing the budget. Alright. So you can increase the budgets in the campaigns by 50 to $100 at a time, you know. And this means just making the adjustment in five to seven day increments.

Right? So increasing the budgets in the campaigns by 50 to $100 at a time means making the adjustments in five to seven day increments. Again, this is a marathon and not a sprint. You wanna make a change and you wanna give that change time to optimize because you don't wanna change too many things at once. If you change the budget by a $100, you, change the target CPA as well.

And then, you know, you, increase the target CPA bidding strategy. And then you also pause a keyword inside the campaign. Those are like five changes that you just did right there and you could have potentially did more harm than good. So it's very important to make one change at a time and give it time to gather data and see, how that test results in more, you know, lower cost per leads, lower cost per calls or what it does really. You just gotta see what it does.

If I lower this or increase this, what does it do? Right? So you can increase the budgets on winning campaigns. So for example, if this one right here is someone that I want to increase, I would click on this. I would go here and I would increase the budget by, you know, another $100 a day.

I would leave it and let it run for another week and see, okay, cool. It's still getting the same return on ad spend with, $400 as a budget per day and it looks like it's limited by budget again. And now I'm gonna now I'm gonna improve it again. Increase the budget and let it run again. So again, you wanna avoid tripling, quintupling the budgets as this can freak the algorithm out and start to skew results.

So that's vertical scaling. Simply increasing the budget. Alright? It's not that complicated. Horizontal scaling.

Okay? So this is how you can scale horizontally. Vertical scaling just increasing. Horizontal scaling is basically what I like to call scale by duplication. So you can duplicate campaigns.

So duplicating campaigns and changing demographics or and or changing certain elements on the campaigns like the targeting. Right? So, one way you can do this, for example, is you can turn on optimized targeting. So like in the launching video before, this one, I showed you that you wanna make sure you turn off optimized targeting at the very beginning because you only wanna spend on the audiences and the keywords, that you specifically, researched and input to the key, key, to the campaign. But if you wanted to expand the targeting.

Right? Let's say it's working really well. Let's say you have one over here. Let's just use this one again for an example since we're on it. The, demo account.

Let's say because, we changed this target TPA, this one's doing good. Cool. How do we expand it, you know, horizontally now? Well, what you can do is you can go to, this right here. Let me just see if I can go to one that already has a I'll just copy this.

Right? So the way I duplicate is, like, literally edit, copy. I select it select it. I press edit. I press copy and then I click paste.

And now I paste another version of the campaign. Right? That way, I don't really touch anything in the campaign that's working. Instead, I duplicate it to create another variation of the campaign. And now I change something in the duplicated campaign.

Because if this campaign is working, I don't really wanna touch it besides just increasing the budget. Right? I just wanna spend more. But if I wanna change something inside of the campaign related to the, you know, the audiences, then I wanna duplicate it and then make that change to avoid messing up what's working. So let me just go to, paste right here.

And and I'm gonna go ahead and paste it. And then once I paste it, I'm gonna wait for this to pause for example. Cool. So I just pasted it and here's the variation. You can see it's the variation with the number two right here.

So I'm gonna go ahead and, delete that. But, what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna add optimized targeting. So since I know I'm gonna do that, I'm gonna go ahead and put, this little plus optimized targeting. Right? Just to make a note of it and click save.

Because it's, again, audience type and then sub targeting, targeting, sub targeting. And this shows that it's a different variation of this one. So I'm now gonna go in here. I'm gonna go ahead and hover over this to copy the campaign name. Copy that.

I'm gonna change it to the ad group name. It's always important to do this to make sure you keep track of everything. Click save. And now I'm gonna go to audiences. Okay?

And now I'm gonna add optimized targeting. So if I can do this, I believe I can do it from here. Give me one second. Let's go to audience. Ad group.

Show table. Edit audience segments. And then go to browse. Other segments. Give me a second to find it.

Yep. So it's in the ad group. So let me just go back to the campaign for you guys. So we just created the campaign again. We just added the name.

We clicked inside the campaign. We're now in the ad group settings. We're we're in the ad group, I should say. Sorry. We're in the campaign and now we're gonna go into the ad group by clicking into the ad group and going to settings.

And now, we can find optimized targeting. Let's get rid of that because that's annoying. Once it loads, we'll give it a second to load. Come on. And here we go.

We can see now that we are in the settings tab underneath the ad group of this campaign. You can see this column right here. This row. Optimized targeting. You can go ahead and click on optimized targeting and click save.

And now we've edited the campaign by duplicating it. Right? Duplicating it first and changing something inside of it. This is how we scale horizontally. We created a variation of a winning campaign by duplicating it.

We went inside that campaign to the ad group settings. We went to settings over here inside the ad group and we turned on optimized targeting. What does optimized targeting do? Optimized targeting helps you get more conversions within your budget by allowing Google to find people beyond your selected audience and we see that this one, over here is getting good cost per leads. I forget which one it was.

I think it was this one. We duplicated it over here and then we, added optimized targeting. So you just scaled by horizontal, you horizontally scale right there. Scale by duplication. Alright.

So I'm gonna minimize that. And then I'm going to go over back to the campaigns and back to the document. So that's one way. I also put together a quick Google document here of a, super awesome bonus for you guys. It's a another Google document, that I put together called fractal targeting.

This also shows you some very ninja like shit to scale even, deeper and get really really granular with your day with your data. And use the placements to, essentially create new ads and new hooks and new angles and ultimately find new channels you can target on YouTube that have your audiences based off data. So I wanna explain it right now. I put together a whole document right here. You can watch a Loom video about it.

This is another, bonus for you guys. And then the next thing is creative scaling. Okay? So this is ultimately the biggest thing that I wanna leave you guys with now. Creative scaling.

This is the best way to lower your cost per lead, cost per call, cost per sale and truly scale to never be bottlenecked by a thousand dollars a day, $2,000 a day, $3,000 a day. This is the only way to truly scale with YouTube ads because again, going back to the main video in the very beginning of this training, right, 80% of your results on YouTube and your success comes down to your creative. This is the only way to truly scale on YouTube is by consistently testing new creatives. Okay. And on average, one YouTube ad can last up to, right, six months or so before it starts to fatigue depending on your audience and your niche.

But the more you spend and the longer you've been running your ads, the more necessary it is to be testing new ad variations, angles, and hooks so that you can truly scale. Because targeting again is 20% of the battle. The majority of the battle and success that comes from your campaigns is from your creatives. And of course, before your creatives is your offer and your messaging. So if you're offering your messaging is off, that means your creative are gonna be off.

And if your creatives are off, that means your target is not gonna matter. So your creatives is what you can control. And what I'm teaching you here, we've already went over it. And so that combined with targeting and more importantly, being able to test new creatives consistently to always be ahead of the curve, you gotta get in the habit of testing new angles. So whenever you have an idea for an ad or you have some inspiration to film an ad, do it.

Okay? It's always going to be good to do it and test it. And I put together another document here, another free, example and case study of how we were able to drop one of our clients, cost per lead by 54% using a process that we call dynamic creative rejuvenation. You can watch that case study video, watch that example video where I show you exactly how we did it and what the results were after we did it to show you the importance of creative scaling and always testing new ads so that you can avoid your ads fatiguing and you can drop down your cost per lead, continue dropping your cost per call and ultimately break through those ceilings of scaling that sometimes people run into because they don't know what to do. Right?

They're like, I don't know how to scale. So you're not testing enough creatives. And ultimately, again, I might have already said this before, but the reason why when I worked for Dean Graziosi full time and we were able to spend millions of dollars and ultimately generate 2 to $3,000,000, a little bit under $3,000,000 on the front end for his free plus shipping book offer millionaire success habits, a low ticket free plus shipping book offer. Right? And get multiple two comma clubs awards from that was because we tested over a 123 YouTube ads for that one offer.

A 123 YouTube ads. Right? Now these all weren't these weren't all new ads necessarily. These were variations of ads. But ultimately, we tested a 123.

And out of those a 123 YouTube ads, only about 10% of those got 80% of the spend. K. That means that 10% of a 123, which is about 12 ads, spent 80% of the money for that offer. So 10 so 12 of those ads got the majority of the conversions and made majority of the money. Right?

And out of those 12 ads, only about 10% of those. Right? So two or three of those ads were the real real winners that took Dean and that offer to the next level especially with YouTube ads. So with that said, get in the habit of testing your creatives. Okay?

Dean Grazios, he's one of the best to do it. He's been doing it for the last, you know, three decades on infomercials before YouTube ads and Facebook ads was a thing. And if he tested a 123 ads, that means that you should be testing just as much, if not more. Okay? With that said, I hope you guys enjoyed this video.

If you have any questions, let us know. I'll see you in the next one. Cheers.

# 7. Bonus

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 6 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/1214fade-9db5-4acc-ad4a-3fc0bfc1dc6c

---


Hey. What's up? This is Brian with adspend.com. Welcome to the We Tube YouTube ads bonus module. And in this video, I'm gonna be quickly going over the Google documents here that's below this video in the We Tube course to explain the four different videos that my team and I helped create for this module.

So you've already gone through the script. You've already created your ads. You've already launched your ads. You've already been through the testing, optimizing and scaling mid videos. And this, module is going to give you a few extra bonuses that can help you specifically for, you know, remarketing and scaling.

Alright. So the first one's gonna be Google search ads. And this is a link that you can click on right here and watch a loom video made by my team member, Charlie. Charlie went ahead and showed you a step by step tutorial of how to create Google search ads when you want to bid on your keywords for, you know, your brand, your business, your company, or even your personal name. Alright?

So here's a step by step tutorial showing you how to do Google search ads and a quick explanation of what they are, how to make them, and the strategy behind them. Next is Google discovery ads for remarketing. Alright? So once you have your YouTube ads, you know, dialed in, you're getting conversions, getting leads, getting calls, a good way to, you know, further, monetize all the traffic that you're spending with YouTube ads is by adding Google Discovery ads. Okay?

Google Discovery ads are the ads that can pop up across a wide variety of different, placements online around the web, around Google platforms and other Google properties. Alright? Fox News, CNN, all these other different websites that your, you know, customers might be visiting aside from YouTube. And if you're not, you know, showing up on those websites, they might not, you know, remember you. But if you do show up, they're gonna be like, oh, I remember seeing that guy on a YouTube ad.

I watched his ad. Let me click on it again and then boom. You can take them to, you know, your VSL page again or your opt in page again. And anyways, there's a whole loom video showing you exactly how to, create these ads by my team member, Nick. He also shows you a few different examples of what these look like and how you can, you know, create similar examples for your business.

And he takes you through a step by step process of how to create Google discovery ads as well. Again, what they are, how to make them, and the strategy is all right here for you. Next is performance max campaigns. Okay? So performance max campaigns are relatively new, but a lot of people are having success with performance max campaigns.

And basically, what they do is they allow advertisers like you to access all of Google Ads, you know, channels or what I should say is, like, different, campaign types from one single campaign. So as opposed to making a Google search ads campaign, as opposed to making a Google discovery ads campaign, and as opposed to making a YouTube ads campaign all different from each other, you can use what's called Performance Max campaigns to create one giant campaign with everything inside of it, search, display, shopping, YouTube, pretty much everything that you want. And so that way, it just gives Google all of these different assets, the the image ads, the videos, you know, the copy, and it just combines it all to create one campaign and it goes out and finds a lot of people who might be interested in that. Right? It makes us, you know, a little bit easier for you if you wanna try this.

We still use it here at adspend.com. We don't predominantly use it as opposed to the what I just taught you in in the rest of the videos, but it's good to have and test. Obviously, it can, potentially work and a lot of people are having success with it. Right? So we put together a whole Loom video that you can watch right here, taking you through exactly how to set these up, again, by my team member, Charlie.

And again, what it is, when to use it, how to create them, and an example of, that is right here for you to watch. And then last but not least, okay, again, one of the goals here with We Tube is YouTube ads for organic growth. Right? So well, I I shouldn't say that. One of the goals here in YouTube is, you know, growing your YouTube channel.

Right? And a lot of people always have the question, how can I run ads to my channel to get more subscribers, more viewers, more channel engagement? Right? And although it's not typically, you know, my favorite strategy, it can help and be useful in some cases. Right?

So we we we are doing this right now for one of our clients, for example. And one of my team members, Nick, again, put together a video showing you exactly how to set up YouTube ads for organic growth to get more subscribers. So, basically, you're just doing essentially what we already taught you how to do, but now it's in feed ads. Okay? They're called in feed ads to boost, you know, some of your popular videos to get more subscribers.

Alright? And these are ads that can drive people to your video. And if it's good content, they might subscribe. Alright. So, exactly when to use it, how to use it, and then examples of how this works.

You can see here in this example, we were able to get, one of our clients, Funk Roberts, about, you know, subscribers for about a dollar and 4¢. Okay? A dollar and 40¢. So this is something that can help you grow your channel. I ultimately recommend this and Nick probably mentions this in the in the video as well.

After you already have your, you know, conversions going with leads and calls because obviously, it doesn't really make sense to boost your YouTube YouTube channel until you're actually making money. Right? So you can afford to spend ads to grow your channel because this is a long term play here. Not all of your subscribers that you get from YouTube ads are gonna immediately book a call with you. Right?

Although it can help, I really recommend this as, like, an advanced scaling strategy once you've already done everything that we already taught you in the previous six videos in the YouTube ads module. Alright? So with that, being said, that is all of the bonus content right there, and this should definitely help you out to give you just some extra bonus content on Google Search, Google Discovery, Performance Max, and YouTube ads for organic growth. So I hope this helps, and, that's it for me. I'll see you guys inside.

Cheers.

# 8. YouTube Ads Targeting Guide for 2023

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 47 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c8c61a4f-3dd5-44c6-b340-20e14d99f0b1

---


Hey. This is Brian with adspend.com. And in this video, we're gonna be showing you exactly how to target your most ideal clients and customers using YouTube ads. So let's jump into it. First things first, let's go over targeting one zero one, some basics of how the YouTube targeting works with ads.

Okay. First type of targeting you can use is you can target people based on who they actually are. Okay? What they're actually interested in. Now the way Google finds this data to be very clear is actually pretty cool.

Alright? Every one of us has signed into a Gmail account. You can see I have a bunch of Gmail accounts right there. And inside each of these Gmail accounts on your laptop, your computer, your desktop, and your phone, as you are signed in, you're constantly browsing different websites, answering different emails, clicking on different emails from different advertisers, different companies, different promotions, as well as searching specific, you know, websites or keywords or search queries and questions into Google and all of that data plus your maps, okay, a k a where you're located, in terms of where you live, where you like to eat, what type of food you're getting delivered. All of these things are being aggregated into a pool of audiences that Google then creates or puts you in as a customer or potential client for advertisers to target.

Right? So think about all that data that they're constantly aggregating from everybody on the in the planet and in the world who has a Gmail account for you to use to advertise with. Pretty cool. Right? And so that's the first type of targeting that you can then target with YouTube ads, AKA interest based targeting.

Right? What people are actually interested in. This is what's called more of like affinity audiences. Okay? Affinity audiences are audiences that group up together a pool of people that are interested in a certain topic.

All right. And we'll, we'll get into those more in a second. But the second type of targeting you can target people based on is what they're actually searching for on Google and on YouTube. And this is actually a little bit different than what it was before. Okay.

Now let me be very clear here. Okay? As of right now, okay, 11/27/2022, by the time you're watching this, it'll be the same. Okay? You can no longer target specific keywords, videos, channels, and topics.

Okay? You can no longer no longer target specific keywords, videos, channels, and topics. So what does this mean? Well, it means that Google Ads has discontinued content targeting for YouTube conversion campaigns in 2023. Okay.

So basically, what they're saying now is avoid adding content targeting, which is keywords, topics, or placements to your campaign as this may limit your campaign's performance. Video campaigns that drive conversions usually perform better without keywords, topics, or placements. And so a lot of people, are a little bit upset with this because this means that, advertisers, you and me, can no longer be very granular with our targeting of what people are actually watching or searching for. For example, you can no longer target specific YouTube channels by just, you know, putting a channel into a targeting, campaign and then having that campaign serve to that YouTube channel. You can no longer target specific YouTube videos, which a lot of people are upset about because this is what made YouTube ads really, really popular back when, you know, Facebook ads was, still beating YouTube ads in all regards.

And, you know, you can also now no longer target, topics of content that are related to specific videos. And so content targeting is basically gone for video conversion campaigns. What we're talking about here. Okay? So we're not talking about brand awareness campaigns.

We're not talking about, you know, view campaigns where we're trying to just get a bunch of views. We're talking about getting conversions, leads, calls, and clients with your advertising. Okay? And so that means that now you have to get a little bit more creative. Okay?

And so in this video video now, I'm gonna show you the targeting timeline. So with this update, here is the most up to date way that works right now on how to target your most ideal clients with these updates taken into consideration. And keep in mind, just because YouTube ads has gone away with conversion campaigns being able to target specific content like videos, channels or topics of content, this is actually a good thing for you and me because this means that a lot of people who aren't as good at marketing are going to be wiped out and left behind. Because now the focus for YouTube ads, again, has to be on the creative, meaning that your YouTube ad, the video itself, the creative, has to be very direct in who it's for, alright, and very specific in terms of what the actual offer is and what the call to action is to that specific ideal client. Otherwise, YouTube ads will not really work for you at scale unless you're very direct.

You wanna be very direct with your script. K. Who is it for? And we already talked about this in the creative section, so I'm not gonna remention it here because that script I give you is very, very specific in calling out your ideal clients. That's exactly how you're gonna have the unfair advantage moving forward because now YouTube is going more towards AI algorithmic based audiences where these audiences are basically made up of, you know, AI based inputs with keywords that you can put in to create what we call custom segments, and we'll get into that in a second.

But bottom line here is that the creative is now more important than ever. It already was, but now it's just proving it again. Right? And you can't get as granular with the targeting. So you're gonna be you're gonna have to be very specific with your creative in terms of the copy in the script itself so that you can, you know, isolate those ideal clients in this massive pool of people that you're gonna be targeting with YouTube ads to identify and really attract those ideal clients to make your ads stand out in terms of the copy of who it's for.

That's how you're gonna be able to get ahead. Okay? So let's go into the targeting timeline now. Okay? So when first launching your YouTube ads, if you're starting from scratch, brand new ad campaign, what you wanna make sure is that you run ads to your lowest hanging fruit first.

Now what does this mean? Well, this means that, we use what's called a targeting timeline. Okay? The targeting timeline looks like this. This is a timeline that we created, based off of what we believe is the best visual for you to be able to clearly see what targeting you should start with, what targeting you should use to scale as you spend more money and really go broad.

Alright? So this is a good visual representation. On the left here, we have this upside down triangle which represents the small amount of audiences or people that are in these specific audiences that you can target. Going up to the very top, which is the broad, much, much bigger pool of people that you can target with these types of audiences at scale. And then over here on the right hand side, we have a start, starting point, right, on the timeline where we recommend everybody should start with depending on their certain their certain situation to go after the lowest hanging fruit first, get quick conversions, prime the ad account for scale.

And then as they start spending more money or as you wanna start spending more money as you wanna start, you know, obviously getting more traffic, you can start opening up your targeting to these broader audiences up here. Makes sense? So let's let's start with it. Okay? The first audience that we recommend is remarketing lists.

Okay? Now remarketing lists is pretty simple. Okay? Remarketing lists are basically you being able to create an audience of website visitors in Google Ads or Google Analytics. Okay?

So basically, you can go into, your ad account, for example, you can go to audience manager, and then you can actually click on this plus icon right here and go to website visitors. And you can see here once you have your tracking installed and everything, even in analytics, you can do this Google Analytics, you can do the same thing. Basically, you can actually create a, audience of people who have visited a specific page. So anybody who's visited your website, anybody who's visited your funnel that you're gonna be running ads to, if you're already running Facebook ads, for example, if you already have a lot of website traffic. Right?

This is a really low hanging fruit audience for you to start with because it's remarketing. These are people that already visited your website, already probably know about you, your offer. They might already like you. Right? They might already trust you.

So you're gonna be running ads for them to start. It's very low hanging fruit. Alright? So, the size here though is a little bit smaller. Right?

Because this is gonna run out eventually. So you can know, eventually, you're not gonna be able to spend as much money to this audience down here because you've squeezed all the juice out of these little niche audiences that are remarketing lists. Right? Which is why we start with them, but they're very hard to scale with them. Okay?

Because there's only so many people on your remarketing list that you can continue advertising to. Right? So we start with them, but it's harder to scale with them. Alright? So this is easy low hanging fruit that can quickly get you conversions if you're already running ads on another platform or have a ton of website traffic already.

And keep in mind, you must have at least a thousand users on any remarketing list to be able to run ads. Otherwise, the size of the audience will be too small. Okay? The size of the audience will be too small. So you wanna make sure that if you do create this remarketing list, you should create it.

You should there's no reason why you shouldn't start creating these now especially for your ads and your offers and your funnels and your website. So you can start accumulating these big lists as you start spending more money down the road. But in order to show ads to these, you can see here audience segment size. As you start entering, you know, page URLs right here, for example, visitors of a page, they match the page, you know, for example, adspend.com. I could do potentially I don't know if it's gonna work.

It probably won't work. Like I said, it's not gonna work. But basically, it'll show you based on the last thirty days of activity how many people are on this list. So if there's, you know, less than a thousand, you should still create it, but it'll say the audience size is too small. And at that point, it's not worth running traffic to because it won't serve to that audience anyways.

You need at least a thousand people in the last thirty days for this audience to serve. Okay? Now again, this is for people that are already running ads, already getting a lot of traffic to their website and their funnel, and they're looking for some low hanging fruit. Remarketing lists are an easy one to immediately give you, you know, quick conversions, and this is low hanging fruit for you. Everybody should have this if you're already running Facebook ads, TikTok ads, for example.

Right? Next on the list is YouTube audiences. Okay? YouTube audiences. So you can actually create audiences from your YouTube channel such as anyone who's subscribed to your channel, anyone who's viewed a video from your channel, anyone who's who's viewed any video as an ad from your channel, as well as anyone who's liked a video from your channel, anyone who's shared a video from your channel, and anyone who's added a video of yours from your channel to a playlist on their YouTube channel.

Okay? So I just threw a lot out you there, but basically you can create audiences that you can show ads to with YouTube ads of people who are subscribers to your YouTube channel. These are people that already know, like, and trust you. They already subscribe to your channel. They watch your content.

You can show your ads to them as well as viewed any video. Any video on your channel, you can run ads to those people. Viewed your videos as ads, which is obviously a really good one as we start spending money on ads. Right? You're gonna wanna have those as an audience.

And then you can create an audience based on anyone who's liked a video, shared a video, and added a video of yours to a playlist of theirs. So very, very specific here. This one's pretty cool. You can go to tools and settings, go to audience manager again, click on this plus icon, and then you can go to down here, YouTube users. Okay?

YouTube users. So for some reason, it's not showing me why I can't do this in my account. Let me just see if, my, accounts are linked just to make sure. Boom boom boom. Yeah.

So I you have to add a channel. I I already probably showed you this in the account setup. But what you wanna do is basically just, link your channel. I'll just link it right here. Let's see where mine is.

There we go. I own this channel. Go to YouTube. I'll just sign in real so I already showed you this. You can just enter a channel name.

For example, this will be We Tube demo link. Boom. And there we go. It's linked. Okay.

Cool. So now I have my channel and then you can go to tools and settings, audience manager. Go back here. Click on the plus icon and then oh, let's just see if it reloads. Give me a second just to make sure.

Come on. Come on. Do not. Oh, come on, dude. It should be right there linked.

Let's see. Let me just double check this. Manage link. Boom boom boom boom boom. There we go.

Okay. Yeah. So it's linked. Let's just go back here. Audience manager.

Oh, yeah. Similar audiences will be removed as well. So similar audiences, they're not on the timeline luckily, so I'm not gonna talk about those. But let's just see here. Your data sources.

There we go. Give me a second. Oops. Click plus icon. Yeah.

I'm not sure why it's not letting me do this, but you can click on YouTube users and then you'll be able to actually, create audiences based off those those types of people. Now, in the the the account set up training, I talk about how you wanna have two YouTube channels. Right? One for your one for your main channel. So for example, this is my main channel and then one for your ads channel.

We have one that's, like, basically for just ads. Okay? It's called, this one right here, ads. However, with that being said, now that YouTube ads are responsive, I no longer no longer recommend two YouTube channels. I recommend one YouTube channel because as you click on a YouTube ad, right, that ad is gonna be taking them to your actual YouTube channel.

So if you don't have any videos on your ads channel, it looks kinda scammy. And I don't recommend that because now you can actually do what's called tools and settings conversions. You can create a conversion action, for people that engage with your YouTube audience. So let me see if I can go back here. Well, let me just go to a different account because this one's not working.

Let me just see if I can find a different account. Give me a second real quick. I am going to go into one that I know has my YouTube audience so that way you guys can see this because I don't want this example to go to waste to show you exactly how to do this. So when you have your YouTube channel linked, your main channel, go to tools and settings, audience manager, and then you can go to this plus icon. Okay.

YouTube users. You see how it's enabled finally. I don't know why it's not doing that in the We Tube account, but you can then go to, you can create a YouTube audience based off your YouTube channel. Alright. So this is already linked to my channel, but you can see I can select one or the other.

You're gonna have, I recommend two in the account set up. Again, I'm re updating this to make sure that you can understand that you don't need two YouTube channels anymore. In fact, I highly recommend just one. I take back what I said before. Now with responsive ads, now with the goal of optimizing for subscribers as a conversion action, you really just wanna advertise from your main channel.

I found this to be just it just makes sense. I've never had an account where, this has actually hurt organic performance, if that makes sense. So it's not something you should worry about. So you can create YouTube audiences from your main channel and you can go like this into your channel once it's linked. And then you can see actions include people who've taken the following action, viewed any video in the last thirty days, viewed certain videos.

If you have different topics of videos and content that you talk about on YouTube channel, it can be very specific here. Group like fitness or like at home workouts or like, you know, at the gym workouts, biceps, legs, upper body, lower body. Right? Get very specific here. And then you can do viewed any video as ads.

Obviously, as we start running ads from your main channel now, which I highly recommend, this will allow you to be able to just target anybody briefly remarketing. You can remark it to anybody who's viewed your YouTube ads. Okay? Viewed certain videos as ads. Okay.

If you have one video that's really outperforming, you just wanna remark to those people. You have a sequence of ads that you wanna run back to back to back, you can use that. Subscribe to your channel is gonna be your best one. Visited your channel page is gonna be a really good one. Liked any video is gonna be a really good one.

You can see how they have them grouped right here, by the way. Okay. You can see that how they how they how they have them viewed videos, subscribed, and visited your page, and then liked, added, or shared. Right? And that's how I recommend grouping them up inside of campaigns depending on how big your YouTube audiences are.

So for example, if you have a channel like mine where, you know, I'll have about 6,700 subscribers and, you know, I I would probably just group them like this. I would do viewed any videos as like its own campaign because there's a lot of people that view my videos that, you know, aren't necessarily in my ideal audience, but I'll still show ads to them. But I don't want them to be combined with my subscribers because those audiences, now will be basically, being spent more to the view to any video because it's a much bigger audience. Subscribers is gonna be a lot less. Right?

So I wanna have that in its own campaign isolated by itself because I want to show the ads to just my subscribers and see how they perform by themselves. Again, a few space in here, we'll talk about this in the launching section. But when you create audiences and add them when you create campaigns and add audiences to those campaigns, the more targeting options you have in one campaign in terms of one ad group, the less spend to each of the audiences. One audience is gonna take the majority of the spend. It's the eighty twenty rule with YouTube ads.

There's no CBO bidding where it gets spent evenly. It's like whichever audience is the biggest, whichever audience YouTube favors, they're gonna spend the money. Whichever ad YouTube favors, that's gonna spend the money. It's the eighty twenty rule. 80% of the odd one audience will take 80% of the spend, the other audiences will get 20%.

So with that being said, you wanna group them how they have them here. If you wanna create audiences based off your YouTube channel, I'd recommend creating all of these. You should create all of these by the way. And I would recommend doing thirty days. I would recommend doing a hundred and eighty days.

I'd recommend doing five hundred and forty days. Just create a bunch of audiences. Five hundred and forty days is a maximum you can have in one audience for the length of time. Just make one that's five hundred and forty, make it a big audience. You can keep growing it.

You can actually see here, you can prefill the segment with people from the past thirty days as well. So this is really cool. So create all these. But again, when you're going to the launching part, which we'll talk about in the next video, you wanna have these groups like here. So this is one campaign, this is another campaign, and this is another campaign.

So there's three campaigns you can run right there with just YouTube audiences If you have a YouTube channel that's, you know, doing pretty popular or you're posting consistently to it to grow those audiences. Right? So that's YouTube audiences and we recommend those next as the second targeting option because, again, they're low hanging fruit. Again, you can see on the left hand side, they're very neat they're very niche, right? So there's only a select amount of people on this audience depending on how big your YouTube channel is.

I'm assuming a lot of you don't have 100,000, 200,000, 500,000 subscribers, right? So there will be a lot less and it will be harder to scale and spend more money to these because unless your channel is constantly growing. But it's still a good audience to start with, alright? Because they know I can trust you. Next, we get into custom segment audiences.

Okay? So this is what is the best targeting option right now working for us and will work for you and the rest of everybody who wants to get leads, calls, and clients with YouTube ads. So custom segment audiences are audiences that you can create with, you know, specific keywords, interest, or websites being input into them. So let's go into the audience manager again. You can go to, you can see here there's a tab called custom segments.

Let me go back to the We Tube demo really quickly just to give you, the other picture. Okay. So I'm back in the We Tube demo account just to give you the fresh account so it's easier to look at. You can see here audience segments. You can do where is custom segments.

Alright. Let me go back to the other account because this one's not showing it to me again. Yeah. So if your dashboard looks a little bit weird, it might be. Sometimes they always change this, which is why we have to constantly keep updating the program.

But that's good news for you. So audience manager, you can see here there's one called custom segments. This should be inside your account. But if it's not, then, I'm pretty sure there's just another way you can find it. So you can create custom audiences based on keywords, interest in websites.

Okay. These are what the algorithmic audiences I was talking about earlier are. Okay. So the cool part about these is if you click on, this plus icon under custom segments. So let's just say it says data segments, you can go to, you know, obviously, in under data segments, you can see here this is basically your data.

Okay? So that's why in the We Tube account, there wasn't an option for custom segments because your data segments means anyone who's visited your website, website visitors, anyone who's installed an app of yours, that's not gonna be relevant to most of you. YouTube users like we just went over. Customer lists, you can actually upload customer lists. But the key here is I don't talk about these much because you can see customer lists aren't even on there.

Most of you will have to spend $50,000 in your Google Ads account and have at least ninety days of really good, history with your ads account to be able to even do this. So this won't even be available to most of you, but you can do it once you reach about $50,000 in ad spend in your account. You can then upload a customer list, create new audiences based off that customer list. However, custom segments is what we're talking about here. So you can click on this plus icon.

You can see here. Okay. New custom segment. Okay. You can name this whatever you want, but the cool part about these audiences is you can include people with the following interests or behaviors.

So if you scroll over this, enter interests in the form of keywords or phrases that represent your ideal customer. Your ads will reach people likely to be interested in or with purchase intent for your keywords based on their behavior and activities such as apps they use or type of content they search online. So this is exactly what I was talking about at the beginning of this video. You can target people based on who they are, k, what they're actually interested in, or you can target people based on what they're actually searching for right now. And that's what Google aggregates with all the data they have based on people's Gmail's accounts, right, into these custom segment audiences.

So they group them together and you have to input the keywords or the phrases or the interest terms into these custom segment audiences to create a bunch of custom segment audiences that you think will be valuable or representative of your ideal customers. That's why the next one on this start to scale targeting timeline is custom segment search. Now we call this custom intent because they have intent on searching something. They're intending that they want something. Okay?

So this is this option right here. You can click this this blue, you can select this one right here. People who've searched for any of these terms on Google. So if you scroll over this one, enter search terms your ideal customer is using on Google. Your ads will reach people who search for those and similar terms only on campaigns running on Google properties or other campaigns.

The terms will be used as interest or purchase intentions. So this is where you wanna be very, very specific. What are your ideal customers most likely searching for on Google? What are they typing in? What problems are they trying to solve?

Right? What competitors are they searching for on Google? What brands are they, clicking on? Right? What, products are they looking for reviews on on Google?

This is where you wanna have a bunch of keywords in here. Now what we recommend is we recommend for this one right here because it's the search based intent one, custom intent audience is what we call this one. So custom intent, you wanna have at least 10 to 15 keywords inside of this type of audience. So in here is where you'll have, for example, this was for me. Right?

I have YouTube ads, YouTube ads agency. That's very specific. Best YouTube ads agency. Who is the best YouTube ads agency. You can see here.

I'm just gonna keep going. Right? And then you wanna have at least 10 to 15 of these types of keywords inside this type of audience. So when you select custom intent, people who've searched for any of these terms on Google, this is the most specific one which is why, again, it's on the lower end of the scale for the targeting timeline because these are people that are actually typing in these specific keywords. Right?

You can see here it gives you estimates of, you know, basically how big the audience size is. We don't really pay attention to this, by the way. A lot of people always ask us, you know, what should we be looking for in the weekly impressions and, you know, what should is there an audience size you should be aiming for? Anything about over 10,000,000 plus, you can see this is 1.5 to 5,000,000,000. I wouldn't really worry about that.

Again, all of your leg work is gonna be done with the creative. The creative has to be specific. So 10 to 15 keywords in this type of audience and I'll show you how to do the keyword audience, the keyword research in a second. K? That's the first type of audience you wanna start with.

10 to 15 keywords in each each of those. And you wanna create a bunch of these, by the way. Don't just create one. Okay? Create, like, five to 10 of these.

At least five to 10 of these. And I'll explain why in a second. Next, people who are interested in specific topics. This is what we call custom segment interest based audiences or what we call custom affinity. K.

So the proper term is custom segment but this is basically the interests. We call this affinity because Google classifies somebody as interested in something based on the affinity. So you can also see this is actually a really good example. You see how I clicked on this one? It changed the weekly segment size from 1,000,000,000 to 5,000,000,000 then it goes to people with interests 10,000,000 to 1,000,000,000,000.

This is a much bigger, bigger, bigger pool of people because these are people that might be interested in these specific things or have purchase intentions, which means they're not typing into this stuff in Google specifically. So Google goes and says, okay, well, who's interested in YouTube ads? Who's interested who's interested in agency? Who's interested in, YouTube ads agencies? Who's interested in any of these related search terms?

Again, enter keywords describing your ideal customer's interests or products and services they are actively researching to buy. Your ads will reach people with those interests or purchase intentions based on your campaign settings such as marketing objective or bidding strategy. So a much bigger pool of people, people that are interested in these things or they have purchase intentions. We recommend at least five to 10 keywords inside of here. We've done three to five keywords.

Those work well. We've done three three keywords. Five to 10 is a good sweet spot. I recommend at least three to five or five to 10. In this guide, we're giving you five to 10.

But by all means, you can do one. Right? We're just giving you what we found is the best practices after spending $40,000,000 plus on YouTube ads. So you can get creative here, but we recommend five to 10. This is just a guideline by the way.

Again, you wanna create at least five to to 10 of these types of audiences. So five to 10 keywords, you can do like Facebook ads, for example. Anyone who has purchase intentions or interested in Facebook ads probably gonna be interested in YouTube ads. I'll just even just do YouTube ads right here. YouTube ads.

Boom. I have five right here. 345. Perfect. Now I can create this one.

You can see here it says topics, advertising and marketing, marketing business and industrial. And that'll probably be a big, big audience that we could target. Now create five to 10 of these. Now you have if you did the last one, right, you have at least 10 to 20 audiences that you can start testing as you launch and start running ads. Okay?

The last type of custom segment audience that you can run that we recommend is right here. People who browse websites similar to. Okay? Now the cool part about custom segments is you can also enter websites such as clickfunnels.com. Right?

Or hyros.com. Right? You can also do, let's see what else would be there. Leadpages. Right?

Leadpages.com. You can do go high level. Right? You can do a bunch of these different websites. And you can see here that you can also layer them.

So let's just remove all this. Right? I can remove all this. People who browse websites similar to now it's gonna say, okay, find me people who browse web websites similar to clickfunnels.com, hyros.com, leadpages.com, gohighlevel.com. And the cool part about this is you can even create websites, audiences based off of your competitors' funnels.

So if I know my competitors' funnel, I can then put this in all of the steps in their funnel into one audience and have this be competitor one funnel one. Right? And the cool part about that is is you want to have at least five to 10 of these websites inside of one audience. Okay? So these are people that are going to be shown your ads that might be interested in it because they've browsed websites similar to the one that you're browsing, that you're inputting into here.

You can also combine them too. You can combine purchase intentions with the actual websites and create a bigger audience. So those are the three types of audiences you can create with YouTube ads that we recommend. Now here's how you find the keywords. Okay?

Because you still need to research keywords and websites to input into and create these these types of audiences. So there is actually a tool inside of your account. Let me just go here. Let me go back to the We Tube one real quick just so we can keep it all organized. Alright?

Go to tools and, settings. You can go to keyword planner. Okay? Keyword planner. And then you can see, right here.

K. Discover new keywords. Okay. Discover new keywords. Discover new keywords.

So you can literally just start typing in keywords related to your offer. Whatever your offer is, you can just type in bunch of stuff. So let me just do YouTube ads for example here to just start start with this. YouTube ads, YouTube ads, agency, YouTube ads, tutorials, like that. Right?

You can even enter your website to get better results as well, get results. You can see here, it says broaden your search, YouTube marketing, digital marketing. And then you can see here. Okay. Cool.

Here's the keywords that we recommend or that we're showing you based on of based off of the search volume, average monthly searches that you can then use. YouTube ads, YouTube ads agency, YouTube advertising, YouTube no ads. So then you can kinda go here and say, okay, let's just add these to create a plan. You can just start putting these in here. Here's what I recommend doing.

Okay. I didn't even get into it. I'm kinda skipping ahead here. So those are the audiences you wanna start with custom segment. Then as you get go up the scale, right, you can add optimize targeting.

We'll get into this in the launching section. There's in market audiences. In market audiences are basically audiences that, have basically people that are in the market for specific, services. So let me just go back here real quick. Let me go back to the adspend.com one.

And I can show you audiences that you can create that are in market. Alright? So, in market, let me just find an audience. Audiences. Here we go.

Under audiences, if you go to show table, you can click on edit audience segments, go to ad group. Just go to any of these. I'll just go to any of these right now just for the example. So in market audiences, if you go to browse, you can see here what are they actively researching and planning. Okay.

So in the market, they're in the market for apparel and accessories, people interested in purchasing clothing, footwear, jewelry, watches or other accessories. Right? So if you're selling clothing, for example, this would be probably a good one to run ads to. Arts and crafts, auto autos and vehicles, baby and children's products, business services. This is one that we use, pretty frequently.

You can see here advertising and marketing services. This is one we would definitely use for YouTube ads at scale. Business technology, office supplies, payment processing, and merchant services. This one's really good if you wanna, obviously go against, like, Stripe and things like that. Dating services, if you're running a dating offer, or related to, marriage, romance, employment, if you're running a biz op kind of thing.

Not really biz op. I wouldn't say do that one. But, sports and fitness. And you can see here, there's different groups that you can do within market. Okay.

So that's why over here, you can see it's in the bigger scale section that's much broader because this is, not as custom segment based where you can enter keywords. Right? This is basically Google saying these people are in the market for something. Right? And this is pretty cool because this means that now you if you if you have a broader offer, which every one of you should have at least an offer that's pretty broad, that's how you can scale.

Right? Right? Because YouTube ads is a scaling platform. Now you can be very specific, but look on the side here. You can only scale so much of that specificity.

So to go broad, you have to have a broader type of audience, a broader type of messaging, and a broader market to be able to spend more. Affinity audience. Okay. So I can go back here. You can see here what their interests and habits are.

Affinity, you can click on this one. Banking and finance, beauty and wellness, food and dining. You know, you can even have sub coffee shop regulars, cooking enthusiasts, fast food cravers, foodies, prefers organic food. Wow. That one's really sick.

That one's new actually. I'd be in this category for sure. So, if you had an offer that was gonna show me how to do some holistic health stuff, I would be targeting that one right there, like, for yoga and stuff like that. Home and garden, lifestyle and hobbies, you can see here business professionals, family focused, green life enthusiasts, outdoor enthusiasts. I definitely be in this one as well.

Well, maybe not that one's more like our RVs and stuff it seems. Shoppers, you can see here. So affinity, affinity is really good. But again, it's also at scale. It's at the much broader pool of people.

But again, if you have a very specific creative that can work. Life events, you can see here life events. Click on this one. Business creation, you can, do a subset here recently started a business. People who have recently formed a new business, starting a new business soon.

You know, this is pretty cool because Google can then you can show ads to people that are thinking about starting a new business, sell them any sort of offer to get them more traffic, marriage, getting married soon, recently married. This one's really good if you're selling, any sort of marriage advice. Obviously, moving, if you're, you know, recently moved, new pet, purchasing a home, etcetera. So those are the different types of audiences. And you can the next type is just demographics.

You can talk to people based on, you know, obviously different demos, which I'll get into right here. Demographics, you can do age. Right? So with the cool part about this is you can edit demographics. So let's just go into this one.

You can do fee, genders. Right? So if you just wanna do males or females, obviously, you can select those. Unknown is basically if you scroll over it. Right?

Means you want your ads to reach people whose gender isn't known. So, pretty self explanatory. Age 18 to 24, 25 to 34. You can select which ones I use. So I usually keep unknown on and we'll talk about this in the launching section.

Parental status, not a parent parent. Household income. And we'll talk about those in the launching section as well. So those are the different types of audiences you can target with YouTube ads. Now that we've gone over those, okay, like I said before, next, what you wanna do is you wanna go to the keyword research tool, keyword planner, and start finding keywords.

And then you wanna open up what we call the targeting template, which is right here. Okay? Targeting template. This will allow you to store all of your keywords. Okay?

So we've basically broken out this targeting template to be pretty simple. It's just a place that labels different columns for the specificity of the keywords that you're gonna be researching. So for example, you wanna have all your competitors listed underneath this column right here. Chances are you have a bunch of people that are selling something similar to you. Find all their names, their company names, their brand names, their personal names, put them onto this one right here.

Specific is gonna be like, for me, YouTube ads agency. Anyone who's searching for YouTube ads agency to run their ads, that's a very specific keyword. We're gonna be showing out to them. Right? So you wanna have specific keywords underneath here for your offer as well.

Broad keywords underneath here for your offer. So broad would be like YouTube ads. So this could be YouTube e commerce. This could be YouTube ads for brick and mortar. This could be YouTube ads for physical businesses, for solar businesses, for doctors, for lawyers, for attorneys.

Right? It's very broad. Anyone who wants to run YouTube ads, it's a lot of people, but that's why it's under the broad column. Okay? So this is more broad keywords, related keywords.

These are keywords that are related to what you're offering but not specific. Okay? So for example, Facebook ads is related to YouTube ads because people who are running Facebook ads probably are interested in running YouTube ads too. So it's related. Makes sense?

So then there's Kajabi because people that are running at people that have Kajabi accounts typically run ads. They try to get more traffic to their Kajabi because they're selling courses and coaching. That's related. ClickFunnels, related. So these are related keywords to your offer and to your niche.

Competitors, you can see here. Now this is all keywords, all keywords. And over here, we have websites. Like I showed you guys in the custom segment one, you can add websites or funnels to this specific, column right here based on your competitors, and then funnels right here. So there's two columns for each.

So if you if you just funnel hack all of your competitors, put all their funnel links right there. If you you just funnel hack all or if you just do research on your competitors and find all of their websites and their specific pages, put all of their websites and pages right there. Do that for about, you know, through two to three hours. You'll have this all filled out and then you'll be good to go. So the way I recommend doing that again is go into keyword planner.

You can start researching keywords here. The easiest way I found, just to be very honest, there's a lot of softwares out there you can look at, but they all do the same thing. They literally all do the same thing. They just save you time, but it's not really worth it. I found that this is actually a better process in my opinion.

So what we do is we literally go to YouTube, right, and we go to Google and we just start typing in specific keywords. So I go to YouTube ads right now. Right? Actually, what you can do is you can click on their sort research, report predictions right there. And then you can see here.

Okay. Cool. YouTube ass tutorial 2021. Boom. That's a keyword I'm gonna put into my keyword planner.

So let's go here, targeting template. Boom. Specific keyword. Now Now, it's gonna paste it like it's gonna be a freaking idiot. So let me just do, boom, boom, boom.

Reset. There we go. YouTube ads tutorial. Boom. That's a keyword now.

I'll keep going. Okay? Let's see here. YouTube ads twenty twenty two. That's a specific keyword.

People that are interested in, specific keywords. I put that in broad probably because I don't really know if they are interested in like an agency or they're just trying to look how to run YouTube ads. See? Okay. Cool.

Now let's go back. Let's see. YouTube ads affiliate marketing. That's related, but I'll put it in broad. Actually, that's a specific one.

I would put that in specific. And then you have YouTube ads tutorial 2022. So that one's a specific one as well. Looking at specific tutorials. YouTube ads, display ads.

Yeah. I'll put that one right there. YouTube display ads. Alright. So there we go.

Now I'm already filling this out just off YouTube organic incognito. Alright? And then let's go to YouTube ads. YouTube ads are getting insane. YouTube advertising.

How to run your first ad. How to run your first ad. That's a very specific keyword. Let me copy that. You can see here.

My video is at the very top. That's pretty sick actually. Wow. That is really sick. At the very top of the search results, new YouTube ads targeting guide.

Awesome. Awesome. Maybe a second here. Boom. YouTube ads targeting.

Okay. So I'll put that one in there. And you got, social media examiner, YouTube ads tutorial, YouTube ads for music marketing. And the cool part about this is too is, like, if I find a channel let's say I find a channel that has related content. Okay?

So social media examiner. How to grow your TikTok ads account. She's got a lot of content that's related to what I wanna look at. So I can take this now. I can go to competitors.

Right? Not really a competitor, but I'll put it in here because this is, an audience. This is a type of, targeting that we can put into a custom segment interest based audience, people that are interested in this type of content, specific topics inside of a custom segment campaign. So let me go to audience manager. Go to custom segments.

I would put them, for example, into this one right here. People with any of these interests. So I would have their channel. Where did I find it? Social media examiner.

I put them into like this one right here. Let's see if let's see if this one pops up. 10,000,000,000 to 1,000,000,000,000. Social media marketing, you can see here. Boom.

Awesome. I'd probably find, like, five to 10 more. Right? Five to 10 in each of these of these channels and I'd put them into, their own their own campaign. Right?

So that's one way you can do it as well as you're starting to do this research. And you can do something like Facebook ads. Right? Facebook ads tutorial. You can get all of these.

Oops. Facebook ads tutorial. Facebook ads. Boom. Facebook ads account.

Right. You can take all these related. Boom. Right there. Good to go.

Alright. So you can just start filling this out step by step. Right. Once you've done this, then you'll be able to have all the keywords and websites right there. And then when it comes to the launching section, you'll be good to go.

So, that is how you basically start finding targeting for your audiences with YouTube ads. That's how the targeting works and that's what we recommend starting with. Next steps, use a targeting template to find and store your keywords and websites, which is right here. Create any and all custom segment audiences, remarketing list and YouTube audiences. By the way, inside of the targeting template, we've given you a starting campaigns tab.

So if you click on this tab over here, we give you a guide on the type of audiences and campaigns you should be starting with. So we go one step further. We give you the exact step by step. Example, if you sell a 6 k offer and your starting budget should be ideally $6,000 a month. Right?

Because that's how much you wanna spend in a month to make one or two sales. Right? Minimum. That's $200 a day using thirty day window in a in a calendar month. So your starting budget should be $200.

Your starting campaigns should start at $40 each with five campaigns. So if you have no remarketing lists or YouTube audiences like we've went over here, let's say you don't have any remarketing list or YouTube audiences, you're gonna wanna start with custom segments. Okay? So we recommend these five campaigns. This is just a guide, by the way, but this is what we recommend to give you the easiest path forward.

Custom segment interest. These are what we call, custom affinity. Right? So these are broad keywords. So everything that you've done inside of here, all these broad keywords go into a custom segment audience.

Okay? Broad keywords. Right? And you have custom segment interests. These are related keywords.

Okay? So interests would be related keywords right here. All those keywords in there would be another custom segment interest campaign. Again, you wanna have at least five to 10 in each of these or 10 to 15 depending on which one we're talking about. Key competitor keywords.

So the competitors that we just went over, any competitors that you have and you put them into this column right there, you wanna put them into another campaign. You can see here it says search, custom intent. Right? So this would be this one right here. Right?

Custom intent, custom affinity. Custom intent, custom affinity. Custom intent is people that have searched for these people. Alright? So you wanna put those into the competitor keywords, custom segment search, specific keywords.

Okay. So these are specific keywords that you've researched right here. And then custom segment websites. So as you do the websites, you click on this one right here. Enter all the websites, the ones that you want, five to 10 of them, and then that's your fifth campaign.

So that's how we recommend starting. Now if you do have remarketing lists or YouTube audiences, then start here. YouTube audiences and one campaign a member. We group them out specifically. Right?

So depending on how big your audience size is, is, you can actually get very creative here. You can go to audience manager, YouTube users. Right? So you can see here, you can see how they have them sectioned off again. Viewed any videos would be one campaign.

K. So viewed any videos, if you have a big YouTube audience, would be one campaign. And then you have, for example, viewed certain videos or no. That that all these viewed would be one video, one campaign. Then you have subscribers.

That should be in another campaign depending on how how big your audience size is. Subscribers should be in its own campaign following this guide. And then you have liked any video, added any video of yours, shared any video, put all of those in one campaign as well. So all of these should be in one campaign. Both of these should be in one campaign And all of these should be in one campaign as well.

They're viewed any videos. Right? This is subscribed and visited. Those should be in a campaign. These should be in another campaign as well.

Alright? That should be how you start those. Then remarketing list, we do one over these. But these are people that have visited any of your websites right here, website visitors. Anyone who's revisited your website, you can remarket to them.

And then custom segments, same thing. So that's just a starting guide for you. That's how it should work. If you any questions, let us know. But I hope that helps.

I'm gonna just delete all this stuff because I want to make sure that it's all clean. Sweet. Now that that's good to go, next steps for you, use a targeting template. Start doing all your keyword research, start finding all these websites and funnels, and then create any custom segments, audience, remarketing list, and YouTube audiences that you can inside your ads account so you can start and launch. I'll see you guys in the next one.

# Colab call recording #1

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 123 min
- Confidence: 0.906
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e3505c2a-4671-43cc-acb8-1f4167f61275

---


Hey, can you guys hear me? Yes, it looks like it's recording for me, is it for you? Yep, I see a recording on my screen. Got it. Cool. Cool. Are you guys able to accept in those in the waiting room? Yep, doing it right now. Cool. Awesome. What's up. Hey everybody welcome. We to mastermind call. Great to see you all. As the majority of you in here likely attended, you know how these calls work.

If you have a question, feel free to jump in. And we can collaborate and help you out. Yeah. Okay, go ahead. Is that Pierre? Sorry. Yeah, I was just going to say, looks like I signed on my second backend mastermind client, which I'm excited about. And yeah, it was last night. So I get in the deposit and super excited about that. I actually made a post in the question. So I want to say thank you to everybody here because you guys are a huge help and a huge push.

And obviously just masterminding with you. It definitely motivates me and helps me keep on track, which is great. And the accountability here. So, yeah, I guess my question was, and I know Brian answered it. I just wanted a bit more clarity because, you know, I know where Sam's talking about the funnels and, you know, opportunity funnel and this funnel. But I guess for me, the lowest hanging fruit is just my backend.

So after I approach all of my star clients, and I think I have maybe about 40 or 50 names. And Brian, I think you alluded to this too, is should I just continue down that entire list of like a hundred? I think I have like almost 200 people in my course. Should I continue calling all of them after my star clients to just see what else I can pull out of there before I actually go public and make the funnel?

You know, if that makes sense. Yeah, I mean, my two cents on that would be definitely because, I mean, maybe you spoke with Sam about this as well. But it's sort of the concept of like the, you know, what is the white hot center of traffic that you have, which is basically customers, if you have them. So if you can upsell existing customers that, first of all, the white, white hot center are the star student customers, which you've already prospected.

The incremental next sort of rung of traffic are customers that are doing well, but they're not the superstar students. So they're likely going to have the highest conversion rate besides the superstar students. Because it is finite, you know, then breaking into, you know, the list traffic or your YouTube channel traffic that's warm and then eventually cold traffic is sort of the process.

And then I guess if even with my star students, like say the ones that don't like they're not ready to buy the back end or even the other ones in general, if they say, OK, you know, not right now or whatever. Like, how do I come back and then now offer them the front end mastermind? Yeah. Is it on the same call then? Or, OK, well, yeah, you know what, if you can't buy a twenty five thousand, by the way, we have this one at ninety eight hundred.

So, you know what I mean? So like because I don't want to call those people back again and say, hey, by the way, I called you two weeks ago about the back end. I forgot to tell you about the front end. Yeah. So I guess it depends. What type of customers are they to you currently if they're not in your front end mastermind? So they're like my up level type of clients. So they bought my course. And even though I did just I just stopped doing the course now, I just made it ninety eight hundred annual.

Any any new person were onboarding. But, you know, I still got a I still have two hundred people sitting there that just bought my course one time who I would like to offer the front end if the back end is not financially workable or doable for them. I see. OK. Yeah, it's an interesting question because it. You know, ultimately, obviously, it's maybe some other people have different takes on how to go about it, but if we're doing like the typical sales process, we have to, you know, it's like the current situation, desired situation.

We learn what their immediate problems are and how advanced they are. And then we make that recommendation like like the doctor style recommendation. OK, these are your problems. This group, we focus on solving these and the typical persons at this level. Now, I mean, so it is more prescriptive and if we prescribe it and then they say I can't afford it, then, you know, it depends on how you want to handle that situation.

But if they truly are still a fit for the downsell and they're not going to be like unhappy with the type of dialogue in there, like they don't feel like they're too advanced or that it covers topics they've already excel that, then you could mention both. But as you know, when we mentioned both, it can get a little confusing. Yeah, for sure. And I know from what Sam said, like if if if I'm basically talking to him about going from the one time course, which, you know, we offered lifetime Q&A and same thing as up level.

And now I say, hey, by the way, I'm not going to be offering this going forward, but we are adding some new content and it's going to be an annual is more of a mastermind model because I need to give them something new. Right. For them to be like, OK, well, I bought your program now. You want me to buy this ninety eight hundred annual? I need to be getting something more because they're already getting the Q&A.

Yeah. So, I mean, that may be where like the one day events come in. You can have you consider that or or heard that from when Sam discussed that like in the front? No, no, I haven't. No, no. OK, so that's something to maybe consider, because that is, you know, I think we we might have covered this on a on a call. But in essence, Sam's take on it is like, so you might not need a remote event to sell the front end master, right?

Because it's a specific result and there's training that they don't already know. So they can go through that new training. Yeah. Yeah. That's sort of more of the hook as far as like a product standpoint. But then on a retention standpoint, the events are going to be more. There's more of an incentive to renew if events are present. But then how do we differentiate the back end mastermind from the front end mastermind if both have events?

So Sam's solution there is like consider doing like a one day event quarterly, remotely. And if you don't already do that in your up level style course, then that may be the difference that what we do, remote events in the front end mastermind. You currently don't have access to that in the up level style product. Sure. OK. OK. That makes sense. A lot to digest there, but. Yeah, I got it. Thank you so much. I got a clear vision. I'm just going to give her on the back end first.

That'll take me. That'll take me some time. Yeah, absolutely. Thank you. My question is a back end mastermind. Let's say I'm reaching out to my star students right now. Is there a guideline of like maybe six, seven, maybe eight weeks when you're going to have your first live event? Like right now, I have it tentatively scheduled for September 9th, 10th and 11th. It's the week after Labor Day. Is that too soon?

Is there a guideline or a buffer? Because I haven't I'm reaching out to my star students. I haven't signed up anyone or someone's committed to the back end yet. I just started the process. So I'm fine. General rule of thumb when that first event should be the lag time between. I just want 10 members in my BDM. So that's the question. Yeah. I mean, from what I've seen, like from other members and when Sam initially launched our back end mastermind, which was not called Quantum back in 2015, it was called like Magnet Mastermind.

And I was actually a customer in that we, you know, a few months is OK as long as it's not too many months in advance. Like, you know, no hard rule, but probably no more than three or four. Once you get more than that, it becomes a bit. I mean, maybe it could still convert. You'd ultimately have to test to know, but the conversion might drop a little bit because the there's good anticipation and maybe three months.

But beyond that, it starts to become too far in the future, perhaps to get excited about. But right. I was thinking within 90 days, because let's say I'm offering it for fifteen thousand for my beta, three payments of five thousand will lead you right into that first event if it's a three month. Yeah, 90 days seems pretty reasonable. It's that good balance between like being able to get excited about it without it being too far in the future, that it's not real while also honoring like scheduling.

You know, people have vacations booked and travel booked and other events, et cetera. So. OK, so it seems like the week after Labor Day, which is September, I think, 9th, 10th, 11th, somewhere in there. I mean, we have all of July, all of August and then half of September. So that seems like a pretty decent target, would you say? Yeah, I think so, like two and a half months, that seems pretty reasonable.

I wouldn't I probably wouldn't go any shorter than that at this point. OK. Yeah. So I was looking at August, but a weekend in there is my wife's birthday and a Lady Gaga concert. So she doesn't that's not going to work. You could take your clients to Lady Gaga. Yeah. Take that under advisement. Nick, thanks. That costs extra. You got to charge higher ticket. Exactly. Hi, Jesse.

I've got a couple of questions regarding my. So if you've already got quite a few videos on YouTube, but the thumbnails are not the best, would you go back and change them now? I mean, if it was us, I don't think we would do that. Unless, you know, one of those videos happens to be like an outlier that you see you're getting tens or ideally hundreds like one hundred views a day, perhaps organically.

And it has you know, it's maybe it's a video where you can read it struck a nerve and there's a lot of longevity to it. It's principles, not like some current event, in which case, you know, you're squeezing like an incremental CTR optimisation out of it. But, you know, it's not it's probably not going to move the needle needle in a massive way. So I don't think we would do that. OK, I think I made a big mistake that all the set like similar, but with different titles, they all look the same.

And just for click through rate, I think they need more variation, but I could do that moving forwards. Also, next question on the training. Is there any reason why you would not schedule the video and do it unlisted and then go back and publish live rather than schedule? Good question. So I don't know if Sam had a particular reason about why we do that instead of scheduling it to go live.

Although I suspect that the reason may be is that when we publish it as unlisted first, then it generates a link. You can then include that link in an email, write up your email broadcast to announce the video, or if you're doing a school broadcast post, paste that link in the school post. Then as of just before you send it, you can convert it to live. But beyond that, I don't know if there's like a specific reason about why we shouldn't schedule it to go live.

So if you schedule it do not get the link. I get the link with schedule. Yeah, you can still get the link with schedule but what I from my experience is when I schedule it, it kind of is delayed a little bit. I like Sam's method better because it's all controllable by you. So then you can go on listed the public, and then you can, or sorry you can send the email, and then go from unlisted the public.

But if you schedule it like let's say at 9am EST and you're, you have an email going out at 9am EST. There's just a little bit of a delay I found so that's my opinion. And if you do schedule, would you be better to let's say it's going to go live at 10, send the email at half time. I don't know if I would recommend doing that because if the video is going to go live at 10 and then you send the email to the video at 930.

No at 1030 sorry. Okay, sorry. I probably would try to just do it. I would personally do it manually because I want everyone to get the email once the video goes live. Okay. Okay, perfect. Thanks guys. Hey Jessica. Just one thing regarding the YouTube scheduling thing and the email newsletter so I'm basically always planning like 10 videos ahead. So they're all already uploaded. They're already like scheduled. And then I take the link from these videos because you also get like a link if you upload it and just schedule it for like next week.

And then I take this link and I use a thing which is called URL genius where you can make a deep link which basically opens the like the link in the app because most of my people I think use like phones. So when they click the newsletter link it opens in the YouTube app. And I think with that, you can get like a lot more subscribers and likes and stuff. Maybe that's an idea, but I saw no problem scheduling them all ahead, like for two weeks ahead and then you have getting clicks, stuff like that.

Perfect. Thank you. Hey Jesse speaking. So following up on our talk on a direct message. I thought that we should continue the conversation in the collab call. So, to share the context with the, with the rest of the group. I'm basically asking Jesse if my front end mastermind was really a front end mastermind or if it was not a back end mastermind. And to share more context. I'm helping software engineers start their software business.

Jesse. What do you think I should do for the next videos, I'm going to do on my YouTube channels. I guess I would say it, it does depend on if we redefine if what you think is your front end mastermind is actually your back end mastermind. And if we do the front end mastermind. Well, that's one decision and then a second separate decision is, is your front end mastermind. The. How to become a freelance engineer, like go from nine to five engineer to freelance engineer.

Okay. I've, I've started to make a list of the thing I don't really enjoy with that because I think that I should have fun with this. Even if it's like a business I think it should be fun. I know I'm going to have fun with helping software engineers start their business, their software business, that's for sure. Helping people become freelance engineers. The first is I feel a disconnect between me and them because I'm no longer a freelance, it's been like years now that I've been a founder.

I've been a great freelance but I'm no longer like it's been at least five years I would say, even five years that I've been doing freelancing. So that's the first main objection I have with doing this as a mastermind. The second one is there are so many solutions. I feel like the market is very crowded. And also, I was specialized in France. I feel like the market deep there. And what were the best strategies to get the best result fast.

Otherwise, I think they're similar, like, for sure but obviously I won't be as effective, efficient as somebody who's like in the country. And the last one. I don't want to create content about teaching. Yeah, so the last one is I don't really want to create content about teaching how to code. So, if, if the front end mastermind is about helping people become freelance software engineer.

I would need to do like content about. Hey, this is an IRA this is a variable this is a loop, this is a condition this is a function, blah blah blah, which is like, I'm so far from that now and I feel like really disconnected I'm not passionate about, like, and I've mastered it and I'm like, I don't want to be passionate about it. So these are the main three things I'm like, not so feeling great about starting a front end mastermind about helping people starting a freelance engineer career.

Okay. Well, I mean, as you know that you know there's, there's like a couple components that we have to consider so there's what you said, of course, which is like love, or interest, passion, whatever you want to call it about, like, not only the niche but then about the sub niche, and then the topic that you're going to help them with. If that isn't there that's like the most upstream thing that then affects how good the product is how effective you market it, the client results because of how much you care, and the referrals that you get the community quality, and how much money you make from it.

Ultimately, so that's fine if the passion isn't. If you're if the passion slash interest isn't there for that product for that segment. But at the same time we have to consider the like, you know, non emotional side which is like, you know, the, the business mechanical side which is like, there's, there's still a. If you just want to sell a back end mastermind, and you're happy with that as a business in and of itself, then we have to still look at what segment of the engineering market that is a larger segment has a specific problem or set of problems that would be suitable for a front end mastermind at three to 10k price point, because without that.

Then, you know, you're, it's a one product back end mastermind only company. Again, if you're happy with that that's that's great but and that's totally fine. But then that you know that determines what you post on YouTube, and all these other downstream decisions right. Exactly. It's very fundamental. So, right now I don't have an answer I have been scratching my head the whole day.

And I have no answers. The main thing I'm seeing right now is that I should probably just do the back end mastermind and do content about the back end mastermind directly and and see where it goes, but I feel like it's, it's, it's shaky, shaky about that. I'm driving, hopefully my service is okay. But let me share with you how how I'm thinking about it and maybe it'll be helpful.

So, what I'm doing is I'm making my back end mastermind, the year long program that's really around the things that I believe are going to get my clients the biggest impact. And then I'm making my front end mastermind around what I believe will create my ideal customer. So it's not going to be a year long program it's going to be more about the mindset and strategies and initial formulations of a plan that makes them the perfect customer for my back end mastermind.

I understand that it will be having a back end mastermind would be like the common definition of a mastermind that we have here in WeTube. And your front end offer will then be a course or a core program or like, I'm not really sure what would be I understand the logic and the mental model that you want to apply for your front end offer that the goal is to create the ideal customer for your back end, which sounds very logical, but how, what kind of format does it take them.

Well, just do this, like, so I've been wrestling with this a little bit as well and so what I've ultimately done that I've decided to do because I've never made a front end program so I can stress over that for a while. I just thought of a few people that I know are good candidates for it. I hit them up, they're interested. And we're just going to jump into an alpha together and I'm going to go figure out what solves their problems and then I'm going to turn it into something.

So, you know, 60 or 90 days from now, I'm gonna have a lot of clarity of what it should be. But for now, rather than trying to dream in isolation, what is the perfect solution, I'm just gonna like we're starting to have meetings, and we're just going to go. Luckily, I know these people so we're just going to get our hands dirty and jump in. And then from that I think I'll be able to answer all the questions, you know.

Okay, so we are the same stage. I'm starting my alpha next week, so I think I will have more clarity with that, for sure, but I still feel like a big opportunity cost to not start the video content on YouTube. I wait to have more clarity. Yeah, so that's just my process in case that's helpful. Two years ago I launched this intensive thing, I called it an intensive, and I made an eight week agenda and I went through the alpha, and then I stopped it for two months because after those eight weeks, I knew exactly what I really wanted.

So, you know, and I don't know a better way to get there. So, you know. Kevin, can you explain this alpha, what do you mean by this like this is a, you're just trying to get information from your clients or talk to them to see what their problems are. I'm just putting three people in to try to get them the results. But, like, because I know them. I'm not promising any specific workshop any specific outline any specific whatever, like, I'm just going to jump in and consult for them, aka work on getting them the result.

Because I've never done this before. I believe in doing that I'll know what system I want afterwards. So, so that's what I'm going to do, rather than. I might have lost a week or two trying to dream it out in advance but like, then all the question of, I don't know how my customers going to react to that creeps in so I think it's just better to be like, okay, you're my alpha. I would like to get a case study out of you for a significant result but it's going to be a little messier than normal would you like to go now. And they're like, luckily I'm asking people I know they're like yep, I want to go first.

So, and then I think they know that I'll be more invested in that as well. So, there you go. I'm in the same situation as you like three people I really know very well and I already got down my previous customers from my previous course from three years ago, two years ago, and it's exactly the same promise, like, you want to start fast. I'm going to help you with that. Yeah, I feel like I think you just have to try to work on the result, like, yeah, exactly.

Yeah, some friends of mine that write books, I've never written a book but yeah I wrote three books to write this book. You know, like in those other ones just, just, they only got me to the book I needed to write, you know, so, so I think that that's just part of the process just get in there and start doing it and the answers come out, you know, I agree with you. I think that's the conclusion I had was like basically just need to have like case studies because the questions kept coming and well, we're always the same like ending at, how do I get them a result because the way I got hazards was by partnering up with a with an editor, every time, and it's hundred percent success rate, but it takes a lot of time because you need to have a network need to create relationships so you can have up to six months to create this relationship.

And also you don't really want to work in an audience that you don't really know blah blah blah. So then I was like starting. Okay, maybe then I will go to another option like maybe I will tell them like how to, to develop an audience in a niche and then find problems blah blah blah, and then I like, oh yeah, this is becoming like, again like images imagination territory like you said, I really like this like I think execution will bring clarity.

Very interesting. Okay, so, so, so that's that's not answer the problem with the YouTube channel them. What, what should we do with the YouTube channel in the meantime when we don't know if we're going to have this as a front end or not, like, should we do random stuff on the channel anyways or should we wait or what what could be the best strategy there. I mean, if you know that.

If you know that that product like is going to be in the product suite. In general, regardless of whether it's the front end or the back end mastermind. Then, in theory, there's no dependency. blocking you from making YouTube videos about it. Because in the end it's just a product, like, there's a ideal like sub avatar for it. They have problems, you're helping them solve them in that group.

And then you can make videos around, you know, surrounding it. So, certain problems certain situations. And, you know, we don't we don't have to. The market doesn't really maybe care where it is like is it your first product or your second product they just, you know, want to know if it's relevant, and they want to learn more about what you're talking about, and then inquire about it.

Like, mental pathway, you know, get it. So, if I understand correctly, the conclusion of applying this metal pathway would be considering this as one of the program shoots so just doing videos as, like, as if it were the front end offer and. Later on, if it becomes the back end, then just communicate communicating less about it. Am I right. Yeah, so, I mean, can you get communicating, if and when you need to about it. So like depending on what your goal is. So if your goal is to fill up.

Let's say you have a quarter, and your goal is to fill up 10 more seats in it. Well, then you might do a opportunity funnel VSL for one month in that quarter and then we put a video, we put that video on the YouTube channel, or you might also put a video that's like a short clip of an in person event that you do. So it is a posting is a function of what is your, what is your goal, not just, if it is a back end mastermind, therefore I will talk about it less, you know what I mean.

So basically I can stop the videos about like talking about creating a SAS strategies about SAS like I can do the videos I wanted to do, and start gathering emails and all that, and, and try to sell it, like, should I try to sell it already or should I wait to have results. I mean, you know, I mean we talked a bit, we talked a bit about this but like, if you have high probability and conviction that they will get results.

But it is just a long cycle to go from joining, learning the skills, finding that right fit. But then once they do they're going to, they're going to get results then, you know, if you can sell with that, you know, conviction in mind that they will get results it's just a long process, then you should keep selling it. Okay. About the pricing. I sold it at 6k for now, and saying like it would be 10k. After.

If it's a back end mastermind then it would be more like 20 or something I guess. It's basically a good deal for them and. And that's it, I should not try to bump the price right now I should wait to use case, I mean, case studies. Correct. Yeah, correct. Yeah, I think the way of looking at it is like, if the price is not the bottleneck in your equation currently, I don't think, like, getting more calls on the calendar probably is, and then converting them consistently at 20% plus at a larger volume, plus getting client results.

Right. Okay, get it makes sense. Why don't we use lead magnets and a value later to, to, like we start to sell right away at high end ticket, why don't we have like, like lower ticket offers like 300 or even like 50 bucks. My initial thought was that induce more complexity and the benchmark is that it's not rough the price, regarding the profit. But maybe I'm wrong I'm just curious about what was your experience and why you did not like advertise more about lead magnets and value ladder.

So I can share like what we why we've done that and you know what I know about Sam's take on it, I am very curious to hear about others experience with that, in this group of what folks have tried low ticket or lead magnets and why they've transitioned to to primarily without a lead magnet or a low ticket product up front. But from a philosophy perspective, as you might recall from like week one there's three things we're trying to optimize we recommend optimize for right profits client results and simplicity.

So from a simplicity principle, having multiple lead magnets multiple low ticket offers basically violates that principle. And so if we can achieve the profit and the client results without that complexity, then we should do that, because that those are the principles that we're optimizing towards, which is why we don't do it. And the thesis is basically, if you don't need those things to generate appointments in an adequate volume of your ideal clients, and they don't need to buy something low ticket ahead of buying your high ticket thing, then why would we do it.

And, I mean, obviously, we, we validated that I think, you know, most of you guys in here have validated that with a VSL, which is why we why we don't do it. One other thing I'll mention to you as well as like, a lot of times, those lead magnets from what I've seen, they can pull the wrong avatar. So you can get a segment that responds to something that's free or low ticket and that's actually a different segment of the market that will respond to that and buy that or opt in that won't even actually be additive to your high ticket customer pool.

So it is actually, in some cases, truly a waste. There's someone I'm working with in quantum that has that exact case, they're running a low ticket product at around $300, it's pulling a segment that doesn't even, it's not even really additive to their high ticket sales. So they're like, why the hell am I doing this, and they're in the process of turning it off but I'd love to hear.

I am said the same, like, in the chat. Very interesting guys. I have a quick question about email. So do you guys if I started measuring my open rates and stuff which I hadn't been keeping an eye on when we do a broadcast, it's really low and it's under 10%. But when we do segments to people who bought a specific thing and we really kind of focus on who was sending to it's quite high at 17 to 25%.

So would you delete all of the people who are not active. I wouldn't recommend deleting them out of your active campaign account. But you may want to. I guess there's, I guess there's a couple things you could do. I'm not sure if Sam covered this in the email section but you can, at the very least, remove them from the engaged segment, so that you're not emailing them so that your deliverability is better because we're only emailing the engaged segment.

If you want to go beyond that, I would encourage, like, downloading them as a CSV at some, you know, recurring interval like every three months out of AC, and then deleting them. So you have a CSV of these contacts. And then you're not paying for them. So when I go on to segment I can put anyone who is not engaged within the last however what period of time. Yeah, so there's a very specific way we have to basically do that. We, that is the logic though.

It's effectively, if contact has not clicked or opened an email from 90 days ago or sooner, that's how they phrase that timing logic in that algo, then exclude from segment. And that will do it for you. Perfect. Awesome. Thank you. Yeah. Yep. Hey, another question about ActiveCampaign there. You know when you're making a form in ActiveCampaign to integrate with a button on the opt-in page?

There's a couple of different form styles I saw that was like, do you remember off the top of your head, Jesse, which one it is? Is it the modal form style? I don't actually remember off the top of my head. What are the names of them? There's inline form, floating bar, floating box, modal. I believe it's inline form. Is it? Okay. Yeah, because in essence, what we're trying to, we're trying to basically have it directly on a page.

So like the fields are inline. I think that is the one. You are putting that inline form on a ClickFunnels modal if you're using the ClickFunnels modal pop. You know what I mean? Got it. Okay. I'll test that. Sounds about right. Cool. Also, once you get an opt-in, does that person go to ActiveCampaign and close right away? Is that how it works? So if you're using an ActiveCampaign form, they will, and you're using the raw HTML, what is that called?

Like, you're not using the native integration, but you're using the raw HTML ActiveCampaign integration, then it will flow instantly into ActiveCampaign. It will not flow in instantly into close. I think some people do this differently. What we do now is we don't automatically flow email leads into close because I have not found that. We ran a brief experiment maybe 18 months ago, emailing email leads from close, like, hey, thanks for opting in, introducing ourselves as like a rep.

So it's like a rep email, like, hey, thanks for, you know, I'm trying to recall the message, but it was basically an intro message, like, here's some content from Sam, and it was our top videos to see if we could actually convert more of the email leads into book calls faster via email. That didn't really pan out, and we don't collect the phone number on opt-in for us. Some people do do that, and then they have a setter or their closer call those email or those phone number opt-ins on the landing page, and that seems to work for quite a lot of people, but we don't do it because we don't have to.

In that case, you might want to add them to close because now you have this dynamic ongoing daily regenerative list of phone numbers. But since we don't do that, we don't add the emails into close. We just add in when they book. So after they book a call through Calendly, there's a zap that zaps their email, the survey info, and generates a lead in close so that we have the least amount of contacts in close possible.

After they book, okay, got it, that's when they show up. If you were to put them in after they fill out the form, would it be a webhook that fires off with Zapier and puts them into close, is that how it would work? I think you could do it via a webhook. You could also do it using a zap, which is basically like when form, like the action is when a form fill is, actually, it wouldn't be that, the zap would be like, if a lead is created, then create a lead in close.

Oh, so the action would be active campaign, if a lead is created in active campaign? Yeah. Oh, got it. Okay. Sweet. Jesse, should I do ads? Like, if I'm focusing on this mastermind in the meantime, and since I'm quite confident about having results, I can start selling, should I just focus on the organic videos or should I try to also do the ads as well? Yeah. I mean, it depends on the, well, a couple of things, firstly, like the number of unit sales we have for the backend mastermind, because as you know, like we want to see the traction organically as much as possible before ads, because then you have basically de-risked the product to the point that when you know you go to turn on ads, you know that the market is there for it.

The product market fit exists and you have like a pretty high confidence score that it's a matter of just testing to find the right audiences and ads to generate the appointments that you know are ultimately going to buy, as opposed to is, you know, is the product market fit not that strong because we haven't sold enough organically and we're banking on generating appointments for something that we don't know that absolutely will sell.

So if you can, minimum, minimum, if you remember from up level, we recommend doing three units, ideally more, but in the end, if you're finding it hard to do outbound or get enough appointments from your YouTube channel to basically sell five or 10 units and you have pretty strong conviction of product market fit and you have enough, I think Brian's mentioned 6k per month is the number in ad spend to test with, and you're okay doing that for two, three months until we really crack the code, then, you know, then ads would make sense.

Okay, so right now I sold it to three people who already bought from me two years ago, got results. So the trust was super high, like we said during direct messages, like it was almost cheat mode activated. So should I consider I already did three organic or should I consider it cheating and do it from scratch with the YouTube channel instead? I mean, I would just consider, consider what the lens of like, it's, you know, if it was me, I would say, okay, the confidence score is like probably like 70%.

You've sold it, you've sold it to past customers though only so far. And we've only sold three copies. Is that right? Correct. Yeah. So I've put that at like 70%. It's sold, you've sold it at a material price and we've sold three of them, but there are two existing customers with a lot of trust. And we haven't done tens of calls yet to know that we can close at 20% consistently.

I've done calls with previous customers. I think around 10 of them made offer to four of them, five of them. So close rate about 60%. I get it. I think you're right. I think we should consider 70%. I agree. So then I just focus on YouTube channel, organic 100%. So I do the VSL and that's it. Okay. I think it's the way. Okay. Thank you. Jesse, do you, what's your take or everybody else on, you know, people that are joining, say the backend mastermind and they're wanting more of like a one-on-one touch points, you know, more than just quarterly. Cause I've been, I've been making calls and a few people are like, Oh yeah, quarterly is nice. But I mean, it'd be nice if it was once a month or once every two months. And you know, I don't want to get into that. Cause you know, say you got 50 people in your mastermind or a hundred cap, that's a lot of that's just a lot of time you're going back into coaching. So what are your thoughts on that?

Right. Cause a few people have said, yeah, I'm like, that's great. Unless maybe I hired a coach or somebody like a star student to do that. But I just know I wouldn't as the founder, I wouldn't want to be doing that, you know, and quarterly is good, but I had a little bit of pushback. People are like, well, the, the live events four times a year, that's nice. But we'd just like more one-on-one touch points if we're spending, you know, 25 grand or whatever. So yeah, I'd love to hear your feedback on that. Yeah. I mean, my two cents is like, first of all, the quantity of that feedback. So like, have we, you know, have you heard that objection, like tens of times through tens of calls or have we only heard it like under 10 times, if we haven't heard it, like if the frequency of that is relatively low, given how many calls we've done, then I wouldn't encourage over indexing on that feedback yet, because we don't have a large enough sample size to truly know with high conviction percentage that that truly is what the majority of the market wants. And that is why they may not be buying.

Also, after we do tens of calls for the software, if you're closing at 25 to 30%, anyway, I mean, you're in KPI. So like, you may not have to offer it, even if they want it, because you can still close at 25 to 30% of the people that want, it's kind of like the done for you versus core spectrum. Like people want DFY, but we don't want to sell DFY. And if we can convert in KPI without selling DFY, then we don't need to do it. But the other last thing I would say is if you find that that is very, a very consistent objection, and it is also potentially keeping you under 25% call close rate, then consider a feature addition of maybe quarterly one on one calls, it may it might not have to be with you, like in quantum, we do this, whether with myself or Nick, or David, as a feature of being in quantum. And that helps with that objection. It also helps to create a great relationship with the client, because then when the renewal time comes around, like, you know, you know, their business in a lot more depth than just from a group q&a or live event context. Yeah, for sure. So yeah, right now we are offering the quarterly one on one, one on one slash accountability call. Yeah, because I'm like, well, they're getting they're getting myself once a week and a mastermind.

Right. And especially in the beginning, it's going to be super small. So they'll have more time to ask questions. Which, you know, so that now Okay, that makes sense. I have a quick question for Brian, maybe. What do you think about influential marketing in YouTube? Meaning, if you find a smaller channel, like, less than 30 or less than 100,000 subscribers, exact same niche, like very good messaging, but they don't have any product to sell, or they just do affiliate links? Do you think it's good to sponsor them? And but your offer in front of like, instead of them doing like the VPN, classic or red shadow agents, all that all that kind of stuff? Like, do you think it's a good deal? What have you already tried this? Do you have any experience with that? Yeah, it's a great question. I personally have, I don't have experience doing that. I think it could be a good strategy if you find someone who has the customers that you want on YouTube already. And you could work out a sort of like partnership with them or sponsorship deal. Potentially even just collab with them on a video. And that could help boost your channel. I have no experience doing that personally. But I don't think it's a bad idea.

I guess it just depends on what's going to get you the result. The fastest though, would be my question. And if that is the best way to get to your goal. Got it. I think I'm quite curious about it, because I've discovered that like 100,000 views video could be sponsored by like maybe $5,000 for just like a classic shout out, like a promotional segment. And since it's inside the video, it stays forever.

It's like, wow, it's like a great ad, especially if it's like done well, like organically, natively. You could also just run YouTube ads to their channel. Yeah, you're right. It's true. Okay, got it. Thanks for the feedback. I've got a couple of questions around backend masterminds. Probably to Jesse and Nick, but you know, everybody really. I just wondered about payment plans on the backend masterminds, how far you would stretch in terms of multiple pays, that kind of stuff?

Sure. I mean, our experience with it was like at the very beginning, we would do even a max of a 12 pay, quite honestly, because the bottleneck at the outset is not it's not the best payment plan structure. It's like, let's get it full with the minimum hygiene standard of member that is a fit for it at that moment in time, based off of how much gravity the product has, like how many appointments can you drive to it? What are the quality of them?

How desirable is it to join, et cetera? Over time, we remove that. But it took a while because you have these things take time, but eventually you can get to the point where we are now, where we don't do we don't do 12 month payment plans. We did 10 month payment plans at a point as well. Those are gone. Virtually all are full pays now or they're like two pays. Excellent. What would be, would you remove two months at a time? So you're just going to do would you remove two months at a time? So 12 is the worst scenario, 10 months.

I mean, we're trying to get it all up front, really, aren't we? Maybe gradually. I was fearful of a situation where people think, oh, now it's a 12 month pay, like they can cancel or something like that. And then they get that idea about it. Yeah, it's a very genuine concern because that does happen, particularly with the segment of people that buy that are not that engaged. So that definitely happened with us at some points, which, you know, does it, it can kind of get solved with a full pay or a two pay. But where it really gets solved is the quality of member. Like they need to be the right person. And whether they're then on a full pay or a two pay, they are going to be engaged throughout. But it's that balance, right? Like how, how picky can we be at that specific moment in time with your membership base while still actually like making sales, making profit, getting some form of client results. So, you know, we, but we can raise the bar over time. That's what we've done. Thank you. In conjunction with that, what's your advice if somebody's saying like, sounds interesting, sounds really cool. It's expensive for me. Can I try one event or something like that? Because they think, oh, it's an event. So maybe I can just come to one.

You know, in the early days, I'm trying to recall, like we, you know, we had maybe a few, maybe a few requests for something like that. They were not that common. Yeah. How would I solve that? Like, yeah. Again, it is like, it does come back to that kind of, you know, how picky can you be, which is basically a function of the appointment flow. If, you know, if you have enough appointments, you can say, no, not allowed. You're in in full, like, and you plan to be here for the full year, even if you do a payment plan, or like, it's not a good fit. And that's fine as well. But if we can't do that, then you may need to negotiate something like that to try to get these, you know, incremental deals over the line.

Okay, cool. Yeah, thank you. That's, that's, that's great. What does your gut tell you that person's thinking or feeling when they say that to you? What does my gut tell me? Or what do I think that? Yeah, I guess it depends on the person, but I think it gives me the impression that they might not be committed. And what does committed mean? In for, well, like a contributing member is going to come to events, give it their all, and try to achieve through it. Also, like they maybe they'll try and bow out partway through and financially as well.

And then how do you feel about that? If you have someone who would do that? Well, I'd prefer, yeah, I don't like it because I want the members to know, and get to know each other and build relationships and stuff through it and for it to be a one year, one year program. I don't like it. When that stuff comes out, this is sort of just the sales part of it, because it's separate from Jesse describing of like, it's, there's only so many levers you can pull with trying to get people on. You want to know what, why they're asking that. So the thing you're feeling you should say to them on the call when they say that. And you want to just get to the surface, like what they're afraid of, but you want to share with them like what you think about it. So when they ask that question, you don't have to answer it right away. You can just say, well, what makes you that and then let them say it and if they still don't say something I'll give you a good answer but genuinely you can like figure out what to do with in terms of your reply then you say what you think slash feel. You know it's not going to break anything it shouldn't and if it did then we're going to sign up anyway because you want someone to tell you like I want to come just get a taste of this thing because I don't know if it'll work or something like that you know so when if you're feeling that way and they're not saying it then you need to make them say it and you can't make them say it you have to say it to get them to kind of agree with you if that makes sense be like the only reason I could see you wouldn't want to just like commit to everything and just get one event and then decide is you don't feel super confident that this is the right place for you.

You know you say it and then if they like if they disagree with you let's tell you that or they agree with you then like you guys are sort of having the real conversation then if you need to just still sign them up and you believe like then to Jesse's point like you do what you have to but you at least want to know coming in this way if something happens later you guys had the conversation you talked about it and if the worst case scenario happened you won't be as frustrated you won't be as frustrated because you're like that kind of that person kind of told me and the call is going to happen potentially but I took that risk in bringing them on. Yeah that's great yeah you're right and actually that is similar to what I do with the front end that that's really good and just due to the nature of my demographics like some of them do have like terminal conditions and things like that so they've got very real concerns that aren't just about them being flaky and stuff so yeah thank you Nick that's that's great and Jesse as well um yeah awesome stuff um I wanted to ask uh Brian as well about um you recommend high rows which looks fantastic and stuff um but I wondered if there's a threshold when that becomes worthwhile in terms of like monthly spend that kind of thing? Yeah so basically the question is when do you need it right?

Yeah yeah it's it's it I would say where I'm at now with my experience with ads and YouTube it's it's always necessary for me no matter what but I if you I would recommend using it just off the bat as well because the problem is if you don't use high rows it's just going to make things a lot more complicated for you there's just going to be a sense of unknowingness right you're not going to know exactly which campaign that sale is coming from okay which causes problems when you go to increase the budget on specific campaigns knowing you're getting sales which campaigns are they coming from right Google ads won't tell you that because there's so many hoops that have to go through from Google and it's just it's just going to get messy so I would say if you wanted to wait to get it maybe it's when you make at least three sales right and then you're like okay well I don't know where these sales came from so now I need to I have I have I have something working I just need to know where it's coming from right and then you can obviously afford the three hundred and four I think it's like some some some small monthly investment to get it going but still then at least now you know you have some sales coming through and you can say okay it's time to see where these sales are coming from does that make sense yeah yeah it definitely does and there isn't like a you know the equivalent with Facebook doing like a UTM's as like a cheaper way to to do it in the beginning is there isn't like a UTM option with YouTube we we personally don't use UTM's because Hiro solves that right so and again UTM's show you you know where they came from I mean you could right it's just a lot more complicated and it takes more time the easiest way is just to pay for the Hiro setup but if you wanted to get down and dirty and set up some some UTM's and and figure out that process through the sales call and stripe and everything then you know I'm sure that could work as well if you if you took some time doing that okay yeah fair enough it's not it's not advised and also I wondered Brian I've been checking out some of your organic YouTube stuff which which is awesome I think I'm going to get the the back buddy but we've got an affiliate link no I'm kidding but I saw that you were posting some client success interviews and that kind of stuff and posting content and I wondered whether you were differentiating what you send to the list what you send to your email list on content or whether you're sending everything to the list or what yeah yeah I send everything I send everything um and it's funny some of my most engaged and best feedback I've gotten is from not the client case studies since it's always the the videos where I'm just sharing valuable information or I'm doing something very very personal that I had no clue people were also interested in so I I try to upload at least one YouTube video a week but now it's kind of more two videos a week usually it's one sort of value training and then it's one case study or client success story and then I'm filming and then I'm going to try to do three videos a week so I'm naturally starting to pick it up as I'm seeing the results but I'm my whole email list is getting all three or you know every single video no matter what so cool yeah got you lovely thanks a lot guys of course a question for you brian um how important is it that the style and tone of your ad aligns with your vsl great question can you expand on that a little bit just to make sure I know what you mean yeah for example not necessarily saying our ad will look like this but let's say in the ad you have like different people in it a sports car you're outside and then the vsl you're like talking at a desk over a slideshow you know what I mean gotcha yeah I haven't really seen that to be too big of an issue um you the yeah I've it doesn't really need to be congruent from my experience um I just filmed a new version of our vsl up from my desk right here with the camera just right there but I'm probably going to film the ads a few of them at my desk or just walking around um you know Miami but I don't think it really matters to where you're at the same location every single time in fact I think that might it could be easier to knock out though I would say that whatever is the easiest to get going so if it's easier for you to just knock it out right now ads and your vsl in one spot do that um because you can always make the way I like to think about the ads to the vsl is always like what's going to be the easiest to start running as fast as possible and testing because it's all about the script and the messaging anyways from the ads and then once you find a winning ad then you can always add some other elements right b-roll background music captions maybe um maybe a different uh setting you know what I'm saying so but but overall I haven't seen any statistical evidence to show that you need to have the congruent cool okay thank you hey uh this might be a question for Jesse and Brian uh I had a vsl that I recently launched to my list and didn't quite get really any response we didn't get any calls booked and I'm wondering if there might be a block I was kind of um messaging with Nick about this as well but I'm curious if maybe I could do a screen share and we could look at my uh call booking page and the questions and see if there's anything you might see as a possible um something that might be doing wrong that could be affecting conversions sure yeah feel free to uh share your screen and we can take a look okay cool up here all right so um let me open up so this is the vsl page um let me close this here actually that's fine you can still see the headline um so we help single women so it's about a um it's about a can't see the time here but it's about a uh it's about a uh it's about a uh it's about a uh it's about a uh it's about a it's about a can't see the time here but it's about a seven minute long vsl um we had 170 people get the exact numbers we had 176 people click through and watch the video and this is kind of what the analytics are looking like um so from my perspective it's looking pretty decent um so i don't know if if uh you guys have any info on that um the vsl itself as far as retention looks like it's doing okay we had to call to action to book a call around here that's where there's a little bit of a dip um and then they're going to the uh the call booking page where i just have select the best day and time for you and then they go to our schedule once i need to set it up with schedule once right now instead of calendar because of uh we have a sales team and i haven't quite worked it out yet how to integrate that with calendly i got to set that up as well but um this is where i might we had 10 people basically so those are some of the stats we had 176 watch the video we had 10 people click through to this page here to book a call and then no calls were booked and i'm wondering if there's maybe something with uh questions here um particularly this question but yeah i'll let you guys ask if you have any specific things you might want to diagnose with with all this if it's if you have any thoughts yeah i mean a few things i see uh just from my perspective um first thing regarding the um vsl page so i mean my reco on this and i think sam's mentioned this as well uh is unless you think you're going to have a absolute geyser of appointments such that you're going to overflow the calendars and we're going to waste opportunities from traffic that can't book because the calendars are full given the size of sales team then having the the player controls um um removed like to fast forward yeah and also have the button delayed which it looks like it's delayed until they probably see the cta right yeah yeah that's what i did i noticed sam wasn't doing that but um i've yeah yeah so those those without it being delayed so i was just yeah i guess i was curious i have the button down here so maybe i can turn that delay off yeah so those two things will likely help significantly because again if you you know from a like the bottleneck perspective you know if we have the room on the calendars for the calls then we should make it ideally as easy as possible for them to book especially if they're coming from the list because they're going to be you know incrementally more qualified than if they're coming from cold traffic so we may not need to filter further at the funnel level one thing um i've seen others do this and we do this as well like it's often better to filter call bookings at the calendar level after they've actually booked because then it leaves the control in your hands or in the sales manager's hands and they can choose what to leave on and what to take as opposed to trying to filter at like the funnel level via um the button being delayed or restricting the video because then if you don't get the volume of calls booked we don't know if they were actually qualified and they just were annoyed or they just bounced because they couldn't book a call fast enough there's an invisible set of calls there that we don't know the quality of that didn't book so ideally we let them book and then you can you know use the control on the back side um i think that'll help you a lot if you if you make those changes with the video page regarding the call booking page um and just verify you said that we should leave the controls on for the video like you recommend that because i was yeah i was wondering about that i was wondering if they might get hesitant to even start the video if they see it's like four minutes long and that they're not really getting the hook in the beginning i don't know if there's uh some psychology behind that i mean it's it's possible from our experience i haven't seen um i haven't found that to be true like um from the lens of like netflix amazon prime video youtube people kind of expect player controls these days yeah okay cool yeah um so that should help a lot at least with driving more of the traffic to the call booking page as far as the call booking page converting even better um the one principle i would recommend with this because we do have quite a a quite a few questions is i would encourage using the the heuristic of what must we ask to determine if we are going to leave them on the calendar or not and what is the minimal amount we need to know and number two what is the minimal amount that the rep needs to know to open the sales call the right way with that you may be able to remove some of the questions that as a principle will add to more calls being booked because we have less steps for them to go through um as far as a specific question you know i don't i mean when we say this might be affecting conversions we don't know until we actually remove it and see but when we say special discount coaching options start at 397 we are talking about the product and the price at the marketing stage instead of on the sales stage and that may be inhibiting the call bookings because we trigger them to think about product and price out of context of the sales call we try to leave price out in the call booking page that's what we've always done also i found this from a test that we did regarding the rescheduling we put a line of copy there one time i know some people do this like there are no reschedules if you know show you're dead to us something like that you mentioned this on one of the other calls i thought i would experiment with adding this in um and it could work i mean it may work for some people from our from my own experience i literally tried that in our funnel and it broke the call bookings like it went from you know like five to ten a day to zoom instantly um so it's a very careful one to play with that one uh because that may be what's going on as well but um you know we want to we want to test that one carefully okay yeah so i think what i'm hearing from you and when i'm when i'm guessing as well may be the case with this is that we're doing too much filtering in the marketing stage and um we typically this is actually a pretty new way of doing it we usually don't ask all these questions when they're booking i know sam recommended that we put these questions in when they're booking and that's what he does with his funnel but um yeah i think with us we yeah with until we maybe until we get a proven funnel with the vsl maybe we shouldn't be adding these questions until we're getting a gauge for how many women are actually interested enough to book and then later we can add these in and then do more filtering because this is really a lot of filtering here and um we we do a lot of filtering in our business in general because we feel we found that we need to like with this coaching option here that's actually what we charge for a sales call we actually charge for our sales calls because we found a lot of people um we just got did better when we started doing that but um i think in this beginning stages of this funnel we need to kind of stop filtering so much probably until we get some traction is what i'm hearing yeah i mean one question that literally could maybe encapsulate exactly what you need to solve the two problems which is how do we know they're qualified or how qualified are they and what does the rep need to know to take the call in the right direction something like what peaked your peaks what is peaking your interest about booking a call with us right like a basic question yeah what what's it what inspired you to want to talk with us yeah yeah exactly that one thing and by the way because with that it's open it's nice and open-ended if they write something lengthy and detailed you can see that they're engaged if they write a couple of words you can see they're not that engaged do they say something more ego-based that seems like they're not that open and you might want to not take the call with them or do they decide to tell you a novel and you're like this looks like a rambler we might not want to take the call yeah um you know whatever nuances you find with your leads that you want to filter for yeah or what we'll probably do to start is just like we used to do which is have them book and then we'll send them to our full application afterwards um and see see how that goes or we will probably try try it both ways but um yeah okay i think that that sounds good and i don't know sam recommended these vsls to be a bit longer too but i felt like when i was writing the script i felt like we said everything that we needed to say in the five minutes so i'm like why would why would we make it longer but maybe i i wasn't thinking about that correctly and we need to do more indoctrination with the video like we have some some testimonial slides and and whatnot in the video and some credibility photos and uh but yeah i don't know if you have any thoughts about vsl length or or if you have any thoughts on that brian as well with uh if it if it's if there's a potential of having it be too short i think it's hard to say right now um i think everything that jesse said is pretty spot on there's a lot of things that maybe could be reworked just from the uh delay of the pop-up and then the user controls and then the application things that could be a lot lower fruit than doing a brand new vsl uh just yet but i would say i mean yeah i would say those would be priority over a new vsl first um so i would start there yeah okay yeah i'll make those changes i think we'll relaunch this and see uh what kind of response we get but um yeah thanks for your tips with those guys cool just a quick question how do you turn down um an appointment if you think that it's not a good fit?

Yeah, so concisely, basically two scenarios. There's one where like, we call like on the fence is how we call it. So like, they look like they might potentially be a deal or like worthwhile, you know, a good potential fit but they mentioned something in their app that makes us question that. So we basically say, hey, thanks for booking your call. We're on the fence about conducting it because of X in the survey.

Here's what we do. Here's what we'll teach you or here's what we'll teach you about to the degree that we can on the call or we'll share with you useful insights about how to achieve this on the call. We have a program with community, et cetera or a paid program with community content, et cetera. Is this something that you are in the financial position in a financial position to consider if it made sense?

So that's a soft way of asking, like typically they mark, they don't have financial resources. So that's the soft ball way of us asking do they actually have financial resources in a polite way that's not triggering because that's again, usually the people that if they mark that oftentimes they don't end up buying for the calls that you see that they're just straight up, not a fit.

We say something like, thanks for booking your call. We don't believe them. We say it in positive affirmation language. Like we believe that a call is not a good fit at this time. Instead, we recommend watching the videos on our YouTube channel. From this, you're going to gain useful insights about how to achieve X and Y for absolutely no cost. Thanks. Thanks again. And let us know if you think we made a mistake and you want to reschedule.

So you leave that door open in case it was actually a good fit and they fight to get back on your calendar which is pretty rare for my experience but we leave it there nonetheless. Jesse, could you share the emails if you have them handy maybe in the community, that would be awesome. Yeah, definitely. If you do a post and just tag me in the school group in WeTube, that way I can, and we can label it correctly so people can search for it.

I'll post those two in there. Cool, thank you so much. Yep. You were not fine. I'm sorry. You keep going ahead. Just to follow up, with poor lead quality when most of the calls coming through are, you know just too early stage beginner level people, do you recommend basically reinforcing that message that, hey, this is for established entrepreneurs only in certain places? Or do you recommend not doing that if call booking quantity is lower than KPI and therefore, you know.

Yeah, it's a bit of a like iterative process in the spectrum. So if the call book, you know, to your point if the call booking volume is low, then we want to, you know tilt on the side of being less, have less qualification in some of the copy because then that will allow more calls to be booked. And then as you find you are getting more calls booked and you can be more picky with quality then we can start to introduce some of that qualifying stuff.

For example, let's say it's financial resources like with us, we say, you know, quantum is a fit for you if you're making 30,000 per month in revenue or more. That's been helpful, but to copy that, for example for what you might do that may, it may not work exactly as well. It's also just testing. So you may find that it does help to get more of the right people, but sometimes those over qualifications can backfire.

And they, because they get too tight and precise around all want this exact criteria. Otherwise don't book. And it can become a little like repulsive because it's like, oh, I have to follow all these rules. And it ruins the flow of like, oh, I want to learn more about this, I'll book. The challenge that I'm having is that my product is suited for entrepreneurs who've already hit product market fit, right?

And it's not, because until that point it's typically the lack of a particular strategy like, hey, we need to figure out an outbound channel or selling organic or building a BSL funnel or something like that. But after they hit product market fit, going from there to five, 10 X is typically an internal issue. So the challenge that I'm having is that pretty much across the board with all the BSLs that I've put out, it's a, and this has been on Facebook, by the way I haven't yet turned on YouTube in terms of paid ads but the quality has been super low and calls are being booked, but, they were pre product market fit or just starting out.

So I'm just wondering if there's any insights you have in terms of that. And just so you have context of things that I've led with I've tried leading with, hey, is there some sort of a mental block you're experiencing or some kind of self-sabotage that's keeping you from operating at the level you need to? That was one that didn't quite hit. I think you said in a previous call, maybe it was up level, but it's hard to get people to raise their hand for something that would decrease their status.

So maybe that was one of the reasons why that didn't work. And the second thing on today's advice, I tried a psychedelics angle, something along the lines of how, top entrepreneurs are using psychedelics to grow their business faster than they thought possible. But also that attracted a lot of people who are interested in doing mushrooms, not serious business owners. So just curious if you have any thoughts or if anyone else.

Yeah, one thing that may be useful for you to try, like as it sounds like the specific, so if it's within the context of YouTube ads, within the context of the hook to get the right segment of the market to flow through, and then ultimately book, no matter what you say in the email broadcast, because we're getting the right leads off of YouTube from the outset. One hook idea you could play with was like the concept of like an open-ended question that would tie in the right segment that you want.

Something like, have you ever wondered why I, or have you ever thought to yourself, why I have this business that's doing awesome, but I just can't seem to grow it? I tried this, I tried that, and it still doesn't work. Why can't I grow this business that has awesome product market fit? Like you get this like open-ended loop, open-ended question, but you bake and embed the avatar into it.

Just an idea to maybe play with in a future ad that could help solve that lead quality problem at the platform level. Got it. And in terms of making the landing page headline congruent, what would you put on the landing page as a hook? I mean, I would encourage looking at like Quazi, what Quazi is doing. He seems to have hit the nail on the head, like in your own way, of course, but like the hook of growing your business by changing your mind, the avatar you want is baked in as well within the messaging, right?

Like growing your business presupposes you have a business and you also are hungry to grow it. Because the biggest gap I'm seeing right now is that I'm selling them what they need, not what they want. And it's, I guess this is a question for the group as well, if anyone has any input, but I see Brian nodding his head. All of my solution is basically internal because what I see is typically it's not entrepreneurs that are missing the exact strategy or tactic of what to do.

It's their ability to execute it at a high enough level with focus. And so I'm not teaching a lead generation strategy. I'm not teaching you how to do BSL or ads, but what I'm finding is that, or this is, again, I shouldn't say what I'm finding, this is a hypothesis, it's not validated. My hypothesis is that most entrepreneurs in this market were doing 20, 30K, 50K, even like higher than that.

They are typically not even problem aware. And what they're searching for is how do I build a backend mastermind to scale my business? How do I hire a team of setters or outbound or whatever? Is there any advice you guys have? I mean, those are all really good pain points that they're having as well. Like how do I hire setters? How do I, I mean, those are all things you could really use in your, in this case, like an ad script, right?

Like a lot of, like kind of like Jesse was saying, a similar question or almost like a, you can even use the hypothesis you have as a hook, honestly. A lot of entrepreneurs think that they have to have, they think that to scale their business, they have to hire a new appointment setter, a new closer, fix their operations, blah, blah, blah, whatever those things are that they're telling you on those sales calls.

That's the biggest thing that you wanna use here is the data that you're getting on the sales calls that I've found. And then what are those things that they're asking you on the sales calls that they say that they're struggling with, what their biggest problems are? Because you're gonna have to reframe, sounds like you reframe them saying like those, that's not your biggest problem.

Your biggest problem is this, right? And then you get into their inner workings of their head, but they think they have the problem that's external, right? So you would wanna use that in your copy. And then to answer your question about the landing page hook, it's kind of similar to what Jesse said as well. You would wanna use a business-based result hook, but the copy is how it's actually something different or whatever the unique mechanism that you use for your businesses would be like in the headline as well.

You're talking about the ad or the landing page? Both, yeah, both. Because you would mention it in the ad and the landing page so it's congruent. Right, yeah, I think that's a point that you've made a few times, which is if there's any lack of congruence going from the ad to the landing page and then the VSL, then there's gonna be a pretty steep drop off. Yeah, I mean, I would check out the YouTube ads in week five training that just dropped this week.

I would go through the perfect script template that I share in that, I think it's the second video or the third video in the creative. Whatever the creative video is, I would check out that perfect script template that I give you guys for the YouTube ads training because it asks you a bunch of questions about your ideal client, like who they are, what their pain points are, what their problems are.

Thanks, Pierre, yeah, in module three. And it also asks you like, what makes you unique, right? What makes your offer unique and different and why should people go with you as opposed to everything else? And I think that would give you some clarity on this sort of copy that you can use in those headline elements. Cool, and in the spirit of masterminding, if I can just ask everyone here a quick question.

Do you guys have a sense for, if I was to ask you, what's the main thing right now that might be holding you back from operating at the level you would like to be to be able to get the results that you want? What would you say? Would it be, hey, I just need to execute on what Sam's taught us in this mastermind or would you have, like, I'm just curious, like the people here. If you want, I can jump in.

For me, I'm not feeling stuck because the mastermind really helps and like all the components of the mastermind are really helping. So the community, the instruction, the coaching and the collaboration calls, very amazing. So I'm not really feeling stuck, but I wanted to share with you, I'm gonna share with you in the, here. I have like, this guy is offering a mindset program and basically what Jesse said about having like an open question, like an open loop.

The question he always ask is like, what if you met someone with the same skills you have, but they were getting better results with less efforts? Like, this would not be a skillset issues. This would be a mindset issues. And that's what he's offering. I think this is very good. Like, so I just wanted to share that with you. I think that might be a direction to go and maybe it will help with your discovery.

Thanks, man. I appreciate that. Hi, man, it's good to see you here. So first of all, I would say based on my knowledge, I would say that first of all, I would need to have the desire to first of all, you know, go to the next level, to double the income, to make more revenue, because I also dealt with some people that just feel really comfortable at just one level. So from my experience, it's like the desire, first of all, to go to the next level.

And then when they have this, they need, or I need, or you and everyone, first of all, internally, as you know, as a mindset coach to like be this new version, like be comfortable with making like, for example, 50K, if you currently make 25K, so that this internal state is normal for you, it's natural. And then from my experience, the ways automatically come. So you don't have to then, you know, search the right tactics and stuff.

It's just coming from that state, if you're like a 50K earner, and that is normal for you, you do everything correctly to make that money. That's kind of where I stand right now. And that's like my point of view on that. Thanks, man. Appreciate that. And Brody, thanks as well for the input of staying connected to a bigger purpose and being consistently motivated and excited. Is there anything that keeps you from being at that place?

I'm just curious. Let me think. Yeah, I think it's just refining exactly what I wanna be doing every day. You know, Sam Evans was talking about the emotional component being very important and avoiding burnout. And, you know, kind of pivoting when you need to. So I think for me, it's like really clarifying, am I really living my life's work, my life's mission? And having like, sometimes having doubts about that because feeling like, oh, there's something so much bigger I should probably be working on.

Like I should be building a software company like Sam or... So kind of like questioning my path, if that makes sense. Yeah. I don't know exactly why that happens. So I guess it's at a deeper level, probably not feeling fully, like I'm utilizing my potential or fully, yeah, maximizing to make the biggest impact. And so kind of just doubting and questioning in some ways occasionally.

Yeah, that's really helpful. What I find is that once entrepreneurs hit a certain revenue goal that used to be a dream before, then that extrinsic motivation sort of drops. And then some of this sort of soul searching comes up again in terms of, am I really doing the right thing? Yeah, it's like, I get our business to like a great place where it's like, things can kind of just coast, but then it's like this emptiness and void of like, what's next and not knowing, that's frustrating.

Like not always knowing exactly what's the next project I wanna do, what's the next thing? Is it just growing and making more money, impacting more people or is there something totally different? So yeah, that's part of it for me. Got it, thanks so much. Yeah, sure. Hey, Jesse. What's up? Hi there, how are you doing? Doing well, how are you? Oh, well, indeed. I hope everyone else is doing well too.

Jesse, tell me, do you personally have a preferred format for the VSL video in terms of whether you're using slides and loom or like Sam did the launch funnel or whether it's the traditional way you used to do with that level? What are your thoughts on that? As far as a preference, I don't have any particular personal preference. I think it's really, it's more of an expression of creativity based off of the founder.

So if you like, it's a spectrum. On one end, you've got like the Google Doc loom, minimalist, Sam style. And if you like that and you resonate with it, then you should absolutely do that. There are others who wanna do things that are more high production though, like with B-roll, copywriting, script, cutting testimonials in and out. We've had historic VSLs work that are like an hour and 50 minutes, 25 minutes.

The WeTube VSL I think was like 18 minutes that was a Google Doc. So it's really more an expression of what you think is gonna convert and your creative style based off of some of these principles that as long as it follows those, it's still gonna convert. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. What would be your personal thought around if it was kind of like the launch funnel that you guys did for WeTube, but we're working more with slides, the traditional slides, but with loom.

You see that working pretty nicely? As far as like doing a VSL in that style? Yeah. So you're working with traditional slides like you would have always done in the past for a VSL, and then you're using Loom and your little video image running at the same time. What do you think of that? Yeah, I mean, we did that for WeTube and it worked super well. But with WeTube, it was more, sorry, it was more using the Google Doc, I think.

Oh, sorry, maybe I'm not understanding your question. You're basically asking if you can use Loom and slides, right, David? Yeah, that's it, Brian. I could technically do it, but do you, Brian, and do you, Jesse, believe that that's, you know, is that making sense? Is that- I think if it makes sense for you, man, and it flows well for you, then do it, right? Because I think, I still like slides.

I mean, I don't know if any of you guys checked out the YouTube training. There was one module towards the very end. I think it was like the targeting video where I was like, I don't know how I can explain this with just a Google Doc. I have to use some sort of visual. And rather than create a whole different visual or use Figma, I had slides that I already knew, like explained the concept perfectly.

So I just used Loom to then look at those slides as the screen was recording. And I also think it's just personal preference too, right? So if you like slides, which it sounds like it is more comfortable for you, in my opinion, I think that having Loom as well as slides would just make it even better as opposed to just slides, because then they can at least see you as you're going through the slides.

Yeah, I think it's the authenticity of that launch funnel that kind of grabbed me, that I want to convey when I do it, but with slides rather than Google Doc. And so thanks for your input on that, Jesse. And Brian, I just wanted to say that, for me, I'm not at a stage yet where I'm starting to do YouTube apps, but I want to say this for anyone listening now or in the future that I would really recommend listening to the first videos of week five of the YouTube ads week with Brian, because it's really quite inspiring because it just gets your mind focused on that end goal where you want to get to.

And you lay out really, not everyone's going to be very technical. Some people are more straightforward in that regard. You lay out with such precision and simplicity that, you know, I think that's powerful. So thank you for that. I appreciate that, man. Thank you so much. Pleasure. Brian, I have a question for you about setting up all of the Google assets. If I already have like, obviously like Google analytics, but you want us to set up the Google ads manager, do we want everything fresh that we're going to put under the Google ads manager?

Or should we be taking assets that we already have, like our current Google analytics or Google ads account and putting that into the new ads manager? What's the best way to do that? Great question. So it sounds like you already have an analytics account and an ads account, correct? Correct, yes. Cool. Yeah, I would still create a Google ads manager account. Okay. Right? And then I would link that ads account to the manager account, which is very easy to do.

You just send a request and then you can connect them. And then now you have your manager and then your ads account underneath, because it's always important to have the manager account. It's like Facebook business manager, right? If your ads account goes away, you don't have any ads, but if you have a manager account, you can have multiple ads account underneath. And then as far as the Google analytics account, if you already have one, just use that one.

I just started fresh with a brand new Gmail just to walk everyone through it in case they didn't have anything. But if you already have those assets for sure, use them and connect them. Okay. Could you also explain a little bit about the second YouTube account that you're putting your ads on there? I saw like on yours, you have like randomly 135 subscribers, but that's just totally random, right?

Like, is it important that people can click through and then find like your regular page or are you not worrying about that? Yeah, great question. I think the reason why I have, oh, I know the reason why I have 134 subscribers on that like second channel for the ads was because I was pushing traffic organically to that channel to watch the testimonials that are publicly on that channel.

And that's why people were subscribing to it. So I would say if I didn't do that, I would probably maybe have like half of that, if not even less than half of those people that are subscribed to the channel. It takes some work to find a channel that you're running ads to and then subscribe to it. So like, it's gonna be very rare that somebody finds the channel, but it's important in my opinion to have a second channel for your YouTube ads just so you can keep everything separate.

So when you have the ads on there, are they generally not public then? Yeah, they're all unlisted videos. Okay, okay. Yeah, so really you can't find them unless I guess that someone just knows how to find them or they just try to go out of their way to find them. So are you worried about setting that channel up too much or is it pretty much just a shell and a container to hold those ads and that's about it?

Just a shell and a container. Okay, all right, thanks. I've been working on some rebranding that might be helpful to get some feedback on if anyone was open to it. Is that okay? I'm down to help rebranding. Thanks, Pierre. I can share my screen of what I've made so far and this might ultimately be a question for my niche, but I'm making a structure of a brand name that will be kind of the umbrella for the products underneath even though there's only one product right now, which is the Front End Mastermind.

But I'll share my screen, but I'm curious what you guys think is better because I'm just stuck, musicwork.com or musicgroup.com. Work. Work. Group. Work sound. I like it. Can you buy WeMusic? No. This is like the design I'm going for. I don't know. I'm just like stalling. I just need someone to say like, go for it. I don't know. Did you check Music Mastermind if that was available?

I think that one's available too. I'm a big fan of like alliteration when you can do it. Right, right. Okay. And then the rest of this is kind of like messy, but okay. So music work people tend to like. Oh, I was about to give you some feedback regarding the homepage. Oh, you were? I can put it back if you want. Yeah, it will be easier. It's like music group, to be honest. It looks, I mean, that domain looks pretty sick.

Yeah, music group and music work. I think both. I think it's fine. The first feedback I have is that the contrast with the call to action is not very strong because of the elements that you have on the right side of your screen. If you look, yeah, basically the eye would be directly drawn at the red dot, even though it's not the biggest one because the yellow is so faded that it almost doesn't look very warm.

And then all the rest of the colors are very cold. So the only big warm color here is the red dot. So that's where my eye went first. And then we see a big text on the left, so we don't want to read. And then we see get started. So it's a shame because I'm pretty sure the copy is good. I have not read it yet. So my first suggestion would be to remove the illustration on the right side and to keep the rest.

I think if you just remove the illustration, you will fix that. And then you can just like play a little bit more with the hierarchy. But you know what? The best way to do that is just like send this on the group and I will show you exactly what I meant. I will do like a small suggestion. I already did that for somebody else in the group. Yeah, that's the main feedback I have so far.

The rest is nice. Like I like what you did with the logo. It's like a little note, right? Yeah. That's the thing, I wasn't sure what was like just working in my head and not working in real life. So that's good to hear where your eyes drawn to first. That's important. Stop sharing now. Thanks so much guys. I had some feedback too, Alison. Sure. And that is around the fact that while we aren't in the same niche, we're kind of closely related or tangentially related.

One thing that I found was when I used music generally in business name or product names, I found that people got confused, even the point where as I was working, as I was farther down the road and working with people who were helping me with lead generation, they had a hard time distinguishing who my audience was like between recording studios, private music academies that teach kids, musicians who are trying to book more gigs for their band.

And so I think music might be, this is my opinion, but I think music might be too general. And I would go maybe a little more specific for the fact that you're trying to help professionals who are trying to build a performance career and speak in the title or the product name, speak more to the specific niche inside the music industry that that would only be the only other piece of feedback that really jumped out at me because I kind of went through this myself in people getting confused at what I did actually based on the names and how I was presenting myself.

So just a thought. No, I like that. And that's important. The problem is that like for you, studio is such a cool word, but like gig sounds like so bad. So I'm trying to like, and then when you say performance, it's like, what do you, like, it's a bit like, it's a bit like, what kind of performance? So I just, you know, the word is gigging, like gigging.com or like, but I don't want that.

Does your audience use that word? Yeah, everyone talks about booking gigs. I just think it's not a very eloquent word. Yeah. But I mean, we gig, I don't know. That sounds cool. I can tell you it's gonna be hell expensive. Yeah, that's true. I've been benchmarking the domains with we something, like it goes to the million quite quickly. No, thank you. Yes, we recently bought a domain for five grand and there were other domains we were considering that were a lot more expensive.

So he makes a really good point, but that's all my feedback. Thanks. Okay. Thanks so much. A nice tip if you want to circumvent the fact of being very expensive domain. Sorry, it's late for me, it's like 2 a.m. So it's just, you add a verb. So for instance, I wanted to do like something like, we SaaS, because like my niche is about SaaS. And what I did is just added verbs. So we invent SaaS, we launch SaaS, we do SaaS.

And I ended up just doing, we do SaaS. So you can just play with that. And I really like the we, because it's like collaboration, right? That's why I wanted to stick with it. I like that, thank you. Ryan, real quick, this is Leah. I probably is super obvious, but I just want to hear you tell me again, which is, all right, so I just put up my first video as I put in the chat. Thank you for your support.

And I sent it to my list, which I only have, well, okay, I have 11,000, no, 1,100. Oh my God, people. So I now have six subscribers and none of them are even my parents. So that's good. And I have 23 views. So I know that you said that I need 1,000 to at least run ads, 1,000 views. And so I'm working on like learning as much as I can, but not getting stuck with like too much perfectionism, but also like doing it right as much as I can.

So is the, you know, just keep perfecting my system, my SOP for doing this with my assistant, like making the videos, putting them out and like that until I'm ready, is that basically just, that's it? So is the question regarding YouTube ads, like when are you ready for YouTube ads? Well, just whether it's like mindset or practical and tactical in terms of getting ready. Like the reason I signed up for this was to do, for YouTube ads and, you know, naively I didn't know what was really involved in it.

So I'm just, you know, I'm getting started and I just wanna, like my plan, I know you said just get some videos up there, but I'm trying to make them like fairly good and strategic. So they're a little slower, you know, like I'm learning about the descriptions and different things and got a couple of tools, not all of them, like you said. So just is the right thing, just like keep one, like try to do one video a week until I have a thousand views and then run that and like get ready for the ads or just, yeah, just any.

Great question, yeah. Well, to be completely honest, you don't even, I mean, I think you should still be posting one video a week on YouTube, 100%. That should be always a non-negotiable for you moving forward and for anybody here, I think given the basis of WeTube, right? But you don't necessarily need a YouTube following at all to run YouTube ads. So it's good to do that, but you can start running YouTube ads right now, given you have the budget to spend over the next, you know, one, two months to really go and, you know, use it to get clients.

That's a lot faster than YouTube organic. I do think that there is a benefit to having some sort of subscriber base built up, but I mean, honestly, you could run to cold traffic right now using keywords and custom intent audiences like I share in the trainings to get in front of clients who might be interested in your offer and use that to start generating clients for your front-end mastermind.

Do you think that it's creepy, like if you see an ad and like someone was asking earlier, like, you know, and then they go to my channel or whatever and I have six, I mean, I think I'll have a few more, but let's say I have like 10 subscribers and 40 views or something, like it seems kind of, you know, or like, don't even worry about that. Just go for it. Yeah, I mean, a lot of the clients we've worked with in the past didn't have, I mean, they had to create a YouTube channel just to run ads and it was like a blank face channel.

There was no videos and they just used it for the YouTube ads, right? So I think as long as the messaging's good, the offer's good, right? The ad script is good, which we show you in the trainings in week five and Sam's already shown you in the previous weeks, you don't really need it, right? It's not necessary, but I do think, you know, if someone found you organically, like I just typed in your channel and I found you right now, I mean, I think that for what you've done already, it's a well-branded channel with the minimum viable effort that you need.

So I think it's fine. Okay, thank you. Just because, you know, as I think I'd shared, I've been burned a few times with ads that was on Facebook, but like with agency, you know, so I'm really, really, really trying to do it right while simultaneously not having high expectations. So I'm happy to spend thrice the investment, like you said, on the first week, but I don't wanna like, you know, do something foolish where it's like, well, sure, you did all that right, but you had six subscribers, you know, like that's an obvious red flag or something, you know?

Yeah, I would, have you gone through week five yet for the YouTube ads, the creative training specifically? No, I'm planning to do that like right away, but I just want, I was been working to get this ready. Yeah. Cool, yeah. I'm gonna do that tomorrow. Yeah, I would go through the creative module in week five and I would check out some of the examples of the videos. I would just check out the creative module really.

And then I would say when you feel like you're at a point where you can confidently deliver the scripts that I give you in the template on camera on your phone to where you feel good about it, right? That's when I think you should be ready to run YouTube ads because again, it's all about how you feel on camera, how you're delivering the scripts, right? And how much conviction you have as well, which I don't wanna like overwhelm you anymore, right?

But it's just when you feel confident on camera that shows as an ad, right? And people will be drawn to that more. So I think it's basically what I'm kind of saying is like when you feel confident on cameras when you should go to YouTube ads, in my opinion. Yeah, okay. So basically any time is fine. Yes. Okay. Okay, so just because I thought you said I have to have a thousand views to run.

Yeah, yeah, that's all. I'm sorry, that was my fault for not clarifying. So that's only if you wanted to show YouTube ads to your YouTube channel, right? You need at least some people on there to remarket them to. But you can start running ads right now without any subscribers, any views. I just go after, yeah. For gold audience. Okay, I'm glad to hear that. Okay, thank you. Hey, but I'm glad I misspoke then I guess because now you posted your first video, so.

Yeah, okay, thank you. Of course. How'd you guys like this call? Thumbs up. It was good. I think it was one of the best regarding the collaboration. I think it's the first time I really witnessed it. So, to note that down takes till week five for collaboration for your guys's front end mastermind. I'm a little bit concerned about the new waves how it's going to be merging into the group and see how it scales.

We'll make sure to handle the transition well. As some of you guys may have seen, the first week of call attendance was relatively high. And then pretty quickly it starts to peter out to about half or less. We'll make sure we cover everything. How do you manage to, like, do you expect everyone, everybody in the waves to have result, because like for me it would be like a trigger one image.

The attendance level goes down. I will be like, Oh no, no. What are they doing are they still working on the getting progress, or are they just like giving up. I mean it really depends on the segment. I mean, as you guys know here and we do like we all have real businesses to run. So like, we're probably busy. Yeah. And so we can't make every call and that's fine, necessarily. So I mean you could always ask like, if you want to tip I mean you could just ask and check in with them outside of a call if you're concerned. Yeah, that's good feedback.

I will do that. Since it's the first time to be becoming a founder, it's going to be an issue. So a great tip for the checking and writing that down. Thank you so much, Jesse. Cool. Everybody good if we go ahead and wrap it there. Awesome. Great stuff guys. Well, great seeing you all. Have an awesome rest of your week and catch you tomorrow. Yeah.

# Colab call recording #2

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Five - YouTube ads
- Duration: 49 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/484fc263-a599-45f0-a409-949913b0baeb

---


Hey, Brian. Can you hear me? Yeah. What's up, man? Perfect.

Good. Good. Just waiting here to alright. Jesse, Nick, both are here. Perfect.

Mic check. Can you hear me? Yes. Loud and clear. That's so funny, Sid.

You think it's amusing the way I mic check? Yes. Well, when you come from a showbiz background, you just do it the way you're always used to. I check check 123, cash, Stripe. What's up, guys?

Hey. Hey. Hello there. Sit up late last night, Brian, listening to the, the the training, and, you go in-depth. It's pretty cool.

Did you understand most of it, or was that, like, too too crazy? You know, I have, I got my start in Google Ads consulting, so it was very familiar. And it was helpful to see, you know, a lot of changes on the platform this year and, especially in the month of June. So it was kinda cool to see some up to the minute stuff that because I saw you you you recorded in mid June. So kinda cool to see that, recent information.

So, yeah, it it was clear. Oh, yeah. Appreciate it, dude. Yeah. What are you a late call tonight?

What are you guys working on? I wanna dive into the training, but I'm still setting up the the funnel, the Versus I just finished the VSL, putting that all together. Then Then I gotta set up the account and then all that stuff. But, yeah, I'm eager to dive into week five. Yeah.

How's that transition going from the TFY? Yeah. It was interesting because I finished done for you. And then two months doing the course itself, took, like you know, got some sales, build out the course, took about thirty days. That second month was pretty good for course sales, but then I then went into YouTube.

And then it's like, we've just broken everything down, you know, straight to the ground level again, so building it back up. But Yeah. Yeah. That's what Raul was saying. Yeah.

This month was a lot of just building and transitioning, but I think July will will crush it. Yeah. Actually, you know, it's always a there's only a few of us on here at the moment, but if you guys have any questions or topics you guys wanna discuss directly with us or together, you know, we can kinda keep it laid back, but wanna make sure you guys get what you need. So anything you guys wanna make you guys look because I'm, I'm I'm a little cloud nine at the moment, pretty pumped. So we did we launched the wait list, and we had, like, a 156 people get on that.

And then we started selling it, last Monday with a cap of 40 people in wave one. We're at 33 sold this afternoon. So I'm like Gladys too. And my sales guy's on one right now. He's got one more at four this afternoon, then he's got a full calendar of 10 tomorrow.

So I'm feeling pretty pumped, man. Yeah. We should we should hit the 40, and, we've got bunch of strategy sessions next week. But it's funny because I mean, a big part of the reason I joined was to really get off of Facebook. It's just been grinding me, you know, for years.

And I've had YouTube videos, but a few have got 10 or 15,000 views, but most are like a couple 100 views. And we are doing some paid ads on YouTube, but I haven't it hasn't caught up to the Facebook KPIs. So like a big part of the reason I joined was YouTube. So like Brian, I wanna plug in, but I'm like so swamped right now with launching and sale and then all the questions that are coming up and the team, you know? So I this is the first week where I haven't actually properly watched the training, but I'm attending the call.

So I don't have any, good questions for you, Brian, this week, unfortunately, but I'm pumped on everything you you and, you know, the whole team's put together. It's a good problem to have, man. You only need to use ads if, you don't have the organic following. It sounds like you already have the first wave filled up, which is awesome, dude. Congrats.

Thank you. I think the organic will fill the first one and maybe, like, half of the second. You know? And then, obviously, we'll have to keep getting the the paid ads going, which I'm excited about. I mean, I put a lifetime cap of 300, and if we could hit that in a twelve to fourteen month period, that would that would I'd be really pumped.

Nice. Was that 7 k price point? I'm thinking of that 7,500. 7,500? Yeah.

So we we were, you know, the old school thinking of one time 6 k. That's what we've done for, like, five years. And then we went to, like, the, what if we charge every year and it's not lifetime? And I had to get over the mindset, you know, limitations on, like, that. And then, it's just like, you know, six k, everything's going up.

I know you guys were moving your price points up. So, yeah, I made it 7,500. And the scarcity thing is interesting. I was talking to my my lead sales guy, and he's just like, as soon as we tell him it's a cap and we've got, you know, x number of spots already sold, they're like, how do how do I get in? Yeah.

It's super powerful. Like, I discovered the same thing naturally when doing them, and it only gets better the more you can sell it to a degree. Is that right? When you when you can jump on a call with somebody and you're like, oh, I'm I'm excited. Is this thing starting, like, next week?

I'm like, oh, we're actually booked up the next three months. And then I may it reminds them in the future then too, like, when these guys say that, hey. It's we're doing this. We're not gonna wait. You know?

It's not yeah. It's not just a sales gimmick. Yeah. Yeah. I think of it like a really popular restaurant.

You know, if you have to wait a month, it's not like you don't go there. I mean, it's a good restaurant. You make a reservation a month out. Yeah. Definitely.

I did have a question. I've I've actually got a question for you, Anton. Yeah. If that's okay. Yeah.

Actually, before I even ask that, is my environmental noise too loud? I'm in a public place. Okay. Perfect. You said you had a 156 people go into your wait list.

What, what what was the list size that you mailed into this that that, delivered that that wait list size? Yeah. So we have a list of clients that have bought the six k program from us just over 1,100 clients, and I think that was, like, a 125 o on the wait list. And then I mailed out to our Infusionsoft list, which is if you look at the list, it's, like, 55,000 people, but, really, they can only deliver to, I think, 14,000 people. And And that only added another 20 or 30 people to the wait list.

Interesting. Yeah. It's always gonna be those customers. That's cool. Alright.

That that I that was literally the only thing I wanna ask you, so go on. Yeah. Awesome. So, Nick or Jesse, I was just wondering. One is my my sales guy is, really pushing against going on Zoom.

He's like, all my career, I've done the phone call. I'm in finance, and he is African American, and he has a little, you know, concern that, like, most of the clients aren't gonna look like him. And, and then the other thing is I know you guys aren't doing contracts. So I was just kind of wondering how you handle when there is somebody that joins in a couple months later, they're not plugging in and they, like, they don't wanna pay the full they do they wanna do a chargeback or they don't wanna complete their payment if they broke it down into two or three cycles. Yeah.

The the first piece, like, it sounds like he was pretty direct with you about why he doesn't wanna do Zoom. Like, he was not just him saying, oh, I don't wanna do Zoom. There's, like, a reason that he has. What is he afraid, though, like, will happen as a result of getting on Zoom and then that that difference being there? Yeah.

It's a good question. I think, one is he feel so, you know, he's in his mid fifties, and he's done phone sales all his career. So he's like, I'm really good at reflecting the intonation, the voice, and it's just that's kind of where his comfort level is. And then I think the concern is just, like, you know, difference. They they're they're he's concerned that they might view him differently.

Well, you know, the conversion rate is doing well. Like, I don't know if I would really touch it too much, but it is let them stay on phone? Yeah. But it is though too, like, one of those changes that like, if it just went south, it's an easy one to recover from. Yeah.

You know, it's like if if it's Zoom, just bomb for whatever reason. Even if it had nothing to do with the the the racial piece, but he just wasn't as good as a of the salesman for some reason, but he's a killer on the telephone for whatever reason. Then he can always go back to doing that. Yeah. It's not too big of a change.

But in terms of, like, simplicity or there's, like, an operational reason why you want it, like, let's say you guys are recording all the calls and you want them all to be on Zoom and want all the sales guys to be able to, you know, piggyback off each other and see what's working or not and present that to them at meetings or something, then it might make sense to get them over there. I personally really found no difference, like, doing Zoom calls versus telephone calls. Okay. Well, maybe we let him roll with I mean, he's he he was literally the first sales guy hired. We've hired, like, six more ever since, and they've come and gone.

And he's been with me for five five and a half years, something like that. Yeah. So maybe maybe I'll let it be for the time for now. And then to the point, maybe Jesse can touch on this a bit too. Like, the the process at the moment, it might not have been for your case because you were already in our system.

But for new clients, I believe we still have the onboarding wizard, which is technically when they sign up into the consulting.com portal where it's just really their billing information is there, but they are kind of signing a fourteen day end user agreement. So when those things come up, there's always nuances to the situation, like what's the request for and have they been using stuff or not, and then, like, how much have they paid already or not? But, typically, like, from a legal standpoint, we don't have to give them anything after that. And we always try and, you know, resolve before even trying to Mhmm. Just entertain the con that conversation right away.

It's like, you know, what what what changed or what's making you feel this way? Do you wanna jump on a call? Like, always try and resolve it first and then dive in deeper afterwards. Mhmm. Yeah.

Just to kinda build on that. So we don't have a, we don't have a separate, like, contract for WeTwo. So, for those that have been prior customers who signed up, they wouldn't have signed anything in the onboarding flow. Another lens to it may be, like, you know, it is good to have a contract, but at the same time, like, if we had someone that was on a payment plan for We Tube and they wanna drop like, they start declining and they're not responsive to messages, a contract isn't going to Yeah. We're not gonna chase that up and put it into collections or something like that.

So it's kind of it's there, but it's not it's not actually used for anything. It's more of like a reference point of, like, guidelines, if that makes sense. Yeah. One other thing separately on the sales front, If you do find that you end up, tech well, may maybe a couple of things that might be interesting to consider. So the first would be if you have a sec a separate rep that is still working with you that does choose to go on Zoom video and you wanna run that as an experiment, you may wanna see if that call close rate with Zoom video exclusively as the sole call format for that rep is better than your, best reps call close rate because there may be you know, there's I guess they're related.

There's, like, how comfortable are you in the format and then how well do you close based off of skill, but then there's also the function of it being video builds more trust Mhmm. Which is why we recommend doing it. So there may be some interesting data there that you see it converts better or maybe it doesn't convert any better, in which case it doesn't matter from a conversions perspective to switch to it. But if you do see that it converts better with a different rep consistently as a call method, to be honest, I do this. I find it distracting on a Zoom video call to listen and take notes.

So I'll be on video, but I pull up close in front of both of, you know, the camera for me and for the person. So I'm not actually seeing what you're writing. Video feed, but I'm still looking at the camera and taking notes. So it doesn't actually break the rapport, but it allows them to make it like an audio call because you don't have any video stimulus in front of you. So I found that actually extremely useful.

Interesting. Okay. Thank you, guys. It's actually smart, Jesse, pulling up the, document for both people. I just stare down in my notepad.

Don't make eye contact. Hey. I thought I'd jump in here. Can you all hear me okay? Okay.

Perfect. I hope I hope this AirPod doesn't die. I just got the the sound in my ear. So as I was watching through the YouTube ads, and, Jesse, this kinda goes to this one of the structural things I was telling you about in a private message over the past weekend. This is kind of something I've been wrestling with, and that is we have a niche.

I'm in a niche where I am consulting to private music schools, you know, who enroll kids for music lessons, that sort of thing. And most of the clients we've had are, you know, a single teacher studio where they're seeing thirty, forty, 50 kids a week, and they might struggle to get exposure in their local area. But their idea of an awesome career is like, hey. I'm making, like, $75,000 a year. This is awesome.

You know? But then we also have, I'm gonna stop this. I realize I'm not asking the question first and then getting context later. So let me just finish this thought, and I'll give the question. We're moving more upmarket more towards, like, music academies where they're enrolling where they have they're enrolling hundreds of kids.

They have multiple teachers. Here's the question. There's a certain number of those in United States, and we're actually working on building a debate database of of those, through different lead things, but there's not a lot. I mean, not compared to other business types. My estimate might be there maybe, like, 10,000 in the entire United States.

And when you look at, like, the the Google keyword data, I'm not seeing a lot of searches around things that that we do, like how to market a music school. Like, how many how many searches per month you might think that is on Google? Well, it's, like, a couple 100 at most, maybe maybe even less than that. So as I was going through and kinda watching the the YouTube ads training, I was thinking, like, what would Brian say in terms of how much, how if I took all the keywords that that we could possibly target, and I have done this homework, having a background in Google Ads. If I took all those keywords and put them in a list and saw all and added up all the demands in searches per month, like using something like Ubersuggest, how many searches per month for the combined list do you think there should be to make it worth actually doing the YouTube ads portion?

Do you see what I'm getting at there? Yeah. You're asking Jesse or me. I'm sorry. You you were asking Oh, I'm sorry.

I mentioned Jesse because I was telling I I was just kinda signaling to him that this is one of those, like, deep questions I've had, like, coming into this. I'm sorry. I I sorry. No worries. But yeah.

Man, it's a it's a good question. 10,000 people in The United States or just around the world that you target, it's I don't know if it would make sense. I don't think it would make sense. I had a similar problem with a former client that, they're in the, they're actually in the the example we used with the creative, portion of the module. They sell to mortgage loan officers, and there's only about maybe I don't even know.

Like, maybe 90,000 mortgage loan officers in The United States or something like that. Mhmm. And it's just gonna be a very hard uphill battle to scale past a certain amount of ad spend per day. Whereas for you, how do you find them? Are they even searching keywords about how to grow their their business?

Right? But they're at the music academy. Sorry. And even if they are, right, how much traffic volume is that going to be? I think that Google search, since you have a background in that, is gonna be very key.

I think that you could find a few keywords that do spend a little bit, but I don't know if YouTube ads will be a primary lead generation strategy for you because of the size of the total achievable market. Yeah. But it would be worthwhile throwing up at least a few campaigns to always dominate those specific keywords that you do know these academy owners are looking at and have typed in before. Yes. Okay.

That's really helpful. Then I think a follow-up to that would be and and, since I've never done YouTube ads before, when you said placements in the training, were you speaking about, like, targeting specific videos or channels? Is that what a placement is? I think I got a little confused. Yep.

Video placements and channel placements. So you can target specific videos. You can target specific channels. I prefer keywords. We prefer keywords just because it's a it's like placements on steroids.

Right? Because with specific videos that you choose, you're limited by the amount of views that they get on a on a daily basis. When one watches those videos, your views your ads don't get served. Whereas, keyword yeah. Go ahead.

Interest interesting because then it's just a matter of research for me. So if I saw a channel and thought, oh, this is something that an academy owner would watch, while it might not be a lot, if if I just had a growing list of things that I researched and then kept putting placements over, that that could be huge because, I mean, I can already think of channels that I would do. And, again, they might not have a lot of views, but I don't care about that. That has historically been something I've been able to overcome because, you know, we might not be the largest business in YouTube, but, you know, couple years ago, we're doing about a third of a million. We're approaching half a million this year, on good margins.

And and, we we tend to convert the people we find. And so if we can find another way to get in front of those people, then then I don't care I don't care what the traffic is because, like you said, build a few campaigns and and just make sure the funnel is good. So that's helpful. Yeah. I think I think layering your ads on those specific placements and just taking time to really, you know, put a list together of what those placements or channels would be would be huge.

Right? And then as well as the keywords, because keywords do a similar thing just on a little bit of a bigger scale. And what I would go back and watch is the targeting training where I talk about, custom segment audiences, and I show you how to take specific websites Yes. And put them I remember that. Segment.

And then there's probably Music Academy websites that these people are, visiting. And you can take those websites and put them into one big custom segment audience. I think one who's browsing similar websites to those would probably be interested in what you're offering as well. So Yeah. Ways you can still use YouTube ads.

Right? It still would be worth doing. Now if that's the case, could you answer this one question? I know way back in the day that you had to have at least a minimum audience of a thousand to use retargeting on the Google Ad Network. Is that still the case?

Yeah. Okay. That might be challenging for me to hit that thirty day threshold. You could make a list of five hundred and forty days too. Right?

It doesn't always have to be thirty. Okay. Okay. But it won't start displaying until there's at least a thousand people in that audience. Correct?

Okay. Yeah. Well, with tag manager size is too small. Okay. Yeah.

With tag manager, then we can just load that into our site and and, just start collecting people. Other thing too, I'm just gonna kinda say this. This is just putting this out there. The project I took on this year because I realized so I worked with a business coach, and he said, show me what you have, and I'll show you what you want. And he kind of said this in in regards to, you know, people, oh, I want I want more leads, but then if you're not actually going out there and doing something about it, then do you really you know?

And so I realized that the lead source that really built our business from 2016 to 2019 has become incredibly competitive. It's social. It's these Facebook groups where all these school owners hang out and and that sort of thing. And it's just become really noisy in there with all these coaches like, oh, I'm a coach too. You know?

It's gotten really bad in the last couple of years. Anyway, there is no one place in The United States I'm sorry. There's no one place online where you can find a directory of these schools, which is why it's even tough for me to know what the actual size is. So I, went on Upwork, and I've got a research team. And I'm literally having them scour the entire United States and build me a database of all the names, addresses, and they've got some tools.

I don't know how to do this where they, like they can figure out the the academy owner is social or her so mostly her social profiles, and they're building me a database, which I'm very excited about because I don't think any competitor of mine has this, or I think maybe one or two of them have done it. But, anyway, this is kind of my big project that I've started embarking on. I just thought I'd put that out there because I think I don't know if I can inspire someone to think outside the box and how they generate leads. You know, just trying to be helpful. But I think that's all the questions I have for now.

Thanks. Hey, Brian. Brian, what did that, the mortgage media company you said their addressable market was a bit small. What did they end up doing to make it work? Well, they had the same problem on Facebook before they came to work with us.

They were spending about $1,000 a day, and they really couldn't push the budget past that without the CPLs rising, the cost per leads rising, the cost per calls rising, because they were already kind of tapping out Facebook if that was even, the reality. And then they came to YouTube and then it boom. Blue ocean. Right? Nobody was really advertising on YouTube in their niche.

But then when we got to one k a day, past that, it was very, rocky as well. So we we would always be spending around $1,000 a day. But when we tried spending more, the cost would would start rising because now, you know, we're showing our ad to people that aren't necessarily qualified for the offer. So there's the strategy that we recommended to them was, look, keep YouTube ads for about a thousand dollars a day. We found that sweet spot.

Facebook ads thousand dollars a day. We found that sweet spot. Now maybe go tackle LinkedIn. Right? Go start going omnipresent across all these channels, until you let that time do its thing, and then there's more qualified mortgage loan officers that continue seeing your ads a month from now.

So you you you still have the presence there. So they're still spending today. It's just knowing the threshold of the spend you can hit is really my point. Because just like Daniel, right, he can spend a a certain amount on YouTube ads still to, you know, get in front of his ideal audience or however many they are. But there will be, a cap because of the market and the size of it inherently.

Do you have to change your ads more often or anything because of that too? Yeah. Yeah. For sure. But, usually, with YouTube ads, I mean, even with them, they had their best ad running for more than almost a year.

So it they made five ads, and they were running for about a year. And we we did refresh them every six months or so, which is pretty cool because with Facebook, it probably was a lot quicker. But it does help to refresh them for sure. They can drop load the cost per lead. Cool.

Our niche is real estate. There's probably, like, two, two and a half million real realtors in North America. So, do you think that what how's that for an audience size? I don't think you'll be fine. Cool.

Okay. I was gonna ask about that agreement too, Jesse, earlier. If you take payment on the phone, is it worth sending an agreement or contract? But I guess it doesn't really make a difference. Yeah.

The way I think about it, it's it's kinda like a nice to have. It it is nice to have it on file, but it depends on the flow. Like, we have a you know, we're lucky to have a custom billing platform where there's, like, an onboarding wizard that they've had to join, and that historically was how they access the content so they need to go through that workflow before they could access the product. And so it was seamless to have the contract in that step. But if you're using, like, school or a Facebook group and Kajabi, there is not a seamless step for an agreement in those workflows.

It would have to be a separate item either through, like, DocuSign. I think there was another one, James Fedick talked about it in up level. I think it's esign Genie is what he uses, and it's apparently pretty relatively seamless. But we wanna make sure it also doesn't, like, injure your sales process because when people start to see agreements, like, that are too obvious before they access something, then that could, you know, cause questions after they sign up before they join the group. So just gotta make sure it's worth it if you do it.

Got it. And if worst comes to worst, are you able to track people's, like, logins on school to prove that they were, like, actively using the product and stuff? Good question. I don't think we have that capability currently. Sid, that's that's right.

Right? We don't have that currently? K. Screenshot their daily activity. Couple green bars should do it.

Not like a not like a log as far as, like I don't think we have the concept of an activity log in the admin panel by user. Although you could screenshot their profile within the group, like and it's, you know, visual representation, but it's not, like, a concept with dates and time and device as far as I'm aware. But you could, however, look up at their progress in the classroom. You'll know how much they have what so that's something. And they have daily activities, so you'll know when they were logged in as well from their profile.

Got it. Yep. See that there? Cool. It's like tiny, squares.

You'll see, like, their activity. You could visit anyone's profile, and you'll see their daily activity. That and progress. That's the activity. Got it.

Okay. Brian, on the follow another follow-up question, Brian. Given everything I said earlier, would you say that it would still be advantageous for me to use Hyros, or would that be an an expense that because the market size is so small, you might make an exception there? I would make an exception there. I wondered.

Mhmm. Okay. Cool. Meaning you wouldn't see it necessary to use high risk? Until it becomes necessary.

Like I mentioned yesterday, I think until you'd I think until you you have a call coming in from your VSL funnel and you know the only traffic running there is your ads, and then you close three sales, and now you're like, which of these five campaigns did they come from? Right? Mhmm. And then clearly, the oh, it was Google search, or, oh, it was YouTube ads placements. And now, you know, okay, I can keep this campaign running because it's obviously worth it at that point.

Yeah. Cool. Alright. Very good. Are you guys using Hyros?

I guess probably at consulting.com you're not because you're not doing a lot of paid traffic anymore. At consulting.com, no. Not currently. We so in short, no. We had a custom tracking solution that Sid and our engineer developed, that was like a Yeah.

Lightweight version of Segment. So we actually didn't need to use Hyros when we were running paid traffic because of that, but that's obviously a unique scenario. Yep. And then, Brian, do you have oh, sorry. Say it.

No. It's what's funny is, like, I think the idea for Hyros kind of became from that because we built, like, an internal system, which was very lightweight. And Sam saw it and, like, he liked it. And he set it among I think at the Mastermind or some some place. And Alex Becker picked it up, I guess.

I just ran with it and developed this amazing SaaS tool, which was, like, funny. Interesting. Yeah. We we have all of our clients use Hyros that are on the agency. Oh, okay.

It's a it's a must for us and for them because then it's just basically, like, very clear how much return on ad spend we deliver for them. Otherwise, it's up in the air. And we use it personally for our our company as well. So we signed up probably nine months ago. And for the first three months, I think we, like, fumbled around, not really getting things connected.

And then once we did, it felt like it started providing more insight for us. Obviously, I'm always kind of looking for is there ways that we can cut costs and complexity. If we go if we completely get off of Facebook and Instagram and we eventually are just running YouTube ads, there's still you would see a need for it, though, just to make sure that we can, even within the YouTube platform, know which ads are responsible for the highest performing? Okay. That's the main thing.

Yeah. That's that's the biggest benefit is just knowing which campaigns are actually producing the sales. Right? Because you can see which campaigns are producing the leads and the calls. But, I mean, it's not always the campaign that has the cheapest leads that get the the best return.

And like Sid and Jesse were mentioning, I mean, custom's always the the better solution for sure. That's what we were using when I was working full time for Dean. We had a a coder in house Mhmm. Built its whole custom solution, and it was great. So they didn't need it.

Right? Because they had something in house just like consulting.com does. So I think, I think it's definitely gonna still be necessary until you have a alternative solution. I've never used, like, wicked reports either or any of these other ones. I think they also are a little bit more complicated too compared to Hyros.

Just from what I've heard from, like, guys like Frank Kern, we got him to transition to Hyros, and he was, like, a psychmetrics guy. And he's like, oh, I love Hyros now. So Okay. Thanks. How much does a high ROAS cost?

I believe the lowest package is $347 a month for up to, I wanna say, $40,000 in revenue tracked. So pretty pretty decent. Gotcha. And I wanna say there's some, like, upfront, maybe startup costs or onboarding costs or something. I don't recall what it is, but I know it was more than $350 a month.

In our well, because we're an a an agency affiliate with them, so I don't know, like, because in our checkout in our checkout option, if we were to send, like, somebody a checkout link, we could just select the $347 Uh-huh. Price point. And I don't know what the sales team would say about that, if that's true. Like you said, it might be different on a consumer standpoint, so don't quote me on that. Yeah.

Like I said, I don't recall exactly, and I don't think we are the bottom package, but we weren't huge. What I wanna say our annual is more like 10 to $13 with them. You must be tracking a lot of revenue then. Yeah. But there there is a higher fee that you would pay if you wanna get their their help with the setup.

So That's that's it then. Yeah. Because I think you have to pay 3,000 maybe 3,400 or so Yes. For the you pay basically pay for the year, Raul. You pay for the year of Hyros.

So it's a a higher fee upfront as opposed to the monthly. But with the higher free upfront, from my knowledge, you get their team helping you with the setup to make sure everything's tracking properly, Stripe, and your email, all that's working, functionally. That that that's starting to ring a bell. Did you do a launch funnel, Anton, when you, got that new group of master's students? Yeah?

Yep. Cool. Yep. Everything very, very similar to what's taught. The only mistake I probably made in hindsight is I didn't leave enough room between, like, the launch of the application.

I didn't charge a $99 application fee. I just went straight to application. But I don't think I left enough time between the application and, you know, the first day when it goes live. I think it's okay because we'll fill wave one, but rather yeah. I went a little shorter on that.

Alright. Cool. Anton, did, did you drive to, like, a Google Form style static application? I drove to, essentially just Calendly, but had the application with, like, all the essentially questions there. Got it.

Nice. What's your niche? By the way, Anton. Financial advisers. Ah, cool.

So it's essentially online education for financial advisers to help them attract more sophisticated clients. Very cool. Brian, are you on these for the next little while or just the the six weeks? I'm on them for the long run. Oh, okay.

Cool. Yeah. Because we haven't launched the the ads yet, so I wanted to get help when they're actually rolling. You know? Yeah.

For sure. Now I'll be here. Cool. Yeah. So that's an interesting question.

So when you guys introduce the next wave, obviously, it's gonna be a different experience. Right? Because you won't be doing, like, week one, week two, week three rollout. It'll just be they join and then all the contents there. And then it will all just be one big group call like this with a bunch of new members?

In essence, that's right. Yeah. So it's it's not like a separate cohort, if you will. Like, it's depends on the definition of cohort. Like, it's the same school group, same collab calls.

They're gonna have immediate access to the course, not drift access. So, yeah, they will be at a different stage, than, you know, some of us here. That makes sense. I was trying to figure out how to do that with, like, we call it waves, play on the whole Blue Ocean strategy, you know, concept of, business. But so wave one and then wave two, and I was like, well, all of a sudden, you're gonna have all of these new people joining.

But the reality is, like, looking at the We Tube experience, different people are going through it and focusing on different weeks as it is. So, like, you know, I'm I got deep into the launch phase, whereas somebody else I've heard, like, oh, I'm really gonna be focusing on the YouTube stage. So it's like, even though we all started at the same time, we're going through things at a different pace as it is. Totally. Yeah.

Yeah. And, the attendance has dropped off, so it'll be interesting to see, like, a a rush of people come in when that next wave comes in. I think it's mid July. And, and also along the point that you're making there, I I'm going through everything. And then just to kinda get the full Mhmm.

Experience. Skinny on everything. And then I think I'm gonna, like, rent a cabin out in the woods for two days and just go there for two days and away from my family and business and just, like, hash all this out and figure out what the heck it is I'm gonna be doing after after July or August of this year. I started two masterminds last year, and I did it roughly based on kind of what I observed Sam doing. And, they're doing okay, but it's like once Sam kinda came out and you all, you know, came out with the blueprint for how it's actually supposed to be.

Like, there's gonna be some hard changes to be made because there's people who are already in it, and then I've got all these other courses. And it's like, I've gotta I gotta make sense of this Frankenstein monster I've built over the last six years and figure out kind of the direction going forward. So, I'm probably gonna be in that next wave of people asking questions I should have asked in the first wave because I'm, like, really trying to wrap my mind around all this. I think I have one more question. This is probably my last one.

I kept thinking it was the last one, though. So, the one will probably come up. But, you know, as I was looking at the launch funnel, a lot of what's in there is very reminiscent of, nice, Sid. A lot of this is reminiscent of, you know, some of the BSL funnels that Sam taught in in, Accelerator. And I'm curious, you know, we had a really good we had a really good funnel that we ran for about ten months, middle of twenty twenty to the late spring of twenty twenty one.

And, first month we ran it, it returned six to one on ad spends. And then over time, it kept decreasing to the point where after the iOS 14 update rolled out in February or March 20 that's when it it died. Do you think it would be advisable since it did so well to maybe just use that funnel or the YouTube ads and not even monkey with, like, trying to build, like, a new, you know, a new VSL or a new video, new copy. Like, do you what what are your all thoughts on that since it performed so well? I mean, my 2¢ real quick are basically, depends on the bottleneck of your time.

So, like, in years past, for example, when, like, say in, like, 2020 or 2021 when Sam was working full time on school, then we had some of these, like, historic assets that I would attempt in experiments because, you know, getting a new VSL was not, like, an option. So I would try, like, a past VSL that has been, not running actively for, like, a year and a half or two years to bring back something that's fresh to the market, or they haven't seen it in two years to uptick surveys and, you know, attempt to decrease the CPLs, cost per surveys when we saw, like, decay in, in the existing VSL. Or we would use other videos that we had historically as, like, video ads. But if you have the time to make something new, it's probably gonna be a very good return because, you know, you have this, like, iterative, you know set of info about who the target customer is, what their problems are in today's you know universe, how they describe them, who precisely is a fit for your new masterminds or your updated versions of your masterminds. So it would probably perform better, likely, because of the, you know, new intel that you have with more experience.

Like, every another put it to put it a bit differently, every new video we've come out with has always performed typically better than the last. You know? That's good feedback. Cool. Thank you.

I know you guys introduced an affiliate or I don't know what you would call it, but we'll call it affiliate program for school. Did you have discussions around doing something similar to We Tube? And I'm only asking because on my front end mastermind, I I just announced probably should ask you before I announced it, but, like, a introductory 20% as long as you're a member and the person you introduce is a member, we'll share 20% of their annual 7,500. Funny enough, it's a topic we have not discussed, like referral discount or even but possibly implementing a referral program. It's something we might discuss, for sure, but, it's something we we didn't bring up.

Not that it's a bad idea. I mean, it's a great idea. If if the referrals are there organically, that's something that Sam, you might have heard him mention. Like, if the referrals are already happening organically, then stoking it with a financial incentive is great. But if they're not there organically, sometimes, you know, we wanna look deeper at the product to see why.

But it sounds like, you know, you've got awesome product market fit. So referrals may be an awesome, way to create more of that, like, 1.5 coefficient of, like, something that's more self sustainable than relying on just one, traffic source. That's the hope. Yeah. We'll see.

I mean, it works well for our industry because a lot of financial advisors will have, like, junior advisors under them. So they're not necessarily employees. They're independent contractors. But they do wanna help them, like, do more business because they get a small, you know, piece of any business they do. So we would still charge them to be a separate member, but we wanna encourage them to be thinking like that.

Yeah. Be awesome if, I guess we'll find out. For for Accelerator, it worked amazing, by the way. That ultimately was the number one traffic source for Accelerator for, like, two years. Completely self sustained off of, referrals.

Hello, Anton. Here's a quick heads up about the referrals. Like, we did do it for the optimal program. It was the high ticket program. Right?

So I would recommend, like, have some kind of a plain Google Sheet just to track because sometimes you might just miss because it's gonna be a manual work. Right? It's not automated referrals. So you might wanna have something basic like a Google Sheet just in who referred and to whom like, that's all. But you wouldn't wanna consider something like that very basic.

That's all. Perfect. Thank you. Alright. I'll be the guy to break the silence.

Those are the best. You just gotta let them ride, bro. Yeah. Is there anyone else that has questions today? I know we we've got the time.

But if you guys are all good, then, it's kind of up to you what works best. Think I'm good. Cool. Thanks, guys. Alright, guys.

Well, thanks for attending. Have a great week. Great weekend, and we'll see you next Wednesday. Yeah. Thanks, guys.

Take care. Guys. See you later. Thanks, Brian.

# 1. Traffic engine

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 5 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/38d3a284-d2f6-4704-bc75-8f3893f8944c

---


Alright. In this module, I'm gonna give you an overview of the traffic engine or the traffic machine, and basically a high level view of the different things we're gonna be covering in week four. Just to show you how it all kind of works together, it to form a system or an engine or a machine. So so far, we have covered, you know, the product engine, the front end mastermind, the back end mastermind, and and how these two work together synergistically. I've also shown you the launch and opportunity funnels, which you can use to launch, and promote your masterminds on an ongoing basis.

But now we're gonna look at, like, the day to day kind of traffic engine that's always kind of working to generate a consistent flow of traffic for your products. Now in week four, we're gonna be covering the website. So I'm gonna show you, you know, the consulting.com website and how it works and the thinking behind it. I'm also going to show you, the email newsletter, so how to basically segment and email your your list and on what frequency, how to come up with ideas and things. We're also gonna show you YouTube channel and the VSL funnel.

Right? And then that should pretty much cover everything. And then next week, Brian's gonna show you YouTube ads. So by the end of next week, you you'll basically have all of these different components. Right?

Now the purpose of this video is to show you, like, how all of this stuff works together. So the idea is that, you know, you run YouTube ads basically all the time, and that's driving traffic to your VSL funnel. Your VSL funnel is building up your email list, and it's also getting you customers for your front end mastermind, which is making money, which allows you to keep spending money on YouTube ads, which allows you to keep building up your list and then keep growing your mastermind, which allows you to upsell people to your back end mastermind and resell people into both of these on an ongoing basis. Right? But as this VSL funnel is building up your email list, you can send emails to your list, driving them to your YouTube channel, which helps your channel grow.

You can also send emails to your list to your VSL funnel if you want, or a launch funnel, or an opportunity funnel. You could even just send them to your website or straight to a booking page to book a call. Right? You can use your email list for all sorts of things. And then you can make videos every week, and the basically, what's happening here is the email list and the YouTube channel together work as like a nurturing system.

Like, they're building up trust and basically a relationship with your list. And the YouTube ads and the VSL funnel are working as like a a list building tool, but also as a customer acquisition machine that's getting customers and generating enough money to keep everything running. Right? And so all of these things kind of work together. And in this week, we're gonna cover the website, the YouTube channel, the email list, and the VSL funnel.

Next week, Brian's gonna show you the YouTube ads, and together this will complete, like, the We Tube kind of system or model. And then, you know, all of this comes together to basically produce income. It costs some money to run it, and, ultimately, you're left with some profit, and you've got a team that's helping you run this thing as well. And we'll jump more into the math and the team and the operations in week six and how you can fine tune this system and delegate it to others so that, you know, you can have this machine running nicely and consistently day in, day out, generating profit with, you know, a team running it for you so you can just do the parts that you're good at and the parts that you love. So that's kind of the high level view of how all of this stuff works together.

But the focus of week four is traffic engine, website, VSL funnel. So let's get straight to it.

# 2. Website

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 12 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/6d0f4d2b-bb13-47c0-8dc4-932b446506f1

---


In this video, I'm gonna show you about our website. Right? So our website is only really serving, like, a few basic purposes. Right? How does someone find our website?

Let's think about that. Well, most of the time, it's gonna be because they've seen our ads somewhere and or they're getting our emails, and they just think about us, and they type in our website address or they Google us, and then they arrive at our website. So the people who land on our website are more aware than most of our traffic. Right? They already know who we are in some way, and they're they're a different kind of type of of viewer or a different type of traffic compared to say cold traffic.

So when we're running cold traffic, like from YouTube ads, it we use the VSL funnel because it captures their email address, and then it also tells them exactly what we do and all of that in the video. But when someone arrives on our website, they're quite warm, and they're mostly what I found is that they're in they just wanna know what do you sell and how can I buy it, basically? Or they might want to just learn more. Right? So the website then, it only it can be pretty simple.

So our website just has a basic, like, headline that kind of encapsulates everything that we do, and then there's just our two products, Weetube and Quantum. Then if you click on learn more, this is what I call, like, a product page, and it just has a basic headline and a sub headline, an image. Just says, who is it for? There's a screenshot of a testimonial, basically, and then how it works, how to get started, and Calendly so that somebody can book a call. Alright?

And that's it. That's it for the product page. That's honestly all you need because someone has they might have been following you on YouTube. They might have been on your list for a while. They might keep seeing your ads, or they might just hear about you like a friend, word-of-mouth, basically.

And they go when they go to your website, they just want you to be straight with them. Like, what have you got? Who is it for? How does it work? How do you get started?

Let's do it. Right? That's really all you need. That way, your website is is looking after, like, those people, and your VSL funnel is doing more of the heavy lifting with the people who don't know who you are. Right?

Now I also think it's good to have a newsletter page where people can join your email list. And you can just be very straightforward. You can just say get so many emails every week and and give people an idea of what the emails will be about. We get about a 100 people a day just joining this newsletter here. And obviously, we get all the people joining our email list from our VSL funnel, but from our website, we're just basically offering a YouTube channel, an email newsletter, and a product page where people can book a call.

There's also an about page, which just says a bit about who we are. So who we help, what we do, our philosophy, our story, our team, how to contact us. And, of course, there's some legal pages and things. Right? But that's about it.

Now I also think instead of a blog these days, like blogs don't do much these days. I think just linking to your YouTube channel where it says, you know, confirm channel subscription. So to do that, you if you look at the link that's here, so copy link address, if you see here, it's question mark sub underscore confirmation equals one. That automatically pops up this subscribe thing when people visit your YouTube channel from here. So let's say someone hears about you, they come to your website, and they wanna know more.

Or the about page is great for that. The newsletter is great for that because they can keep getting, you know, emails from you. And then your YouTube channel, where they can watch all of your different videos and subscribe to you there. Right? So your website is telling people what you do.

It's giving them the backstory. They can join your newsletter. They can check out your YouTube channel and subscribe there, and they can see what products you sell, and they can see what they're all about, and they can book a call to buy them. Right? Now also people are gonna get retargeted because they've visited your website, and then they're gonna get show ads, which is gonna take people into the VSL funnel.

So you don't even I honestly don't think you need to link people to your VSL funnel from your website. The people who are on your website are much more aware. They don't need as much nurturing, and if they do, they'll naturally fall into that category anyway. So that's all I think your website needs to do. It's very basic.

It just links to your YouTube channel, gives people the option to join your newsletter, tells them who you are and what you do, tells them what products you sell and who they're for, and how they can get started by booking a call. That's honestly all it needs to be. Now when it comes to you building your website, you can obviously do it however you want. It doesn't have to look like mine. It doesn't have to if you wanna add some additional stuff in, you're more than welcome to.

I just think that this is the bare bones. Right? Like, this is the this is as basic as you can have it and still have it function well, basically. So feel free to customize yours however you want. I'm not saying you should just copy this verbatim at all.

You should make it your own. And if you wanna know how I built my website, well, I just I like using this this tool called Figma. This is not FigJam. This here is FigJam, which is like a whiteboard, but this is Figma, which is like a it's like a tool you can use for designing things. But basically, you know, I just created some different pages like this, and then I just I made the website like this by just typing things in, and dragging and dropping different elements and building it out this way.

So I make a desktop version and a mobile version for every page. So I did the home page. I did the newsletter page before you opt in and then after you opt in, and then I made the about page. Right. And then I made the this was the up level page, which is isn't there anymore because we stopped selling uplevel, but this is what it looks like.

And then the quantum page, which I just showed you, then all the privacy and all the legal pages basically. Right? And that was pretty much it, so that's how I designed it. Right? So I just designed every page, the full all of the content and everything, then I just gave it to, a developer and got him to hard code it, basically.

Now you can do this if you want or, I mean, I honestly think Figma is a really good tool for designing out your pages because it allows you to it gives you a lot of freedom to make everything in, like, one tool and have all the pages laid out like this. So you can see I can see every page on the website from in one view here. So as I'm making it, I can make sure that everything's consistent across all the pages, and I can get the website as a whole built first. And then I can go into whatever page builder we're using and make every individual page. I think a lot of people just jump into one individual page and get carried away in there, and then jump into another page and get carried away in there, and then none of these pages work together to form like a cohesive whole.

And they look all they are very inconsistent and everything. So honestly, I think it's a good idea to design your whole website like this, then jump into whatever page builder you're using. There's a few that come to mind. I mean, there's WordPress, there's Squarespace, there's Wix, there's, I mean, you can even build websites and click funnels. There's Webflow, which is quite complicated.

Or what you can do is you could just honestly, like, make it all in Figma like this, and then give it to a WordPress developer or a Webflow. Probably better to give it to a Webflow developer and just say, build this for me, please. And you'll probably have to pay, I don't know, a few $100 to a thousand bucks or something depending on how good they are and how complex the website is, for them to basically translate these pages into, Webflow or WordPress, whatever you wanna use. I'd probably use Webflow. It's a bit more modern.

You don't have to install updates and deal with all that WordPress crap. So, yeah, that's how I do it. I just make it in Figma, share it with a developer, get them to hard code it. Otherwise, you could build it in Figma like this and then give it to and then go into, like, ClickFunnels or whatever tool you're using yourself, and then build every individual page. But a few notes on, like, making a good website, consistency is what makes things good.

So see this font size here, it's like 39. Every headline on every page is like the same font and the same the same, size. And then all of the text on the website is like the same font and the same size. All the buttons are always the same font, the same size, the same color. Right?

Consistency is what makes good design, basically. If you're using different fonts, different sizes, some of it's italic, some of it's underlined, and all of that, that's what makes a website look really noisy and ugly. So consistency is key, and using Figma like this is a really good way to make sure your whole website is consistent. And that's really it for website. It's just a way to for people that already know who you are, to see what products you've got and see how they can get enrolled, get on your newsletter, check out your YouTube channel, and that's basically it.

And then this login button, you can just honestly link this to, like, your school group. That's probably the easiest way to do it. Yeah. And that's pretty much it. Thanks for watching.

See you in the next one.

# 3. Email newsletter

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 29 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/9e7f15b3-df6a-46e6-be8a-cdc26334b86a

---


In this module, I'm gonna tell you how to basically run a successful email newsletter. So first things first, goals. Goals. What are we trying to achieve here with our email newsletter? Well, there's a few things.

One is we're trying to build an email newsletter, like and when I say this, I mean a list, an email list of subscribers who wanna receive emails from us. We do this in two main ways. We've got a website where we ask people to just opt in for the newsletter, very straightforward, and then the VSL funnel where people have to opt in to watch the training. Right? Between those two things and running some ads, we're able to and making videos on YouTube, we're able to build an email list.

Then what we wanna do is we wanna build a relationship with that list. And to do that, we send three plus emails every week. And over time, if the quality of the emails are good and we are consistent with it, we'll build a relationship with them. And that's a very powerful asset to have, a list that's engaged with a strong relationship with them. Right?

And we also want to generate calls like appointments, clients, and YouTube subscribers and video views. Right? So when we send an email, sometimes we'll have a link. So it the call to action in the email will be book a call. They'll be able to book a call.

From those calls, we'll be able to get clients. Then sometimes we might just send people to our YouTube videos where they might subscribe and or watch the video. Right? All of these things are good for us because, you know, if people visit our website or if people, if people watch our videos, then we're able to retarget them with ads. And now we're touching them on two kind of mediums, like the ad medium, the inbox, and through the emails.

And, you know, if they've subscribed, maybe we're touching them on YouTube too. Right? That's what we're trying to do. Now we need a schedule. So you wanna decide how many emails you want to send each week.

I recommend three. You can honestly send more, and more is not necessarily worse. It could actually be better. However, I recommend three. The key here is consistency.

Then you wanna plot the days that you're going to send them on your warm up planner. Right? I recommend the same days. You know, when you're trying to generate appointments, it's generally better to email earlier in the week, instead of on a Friday, for example, because then they're viewing the calendar for over the weekend. Right?

It's generally better to be heavier in the front of the week than in the back of the week to try to get appointments on the calendar, for the week. You also want to commit to send emails time. Right? It's best to, like, commit to a schedule here. It just keeps it means you don't have to think about it so much.

Like, I'm gonna send an email every Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, for example. Right? And then at the same time, 10AM every day. Right? I recommend you do something like that to make it easier for yourself.

And I recommend the day that you publish your YouTube video on YouTube, you should send an email to you should email your list to that video on that day as soon as you hit publish. Right? Because when you drive your email list to a video, that video will get more views initially, and then when YouTube sees that this video is getting a lot of views initially, it'll think, this is a good video. I'm gonna give it more distribution, more reach. That means you'll get more views, and you get kind of that's how you can kind of hack the YouTube algorithm a little bit.

So I'd send the emails, send the email immediately as soon as you publish your video. And the day that you publish your YouTube, I've already covered that, the other two days can be used to generate calls to get clients. Right? Pretty simple. Now workflow.

So here's the basic workflow that you can go through when it comes to sending an email. Like, first of all, are you sending an email today? Well, you just check your warm app planner. And at what time? Well, it's gonna be at 10AM or whatever time you've decided.

Right? Then what is it for? Like, what's the purpose of this email? Are you just updating your audience to be like, hey, this we're doing this new thing, or we've changed this thing, like, we've we've got a new website, or we just did a live event, here's some photos of it. Right?

Like, you can update your audience, it's a communication channel, or you might be trying to generate calls, which means you're trying to get, you know, bookings on the calendar so you can sell something, or you might just be releasing a new YouTube video and you want people to check it out. So what is it for? Now if you're generating calls, make sure that the calendars have enough room for bookings. You don't wanna send an email that links to your calendar if your calendar's full. Right?

So always check. And then, you know, what I do is I check with the reps. I'm like, hey. Do you guys have space on the calendars? And if they're like, yes, then I'll send an email.

If they don't, then I can't send an email, because it's it would be silly. I'd just be pointing people to a a full calendar. Now how do you come up with ideas for emails? I honestly think the key to this is to use your environment to come up with ideas. So, you know, this we've got access to, like, a rich landscape of of, like, information that we can draw ideas and inspiration from.

So you can scroll through your school group. Right? See what people are talking about. See if anything kind of just jumps out at you. Maybe someone has got a result.

Maybe someone, maybe there's a trend of results, like a lot of people are succeeding with the same thing. Or maybe people are talking about the same problems, or maybe people are scared about the same thing. Right? Use your school group, scroll through there. Then you can think about the recent collaboration calls you did with your customers.

What were some hot topics on that, or what were some things that you said that people were engaged with? This could be an email idea. What about the live events you did? Was there anything hot there? That can be an email idea.

And then you can talk to your team at daily stand up if you've got a team and ask them, what do you think we should send an email about today? And when you're really in sync with your team and, you know, they're doing sales calls and coaching and all of this stuff, and and you're all talking together, like, daily, quite a lot of the time, someone will come up with an idea and that'll spark another idea, and then you come up with something and and you get get an idea for the email. This is what I do a lot of the time, honestly. I just ask my team. I just brainstorm with them, and sometimes I just pull up the email writer, like ActiveCampaign, and I just write the email live on the call with the team.

Now this is probably my favorite way to do it. But, you know, if you're you're doing sales calls, what are some things that are coming up consistently on the sales calls? Or what are some trends in the market? What is what is everyone hyped about? What is everyone scared about?

Like, you know, how how can you, you know, share your view on the market with your audience. Right? So these are some ways to generate generate ideas. Then once you've got an idea, you go to ActiveCampaign, and then you create your campaign, and you select your entire list. You wanna mail it to people that have engaged in the last ninety days, basically.

Now an easy way I like an easy way to write emails that I like to use is copy the template from your last email to use a consistent format. So, you know, if I come into ActiveCampaign and I want to send an email, I might click on this, and then I'll click duplicate. That way, the audience is already, you know, the audience is already selected, basically, like the list. Then I'll just type the name of the email here. Then, you know, this will be just called, like, all engaged.

That's the that's the list, basically. Then you click design, and I honestly think you should email broadcast to everyone on your list. There's no point segmenting it. This newsletter is updating everyone. And then this is the basic design I like to use.

There's a 500 pixel width. The font is, 12 Arial, and basic line spacing like this. Sometimes I include an image, and I'll put a one pixel border around it just to make it look sharp. I'll often link to the I'll often link to whatever the call to action is in the in the, image. So if someone clicks on the image, it opens the link.

And then beneath it, I usually say, like, the call to action, say something else, call to action, and then I just sign it off, Sam. So I basically can just copy this template and just I put in my text here. So new text goes here. I might change out this image, right, with a new image. I might swap out this link, and then I might swap out the call to actions and then add a different ending here.

Done. Right? So I don't have to format this whole thing every time, and I've got a consistent look and feel to my email so that people know it's me, basically. Then you've got to click the settings cog. You can adjust you need to adjust the subject line.

Right? And then you can go next, and then I'll go back to my my workflow here. Yeah. So start writing. So you want to write short punchy sentences.

You saw, you know, some of my emails, and I'm gonna give you some examples of my emails soon. But short punchy sentences, small paragraphs, Think less is more. Use images when necessary. Bulleted and numbered lists can work well when you're trying to just say this thing, this thing, this thing, this thing. And then you should tie it all together with a conclusion all the time.

And the best emails I've found is when you've stated something, you've explained it, you've, like, concluded it tightly, and that conclusion feeds into a call to action. Right? That works best, I've found. So you can do that. Then what you can do is test by sending it to yourself, and then you always wanna check that the subject line is right.

You wanna check that the links are right, and you wanna check the format, is good and the spelling and everything is good. Right? And then once you've checked all of that, you just broadcast it to everybody. So to do a test, you just click send test to. You click this, check the email, then you just click send now, and boom, it's done.

And that's how you send it. And then once you've sent it, you can honestly use the email copy for social media posts if you want. So let's say you wanted to post it on Instagram too. You could grab that image and put it on Instagram, or if there wasn't an image in your email you could find a relevant image, then you could just copy paste that message and put it into an Instagram post, or maybe you have to cut it a bit shorter to fit into an Instagram post, and then you could put the link in your bio and say link in bio, right? You could put that on Facebook.

You could, you know, you can repurpose the content to get more reach out of it if you want. This is what I used to do when I was posting on social media. And then try to complete this entire process from step one to step 10, in thirty minutes or less. And this constraint of thirty minutes should honestly help you be more creative. You wanna train yourself to go from idea to send in thirty minutes, like three days a week on the spot.

Right? You don't need to do a lot of preparation or anything. Once you can do it fast like this, you'll be able to come up with awesome content all the time. Now examples are a good way to learn. So I've included some examples to some emails that I've written.

So here's one where I said our new website is live. Now I would call this type of email, if we go up here and I said, what's it for? Updating your audience, generating calls, or a new YouTube video. I would say this one is updating my audience. So, you know, we just had built a new website.

It was live, and I want I wanted to tell people to go check it out. So I said, we just launched a new website. It's super simple. Check it out. Image.

The idea behind it is more with less. There's no point in me talking about it. Go check it out for yourself. Boom. We got a bunch of calls from this because the website linked through to, you know, the product page, which had persuasive copy on it to get people to schedule a call.

So we got a bunch of people booking calls and buying from it, but that wasn't the purpose of the email. The purpose of the email was to say our new website is live. Right? So whenever you do something new, you can update people about it. Then my next email was, what is 7 figures in?

And I said, yesterday, I launched I told you we launched our new website. If you haven't seen it, you can do so here. Anyway, we needed a central big idea that would tie everything together for our new strategy, and we came out with seven figures in. And this was basically an idea that I came up with that helped me conceptualize the new website and the new messaging, for consulting.com. And I'd already done this work, basically.

Like, I'd already done it, but I figured I'll just share it with everyone. So that way, you know, I didn't come up with something brilliant for an email. I'd already done something, and then I just put it in an email. This is the key to it. And then, you know, I I put an image here about consoling.com, and I told more of a story around it.

And then I linked to the website again. And, you know, we were generating calls and customers from this. Then this email was big revenue versus big profit. I would say this type of email is more towards, like, it's just a trend that I noticed in the market. I noticed a lot of people were talking about big revenue numbers, but they often didn't have very good profit numbers.

And the people that had good profit numbers often didn't have the best revenue numbers. So and I had experienced this firsthand myself, and part of the rebranding and restructure of consulting.com that I explained in the previous emails was to do with focusing on big profit. And so I say big revenue numbers are misleading. They provide two comma club awards, bragging rights, and a false sense of confidence. And then, you know, I said at the end, so what do you want in 2022?

Big revenue numbers or big profit? If you want big profit, we want to work with you. Check out our two programs, Uplevel and Quantum, call to action. So you see here, this is a good this is a good email. This I know this one pulled hard for us.

It made us a lot of money. So subject line is catchy. Right? It's something that they've probably seen too, and it's the start of it is strong. Big revenue numbers are misleading.

They provide these things, which is a lot of what people are after. But beneath but beneath the service things are not what they seem. It's great start. And then I break out here what happens when you chase big revenue. This chain of reactions happens.

Then I go into explaining it more, and I conclude it. We've made more profit by being smaller. And, you know, I basically had a strong conclusion, a strong argument, and then I put put the question to them. What do you want next year? Big revenue or big profit?

If you want big profit, we wanna work with you. Right? So you can see how this whole thing kinda ties together from statement about observing the market, why most people are wrong, a sound argument and explanation to prove it, a tight conclusion that everyone would agree with, and then a question to them where the answer is I pretty much know what the answer is, profit. If you chose profit, you should talk to us because that's what we do, book a call. Alright?

So this is a great email. This is probably one that you should the the update emails when you're just updating people, like check out this new website, or I just made a new YouTube video. Those are easy, but these email and those emails work really well because you've you've made something, and you're telling people to go check it out. Right? So update emails are easy, and you should do them.

But an email like this, where you spot a trend in the market and you explain it this way, and you you have a tight conclusion and a strong call to action, these get the most customers. So this is a definitely one that you should look at, if you want if you want to write emails that get a lot of customers. Then at the end of the year, it was, you know, coming up to the end of the year time where people start to think about New Year's resolutions and stuff, and they're looking at their results. I said, how did you perform this year? Did you hit your targets?

If you did, congrats. If you didn't, maybe it's time to reflect on what happened. Ask yourself these questions. What were my goals? Why didn't I reach them?

You know, and I talked about making a plan and what are your plans for 2022, then click here to work with me in 2022. This was another great email, and you can see how I was using the environment to inspire me. It was the end of the year. I was already starting to reflect and make plans for the next year. So I went with that theme, and it worked really well.

Now this email example here, this is an older one from quite a while ago, but this is a great client results kind of template that you can use. So let's say you've got a student that's getting some amazing results. Right? The subject is pretty simple. Meet, person's name, then in brackets, you could have the type of results they got.

Then I just say, hey, name. Meet Joe Kasherba. He used to make $3 a month selling websites. Image of him. Joe knew how to make websites.

What he didn't know was how to get clients consistently, charge higher prices, and scale. Let's break it down. Who? Problem. Solution.

Did it work? Yes. He got these results. Here's a screenshot of him getting these results. Do you want results like this for yourself?

If you do, book a call. Let's do it. So the basic structure here is meet this person who got these results. I say who, what problem he used to have, the solution which was going through my program, did it work, that here's the results, proof of the results, Do you want results like these for yourself? Book a call.

Right? That's the basic formula. Now you can use this one again and again and again whenever you've got a client that has good results. You just say, meet this person. They achieved this thing.

Here's how they got here's where they were before they worked with me, a little bit about the journey working with you, and then where they're at now and why it's awesome. Then you just say the best way to conclude this and get to the call to action is say, so do you want results like these for yourself? Obviously, the answer is yes. If you do, I've got good news. We can get you results like this.

Book a call, basically. And here's another example from an email. Here's another example of a client results email. Meet Danielle Leslie. She used to work at Udemy, then she decided to create a course of her own.

She she achieved basically 8 figures. Do you want results like this for yourself? If you do, book a call. Alright. So I've given you about six different email templates in here that you can use.

Some of them are just updates, like about the new website. Some of them are about a thought process I went through when I was making some kind of decision, like 7 figures in. Some of them are things I observed about the market, like big profits, big revenue versus big profit, and some of them are about client success. Right? This should give you enough to, you know, get your get ideas kind of forming.

Yeah. Another way you can you can see good examples is to opt in to successful people's email lists and build a folder of their emails. So you can just, you know, find out who's really successful in in your space, get on their email list, and then read their emails and save save them in a little Gmail folder, called, like, email templates or whatever. And that way, you can build up a catalog of those too. But you've got to be careful that you're not leaning on that too much.

I never do this. I'm not on really anyone's list. I just anyone's list. I just send my own stuff, and I use my own environment to inspire me. You want to aim to get to where I'm at eventually, but, you know, in the beginning, I definitely did this to get to get ideas and inspiration.

I guess I wasn't confident enough yet to do it on my own. And the secret to this is to use your environment, situation, and senses to inspire you. You want to write things in the moment as you're experiencing them, and that is the key. Right? The key is to just be real.

Like, if you have a new website, send an email out and say, check out our new website. If you've got a new VSL, say, here's a new VSL. Go check it out. New YouTube video just went out. Go have a look.

If you've just noticed a trend in the market, tell people about it. If you just faced a problem and you solved it, tell people about it. Right? The key is to just translate whatever you're experiencing into an email and send it to your people, like, as you're experiencing it. That makes it effortless to write, and then naturally you're always coming up with new material because every day you're experiencing different stuff.

This is the key to it, honestly. Very similar to making good YouTube videos. You wanna do it in the moment as you're experiencing it. And you wanna try to come up with patterns to write emails with. This makes things much easier.

I shared some of my patterns in here, like the update email, the market trend kind of email, or thing I observed, the sharing your thinking kind of email. Hey. To make this new thing, here's this thought process I went through to do it. The, client results email. Right?

Then you've got these kind of patterns or frameworks that you can use to just plug different pieces of information into whenever whenever you write an email. So say you see a client that's getting results, you're like, uh-huh. I'm just going to grab that email, duplicate it, like I showed you in ActiveCampaign, and just swap out their name and their results in the image, and then bam. So you're creating new content out of the same framework. That makes things way easier.

And final note, like, writing good emails is like building a muscle. You have to train it with reps over time. You know, some people tell me, oh, I don't like writing emails. I can't write emails. No one can until they do it, like, for a few weeks.

But after you've been writing three emails a a week for, like, three weeks, you'll be on a roll. They'll be flying out of your from your head to your fingers, out to your audience. Right? It starts hard and there's a lot of resistance, but then, you know, you get better at it. It's like building a muscle.

Now how do we measure the effectiveness effectiveness of our email newsletter? Well, we're aiming for open rates that are greater than 10% after forty eight to seventy two hours of after sending. So you send your email, you wait two days, basically, and you check it. Really, you the real open rate is gonna be about seventy two hours after sending. It takes about that long for that many people to open it up.

It should be above 10%. If it's less than 10%, you've got a problem. When your list is smaller or if your emails are amazing, you'll be at 20% or more. If you're above 10, that's awesome. If you're below, something's wrong.

If you're above 20, you're doing something super awesome. Alright? And in click through rates, I typically ignore these. And what I'm really looking at is, did we fill the calendars? This is the most important thing.

Did the email fill the calendars? Did we get anyone on the calendar from the email we sent? How do you know that? Well, the calendar was empty or it had space in it. You send an email, is there more bookings in there, basically?

That means that it worked. And then you might notice that, you know, certain people were buying based on a certain email. They say these little things, like little phrases or little things that that you said in the email, and you or your reps can catch this and feed that information back to you. And you're like, ah, that was a good email. We should hammer more on this theme, or maybe we should make an ad out of that.

Right? You've got to learn to be observant, like, try to notice what things work. And because this is the most important thing, filling the calendars, this is why we like to email directly to the Calendly page most of the time. So the call to action, a lot of the time when you're trying to get calls, is just straight to the Calendly page. No VSL, no website, no product page, no funnel.

It's just you wrap the email up, you include the call to action copy like book a call. If you're interested in getting these kinds of results, then book a call, and we'll talk about our product. So you're explaining what the call is about in the email itself, giving them context, then they click the link, they go straight to a page where they book in to your calendar, complete a survey in Calendly, and then you sell them. That's the best way to get, you know, a ROI out of your email list. Send them to your YouTube video once a week, hit them twice a week to book a call.

But make sure you're providing useful information in those two emails so that you keep earning the right to ask them to book a call because you keep providing value. So they keep opening your emails, they don't unsubscribe, because you keep telling them interesting stuff, and you earn your right to ask them to book a call. And eventually, you know, over time, it's just consistency. They it might be one thing, like, this straw that breaks the camel's back kind of thing. They might have been on your list for a while, then you just said one thing at one time, and it was they just went, I'm gonna book a call.

And then bam, they buy. Right? That's what email newsletters are all about, just being consistent, being real with people, doing it consistently over time. And that's it really for how to write a good email newsletter.

# 4. YouTube channel

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 30 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e79a0229-d68f-4832-818f-346b6b676ef7

---


Alright. In this video, I'm going to show you how to set up and run a successful YouTube channel. So let's start with some expectations. You You know, in order for a YouTube channel to be successful, right, and by successful I mean, it has, you know, 5,000 or more subscribers, you get 5,000 or more views every time you upload a video, and, you know, people tend to like it, and they keep coming back to it, and people also buy from it. Right?

They end up making their way from your channel to your products, and they end up in your programs or your in in your masterminds paying you money. Right? So in order for that to happen, these three things need to happen, and I wanna set some accurate expectations upfront. First of all, you need to have passion. If you don't love making the videos, nobody will love watching the videos.

And really what people are looking for on YouTube is like feeling. They're looking to, like, they want to feel something, they want to have some kind of emotion. Right? Yes, of course, they want to learn and they want to do all these other things, but more than anything, they're looking for some kind of feeling, and they wanna be inspired. And when they see somebody doing something and really loving it, that's that gives them passion too.

And so really you've got to think, how can I make videos that I how can I love making some videos, and how can I enjoy the process and have fun with it? And then if you do that, then the audience will do the same, and then the algorithms on YouTube will give you lots of reach and everything. Right? So passion is extremely important. The second thing is consistency.

So you need to make one video per week every week. Right? You need to commit to this. And I think one is plenty. Honestly, if you make two or three, I think it you don't get as many views per video because you're just you're moving on to the next one before the the last one's fully, like, been had its had its time and everything.

I mean, lots of people would argue with me on this one. I think it doesn't really matter. Some people have got started with three a week or whatever, but the most important thing is can you do it every week for, like, two years? And so just start with one video a week, honestly. And if you master it and you think you can do more, sure do it.

And then time, extremely important. You need to commit to this for at least two years for it to be successful. Right? So you need passion, consistency, and time. And you might be thinking, well, two years, that's a long time, and it is.

But don't worry. That's why we are doing ads in week five because they work almost right away. So the you know, a YouTube channel is more like planting seeds for the future. Because if you have a good enough YouTube channel, you don't need to run ads, which means you're very profitable. But the ads get you to that point.

Right? Now let's talk about the strategy. The most important thing here is differentiation. How is your channel different from everyone else? The key to this is to find a mix of your personal interests and your niche.

Right? So I've included a diagram here. So you want to you know, what is your niche interested in? What topics and things? And then what are you interested in?

Right? And what is some blend here in the middle? This is the zone where you will be successful on YouTube, because you'll be passionate, you'll be unique, and you'll also be niche relevant. Right? Now I got this idea by looking at successful people on YouTube, and, you know, one of the most successful people has been Joe Rogan.

I think he's got the most successful podcast of all time. And I started asking people, what do you think of when you hear Joe Rogan? And people tended to tell me, like, weed, aliens, MMA, stand up, elk meat, hunting. Right? And I thought that's really interesting because, you know, Joe Rogan interviews other people, but truthfully, all of those people are interviewed on by lots of other people.

Right? It's just that that it the thing that makes him unique is himself, his own interests. He's he smokes weed. He likes aliens and conspiracy theories, and he likes MMA and stand up comedy and Elk Meet. Right?

And he seems to weave all of these threads into pretty much every conversation he has. And so, you know, Joe Rogan, of course, the guests are important. Interviewing. So he's a very unique interviewer. Right?

He's not just a sterile interviewer that's just talking about the the guest. He blends in his own personality, and that's why he's very unique and successful and impossible to replicate because he's just being himself. And the only way you can truly be unique is by being yourself because, you know, if someone tries to copy Jorgen and talks about weed, aliens, MMA, it's it's gonna come off as weird, and it's gonna be obvious that they copied him. Right? So this is the key.

Now what I want you to do is figure out what this is for yourself. So start by listing your personal interests. What are you interested in? Pause the video, write them down. Then niche.

Niche. List the topics your niche is interested in. Pause the video, start writing it down. You can go look at other videos on YouTube, search for other YouTubers in your niche, see what they're making videos about. Think about the types of problems your niche is interested in.

The you know, you can figure this out. It's your niche. Pause the video. Do it. Now here's an example of why this strategy is successful and it works.

So let's say you make videos about mindset. Boring. How many people make videos about mindset? Like a lot of people. Right?

Boring. Now when you use this strategy that I just shared, just boring old mindset becomes skating, heavy metal, and mindset. Right? Let's say you're interested in skating, and heavy metal, and mindset. Now all of a sudden, this is super interesting.

Not to everybody. Some people may hate skating heavy metal, right? But that's that doesn't matter. A lot of people hate weed, aliens, conspiracy theories, fighting, and meat. That means that, you know, Joe Rogan typically doesn't get those people following him or watching his podcast, and that's totally fine.

You're not trying to get everyone. You want to capture the cross section of the of your niche that's interested in the things you're interested in. Right? That way you're their guy or the girl for learning mindset or whatever. And I did this with people in quantum and it was very interesting.

You know, one one guy was, like, his niche was accounting, and it was very boring, and he was doing everything, like, buy the book, being very sterile, basically. And I told him about this, and he likes hip hop. So he made, he made, like, a video called 10 tax commandments or something, kind of like from inspired from Biggie Small's, like, 10 crack commandments. Right? And he's he's starting to mix, like, hip hop kind of music and culture with accounting.

Right? Which is quite interesting, and he's gonna be very unique. And when people watch his videos, they're gonna remember it. Right? So this is really this is really interesting, very powerful.

I strongly suggest you do this. Now preparation. There's so much shit you can do here. You could you could spend years doing this. Right?

So I'm just gonna tell you how to make it really simple. Camera. Use your iPhone and a selfie stick. Just keep it simple. Here's a selfie stick on Amazon.

It costs a whole $16. Right? Now this can work as a tripod, so you can put it on your desk or whatever and just have it facing you, and you can also use it as a a selfie stick, and it only costs like $16. Right? And then use your iPhone.

The newer the iPhone, the better the microphone, the better the camera and stuff. Right? And you use the camera that's facing you so that you can see yourself when you're recording it. Right? Pretty simple.

You don't need anything more than that. There are people who have grown to millions of subscribers just using that. I've invested in all sorts of camera equipment, and I still just come back to my iPhone. Now location. Decide where you're going to record and get comfortable with the space.

The key here is that you don't wanna let the location be the blocker when it comes time to make a video. So think where are you most comfortable. I like to just record things at my desk because my computer's here. This is where I do my work, and I'm making my videos about my work, and I'm very comfortable where I work. So I just make videos where I work from at my desk, right, by my computer.

Figure out where that is for you, and make sure that it's, you know, it's a it's a good environment for recording in. Right? Now come up with a schedule. What day and time are you going to record? And what day and time are you going to publish?

And then you want to plot these on your wall map planner that I talked about in previous modules. So I like to when I was making YouTube videos frequently, I would record on Saturday and get it all done then and publish on Tuesday. And I published at 10AM on Tuesday. Right? That was just the time I used.

But I recorded a few days earlier. I suggest that you have a a record day and a publish day. Right? I liked to record on Saturdays because I knew no one would be in the office. So I could sit at my desk and there would be no one else around.

Right? And then I like to publish on Tuesdays. I don't know why. I just like Tuesdays 10AM. Choose what you wanna do.

Now, you also wanna have an ideas list. So just create a Google Doc for listing ideas when you have them, and then just bookmark it. So in Chrome, you can just drag it into your into your bookmarks bar and just edit it and call it, like, call it YouTube ideas or video ideas, whatever. Alright? Now whenever you have an idea, you just click on that and you just type it in.

Done. The the idea here is that you're going to have a list of ideas to come to when it is recording day. And then you obviously need a YouTube channel. So you wanna create a channel and name it, and your name will do just fine if you can't if you wanna do that. So here's mine.

It doesn't even have any fancy artwork. It just says subscribe, links to my website up here, a picture of my face, and my name. That's all it needs to be. Nothing fancy. Right?

Done. Now workflow. So on your day to create, which you've scheduled, right, well, it's your day to well, let's call it record because that's what I called it up here. Look at your ideas list and see what jumps out at you. And you also wanna have blocked out time to make a video and publish it and stuff.

It's I know it takes me about two hours. You might wanna give yourself three or something when you're getting started. So this is this is time that's protected on a recurring basis. So you've blocked this time. And you've got your space, you've got your ideas, you've got your camera and stuff.

Right? You're ready to go. So look at your ideas list and see what jumps out at you. See what basically gets you excited or inspires you in some way. What makes you feel something?

And then some people like to look at other YouTubers in their niche and see what video topics are popular. I personally don't use this. However, there are people in Quantum who do this and they're quite successful at it. So this is definitely a strategy. Now what you wanna do is pick an idea and create a Google Doc to define the title and three to five or more bullet points that you're going to talk to.

So, you know, you could just make a Google Doc like this. You put the title up here, then you just put down some bullet points, kind of like this, and then type in just a few words that explain each point, so that you can talk to it when you're recording your video. Right? Once you've done that, you wanna spend some time coming up with a good title. You wanna make it short and punchy.

If you wanna see what some really good titles are, you can look at base some really popular YouTubers like mister beast or something. You'll notice they're short, punchy, and they make you wanna click, basically. Now then think, do you need any props or visuals to make your point? If yes, gather them. So props and visuals can really help.

Like, maybe you have a photo or a whiteboard or maybe you've you wanna share your screen and you've got some things up on your screen. Right? If you if some props will help you, get them together and think how you're gonna use them and how they're gonna fit into this video. Then go to your location that you're comfortable in, get your camera, your iPhone, and look at your Google Doc, which has got your bullet points on it. And then all you do is you just start to record, and then you just talk to the to the bullet points.

You know, you say your intro. Hey, in today's video, I'm gonna talk to you about this. And then you get started on point 1.2, point three, point four. Then you have your ending, and I'll show you a bit about this, you know, later in this video, like the formula. And then you're done.

You click stop recording, and then you just airdrop that straight from your phone to your computer. Once it's on your computer, you rename the file so that it's got the title in the file name. This is good for SEO, by the way. Then upload that to YouTube, and yeah. Done.

You don't and I recommend that you try to record in one continuous stream so you don't need to edit. Editing sucks. It slows everything down. Right? And if you can figure out a way to to publish you to YouTube without editing, you have just made things a lot easier on yourself.

Right? If you do need to edit, I suggest you use something real basic like ScreenFlow because of its simplicity, or you can hire an editor, however, this adds time and complexity. Now you can't really go from record to publish very fast. Right? So if you have an editor, then there's a lag from record time to publish time, and that's just gonna put a bottleneck in all of this.

And, you know, you've got a business to run. You've got clients to help, content to make, all sorts of shit to do. You don't wanna fuck around too much on YouTube. Right? But at the same time, you want your YouTube to be successful.

So you need to figure out how you can make this process as seamless and as streamlined and as efficient and as effective as possible. Then you wanna upload your video to YouTube. You wanna turn all monetization settings on. This has been confirmed for many people that YouTube likes making money. So if you have they're gonna prefer to show your video to people, if they make money.

Right? So, also, I've heard that if you somebody clicks an ad on your video, YouTube will make sure that you get another view because they took one view away from you in a way, and this helps drive up your views. And if YouTube starts making a lot of money on a video, they'll promote that video and give it more and more reach because it's a way for them to make money. Right? So turn the monetization on.

Then you want to add a description, title, thumbnail, etcetera. Now you can honestly just have this very simple. So like, you know, here in this one, I just I just started making my descriptions, you know, really, really simple. Right? Some people think you need to do a whole big job in here.

I've found that's not really necessary. Right? Just keep it simple. Every now and then, if you need to have a call to action, you can drop the link in here, but I think it just pays to keep it simple. Now thumbnails.

These are important, because basically YouTube, it cares about how much the click through rate you get and the the watch time that you get. Right? So you're trying to get people to click on your video, and then you're trying to get them to watch your video. If you can get a high click through rate and a long watch average watch time, YouTube will give you more views. So, you can use something like customthumbnails.com, and they will help you make, you know, thumbnails that that people click on, or you can find a contractor on Upwork.

Now if you wanna see some good YouTube, some good, what are they called, thumbnails, then look at channels like mister beast or anybody that's got a lot of subscribers. Right? Look at their thumbnails and you'll start to see a pattern. These people have thumbnails that have a face on them, typically some kind of expression, typically one to three big words, and a scene from the video that's very engaging and relevant to the title. The the thumbnail works in concert with the title to get somebody to click.

Right? And it's super important. Another thing I've heard is that most people watch these videos on their phone, so you wanna make sure that the thumbnail looks good even when it's small, and that a lot of people have dark mode on their phone, so that it should the thumbnail should be bright, so that it stands out from the dark background. Right? Now if you wanna see what your thumbnail will look like with your title, you can just drag and drop your thumbnail image here, and then enter in your title, and then it'll show you this website will show you what your thumbnails will look like on all devices in all placements.

Right? And you're looking for that good title thumbnail combination. If you've it click through rate is all down to the title and the thumbnail. Right? Then once they click, it's up to your intro to hook them, and then your video to keep them engaged.

Right? And if you do a good job at both of those, you will have a good good success on YouTube, basically. Then once you've uploaded it, added your thumbnail and title and description and all that stuff, you wanna make sure everything is configured correctly and then save it as unlisted. And this is super important. So if I click on this video and then I go to edit, when you're going to save all of this stuff, make sure you set it to unlisted and and then you click save.

Right? And then, on your publish day, at your publish time, so for me this is Tuesdays at ten, you just just go to your video and you change it to public and hit save. So you just go to public, save, boom. Now it's YouTube showing your video to everybody. Alright?

Then straight after after publishing, you wanna send an email to your list linking directly to your video, immediately after publishing. And this is important because this will drive initial traffic to your video and get people watching. And the more people that watch your video in the first kind of few hours, YouTube will start showing your video to more and more people. The key to building a good YouTube channel is to get shown on the home feed. That's the page that you see as soon as you go onto YouTube.

That's where most of the traffic goes or comes from basically. And how you get that, traffic goes or comes from, basically. And how you get that is you've gotta have you've gotta build up a base of content. Right? So typically, you need to make a video a week every week for two years.

You need to have good click through rates on your videos, and you need to have a good number of subscribers, and you need to have a good number of comments and watch time on all of your videos. You've basically earned YouTube's trust. Now when you upload a video and you publish it, and you send an email broadcast to it, it gets this burst of views, and then a lot of people start, engaging on it, then YouTube will start showing that video on the homepage page and seeing how it goes. And provided your click through rate holds pretty good and your, and your watch time engagement holds pretty good, you'll get more and more reach on that home page. Right?

And that's how you start to grow a big YouTube channel. And you can also tell people about your new video on all of your social media channels. Right? Now, let's talk about a formula. This is one thing that I've noticed that good YouTubers have, and they use it over and over again.

It makes making videos easy. Right? So you there's typically an intro, bullet points, props, and an ending. So the intro, you want to use the first five seconds to hook your audience and tease the video, so they stay. Now, you know, one that I did for this video here, for example, you know, I just started the video by saying, who is this guy Clint, and what does it have to do with Joe Rogan?

And I showed, like, a thing of Joe Rogan. And why am I why are we shaking hands, and what does this have to do with a podcast, basically? So I started it with some kind of intrigue. Right? And so this was a good hook.

You can watch this video to see what I'm talking about here. Another good hook I had, probably one of the best ones I've had, was how do I go to my channel? This one had a really good hook. You can see how many views it got. I'm back.

What I did for two years. It also has a really good thumbnail and a really good title. Right? So this one has a great thumbnail, a great title, and a great hook if you watch it. You know, I I tell people, I'm back.

In this video, I'm gonna tell you what I did for the past two years, and then I go boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, teasing the things that I'm gonna cover. Like, I grew my hair, I had a baby, and I showed those photos. And so it's like people wanna see those things, so they stay. That means that the watch time increases, and that means YouTube starts showing my video on the home feed. Right?

So intro is important, a good hook. You can look at those videos that I made there, or you can look at MrBeast's videos or any popular YouTuber. Right? Now bullet points. This is just where you cover the meat of the video by talking to your, list on your screen.

So you don't need to script the whole thing out. You just look at the bullet points, and then you just start talking naturally. Just let it flow like you would talk to a friend. The key here is not to perform or to act. The key here is to just have a conversation with a friend.

That's that's all you're trying to do here, and just keep it very chill and be yourself. And if you even even if you make errors, just correct yourself in flow, because that's what you would do if you were talking to another human. I've honestly found that when I make errors and stuff and I just correct myself, people like it more. They're like, woah. This is real.

Sometimes, you know, my cat was just walking around behind me, and I would go, sorry, everyone. I gotta just let this cat out. And then I would sit back down, and I was like, this is the kind of production quality you can expect when you watch my videos. So I just made a joke out of it. And some people joined Quantum, and they told me when I saw that little part of that video, that's when I really started liking your channel.

And I was laughing because I was like, you mean, you know, that, mate, that kind of thing. Most people would swear that that would ruin a video. Right? But it's that kind of stuff that makes YouTube work. You know, I there was a guy in YouTube that said that he was really stressed out about his kids walking in or making noise, and now then one day he just went screw it and just let it happen.

Now his kids run-in and run around, and he just makes them a part of the video, and people really like that. People resonate with that because it's real. Right? So don't get all worked up about, like, fancy production quality or anything. Just just let it flow, and and that way you don't even need to worry about editing.

You know, you can make accidents, like, part of the video, and it people will really like that if you do it properly. Props, you can use images, props, whiteboard drawings, or anything to make it interesting. And then you wanna end your video by asking people to like, subscribe, and leave a comment. And if you've got some kind of call to action, you know, you'll replace this with the main call to action, because the most of the time you want people to just like, subscribe, and comment. However, every now and then, you want people to click a link or go to a URL and take some kind of action.

If you wanna see the videos that I've done where, you know, I'm I would say a lot of my videos are just value videos. Alright? Where I'm just just trying to help people out. Right? However, every now and then, I'm basically pitching something.

This is a pitch video, masterminds versus courses. This was for YouTube. Now I didn't include a URL in here because at the end of the video, I tell people, like, what to do. Right? And this you can see the URL on the screen.

So this was a pitch video. And my plan for '2 2022, this was a pitch this was a pitch video for YouTube. This was a pitch video for Quantum, my plan for 2022 These this was just a value video. I'm back what I did for two years updating people and then you know a lot of these are just all value videos. You most of your videos should be value videos.

If you think about it this way, you're trying you have, like, a bank account with your audience. Right? And you wanna make a lot of deposits, and then every now and then you can make a withdrawal, but you always wanna have a positive balance. Right? So especially in the beginning, you can't really withdraw much because you don't have much of a balance.

So I would say in, you know, in the beginning, it's gonna be just all pure value. But once you've got quite a big subscriber base, once a month you can probably ask for something, like make a pitch video. Alright? And you can make that a part of an opportunity funnel basically or a launch funnel, or something like that. And that's pretty much it for making a YouTube channel.

The most important thing is just to do it, and come up with your own style. When I put this formula thing here, just remember that all a video is is like these main elements, and when you come up with an interesting way to introduce your videos and interesting props that work for you and then an a standard way of ending your videos, all you need to do is just come up with ideas and you've got an ideas list, then every day you need a pub every day you need a record, you've got a schedule, you've got a space, you've got your tools, you just go in, and then you do it, and you follow the formula, and then you publish it, and it's done. And you can go end to end from idea to complete in two hours, I've found. If it's taking you more than three hours from idea to publish, you're you're making it too complicated. Just remember you've got other things to do.

You're not a full time YouTuber. You've got to run a business. You've got to make products. You've got to help your clients. You've got to make sure your company makes profit.

You've got to do a whole range of things. Right? So just keep it simple, and remember, this is all it is really. You don't need you don't need anything fancy. The workflow is pretty basic.

Every video has the same kind of formula. But the things that are really gonna make it work for you is passion. Are you passionate about what you're doing? If you're not, no one else is gonna be. Are you consistent?

Are you making a video a week every week? And time? Do you have the time element? Have you done it for two years? Don't expect anything from this unless you have these three things.

So that's it for this video. Go make a YouTube channel. Go make some videos, and then let's see them. Share them in the YouTube community. Let's give feedback to each other.

Yeah.

# 5. VSL funnel

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 39 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/799a8037-a993-4067-9879-ae1d7c44febb

---


Hey, everyone. Welcome to this module called VSL funnel. In this video, I'm gonna show you how to set up your VSL funnel, how to make your pages, like, your web pages that tie together, to make your funnel, how to make your video, like, what goes into the video, how to record it, the structure, how to upload it and set the thumbnail, how to make the marketing automation work, how to hook it all together and do end to end tests, and some examples, to give you some inspiration. So let's get to it. Step one, make the pages.

So you wanna open your funnel building tool. You can use whatever you want, but the one that we're gonna be using in this video and the one that we actually use ourselves is ClickFunnels. If you wanna create an account, you can just click this link and do it. You wanna create the pages first. There is, like, how many?

One, two, three, four of them. So there's an opt in page, a video page, a schedule page, and a success page. And if you use ClickFunnels, you can import the funnel template here. You just click this link, and it will just port it straight into your account, and it will look like this. You've got an opt in page, which is basically, you know, where people see the landing page, and they can join your list, to get the video.

Then you've got the video page where they can, you know, see your your VSL video. Right? And then click a button to book a call. Then you've got your schedule page, which is where you have your calendar where people can schedule. We also combine the survey here too.

Right? So survey and calendar are in one. And then we have the success page, which is what people see after they book with Calendly, and it just says you're booked. We'll talk to you soon. Right?

So that's it. One, two, three, four pages. So that's the first step is to build them out. Alright? And then you want to add your Calendly embed code to the schedule page.

So if I go to ClickFunnels here, the schedule page, you want to edit it to put your own Calendly code on here. So you just click this, open code editor, paste your code in here. Otherwise, you're gonna be sending our strategy sessions, and we don't want them. So please, make sure you edit that. Right?

Then you need to just go through all of these pages and make them your own, basically. Like the opt in page, you need to make sure this is your own. Make sure that you check both desktop and mobile. Right? So this is a desktop top version here, then there's a mobile version too.

I like to this is just my own personal style and way of making landing pages in ClickFunnels. I actually create a separate version most of the time, to make it just because they're actually different. They're not really just responsive. You can see on mobile, I have two call to actions, but on desktop, I just have one. Right?

I think it's nice to have one's, like, above the fold and then another one at the bottom. So that's why I create one version for desktop, one version for mobile most of the time. I recommend you you do the same, but you can do it if you want. Make sure you add your logo, add your copy, add you know, make it your own. You know what to do here.

And make sure you update these little terms and conditions and things too. Otherwise, it won't be a good look for you because, you know, you're gonna be saying that your company is mine, and you don't want that. So edit the opt in page, the video page. You won't have the video yet, so there's not much you can do here. The schedule page and the success page.

Right? Edit this, make it all your own, make it look nice, add your logo, add some testimonials if you want, and please make sure you check desktop and mobile. Don't make that mistake. Alright? And then make sure that all the URLs are good, like you've got your own URL, and then you can go to the settings here and make sure that you put in a link to your favicon.

Otherwise, you're gonna be showing our little consulting.com c. And Yeah. I mean, I'm gonna leave out tracking for for this week because Brian's gonna talk to you a lot about tracking next week and week five YouTube ads. So Yeah. That's pretty much it for building out the pages.

When you add when you're configuring Calendly, you want to accept calls four days out. So four days into the future. When you accept calls beyond four days, they start to cool off and they're not the best leads. You'll get a lot of no shows and things like that. So accept calls four days out.

Make sure you customize the calendar event. Make sure that, you know, when this event gets added to people's calendars, that it it's obvious what what this call is. Make sure the name of the event's right and make sure it tells people what it is in the description and how to join using Zoom, right, if you're using Zoom, which is what we recommend. And the best way to do this is to customize it and then test it yourself by booking with another email address and seeing how it adds to your calendar. And then integrate it with your Zoom account, so you can just integrate Calendly with Zoom so that it automatically creates a Zoom link for people to join with.

And make sure that you use both email and SMS reminders, and make sure you've got them configured properly in Calendly. And then, yeah, edit all the pages to make them your own and test thoroughly on desktop and mobile. Go end to end the whole way through, make sure everything looks the way it should, and it works on both desktop and mobile. Alright? Obviously, at this stage, you're missing the the video and the automation and things, things, but just make sure the pages are good.

Now step two is to make the video. So the VSL video should be between ten and thirty minutes long, and how I do it is I just start by opening up a Google Doc like this, and then listing the elements and the space of the structure that we use. Now you can use whatever structure you want, but pretty much I like to just use the same kind of pattern. I like to have a hook, something that I say in the first kind of thirty seconds that captures people's attention. Then I like to state the big overall problem and the big overall solution.

Right? Like, do you have this problem in your business? And then are you suffering with these things? Then how would you problem in your business? And then are you suffering with these things?

Then how would you like it to be like this? And then state the solution. Right? And then what I do is I have three to five smaller problems and their solutions that I go through in order as a way to kind of build value. So the three to five smaller problems and solutions all come together to, oh, to solve the overall big problem and solution.

Right? So everything's building into the same thing. And then what works really well is if you have relevant testimonials woven in, if you've got them. And what I mean by this is you've got the big problem and the big solution. Right?

Like, let's say it's you can't get clients and now you've got and the solution is to get clients. Then you've got to break that down into, like, three to five sub problems that people have. That that's why they have the big overall one. And then for each one, you should it works really well when you state the problem and then the solution, and then you show some of your clients, like one or two, that had that problem and now have that solution. Right?

So it shows that you're weaving in social proof and testimonials, but in a relevant way that that makes your point at each step of the way. Right? And you can watch my video VSL video if you wanna see what I'm talking about here. I pretty much follow the structure. Then you wrap it up with a conclusion and a call to action.

And, you know, a a real simple call to action to use is, you know, do you want to you've basically got two options. You can do it on your own and, you know, it'll just be slower. It'll take longer, and, you know, you'll make mistakes. Or do you wanna do it with me? And it'll be a lot faster, and there'll be a lot less mistakes.

Right? That that's a real basic, like, way to transition from, like, problem solution statements to a call to action. Right? That's what I use in mine. You can use whatever one you want, but pretty much all VSLs have this basic structure to them.

You don't need to make it very complicated, honestly. Just open up a Google Doc and list down, like, hook big problem slash solution, then, small problem slash solution one, small problem slash solution two. Right? And then conclusion, call to action. Right?

So you've listed those down, then start, like, listing ideas for each element of the structure and work on it and keep refining it until you're happy with it. Right? And then once you've got a structure that you're happy with and you're like, yes, this, this argument makes sense. I've got you know, there's a strong hook here. There's a big problem and solution that I know the market has.

There's these three to five sub problems are definitely things that people have. And if I show people this, they will think that I'm an expert. And I can also weave in social proof to all of those to make my point even better and to show that I can help people make these transformations. And my call to action is strong. Right?

Once you've got all of those elements listed in a Google Doc and you're happy with it, then you wanna decide how you want to make your video. You've got a few options. You can make a slideshow, you can just do it in front of a whiteboard, or you can do a screen share kind of Loom video like I'm doing here, or a mixture of any of these or even things that aren't listed here. So I've listed some examples of people's like VSLs down here, so you can check them out. They're all very different, which is why I included them.

I'll just show you mine real quick so you can see. So my one and this one was quite fancy. Honestly, yours doesn't need to be anywhere near this fancy. But this was the latest VSL that I did. It's still like a year or or too old, but, I basically it has me sitting at my computer and then a mixture a mixture of slides and me sitting at my computer.

But I basically, the, you know, the hook that I have is the best place to start is at the end, here's what I've been able to achieve, and I've got some, like, you know, good numbers that I can state. Like, we make 12,000,000 helping people do this. Right? And then I go on to share a little bit about my journey and everything. So that's the hook and the intro.

And then I go on to explain, like, the major problem that most people have, which is basically, like, people need to go from doing it all in the flesh to machining it all. And in order to do that, there's six major shifts. Right? So I'm like, this is the big overall problem, and this is the, big overall, like, solution. And in order to make the switch, there's six, like, smaller problems and solutions.

Right? And I the hook I've got is, you know, basically just like what I've been able to achieve. Right? Then I go into each problem and solution. Like the first one is Frankenstein to fun, then the problem, then the solution.

Right? Services to products. And I go through the problem and the solution for for each one, then, you know, I get to the end, and then I'm like, you've basically got two options. One, go at it alone, or two, go at it together. It'll be faster, less mistakes, significantly cheaper, and more fun.

And then I state the timeline of working together, and I say, let's talk. Who this is for? Then I say, go to consuln.com/apply. Call to action. Right?

So that's mine. It basically follows this structure. You don't need to make it overly complicated. And you know, if you want some other examples, you can honestly look at the the launch funnel that I did or the opportunity funnels that I did for Quantum and for YouTube. If you look at the second week where I cover the launch funnel and the opportunity funnel, those are basically VSLs as well.

So you can look at those for some inspiration, but one that's being made for ads is this one here. Alright? Once you've made your video, you want to make sure it's got clear audio. And to do this, you wanna use a high quality microphone. Audio is very important when you're trying to make a video like this or even in video ad.

Audio is the most important thing. And then once you've re recorded it, you wanna upload it to Wistia, and it's important to use Wistia because it allows you to do something called like a video thumbnail. Right? So see here how this is a thumbnail, but it's a video, and how you do that is you go to customize, thumbnail, and then you're able to select, like, a ten second piece of your video where I would select no more than ten seconds where you're doing some movement and stuff just to basically encourage people to click. Because when people opt in and they land on your video page, they've got to click to watch the video, and a video thumbnail really does boost this up.

It's honestly worth paying for Wistia just for this feature because the play rate of a video with a video thumbnail versus a video without a video thumbnail is crazy, and you're gonna be paying for traffic with YouTube ads. So you may as well, you know, you're gonna spend more money in YouTube ads for people that don't even click. So it's just a good it's good value for money to use Wistia. And you only really need to use it for your VSL funnel, honestly. You don't need to use it for all of your videos.

It's just the really important ones that you're sending paid traffic to. And then you wanna embed your video code to your landing page and test it on desktop and mobile. Right? Now step three is you wanna make the automation. And by the way, I mean, to do the video, you just click on video, you click edit page, you can copy paste the Wistia embed code.

You click on this video thing, and you just put the you just put the Wistia code in here in the video embed. Alright? Done. Now, step three, making the automation. So you wanna open your marketing automation tool, and you can use whatever you want, but, you know, we rec use and recommend ActiveCampaign ourselves.

You can create an Active Campaign account if you just click here. Now you wanna complete these steps in this order. The first thing you wanna do is create a list called list colon VSL opt ins. So to do that, you go to lists, and then you just create a new list called list colon VSL opt ins. Right?

Basic. After that, you want to create a form called form VSL opt ins. So you go to forms, and actually to do that, you gotta click on-site, and then you have to click on forms, and then you create one called form colon VSL opt in. And it's pretty simple. I'll show you what it looks like.

It just has first name, email. That's it. And then you have to select, options. So you want it to subscribe people to list VSL opt ins. And then on submit, you want it to open URL, and you want to put in here your video page URL, which is this one.

Right? And then you want to click integrate. And then what you do is this one's a little bit harder, but you go to opt in, you click on edit page, and then you click on settings, integrations. You want to basically use an autoresponder integration for ActiveCampaign, and you wanna set that up. And then you wanna use integration HTML form integration.

See, actually, I'm not even sure if you need the ActiveCampaign integration because we just use the HTML form integration. Then you say action integrate existing form, then what you do is you copy paste the this code here, right, into here. Now you have to remove the script part from it. So you've got to put it into a word, you know, a Google Doc or something like this. Oh, shit.

Not like that. Like this. And then you've got to remove the script from it. So you've got to find where the script starts. So I'll have to time.

So the script will start somewhere in here. Yeah. Right here. So what you do is you separate this piece of code, and you just delete all of that from that script tag to the bottom, and then you just grab this form code, basically. So I wish this was nicer to do, but it it just is a bit of a pain in the ass job.

And then what you do is you paste that in here, paste it in there, and then click pass and save web form, and then make sure you select first name, the first name, email, email that's matching, you know, ClickFunnels form to your ActiveCampaign form. And then you're done, and then you gotta click save. Right? And then make sure you test it and make sure it works. Try entering in your name and email on your landing page, and make sure it adds people.

Make sure that under forms, it says there's been an entry, and then make sure it was it added you to the list, which is VSL opt ins. Right? You know, the most important thing when you're making this kind of stuff is just thorough testing. That keeping it simple and making sure you test everything thoroughly, and that's partly why we keep everything simple so it's possible to test thoroughly. Alright.

Now, where were we? So you created your form and you integrated it. Now you want to create two tags, VSL opt in and VSL booked calls. So to do that, you click on contacts, then you click on tags, manage tags. You can just create two very quickly by typing VSL colon opt in.

Next line, VSL colon booked call, add tags. Boom. I've already added them, so I don't need to do that today for you. But that's how you add the two tags. Right?

Then after that, you create an automation sequence that follows up with people if they don't book a call. Now if you use ActiveCampaign, you can just import this template. I've already built it for you. Just click this link and it will pull it into your ActiveCampaign account. And you wanna edit the automation template to use your form list and tags.

I'll show you what I mean here. So I already preloaded this thing in. It's called VSL automation. Alright. Now when you first pull it in, it's gonna make you go through like a little wizard thing to make sure that you're using it's synced up to all the right things.

But it starts when a contact submits the form VSL opt in. Right? And this one should run, like, multiple times in the save start. Right? Then it adds people to the list VSL opt ins.

Make sure it's adding them to the right list. Then it adds a tag, VSL opted in. That's why we added the tag first. You wanna actually type in VSL and then select opted in, save. Right?

It's very important that that tag's there. Then we send an email, but I'm gonna cover the emails a bit later. So basically, this is how it works. Someone opt submits a form. They get added to your list, VSL opt ins.

They also get tagged, VSL opted in. Then we send them an email and we say, here's your video. Right? Immediately. Then we wait for three hours, and then we think the system thinks thinks, like, did this person complete did this person book a call?

Right? So that's why it says, does the contact match the following conditions? Contact has tagged booked a call. So tag exists, then you want to type in VSL colon booked call. Right?

Add. If they did, then we just end this automation sequence. I gotta move this. So if they did book a call, then it just ends the sequence straight away. Right?

And it they achieve this goal, which is goal booked call. You wanna click this, and you wanna then click this and make sure its tag exists, and then make sure you select your tag, VSL booked call. Right? So the whole purpose of this automation is to follow-up with people until they book a call. Right?

And so we send them an email that says, here's your video, then we wait three hours. Have they booked a call? If they haven't, we send them another email. So we follow-up with them after, like, we send them one email right away, and then we wait three hours and send them another one. We want to strike while the iron's hot, and we're basically saying, did go watch the video.

Go watch the video. Go watch the video. Right? And then we wait twenty hours, so basically the same time the next day, because there's already a three hour delay. And then if they still haven't booked a call, we send them another email.

Right? And we're trying to get them to book a call. Then if they then we wait twenty four hours, and then we see, have they booked a call yet? If they haven't, we send them another email, and we're trying to get them to watch the video. Right?

And we're sending them back to the VSL. Then we think, well, the system thinks, do they have have they booked a call yet? If they haven't, now we change our our tone a little bit. The first few emails we're sending all say, go watch the video, go watch the video, go watch the video. We basically, the video has different parts to it, right?

And so you keep explaining a different part of the video to people, like, at the beginning you're like, just go watch this video, and then you follow-up with them and you're like, go here's a reminder, go watch the video, But then you have to change up what you're saying a little bit, because if you just keep telling people go watch the video, they're gonna get angry and they probably won't listen, it's just boring. So you have to say different things that are in the video to get them to go watch the video, but the call to action is still the same. They're going back to watch the video. However, after a few days, I think it's about three emails, after about three emails in three days, we change up our tone. We start saying, go book a call.

Go book a call. Go book a call. And instead of twenty four hour delays, we delay forty eight hours. Right? So this campaign starts quite hot.

We send them an email immediately, then three hours, then twenty four hours, twenty four hours, twenty four hours, then it starts going 48, 48, 48, and we start telling people to go book a call, go book a call, go book a call, and we come up with unique different ways to say go and book a call. And yeah, you can that's basically what it does. And every time we send an email, we wait for a period of time, and then we rerun this check. Have they booked a call yet? If they have, we just take them over here and they exit this campaign.

So at any point in here, if someone books a call, they get they get pulled out of this campaign, and they don't receive any more emails. It basically just follows up with them until they book a call. And if they don't, then it just ends the automation after a while. If you want, you can add even more emails in here. I honestly don't think it's necessary because you're gonna be sending your email newsletter, and your email newsletter sends people to your YouTube videos, and it also tells people to book a call.

Right? So you basically have an ongoing infinite follow-up sequence once people get through your automation, but you wanna make sure that your automation is working hard for like the first kind of eight to fourteen days following up with them. Right? And so that's basically the automation and and how it works. And then you what you wanna do, and this is the tedious part of this process, is edit the email templates to use your name, email address, subject line, and copy and images.

So to do that, you have to click on every email. Right? Like, then you have to click edit. And then you wanna click the settings cog, and you wanna make sure that the subject line is you know, write your own subject line. Then your from name should be your name and the from email address and reply to email address.

You have to make sure you use yours here. You don't wanna be sending emails as me. Right? And then you edit this copy in here. Right?

So you can edit you make it your own. Right? And you can see what I'm doing here. I'm basically saying, hey, good call on checking out this, free training. Go watch the video.

And I include an image to it. This image also links to the video. There's a link here, and I tell people what they're gonna get in the video, and then I say, go watch it again, linking linking to the video. So you have to make sure you go and edit all of the emails one by one. Make sure they're from you.

They have your subject lines. They're from your email address. And if people reply, it will go to your email address. And it's got your links in it, your copy, your images, and the images should have your links too. Right?

You don't wanna be sending my stuff to your people, so make sure you go and edit all of that. And then you go next once you've edited it all, and you have to do that for a while basically. This is a demo account and so it has a few issues in it. But we'll go back to where I was. Yep.

So you have to do that for every single email one by one. Start at the top and work down. Right? Pretty straightforward. Well, actually, not really.

It's actually pretty complicated. But I've made this thing as simple as as I can, honestly. Some people make make an absolute mess out of their marketing automation. To be honest, this thing is still a bit of a mess, and it's very frustrating to deal with. But this is about as simple as I can get it.

Right? We wanna follow-up with people until they book a call, and we wanna send them a bunch of emails. And this is about as simple as I can get this automation sequence. Still a bit of pain to set it up, but just bear with it till it's done. It'll be worth it.

Alright? Then what? Where am I in this process? Publish your automation. So once you've gone and you've done all of that, you change it from inactive to active.

Right? Then you wanna connect your Calendly to your active ActiveCampaign with Zapier. Right? So now Calendly has to tell ActiveCampaign, hey. This person booked a call.

Right? Because ActiveCampaign takes someone out of this sequence Right? Now Right? Now how does that tag get applied? Well, Calendly has to talk to ActiveCampaign somehow.

And to do that, you just use Zapier. And it's pretty simple. You just wanna connect get a Zapier account, connect Calendly to ActiveCampaign. This is where the automation starts. This is where it ends.

And you want to get it to apply the VSL booked call tag when somebody books a call using your specified Calendly calendar. Alright? So you can make that happen. And then you wanna test your automation by doing end to end tests. This is the most important part.

You wanna make sure that the flow works properly. So, you know, you go through it from the landing page all the way through to the success page. Right? And every button should work and all the pages should look good. All of the, you know, the video should work properly.

It should look good on desktop and mobile. You should do it end to end test on desktop, do an end to end test on mobile, send it to some other people, get them to do some end to end tests. Right? Make sure it all works properly. And then make sure that all the emails or the right emails send at the right times with with the right links.

And the best way to do that is just to opt in with a random email address. You can create a separate one. And then you just wait and you make sure that that address, email address is getting the right emails at the right frequency. Right? And if it doesn't, then you've got a problem there.

You also wanna make sure that when you book a call doing your test that it applies the book to call tag and it removes you from the automation sequence and you don't keep getting all the emails. Right? You've just got to go in and you've got to do this testing. Testing is so important. I can't tell you how many times I've people have been like, my funnel doesn't work, my ads aren't working, and I go to their funnel and I try going through it and it just breaks.

And I'm like, well, did you even test this? Just do the testing. Right? And so that's basically how how you make a VSL funnel. So you make some pages, you make a video, you put the video into the page, you put the Calendly into the pages, you make an automation, you link it all together, and you test it a lot.

Right? That's basically it. This is about as simple as a funnel can get, honestly. I've made the automation as simple as I can. I've made the pages.

I mean, there's only like, five four or five of them. There's four of them. Right? I've given you the templates to this. I've given you the template for this.

I've told you step by step how to do it. And now here's some examples to help you out because everybody has different styles and ways of doing this. So I've included mine, which is it looks like this. Right? I've also included Jonathan Courtney's.

He's in Quantum, and he's got a company called Workshop Master. He helps people run workshops. You can go and watch his. And his video is quite different compared to, you know, how I've done how I've done my videos. You can go check his out.

Then here's Kwazii. He's another Quantum member as well. You can watch his one. And Mitch Gonsalves, another Quantum member. You can watch his one.

Right? And you can just have a look at how these people are doing it. You'll notice that they all follow the same structure, and they their VSL videos all follow the same kind of structure too. It's all basically the same, just different ways of doing it. Right?

And I encourage you to check out other successful people in your niche to learn from their funnels too. But honestly, the main thing I notice when people try to do this is they make it overly complicated. They make the funnel too complicated. The video, they make it too complicated. They think they've got to script it all out or whatever.

You don't. You just need some main points to talk to, and, you know, it can be pretty basic. And they make the automation way too complicated. They make it so complicated it doesn't even work. Right?

Just keep it simple and test it a lot and make sure it works. Another tip I'll give you, because this one's a big one. On the video page, make sure that when somebody clicks this button, it opens your calendar in a new tab. Right? Did you see that?

New tab. You don't want to redirect this window because someone will be in the middle of watching your video, then they'll go to click this button and then they'll lose your video. Right? Make sure that it opens in a new tab. And if you wanna know how to do that, It's over here, open a new tab.

Right? That's very important. So that is pretty much it. Yeah. So start making yours, and just to give you some good kind of what is it called?

Expectations, Right? To do this from start to finish, you're looking at about one week of full time work. Alright? So if you're working like nine to five, one whole week. There's quite a lot of work to do in here.

You've gotta make a bunch of pages. You've gotta make a VSL video, you've got to set up some automation, and you've got to test it. So just honestly, eight like nine to five, five, six days work to do this properly. It can be done way faster. Sure.

But just so you don't beat yourself up or you don't think it's taking too long or whatever, this is a decent chunk of work here. Even for me, it takes me probably a full week, like Monday to Friday. Right? And then once you've made your funnel, share it in the in the group, in the school group. And let's check out each other's and give each other feedback.

We can also also help other people test their funnels to make sure that they actually work. So that's it for this video. This one pretty much wraps up week four. Next week, in week five, Brian's is gonna show you how to add tracking to all of this and then how to run some paid ads to it so that you can actually get some people booking in on your calendar and joining your list. Thanks for watching.

# Collab call recording #1

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 121 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/f1b7924a-b42b-468e-b2b8-2058588d23b5

---


What's up? What's up? Hey. Hey, Sab. Hey, Tim.

What do you guys wanna talk about? I have a question about the process of enrolling new clients after the beta. Would it be a situation where, like, every quarter you have a member cap that you would wanna fill in and the process would be kinda similar, or is this, like, an evergreen process you recommend? Or just kinda curious about that after the beta group's finalized. Yeah.

I would just come up with, like, another, like, member cap that you wanna hit and try to hit that. Like, come up with a date and a a member cap. Like, we I think we're calling it a wave. Right? And then just try to hit that.

And then once you've filled that, then you can work on the next one. Cool. And just think quarters, it seems to help. Doesn't necessarily have to be quarters. You can divide the time however you want.

Cool. Yes. So, Sam, on that, like, I was thinking because I've got quite not a big community, but, like, let's say, for example, like, as far as I'm aware that you are thinking about capping, like, YouTube members at 400. Right? Three sixty.

Okay. Three sixty. So my my group size is, like, close to 400 on the old model, right, which is obviously small compared to yours. But, like, if I can transfer as many customers as I can into the new model with that with the letter, I was thinking I've got two sales reps. And I know on the last call, you said for the back end mastermind, like, make sure, like, you as the founder can have the conversation and kinda convert the back end before you let your reps have a go at that.

So I was thinking, whilst I'm selling the back end, because I really wanna get front end done at the same time. I don't know whether I'm being too impatient. But if I do back end and sell back end, my two sales guys that I'd got dialed in, could I just get them on the new on the new model rather than selling the old model, just sit straight away, start selling front end and simultaneously do both at once, or do you think that, it would be a bit chaotic? Because I'm like, I don't know what I don't know. Right?

So I'm like, maybe that's just too ambitious to do it at once, and maybe it's just better to do it one at a time. It's generally better to do one at a time. Right. And is there any reason specifically why you came up with the numbers that you did, like three sixty and a 100? Well, Quantum has, like, live event physical constraints.

And we typically get, like, I mean, the highest show rate we've seen for a live event is roughly, like, 80. So 80, roughly like 80 people at the event. And the style I use for masterminds where it's like, I don't prepare and I don't have keynote speakers or a microphone or anything, right? It's still collaborative. I don't think it could be much bigger than that and work in an organic way.

It would become more of like a stage presentation thing. You know what I mean? Got it. Plus it would mean that we would have to do it at like a proper event space. We couldn't just do it at the office, which I don't know if I want to do.

So it, we just based it on that, basically. The physical constraints. So I've got no interest in running one of those masterminds where it's just a show, you know? Yeah. Then on the virtual side, like WeTube, I've spoken to some people that have like a virtual mastermind and they said the group starts to get a bit, and the calls start to get a bit out of control beyond like three fifty.

Oh, got it. So it was just a base, basic like guess. I mean, it was informed, but I'm not like, I'm not married to that number, you know, like if it, if it gets unruly at, say, 300 or 200, then we might cap it there. Got it. Okay.

And then on the back end, like, how how would you go about, like say it's the first mastermind that I've ever done. I'm struggling to come up with, like, a price. So, like, what would you recommend is, like, going back, like, eight years ago when you ran your first mastermind, like, I'm and then I I'm I think that from from what I know to the best of my knowledge that you've increased your mastermind price over time as you've grown as an individual as well and as a company, and your presence has become more profound. Where would you start the mark mastermind price? Like or what would you recommend?

I know maybe it it varies on the niche and stuff, but roughly, if you had to pick a generic number Are you doing live events? Yeah. With live events. Yeah. Following your your model of the three three or four virtual events and and then the one weekly call.

Oh, no. I think the lowest you'd wanna price something that's doing in person events. How much money are these people making? Yeah. I mean, it depends because that's why I haven't worked out on average yet because I'm still trying to get really focused in on my niche for the back end mastermind, which I'm still a little confused on.

But I guess that some of them might not even be making anything, but they've got a lot of cash in bank because because they might have, like, sold a previous business and they're, like, just building a portfolio because they've got lots of cash and they just wanna do something that they enjoy. And then some of them will be, like, earning 200 a year as a corporate employee, maybe, $1.50 a year as a corporate employee. So not loads. Not like it in the consulting space where you're you can be real cash rich real fast. What price are you thinking?

I was thinking around, like, 12,000 a year. $1,012,000 a year. But that might just be my confidence level as well because I haven't done it before. How much is your front end program? Front end is 5,000 as a one time pay at the moment.

Well, 5 and 7 and a half, actually, because I do have another offer of 7 and a half. And was it easy to sell that? Yeah. It's easy to sell the 5 k. And it's also actually the funny thing is when we put up our slide and say, which model do you wanna go in?

We've only just recently done that, and most people are like, I want the 7 and a half on the premium package. So, actually, it's probably telling us actually that they want more of this, and they're happy to pay more money because they wanted, Seven and a half and 12, there's not that much of a difference. No. So I don't know maybe you should if your front end one's like seven I think your back end one should be at least 18 Yeah. Some people are saying 15 ks or yeah.

Okay. 18 is the number I kind of came with came up with. So roughly seven on the front end, 18 on the back end. So you wanna make it at least double what your front end is to build the value in the front end too if they don't go in back end. Well, you're doing live events and you're you would you want otherwise, it looks like there's just two tiers of front end in a way.

Yeah. Okay. Got it. And then the other the last question I have for you is around retention rates. So, obviously, we all wanna maximum a 100% retention, but whether that's, like, perfection necessary doesn't exist.

So, like, as close to what would you say is, like, the KPI that you're looking for in a good retention based on, like, you running these for eight years, like, seeing your retention rates, what would you say would be a really strong average to aim for when you're cash flowing your model? We don't even know, like, an exact metric for that. Okay. But we know that like we've had some members stay in from the beginning, like about three or four. The thing we've tried to pay attention to is like do the good people stay?

And they do. And when we've had like the wrong people, they definitely don't stay. So like, we've just tried to make sure that they're like, the good people stay and that there are people staying. More than we have tried to optimize for like a some kind of retention rate. I don't even know what it is honestly.

We'd have to calculate it. Got it. Okay. No. That's really helpful.

Yeah. Thanks so much, Sam. That's helpful. Thanks a lot. Can I ask a question?

Mhmm. Thanks for those questions, Richard. They were great. So I'll ask the question first and then you can pull a contact context. I've been listening carefully to the Colab calls.

Should we finish updating our existing program? We've been fixing a few small bugs and adding some advanced content in our round of edits. And then launch version two of our front end course, which is a one off payment course of $4,800 first and make that annual recurring, or should we set up our back end mastermind first? Or do you have, like do you meet those conditions for, like, a good time to launch a back end? All of them.

Yeah. We have people crying out for it. So do the back end first. And then I'm tempted to ask the same question but in a maybe slightly different way that Richard asked. The front end, I'd like to make that a mastermind as well.

Should we leave that alone until the back end mastermind is running and not launch version two at all yet and hold that back until we've got the back end mastermind underway? Mhmm. Yeah. Okay. Sarah, did we have anything else we wanted to ask if I missed anything?

No. That's perfect. Okay. I'm good. Thank you.

Cool. Can I ask a question if that's okay? Ryan, I have this question for you, man. If is it okay? Can I share my screen?

Just a question about YouTube ads. Yeah. Cool. So I saw one of your trainings, man, and sorry about the currency numbers. I hope you make sense of this.

But, so I saw one of your trainings and some other course. So I had this ad. Right? I launched it, and it's just to a custom Infiniti audience. And, it it has a target CPA, and I'm just targeting, like, certain states in my country, not the entire country.

Right? And so this ad worked really well. So, you know, it just gave me, like, twenty, thirty x, ROAS. And I thought that I've mastered YouTube ads. Right?

So then suddenly, few days later, it just stopped working. Right? It just stopped running. So I followed your advice, where you suggested to increase the target CPA. And I increased the target CPA as you can see the same variation of the campaign I've launched, like, I don't know, a lot of times.

So, yeah, and then I even did max, conversion, whatever that thing is, max CPO or whatever. Right? And then it stopped working after a while as well. Or and the max conversion thing isn't getting me the best results like this one. So my question is, what should I do, man?

Because I have this winning keyword thing, but it just it's not spending, like, how I wanted to. Okay. So a few things. So it's a custom intent audience, and it looks like the keyword is how to get clients? Yep.

And you said you're only targeting this campaign in a few states in your country. Right? Yeah. Like, the top tier one ones. Yeah.

Mhmm. How many people is that roughly? I'm sorry? How many people is that roughly, like, do you think? So, yeah, that's the thing.

This, like, when I'm doing, like so on Facebook, it gives you that potential reach. Right? So I'm kind of, like, new to Google, by the way. So, it gives me, like, an idea. It says, like, a billion people.

So for example, if I, go to the audiences, I think it it tells you, like, a number. Right? Like, these many people. So, like, it's set in, like, millions. So yeah.

I mean, I hope that answers your question. And how much are you you spending, like, what? $33,000 a day in Indian rupees? Or is it On just this specific campaign or, like, what? Yeah.

Just that campaign. Yeah. So this one, it was, like, low budget, just 3,000 Indian rupees, and then I put it up to 20,000. I think I had even one ad for, like, 3,015? That are active or paused or that I've tried?

These are all paused. Like, I just tested them one week at a time. Yeah. Like, how many how many ads, like, just because these are all just variations of the same campaign. Right?

Yeah. Yeah. So how many ads do you have in, like, the average campaign that you've just been creating variations of? Is it one? Oh, how many ads?

I'll just show you. So I have, like, a lot of them. Like, I just put three, four, five, six, seven, eight ads running in one campaign because I noticed this was working better for me rather than the other thing. Mhmm. So, like, multiple ads in one.

Yeah. So the question is basically how to get more out of what you already have that's working and not have it die. Right? Yeah. I mean, I run the ad, and then it stops running off for a while, which is kind of annoying.

And then I don't know what to do. And for this keyword, as you can see over here, it just says 10,000,000,000 to 1,000,000,000,000. I don't know I don't even know if that's true or not, but, this is what I've created for this. Yeah. Click on the audio.

Just click on click on edit real quick. People with any of these intrusive versus intention. Yeah. That's a big audience, man. It shouldn't be not able to spend, but there's really two options.

You either just switch it to max conversions, and you have to let it optimize for, like, seven days, or you just continue raising the target CPA if you wanted to get it to continue spending. I mean, that's really the only two options that you have. I would say create new ads, but you have a lot of ads in there. Although it did look like you have a lot of those ads paused. So Yeah.

It's either one of two things. Right? It's either you just need to get more get it more aggressive bidding strategy and let it optimize longer, or you need to introduce new ads because the ad that's in there is starting to I wouldn't say starting to fatigue, but, I mean, I don't think it's If on YouTube, if an ad starts to fatigue, do do they just pause it? Because on Facebook, they just keep running it, I think. Yeah.

I never pause the ads. The ads are, like, the last thing I pause. You never wanna pause it. No. But, like, does YouTube pause it for you?

Because it just stopped serving impressions, man. Yeah. I mean, I I think it's just probably your target CPA. Like, I don't know what that is in US dollars, but you either have to just raise the target CPA higher so it can have more I tried doing that. Like, I did 10 x, the one that I showed you.

Mhmm. It was, like, absolutely, insane. Like, 10 x more than what I'm willing to pay, but still, it it's it's it it didn't work. It's it ran for a week, and then it stopped running after that. It stopped serving impressions.

That's the problem then. Mhmm. Yeah. I mean, what happened when you did max conversions? It didn't produce me, calls at the cost per call that I'm looking for.

Mhmm. Yeah. Like, I have max conversion on right now, but yeah. Mhmm. Do you usually run ads at max conversion, or, like, what do you do for your clients?

Max conversion's a start, but then we switch to target CPA. Target CPA is better. But if target CPA is not spending, it's usually just because the bid's too low or the audience is too small. In this case, I don't know if it's the audience necessarily. But yeah, I mean, there's no real there's no real reason it should stop spending unless the bid's too low or the audience is too small.

So that's really the you know, besides there being some sort of bug, that's probably just not the case here. That's really the best answer I could give you. So it seems like you already created a bunch of different variations, though. Yeah. I tested a lot, man.

Do you figure out tested it as a keyword? Have you just taken how to get clients as a keyword and just ran that? Yeah. Keywords don't work for me, man. I don't know why.

This just works really well, this custom segment thing. But how do you try how to get clients as a keyword? Yeah. Yeah. We use we use keywords and custom intent mainly like you're doing, but keywords, they work really well for us.

Mhmm. Do you have any tips to expand the audience in case I wanna test more like this? Tips meaning, like, how to expand this? Like, from this data that you have, like, this is my top performing, let's say, key, custom segment. Right?

So, like, how Sam used to teach in, like, uplevel, like, you find the winner and then, like, try to, I don't know, find similar type of things or type of audiences to scale upon. So do you have, like, any ways where I can extract more similar audience from this keyword? I don't know if that made sense. Yeah. It does.

Basically, just how to get more out of what you already have. Yeah. So Yeah. One way you could do that is you just gotta do a little bit more research. So go back.

Go go, outside of this audience. So just go to, like, your, campaigns view. Yeah. And now go to, content. I think I might have touched this in the training you're talking about as well.

Go to content on the middle column before the yeah. Oh, you mean finding, like, where the ads was viewed? Yeah, man. I mean, that's really the only real way unless you wanna go to audience insights. But, yeah, it's it's it's really just looking through the data.

I mean, that's the only thing that we do that's different. Got it. Cool. So you're saying that I should just try out, max CPA again? Conversion, sorry?

Max conversions. Max conversion. Yeah. And also, try to go to where my ads were shown and try to find more keywords similar to this. Right?

Yeah. I would do your competitor keywords. There's probably a ton of channels that your videos are showing on too that you may or may not be targeting. But it seems like you're working pretty well to broad audiences. So I would just look at your audience insights and see what, like, in market audiences you could go to as well.

Because where you are in, like, the scale is you're like you should just be going after broader audiences, it seems like. And I would just probably try creating a a couple more custom audiences like you have there with similar keywords of how to get clients. So how to get high ticket clients, how to get clients online, how to get clients for coaching, how to get coaching clients, that kind of thing. Just expand on the keyword more, but create more custom audiences around it. K.

And when you meant, like, I should go broad, what do you mean by that? Can you elaborate on that? Like, in market audiences. People that are in the market for advertising and marketing. People that are in the market for SEO and SEM.

And then let your creative topic based, where where you have the topics you can select, like, that stuff? No. So topics are a completely different thing. Topics are basically topics of content on YouTube. In market audiences are audiences that Google classifies as these people are in the market for a specific service or product.

Do you know how to create them? Like, how do you do that? Yeah. If you wanna share your screen again. Yeah.

I'm sorry if it's lagging, by the way. But yeah. Yeah. So, basically, just go to any campaign. I'll just show you where you can do it.

Just click on the campaign on the left, yeah, or something. Yeah. Just click on one of those. Click, on the audiences in the the left, and then audio edit audience segments on the right, above right there. Yep.

Click on that ad group. And then you're going to want to, go to browse. And then you see where it says where they are actively researching? Yeah. In market segments.

So these are gonna be pretty broad audiences, but, like, you can see here business services. You just click on that one, for example. Business services, advertising and marketing. I mean, this one works really well, dude, if you're all if your messaging on your creatives really dialed in, which I'm I'm assuming it is. And then you can get even more specific there, like email marketing, SEM.

Because anybody You mean this one? Like, this works really well, the advertising and marketing services one? It can work well. I'm saying you should test it. And then what you can do is you can just go to the search feature actually next to browse.

So if you scroll up, you go to search. So if you just type in, like, how to get clients, I mean, it can even create audiences based on what you want. Sometimes and look. If you it says, like, based on your performance data. So, like, if you do hide yeah.

Well, just get rid of that for exit for, for a second. Just exit out of that. Oh, yeah. And then, like, if you scroll down right here, so you see, like, you see how it says based on your remarketing lists, based on your like, these are all things that Google just automatically created for you, it seems like. And and if you just use the search feature too around, you know, specific keywords that you also know like, one thing is, what other softwares are these clients of yours using?

You know? Like, I would put that into a custom affinity audience. So, like, what I teach in the training funnels and teachable and stuff? Yeah. Like, all of those.

Right? Because if they're interested in ClickFunnels and teachable Dude, that was attracting a lot of, like, shitty leads for me. For some reason, if there's, like, a lot of beginners taking that $99 challenge, and I was like, I don't wanna talk to you. So yeah. Well, that's not really a problem of the create I mean, that's not really a problem of the targeting because the the creative should be qualifying and disqualifying them.

And then your VSL and your funnel should be qualifying and disqualifying them. So if they're getting to the call, right, then that's the problem of the messaging. But But it it's getting you leads. Right? Then you just have to sort through the good quality leads and the bad leads.

Cool. So, what's the what should be my next step? Like, which audience should I take test till, like I don't know. What what what would you recommend if I have to? Like, other than so you would recommend these tests plus also, like, the ones given in the browse feature and testing that out as well.

Right? Well, for the campaign that started dying, once you for whatever reason, just wouldn't spend, I mean, I would be the one. I would test it on max conversions again. I know you said it it didn't get you the cost per call or whatever that you were looking for, but it's gonna guarantee to spend. Right?

Otherwise Yeah. You could change the target CPA even higher. Right? Because you just need to give it more room to spend. And then target CPA is gonna be better.

To expand on it, I would create more custom affinity audiences, how to get how to get high ticket clients, how to get clients online, how to get coaching clients. Those kind of keywords, like, you already built one of them. Now just find more. Right? So you have to test more of those custom audiences.

If you just wanna continue cut testing custom audiences, which have proven to convert for you. If you wanna go broad, right, and guarantee spend, then in market would be a good option. So I also think you might have some similar audiences you could go to, but I would start there for now, man. Got it. Cool, man.

Thank you so much. Really appreciate it. Yeah. Just post in the community if you have any questions too. I can obviously keep track of that.

Yeah. Absolutely. Hey, Sam. So I have this question about profit share. Maybe I will share my screen as well because you just asked to let me let me change the preferences.

Because you, you asked me to ask ask this question. I know. I can't share my screen because this system preferences. Anyways, we had this post, on school when I asked about the profit share distribution. So there is there is the threat for that.

Not sure you remember. You just said asked this during the collab call. So I was interested in how would you distribute the profit share pool that that was in this. Not sure if you, if, if someone can share the screen because I would have to like leave this room. I get it.

So what I did is I just looked at how much I got a Google sheet and I listed like the past kind of six months across as as columns. And then I put in the company profit for each month. And then I put in each members, each member of the team's like income for each month. Right? And then what I did is I created another row that was, like, profit share as a percentage of prop company profit.

And I played with that percentage until I could basically get find a percentage that gave everyone the same income if the company made the same amount of money, and that was how I did it. Because what you're trying to do is you wanna give people, like, the same amount of money if the company continues to do the same. Right? But if the company does worse, they get less. And if the company does more, they make more.

Right? Okay. Will will you share it? Will you share it in week six maybe? Or or you don't plan to do that?

Share what? Like like the like the the spreadsheet. I mean Maybe not not your actuals. It's not not the actual spreadsheet. I mean, I just shared it.

You could make it in probably a minute. Yeah. Because if I calculated, like, 50% of cash collected, it was, like, maybe 18, maybe 20% of of the profit. So it was like 20%. And where where does the the other 20 go?

I don't get it. Yeah. That that's why I need to share the screen. Maybe I will just leave the the Zoom, and I will try again. Okay?

Because I need to change the preferences. Okay. Cool. Nates, can I just follow on for about the the profit share? So are you saying basically, Sam, that, like, each person gets like, each team member gets the same part of the profit share?

So if you're giving no. Okay. No. This is mostly for the sales reps. And you can give some to other members, but most of it's gonna go to the people that are, like, generating revenue.

Right? Okay. Yeah. Okay. And when would you consider starting to give profit share in terms of, like, you know, how long should people be in the company for?

It all depends. Like, I just had a when you have a really small tight team that's very committed, then profit share works really well. If you've got a bigger team and there's varying degrees of commitment, then profit share isn't very good because someone who's doing all the work will be like compensating someone who isn't. Right? So it depends, like I had a lean team.

There was only like five people and they were all pretty hungry and they were all fully committed and they were all good. And so I, and I wanted them to care about the profit so that I could step back a bit and have them care about the company's health, right? And that's when I did it. I mean, I I recommend most people just start by paying 15% of cash collected on an individual basis. Right?

But then once you've got a really tight team with a few like, one or two reps and maybe an operator, like you might want to explore the profit share model. Okay. Yeah. Cause I mean, I, I only have like the sales rep for the last couple of months. So would you say it's too early to to start with that?

Because I like the idea that, you know, I can see how it helps the team to align and everybody is kind of moving towards the same goal and stuff like this. I really like those kind of underlying reasons or principles, but I'm not sure if maybe it's too early. They should be there for a long time and show more commitment. It's probably a bit early. Yeah.

Sorry. You might have heard a dog. There is an annoying dog that the neighbors have, and it just keeps on barking. Sorry. Yeah.

It's probably a bit early because it's just two of you. Got it. Thanks. That that makes sense. Also, question about that.

Would you have a separate community manager and a salesperson, or does it especially for your first salesperson, does it make sense to have them do sales, 15% commission, cash collected, and then also manage a community in school? Yeah. I think they can do both of those things. Got it. Do you guys see my screen now?

Yeah. So so here's this this calculation. Like, if we take 15% of cash collected, it's like income, which is basically just I'm assuming it's cash collected. Expense and profit is $3,300. And if we take, like, 40% of that, we make the we want to distribute the 30 40% of this of this, so it's one twenty.

And if our, like, client success coaches get 50% of cash collected, it makes 50%, which is, yeah, which is 54. And what about the next? Because we have still, we still have, like, 66 to distribute. That was my question. How would you distribute it in this case?

We have, like, operation and community manager in one person. Well, so, like, who are the people on the team? So we have one or maybe we'll have the second client success success coach. So one, two persons. And the one operations and community manager.

Do you have these people or is this, like, hypothetical? I do have them, but I need to migrate them from the agency part to this mastermind part. Got it. So how many people are on the team? In the mastermind part, it will be me and those two or three guys.

Two or three people doing what? One client one or two client success coaches and one operations and community manager. And the selling? Those those guys are selling. Okay.

How are they currently compensated? Just base salary. They don't get any performance? No. I mean, I mean, we have one sales rep.

He has like base salary and then some profit, not, not profit share, just commission. What about profit share and just give them 15% of cash collected for a while? Yeah. Just this, just this. Okay?

No. That it's not necessarily that. It's on an individual basis. It's each sales rep, like, how much cash they collect for the month. They get 15% of that.

Mhmm. Yeah. So it's not a company profit sharing thing. I think you you kind of can move to that, like, when it makes more sense. I don't think it makes sense right now.

Okay. Because I was thinking, like, if we have 40% to to distribute, it's just, like, half of it, it's goes to to the client success coaches, and we have the second half. And I would my question was, what would you do? Okay. But you are suggesting just keep it That's what I would do.

Mhmm. Mhmm. Cool. Okay. Thanks.

Can you elaborate on what an operation manager's duties exactly are? I mean, in short, everything you don't wanna do. Yeah. Like, which varies wildly depending on the type of CEO. Right?

Like, I like to I like to do strategy and product and design, and that's about it. I don't wanna do the accounting. I don't wanna do the operations. I don't wanna do the, like, making sure payroll and benefits and all of that stuff happens. I don't wanna do any of that stuff or even like ongoing management of of ads, or even reporting metrics and stuff.

I just like to build things and then optimize them, make them run good, and then I'm bored pretty much. And so I need someone that compliments me and likes the opposite of what I like. Someone who doesn't really wanna build the thing, but wants to run it and make sure it works consistently and it, It stays working. And they typically get, like, a base salary? Yeah.

I think that's how you would start them, like, a base salary. And I would definitely start to introduce, like, a percentage of company profit too So that they're incentivized to cut costs. That's the beauty of profit sharing is people start looking at the costs. And if someone isn't performing well, then everyone's looking at that person and they're like, you're taking some of my money. You know what I mean?

Yeah. And so there's a, there's pressure all of a sudden to, to have a high performance team. And if someone isn't pulling their weight, then everyone feels that pain. And it it becomes very revealing. Do you know what I'm saying?

Yeah. So do you, like, do you, like, these meetups and meetings with your team and kinda go over everything so everyone's on the same page as far as where costs are and everything? Well, the operations manager should add full visibility to everything. Yeah. Everyone's in the mail.

Basically, like, the CEO, except, like, it's it's basically your, like, right hand man. Like, the person that will do everything that you don't wanna do. So they need to put visibility into everything, every single part of the company. Yeah. Okay.

How did you find a person like that? I just, I just posted in my mastermind group like years ago and said I'm looking for a right hand man, someone who will work with me to do everything basically, like you'll help me grow this company. But you'll start doing Facebook ads because I was like, that's the first thing I wanna offload. But you'll also be doing some sales. You'll also be doing some hiring.

You'll also be setting up, like, internal systems and, you know, you'll basically be working on everything, but we're just gonna start with, like, Facebook ads and sales. And Jesse applied for that. He was he was interested. I'm gonna jump in here just for a second and say that, we have a full time operations manager now, and she started just by being a marketing assistant and was just super type a, very high responsibility taker. And I don't know if you all know about the Colby index, but she was very high in the first two columns.

So someone who had real attention to detail. And I just kept putting her in different parts of the company, marketing and then some operational stuff. And eventually, I just kept giving her more and more hours to the point that it became obvious that she needed to just run everything. So I might make a post in school later, and tag you, Paul, or anyone else who wants to see it. But the the kind of stuff she does from week to week, it just astounds me.

She's, like, running, like, the customer service part of things. She keeps all of our systems running. She's made an operations manual for our entire company, and now I've even got her working on our SaaS stuff. It just seems like there's something I can't throw at her. So I think you're looking for someone who's, like, really intelligent and a high responsibility taker.

But that's kind of how we promoted from within just an absolute a plus player. I hope that's helpful. Thank you. And if they're doing sales, they they would obviously get, like, the commission too for closing those deals too as well. Right?

That can get blurry. Like, a sales rep should just do sales, really. Typically, like, yeah, they're different kind of things. I mean, in my company with the structure at the moment, it works well because if Jesse does sales, like, he gets everyone gets rewarded on profit. Right?

Yeah. So it, it works. Yeah. I don't know if you wanna have the same person as doing operations. Gotcha.

So so, Sam, if I can just jump in on that, the the operations manager, do they also get a like, how how much of percentage do they get in terms of, like, the profit share? Yes. So, I mean, you this is all, like, depends on your whole business model. Right? Like percentages don't really mean much.

It's more like the take home pay for each person. Right? So you've got to kind of get the percentages out of your head and it actually is more than numbers. So I with my structure the way I have it at the moment, Jesse gets the same as the sales reps. So base I think the operations manager is as important as the sales reps.

Because I reckon that the operations manager should run the ads too and be responsible for the KPIs and the funnels and the accounting. And those functions are just as critical. Because if there isn't enough traffic, there's not enough bookings. And if there's not enough bookings, there can't be sales. And if the accounting isn't done, then the whole thing won't work.

Right? Or if the product or service isn't delivered properly, the whole thing won't work. So I think they're, like, equally as important. When the company is, like, a bit bigger. But in the beginning, I mean, there's not that many operations.

So I have, like, my operations manager who, is, like, fully active. So it's kind of the same things as, like, Jesse does. But we do, like, a fixed monthly fee, and not, like, profit share, but we're at the stage of, like, doing profit share. So I was just wondering if I should go to doing just profit share with him and not like a fixed monthly fee. What are your thoughts on that?

Yo. When I switched to profit share, I removed all the base salaries. So it was just raw commission. And so I remember in your document, your sheet that you noted down contractor fees, or, so those are the people that do things for the company, like maybe accounting or like a part time developer that we've got that just does a few things for us when we need to. They're not like full time team members, but we still need them for things, and they're not on profit share.

And they're not a salaried employee. Right? Makes sense. Mhmm. Got it.

So are are you saying that basically there is no base salary that is just profit share when you do a profit share? I think so. Yeah. Because the base salary is gonna come out of their profit share. Right?

Because profit is like income less expense and space salary is an expense. So it's just a different way to, like, to distribute it. You know what I mean? But I like the costs as low as possible. And that's one way to do that.

It's just to remove all the base salaries. Yeah. So basically, profit share is good when our numbers are, like, significant. Right? What Because people because people need security as well.

So if the numbers, like, income is really low at the very beginning, it's like profit share won't work unless we want to, like, share, I don't know, 60%, which doesn't make any sense. Well, yeah. I mean, it that's why what I said, like, the numbers. You have to take the last six months of your company's profit and the last six months of what everyone in your team earned, and then play with the percentages to make it kind of the same. Right?

And that's how you should do it. It's not about the percentage point. It's about like the actual income of each person. And yeah, if your company has really lumpy cash flows, then it'll be, won't be very fun for the team. Like if one month they don't make, if for a few months they make zero, right?

Like that's not gonna be very motivating. Mhmm. Yeah. And when you say make it kind of the same, do you mean make it the same for everybody so everybody's coming out with roughly the same take home? Yes.

Right. If the company performs the same. Right? But if the company doesn't perform as good, they will make less. And if the company performs better, they will make more.

So now they've got the, like, the incentive. So you don't mean that they come out with the same as each other, but that they come out with the same as they would have done? Yeah. Got you. That way it's an easy sell because, you know, it's like if we do the same, you make the same.

So you're not making any less. However, if you do better, you'll make more. But at the same time, it helps you because if they do worse, they make less, which isn't the case with the, like, the other model. Right? Gotcha.

So you have to have some data to kind of make these decisions and present it to the team. You don't have to, but I would recommend it. Otherwise, it's gonna be hard to convince people, and it might not work. Yeah. And would it replace would the profit share for sales rep would that also replace the commission that they would otherwise be getting?

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And we saw interesting things happen when we did that. Like, before sales reps were very individual.

Like, they never they're almost competing with each other. Right? When we did profit share, they started to, like, help each other out. So if someone wasn't responding to someone's, like, messages or whatever, they would hand them off to another sales rep and be like, you try messaging this person, see if they respond to you. And they would collaborate and say, like, hey.

I've got this person in this situation. What would you say to them? Right? And then when we were doing YouTube launch, like, Jesse jumped in and started doing sales. Like, I think Jesse sold, like how much did you sell last month?

400 k in revenue. 40 units. Yeah. So as well as doing operations last month, Jesse sold $400. So he can act as like a, overflow mechanism.

If there's too much demand and we need another sales rep online, like, Jesse can always take that overflow. So he's in Calendly, and whenever we need to, he can just turn his calendar on. Or if a sales rep is, like, sick or something. Right? Yeah.

But the the thing is is that the team starts acting like a a team, like one unit. And it's distributed monthly? Or Yeah. Monthly. But the first, like, first day of each month, you grab last month's bank statement pretty much, and you look at all the money that came in minus all the money that came out and whatever is left.

That's profit. You calculate the percentage points on each for each person based on that number, and then you wire it to them. Cool. Thanks. Could you do it quarterly, do you think?

We currently pay our bonuses quarterly. Is this the longer time to wait? Mhmm. Feet shorter feedback loops are better. I've I've found it kinda nice when sales the slate gets wiped clean every month.

You know, like, they're working really hard, and they're trying to, like, reach a certain number for the month and then they get rewarded and then it's they gotta start over again. And do you separate the software side of the business with school from the consulting side of the business as far as the expense and revenue goes, or is it all lumped together? No. It's totally separate. Okay.

Cool. What about benefits, like, all that? Well, on consulting.com, everyone's a contractor. And so we don't have any w two employees, no payroll. It's in yeah.

No benefits. Nice. But in school, everyone's a w two with benefits. So depends on the company. The guys in consoling.com prefer to be contractors because like they're remote, they work from home, they use their own equipment, and they've got their own LLCs.

Right? So like we just we our contract is with their company. And then that way, they can deduct their own expenses. Right? And they it just it it has advantages for them actually compared to being w two.

Yeah. Because then they have their own write offs as well. Yeah. Mhmm. And it's cheaper for us.

And we're trying to optimize for that because that will come out of their profit share. Right? And is this because a lot of your team were previous students, so they kinda have their own businesses set up? No. We got them to do it.

Before you went profit sharing and you were just paying, so I can have an idea, what would you guys say is fair compensation, for, like, an ops person starting out or a account manager slash salesperson starting out. So operations in what country are we are we talking about? Like, America? Yeah. I'm in America.

In are they remote or like? Yep. They are remote, which I haven't hired for the position yet, but I'm thinking through this. If you want someone good, it's probably gonna be, like, a $100 at least. Okay.

And did you start or do would you recommend starting off with a part time position or just straight full time? I would recommend full time. If you if you have them full time, does that make it, legally where you actually have to hire them as an employee, or does it not really make a difference? It depends on all sorts of things. Like, they're like GC's in Canada.

So I mean that, that just changes everything. Right? You've gotta talk to your accountant about that. Like there's a few different rules that the IRS and accountants use to like determine if someone's an employee or a contractor. I mean, some of them are like, do they work on-site or not?

That's a big one. If they come to your office at your place, then they're an employee. Do you provide their equipment or do they provide their own? And then do they set their own hours, or do you and do they kind of choose what to do, or do you dictate that to them kind of thing? Right?

Best to talk to your accountant about that. Cool. Sam, for accounting, are are there companies that are, like, accounting firms that are specifically geared towards, like, these types of businesses that would know, like, a coaching or consulting type business, like, online, only so they know exactly how to do things? Or do you just go to a normal accountant nearby, that that's conveniently located or something? I would probably ask around and see what people think.

Like, maybe even just posting it in the school group. Someone just said Clever Profits in the chat. Yeah. Clever Profits actually, works specifically with all online businesses. They went through your consulting accelerator program, Brian and Adam.

I refer a lot of my agency clients over to them. They handle the books, bookkeeping, accounting, CFO, and then they do tax strategies for US and Canada. Awesome. Thank you. So I'm not sure how many people on here are from The UK, but whilst on this topic, one of the things that we found because there's something in The UK called IR 35, which is like a headache.

Like, you can't really, you can't really have somebody as a as a contractor working for you full time. But what we found is and the way that we got around that was actually we recruit from within, like, Sam promoted. And because our guys are property investors and they have their own property portfolios to manage, we just, in the contract, basically put one liner in there that said, hey. Like, you it does this doesn't restrict you to just work for the company. Like, you work for the company during these times, but out of that, you can do your own things.

And then that's the way to get around the IR 35 rule. Hopefully, that's helpful. Richard, the IR 35 thing is an issue when the contractors go into that client location on a daily basis. That's one of the big biggies with that, like Sam mentioned a minute ago. So you got a good account, and you you'll be able to swift back shift past that, I think.

And since we're talking about, like, team very much. How how often do people communicate with the with the team? I recommend a daily stand up, like, same time every day. We do it at 9AM Pacific every day. It's just a recurring event on on everyone's calendar.

We just use Google Meet because that way it's just real easy. It's inside the calendar. And we it's for an hour each day and everyone attends with, you know, video on and we start by going around and everyone sees what they did yesterday and what they're gonna do today. And that part only takes about like three or four minutes, maybe less. Right?

And then generally people have some, we call them like items. So when people say what they did yesterday and then what they did today, then they might say I've got three items I want to discuss. Then we go through everyone's items. They're typically questions for different people on the team or things that we need to decide as a company. And they've they tend to batch and queue those things throughout the day because they know we've got this call tomorrow.

So that keeps the the chatter on, like, Slack quiet. Right? Because people are kind of batching like, if something can't wait and it's really urgent or it just requires a few word reply, it'll get sent across Slack. Like, as soon as the person has the question. Right?

But for things that require more back and forth, we get people to write them in their notebook and save them for the next call. Because most things can wait for like the next day and then it's easier to just discuss them as a group like, Yeah. So people have thought about what they want to talk about then at the next one. And it's also also a way for you to see that what everyone is doing. Like if they keep saying that they're the same thing, like yesterday I was, I was doing this and today I'm going to do this.

And then the same thing just keeps happening. You know, that they're stuck. Right. Or they're not doing anything. It's also just a good way to read everyone's like energy.

You can sense their mood. And I've noticed that the mood is always like upstream from like the performance. So mood will go first and then their performance will, and then that'll take a while to like manifest in the results and your KPIs. Sometimes it lags by a month or more, but you catch it early and fix it early when you do these daily things. And then if there's any time left after doing the stand up and the items, we just hang out and just talk.

It's a good way to build, like, sync as a team. Thanks. That that makes sense. And would you do that even if you just have, like, one full time sales rep? I would.

Yeah. Okay. Awesome. You need to get like on the same wavelength kind of thing. And that just takes time.

Yeah. Thank you. I have a question. That's okay. About tracking prospects.

At the moment we use Keap, or Infusionsoft as our CRM, and we don't find that it helps us as salespeople track our prospects that well. We've experimented with an Asana board because we use Asana as team, but that's not brilliant either. They're very intuitive. And so we looked at close.com that was suggested by you guys that looks brilliant and had a demo yesterday. But then it was suggested that ActiveCampaign would be better on the CRM side.

So we had a demo with them to think maybe combining the two, and then they're saying they do the pipeline tracking too. So maybe we don't need close. Is there a reason that you guys use ActiveCampaign and close instead of just ActiveCampaign? All we use ActiveCampaign for is the CRM. So, like, our list of of people.

Right? Tags, email broadcasts, forms, and some basic automation. Like when this person opts in for this thing, send them these emails over this time. Right? That's it.

That's what we use it for. Because and that's all it's honestly good for. Like, that's that's really what ActiveCampaign is. It's I know it does all this other crap, but, like, that's really what it is. Close is more for, like, pipeline management.

It has it's made for salespeople. And we've found that salespeople don't look at your CRM. Like, that's that's a marketing thing. Like, you know, that's what you use for setting up a funnel, setting up an automation, or sending email broadcasts, right, or sequencing your list. And that's typically the marketing person doing that.

Like, maybe that's the founder, the operations manager, but it's not really the sales reps. Sales reps basically live and close, and Jesse can tell you what they do in there. Yeah. I'd love that. Yeah.

So we'll as a precursor, we'll be going into more depth on this, like, in week six in the fine tuning operations because that's been a, from in the group. And your question is really consistent request about how we structure and, close in the workflow. But, in summary, basically, we use the concept of smart views in close to create, effectively two two types of pipelines. So there's, like, a waiting list for people that you are either prospecting to sign up to or attempting to sign up to one of your two masterminds, the front end mastermind and the back end mastermind. Then there's the second type of smart view, which is the active members list.

And so at any time, you have, at a glance, a view of precisely how many members are in either your front end mastermind or your back end mastermind. And, also, the month of renewal is at a glance as well with the view, which will, you know, be showing in the training because then you can forecast what leads are coming up for renewal, have we been in contact with them, and you can start to then project on a financial basis, what sort of renewal revenue you have in any given month. And, also, if I mean, there's so many threads to this, but let's say, you know, you have a month with a significant number of renewals, new renewal opportunities, but you find out that a large portion will not be renewing. Well, then you need to potentially plan to do, like, an opportunity funnel via cell in that month to counterbalance the missing renewals. So when you can see if you have revenue that you expect and it's not going to actualize, then you can counterbalance that with a specific promotion to fill up the seats that, you need to hit your monthly revenue goals.

So there's more to it, but that's kind of it in a nutshell. Thanks, Jesse. Thanks, Sam. How do you, best evaluate sales rep's performance? Is it by close rates or for example, by revenue or by cash collected or and how do you set those benchmarks or KPIs?

Yeah. There's really, I mean, the ultimate thing is cash collected, right? Yep. The other one would be call conversion rate. So because I've got a situation at the moment where the, like the call conversion rate is below 20%.

And for me, 20% was like the minimum, but she's collecting quite a lot of cash because the ones that she's closing, she's closing in full. Right. So I I'm not sure if that's a prop it's not really a problem now, but because the closing rate is low You only you only have one rep? One full at the moment, one full time. Yep.

Yep. Yeah. You really need another one to contrast them with. Cause you don't know what, I mean, the main way you can understand reps performance is to just compare them to some, another rep. Right.

But it's hard to do that when there's just one. I mean, you could compare them to yourself, but you've got kind of an unfair advantage. Yeah. That's that's what I'm struggling with. I don't know what other people what sort of KPIs they use to evaluate the sales reps.

Right? Because I as you said, I I can't really compare her to myself because that wouldn't be fair. But then what would be the benchmarks that I set to, you know, to work towards? I think you just need to keep I mean, what call conversion rate is it? You said it's not 20%.

What is it? At the moment, it's 14%, and I have about thirty, thirty three. Okay. What's she doing wrong? Do you know?

Yeah. I I think it's it's a lot about the discovery parts. So, like, asking good questions about the problems, and that's what I've been been giving her feedback on her calls. I would just keep giving her feedback and keep training her, and see if she can improve. I mean, it will get better for you when you have two enough volume to give two reps calls because then they will kinda compete off each other, and you've also got a good benchmark for, like, performance.

It really works well having two salespeople because, you know, if one of them isn't doing so well in a month, they can't real but the other one is. They can't really think, oh, it's not my fault. You know what I mean? And we've found that it always works that way. Like, at least one rep is doing well in every given month.

There's really a case where both aren't. And the overall result is better because they kind of compete off each other. Yeah. Cool. Okay.

That, that makes sense. And how long would you kind of continue giving feedback until you kind of either decide, okay, that's good enough or I have to let this person go and find somebody else that will be better. I don't think that's like that's so like black and white. I think you you'll know that right. Like if someone isn't I'm willing to let someone have like a lot of room if I know they're giving it everything.

And but if someone is non committed, I'll and they've got a bad attitude, I've got no time at all. Cool. That, that makes sense, man. Thanks. Sam.

Sorry. Was someone else gonna jump in? Cheers, Richard. Sam, if you're focused on the, on the front end, do you agree it makes sense to only show that one single product on the website? Because we've been discussing websites this week.

Or would you also, with the idea that you're gonna have a back end coming in the future, have that showing somewhere? If it doesn't exist, don't show it. Okay. Perfect. Awesome.

I'll train oh, go ahead. Sorry. Just a quick real quick one. I was just gonna add to, what Marek was saying about, what he's speaking some about tracking his reps. One thing I found as well is, like, I kinda got my reps in the beginning way too focused on core conversion personally because they're always dialed in on the close.

And then I got to the point where they were saying I'm closing at 36%, but they were making less offers. So I was like, well, maybe I should focus on the number of offers they make because if they make a 100 offers but only close 20% rather than making, say, 50 offers and closing whatever the mass is. Right? So 900 off calculating call conversion rate off of offers? Yeah.

So I'd rather make I'd rather have You should calculate call conversion rate off of calls. Alright. Yeah. Yeah. So when you say call is an offer, what the difference is that the offer is you make an offer on a call, and a call is you call you have a call, but you don't make an offer.

A call is you call someone and they are there, and they say hi, basically. Now it's a call. If they don't show up, it's not a call. But the moment they show up, even if they're a bad fit, that's a call. So you're tracking it off just calls?

Yeah. Otherwise you're, you're letting these people like game the system. You know, they will just not make offers to a lot of people, and blame the leads. And then and then make their call conversion rate look really impressive. You know what I mean?

Yeah. So maybe we're talking about the same thing, but I used the wrong language. So, yeah, I I was basically saying, I think, what you're saying, but so we make sure that they're actually producing more activity because we do a lot of outbound as well. We don't just rely on inbound for the calendar. So, like, they'll go and close, and they'll, like, ring people in the list, and they'll do, like, outbound cold call.

Like, it's not really a cold call because it's they've kind of already shown an interest. It's not complete cold, but it's, like, cold to the list. So we want them, like, working the phones every day so that if they're making more calls, but their close rate is less, we don't really mind that because they're actually making more cash at the end of the month for the business, if that makes sense. Do you still take calls that say they have no money? Do we GC?

Yeah. So it depends on the rest of the survey. So if the survey has, like, qualitative replies inside of it that look like they may potentially be a qualified prospect for formulate Hublevel or Quantum or We Tube, then we'll either take the call or we'll send it on the fence saying like, hey. You mentioned you didn't have any financial resources. Here's what we do.

Here's what, you know, we're gonna you'll be able to learn more about in the call. Are you in a financial position to consider something like this? Just in case, they marked it like that by accident. But, typically, they if they mark that, they don't end up replying to those emails, and they don't, they're usually not qualified. But we send that email just in case to make sure that we're not canceling a genuinely qualified lead that misselected that, option.

Gotcha. And you don't provide any, like, funding options for those kind of people? No. I mean, as because as you, like, may know for us, so for WeTub, like, revenue minimum to join is, like, $10,000 per month that we, like, stipulate. For Quantum, it's $30,000 per month for three months consecutive minimum.

And so, like, existing business owners with revenue and some profits. And so if they don't have the ability to, you know, afford WeTuber Quantum with, like, a credit card or through, you know, cash savings from profits, then we don't usually get into funding options because it's not a b to c style offer. It's not even an objection that we really face at all. If they're a fit and they wanna join, the funding is is not a problem for for what you know, the segment that we target and what we sell. But if you're a b to c, I can prove to understand that maybe different.

Yeah. Are there any strategies you found that have moved the needle the most in terms of increasing show up rates for calls? Yeah. Okay. So don't accept calls any more than four days out.

And use SMS and email reminders. And make sure that the calendar event that's getting added to people's calendars says like, it it's very obvious what it's for. Make sure that it, you know, that it tells them what this call is and how to attend, like a Zoom link or whatever. Right? Because if it's creating a calendar event, but the calendar event, the person's gonna forget what that is, they're probably just gonna ignore it when that event happens.

The other one is the success page. Don't give people homework on the success page. That's a common problem I see people do. They're like, you know, the person's already booked a call, completed the survey, all of that, and they're like, hey, before your call, you've got to do all of these things. And people aren't gonna do that.

And then they're not gonna show up because they didn't do what you said. They didn't do you know what I mean? So like, the success page should be final. It should say, you're booked. Show up to the call.

It'll be on Zoom. And that's it, basically. Like and then keep it very simple so they understand exactly what's gonna happen. Don't give homework, and don't put too much stuff on the thing on the success page. It should be pretty brief.

Cool. Thanks. So does that mean that, for example, showing them, you know, a brief video about, let's say, the program that you run, that's a bad idea on the sales page on the thank you page after the booking. Like, Like, if you wanna find out more about what we do It depends what you're if you have a sharp problem or not. I mean, if you're currently doing this is only I would only recommend changing this if you have a short problem.

If you've got a whole bunch of stuff on your success page and you have no short problems, I wouldn't worry about it. But when I'm trying to solve a short problem, those are typically the things that I'll change and it tends to work. Great. Thanks. I have a question on YouTube content.

The, collab call I was listening to the other day was really useful, but I it did leave me with a question about the content in terms of who presenting it. So we our channel we set up three or four weeks ago, we have 200 subscribers, looks like it's going well but the majority of the content is all my me. Is it okay to mix it up with other team members and have our other coach do some videos and our operations manager do some too? What's the name of the channel? It's retrained search.

Probably if it if it's like a brand, like, it should be alright. Yeah. Consistency though is key because people tend to build like a relationship with these people that they follow on YouTube. Right? And so if it's always changing, it's, they're never really gonna build that relationship.

I've seen people do like two or three people where they do them together. That can honestly be a good idea. So that it's three, like, personalities, three people, but they're always together. You know what I mean? That that seems to work really well because then you also get the character dynamics between the people, right, which makes it more interesting to watch.

I would recommend that over having different people make isolated videos. Okay. Okay. Got it. Thank you.

Sam, on the last call about YouTube, you mentioned about how to make yourself unique so that nobody could, like, copy you. I was thinking for my YouTube channel when I like, about this, and it made me think, and it's a really good takeaway. I was thinking, like so my interests are, like, sales, football, gym, fitness, and also property. Do you think that's too broad if I was to speak about sales and all the other things on my channel? Do you think that that would be okay?

I think sales, property, and football are probably pretty common with that with the type of person that would like those things. You know what I mean? The other ones that aren't so necessary, like gym and fitness and all that. Like Sure. But if you talked about football, sales and property, like, I could see that working.

Cool. Thanks. I'm trying to make the the content for my front end mastermind, and I'm trying to figure out where to put stuff on productivity and focus, which is a big issue for my target niche. At the moment, I have it in week two, right? Because I think this will help them achieve and carry out all the tasks.

But then it delays actually doing the thing, which is writing research papers, right, which would only come sort of in week three of the program, if you see what I mean. So I don't know if it's a good place to put productivity and focus or move it maybe after they finish writing the first paper. What's in week one? In week one, we talk about, like, finding research paper topics. So it's like kind of finding a niche or something like this.

We talk about the overall structure of a paper and how to how to structure it. And we talk about planning. So the last day of the first week is, like, how to plan ahead for the next twelve months, you know, to achieve success. I'd probably just could you do productivity in a module, single module? I probably could.

Yeah. I suppose so. I'll just throw it into week one. Okay. Okay.

But you would essentially keep it before the kind of, let's say, before the rising comes. Yeah. Because people are probably gonna start getting unproductive in week two. Right? Yep.

Yeah. Yeah. And it is a big problem for for my niche definitely. Okay. Thanks.

Hey, Sam. In the website module, you mentioned that your VSL and website should be basically separate, not attached. What was the reason for that again? Well, people come to your website. They they tend to know they've they know who you are.

They're like quite warm. Right? Otherwise, how did they get to your website? You know, a lot of the people that come to your website, they'll already be on your list. Probably because they saw your ad at some point they watched your VSL and now they keep, maybe they even subscribe to you on YouTube and they've seen your videos.

And then one day they heard someone talking about you and they're like, okay, I'm gonna go look at this guy's website. Right? You gotta think of the context. So how someone arrives at your website. At that point, I don't know how useful it is to put them through a VSL again.

Right? I think it's better to just be real straightforward and just say, this is what we have for sale and book a call. Right? So, like, they're at this product awareness stage, I think. And then you just have the booking link on Calendly with the survey, so at least they can answer a few questions.

Yeah. So it's a it's like a product page. Right? Your website has an about page which says a bit about you. It also links to your YouTube if they don't know about that.

They can also join your newsletter. But mostly, I think it's for people to see what you sell and who it's for and then to book a call. Yeah. That makes sense, especially if you're running ads. Our main traffic source is cold email.

So I think a lot of people, like, a lot of random people who don't know anything about us are coming to our website. Does that change things? I still think it's, you know, it's it's better to just be straightforward. That's what people expect on a website. Like, what do you have?

They will get retargeted. Right? And they will see your VSL. And they'll yeah. I wouldn't worry.

Your VSL is mostly used for ads. Okay. Okay. Would it be an automation then if somebody scheduled on your website? Would you send them an email saying, like, if you haven't watched this already, take a look at a breakdown of how it works on the VSL?

If someone what on your website? Like, schedules, the call on the website, and then would the automation say, look. If you haven't seen this video yet, check out, like, the VSL. But, technically, in ActiveCampaign, they'd be taken off the VSL automation. Yeah.

I think that's way too complicated. Like, someone's gonna hear what you do if on the call. You know? Right. Okay.

Also, for the opt in on the VSL, would you ask for the phone number and then maybe have when someone on your sales team call them if they haven't booked? I don't think it's necessary. It's it adds a lot of complexity. You've gotta manage phone numbers. Right?

And you have to have a person on your team or maybe a few, and they've got to do all of this stuff. So it's definitely more complicated. I know you don't have to do it. So but it but some people, like, they like doing it. So I would try first without it, because if you don't need it, why bother?

Mhmm. Okay. I have a quick question about YouTube. I already have a channel with, French speaking audience around 2,000 subscribers. I basically unlisted all my videos, maybe eighteen months ago because I stopped publishing and using this audience.

Should I try to create a new channel from scratch? Because, maybe the algorithm is going to try to suggest the wrong audience or that kind of, of issues. So that hence the question. I would just try it on I think the one that's already in motion is a better chance of working. That's the thing.

It's no longer in motion. It stopped, like, eighteen months ago. True. But at least it's got subscribers and videos. All being unlisted.

Well, it's still got something more than nothing. Sure. My thought was maybe trying to create a new channel from Scratch and publish on my previous channel, like, hey, I've just updated my new I just created a new channel. You can see the new video. And every time I post a new video, just like publishing, like, a short, like, a one minute video saying, hey.

If you want to know more about that, you should hang to this channel. Like, this is where it is. That just sounds like way harder than just putting it on the channel. Do we have any experience regarding the the algorithm? Just like, not like, I'm just concerned about the algorithm at that point, and I don't want to stop building the channel on a shaky foundation.

I think that having something is better than nothing, honestly. Like, I stopped making videos for almost two years. And then the first video I did when I came back, it did really well. Because there was already subscribers and there was already, like, YouTube already had some trust, right? There was already so much watch time accrued on my channel.

And so, you know, it, it favored my first video after a long time, like really well. Plus, there's probably a lot of people that have that are there's 2,000 people that liked your videos. Right? That probably means they liked you. And so, you know, if you come back and you're doing something new, that's gonna be they're gonna be interested in that.

And that will help you out for them because the video will get more views. Yeah. That's absolutely true. The only issue is that it would be in English now. It won't be in French anymore.

Well, that might that might change things a little bit. If how many of them would speak English? I have absolutely no idea. I I can maybe pull out the beta from two years ago and try to see. You can always this is an easy one to test.

Cause you can do a video and put it on that channel and see how it does. Absolutely true. Boom. You can always start another one. Right?

Yeah. You're you're right. That's true. Yeah. That's a very good one.

I have another question about, like, I think a lot of the the members here are advanced and already have the audience. I'm starting from scratch, basically. So I'm I'm still figuring out one big thing is, like, how to how how am I going to teach and make sure that my members are going to be transformed and have like the transformation that they they bought the mastermind for. My front end mastermind is starting the July 6 and I still don't really know exactly until, like up until what point I should stop producing content for the for the the the class, the the the the videos basically. I saw your answer on the on the post.

I liked it, but I'm still very confused because I want to make sure that, like, they won't know about copywriting, they won't know about marketing, they won't know about selling, they will have to learn all these things. The solution I found so far was to basically just do some curation, resource curation and just share like okay this is how I managed to do it. Now if you want to go down the rabbit hole you can buy this book, buy this course, buy this, do that, do that, do that. There is a cool video here, there is a cool thing here, like just like basic creation. What are your thoughts about that?

How would you tackle, this challenge for like, less knowledgeable members of a mastermind. I honestly have no idea what you just said. Does anyone else understand? Yeah. I would just frame it as, look.

I'm going on this journey with you all. I'm in the process of blowing this up, and come with me on the journey. And then that way, you all learn it together and kinda go that frame it that way. Yeah. Absolutely true, Paul.

Thanks for that. I that's what I did so far. I was like very transparent and and candid. I was like, okay, this is a bit better and we are just going to to see how it goes. And I know how to, like, I know how to do it, but, like, we will see and figure out how the things are going.

But since the the main focus was about, like, not creating a lot of content and all that, like, I was a little bit confused about like where I should stop creating, where is my responsibility stopping? Where should I stop to say oh like I messed up I should have taught them copywriting or whatever. You it's better to be minimal because if you miss something out, people will always ask. How do you how are you minimal when you need to teach something like sales? Well, you just tell them the bare minimum and then throw them on a call, see what happens.

Okay. Okay. This is, I think, a mind shift for me. I need to I will see I will see directly with the the members when it starts in July, I think. Talking of bare minimum.

There was a you of a YouTube video that you you used to have on your channel, Sam, that I absolutely loved. It was a whiteboard with, like, different tools that you had kind of stuck to the whiteboard. You had a cap on backwards. I know that's quite common, but and then you kept drinking from a can and saying, please taste good. Like, it took me ages to figure out what that was about.

But I got it eventually. And it isn't there anymore. Is that because there was too much in there and you wanted to to not share too much? Or was there another reason? You don't have obviously, you don't have tell me if there was another reason, but I wondered, is it because you feel like you were giving too much away there?

No. I just went through my channel at one point in time and just deleted the videos that I didn't really like. Oh, really? Yeah. Like, a whole bunch of them.

Like, there was, there was, like, all of the customer interviews, all of the q and a call recordings. Right. And then yeah. I think that one also I I think the main thing that I didn't like about that one is I was probably, like, too intense, and I used, like, some strong language that I didn't really want people to see. Cause it would probably ruin my I've got to optimize for all sorts of different things now.

Like we're hiring software engineers and stuff. Right? And so I'm like, if they saw that and it's out of context, like, and I'm and I might be swearing or something, then it might give them a false impression of what it what I'm actually like. So at a certain point I just went through and deleted everything. Like, I just deleted my Instagram, my Facebook.

I got rid of all the videos I didn't really like on YouTube. Yeah. But that was Do you think you sorry. You go. Do you think you can give too much away?

No. No. Great. Thank you. Speaking of YouTube, I was curious, Sam, how many of your videos are still getting views, pretty regularly on the from the past and maybe even if you'd be, open to sharing some of your analytics on the back end.

So I'm kinda curious how I know what my videos are performing at. We have about 65,000 subscribers, but we only have probably, like, two or three videos that get regular views that that were made a long time ago, that still provide us subscribers. But I'm curious what that might be for you. Let me look. This is what it looks like.

And I haven't even been doing anything for this for a while. But what do you wanna see in here? If you go to the see more under real time Which On the right. So on the right, it has real time, and you go down and it says see more at the bottom. Yeah.

So that'll show your top videos that are still bringing in traffic. Okay. Cool. Yeah. That's that's similar to mine.

But, yeah, it looks like you're getting a good steady flow of, evergreen traffic. Pretty decent, I'd say. It shows that old videos perform regardless of time. One of my best videos I did ten years ago and it's like getting hundreds of thousands of views. It's like amazing how YouTube works like that.

Yeah. That's why I like it as a channel. Because you should, I don't like things like Instagram stories where twenty four hours gone, but YouTube's age as well. Are we going to, talk about the SEO of YouTube or another term? Like Google SEO?

No. Like, the search basically, YouTube is a search engine. Right? So, are we going to talk about how to optimize this for our channel? Like maybe targeting specific long tail keywords for videos and trying to have like a lot of them or not at all?

I didn't use that strategy at all. And honestly, a lot of the successful people I know they didn't use that strategy at all. It's just like creating videos that you think will be valuable to your niche. And you can look at some if there's already some competitors or some YouTubers in your niche, definitely look at what the general theme or topics are that seem to be popular. Right?

And you can try making a video on that topic or whatever. But that's that's, pretty much it. Like, going more granular than that, I I don't see much value in it. I think that's a different type of YouTube strategy. Yeah.

Definitely. Mhmm. I know only one YouTuber who did that and has success with it. And it's not very organic, like, the way we want to do it. And about your suggestion about, looking out after channels, other channels doing the same thing or the same niche, very good advice.

I just did that, like, for the last few weeks. And basically, the algorithm of YouTube, every time I'm pulling, like, the I'm opening the the app, every time suggests me, like, a new channel. Brand new channel I have never seen before. It's amazing. So if you want to to do that, you can create a new profile, guys.

You can just, like, basically browse, like, one or two channels that you know. Like the video, subscribe. Then you you close the app. You wait for, like, fuzziness. You You open it again, and then you've got a new channel every time you do that.

So it's like and then you can just basically add that to a playlist. So you can have, like, a a list of benchmarks. Really useful. I I love to do that. Alright, Sam.

I have a question. Yeah. I have a question regarding my sales reps. So so we do a lot of educational stuff. So we have a verified conversion rate to compare it to in the industry.

So I have two sales reps. One of them from January to June is doing 91%, and the other one is doing 67. There's a lot of lost revenue at that point. What would you do? I mean, I don't wanna tell him, like, I don't want you to do calls because I like that guy.

But what would you do in such situation? I think 61% is pretty good. I would just focus on getting more traffic. But even though that the other guy is doing 91. True.

But I don't know how realistic it is to have a team of people doing 91% conversion rates. Okay. Okay. Mhmm. Yeah.

Okay. You're converting really well. It's best to just drive more volume. Okay. Okay.

I'm just thinking that it's lost revenue because I have another rep who can do that. But probably I should also be probably I should just accept, like, 80% as an average then. Yeah. Okay. Makes sense.

Thank you so much. And also, thank you for sharing that YouTube thing. I really like that you're so transparent. That's so cool. The what?

Sorry? That you just shared your screen in the YouTube channel. That was super cool, super transparent. I like that. I have a question for the group.

Are you guys setting your launch dates and currently getting people into the back end or front end? Yeah. For example, mine's on August 1, and I have five people. It's front end. But I don't have a VSL, an email list, or a YouTube channel.

So I'm just curious, like, what's workflow look like, and how are you guys getting people to the actual mastermind? I just, sold yesterday my first person, like, behind the scenes, like Sam instructed. And then I'm planning on a wait list to start July 1 for two weeks just following the strategy. And then in the meantime, selling people behind the scenes. So you're doing a wait list without anyone in your actual mastermind or any you're just starting with the wait list?

Are you back end or front end? I didn't hear you. I'm sorry. I'm working on my front end. Okay.

Yeah. So it's gonna be wait list for two weeks build hype, and then I'm gonna launch and then sell for a month straight, get handpick the 25 people that I'm gonna start with. And are you going through your email list then? Is that how you're getting I'll I'll hit up my my current program group right now. It's a course, one time fee, and then start with them.

Behind the scenes best students, sell them in, feel confident about it, and then I already have calls booked next week for those people. And then I just hit them up in Facebook Messenger or by email. Got a call booked, said I have something I wanna share with you guys. I just wanted to let you know before the public does and see if maybe you might find value in it. And they're like, cool.

Let's go. Boom. Call booked. Then just kind of showing them just casual and people are, yeah, I'm in. Let's go.

So then get those people in, then the wait list. After the wait list, then I'll do a launch, sell them in for like a month or so to my group, to my email list, then my social media. That'll be the order. And then find the 25 people and just kinda do it like Sam did. Okay.

Cool. Thank you. By the way, I stopped selling my course, and it's amazing how the the activity has been dying. It's like to see that is crazy. What do you mean by the activity is dying?

Like, people asking questions, coming to the call, just, like, slowly whittling away when you stop selling those programs. It's amazing to see it in real time. Sweet. Sam, can I ask you a, like, a, not mindset, but, like, energetic question? In, like, accelerator and up level, I can't remember which one, but you were talking a lot about challenging your perception, and you still, to this day, talk a lot about how people can feel your confidence and that kind of thing.

And I noticed that I told my community that we were gonna, go to school, and all these people, like, went insane. They'd never heard of it, and they were like, oh my god. Like, I wanna do that. I wanna build a community in your school. I was like, what?

Like, you know, like, it was just and they were like, I'm so excited about school, and I was like, damn, you know? And, and I felt like it was a reflection of, you know, everything that you've built, like, rolled into the energy. Maybe that's too woo woo, but it just was really odd how everyone or a number of people responded. And I was just wondering if you have anything to say about that because I feel like a lot of things, yeah, I did. And a number of people asked for it, Daniel.

And then it turned out I can't give the link until I get through the, the free trip. Like, I couldn't sign up till you go through the trial. Anyway so I told them to wait. But, anyway, I don't know. I was wondering if you had any, any thoughts about it because I see it, like, whenever I tell people about you or this program or whatever, they're, like, immediately super interested, and I know it's because they do trust my like, whenever I refer say people they but there seems to be something notable about I don't know.

I I just was wondering if you or if other people have noticed this phenomenon. So if you have any words to say about that or if it's intentional or just a side effect of being super intentional on doing what you love to do. I think people can tell when they see something or use something that's had a lot of, like, love or thought put into it. Right? Like a handmade piece of furniture or something.

Or a painting that's like a, like a oil canvas painting, right? I just think people can tell. They can tell that like a lot of key has gone into it and it Yeah. Maybe that's and we did put a lot of work into that thing, and obsessed about all of the details. One of the values that we have for the company is craftsmanship, which is something that I'm really big on.

Like, I really like craftsmen, like people that are obsessive over details and wanna make really good stuff. And so we sweat all of the little details of the product and maybe they're not immediately obvious, like, oh, that, that looks really good. Or like, I like the way, you know, they made that interaction happen or something. People don't really notice that level of detail, but it just delights them. And they're like, I love it.

One thing we were working towards for a long time was to get people to say they loved school. Not by trying to manipulate them to say it but by just something happens when you put enough work into something and you make it really good, you cross some boundary and people start to say I love it. That's probably what's happening at a guess, I hope. Thanks. You notice that a lot with Apple products by the way?

That's how it spreads so much. Like you look at, someone sees an iPhone and they just look at it and they're like, I want that. And then they try it and they're like, I love it. And then, you know, they tell everyone about it and then it, that's how it works. A Tesla is another kind of product like that, by the way.

As soon as you drive one, you're like, oh my god. This thing is there's been a lot of thought. More thought has gone into that car than all the other cars I've driven. I like using a lot of really good products. So, like, you know, Apple products are really good.

Tesla is pretty good in terms of a car. They've reinvented the car. And then really good software too. And even like the screen that I use, I've got like the best screen and yeah, if you use really good tools and really good products, then some of that starts to rub off onto you. Sam, so I have I have a question in terms of, the front end mastermind.

Is content, like, you know, having content in that mastermind really needed, or would just the coaching or collab call recordings be enough as content for the members? For front end? Mhmm. I think you need, like, some course content to get it started. Right?

The back end, you don't because most people that join your back end are coming from your front end. So you're just working off of those same instructions and frameworks just at a higher level of mastery. But what are what's gonna tell everyone what to do in the front end mastermind? Like, how are they gonna know what what to do? Yeah.

So the thing is that our higher ticket, like, program basically, our up level right now It's a three k program, and we teach them basically everything. Like like like, I've been busy making that program for, like, the past year. Oh, I see. So they're selling from that program into this one? Yes.

Okay. So then you're basically using those same instructions. Is anything changing in terms of instructions? Not really. Then I would probably start yours off, actually, the front end mastermind, with just quarterly, like, virtual events.

Did you watch the front end mastermind module I made where I said in the beginning, it's more of a course in the first year, but then it transitions to become an event thing? Yes. It seems like you've already done the course thing, and you can just skip that stage of evolution, basically. Makes sense. Gotcha.

Because I sold, like, two people now in into that mastermind, but I was already like, when you were already doing the the videos, basically, and when you came back and all those things, like, I already start made my plan and all those things. And I've already sold, like, two people even before, like, we should launch. But the thing is now, as it looks, I'll be able to get, like, five people in the front of that mastermind for now. And, like, my main program is where we have, like, the VSL set up for. So I watched the new modules that you launched.

Amazing, by the way. But that VSL is for a three k program, and we have a 110 people there. But it's a fairly new community. So I was questioning myself, should we focus more on feeding that program first because we're in the Dutch and Belgium market? And just, like, feeding that program even more or because it's, like, limited in terms of, like, having front end mastermind people, if if that makes any sense.

Why not just target why not just try to get more people into the front end mastermind? Because it's more for because we're to just give, like, you know, some context to it. We're helping people start and grow their own digital agency. But, like, to be in the mastermind and to have those things, you know, talking about, like, you would need to have, like, at least some sort of, like, you know, experience and expertise in that sense. So people need to, like, learn I see.

A lot of things. Your front end mastermind is kind of like your back end mastermind at the moment. Yeah. But later on it will become your front end mastermind. That is what it sounds like.

Correct. Yeah. That's the plan. And you're really, it is your front end mastermind, but as far as your customers are concerned, it's the back end. Do you know what I'm saying?

So you Yeah. I get it. And then later on, you'll probably drop that beginner segment and then because you will have helped enough people get to an advanced level so that that will be your new beginner one, the front end. Make sense? It's not really for Got it.

Beginners. It's for, like, still people who are already in business, but they're still kinda like beginners. Right. And would you then change the tweak the VSL towards those types of people? Or would you still like feed it to like our up level type of thing?

Because it's kind of limited in terms of the amount of people that we can I would just feed the the program? That is your that's where you're gonna be the thing that's at the front, which is really the front end. We're getting conscious muddled with this front end back. Yeah. Makes sense.

Makes sense. No. I got it. I got it. Okay.

Cool. Cool. Last question I had, if if possible, sorry if I'm asking too many questions. So, I don't know. Actually, answer my question.

It's all good. It's all good. Thanks. Appreciate it. Any quick question about hardware there?

I was looking for that docking station, Elgato Thunderbolt. Doesn't look like they have it available, at least where I am. Is the important thing that it supports a Mac and then a five k monitor and maybe Ethernet? Are those the important things to look for? Yeah.

I would just try find one on eBay. Yeah. It's annoying. Like my favorite headphones, they don't make them anymore. They don't make this dock anymore.

I don't know why. And even the screen, apple stopped selling the screen. The five ks, LG one? Yeah. Apple stopped selling it.

Yeah. I saw that. The one. So they didn't want to put, put it next to theirs. But you can still get it on Amazon, but I I hope they keep selling it.

Or I hope someone makes a better one actually, but this is definitely the best screen. Yeah. Cool to try. I'll keep working. Cool.

That was probably Tim Cook. It's still looking. Brian. He's angry. One more quick question.

Brian, Should we be trying to do just because I wanna start off right for the videos, things like, Keywords Everywhere, TubeBuddy, Morning Fame, Google Trends, vidIQ. Should we be trying to like, I'm trying to start off on the right foot and, so, like, getting the right titles and all that stuff, or do you think don't try to do that from the beginning? Yeah. I think, like, what Sam said earlier was perfect. Right?

You shouldn't really worry about the keyword search too too much. I think it's just important to get in the habit of just posting content that you know like, I think one easy thing for anyone who's just starting off a YouTube channel is what's the common question your customer or you always get asked on a sales call or your customers always have. Like, what's that first quick when you could kinda give them for free as a video? And that could give you, like, four to five videos right there just off the common questions you get. I mean, like, one of the common questions that I always get is how did I get the domainadspend.com?

That's probably gonna be my next video. I just haven't done it yet. So I wouldn't worry about the like, you just listed, like, five different tools and softwares. It might just be overwhelming. Well, I was thinking of one of them, but those were examples.

But If if you find it helps you, I I say, like, I think it would be smart to use it if it if it helps you come up with ideas. So usually, you already have a few ideas of videos that you wanna post. Questions from customers could be one. But, if you wanna use one, I'd say use one and just see how you like it. It could help you with inspiration.

You need to intro sorry. Do you need to introduce yourself at the beginning of each video and finish with a call to action? What? Your name? Yeah.

Like, I'm Louise Archer. I'm the founder of this, and we do this. And then your video, and then if you wanna talk to me or if you wanna see if it's suitable for for you, what we do, then this is what you need to do. Do you need to do that every time? I think it can help to say your name and sprinkle in what you do, like, whenever possible, but you don't wanna have that as the intro, like, all the time.

Right. Yeah. But people should still learn what you do and who you are. And I think in the beginning, it's better to just get likes, comments, and subscribers. Because you need to, like, feed that flywheel.

Right? Instead of trying initially, you're not really trying to get clients. You're trying to get momentum. And momentum gets you clients later on. Right?

So just think about it that way. How do I get likes, views, subscribers, comments? So at the end of all your videos, I would just say if you liked this, click like. Let me know what you thought in the comments, and get some feedback so that you know how to improve so you can get more momentum. Right?

Nice. Thank you. Cool. Well, I'm gonna eat some lunch. I'll see you tomorrow.

Very useful. Thank you. Thank you. You're amazing me. Bye.

Bye, everyone.

# Collab call recording #2

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Four - Funnel, email, and organic
- Duration: 118 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c17806dd-6ddc-434e-9c97-bb7eb054e681

---


Can you hear me? Yep. Yep. Yep. Cool.

What's up, everyone? What are we gonna do? Sam, when you talked about sending out to your newsletter to active contacts in the past ninety days, Is that just a matter of, like, going into the like, where are the settings for that exactly? I probably could look it up, but I I couldn't really find it. I mean, ninety days is supposed to be best practice, but I think I've just done, like, last six months because I just do a check once every six months.

I basically make a an automation in ActiveCampaign that checks to see, has this person opened or clicked any email? And then if they have, it tags them engaged. If they haven't, it tags them, like, not engaged. And then I start the automation by like creating a tag to start it called like start automation. Then I just apply it to all contacts.

I have to wait a bit of time for them to all run through that automation. And then when it's done, yeah, you just, you, you email the engaged ones. Makes sense. Cool. I think there's some other software that makes it real easy though, like convert kit or drip, I think.

It's kind of a pain in the ass in active campaign, but yeah. Gotcha. Hey, Sam. Question about hardware again. If you wanna get, like, wired Ethernet connection to your computer, but you don't have a modem in your office, what's the best way to do that?

But where is your, like, router? It's quite far away in a different room. And there's not much you can do. I heard those power outlet things plug into the wall and then, run a cable too. I don't know if they work or not.

You mean, like, plug an Ethernet cable into the wall? It's like you plug a router thing into a outlet, and then, Ethernet cable from that. I used to have those, when I lived in Costa Rica with concrete walls, and they work fabulously. Does it? Oh, okay.

Okay. Yep. Yeah. It's still not Ethernet, though. Yeah.

Because it's but, I mean, just go to speedtest.net in incognito window, and what do you get? Like, 200 download speed, like, with the upload. Does it gateway faster closer to the router? I haven't tested it. Yeah.

I'll just test it. If it's I mean, yeah. But that's that's those speeds are pretty good anyway. Okay. Should be alright.

Yeah. When you guys make YouTube videos, do you put tags or even bother looking at what tags to put in? Or have you found that does anything? Ryan, what are your thoughts on that? And Sam?

You know, I just put like my name and then consulting.com and then some rel I try to put in about five, three to five, and they're just relevant keywords to that video. Yeah. That's what I tend to do. I don't do any research or anything. It's just whatever's relevant to the video.

Same. I just add, like, my name and, like, three to five tags that are relevant to the title. Hey, Sam. Sorry, no camera today. But the, one of the things that I'm looking at is for my, pages, like on the We Tube deal, you basically have a headline and a video.

When I have added video as a supplemental thing to a fully built out page, I find that oftentimes only five to 10% of the people actually play the video. So would you basically you know, you've pretty much already stated this, but I'm curious if you have found that most people that visit the page actually play the video, or or what you've basically been seeing in terms of, like, on your YouTube page of of page view, the video video play. Yeah. I'll find out what that metric is. Whereas, So, yeah, this is the Oh, she has something.

Yeah. So for, for, the VSL, look at the play rate. 91. Got you. Yeah.

Would would you say, like, so so most of my pages that have video, they're always like a secondary, not the main thing, and my play rate will be, like, almost the inverse of that 10%, 9%. So it seems like just headline video might be the the format. I mean, yeah, that's for like a a, a v s. In the VSL. I don't even have a headline, honestly.

Like if I go to godotconsulting.com/evergreenvideo, there isn't even a headline. Okay. I got you. And, yeah, I would you can even pay to, like, delay this button maybe for, like, a minute. Just just so that there's only one thing to do.

It's, like, play. And the video thumbnail helps a lot with that too. Okay. Okay. That's the play rate I've got for a VSL is like 91.

For the WeTub page it was 62, but that, that's, like, not behind an opt in. So, like, obviously, it's not as high, but when you put a pay a video page behind an opt in, like, it'll get even higher. Yeah. I was more talking about before they opt in. Like, if I have a sales page with a video on it, I mean, I might get a 20 or 30% conversion depending on what it is, like, opting in, but but way less than that will actually watch the video.

Maybe I should just drop the content kinda like the YouTube page. Yo. Just keep the main thing the main thing, whatever it is. Like, here, all I want them to do is watch the video. That's it.

You know, on the schedule page, all I want them to do is book. Like, that's it. And on the thank you page, all I want them to do is just show up. Got it. And on the opt in page, all I want them to do is opt in.

Like, this single, It's just very obvious what you're supposed to do here. Yeah. 100%. Alright. Cool.

Hopefully next week I'll have my pages up and I'll submit them to the group for a proper shredding. Bring some metrics. Cool. After beta, when you're doing sales calls, how do you frame member caps? Are you guys in gonna emphasize that on the call in the future for We Tube?

We're just kinda curious how to approach that. How did you guys do it, GCN Hauser? So we explain well, at least how I've explained it has been, like, on the call, their potential seat has been within the context of the wave we are aiming to fill up currently while also referencing the past waves that were sold out. So I would say, like, sure. So as you might have seen in the beta video, we were looking for 60 to join the beta.

That sold out. We then did another intake for July '60, which also sold out. What we can offer currently is a seat in the August intake, and we have a few that have been taken there, but there's still a few left. Beautiful. Yeah.

I did very similar. I just, I would go through the whole sales process and get them committed to signing up and then bring that up. Mhmm. Unless it came up beforehand, you know, they ask a question or something, then actually just go into that piece. Amazing.

But, you know, just leave it to the end. That usually works best versus if you do in the beginning, which I've tried. It doesn't really work as well. It just confuses the crap out of someone. Okay.

By the way, the group, you know, I've been selling behind the scenes, and it's gold getting all of everyone's objections, the concerns. So when you future market the beta, you can address that all in the video. Question for you, Nick, about the sales and call tracking sheet. Do you include, like, follow-up calls in the number of calls you take during the day? Yeah.

So anything that's listed as a call could be a first call. It could be a second call. That's why I've made that little comment that the calls, the deals, or total calls conversion rate is the real conversion rate. Because if you have to do two calls with somebody, that's, you know, part of your efficiency in the sales arena. So anytime ring, ring, hello, essentially, in the sales setting, that counts as plus one.

Even a third call, that would still be a call? Yeah. Got it. Okay. And then you can obviously track that versus the offers as well just to see, like, when you make the decision to make someone an offer regardless of the amount of calls.

Are you making the right offers, like, the right decisions about who to offer to? And is the quality correct? I like how it tracks the lead quality and then also, your skills at closing. Yeah. Yeah.

You grabbing deposits, Nick, for those that need a second call? No. Never did it. It never worked. I tried it at least, so I just found other ways.

Cool. But I really noticed it's more about the energy someone's got. Like, the deposit, it depends a bit around the dynamics, like, probably. So I could see a deposit working way better for the We Tube type of sales process. But just historically, before doing We Tube sales calls, like the up level sales calls, things like that, I never found it work that well because we were always selling it.

And if somebody wasn't ready to actually, like, talk to me more in a call, tell me the truth, You know, not even interested in, like, staying on and excited about the program, but maybe some current concerns still type of thing. Me asking them for a deposit, I already knew what the answer was, and it was no. So it didn't I gave myself a better opportunity to follow-up in the future and have them respond back to me by laying down, you know, on the ground on that call versus trying to get them to squeeze out a deposit, which percentage wise, probably the majority of the people in that circumstance wouldn't have put it down. So I'm always balancing the let's try and close this on the first call and what's best for the long term. And then long term shows the true performance of the pilot.

That second call on the first call if they need a second call? That's always the intention. Yeah. But sometimes it doesn't work out that way. And what kind of message are you hitting them up with for following up with people?

Whatever we talked about. Like, I'll just ask them a question about it. Hey, Paul. You mentioned you were going to chat with your wife. Did she say no?

If I hadn't heard back for for forty eight hours and you told me 24 is all you needed? I'll just see if they reply back to me. Then if they do reply back, they might give me some information, or they might give me an answer one way or the other. Yes or no or later. But if they don't answer, then I'll just message again, and then I'll just ask more questions, really.

I'll just try and bring things up from the call. And where I'm grabbing that information from is the notes that I took, like, in the CRM. And also just a lot of the times, what I remember was important to them. Is this happening, like, in Messenger or something like that? No.

I pretty much do all email. Okay. Nothing fancy. Thanks. Hey, Sam.

How much do you guys spend on ActiveCampaign? Do we have a list of 50 k emails that we wanna transfer over, but it gave us a quote of, like, $1,000 a month. Does that sound right? Or It sounds too expensive. Yeah.

That's what I thought. Let me tell you what we pay at the moment. I am on the light plan and I pay for, I pay 1,286 per month for 500,000 contacts. Gotcha. Okay.

Yeah. You only need the light plan. Question about paying employees, especially on salaries. Do most people or is it best to pay, like, biweekly or specific days of the month, like the first and the fifteenth? Because some months have three pay periods, and it kinda messes up that month's expenses.

So what's, like, a more simple way to pay people? What do we do, GC? Sorry. I just stepped back. I didn't grab the question.

Do we run payroll on the first and fifteenth? No. So it's on a biweekly basis. So it is typically twice a month, but sometimes it's three times a month in one month per year. What's the reason?

What is it just done more simple that way than the first and the fifteenth? So there's no, like, first principles reason of why it's that way. That was the way the default in namely set up payroll. They recommend doing it biweekly. Yeah.

We use a system. Like, I mean, this one's expensive though, so I don't really recommend it, but we use the thing called Namely. Maybe check out I've heard people say good things about this, the cycle deal. I personally haven't used it, but I keep hearing people say good stuff about it. Check it out.

Also, a question about, employees. So we had an account manager who was managing, like, 40 to 50 done for you clients. I paid on salary, you know, biweekly. And then now there's only, like, 10 done for you clients left as we transition to the mastermind. And, Raul and I here can pretty much handle all the collab calls and the community management.

That's pretty simple to do with the mastermind, which is cool, and sales too. Does it make sense to keep that account manager on if maybe to help support growth at scale? Or, yeah. Not sure. Well, do you need them?

Probably not for a while just because you know, with the mastermind, it's pretty easy to manage everything. Yeah. If you don't, then you don't. Fair enough. And then we might need them in, like, three to six months if we like, there's never a good reason.

Okay. Yeah. You should, if you don't need someone, you should just, you know, let them go really like you can do that in a good way. Like give them severance and stuff that they should be doing. They should be in a role where they've got work.

It's it's not very good for someone if they're hanging around for maybe in the future when things pick up. And then what you'll find is you'll start creating things for them to do. Right. Which is just silly. So yeah, it doesn't sound like you need them.

Yeah. If you get to just get the commission sales guy when the time's right and then have them with a little bit of community management too, sounds like. Yeah. Just hire when it hurts. Like just wait and, you know, make sure that it's a full time position before you hire someone for it.

Like a lot of the time you can just get someone on the team to pick up the, the extra job or whatever. Like, you don't need as many people as you think, I've noticed. One of the concerns that I've heard come up in the calls is the economy. You know? How are you guys handling that?

What if do if people bring it up or whatnot? On sales calls? Yeah. Well, let GCN House do it. What do they say, like, specifically?

Well, I just kinda wanna hold on to my money to see what's going on with the economy. What do you say? I say, well, wouldn't it make sense to get in a situation where you can get this going just in case something like that did happen? What did they say? Let me, let me simmer this down a little bit with my, significant other, and I'll get back to you tomorrow.

Yeah. I would probably try to dive dive into understanding exactly what they mean. So you understand and they say it out loud versus just, like, the initial reaction of uncomfortability for them is, like, economy. Spouse, think about it. Sometimes it's real, but other times it's not.

So you really wanna figure out if it's real or not. And then you can, like, attack it together with them, or you know to let it go. If it's, like, something hardcore, like an objection they've got that just can't be moved. But, essentially, when they say that like, give me the line again, like, what would they that they would say. I'll just tell you what I would say.

Yeah. With things with the economy right now, I just kinda wanna see what's going on before I invest in anything and just make sure I hold on to the cash I have. Do you feel like if you took the cash you have right now and invested it, it'd be a bad decision? Like, could it hurt to actually get started? Unless you think it's the wrong fit.

Mhmm. Good. I like that. Because what that'll do is it'll it'll bring the truth to to the service. It's kinda like I was saying that training three things will happen.

They'll say yes, no, in some way, shape, or form. They may not say yes or no, but they'll say words that mean yes or no. Or they'll say something that means no, like, oh, well, but at least you start to talk about the real stuff together. You know, because maybe they're they got something in the back of their head where last time the economy crashed, they did something like this or something. And now they're like, they they don't wanna make the decision again.

And so you need to explore that with them, or it might be something else. And maybe the wife just purchased something and said no more spending. It could be anything, but the goal is to figure out, like, is this thing real or not? Am I spending my time in the right spots? Because you only have so many reps you can do at the end of that call together before it gets weird.

And it feels like you're just pushing them and won't let them leave kind of thing. Yeah. So you wanna try a few times if it is real, and then always set up a second call. If we could map out let's pretend I failed on my little thing there, but I knew the person still trusted me, because you were asking about the second call kind of thing. I'll give up on the call.

I'll say, hey. There's so many things we're talking about. Would you be totally against just setting up a second call? No promises. Let's map this out and see if it makes sense or not.

Nice. Unless you totally don't wanna do it, you tell me. I just you give it back to them. And if they are still interested, they still trust you. Not everyone will do it, but some people will.

And that's the goal is to just get the little percentages of efficiency pushed through the pipeline in addition to anything else you might normally do with people who just sign up and such. Thank you. I finished the script for our VSL because my wife's gonna be basically reading it, and it just helps to get the language right that we scripted out. I was actually curious if, maybe, Sam, you might be able to look over the VSL script and just if you have any thoughts or, or you think we should film it first and just get a feedback in the group, or, what do you think? Oh, I can't hear you, Sam.

Can anybody else? What about now? Yep. Yep. Definitely just make it first Yeah.

And then share it, and then we can have a look. Yeah. Okay. Cool. Yeah.

I'm basically gonna have my wife read through it, and then she's we're just gonna film it. And, I'll probably be posting in the group tomorrow and, or today. Hopefully, we'll get it done today, and, and we could start testing it if at all. Unless there's any red flags or something we need, glaringly, we need to fix. So cool.

Hey there. I think I'm gonna ask a simple question. I know this is kinda going back a little bit further in the training, but I've been trying to wrap my head around all this and and just build this right. But it has to do with a choice I wanna make and what the mastermind topic should be. So that's the question.

It's just along the lines of making a wise decision there. And the context would be. Right now, we have a product that makes up half our revenue course, is around how to market a music studio, whether it's a single teacher teaching, you know, 50 piano students or a couple 100 kids, you know, and 10 teachers teaching students in that studio. And the reason I asked the question is that we have a couple of courses and I feel like with our clients, this is the course they don't want to take, but they have to because it directly impacts their revenue. We have a course on how to make the education in your studio better.

They love that. Teachers love that stuff. They we get high marks on that one, but no one wants to take the marketing course, even though it's the one they need to make the revenue they need to have a good career. And so my debate has been the natural thought in my mind is to make the front end mastermind essentially replace the current marketing course and it be about studio growth and maybe, you know, things around that topic and make the back end mastermind how to scale up once you solve that marketing problem. I think my fear is that.

I hear myself saying that because I know I can't quite verify it yet, but just based on past experience, I think my fear is that people won't be too into that topic, won't want to spend a year in that just because no one really wants to learn how to do the marketing stuff. Their their irrational desire is they really just want to outsource it, but they don't have the money. They don't understand that they would never be able to successfully manage an outsource team Anyway, so I think No. This is just perfect for, like, helping them partner up with a business person. Like, maybe you could help matchmake them.

Think about it. Instead of trying to force them to do what they don't wanna do, you could kind of give them their dream. Mhmm. And I know that a lot of marketers, by the way, are the opposite. All they wanna do is the marketing.

As soon as it comes to product, they're like, oh. Yeah. So so the way you view this, let me see if I'm understanding correctly, would be that we create a the mastermind is around matching up both sides of the party, both parties. Wait. Let's focus on one thing at a time because we're talking about front end and back end.

Like, what are you trying to do first? One thing at a time. I know exactly what the back end will be in terms of the topic. It's it's it's plain as day to me. In fact, we already have a mastermind going for it that we have people in it, but I think your structure is more elegant, so we're going to change it.

It's the front end mastermind topic, and I've been debating whether to take one of the current courses that everybody loves and make that it, but isn't really what they most need when it comes to making money or to do the marketing one where we kinda maybe scale down just how bloated that marketing train has got, maybe redo the content, make it a little more lean, and make it more about them spending a year really working in working on the lead gen and communication and sales part of their business. So it's like, do we do the do we replace the product course and make it the front end, or do we take the marketing course, replace that and make it the front end? That's kind of the the crux of the question. Why not combine both into a front end? That'd be a lot of content.

Current if we currently, the content, the product course is twelve hours of core material, thirteen hours of bonus, and the content in the marketing is twenty five hours of content and, like, thirty five hours of bonus material. Like, it would be a lot. True. But like, you wouldn't have to make this like, E like binary choice, right? I mean, some people will want the product stuff.

Some people will want the marketing stuff. You just want one product to sell at one price. Right? Truthfully, they need both. Yes.

Yeah. This is all going to the hopper. I'm gonna I'm gonna keep chewing on this, but, I I'm planning a very near in the near future, like, just taking a day or two out and focusing on this only for a day or two and just mapping this all out and But the idea of pairing these people up by the way, like helping them find a person seems like the right idea, because I know some people in the info space that are just marketers. Like they're very good at ads, funnels, copywriting, automations, you know, all the marketing stuff. Right.

They partnered up with an expert. So like someone who is good at like something. Typically the expert doesn't wanna like is only good at their thing, right? And they've got to keep being good at their thing and be a personality basically. Those when you partner two of those people up, it makes like a perfect combination.

Mhmm. It's just an idea. But Yeah. The kind of the beauty banking on that idea there, the beauty of the situation is is that I actually have a few very successful school owners. One of them is kind of a unicorn.

He was he's running a $2,000,000 a year music school, teaching kids how to play and rock band. Well, he's a coach for me now. So he's literally like a content expert in a size of school that's rarely achieved. And he's working with me, and he's gonna be one of my coaches when we kinda move over into the new model. And then I have another school owner that's about a half million a year.

Again, kinda big for this industry. And, they each have their own areas of expertise. So I could see them taking some of the weight of the content and that expertise. So it's starting to it's coming together in my mind. I'm I'm going to get this.

Thank you. Hey. Hey, Daniel. Quick, Yeah. Really quick.

So from a psychology perspective, it's very hard to sell someone into doing something that they don't wanna do. Right? The brain is gonna really offer up a lot of resistance. And, you know, in the coaching space, there's a ton of people who are really good at what they do, but they absolutely suck at marketing and the business stuff. But the thing is, without the marketing and the business stuff, they're not going to be doing what they do very long.

So you could either, educate and identify the the tranche of your market that actually understands that for them to actually, make a living and have a great life doing what they want to do, they're going to have to also learn to market what they do. And the other, just perspective I won't offer is along the lines of what Sam was saying. This is a really great opportunity to create an offer that's really irresistible because if someone can actually solve that problem for them, the offer basically writes itself like, Hey, are you running a music studio and you love what you do? And you wish most days that, I wish there was someone who could handle my marketing and allow me to focus just on, you know, what I love doing and what I do best. Well, what if I told you that, you know, we have something, whatever that solution is.

And, you know, that offer you could use to basically dominate the entire space because it's so good for the for the buyer that it's very, very, very hard to say no. So I imagine that would really just lift your call volume and your call bookings. And even if you're, you know, selecting the same number of people, you just have your pick of the lot. And if you are interested in off partnering with an agency, there's a ton of marketing agencies that have popped up just, you know, going through Sam's programs. You know, they're all looking for business, And you could just play a marketplace where you match.

And there's a couple of people in the space who are playing both sides of the equation. So they basically charge, one side of the marketplace for connection to the other side of the marketplace. Cole Gordon, who basically places sales reps, in elearning, businesses like all of ours. So he charges the business owner for the rep. That's Cole Gordon.

Right? Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. He's in quantum And then he makes money.

He's in quantum one. One. Yeah. He he places reps because some reps wanna sell high ticket, and he teach them. And then he helps high ticket companies find reps because that's what they want too.

Kind of like Code Academy or these these coding boot camps. They teach people how to code and they help companies find coders. So they're like This is a 10 figure business. Sorry. Go ahead.

I was just gonna say, you know, when you play both sides of the market like this, you're basically sitting on a 10, multi 10 figure business because there's so many people who just want the solution without having to do anything and they'll pay for it. And then there's so many people who actually want the business and they want the leads. So when you're right in the middle, you're basically making money on both sides. Yeah. I've got a lot of thinking to do.

Appreciate it. Thank you. Absolutely. I'll I'll jump in with a question. So this is probably for Sam and Brian.

So I my offer is more mindset and, you know, internal and intangible. And 99% of my revenue has come from clients that I've worked with, who I've actually met, in person or, had a had an opportunity to actually demonstrate what I do, you know, in a call or some sort of a strategy session. And so it's been fairly challenging to basically put out a VSL. And, you know, even with a lot of social proof, I've had a bunch of clients, you know, hit 100 k months, million dollar months. It's it hasn't so far just translated into the volume of calls, that I would like.

And one of the things that I was noticing was that what I'm selling isn't what peep what these, you know, $6.07 figure entrepreneurs are actually looking for. Because what they're looking for is, you know, I need a I need to hire sales reps to scale. I need to, you know, add a back end mastermind to scale. But, typically, it's some sort of psychological block, whether it's in terms of hiring, coaching team members, you know, killing products, adding more products, whatever it might be that gets in the way. So I I just realized this past week that there's a fundamental disconnect between what I'm selling and what they're looking for actively in the market as the solution to grow the business.

And I was wondering, Sam, from your perspective and Brian, from your perspective, if there's any ways that you recommend to market a more internal slash mindset type product, that would actually, I guess, meet them where they are and, you know, get them on, you know, on a call. Because after that, like, it's typically once people get a a demonstration, it's, you know, pretty much a no brainer. You said your clients have made, like, a lot of money, but it's for a non financial thing. So are your clients business people? Yeah.

They're all entrepreneurs. And it's So the outcome is the outcome is financial then? Yes. That's the main like, all of my case studies, all of my testimonials are all financial outcomes, you know, scaling three to 10 x in a few years. So what do you need about that?

That's that's what I've done, and most of my messaging has been, you know, scaled, to seven and eight figures. But what I'm finding is that the people who are resonating with that message typically have a different solution in mind in terms of how they, how do you think they'll get there. This reminds me a lot of someone in Quantum. Like, I just linked you to Quasi. Have you heard of him?

Yeah. I've seen his his stuff. Yeah. So I just linked you to his VSL, but when he first started, like, he found it very hard to get people to buy from YouTube ads because he was just talking about like abstract things all the time. Yeah.

And I like encouraged him to get real like direct and specific about business outcomes and just target entrepreneurs, but help them with mindset. And now he he's able to make YouTube ads work. His VSL works. His business is like $200 a month consistent. His his mechanism is like mindset and subconscious and, you know, all of that abstract stuff.

However, what he you should just watch his VSL and look at his ads, and you'll see how he positions it. I think you should do the same. I've seen his VSL in ads, and, I mean, his VSL is actually pretty, it's very high level. You know, he talks about changing your identity, to, you know, get different results in the business. And from my understanding of, you know, everything he puts out on, on YouTube, he is pretty much all his content is about manifestation and a kind of spin on law of attraction.

And that that hasn't really been, you know, my more my skill set and my, the way I've gotten results for for entrepreneurs has been And what's yours? It's really a kind of deep psychological optimization because most entrepreneurs are operating from the imprinting and the programming that Scott put in in the first, you know, seven years of their life. And so they're Like mindset stuff, right? Yeah. Essentially.

Yeah. So it's basically the same then. Mindset for entrepreneurs to get business results. Like, how you I mean, exactly what you do. I know it's different, but it's the same.

Yeah. I even tried on Dre's advice. I'm also a psychedelic therapist. So taking a psychedelics angle, where, you know, it was how top 1% entrepreneurs are using psychedelics to, grow their business, which, I mean, the ad and the funnel, I was getting really great, KPIs in terms of the ad, but it was pulling in people who are more interested in mushrooms than actual legitimate entrepreneurs. So it it it seems like the mindset space is fairly saturated, and it's a pretty crowded market.

So I was I was just wondering if there's any like, with this strategy of, you know, YouTube pointing to a VSL. I'm basically going to redo the VSL, or I can share it in the group as well to get some feedback from the people here. But I was just wondering if there are any nuances that you've seen work really well apart from the quasi example, because I think all of his traffic now comes from YouTube. Right? And he's talking about manifestation and law of attraction.

And there's another guy, Nicholas, who's in top level, also very similar, law of attraction, Neville Goddard type stuff. And in my mind, that's not how most entrepreneurs are thinking because, you know, I think most entrepreneurs are need to, like, like, take the lessons from Quasi's VSL and stuff, run some YouTube ads to your own VSL, and then get the data. Yeah, I know it can work. Like I worked, when Kwasi joined Quantum it wasn't working because he was too abstract and talking about, he was just getting people who wanted to talk about subconscious. Right?

So we had to adjust his messaging and everything so that they were getting business results and business outcomes but by working on like mindset stuff. Cool. I'll give that a try. Thanks so much. Cool.

There's another example too. Let's see if I can share my screen. His name is John. He's in another mastermind. I mean, he's actually in Cole Gordon's mastermind with me as well.

Yeah. And, I mean, yeah, he's all business focused in terms of the tangible result for business owners, but, like, he doesn't teach him anything really. I mean, he does, probably. I shouldn't have say that. But Yeah.

He it's all on it's all mindset focused. But you can see here, like, the whole page is about how to hit a specific goal. And then Right. To kind of tackle what Tim said. And then another example would be, one of my former clients, Tyler Watson.

I don't think this is his current landing page or webinar, but he was a client of ours, and he was getting booked calls with YouTube ads. And he was in a really abstract niche, like, basically, like, his method was, like, tapping. He's like a tapping practitioner. And that was the angle he used was, like, he would show them the technique within the first minute of how to realign themselves and unlock their, like, essentially, their next level to get them unstuck in their business. And, it worked really well.

I mean, he was getting a lot of booked calls on his calendar with YouTube ads and hitting record breaking months too. So I think that I don't know if it's as saturated as you might think it is. I think that there's just an angle that you can kind of play with that's unique to you. But like Sam said, I would definitely go after the result, because they obviously want the money. But you can use the data you know on the sales calls that's stopping them from getting to where they wanna go as the angle.

Alright? So, like, for Tyler, it was tapping something that I never heard of before. For John, it just looks like he's just really going after the money. But yeah. So there's two more examples.

Cool. Thanks so much. Yeah. I've seen I mean, John's been all over. He's been pumping ads just hardcore.

And, yeah, it's all it's it's a very similar offer. Cool. Thanks, Brian. Appreciate it. Does anybody else have anything they wanna talk about?

I have a question, Sam, just since it wasn't a high priority question, but if no one's asking stuff, how do you work in with, like, doing a mastermind and having, like, ongoing, like, customers coming in and supporting them working, like, things like vacation? Like, for me, I haven't been like a true business owner before I've been, still I am working like a nine to five job. So vacation is an easy thing to do, but as an entrepreneur, how do you, where, especially if you have like ongoing things like, like a mastermind, how do you work that in? Well, you can just take a week off and there just wouldn't be a call that week. Yeah.

I mean, if you do that, like four, if you take like four weeks off a year, like people wouldn't even mind about that. Yeah. But the problem is typically your sales will dip if you're the one doing all the sales calls, but that's just the price you pay for taking a vacation, when you don't have any sales reps. Yeah. I guess I'll ask another not important question.

I was wondering how long do you're planning on, doing these sessions yourself, Sam? I mean, I guess it's a group thing, but how long do you plan on being here with us live? Initially, it was just for the beta. But, I mean, this might be the last one because, like, week five will all be YouTube ads, like deep into that. And so maybe I'll attend just for a bit of the first one, just to see if I'm needed, but then I might let Brian take it.

And then, like, Jesse's doing all of week six, which is on, like, operations. So maybe I'll attend some of the what it when is it, Wednesday one next week? And if it's all just deep into YouTube, I'll probably just jump off early. And then once, the next wave come in, are those folks added, to, like, this call, or is that like the like, it's all one big call. Right?

It's more Yeah. One call. And if it gets, like, out of but typically, you know, what we've already seen is that it's kind of faded a bit. So adding some more people in, it still might be manageable. But if it gets unmanageable, we can always break into more calls.

So there's things we can do there. Yeah. But I wanted to do all the calls for the beta to see if there was any pieces missing because you've probably watched me do this live. Like, I noticed on the first call, like, everyone was stuck on this one thing, like, migrating. So I made a additional module.

And then I started listening to all the questions people had and then making the content around that. And then I added the calls that I did to the training for the weeks so that when wave two comes in, they can still see my, my take on things. But the team is good to run it. Yeah. Sam, while you're here, I got a question on the lesson for the VSL automation.

Is there any reason in particular you choose to create the form inside of ActiveCampaign as opposed to just adding it to a list with a tag and creating an automation that way? What's the thinking behind that? Where would your form be? Well, the way I've been doing is when I just integrate through ClickFunnels to ActiveCampaign. And once it's integrated, it gets added to a list and with a tag, and then I create an automation that way.

And I've never done the form route that I saw in the training. I'm just Oh, I see. So you're creating a API integration with ClickFunnels and ActiveCampaign? Yeah. Yeah.

I just don't like those connections because they're not as reliable. And you you'll probably notice that there's a delay. Have you noticed that? Yeah. Yeah.

So there's a delay there, first of all, which makes testing a pain in the ass. But what a lot of people don't know is that, like, it breaks all the time. So, like, it's just sketchy. If there's ever a way to avoid an API connection, or avoid a Zapier connection, it's better. So that method I showed you, which is just raw HTML form passing Mhmm.

That's pretty bulletproof and, like, fast. Another thing you'll probably notice with the API connection is by the time they put in the name and email and they click submit, does it take a second or two to give them the next page? I think so. Yeah. Yeah.

So you've got a slower page load, which That makes sense. With which decreases conversion rate. So, you know, you've got more complexity, a poor user experience, a higher a lower fault tolerance, and a delay. Mhmm. Yeah.

So and, you know, when that API connection gets busy, like, there's a lot of traffic, that delay grows in time. So it sometimes it can get to a day, by the way. So then your whole campaign's delayed by a day. Yeah. Interesting.

That's why I do the form passing. That makes sense. I was like, why is there that extra step there? It's just I like to keep things as raw as possible, like, and fast. Really fast, really reliable.

Cool. Thanks. Sam, I have a question. I think you might have mentioned some of this before, but I imagine when people come in and you're trying to get them to watch the VSL or book a call, and if someone's just not at that level financially or commitment wise, I imagine they're just gonna hang out on your list for a long, long time. And in that situation, would you have lower ticket items like your accelerator course that you would offer them?

Or is your theory just let them sit on the list, and then, hopefully, at some point, they'll convert? And if not, it's just gonna add more complexity, so it's not worth having any other, like, downsell offers for them other than setting up a call. Yeah. I don't think you should add a thing just so you've got something to sell. Okay.

I think you should just, you know, keep it simple. Like, we know we need a 100 people in quantum, 360 people in WeTube. That's it. Okay. Okay.

Got it. Because we've experimented with having little trip wires, like our $40 products, which we then use to have them the funnel leads them into a call. What are your thoughts on little tripwires like that, different offers that could potentially get them to book a call? I mean, the YouTube videos, I I guess, essentially functions like that. Do you think about having lower ticket things that could, function as a tripwire of sorts?

But why? Yeah. Yeah. I guess it's just for me, it's like a a different angle to approach, enrolling them and getting them But why? Just to just to kind of, trigger some some buying behavior of sorts.

I don't know. I guess just to stimulate stimulate activity with the list in a different way. But why? To make more sales, hopefully. Yeah.

So if that's what you're trying to do, then you should just figure out, like, what the bottleneck is in the funnel. Like, you're either not booking enough calls or you're not converting enough calls. Mhmm. That's it. So instead of adding something else to try to, like, achieve the outcome, that now you've masked the problem with you know what I mean?

And now you you wanna just solve the problem. That's what I like about a really simple system is it exposes flaws, which is a good thing. You don't wanna try to hide them. Because when you know what they are, you can just fix them. Right.

Yeah. I guess with it could be unique for our industry with relationship coaching. I just know we have a huge percentage of women that follow us that just are not gonna ever buy high ticket anything, And it just feels like we're leaving money on the table by not offering anything to them. So I just I guess I have a little bit of a conflict with just, focusing on calls and not having anything else to offer them lower ticket. But, But another way to look at it is if you focus on the people that do have the money, you'll become more attractive to the people that do have the money.

Yeah. And then you'll get all of them and make more. Right. Yeah. So just staying focused and just, It's what happened to us with Accelerator.

Right? Yeah. Accelerator was, like, making us money, but it was diluting our message so that we weren't really that attractive to the experienced business people because we also worked with beginners. But we were making money doing that, but we made more when we cut accelerator. Right.

Yeah. It's a good way to refine your, your message, kind of force constraints. And then every time you're writing an email, every time you're making a funnel, you know who you're talking to. Yeah. Now you're not like making little micro adjustments to cater for this whole group.

Even the people that don't have the money, you know? Right. Plus what you'll find is the people that don't have the money will be more attracted to this because they want, they aspire. Yeah. Yeah.

People who do have the money will be not attracted to this, which means you lose the valuable segment. Right. Yeah. We wouldn't be speaking as directly to them. Okay.

Got it. And and I'm curious also with your experience, I know you have some relationship coaches like, in Quantum. Have you noticed any peculiarities amongst, different niches, like the relationship niche, for example, from your experience with clients that you've had of how it could be different than other niches like biz op? Well, the prices are typically a bit lower. Mhmm.

So I think, like so there's Anna Roe's one, and then there's Adam LaDolce. You know him? Yes. Yeah. He's in Quantum two.

And I think their masterminds, I think Anna's mastermind might be, like, 12 or $14 Mhmm. Back end. And I think their front end thing's, like, 4 or 5. Yeah. And they've been selling those.

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. That's kind of what we've seen is generally about half of the price.

But I do have some people who we know of in our space that are selling, like, $60,000 programs. They're doing more, like, done for you kind of do your own online dating, do online dating for you, essentially, kind of more of a matchmaking service. But, it's interesting to think about when pricing our masterminds. So, okay. Got it.

And they're also switching. Did they used to offer lower ticket products and now are switching to high end do, to the mastermind model? Do you know, or were they always kind of more of a mastermind model, if you know? I think they went through uplevel before, which taught them high ticket. They didn't start Masterminds until they joined Quantum.

Maybe it was uplevel where they moved from low ticket to high ticket, but when they came into Quantum, they were already selling things that were in the lower range of high ticket. Yeah. Okay. Days. Sam, what are oh, go ahead, Marty.

I was just gonna say, Sam, that last little bit there just kind of adds to my thinking from earlier because maybe the issue isn't whether or not to go back to the question I asked earlier, like, should we sell the marketing courses at the front of Mastermind? Maybe we don't even wanna work with those people. Like, maybe we just wanna go up to, a music studio or school that's larger that's kind of moved past that and has maybe a little bit more of a mature business owner in it. So I don't know. Even in that last bit of advice, it's just making me think even more about the question.

It's honestly very refreshing when you do that. Because what I found is not those people don't even like webinars or marketing Yes. Or like any of the bullshit stuff. So like, you can just not do any of it and it's more attractive, which is like, yes. Yeah.

So, so the challenge, I'm just gonna say this, the challenge is that all the lower end of the market people, they're all hanging out in Facebook groups And those places used to be such a great fishing hole, and now they're just full of coaches. And the people we really wanna work with aren't there at all. They're, like, impossible to find. I'm running, like, cold email campaigns trying to find them on LinkedIn. Like, that's, like, our biggest challenge right now, which is why it's tempting to just keep marketing that product to the lower end of the market because the middle range of the market is so they're just, like, invisible.

So So I know that's not a problem you can solve, but it's, yeah, I so resonate with that because I get those people on calls every once in a while and they just buy immediately. Like, there's no sales. It's literally just like I tell them what they're gonna get, and they're like, yeah. We really need that. So so we'll buy that.

And it's awesome. I want more of those people. We just gotta figure out how to find them. Well, what you'll find is that they it's more like they'll find you if you just talk to them in a way. Because they're not, like, really as they're, like, waiting for someone to cater to them kind of thing or speak to them about their issues, but everyone else is like doing all of this other marketing stuff.

You know what I mean? Mhmm. That's what I noticed when I just started pitching Quantum directly at the start of this year, and then just pitching WeTubed. You saw how basic my pitches were for Quantum and WeTubed. I just told people what it was.

All of a sudden, just all of those people just came and were like, I don't know what you've been saying for years. It never really resonated with me. But as soon as as soon as you started talking like that, I was like, I'm in. And they all talk to each other too, because there's not that many of them. Well, you know, you can probably find some people who who are like the ideal clients you want and then see what how they make decisions.

Yeah. But from what I've found, like the people I talk to, they don't follow they're the ones I wanna work with. They don't follow anyone. Right? They're not like they're not those types of people.

They're like they wanna do their own thing and they care about, like, the business outcome and simplicity and profit and and just getting straight to the point because they're very busy. And no bullshit because they're so sick of all of that. And they're smart enough to know what bullshit is. So, like, This is good. Thank you.

That's great. Hey, Sam. I was gonna ask. Not sure what advice you can give me here, but, so, basically, when I first talked to, Nick about, joining, I I guess it was up level at the time, but then YouTube was coming out. I was planning on selling, a way for engineers to make a lot more money by interviewing for a new company in the way that I've kind of figured out is a good way to do it.

But then with We Tube, the mindset is like a year, yearly, like, recurring thing with lean, like, not too much tactics and more of, like, working together. Right? But for it to be kind of a yearly thing, I don't expect them to want to interview every year. I wouldn't wouldn't recommend that to get some people do that in engineering, but I wouldn't recommend it. What, my thought was to change it to more of a becoming a engineer that will get, like, getting top dollar as an engineer in general, and part of that is interviewing, and part of that is also performing on the job to get promoted and get more money.

Is that how you would think of that? Yeah, definitely. Like be a better engineer. Gotcha. And then if they love what they have, which likely they, hopefully they will, they would just kinda stay in and continue to grow until maybe if there's a back end mastermind that they're they qualify for, like, if they're the next level, that's where I would find those pain points to solve in a back end mastermind, basically.

Yeah. You don't know what those are yet, but maybe they wanna become a CTO or a technical cofounder or, like, make their own startup. Right? Who knows? But that's that might be the next level of progression for, like, the killer engineer.

You know? Gotcha. Yeah. Sounds good. Yeah.

Well, I I guess, while I'm on the topic, maybe I can ask you with with since you that's what you're suggesting. When I reach out to people to talk to them, my original thought was, like, finding people who want to get paid more is, like, with interviewing would be, like, the easy way to, like, put it in front of them as, like, a tangible thing they can do versus, if I talk to him about just being a better engineer in general, it maybe is less tangible, maybe, like, it's too high level? Or how would you approach that? Like, when I talk like, right now, I'm trying to get my first, like, five clients. Right?

So, just talk to them in general about being a better engineer to make more money or still from the interview angle to start and then I would talk about it like as a whole process. Like, you'll be a better engineer and you'll get paid more and you'll have more satisfaction and everything. Right? But the easiest place to start the quick win would probably be the interview. Right?

It would be, that'd be the jumpstart going to some place, make a big jump there and then continue to progress from there. So Okay. So talk about being a better engineer, more satisfaction with, getting compensated adequately for them being better. And the the first initial steps would be to get that with the interview process. And then after that being really good at the new job that they just accepted.

Yeah. Okay. Great. If you find any good react engineers, you can tell me. I I work with the great react engineers, but, I can I can send ones that I used to work with if you want?

I don't know. Really good. Like, really good. Yeah. Probably at any level you need, like, from principal down to, like, senior depending on how much you wanna pay, but I could probably point them your way, for I get I'm assuming for school.

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. I'll show you the I'll send you a link to the job ad, so you can see exactly what we're looking for.

Okay. I do, TypeScript myself, but I don't really, love doing React, like, front end as much. But, but, yeah, if you ever need I'm sure you have as many engineers, but I'm always also available in your network to if anything comes up with school, for backup. The link to the job ad for the so we use Next. Js?

It's the new harness. Yeah. So if they, if they're an expert at Next. Js, that's actually better because that's what we use. Yeah.

Yeah. Definitely. Yeah. We're looking for one of those. Yeah.

Sounds good. I can, I'll take a look and let you know. Cool. Thanks. Sam, what's something that you wished you knew a few years ago that you know now?

Probably like the doing the work doing work you love is like really important because that's where all the energy comes from. It's, like, very emotional, actually. Even, like, focus and being able to being good at something, it's more emotional I've found than, like, anything else. Because it's the love for it that makes you keep doing it. And that's what and you do it endlessly, and it doesn't even feel like work.

So, like, that's how you get good at it and that's how you ultimately make the most money. And then everyone is attracted to that because they wanna be around people that are enjoying themselves. So it's like you become very magnetic. So that definitely, cause I used to force myself to do things I didn't wanna do. Cause I thought that was the way.

And then the other one was just like how much work it actually takes to find really good people. It's, it's like insane how hard you have to look and how hard you have to try really to get someone really good. And it's definitely worth it still. Yeah. Awesome.

Thanks. Say along those lines, do you still kind of stand by some of the things that you taught in Accelerator just in terms of like, that thing there about, like, doing forcing yourself to work. Like, it reminds me of things you said in Accelerator where, like, you thought of yourself as a video game character and you made yourself do things and and things of that nature. Like, does that do you still kind of resonate with that or have you moved on from that thinking? It depends.

Like, sometimes you just have to do something like, I don't know, taxes or some shit. Right? Like, or in the beginning, maybe you have to do sales calls. Right? Yeah.

But at the same time, I think that there's generally a what I've learned now is is if something isn't fun, it means that, like, I'm doing it wrong. So like there is actually alternatives. Like instead of you doing all your taxes you can get an accountant. Right? They can do it all.

So like it's and then, you know, if like in the case where these music schools hate marketing, they don't necessarily have to suck it up. The smarter way would be to find someone that loves it, but hates what they're good at. Right? There's smarter ways to do these things. So you don't necessarily have to force yourself to do it.

But, I mean, every now and then you do have to do something you don't really wanna do, and you just have to do it. But I used to do that way too much, and there was way smarter ways to do it. Yeah. Yeah. I I was just asking because, you know, the whole alchemy framework from Accelerator, it was so succinct.

And I had worked with, you know, more spiritual coaches and things who who'd said similar things to that. But here I came into Accelerator, and I found someone who wasn't necessarily out there trying to be a spiritual coach or whatever who said it better than almost everyone who I'd ever learned things from along those lines and just the the the thought process to it. I don't know. It was just it was very clarifying for me. Anyway, I'm not gonna I'll stop fanboying, but I, just was curious.

Speaking of that, I'm actually curious how your morning or evening routines have shifted also, Sam, since you made a lot of those videos a while back, especially your evening routines with baby now and your wife. Is there, like, new practices you've adopted recently that you found valuable or ways you've kind of, struck a balance could be with the morning routines also. It's pretty similar, like, to before. Like, I wake up at 06:50, and then I wake the baby up and take her on a walk. I go for like a hike and it's like a forty minute hike and it's, there's a hill.

There's like quite a big hill. So it really gets your heart rate up. Plus carrying the baby as well in a carrier, it's actually a decent workout. So I do that. And then I come home, have a shower, get ready, and then drive to work, then do a meditation, make a coffee, and then talk to my team, and my day begins.

And then I drive home and hang out with Ashley and then go to sleep at about ten to 11:00. Do you guys ever, like, watch any shows or documentaries or things like that? Yeah. Like, sometimes we'll just talk if there's lots to catch up on. Like, if she's done a lot or if I've done a lot, like, some, generally, if she's done a lot, I'll ask her, like, how her day was, and we might just talk about that and then go to sleep.

Or, like, maybe I've got a lot of updates. Otherwise, if it's pretty quiet, then we might, like, watch a movie or a show or something. Yeah. Cool. Thanks.

Hey. Question about oh, go ahead. No. Go ahead. I've already asked a few I'll ask half of you.

Okay. Yeah. Question about doing what you love. So, my thought process from the beginning was, you know, done for your agency, scale up to, like, a course or now mastermind. But I'm working with a niche that I I really like but don't love.

I'd rather work with, like, entrepreneurs and stuff, but my thought was, you know, do this first and then teach people how to do it later, like entrepreneurs. What are your thoughts on that? Well, entrepreneurs is very broad. Got it. Who are you what's your niche now?

Real estate agents. Why them? Do you like real estate? Yeah. It's cool.

I thought I could get them on a bigger ROI than other niches. You need to be specific, though. Like, you know, even when I with concern.com, I just talk to, like, course people and people who wanna sell courses or masterminds or coaching. I mean, you know, there's lots of different words for it, but, you know, information businesses, basically. That's my thing that I've that I like and I'm good at it.

Even with school, that's what I'm doing. Right? I'm, like, building a platform for that niche. I think it's important to have some focus because you can get really good at it over time. Entrepreneurs is too broad.

It's everything from Jeff Bezos down to like side hustle. You know? Like Yeah. Start up entrepreneurs with the first business? Like, online business?

That's everyone from, like, garage, you know, with a $100 to like raised a 100,000,000 or something, you know? Mhmm. You need some kind of niche that you're passionate about. What do you do in your spare time? Work out?

Read? That's it. Much. Mostly all work. But if there was like a moment where you got distracted throughout the day, looking at something on the internet, what it, where would you get pulled?

Probably something business related. Like Yeah. It's too broad. You need to be more, self aware. I don't think anyone's just interested in business.

Like, there's so it's more complex than that. Business is enormous. Yeah. Like, who you're following on social media, what channels are you looking at? Right.

Right. We'll give it to What would you do if you if, like, you had a few million dollars so you could just forget about making money and just do what you wanted to do? Mhmm. Start more businesses, some one way or another. It's still too bright.

You haven't thought about this anywhere near enough. Good point. Yeah. Something to think about. Yeah.

It's like you need to go to entrepreneurship anonymous or something. Right. Thanks. Sam, I was, curious. I don't know how much you wanna share or could share, but, just doing the quick math on three sixty and 100 between YouTube and Quantum that adds up to, like, a 7 figure business.

And I know that you're capable of and have made a lot more than that. And I know there's, like, school and other things, but is there a reason why, you haven't set it up a way or maybe there's a plan to get it to be much bigger than this? Is it more like a lifestyle choice of, like, balance of how much time versus how much money you can make? Or, Well, it's very profitable like this anyway. I mean, it's more profitable like this than it was at 36,000,000 a year, by the way.

So first of all, it is and it's more profitable than most 8 figure, like, 8 figure people that I know. So it's it is very profitable, but I mean my main vehicle for growth is school. Consulting.com can't get to a billion. I see what you mean. So you're saying, like, a lot of people talk about top line, like, 8 figures or more, but they're likely spending so much on operational stuff overhead, other things that what they end up left with is less than what you would get with a very profitable $7.08, million top line business like what you've described to us.

Yeah. I think these businesses run best small and lean and, like, they're profit businesses. But I don't see the point in just trying to grow a lot of top line revenue because people don't really acquire them, and they don't really IPO them. So I think they're good cashflow businesses. Yeah.

It's it's really interesting. I, I was in my mind, generally, my plan or desire was to build this, of course, to learn what I need to learn to make this. But as a cash flow business to then be able to run a startup where, you know, it's not a cash flow business, the value type of game that you're playing a tech startup. But so it seems like you have kind of that plan that I can kinda watch you from, see how, see how that goes. So that's awesome.

Yeah. But also like you could always raise capital, right? You don't have, if what you really wanna do is the, if you have the idea already, you don't have to do the cashflow business. I just didn't, I knew I wanted to build some platform, but I didn't know what it was. And I knew I would find it if I just kept focusing on the space.

Like, you know, if you focus on a space and you really like it, over time something will pop out at you. So the main thing I was missing was, like, the idea, I guess. The cash flows certainly help, but they're not required because you can get investors. But it is nice to not have to get investors. Yeah.

Yeah. That that was my thinking and, yeah, like, I guess it's one one of the two you could just There's so many young the startups I work for, they didn't start up with anything but just investor money. I guess part of the reason I wanted to go this route was I think the the the tech start that I wanna do, I feel like I am gonna need these skills of it's like education related. So making sure I know how to teach people in a way that I get some results and then, just like sales, like in in general is something that is, like, not in my wheelhouse that I this would force me to learn that piece that I feel like is very useful and necessary. I think the best thing for a startup founder is to create something for yourself.

Always. Right? So like you've gotta like experience enough frustration to get to the point that you want to make something for yourself. Yeah. Cause it always seems weird to me when you've got founders trying to understand, like doing customer interviews, they're like, what do you guys want?

Like, you can never really quite understand it, and you can't create from intuition or instinct. You just you you're constantly using proxies and, you know, and that's how all of these products end up really bloated and peculiar because they're like, they're looking at all of these people asking for all of this stuff and they don't know how to filter it. Hey, Sam. I created an idea for a back end mastermind that I actually offered several months ago. We have our front end mastermind that's with our women who wanna attract the right man, and then this other mastermind that I created a beta of was for, women who've worked with us who wanna become love coaches.

And so I'm curious what you think about to have a front end that's kind of one angle or one niche, you might say, and then a back end that may be slightly different than that because I know one's for love and one's more for business. Do you have any thoughts about that if that's a wise approach, or is that kind of diluting our, our client base a little bit? Or is that, like, something smart, do you think? It depends where the idea came from. Like, you typically help people in your front end mastermind first, and they get they solve the initial problem.

Right? Mhmm. But that doesn't mean they don't have any problems. Typically, new problems emerge. Yeah.

I think what it came from is actually me. Like, you were talking about doing what you love. I I was just getting kinda little tired of, the love coaching myself. My wife loves it, but I wanted to do something more in the business space because I really love systems and business and what we're talking about here. And so I thought a good way to integrate that would be for me to offer a love coaching certification basically teach the women who we have who want to become love coaches who've gotten the results how to do that.

And there was, four people that took me up on that for about 10 k each. So I think there's a proof of concept there, but I'm just yeah, I'm still having some doubts if that's a distraction or if that's a good area to move into because I have some passion behind it as a little bit of a pivot. But, Well, if if there's passion behind it and there's also passion behind it for from the audience, right, there's a good sign. Yeah. And I think it works well because I don't wanna do generic kind of business coaching, and I'm I'm we're we're very familiar with the relationship space.

So it seems like an exciting, opportunity to be able to offer what we've learned in this unique space and how to build a to help them build a 6 figure business. Although it is a bit of a challenge, I'm realizing, with people who are basically new to entrepreneurship and have never really ran a a business like this to help them build it from scratch. Although, since it's very specific, we have so many scripts and tools we can give them. But, so about helping the people that are already in business with the love business? Yeah.

And that's another approach we could take. I mean, it's essentially starting a whole new business, I think, of that, parallel. But that might I wouldn't even rule that out. Yeah. When you're in the discovery phase, you're only in discovery.

You're not like you there's no point drawing boundaries for yourself. Yeah. If you truly love business, then you don't really wanna work with someone that doesn't know anything about it. Yeah. Unless you love teaching people a lot.

Because like there's gonna be a lot of, there's gonna be more like dealing with people's shit than business. But if you really like business, then you could find people that are already in business in the in the type of business that you've been in. Yeah. Maybe so like coaches or people who have done some level of coaching, but want to move into the relationship coaching space? Or, Well, what are all love let's just call them love coaches.

Yeah. What's their biggest problem? Yeah. I think their biggest problem that I'm aware of is just, getting clients and marketing themselves as with most coaches. And, these people are also they're a lot softer, especially the majority of love coaches.

They're just, they're more like people people rather than, like, systems people. And This sounds like another kind of thing like Daniels. Right? Yeah. Yes.

It's similar. Yeah. Yeah. Like, what if you could find the marketers? There's so many marketers.

That's one thing I realized. There's, like, too many marketers. But there's all of these people that are good at crafts. Right? Mhmm.

And that they don't wanna do any marketing and they shouldn't. If the world was set up the right way they wouldn't do that. That's what I think. Right. So I think that's an inefficiency there in the market that they have to do it for people to notice them.

But then it takes them off of doing what they do best and helping their clients. So like it so maybe you can find maybe you can explore that space a bit. Like what if you found the market of people and found the love people and created it? Something. Yeah.

Or probably it'd be finding the love people and teaching them how to market, essentially. Finding the people who are passionate about love coaching, who've done doing love coaching, have the skills. They just don't have the business side of it and saying, hey. We've done this, and we built a very successful business in this specific space. And, maybe What's even better is if you you can help them pair up with a business person.

Oh, kind of like a matchmaking service of sorts between Yeah. Yeah. That's interesting. Yeah. That's that's very interesting.

Like because if think about it. Like, they there's a lot of people that know business. Like maybe that's even Sam Everett. He just, he totally knows his business. And then there's, some people that just love doing coaching on love or whatever.

Like those, but you know the, the business person needs a niche and the the love person needs a business person. Yeah. There's a lot of these situations by the way. Like this is especially true with like doing a software company. Like I honestly think it's the dumbest idea ever for a non technical person to start a software company by themself.

That like, I think that it's bound to fail pretty much every time. You need a partner that can be the technical cofounder. So, like and that that was game changing when I did that, and I would recommend then I started thinking about it differently. Like, you should try to pair up these different people. Yeah.

I wonder what the model would look like for that if it would be more of like, kind of like an Uber type of matchmaking service or if it would be that they join kind of your community where that matchmaking naturally happens. It seems more like a kind of a software value add. I don't think this is software. I think this is like I mean, maybe you could just try, like, targeting this market first, like, helping them, right, with do it themselves. Mhmm.

And then at the next stage of evolution could be to find someone to do it for them. Oh, yeah. So that could be like the back end mastermind of sorts is more we connect you with somebody who's gonna really partner with you in building this business. Maybe you guys we help you set up the agreements to do a kind of a equity share or building the business together, and we coach you through that as well. Yeah.

I don't know about front end, back end, and all of that stuff here. I'm just thinking about it, the general dynamics of the situation. Yeah. That's that's really interesting. Because, yeah, in the matchmaking industry, that's essentially how it works is they'll pay you a fee, and matchmakers are often coaching their clients as well.

But it's like they're coaching them while they're also trying to match them with the perfect match. And so I can see that that offer being something like that where it contains both where your the intention is to match them with somebody long term, but you're also coaching them along the way and helping them get ready for that partner. And, and then helping them once they've gotten that partner, helping them kind of develop that relationship and expand it. Yeah. It's interesting.

Because look at what happens with you and your wife, actually. Yeah. You are already doing it. Yeah. That's actually interesting because I was I was more of the marketer, and she was more of the soft coach, and we kinda came together, got married, and built this business together in that similar fashion.

So, yeah, it it actually is in alignment because we'd be essentially training them to do what we did in, us coming together. And maybe the next level of that was we could help them find their romantic partner that they're doing it with also. That might be going too far. I don't probably that would be good, but that shouldn't be the only goal, you know? Because it's putting too many requirements on this match.

Yeah. Of course. But, yeah. No. That's fascinating.

Yeah. Thanks for that idea. I'm gonna chew on that and, talk it over with my wife because that could be a really interesting offer potentially to come out with that we can do. Sam, along the same lines, just what you were talking about with Brody there, and my intent with this question is not to be oppositional. It's actually to solve a challenge because I've met so many music schools that tried to match up with a marketer and they didn't get any results.

And as I dug into it, what I've discovered is that they are so bad at business and marketing that they didn't manage the marketing people the way they should have. So the marketing people were kind of left on their own to figure out what the messaging should be and that sort of thing. And they didn't get, they didn't get a result or they got very anemic results. Yeah. The, this, the, the main thing has to be like, we'll help you get business results and you teach them what to do and everything.

Right? Yeah. And then this is like an add on offer. Right? So like they're not joining it with this with this idea that they don't have to do anything.

Right? Like, the the value is that this marketer will do it all. Interesting. You know what I mean? Yeah.

So in other words, the told Gordon's offer, which he does this quite well. It's like, in order for a high ticket business to need a high ticket closer, they have to have something to sell and they have to be generating enough appointments. Right? They also have to be able to afford his fee for matching them. Yes.

So, like, they don't get there by not having that stuff dialed in. You know what I mean? Yeah. So once again, this is going a little bit more upmarket than just the beginners. Of course.

I mean, shit. The beginners are a long way away from Yeah. From having like a yeah. So in that sense, the content should probably be like, I've got okay. So for instance, just as a very brief analogy, we started, I found a cold email team that I thought was really, really good.

And they sent me their first draft of what the campaign was gonna be, and I tore it, I mean, in a nice way. I tore it to shreds. I was like, this will never work. This, this, this. Like, I knew what to do to get the results.

And as soon as we started running it, we were getting book calls. So I have experience in kind of knowing how to manage that. So that's what we should be teaching is the content. Like, you need to know enough about the marketing to to be, you know, dangerous and you could do it yourself. But then on top of that, here's how like, we could have a whole module on here's how to manage a marketing team, whether it's Google Ads or YouTube ads or or, you know, print marketing or whatever.

Like, to me, this is starting to take shape. Like, how to be good enough at it that you can find a partner to do it that is good. Right? Because you can't just find someone really good being blind. Like Yeah.

And also someone real good is gonna want to see that you know what you're doing. Like, it goes both ways. Yeah. Yeah. So there's like two gaps to jump there.

But you start with the just training one. You'd forget about the matchmaking thing for now. It's like a, it's a longer term thing, but it's worth thinking about because it it does solve this problem. You know, like you guys were saying that these people hate the other side. They don't they shouldn't have to do it.

Yeah. If we can solve this problem in our niche, there's literally no one else that's doing this. Everyone Everyone just everyone would value a thing. Yeah. Five years ago, I didn't have much competition, and now, you know, it's just overrun.

Every month, there's a new co coach starting a new Facebook group, and and and they're all selling something that people don't want. It's ridiculous. Yeah. What do you mean they're selling something people don't want? Like, what are they offering?

Yeah. I mean, we're so at one point in time, I was the only one in the market teaching a very specific marketing system that grew my studio when I still had one. So, you know, I was taking home 6 figures working part time hours, and I was doing, you know, doing it, just with a very specific marketing system that I built for my studio. And I started teaching that, and then I started getting all these people copying me because anyway, I'm not gonna get a whole thing of it. But but but nobody wants to do this.

I'm a nerd. I love marketing. Like, of course I was gonna do this. I was born to do this. No No one else wants to learn this.

They don't wanna have to learn how to, like, go into Google Ads and find their keywords and all this stuff. So that's what I mean, that that that none of the school owners want to learn how to do this stuff. They just want students. And so I started out, like, building Google Ads accounts for these schools. But but, what I found very quickly was that I was doing that marketing, what I was very, very good with, in an ecosystem that was dead in every other way.

Like, they didn't know how to do follow-up. They didn't know how to do all those other things. And so I just eventually said, I gotta teach these people how to actually run a business. And, you know, a lot of sales later, I mean, we've taught a lot we've taught, like, 700 studios how to do that, but but they don't want to. They don't wanna become marketing people.

Yeah. Yeah. Well, it's like how bands have managers. Right? The the last thing the musicians should be doing is, like, looking at budgets and, you know, negotiating like terms with a stadium.

They're just supposed to play good music. Yeah. And the one the managers dream of, like band managers, they dream of good artists. And when they find them, they don't want them to worry about anything but the, like, they're perfect partnerships. I'm not sure if you can hear me, but, Sam, I was just gonna ask what your opinion on virtual assistants are because a lot of people in my space, like, they just use virtual assistants to, like, do all the management and, like, I've never done it before.

So like, but you're suggesting that people should partner with someone who's actually a marketer. So like, what's your take? Like, what's I don't I don't know. Because, like, again, I do most things myself and hire within my own team to to do more of the management things. So I don't know.

I'm just curious what your thoughts are. I guess it depends on, like, what they're trying to do and what their goals are and stuff. I think for, like, side hustles and, like, you know, for these small hobby businesses, like, you don't want any full timers because they're not even full time and they don't want that kind of burden. Plus, I mean, when you're small, you you can't even afford it. Right?

Mhmm. So virtual assistants are perfect in that phase. Right? But when you're trying to grow a real business, like, I think it's better to have one full timer than, like, five per five virtual part time assistants. Yeah.

I'm just thinking about, like, my wheels are still turning from what you've been talking to, Daniel, about just matching people with marketers or business people so I'm thinking more for my clients not wanting to do their homework as well. So, I know that a lot of people who do what I do, who like manage a lot of musicians, they end up like their philosophy most of them is that all musicians can't do this, so they just hire virtual assistants. So I wonder if I could match make people with virtual assistants. What do these virtual assistants do? Like lead follow-up and like managing like communications with musicians, making sure they show up at the right place at the right time.

So I'm kind of making things up as I go with my own music company, like hiring from within, like, because I would rather people know what's going on as much as possible, like musicians be empowered as much as possible. But just I'm trying to think like what it would look like for my students now in the coaching course to partner with a marketer, and it just kind of the idea hit me that, you know, a lot of people are using virtual assistants that I think it's a founder or a partner is way better than a a virtual assistant. Like, that's another thing I learned by the way that someone asked me, like, I would definitely use a co founder moving forward. It's way better. Cause you, you get feed off of each other and there's you have to show up because otherwise you're letting the other person down.

And generally what I've found is when one person's down, the other one's always up. So like it always balances out and you've got someone to bounce ideas off all the time. Maybe these people would do better. Maybe you can experiment with it, but maybe they'll do better with a partnership than they would with just a virtual assistant. I don't doubt it.

I just don't know how to do how to make it happen. Like, where would you imagine you find marketers to partner with people who don't wanna do it, and what would that relationship look like? One thing we did with our low ticket products is we've, we actually connected with one of the top marketers in our industry, and, we basically came to an agreement where he would help us build out some of our low ticket products, and then we would just share, 33% of the profits with him. So I'm wondering if what you think about that, Sam, if it's better with a partnership like this that people come in with an equity split or maybe there's, like, a profit share, which is probably a lot simpler based on performance with the marketer, quote, unquote? I think it depends on the stage.

If it's from the beginning, I mean, it it's better to just split it and have some terms if the person doesn't wanna do it anymore or leaves. But if it's already in motion and you're adding someone later, then it would probably be, like, profit share or revenue share. Like, whatever makes sense. Sam, had another question. We were talking about how you're doing school and consulting.com.

For you, is that I'm curious. Are they totally separate or is that all under one company, I guess? At the moment, it's all separate, but we will just put, like I'll just put, like I'll just have one entity moving forward. Like I mean, it'll still look like consulting.com, but, like, the cash flows will go into schools account. Yeah.

Right. Because I was I was wondering just like, you know, if you're if you're using that, like, it's probably more complicated to use it, those funds directly if they're separate. But, it sounds like you're you're getting there and okay. Cool. I have another question on that, the spreadsheet.

I guess we talk about the spreadsheet every call, with, like, you know, your income and and profit and all that. When you see when you have that column of, like, profit after, profit share, is that what you consider to be the thing that the owner, like, we would pay ourselves at the end, or would a portion of that be, like, remain in the account for, you know, growing the business, etcetera, like, all of that? It's totally up to you. Like, I mean, it's all yours, and you own the company. So, I mean, it's still yours, but it's just whether it's in the company or in your account.

There's also a tax thing there. Like, you know, if you've got a corporation and you leave it in the corporation, you it doesn't it only has corporate tax on it. It doesn't have personal income tax on it. So but, you know, if you wanna buy a house or something, then, you know, you have to pull it through or, yeah. It depends on what you're trying to achieve.

Gotcha. That makes sense. That, like, that that's what it is after you've paid basically everything and you could take all all out and the company would still run. But your choice on how you wanna grow or whatever you wanna do with it at that point. Yeah.

Yeah. Youssem, what would, like, a lean lifestyle look like? Like, what percentage of profits if you were living on, would it be considered like a lean, like anything under 10% or? Well, it's not a percentage. It's better to work on a salary if you're trying to be lean personally.

So I try to figure out what's the lowest salary I can live on basically and still like live properly. So, you know, you start with like your basics, like if you've got a mortgage or rent or something, electricity, internet, right, groceries, all the things you gotta pay for, and you put in how much they cost per month. And then you find a, like, salary after tax calculator, because you pay for all of those things with money after tax. So then you you figure out what the lowest salary you can live on would be, and then you put yourself on that. And then you stay within your means on your salary.

So you basically treat yourself like that's your all you get. You know what I mean? Yeah. And you're running a personal budget. So, like, you know, my salary would go into my account, and then my expenses go out of that account.

And this account should always stay, like, at a certain kind of level. It shouldn't start to, like, go down. You know what I mean? So I'm self sustaining in a way, like, on my income. Yeah.

Makes sense. I'm curious, Sam. You said you were having a hard time attracting quality CTOs, I think, or just quality talent. Have you thought of actually opening up a position for a cofounder with you, like sharing equity to attract talent, or is that something you don't I've got a really good CTO, technical cofounder. Yeah.

Okay. But you're saying that if you did it over again, you would have, oh, you would have had started with a cofounder. That's what you were saying? I I did. Oh, okay.

I mean, like, if I I mean, with consulting.com and and a lot of the companies I did before, I didn't. But I I did with school, and it was way better. Oh, got it. Sam, you mentioned, like the billion dollar number. Is that is what do you have, like, a North Star in mind of, like, what you would like school, to be in terms of, like, how big it gets and how many, I don't know, customers you have or other products that you'd wanna build or any, like, long term vision that you have that you can share?

Yeah. So you know how there's this saying in, like, the West, those that can't do, teach? Yeah. I've found it's kinda true in a way. And so I want school to be the place where doers teach.

And so it's like the where the people that do the thing teach the thing by doing it. It's all very, like, pure and they can make a career out of it. So kind of like becoming the Airbnb for, like, education. Right? So, like, anyone can make their own school on their craft and run it on the platform and yeah.

So I want a billion users. Like, I I really like that number at 1,000,000,000 users because that's big scale. You know? Yeah, but I wanna make something for like the world. Yeah.

That's awesome. A billion that's, it's a great aspirational goal. I think that's awesome. Yeah. Do you think you'll open it up to early investors?

Yeah. I think we'll have to at some point. Like because yeah. It's at a certain point, which will probably happen quite soon too, we'll, like, we'll be able to grow way faster if we just had some more capital so we didn't have to always try to, like, stay within our means. I'm just waiting until it makes sense.

So, like, I can confidently say to investors, like, this is how much we need, and this is what we're gonna do with it, and this is what we expect. Right? I don't wanna ask for money if I don't need it. But, yeah, I definitely think we'll use outside capital just only when it makes sense. Is that something you'll keep us informed if we wanted to be a part of it?

Yeah. I think so. You think you wanna take it public at some point or keep it private? If it makes sense. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. I think some people use going public these days as a way to exit, and then they, like but I don't wanna exit it. I wanna keep growing it, and I would only wanna go public to, like, let other people come for the ride and to be able to use that equity to do bigger things. Like, I don't wanna exit.

I want to keep doing it. Like, I don't wanna sell. Yeah. And I know with bringing on investors and going public and whatnot, there's a higher risk of losing control. And I know Mark Zuckerberg story is a pretty good example of, like, how to keep that control.

But, I'm curious with your cofounder. Did you do an equity split, or was there another arrangement you guys came to? Is it just kind of a fifty fifty deal? Or Yeah. He's got equity.

I mean, it's it's, more complicated than fifty fifty because I also was the investor. Oh. So I was playing the investor role and the founder role. You know what I mean? Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. Got it. Cool. I gotta jump off now because I gotta do a call in two minutes and I need to go to the bathroom.

Thanks for everything, Sam. If this is your last one. Thank you. Thanks, everyone. Yep.

See you later. Good day. Bye.

# 1. Vision

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 28 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/502b3e70-1191-4d74-b6f4-182820ba4ae7

---


Hey, everyone. Welcome to We Tube. And in this module, I'm going to tell you what my vision is for We Tube and this industry as a whole. I'm also going to explain how We Tube works and why we're here. Right?

So I'm gonna tell you what our goals are, what our guiding principles are, and also what the model is that we're going to be building here together, and how to share feedback, how to apply the model, and how to collaborate together as a group for the better of, like, everyone. I'm also going to introduce you to our team and tell you how you can interact with them. And I'm also going to tell you how the collaboration calls work during the beta and after the beta, when the content releases, and pay some basic rules, for collaborating with others so that, you know, we can have a good time and get the most out of this experience. So one thing you'll notice about YouTube is that it's gonna be very brief, very to the point, and you know if a video can be made in like five minutes, it will. I'm not here to basically lecture to you and give you a whole bunch of content to consume because that isn't gonna result in you getting profit, client results, or happiness.

That's just gonna take a lot of your time. And a lot of you, well, all of you, are probably very busy. We know because, you know, you had to apply to get into YouTube, you're business owners. Right? So I wanna respect your time.

So everything's gonna be super brief, to the point, and designed for action and implementation and collaboration. Right? We should be implementing things, getting results, sharing our feedback, and collaborating with others so that we can improve and then get back to action, get our feedback, bring it back to the group, and do it again continuously to get better and better and better, right? So let's get to it. My vision for YouTube.

Well, basically, we're all here to achieve the same three things. And that is profit, client results, and happiness. Right? We wanna make as much profit as we can. We wanna get our clients the best results we can, and we wanna have fun while we're doing it.

Not only do we wanna have fun, but we want our team to have fun, and we also want our clients to have fun. Right? And really none of these things comes without the other, really. So like, you can't really make a lot of profit in this industry unless you get your clients good results. And you can't really achieve a lot of this without having fun at the same time because if something's not fun you won't do it all the time consistently for a long period of time.

So and really you need to be making profit and getting your clients results to be happy as well. So like, these are the three things that I believe are most important and that's why we're here. Those are our goals. Everything we do in WeTube is designed and optimized towards these three goals. We also have some guiding principles that help us make decisions.

Let's say, you know, there's there's many different ways to achieve something, right? There's infinite ways to achieve something. But We Tube is opinionated and my approach and model and everything is is is quite opinionated. And those opinions are basically our guiding principles. So, you know, I believe that simplicity is better than complexity.

Complexity isn't fun. So, you know, because our goal is happiness, we choose simplicity. Efficiency, I don't like waste. If you can do one thing and achieve five things from it, that's that's great. Right?

The less you put in, the more you get out. Doing more with less. Results if something doesn't get us results we don't want to do it and profit you know we we don't want to make a dollar and also spend a dollar or 95¢ we want to make as much profit as we can and we want to have fun while doing it right So one thing I've observed over the past kind of like eight years in this business is that something special happens. When you bring a group of people together and you share the same goals and the same guiding principles, and you share the same model or framework for achieving it, and you have a good environment for collaborating together as a group. Right?

Something special happens when you get this combination of elements right. And I believe this is, you know, this is a good mastermind. But there's some masterminds where there's just a group of people together and they're not aligned with the same goals or there is no there are no guiding principles and there is an absence of some kind of model, then you've just got a group of people together. Right? So really it's about getting the model right, the goal right, the principles right, and then the people right, and making sure that there's a a good space for them to collaborate in, and then something just goes boom.

And when that happens, it's fun, people wanna be a part of it, it's very profitable, and they get really good results. That's what I've seen in my own business, and that's basically what I'm gonna be teaching to you in We Tube so that you can set this up for yourself in your own business context and so that you can have all of this for yourself. That's why we're here. So that's the model, our goals, and our guiding principles. Now I'm gonna introduce you to our team.

So there's me. I'm the CEO and founder of consuln.com and school. And I'm basically sharing my strategy and my vision and everything for this business. Right? I'm good at products, like making products and business models and structures and coming up with strategy and things.

And then Jesse, he's, the operations manager for consulting.com. So he handles all the day to day ops. He also is good at sales and managing accounts, which are like, you you know, mastermind clients, making sure they get results, making sure they're happy, and making sure that they renew, because retention is important when you're running one of these businesses. Then there's Nick Hauser and David Dre, and they're our, client success coaches. So they onboard clients.

They hold them accountable to their results. They check-in with them. They make sure they're happy. They make sure they're getting results, and they make sure that they renew each year. So Jesse does this too, but his main role is operations, but operations doesn't take up all of his time.

So he also is the operations manager slash client success coach. Then there's Sid and he's our community manager. He makes sure that our community's running well, and he also makes sure he helps organize our events. You know, if you're gonna start a mastermind where you're doing live events, there's a lot of event organisation on the day and before, and he's an expert at all of that. So if you've got questions about community management or events, Sid's the man.

If you've got questions about operations, it's Jesse. If it's to do with sales, account management, client success, retention, Jesse, Hauser, or Dre. And if it's about products or strategy, vision, things like this, that's me. And then there's Brian Moncada, who we've partnered with to, create YouTube. And Brian works at, well, he owns adspend.com, which is a YouTube ads agency for online education businesses.

And he's an expert at YouTube ads. And I've partnered with him so that he can teach that part and support you guys and girls with YouTube ads, which is gonna be a major element of of this model. So if you've got questions or you need help with YouTube ads, he's the man. Now, I'm going to explain our model. And I'll go over this just briefly here because the next module, module number two, is where we go into the model in more detail.

But why we're here is to achieve the goals, following the guiding principles, to collaborate, and to build this for ourselves. Right? So I call it basically the two mastermind model, or I haven't even really named it to be honest, so it's just it consists of two masterminds. And so basically, you need a product engine. You need some things to sell.

And what I've noticed is that masterminds are the best products to sell. Why? Well, one of the main things is recurring revenue. Right? When you make a course, you make it once, you sell it once, and then, you know, you've gotta make another one again because it gets outdated.

And you only collect the revenue once, so you have to keep selling more and more people in. And eventually, you run out of people to sell into it, and then you've gotta make another one again, which is a bit of a pain in the ass. And, you know, a mastermind, the beauty of it is that the clients they stay in there year after year if you're doing it right so there's recurring revenue which means you don't need to get as many clients also because it's not really static content you're not just creating a course and then giving it to them you're collaborating with them and in real time you're adapting to the environment and the landscape of the market because the landscape of the market is always changing and the environment is always changing. Right? Like, let's say Facebook ads aren't working as well and now it's YouTube ads or maybe, you know, email deliverability goes down or, like, courses become harder to sell.

Right? There's all of these things that are always moving around and the beauty of running a mastermind is that you're adapting to the landscape and the environment in real time all the time so that you never have to like make a new course. Your product is always up to date, and it's always valuable. And you don't need to create another one because it's just continuously changing. It's like a living organism.

And the clients, they stay in it because it's adapting like this, and they get better results in a mastermind. I've noticed you can charge more for a mastermind and it's just more fun to run, honestly, because you're interacting with humans and you're collaborating and there's back and forth instead of you just sitting down in your room and just making course like some kind of, you know, loan lonesome writer. Right? It's much more fun, much more profitable. Clients get better results, and that's why we're here.

And so that's why we're going to set up this model. And that's what we're here for in We Tube. We're here to build this for yourself. So that's the product engine. Then there's the traffic engine.

So, you know, in this business, you need something to sell, but you also need a way to get attention. You need to get traffic somehow. Right? Now what I believe right now the best ways to get traffic are is YouTube Ads, YouTube Organic, and an email list. So we're gonna show you how to set up YouTube Ads to get Mastermind clients, and we're gonna show you how to set up a YouTube channel And how to use it to get Mastermind clients.

And we're gonna show you how to set up and run an email list to get Mastermind clients. Now, the beauty of this model is that it's set up so that kinda everything feeds into everything else, and it runs kinda like an ecosystem. Right? So let me tell you what I what I mean. So let's say you run YouTube ads and you're getting mastermind clients.

Right? You can also when when you get mastermind clients, you're also gonna be growing your email list. Then with your email list, you can send them to your YouTube channel. You can email them to each video as you release it. That's gonna grow your YouTube channel.

And your YouTube channel is gonna start to bring in more people that aren't on your list. Then you can use your YouTube channel to send people to your email list. And then you can retarget your YouTube channel viewers with YouTube ads. Now, you can also send people from your email list to your mastermind, and you can send people from your YouTube channel to your mastermind. Right?

So everything is kinda can feed into everything else. Then from your first Mastermind, you can re sign people every year. So there's a loop here. Right? So you can keep members in here year after year.

And then you can also upsell them from this one to this one. And then you can post in this one talking about the other one. Right? And so you can start to use these two things together in some kind of concert. And then once they're in your ma- your second mastermind you can keep retaining them in in here so there's another loop.

So you can use all of these elements together to compose some kind of beautiful symphony of profit, client results, and happiness. And that's honestly what I believe is the best model for running a business in this industry right now if you care about the goals that I mentioned and if you care about the guiding principles that I mentioned. And hopefully you do because that's what we're gonna be doing here. So that's really how WeTubes works and what my vision is. So we're gonna be teaching you this model.

You're gonna apply it in your own business and you're gonna share your feedback from applying it in the community. And then we're gonna collaborate together so that we can all learn from each other and improve each other And we're gonna achieve these goals wide herring to these principles, and my team's here to help you out along the way. That's YouTube. Now, how is it gonna work with, you know, content releases, collaboration calls, all of these things? Well, during the beta, every Monday at 10AM Pacific Time, I'm gonna release the weekly content.

So right now week one content is live, which is model offer and mindset. Right? Week two will be live next week and if you want to see when these content when the content's being released you can look at our calendar. So here, you know, Monday May 30 is when week one releases, week two releases here, week three releases here, week four releases here, right? You can see.

And to go through the content, you just click on this classroom tab and you can navigate through it like this. And then we've got two collaboration calls each week. Now during the beta they're gonna be on Wednesdays at ten a. M. Pacific time and they're gonna run for two hours.

And they're also gonna be on Thursdays at 3PM Pacific Time, and they're gonna run for two hours. So if you wanna see when those are, you just click on the calendar tab, and you can see. Every Wednesday and every Thursday. Wednesdays at ten, Thursdays at three Pacific. Now, the beauty of school is that, you know, it will convert these times to your local time.

So you can see when these calls are happening in your local time zone. And to attend them, you just click on this and then you just click the Zoom link when it's time, and you can show up and attend. You can also add them to your calendar like this. Pretty simple. Now, I recommend showing up to the calls, and I also recommend ma checking your Zoom settings so that your name is your real name and that your profile pic is your profile pic because every time you show up to one of these calls Sid, who's our community manager here, he has to let you in and if he doesn't know who you are, he won't let you in.

Plus it's just not very fun, you know, when someone random with a random name is there, right? So like, make sure your Zoom is set up so that you've got your profile picture and your name is correct and you should be good. And then, you know, when you show up to this to these, weekly collaboration calls, try to have, you know, be in a quiet room, try to have a quality microphone. You know, if there's some dog barking in the background or someone's some psycho's got a leaf blower behind you, it's just not very cool for everybody else so you know please think of everyone else when you show up to these calls try to show up you know in a quiet space try to be focused and be attentive have a good microphone and have your video on too it makes it better right so that's how to use the collaboration calls and honestly I don't even know how these are gonna go yet like I don't have a structure a structure for them it's the first time we have done these calls like with this many people all at once so we're gonna because this is a beta right what that basically means is we're gonna figure a lot of the stuff out together So show up to these calls and if you've got questions try to write them down beforehand so that you can be really clear when you ask them.

The last thing we want when you know we've got a whole group of people on a call is for someone to just start rambling. You're you're basically just wasting all of our time. You know, let's say there's 60 people on a call and you take twenty minutes to get to the point. That's a lot of time wasted for these business owners. So try to get your questions defined before the call and get them really concise and really clear.

And that way you can ask them with a few words and I can answer them with a few words and then we move on to the next one and we're good and everyone's learning a lot in a small amount of time which is which is awesome now after the beta new content will be added whenever necessary so there will be no set schedule for that but let's say we find that everyone's having a problem with this particular piece then we will make a video for that and upload it and then announce it right so new content will be added whenever necessary So you can see that at the end of the beta, So you can see that at the end of the beta, which is after July 14, the switch. So instead of Wednesdays and Thursdays, they happen on Mondays and Thursdays. Right? And that's how it will be ongoing after the beta is done. Now how to contribute.

So how do you, you know, be a valuable member of this We Tube mastermind? Well, first things first, you gotta show up. And what I mean by showing up is, you know, show up to the school group, which is school.com/wetube, watch the content, actually watch it all and implement it. You'll see that there's resources and action items beneath, you know, each video. So show up, do the work, implement it, complete the action items, and show up to the community.

Try to try to show up like once a day just to catch up on, you know, what people are saying, see if there's been any announcements, and see if there's any way that you can help somebody else, right? And also try to show up to the collaboration calls. You can see when the next one is happening at the top of the feed here, or you can go to the calendar and see where they're happening to. Right? Told you about that before.

Also be cool. What does this mean? Well, be positive. You know, show up and basically think of think of everyone else and their experience and try to do things that are gonna make it better for everyone else. So help people be positive.

When you get a win, share it. And, yeah, don't ramble, don't tell s don't tell, like, elaborate stories, just get to the point. And another thing is share your best stuff. So don't hold back with what you're sharing here. You know, to make a mastermind work well, people have to be willing to share.

And so, you know, I'm going ahead right now and sharing my absolute best stuff. And I want you to do the same too, and if everyone does that and we all work together, this this is gonna be awesome. Get to the point. You've noticed I've said this many times, nothing is less cool than someone rambling. It's not cool.

So get to the point. And I'm reserving the right to tell you to get to the point right now. So please do not be offended if I say that to you at some point, just try to use as few words as possible. And you might know what I'm talking about here if you've been in this industry, right? Some people just, they can't get to the point and they just use a lot of words and it's very draining for everybody.

And I don't even know why it happens. I've asked myself why this happens, no one can tell me why, I still don't know why, but please use as few words as possible, nothing is more awesome than when there's a lot of back and forth, like someone asks something, someone answers it, someone else adds something to it then someone else adds something else to it and in like one minute something amazing happened that five people were a part of that's collaboration what isn't cool and what isn't awesome is when one person starts with one thing, pings off on 17 tangents, and then starts back on the tangent one again after ten minutes and still doesn't even know what they're saying and everyone's listening. Right? Use less words. Get to the point, please.

Now this is not a public customer support system. So what I mean by that is, you know, don't just show up to the group and ask a question and tag an admin. That's lame. That's not a mastermind. That's just like submitting a customer support ticket, but it's just public for everyone to see.

That's a lame community, it's a lame experience, and it's seriously lame for the admins because, you know, you're just putting a massive burden on them. Like, there's really good people in this mastermind, so ask the question for everybody, and that way everyone's got a chance to share their piece and if an admin needs to they can as well, right? So ask questions to the group not just to an admin. However if you've got a question for an admin that you believe only can be for an admin, that's fine, you can ask it, but don't just treat it like a public customer support system. And finally, you want to get a ROI fast so that you can relax and have some fun with this.

So as you're going through the training think what can I take from this right now and apply right now so that I can make some money right now so that I can make back more than I spent on YouTube so that it's a profitable experience for me? Because once you've made back, like, say, 20 and We Tube costs you 10, that's good. Now you now, you know, We Tube's been profitable for you, and and you can relax and have some fun with it. And I I found it's not until you relax and have some fun with it that the really good results start to come. When you're in this kind of panic anxious mindset, it's hard for anything good to come from that space.

So this is real do it now let's get this party started let's start doing some stuff so first things first I want you to complete your school profile so you click on your you click up here you click profile then you click 'Edit Profile' and make sure you've got a profile picture of yourself, not some dog or something, so you can see what you look like make sure your name is your real name and put a little bio about yourself Tell us your location, you don't have to say exactly where it is, but it's cool for everyone to see where everyone else is. You know, it can help facilitate some connection. And tell us your Myers Briggs type. These are some good kind of basic things about you that that can help us to know, like, you know, who else is in here and to to start seeing more about each person, right? Because the mastermind is a lot about the people.

So do that and then introduce yourself to the group and share a pic of your workspace using this template here so basically, beneath module one here you can see you can click here and you can write a post, right? So you wanna say, hi, my name is I'm from this location and my company is called this, we're in the this niche. I wanna get these three things from YouTube. What do you wanna get from this? You know, it's hard for people to know how to help you unless you say what you're trying to achieve.

So you need to tell us this. And then to make things fun, tell us what you like to do for fun. And then share a picture of your workspace. So I've gone ahead and done this I've introduced myself and shared a picture of my workspace and so you can do the same and so is Brian so go ahead and do that right now I want everyone who's in here to have a profile pic, a name, a profile with some actual information on it and a picture of their workspace and tell us what you're tell us what you're here for and tell us what you like to do for fun. And then what I want you guys and girls to do is if some read through these, see who else is here and if somebody catches your attention, like they enjoy doing something that you also enjoy doing, reach out to them.

And to do that, you can just hover over their name and you can click chat, and it will pop up a chat, and you can you can DM them basically or you can just comment on their post like this right and let's start to you know see who else is in here and let's start to make some friends and build some relationships and let's get comfortable with everyone else in this group here so that we can have some fun with this and get some awesome results so that is my vision for we tube and what we're here for and how it works and all of that stuff so that's it for this video I'll see you in the next one make sure you introduce yourself right now see you soon

# 2. Model

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 15 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c8e86876-791c-4fbf-9810-6e4fa7aed562

---


So in this module, I'm gonna show you the model that we're going to be implementing and building together here in the We Tube mastermind. I'm gonna start by presenting it in a big picture view to kind of tell you how it works as a overall system, and then we're gonna drill into the components, like the traffic engine and the traffic sources that we're gonna use, the website and the funnels that we're gonna use, the product engine, which is the two step mastermind model, and then we're gonna look at the math of running this model. So we're gonna look at what products you're gonna sell for roughly what price and how many people you're gonna have in there, and then how much money that's gonna make you per year in terms of revenue and in terms of profit. And then we're gonna look at the team that you need to run this model at the different stages of growth. And I'm gonna use my own company, consulting.com, as an example, but I'm also gonna provide both this, like, FigJam file here that you're looking at right now so that you can edit it for your own business, and I'm also gonna provide this, Google Sheet, so that you can customize it for your own business.

So those are gonna be our action items at the end of this module. So let's dig into it. So first of all, this model has been designed and optimized for our three goals, which is profit, client results, and happiness for you, the founder, for your team, and for your clients. So the beauty of this model is that everything feeds into everything else, and it's very simple, and it's very efficient. So when it comes to the traffic engine, when you run the YouTube ads, you will be getting mastermind clients and making money, but you'll also be growing your email list.

And as you grow your email list, you can send people emails to your YouTube channel. And you can use your email list to grow your YouTube channel. Then as your YouTube channel grows, it'll start to pull in people that aren't on your email list. Then you can use your YouTube channel to grow your email list. And as your email list and YouTube channel grow, you can retarget those YouTube channel viewers with YouTube ads.

So you see how, you know, it doesn't really matter which one you use to get it started. You can use all of these three channels to feed off of each other, and that's how you start to build a traffic engine. Right? And then you can send people from your email list to your mastermind on the front end or on the back end. You can also use YouTube ads to get mastermind clients, and you can use your YouTube channel to get mastermind clients.

So once you have all three of these assets, you can use them to feed off of each other, and then you can use them to get clients for both of your mastermind products. And then once you've got clients in your front end mastermind, you can renew them each year, right, because it's recurring revenue. So there's a loop here, which means it's very efficient. But not only that, if you've got two masterminds, which is the goal, then you can upsell people from mastermind one to mastermind two. And then when they're in mastermind two, you can renew them each year.

In consulting.com, we've got some clients that we've had in our Quantum Mastermind, which is $36, for eight years. Right? So that's the beauty of this model. Once you get people into your products, you can renew them and upsell them and renew them. And then you can use these traffic sources to build off of each other.

And ultimately, you can get to the point where you don't even need to run YouTube ads, which is finally where consulting.com has got to basically this year, right, which is 2022. So this year, we haven't run any ads. All we've done is upload videos to YouTube and send emails to our list, and we have been able to fill up Quantum, and we will be able to fill up YouTube. And that means that, you know, we can get about 7,300,000 in revenue. Our costs will only be about a mil, and our profit before profit share is 6.3 mil.

But then we share roughly 40% of our profit with our team, which means we share 2.5 mil with them, then profit after profit share is 3.8 mil, which is a 52% profit margin, which is extremely efficient. So this model here, it shares a lot of the profits with the team. It's very generous. It's overly generous compared to other businesses in this industry, but that's really important when you're trying to keep a team. And it's really important to keep a team when your team is responsible for managing the relationships with your clients and your business model depends on you keeping your clients happy and renewing them each year.

Right? So it's all kinda designed to work together as a whole. Right? And And that's one thing you're gonna notice as you go through the We Tube training is that it's different, but it's everything has a very strong reason why it is that way. And I would rather spend more money on, you know, paying money out to our team than spending money on ads, and it all works out.

Right? So ultimately, the goal for you is to build a model or to build a business that's very similar to ours in consulting.com, where you make 7,300,000 year rev, 3,800,000 year profit, and you only and you have a team of six people that are awarded well and very happy clients that get results, and you only need to send a few emails a week and make a YouTube video every now and then and have two masterminds that you enjoy running. That's the goal. Right? Now to run this model, we we have this team of six people, and I presented them to you, you know, in in in module one.

But basically, there's me, there's Jesse who runs operations, and he also, helps clients and he account manages clients. And then there's Jesse I mean, sorry, there's Hauser and Dre and their account managers as well. And then there's Sid, who's our community manager, and Brian, who's our YouTube ads expert. So that's basically this model, like a a bigger picture kind of overview. Now what I want you to do for in terms of action items is, first of all, I want you to modify this FigJam file to suit your business.

So you can just click this link here and you you'll be able to open this up, and then all you need to do is click this down arrow and then duplicate, and you'll be able to make a version for yourself. Then what you can do is you can just click double click on these and you can basically edit them. And what I want you to do is I want you to dream a little bit here. This isn't like this is more like big picture thinking and vision and dreaming of it. We have to think right out into the future to think what we want to build here, right?

And then once we get the math lining up, the team lining up, and the products lining up and the traffic sources and all of that, then, you know, we can start to to reverse engineer it from, like, what we wanna make and what we need to do to make that, and then we can start getting to work. So what I want you to do is edit this FigJam file and define your products. Like, how much is your front end mastermind gonna be and what's it gonna be called? I recommend your front end mastermind should be in between 5 and 10 k per year. And then your back end mastermind, I recommend it should be in between 20 and 40 k a year, and you should come up with a name for that as well.

And I recommend these as your traffic sources, but you might want to add a few more if you're if you're really good at them. Right? Now in terms of websites and funnels, we just have a very basic website, consulting.com, and it just basically links to YouTube and it links to Quantum, and then people can look at Quantum and book a call straight away, and then they can join our newsletter like this and they get on the email list. And if they click this, it just goes through our YouTube channel and it asks them to subscribe. So it's it's all very simple and like I said earlier, it's designed everything feeds into everything else.

So the website is designed to get mastermind clients. It's also designed to get email list subscribers and YouTube subscribers. That's all all it does. It acts as like a, you know, a friend to the rest of the components in this model. Then later on in this We Tube, mastermind, I'm gonna introduce you to the VSL funnel, which is what you'll use to drive YouTube ads to your mastermind.

It's base basically a VSL call funnel. You there's a landing page, you opt in, you watch a short video, and then you book a call and complete a survey, and then you get on a call, and then you buy the mastermind. Right? So that's that's the funnel that we use when you're driving YouTube ads traffic. And then I'm gonna teach you the launch funnel in week two, which is a basic funnel that we use to launch a mastermind.

And this is pretty exciting. It worked. We did this to launch YouTube and it was a massive success. And this is the funnel that I recommend doing to launch, and you can also use it at different stages whenever you see an opportunity, because we also use this kind of funnel earlier in the year to fill up quantum. And next week and week two, I'm gonna tell you exactly how to use this launch funnel.

Later on, we'll tell you how to build the VSL funnel and run it with YouTube ads, and we'll also later on tell you how to do the website and everything. But, yeah, you can just plot in, you know, your website and your VSL funnel. You know, a lot of these parts you won't have fully built yet and they won't be that clear to you yet. The key part the the key lesson here is to just dream a little bit and imagine, you know, out into the future of what you want to achieve. Then you can plot your team on this, FigJam file And then if you click this link here, you can open this Google Sheet.

I've got it up here. And you should come up with your products. Right? Like, what is your first product called? What is your second product called?

And how much are you gonna charge? I recommend for the front end mastermind in between 5 and 10 k a year. Back end mastermind, I recommend in between 20 and 40 k a year. Right? Then what's your member cap gonna be?

In Quantum, we've capped it at a 100. In We Tube, we've capped it at $3.60. Now you might be wondering, well, I thought it was only 60. It is for the beta. But over the course of twelve months or more, we're going to gradually increase that cap as as we see fit.

And the goal is longer term over, like, a year or more to get it up to about $3.60. Now if we find along that way that it becomes unstable at some point, we won't keep adding people to it. So it is capped at 60 for this beta, but we're gonna tell you about this too. We we call them like waves, which is you let one wave through and you make sure everything's good, then you can bring in another wave and bring them through and make sure everything's good. A similar word for this is like a cohort.

Right? So that's what we do in consulting.com. So basically, play with these numbers. Like, come up with what your masterminds are called, what the price points are, what cap you're gonna have it at long term, not just in the beginning. Right?

And then how much that will make you per year and per month, and then plot in your expenses for everything, and see how much profit you're gonna make here, and then play around with the idea of sharing some of the profit with your team. This model here is designed based on 2.5% for Stripe transaction fees. So if I change this to 3%, you can see it it changed these costs. Right? And if I changed this to, like, you know, 10%, it would modify everything here.

Right? So you can play around with all of this. And to do that, you just click file and then make a copy, and then you can edit it for yourself. So think about your expenses and how much you spend on different things, plot it in here, and then think about your products that you're gonna sell and price points and everything and just basically come up with a model and play around with it until it starts to make sense. And then once everything starts to make sense and kinda click together, it's I find it to be quite motivating because you know exactly what you need to do next, which is build it.

And then you know exactly where you need to start to build it. And I don't know about you, but for me, I I really need to understand the big picture and how everything's gonna come together to produce the goal or the outcome that I want before I get motivated enough to actually begin working on it. So that's why we're starting We Tube in kind of a zoomed out 30,000 foot view, bird's eye view. We're trying to play with everything in this model and with the math to get it right, and then we'll start drilling into each part and building it out along the way. So those are your two action items.

Modify the FigJam file to suit your business and modify this Google Sheet, to suit your business. And keep playing around with this until it clicks, until it basically makes makes sense. And once you've done that, awesome. Then you're ready, for the next module, and I'll see you there real soon.

# 3. Offer

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 38 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/3fee4df0-4675-47bb-ae46-b87cdd6444b8

---


Alright. Welcome to this module called offer. And in this video, I'm gonna show you how to come up with your Mastermind offer. Now in the previous module, we were looking at the big picture overview of the model. Right?

And part of this is your product engine. And when we got to this part, you might have been thinking, well, how am I what am I gonna sell here? Like, what is my mastermind going to be? Who is it gonna be for? How much is it gonna cost?

Things like this. Right? And the we were just kinda doing the big picture overview here. But in this module, we're actually gonna drill into the details and define your mastermind offer that you're gonna be launching next week and week two. So we're gonna cover the fundamentals that you need to have if you wanna succeed with an offer.

We're also gonna go over some creative process stuff, like how you actually get creative and come up with something that people want. And we're also gonna get to work and define your fundamentals, start brainstorming, and you're gonna define your mastermind offer using our offer mechanics worksheet here. Right? So at the end of this module, you should have your first mastermind offer defined and ready to go. So let's do it.

Fundamentals. So these are the things that that you have to have if you want your offer to succeed. Now first things first, you need a niche, which is a space or a group of people that you care about, and the key to this is to follow your heart. You know, you want to find a group of people that you care about, and you wanna find a group of people that you're that you wanna hang out with, that you wanna talk to, that you're always thinking about, and, you know, it's something that you love, honestly. That's and that you don't care about, well, it's always gonna be a chore.

Right? So that's the key to this part, to the niche part. Follow your heart. Then you need to understand the goals of the people in this niche. What do people in this niche want?

And the key here is to get out and talk to them. Right? So you can go to industry events, masterminds, things like this. Basically, get out of your house and go talk to the people in this space and see what they want. Now one thing I did in my space with consulting.com so let me kind of run through, you know, my real world examples so that this isn't just theoretical.

So my niche is like online education businesses. Right? Coaches, consultants, da da da da da. So that's the niche that I care about. And then the goals, what do people in this niche want?

Well, I thought about this a lot, and I believe it's these three things, profit, client results, and happiness. Right? Then problems. So what do people in this niche struggle with? You you need to figure out the problems that these people have.

And typically, the problems are gonna be related to not getting their goals. Right? And the key here is to get out and talk to people. Get out of your house, go talk to them, see what they're struggling with. Then solutions.

Who has a solution to these problems? And this is where you become an investigator, and you you start asking people questions like, do you know anyone that's figured this out? Do you know anyone that has this working? And very quickly, if you start pinging through the network, you can find somebody that has a solution and then you can go and learn what they're doing, and then you can bring that solution back to your niche, right, and provide value that way. And then principles.

So these like, what values will you use to form your solution? So a lot of people always think like, how am I gonna be different? Right? Let's say that, you know, your your offer is, like, how to get high ticket clients. Right?

Well, there might be so many people that have that offer, and how is yours different? Well, I've found here that the key to this is to really think about the principles that you use. Like what things do you care about? And really to develop your own style. Because, you know, there's many different ways to solve a problem and get an outcome.

But based on if you if you have some values, you'll come up with your own unique way, and that will appeal to a a certain segment of the market. Right? So the values that I define for myself were simplicity, efficiency, results, profit, and fun. And you can see that they closely align to these goals. So that means that whenever I'm coming up with a product or a solution or it doesn't matter what I'm doing.

If I'm coming up with anything at all, I'm always thinking about these goals and these guiding principles. And what's interesting here is that I whatever I come up with, it tends to be unique because I've tried to find a more simple way to do it, a more efficient way to do it, a way to a way to not do it. Right? And so this is how you can really be different. And I've noticed that a lot of people kind of break down here.

They don't have their own value system defined. They don't have a style. Right? They're just copying other people or doing what they think people want instead of taking the time to develop their own style. And this is super important, you know, because solving a problem, I mean, it's so it's pretty easy, honestly.

Picking a niche, finding out what people want, giving it to them, but it's it's really the style part that sets you apart. It kinda puts you in a market of your own, and that's really what I want you guys and girls to achieve here in WeTube, to get your own style. And you'll always come up with unique things once you can do this. Now once you've defined these fundamentals, now it's time to start thinking about your offer. Like, what are you gonna sell in a mastermind that's going to solve these problems and get people their goals while following your kind of values, right, and giving them the solutions.

So instead of giving you, like, a linear process here, like step step one, do this, step two, do this, it's a bit different, right, because you gotta get creative and creativity doesn't like process. Process kind of kills creativity. So first of all, you gotta define your fundamentals, and then here's some kind of things that I've got that might get your thoughts going. Right? Like, this is these are the sorts of things that I go through when I'm trying to come up with something, some kind of product.

So first things first, innovation begins with frustration. It's all feeling. So, you know, a lot of people are frustrated all the time. And what they don't know is that that's actually a really good thing if you're just able to pause a little bit and and examine your own frustration and start thinking, why? Like, why am I frustrated?

And then, you know, you really wanna think, what sucks? What's frustrating? And why does it suck? Because these are problems. Right?

Off like I've noticed that a lot of people are frustrated, but they don't even know why, and they just keep doing it anyway, and they they never actually they're not I don't know what the word is. They're not, like, aware or sensitive enough to really pick up on on the root cause of this frustration and try to understand how to solve it. So really, if you if you start talking to people in your niche or if you are lucky enough to be in your niche and you're kind of solving for yourself, which is awesome, then really start thinking and feeling like, what sucks? Why does it suck? And then start thinking, how could this be fun instead?

And this is a really interesting thought exercise because, you know, something you you start with a feeling of frustration, you write it down, and then you start thinking, how could I make this fun? And this is when all the good ideas begin. Right? I'll give you an example here. So I really didn't wanna make another course.

I was dreading it, and I was really feeling frustrated. And then I started thinking, well, maybe I shouldn't. And then I thought, well, how could this be fun? And then I'd just done my quantum mastermind event in person, and I thought, man, that was fun. If only I could make another one of those.

Then I thought, well, hey. Wait a minute. Why don't I make, like, a lighter version of my mastermind instead of a course? And that's when all of these ideas exploded and We Tube basically came from that. Right?

So I was running through these kinds of questions. Now another tool or trick is to narrow your scope. So if you're thinking about the whole niche, like maybe every course creator, every coach, every consultant, the scope's a bit too broad and you can get overwhelmed. So I used this trick again when I restructured consulting.com this year. I narrowed the scope for Quantum to people that were making more than $30,000 per month.

And then for YouTube, I narrowed the scope to people that were already in business that were making more than $10,000 a month. So by narrowing that scope, I was basically able to just let go of all the beginners and just focus on existing business owners. And that knowing more clearly who I was going to be speaking to and helping, I was able to forget about a whole bunch of stuff because I didn't need to cover that ground and just focus in on the things that were necessary to get them a result. So narrowing your scope can be really good. Who is it for and who is it not for?

And constraints breed resourcefulness and creativity. So you should try adding some for fun. Now, you know, it's an it's interesting. Like, often a lot of the best inventions happen because people have serious constraints. Like they don't have much money or they don't have much time.

Right? Or they have to do it using like so they have to do it using, like, older technology or they have to do it without being able to to do something. Right? You might think that that's a disadvantage, but honestly, it can really make things more creative. So try adding some constraints to yourself.

Like, you know, one is it's gotta be fun. Another one might be, you know, it's gotta be simple. Yeah. You can you can and another one I started doing this year was without ads, and this was a really awesome one to play with. I was like, how can I get all of my goals without spending money on ads?

And that led to all sorts of interesting ideas. So how can I get this without this? Just start playing with those kinds of ideas and you and see what happens. Another one is you can map out the whole process or of how someone is doing something and then start thinking, what parts can I remove? So you start with the ones that really aren't necessary.

You start taking those parts away, and then you get you're left with some kind of core. Right? But then what's really interesting is start taking parts out of the core and just keep removing parts until it breaks, and then you add that part back, and then you take another part out and it breaks, and you add that back, and you find out what's truly necessary. I started doing that with consulting.com and, you know, I removed a lot of team members, I removed a lot of I removed all of social media except for YouTube, I removed ads, and I basically, you know, removed a lot of stuff from our website. I removed selling courses completely and just sold masterminds.

I managed to remove a lot of stuff and really simplify everything, and now I believe we're left with just the the core essentials. Right? And that that was a really, you know, a really interesting process to go through. Another thing you can do is borrow ideas from other industries. So quite often, if you're just looking within your niche, everyone might have the same everyone might be struggling with a problem, but if you look at another industry, then they might have solved that problem and things are working really well.

But everyone in this industry is blind because they don't they're only looking in here. So it's really interesting to look at other industries, borrow ideas from there, and bring them back here. I've done that quite a lot recently with software. Like, I'm building school, which is a SaaS, and I'm also building consulting.com, which is like a online education company. There's a lot of things in the SaaS world that are awesome that I can transfer to courses and there's a lot of things from courses I keep saying courses, but there's a lot of things from online education that I can transfer to SaaS.

Right? So this can be a good idea. And having friends that are entrepreneurs in lots of different industries is another awesome, way to go here. And in WeTube, you're lucky because we've got a very diverse group of people from all sorts of different niches and industries. So I think the collaboration is gonna be awesome in here.

But having friends in different spaces, doing, what's hot, and what people are talking doing, what's hot, and what people are talking about. So a lot of people I've noticed, they mistake fashion for innovation. Right? Like fashion is trends. So something that's cool because someone said it was.

Right? And it's never really cool because it isn't soon enough. And things that are cool stay cool. And that's what real innovation is, finding something that lasts the test of time. And so if you're always looking at what other people are doing and what's hot and what other people are talking about, then you're always gonna be confusing yourself and you're never gonna have your own ideas.

You're always just gonna be kind of regurgitating other people's ideas. You really need to learn to use your own senses and imagination and trust your ability to figure things out on your own. Until you learn to do this, you won't have, you know, you won't have your own style, you won't have your own stuff, and people will just kind of tune you out because you're just kind of saying what everyone else is saying. Right? And who cares what you used to say?

Forget about your opinion opinions and views, just fix it. And what I mean here is just fix the problem that everyone has. Forget about your opinions and stuff. You know, I used to have opinions about Facebook ads and and all sorts of things. And then when I really looked at the problems and the goals, I was like, well, I've made things very complicated, and I've been way too dependent on ads, and we're not as profitable as we should be, and that's not right.

So I had to it was hard though because, you know, I'd always said all of these things and it was was like I was basically admitting that I had been wrong, but you've got to forget about all of that crap. Just fix it. Find out what the problems are and fix it. Now here's a good kind of tip for when making a mastermind. So just having a group of people in a network, that isn't enough.

You've really gotta have a vision for the space, and you've gotta a value proposition. So, you know, in We Tube, I shared in the first module, like, my vision for the space and my vision for the group, and I was able to come up with some goals and some guiding principles and a vision and a and a model. Right? You really need to come up with this. Like a good mastermind has a leader, and a leader typically has a vision and some guiding principles and some goals and some kind of model or framework to kind of bring everyone together, and then the network can do its piece.

Right? And then something magnetic happens when you create something that's real, pure, or from the heart. So, you know, this kind of goes back to stop looking at what other people are doing. You know, we I'm sure you've noticed this. If you see someone that's doing something that you can tell they just got from someone else, it's like, lame.

Another one. You know, but when you see something that's real, I've always noticed this, it's like when someone really what's the best way to say say this? So this best stuff I've ever made is when I've been able to sense something that everyone else has kind of been sensing, but I've been able to clearly articulate it. Right? So basically, I've been able to clearly articulate something that everyone else has kind of been sensing, but they haven't quite put their finger on it.

And whenever I've done that and solved that problem, it's people just burst through the door buying. Right? And that's really what a good product is. It senses some frustration that's out there that people haven't become fully aware of yet, and it solves it. And that way when people see it, they're like, this is it.

This is the thing that I need. And that's that's really what you wanna achieve here, that magnetic thing. Now you wanna try to find a perfect harmony and balance where you get all of the pros and none of the cons. This is another interesting kind of thought exercise to go through. So, you know, you can look at when when you're doing something, there's typically pros, which are like positives, and there's cons, which are negatives.

Right? You can make a list of, like, all the pros and then you can make a list of all the cons, and then you can start thinking, well, how can I get rid of the cons but keep the pros? Right? And that's when you can start to innovate with some things. And then you wanna map out the model, map out all of the processes, and look at the numbers and start thinking.

How can I make this more simple? How can I make this more efficient? How can I remove pieces from here? Now removing stuff is a great way to make things better. Then what pings are you getting from the universe?

So these are like things that, you know, you keep kind of they keep kind of coming into your brain and you're like, oh, maybe maybe I could do that or maybe this thing has a problem. The key here is to notice what things keep, like, showing up. They just kind of pop into your head randomly. And I don't know what this is. I I'm guessing this is like intuition.

Right? But quite often really good products, they're not so objective. And what I mean by that is you just don't do some research and the answer people don't tell you what the answer is. Right? Like, I think there's that Henry Ford saying, if people wanted a faster, if I asked people what they wanted, they would have said a faster horse.

Right? And really, if you think about that more deeply, they just wanted to go from point a to point b faster and a car could do that, but they they didn't know that. So you've really got to look at the problems and the goals and everything and then start thinking with your own brain and your own intuition, and just kinda sit with the problem for a while and just see what kinda comes to you. Right? And then start talking to different people and telling them about it and asking them questions and just give yourself the space and some time to kind of see what, what comes of it.

And then imagine the future of your space. So, you know, a really good leader in a niche is passionate about the space, and they also think out into the future. So you've got to look at like, what kind of trends are happening and are things in, like, let's say with ads, are things getting worse or better? Let's say with courses, are things getting worse or better? And then, like, how are things gonna progress over time?

What problems are people struggling with now and how is that gonna progress over time? Try to identify the trends and look out into the future and come up with kind of like a vision of what might happen if people keep doing the same thing, and then you can start to think about your solution. What might happen in the future if people use the solution? And is this solution still gonna be viable in the future? Is it gonna be more attractive?

The key to a really good product and offer and strategy is to make something that's gonna be even better in the future, not like worse. Right? So something that's gonna last time and be even better in the future because maybe only a small group of people are gonna realize that this is a solution now. But with time, more and more people are gonna realize, and it's gonna become more of a mainstream kind of opinion. Then map your offer next to competitive offers on this thing called the strategy canvas.

So this is a cool tool that was from, Blue Ocean Strategy, the book. And basically, this chart here is mapping Cirque du Soleil, which is a circus. It's like not really a circus, but it's a more of a performance against, like, regional circuses and ringling bros, which were, the competitors back in the day, right, when Cirque du Soleil was first entering the market. Now you can here here are the major elements of, like, a circus. Right?

Price, star performers, animals, multiple stages, fun and humor, thrills and danger, da da da da. Now you can see that, like, ringling bros, which was the market leader before, they were very cheap, they had stars like celebrities, they had animals, they had multiple stages, it was very funny, they had thrills and danger, their venue wasn't very unique, their seating was not premium at all, often it was like hay bales, there wasn't much art in it, and there wasn't multiple productions, there was just one show with like, you know, I don't know, elephants and people, clowns juggling stuff. Right? When Cirque du Soleil entered the market, they didn't just try to make a better Ringling Bros. This is never a good idea to try to make a better one of, like, the ones that currently exist by trying to beat them at their own game.

This is very hard because these people have been doing this for a long time. They're very good at it. Plus if you do it, you're not gonna be very unique. You're just gonna be another one of those. And if you're another one of those, then people would rather go to the original anyway.

Right? So instead what Cirque du Soleil did is they basically inverted the model. They charged more, so they were expensive. They had no star performers, no celebrities. They had no animals.

They didn't have multiple stages. They only had one. They did have fun and humor, though. They did have thrills and danger. They thought these things we don't want to do the opposite on because, you know, who would want it's not very fun if we don't have these.

They did have a unique venue. They did have premium seating. There was a lot of artistry, and they had multiple shows. Right? And Cirque du Soleil was a huge success commercially because it inverted the current model, and, you you know, you never even really hear about Ringling Bros anymore.

So this is another good exercise that you can go through. Try to think of all of the try to think of your competitors, your closest competitors, and try to identify what the core elements are in their offers and try to map them, right, like where they stand here, and then think about what what a solution might be if you did, like, the opposite on a few of them. Right? And it's not gonna be every everything isn't gonna be the opposite, but what if you did the opposite on a few of them. Right?

Now we're basically looking for product market fit, which is clearly illustrated in this diagram. So demand, what are people looking for? Product, what do you do best? And competition, how are you different? The middle of this is product market fit.

So it's something people are looking for. It's something that you're good at, and it's something that makes you unique. Right? That's really what we're looking for here. Now another tip is to solve your own problems and be the guinea pig and create for yourself if possible.

Now a lot of the best products in the world were created for were correct created by people that were trying to solve their own problem. Right? So they felt their own frustration. They couldn't find a solution out there that anyone else sold. And they were so compelled to solve the they were so compelled to solve this for themselves that they did.

And then it turned out that there was a lot of other people like them. Right? This is a really good thing to do if you can. So like, you know, with school, I'm building for myself. With consulting.com and We Tube and Quantum, I'm really just building for myself.

Myself. I'm solving my own problems first and then I'm coming and sharing them with other people, and people are interested in them. So I'm never very far away at all from the market because I am it. Right? So this can be a really good tip.

And then you just wanna get it right, prove it, and then all you need to do is communicate what you've got, and you don't need spin. So I noticed a lot of people in this space, like in my space, which is like online courses, e learning, whatever, they just innovate on the marketing. You know, like a prime example here is instead of calling it a webinar, they call it a master class. Like, that's changing the name of something is is crazy. Or, like, just using a lot of hype or copywriting or or a different funnel or something.

Like, you know what I've found is that when you get it right, the core mechanics of your offer, and you actually prove it and it works, all you need to do is communicate what you've got and people buy it. A prime example here is YouTube. I made a video, a Loom video with a Google Doc, and there was no marketing. I just said, here's what it is, here's how it works, here's what it costs, and we sold a ton of it. There was no spin.

So the the key here is that when you really get the thing right and it's proven, then all you need to do is communicate it. You don't really need to market it or spin it, and you wanna pull together all the pieces you need, and if you can't, you can consider collaborating with somebody else. So like with WeTube, for example, the one missing piece I had was YouTube ads because I hadn't done YouTube ads for a while, I wasn't overly passionate about YouTube ads, I didn't really want to do YouTube ads, this is coming back to that fun piece, right? So instead of me doing all of that just for the sake of being able to teach it, I partnered with Brian Moncada and he is an expert at it and he's passionate about it. And so sometimes if you're just missing one piece that you need in your solution or your offer to solve your niches problems and get them their goals, then you can consider collaborating with someone else.

And the mechanics of the offer should create demand on their own. So when an offer is really good, all you need to do is just state what people get and how much it costs, and people will buy it. You don't need to drum up all of this demand for it. Just just what it is is attractive on its own. And another key to this creative process is to be playful, childlike, and childlike with the process.

Don't force it too much. You know, a lot of the time your feelings are guiding you. Like if something isn't fun or if you really don't wanna do something, then sometimes you shouldn't. Maybe when you ask the question, how could this be fun? Maybe you can find a way to make it fun.

Right? Or maybe you don't need to do it at all and there's a way there's another way to do it. Like, for example, you know, me partnering with Brian instead of doing the YouTube ads part. And another useful tip is to, if you've got a team, to talk to your team every day and see what they think and bounce ideas off them. You know, I haven't been on sales calls for like four years, so talking to my team every day and asking what are people struggling with, who's buying, what are the objections, and what's the general kind of common pattern between everyone, like what are they all struggling with, what's the market doing, is there anyone else out there doing anything interesting, have you seen anyone that's come up with a solution to this?

Just bouncing ideas off my team all the time, bouncing ideas off my mastermind, bouncing ideas off my friends in the space and in other industries too and just constantly thinking about this and then when I come up with new ideas, bounce them bouncing them off my team, always kind of thinking about this all the time. Now I know this is a lot of stuff and it's not a specific process, but hopefully these I these kind of bullet points here can get some gears turning in your mind, and you can start to you can start to once you've defined the fundamentals, you can kind of run through these bullets here and start to see what you can come up with in terms of a mastermind offer for yourself. Now let's get to the action items. Let's do some work here. So step one is to to define your fundamentals up here.

So what is your niche? What are their goals? What are their problems? Look at solutions. What do they need?

And then who has the solutions? Like, who who actually has that solved? And then what are your principles? What is your style gonna be? Right?

Then start brainstorming using the creative process prompts above. So don't worry right now about pulling it into an offer. All you're trying to do is come up with the niche, the goals, the problems, the solutions, and the principles. Just kind of getting these things onto some kind of canvas and just brainstorming, just throwing things up on a on a sheet or on a FigJam file, whatever. You're just getting a whole bunch of ideas up on the page, and that's all you need to do to start with.

Don't worry about trying to hone it down and put it into an offer. Then you want to define your mastermind offer on one page using the offer mechanics worksheet. Now here, you want to, on one page, define who is it for, what problems do they have, how does this solution work, how much does it cost, and how many people can join. Right? Now if you wanna see an example here, you can look at consulting.com's website if you click on Quantum.

Here, I basically say who it's for and then how it works. Right? That's all it is, who it's for and how it works. So that's Quantum. Quantum.

And then with We Tube, I basically did this here. I said, imagine a mastermind that focuses exclusively on helping high ticket info business owners scale using this, by doing this. Right? So I was bay I was basically defining all of these things in these bullet points and kind of painting a picture by saying, imagine a mastermind that. Right?

And then I broke down exactly how it works. So in week one, you get this. In week two, you get this. In week three, you get this. In week four, you get this.

And then I said, plus, there's gonna be ongoing community. And I said, you'll get a school community to collaborate with other members and two two hour weekly collaboration calls. Right? So that's all I really did to that's all an offer really is, honestly. It's like it it answers these questions, and you can do it in different ways.

You can say, imagine a mastermind that, and then you can put these things here, and then you can say exactly what they get. So the imagine part, like, helps people paint a picture. Right? And then they wanna know exactly what they're gonna get though. And that's where you put the instructions in the community.

Now with Quantum, we do something similar. We're like, who is it for? How it works? Right? So that's what I want you to do right now is I want you to make a copy of this worksheet, the offer mechanics worksheet.

You just go file, make a copy, and then define these things and edit this Google Sheet for yourself. Define exactly what you're gonna teach these teach your your group and define what you're gonna give them in terms of support and see if you can paint a picture using this imagine a mastermind that kind of example. Right? And then you can come up with a price for it. I think you should if it's a front end mastermind, it should be in between 5 and 10 k a year.

If it's a back end mastermind, it should be in between 20 and 40 k per year. Right? So you want to to do that and then come up with a member cap. And when it comes to member caps, you should really to start your mastermind, you should come up what you should come up with a member cap that you can fill. Right?

So if you don't have much of a list or if you don't have much of a customer base, maybe that mastermind, maybe that cap is gonna be 10 members or 20 members or something. Maybe it's gonna be five. Right? I came up with 60 because that's what I knew I could fill. And that's who I wanted to take through the beta version of it.

Right? And if you're launching a brand new mastermind, you're gonna start with a beta version and you should have a member cap that you know you can fill. And then, yeah, just come up with a number. Right? The height the key here is that you should be able to fill it.

And, you know, you're not gonna know exactly whether you can or you can't. You've just gotta kind of use some good guesswork here. Right? And then come up with a price that you believe is fair. I gave you some price guidelines here.

And then, yeah, just define exactly what people are gonna get. And all of this information here is coming from these fundamentals. Who is it for? What are their goals? What are their problems?

What solutions do they need to solve these problems and get these goals? And what's your style? Like, what principles are you using to kind of to make this unique and different. Right? And I've given you a lot of prompts here to get creative with this.

So do these three action items. Define your fundamentals, start brainstorming using the creative process, and define your mastermind offer on one page using the offer mechanics worksheet. So go ahead and do that stuff right now. And if you've got questions, which I'm sure you will, then show up to the calls, the collaboration calls, and we'll help you out there. So that's it for this module.

See you soon.

# 4. Mindset

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 18 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/72efc3a5-2d69-4cb6-b6bb-2456de18f9c2

---


Right. Welcome to this module called mindset. In this video, I'm going to basically tell you my latest thinking when it comes to mindset. And what I mean by mindset is being in a good space to create and be positive and basically be in a good mood and make good stuff and have a good balance between everything. Right?

So what I've noticed is that there's, like, layers to this. Right? It's not just having, like, good thoughts or thinking positive. Because if you're thinking positive, but your diet is shit, and you're sleeping four hours a night, and your business is on fire, that's kind of being delusional. That isn't that is you might think, oh, I'm I'm thinking positive, but really, you've got a lot of problems you need to fix.

So like mindset is the the longer I've been doing this, the more I realize that there's a kind you've gotta create a harmony between all of these different pieces, and you've got to kinda get good at sensing when there's attention somewhere or when something is needs work, and you've gotta, like, fix it, and you're always trying to create this perfect kind of harmony between everything. And that's basically what I think about now when I talk about mindset. So the inner core is the most important one I've found, and it's it's biological basically. You need sleep, you know, if you take sleep sleep out and you've got everything else, you you'll go insane. So like sleeping eight hours a night, that's really important.

If you wanna track your sleep, I recommend this thing called an Oura Ring, and if you wanna get better sleep, you should basically have a cool room, make it dark, and go to bed and wake up at the same time every day. Right? Sleep eight hours a night, super important. Probably the most important thing out of everything I've I've noticed over time. Then diet.

Eat a good diet. What that means is basically lots of plants and lots of whole foods that aren't processed a lot, and, you know, cutting out, like, things like sugar and alcohol and stuff like that. So sleep eight hours a night. Eat clean. Whole foods, plants, things like that.

And don't overeat. A lot of people overeat. I find that I've got mo most energy when I'm a little bit hungry all the time. Right? Then hydration, you've gotta stay hydrated.

If you're dehydrated, you don't have much energy, and if you don't have much energy, you can't be very productive. Right? Another one is sunlight, and this is a big one. Most people are vitamin D deficient, and I got a blood test and I'm I was vitamin d deficient too even though I was living in LA. So getting outside to get at least twenty minutes of, like, direct sunlight on your skin and get some light into your eyes every day.

If you can do this in the morning, that's best. It really does wake you up and it helps kind of calibrate your circadian rhythm. And the other one is exercise. Just getting some movement, sweating a little bit, straining a little bit. Right?

This is super important too, especially these days running these kinds of businesses where you just sit behind your computer all the time. Honestly, if you sleep eight eight hours a night, eat lots of plants, drink lots of water, you get twenty minutes of sunlight a day, and you do some exercise. I work out about four times a week, and I try to go and I try to go on a hike on the other days. If you do all of this, you'll just feel way better. Your thinking will be way better.

And when you feel good and your thinking's clean, then you'll just make more money and everything will be better, honestly. So as I kind of explain these things to you, just think which one do I have this dialed in or not? If you don't have it dialed in, then make a note to fix it. And then work from this this circle around clockwise and focus on solving these inner ones first because without this, everything else breaks down, honestly, and no matter what, you have to keep these together. Doesn't matter what's going on in life or business, it doesn't matter.

You have to keep these things good all the time. Otherwise, everything just falls apart. Then the next kind of circle out is getting a fine balance between work, love, security, and home. So work is finding something that, you know, you you're passionate about and that you love. Ideally, doing work that you love, it's very fulfilling and it means that you'll make really good stuff.

And when you make really good stuff that you love, then it means that other people will probably love it too and they'll pay a lot of money for it. And that provides security and income and confidence in the future knowing that you can make things that people will love. And the reason you can do that is because you love your work. Right? And then with that security and that love and that work, you can, you know, build like a home for yourself.

And when I say home, I'm mostly talking about an environment, right? Like, environment is super important too. Are you where you want to be? Are you living where you wanna live? And I'm not just talking about your house, I'm talking about, like, your country and your city, right?

Like I tried New York out, I've been in New Zealand, but I honestly feel real at home here in LA, I just like mountains, I like the ocean, I like nature and I I really like the weather here. I get depressed when the when the sky is cloudy and the sky is always blue here. And I find there's a lot of creative people out here too. And so, you know, home is good, and then I love what I do, and what I do, other people seem to love it too, and that's why they buy it, and that provides money, which provides security and confidence in the future. And I can do all of this because my biological system is balanced.

Right? So really, you know, if you're doing work you hate, not good. That's probably gonna make this one break down. And if you're living in a place you don't like, then you're probably not gonna be able to put your heart fully into the work that you do, and then that one's gonna break down. So hopefully you get what I'm saying here.

All of these things are kind of are kind of held in some kind of web or structure together and that you've gotta create a harmony here. Now let's talk about the people because people are super important too. You've got your family. You know, I've found that if something's wrong with my family, then I just can't get it out of my head. I can hardly focus and I don't feel good and then I don't make good decisions and I don't I don't I'm not very magnetic because it's almost like people can sense that tension and people don't people aren't attracted to negativity or pain.

People are attracted to positivity and joy, and so and people are very good at sensing stuff subconsciously, even if you don't say it, they can tell. So like, you know, when things are good here and when they're good here and when they're good here, like, I've gotta have everything good here as well. And then friends, you know, you need friends and good ones, right? And then good clients, if you don't have clients that, if you have bad clients, they can ruin everything. I'm sure you know that.

Like, just one bad client can really ruin your day or your week, and you can't have that, right? You've gotta you've gotta get a good balance here. And same with your team, if you have a team member that you don't like it can ruin your life. So you've gotta create a balance between, you know, your family, you've gotta make sure your relationships are good here, friends, you've gotta make sure your relationships are good here, clients, you've gotta have good relationships, team, you've gotta have good relationships, and you've gotta do work that you love, you've gotta be in an environment you like, and you've gotta be able to make money doing it, which provides security, and you've gotta have good biological balance as well. Right?

Now, once you kinda have all of these things balanced, then we get out to some of these other things. Right? Like, we'll start with these blue ones. So you need to have a vision, like, you need to know where you're going. And I find that you've got to have a real clear picture in your mind.

If you can really see in clear detail where you wanna be in one year, two years, three years, maybe even ten years, Every day becomes exciting. You can't wait to get out of bed because you get to make one little step closer towards that. Right? And your vision basically comes from having some goals. So you gotta know what your goals are in life and in business.

Otherwise, you know, these are like this is like a a compass, right? Like your guiding kind of star. If you don't have a vision and if you don't have goals, then, you know, you might have all of these things, right, and you might be happy, but you're kind of happy and still, which is, there's nothing wrong with that, but if you wanna be happy and making progress, you need the vision and everything. And then some values. These are like your principles that I talked about earlier.

These help guide your decisions every day to get you to your vision and to help you achieve your goals. And then what comes from having a vision and some goals and some values is a structure. Right? How all of this stuff kind of fits together and makes sense to achieve your goals and achieve your vision while adhering to your values and while making sure that your family is good, your friends are good, your clients are good, and your team is good, and making sure that you're loving what you're doing. Right?

And everything makes sense mathematically or financially in a place that you like while looking after yourself. Right? So if you can get this inner circle right, this circle right, and these four things here, you're doing amazing. Now let's talk about some other things that you need. You need good communication and I've honestly not been very good at this in the past, I'll admit, and that caused so many problems for me.

You need to talk to people. You need to be really honest with them and tell them exactly what you think or how you feel or what you're struggling with, otherwise no one can help you, and otherwise they might be thinking, oh, what did what did I do or what's wrong with him? Like, you need to be really good at communicating and a book I recommend here is called Radical Honesty, and it's it's a really good book for just being totally upfront and clear with what you want and what you mean all the time. No, it's actually called Radical Candor. Sorry.

Got that wrong. Radical Candor. It's a great book. So good, honest communication, and honesty is super important. You know, there's nothing worse than people that don't tell the truth.

And if you have any of these people anywhere in the structure, the whole structure will fall apart faster than you can even imagine. So honesty is one thing that I care about the most. And then trust that comes from communication and honesty and commitment. Like, you know, how committed are the people in your life to, to what you care about? Right?

So this is especially important with your team and with your clients. How committed are they to, to basically the vision and to the work and everything, right? If you have got this inner circle good, the second circle good, and this vision, goals, values, and structure good, and you're communicating clearly with everybody, everyone's being honest, there's a high level of trust, and you've got a group of people that are committed, your life is pretty fucking good, and your mindset is pretty good. Right? Then we can go out to this final kind of circle, which is this kind of purple thing here.

So meditation is very good for, basically it, it helps build focus and it helps calm your mind and it helps make you more aware of what's going on in your brain. Right? Which I know sounds kind of weird. How do you, how are you not aware of what's going on in your brain? Most people aren't.

Most people are walking around doing shit that they don't intend to do and they don't even know why they're doing it. This is kind of rudderless. Meditation is a great practice. I recommend it for everyone. I do twenty minutes a day every day.

I don't use any special kind of thing. I just sit down, put my phone's alarm on for twenty minutes and just breathe through my nose and just try to focus on my breath right there on the tip of my nostril. And I just do that for twenty minutes every day and just try to clear my mind and focus. And it it's amazing. Like, I highly recommend it.

Now this is probably the most important thing, and it's so obvious. It's crazy. Practice. You've gotta practice. It's all about practice.

So, you you know, a lot of people, they wonder, why am I not confident? Well, probably because you haven't, probably because you're not practicing, right? Being confident if you're not practicing. Practice gives you talent. And when you're talented, you know it and you believe in your ability to do it because you can do it, and then you have confidence.

But I swear some people think that you can have confidence without talent and you actually can, and that's just called being I guess that's called, like, being I guess it's having a big ego and, you know, not not knowing what you're actually doing. And honestly, that one's always gonna kind of wear on you because deep down you're gonna know that you're actually not good at it, but you're just able to cover up with like this overconfidence thing. And it's really just stupidity. Right? I found that practice creates confidence and practice creates talent.

And when you're talented at what you do, then you'll be confident at what you do. And when you're confident and talented, then people you'll be magnetic to other people because they want to be confident and talented. Then you'll be able to make a lot of money and then you'll be able to spend more time practicing. Right? So practice, practice, practice, whatever you need to be good at, make sure you're doing it all the time.

Make sure you're thinking about it all the time. And a routine helps make this happen. A routine is like a routine is key to make this whole kind of structure hold together because you've gotta schedule in exercise, sleep, diet, and you've gotta schedule in time with family and friends, time to work, time to look after your clients, time to communicate with your team, right? And you've gotta, you've gotta schedule in all of this stuff and a routine helps it happen consistently every day, right, then confidence which comes from practice and also a routine. Confidence comes from a routine.

Fun. You've gotta be having fun. If you're not having fun, then basically you won't do it for very long. You'll start self sabotaging and you'll do something else. You'll get distracted.

You'll you'll seek distraction. Right? Because you don't because you're you wanna be happy, and what you're what you wanna do logically isn't what you wanna do emotionally, and your emotions will win because your limbic system is lower level than your logic system. So it's just a matter of time. So it's gotta be fun.

And you gotta have a style. And what I mean by this is you gotta have some values. Right? You've gotta have some principles, and I talked about these earlier. I showed you what mine were, and these kind of color your everything that you do.

It's like your fingerprint or your it's your kind of art, your style, right? The this comes from practice and from having your own values and your own goals and everything. Play. You know, you've gotta make work like play. If work isn't like play, then you won't come up with anything that great.

If you look at all of the best inventors throughout history, they have fun with it and they treat it like play and exploration. You've got to have time in your schedule to try new things and to look ahead and to to try a lot of stuff that might not work. You've got to have the freedom to do that. And that's basically it for mindset. So this is just a brief one, and I know this covered a lot more ground than just mindset, but this is where where I'm at with it right now.

Like you've gotta create harmony between all of these things. And as you an action item for you is to start in the middle here and then think where am I lacking in this inner circle? Fix that first. Once you've got this dialed in, then start thinking about the outer circles and work your way out and keep working on this. Keep revisiting this and keep tweaking your structure.

Keep tweaking your routine, keep tweaking your communication schedules, keep tweaking everything in the structure until you create some kind of perfect balance or some kind of harmony. And when you create that, that is when you have a good mindset. It's not just about thinking positive. It's about creating harmony between all of these things that are important. Right?

So that's it for this mindset module. I hope you enjoyed it, and that is it see you soon

# 5. Converting to the new model

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 25 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/fc8ddd4e-3244-4816-b8be-7d56f17383ee

---


Everybody, welcome to this module called converting to the new model. So interestingly enough, this is a new module that I'm only only adding, like, now after the first, Colab call that happened yesterday. So on that collaboration call, we I noticed that, you know, people were quite frustrated trying to just understand, like, how do I convert what I've got got to this to this new model? And I basically, after listening to that, I basically, I decided that there was a, there was a bug. There was like a module missing from week one that was causing some confusion.

And so I I'm adding this module now, and it really will help guide you through the process of converting to the new model. So let's do it. So some important notes to remember, like going through this process. So don't try to build everything at once. You build this in stages, like piece by piece.

Right? I noticed a lot of people were thinking like, I just have to build this whole thing now in one go. Go. That's you gotta do it piece by piece, and it it takes some time. And you really need to set some accurate expectations.

You know, to perfect this model, it takes years of hard work. It doesn't happen overnight, and you just have to do it one step at a time, one foot in front of another, brick by brick. Right? And you should decide what you want to build at this stage in week one. Like, come up with the architectural blueprints.

Like what do you wanna build like longer term? It's like dreaming and conceptualizing and thinking about what you wanna do with your life and what you wanna do with your business, how much money you make, who you wanna serve in terms of clients and things like that. And just setting some intentions, like being intentional with things before you jump in and start building. Right. Come up with the blue, the blueprints and the architecture, and then make a plan to build it.

And, you know, a plan is all about, like, knowing what you wanna build and then sequencing it. So, you know, what am I gonna build first? And then scheduling it. When am I gonna build that part? When am I gonna build that part?

And then some parts have dependencies. Like, in order to build one part, you need to build the other part first. Right? Like, in order to have a back end mastermind, you need to already have some customers, and they need to be interested in buying some some back end mastermind. And the other thing is time.

You know, it takes time, and you need to schedule out, like, how long each piece is gonna take. It's all about, you know, coming up with what you wanna build, being intentional about it, and then making a plan. And then you just start building it by doing one thing at at a time. That's the only way it gets done. And as you run into obstacles, you can ask for help in the community, on the collaboration calls each week, and from friends in the community.

So, you know, you can post in the community and say, hey. I'm struggling with this thing. I need some help. Can someone jump on, like, a a call with me? Or, like, who wants to brainstorm with me on on, you know, offers or models or structures or whatever.

Right? Collaborate with other people. If you're just trying to do it by yourself and you're running into a brick wall and you're getting frustrated, sometimes the best thing to do is just get out of your own head, and the best way to do that is to just chat to someone else, get a different perspective on it, have some other people's eyes on it, not just your own. Get out of your own head. So there's some important notes.

Now where do you start? This was a common question on the first collaboration call. Like, do you start on the front end mastermind or the back end mastermind? Now if you're starting from scratch, you start with the front end mastermind. You can't really start with a back end one.

Right? Now how do you know when it's time to start a back end mastermind? Well, these are the things the conditions that will typically be true, and it that's this is what gives you signal that, you know, now is the time to start a back end mastermind. So you have at least a 100 paying customers in a in a high ticket course or something. Something that's like, you know, you've had people in it.

You've been training them to do something. You've got at least a 100 of them. You've probably been doing it for a year or more. Right? And you have some star students with amazing results.

They're successful. Now the thing about success is as you get more successful, more problems emerge. In fact, the more successful you are, the more problems you've got to deal with. Right? Problems just don't go away when you're successful.

You actually get more of them. So these problems bring emergent needs that need solving that are probably outside the scope of your original course. Right? Now let me give you an example. So, like, let's say you help people get clients and start a course or whatever.

They might have done so much of that that now they need to hire a team. Now they need to manage a team, and now they've got big tax bills. Bills. So now they need help with taxes. They need help with hiring, culture, management, leadership, accounting.

Right? All of these things that are outside the scope and not really needs in the first course, but they are certainly needs. Right? This is this is a good signal that, you know, that the opportunity is right for you to to start a back end mastermind, and they've expressed interest in working with you at a higher level. Now this expression of interest isn't so, like, direct.

They don't say to you, hey. I wanna buy a mastermind from you. They they more you'll more sense frustration from them. Like, they're not getting what they've got these other problems that are important, but they're not solved by your course, or they're they're outside the scope of what's happening. Or maybe most people in the course don't have the problems they've got, and they feel like they're now alone.

Right? These are sorts of signs that you should be looking for that tell you when it's time to start a back end mastermind. Other things are they might actually buy from somebody else who solves the problems that you don't solve. That's another sign. Right?

All of these things basically. If these things are happening, then that tells you that it's probably time to start a back end mastermind. Now what if you already have a course, but it's not time to start a back end mastermind? So let's say, you know, you're not starting from scratch, you've already got a course, but let's say you've only got 20 customers, and let's say there isn't these emergent needs for a mastermind. Right?

And this is probably most people in the We Tube, honestly, this one here. So is the course new and small? Right? Is it if it is, then consider transitioning customers to annual per year billing. Now, you know, if the course is new, then the content's fresh, you know, the the energy's like vibrant in there, it's new, your relationships with the clients are probably very good too because it's new, and it's small, so it's easy to kind of flex things around a bit.

So I would honestly consider, if you're in this scenario, just transitioning all of your current customers to annual billing. Right? And, this girl in my mastermind called Maria, she did this herself, and I'm sharing with you the letter that she sent to her customers to help to convert them from one time to subscription. Right? Because I'm sure a lot of you are thinking, how do you convert one time people to annual billing when they were promised lifetime access for, you know, a certain price?

How do you convert them? Isn't that kind of misleading? Whatever. Maria wrote this letter to her customers, and it worked very well. Now I've shared this with you.

You can open it using this link. I'll also share it as a resource beneath this video. Now one thing to keep in mind here is that Maria wrote this originally in Spanish, and it's been converted or translated to English. So it still reads fine, and the the main meat of this message is still here. However, if some things don't read quite right, it's because it's been translated.

So keep that in mind. So she basically told her customers why she needs to why why she needs to change to annual billing. And the gist of it is it's basically about support and what's best for the business and and all of this. I'll let you read it. Right?

So you can do something like this to convert your, customers. I recommend this method. I think this method is really strong. And if you're not ballsy enough to go with this one, then there's another one you can do, which I'm not so fond of. You can keep your current customers on one time pricing, right?

And then the new ones that you sell in from this point on get the per year billing. I'm not a fan of this because it's it's not fair in a way. Some people are paying you know, I I truly believe that everyone in the group should be having the same experience. Right? If one person paid like $5 one time and everyone else is paying $5 a year, it's not really fair.

And you know, people talk. So like when people start talking and they find out that they're not gonna be so happy and it just creates a weird dynamic. You know, one thing I've noticed is you might start just being grumpy about like helping those people or like dreading showing up to the calls or every time a person that's on one time billing posts, you feel a bit, bit spicy about it because you know, that person got an amazing deal. Right? So these are all the other things that can happen when you do this method.

That's why I'm not a big fan of it. But if you don't have the balls to do Maria's letter method, then you can do this one. Best I guess it's better than nothing. Right? Now if no, then, you know, if you already have an existing course, it's not time to start a back end mastermind, but it isn't new, then it's probably due for an update anyway.

There's probably some things missing. Right? So let me give you an example here. We had Uplevel Consulting. It taught Facebook ads and courses basically.

Now it's about four years old now, and it has some holes in it, I would say. Things have moved to YouTube ads and masterminds, and my philosophy has changed quite a bit. There's problems with the old content. And so and it's also older and bigger. Right?

Now, instead of just trying to convert all of those people to annual billing, I it's just actually better to have a fresh start and make a new product. So that's why I say here consider launching a new product. A new product gives you a fresh start. It's a new name, and people in your current one will probably buy the new one anyway because they're looking for a new product. And it truly is a new product, and the old one has some problems.

It's like the new iPhone. Right? And if the new iPhone just happens to come with subscription billing, that's just how it is. So, yeah, that's what I recommend in terms of starting. Now, what if you're freaking out?

You know, I noticed some people on the first collaboration call, I sent some frustration, maybe some anxiety, some panic or something. It's totally normal when you just throw something totally new at somebody. Like, especially something like WeTub, it's a big shift in, like it's a basically a paradigm shift from one time to to, you know, annual and doing masterminds instead of courses. It's just to throw someone into that, it's, it's a bit of a change and a bit of a shift. So if this new model contradicts a lot of what you've been doing and saying, right, then just ask yourself, is it better?

Right? Because, you know, I I kind of stumbled across this new model and I did realize that it was truly better, but it was painful for me to transition to because I'd been saying and doing all of these things. And people in the info industry, they can get quite rigid in their views and opinions because that's what they've been known for. I've I'm the Facebook ads guy, or I'm the I'm the course guy or whatever. And to change your mind on it, it almost seems like the wrong thing to do.

But I've found that if it truly is better, then you actually get respect for changing your mind. Right? When the facts change, you should change your mind. And so, you know, I've it it was a big shift for me to go through. It might be a big shift for you to go through too.

But just ask yourself, is it better? And if it is, then you owe it to yourself and your customers to move to it. Right? Now another thing I noticed is people were like worrying, oh, my I don't know if I could sell a course for five to ten mastermind for 5 to 10 k in the music niche, and you suggested a range of 5 to 10 k. Don't worry about my ranges or, like, copying me verbatim.

Right? I provide ranges, but it's not a science. It's just a guide. So your prices, your member caps, etcetera, won't be mine. You've just got to find out what works for you.

You know, I sell Quantum at 36, WeTube at 98, member cap for WeTube was 60, member cap for Quantum is a 100, that doesn't mean that you should copy that exactly. Figure out what works for you, and it doesn't matter if it falls outside of the range, you've kind of got to go with what you're comfortable with. Right? You can start to, like, edge towards these ranges or what I'm doing over time, and you'll get there, but you don't need to do it right away. Right?

So trust a lot of your instincts. Now I also noticed a few people were asking in the community, like, what's the difference between a course and a mastermind? And this is a good question, and there's a few things. I think there's a lot more than this, but here's the first few. First of all, a course is about content and a mastermind is about people.

People buy a course for content. People buy a mastermind to hang out with other people that like them. It's like the best way I can describe it is, you know, when you're a hobbyist and you're obsessed about something, let's say it's hunting, right? You try to talk to people about hunting, but no one's interested. And you know, all of these insane details about rifles and about about bullets and things, and no one else cares at all.

And it's almost like you're an alien or no one understands you. And, you know, it's just and what you really are dying for is to talk to some other people as obsessed as you are about hunting. And when you do come across someone that's as obsessed about hunting as you are, it's like your whole spirit lights up. You're like, you're talking really fast. There's so much back and forth.

You're so excited, and it's like, it's an amazing experience, and it really energizes you. That's what a mastermind is. It's finding a group of other people that are as obsessed as you are about your craft. Right? Whatever that craft is.

That's why people join a mastermind, but people buy a course for some content. It's different. Now there's other things. A course has one time pricing, and a mastermind has annual subscription pricing. Because, you know, a a course is more of a product.

Right? You buy it. You read it like a book. And then a mastermind is more of a club. Right?

And it so it makes sense. The pricing changes because the content and people are different. Now a course is quite static. It is what it is. It doesn't really change.

But a mastermind is quite dynamic. It's continuously adapting and evolving in real time based on the landscape and the conditions of the environment in which the thing is conducted. Right? So in business, the market's changing, traffic sources are changing, competitive landscapes changing, economies changing, and, you know, privacy laws and tracking things are all changing and market preferences are changing. Technology is changing.

The tools are changing. Everything's always changing all the time. And what used to work doesn't work as well. New things work, right? Things change.

And the beauty of a mastermind, because it's based on people and collaboration, is that it's dynamically adapting to the landscape and the conditions the whole time. So you're always getting something that's working right now in real time. The current mapping of the landscape, not, you know, last year's map or three year a three year old map. It's a real time map. And so there's that.

And then a course is an isolated experience. You basically sit at your computer and you watch a video, and then you watch the next video. Right? It's an isolation experience. A mastermind is a collaborative experience.

You don't join it for the content. You join it to interact with other people. Interaction is not isolation. So these are some differences here. Also, one of the main differences, honestly, is just the selection process.

Like, when you're selling a course, you don't really care who's in it. So anyone can buy it at any time. You don't care because it's a product. Why would you discriminate on a product? However, with a with a mastermind, because it's about the people, you've got to be selective with who you let in in because if you have the wrong people in there it won't work very well, or if you have a whole bunch of people with different situations or something it won't work very well.

So you have to select the right people to get in there and you have to constantly curate and manage that group. And also you have to set accurate expectations of why people should join. Like, you know, you might have noticed when I promoted We Tube, I said that don't join We Tube if all you want to do is watch content. Right? That isn't this isn't for you.

YouTube is for you if you just want very brief instructions, you want to do it, and you want to collaborate with other people. Right? And so only people that are interested in collaborating and aren't interested in consuming content are gonna be joining YouTube. And then I'm making sure that so they're self selecting for a mastermind. They want to collaborate more than consume content.

So they're self selecting. I'm selecting them based on criteria that make sure they all have the same goals in mind and they're all at the right place. And so that that's a big difference. And when the value comes from the people and you're doing the self selection process and also, you know, you're selecting the right ones too, it's a very different thing. So I know a lot of you might be thinking, oh, what's the difference?

There's a lot, but it's just hard to see initially when you're first just looking at it. Right? But, yeah, it might take some more time, but you'll get my point. Now another question I've seen some people saying is why would people keep paying per year to be in my mastermind? Well, the main things are like results, information that's currently working, and a community as obsessed as they are about the craft.

So you know, why do people keep renewing in quantum? Well, a lot of them just say, well, I made more money than I spent. Right? It's 36 ks. If someone got a few tips at each event that made them 100 ks, they're like, well I spent when it comes to renewal time, they're like, well I spent 36.

How much do I honestly reckon came from Quantum? A few $100. It was a good deal. I'll do it again. Right?

And provided it keeps delivering on that, they're pretty much gonna renew. Right? So results first and foremost. The other one is information that's currently working. Like I said, the landscape and the environment and the conditions are continuously changing.

What used to work doesn't work as well. And so people want the current mapping of the environment. They want the current best practices of the environment, and they want it in real time first before everyone else gets it in their, like, hand me down courses. Right? They want it they wanna be first because it works best when it's fresh and they wanna be seen as the person that's first.

And they might even wanna hand down to their customers stuff before the rest of the market knows about it. Right? It's like just getting the the best information before anyone else, and that's part of what being a leader is, right? Seeing ahead. And so that's the other reason why people want it.

They want to know what's always currently working, and they want to have it first. And another thing is they wanna be around a community as obsessed as they are about the craft. That hunter example. Right? The energy, the the, you know, collaboration.

All of these things are why people keep renewing. Right? Why would people renew for a course? No reason. Because it's just the same content.

People don't buy subscription books. Now if you're wondering, I don't know how to transition to this model or where to start. Well, you know, I covered a whole bunch of things here, but if you still don't know, then just breathe and analyze your frustrations and impulses. Sit down, take some time, and figure out what your problem is. Just try to define a clear problem statement.

This is honestly this is like life changing advice for most people. When you feel frustration and like anxiety and all of these feelings or whatever, what you've got to understand is that inside those, those, there is something very good. Like innovation comes from frustration, right? And problems. So like, you've got to just feel it out and think, what is it?

You've got to use your mind to analyze what's going on, and you've got to just try to write it down. Right? And it might start blurry, and then you might start kind of refining it, and then you get your problem statement clear. Try to get it into one sentence if you can. And what I've honestly noticed is that when you can clearly articulate your problem statement, the solution basically pops right out at you pretty much at that moment, because most people have problems because they don't actually know what their problem is.

When you clearly know what your problem is, the solution is almost immediately obvious to you. Right? So please do this. Try it. It's very helpful.

And if you're still stuck, if it doesn't if the solution doesn't just jump out at you, post your problem statement or your question in the WeTube community, and someone else will collaborate with you. Right? Maybe it will be through the comments. Maybe it'll it'll go to chat. Hey.

Maybe it even goes to a Zoom call that two of you have where you brainstorm together. Right? And that's my final point. You can also get on a Zoom call with a We Tube member. I encourage you guys and girls to collaborate with each other.

If two of you are both stuck on the same kind of thing, send someone a just comment or send them a DM and say, hey do you want to jump on a Zoom to brainstorm together? Honestly, brainstorming with another person, it can be a great way to get unstuck. You just need a fresh set of eyes. You need to get out of your own head. You can go kind of mad when you're just in your own head trying to solve your own problems, self referencing all the time.

And then you've got the collab calls, right, where you can bring your problem statement or your question there, and we can help you out. You've also got, our team, Sid, Hauser, Jesse, Dre, Brian. You can contact, your account manager, basically. There's many ways you can get help. So that's how to convert to the new model.

Hope you enjoyed it. This should wrap up week one now. Look forward to seeing you in week two soon.

# Collab call recording #1

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 137 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/886fc264-1b1e-4bc5-8241-94d0773c6a98

---


Alright. Can you hear me? Yep. Yep. I can hear you.

I can see you. Oh, the waiting room is getting filled. You're gonna start letting people in, Sid? Yes. Hey, everyone.

We'll just hang out for a little bit while Sid lets everyone in. There's a a lot of people in the waiting room. Yeah. I bet. How are you liking WeTubes so far?

Great. I'm actually I think a lot of us have kind of similar programs like you. So it's great to learn from you and just, especially just because you're doing it for the first time. To kind of see that being created right in front of our eyes is amazing. So doing a lot.

Thanks a lot, Sam. Cool. So if you just got let in, we're just gonna hang out for a little bit while Sid lets everyone in. There's still, like, 14 people in the waiting room. I don't think I've ever been on a Zoom call with this many people, I realized.

Has anyone else? Definitely. Yeah. I have about 60 lawyers, once sitting in. Most people are much older than me.

I have these, like, 50, 60, 70 year olds. Send not 70, but 60. They're in learning from a 34 year old. It's pretty cool. Does it function well with that many people on a Zoom?

Does everyone have their video on like this? It depends on how engaged people are. From what I've seen, usually the first sessions is the most most engaged, most lawyers or most members coming on camera. And then slowly, obviously, there's drop off. But this is great to see it.

See, most people. That's amazing. It shows how many how much people are interested in interested in learning from you. Yeah. And I like how you, on your first video, I think you made a a point of that where, you know, you're here.

You're it's a mastermind. We're here to help each other, so so have your cameras on. That's kind of my pet peeve. And I'm sure most people, like, people get on these, like, we, we do a Q and A with our offer and I'd say 80% of them have their cameras off. Right?

And, it was kind of like the GoToMeeting or GoToWebinar I used to use before. You might as well do the same thing. Right? So I've been encouraging members to keep their their camera on or or use their camera, and it's been going well. But I I always have to mention that on every call.

Got it. Yeah. I think it definitely, is to tell people to especially early on. Set the expectations early on that you expect it all to be on camera. Yeah.

I did that from the very beginning, even in the the marketing of the launch of Weeshoop. I said, if you just wanna consume content, don't buy this. Like, this is only if you wanna, like, interact with other people. And so I think it kind of self selected from the very beginning in a way. You know what I mean?

Yeah. So if you just got let in, we're just hanging out for a little bit while Sid lets everyone in. There's still five people in the waiting room. Does hanging out mean we can just have our microphone on or off if we choose? Probably best to keep it muted if you're not speaking, and then if you wanna speak, just unmute it.

I was gonna let my kids in and have them fight over a toy with the microphone off, so I guess that's out of the question now. Yeah. Try not to have any dogs or leaf blowers or anything. Sam, something that I could suggest is, what I do is in the first five, ten minutes to get everybody in the right state of mind. Everybody could share if you like.

Everybody could share one thing that they're grateful for at this moment with time, kinda put some in a positive mindset. That'd be pretty interesting. Yeah. I think we'll start by is is the whole team in here, Sid? I have council.

Yes. House is here. Brian's here. Jesse's here. I am.

Yeah. Trey's here. Yep. Yeah. I think make a note for next time, but we should make all our whole team, like, cohost.

So that way I think Zoom will put us in the top left So everyone knows like the team's always in the top left and I can see everyone in the team there. And then, yeah, cause it's hard for me to even tell is the team here cause they're all over the screen. Can you make a note about that? Yep. Done.

Thanks. Cool. So how many more people are left? Alright. Well, we'll go ahead and get started because I think the waiting room's empty now.

So we've got 42 people on. And thanks, Dan, for that heads up. I changed the Zoom link, yesterday. So if anyone added the that link to their calendar before that, then they would have got the old one. Yeah.

So thanks for that. So, yeah, welcome to the first collab call for for YouTube. I want I think with time, these will get more collaborative as we figure out how to, like, how to do it and we get more comfortable with each other. But in the beginning, I think there's probably more questions than because it's I just released week one, and I can already see a whole bunch of questions emerging in the community. So I think we'll start with just some, like, questions, because I'm sure a lot of people have questions about week one's content and everything.

And then we'll start to get into more collaboration stuff, like, as all of those questions are answered. The collaboration works really well for kind of like brainstorming for solving problems. So, like, if you're if let's say you've got a course and you wanna transition to a mastermind, like, what are your options there? And then letting kind of bringing that question to the group, that's when other people can share how they did it and you get all of these different ideas instead of it just being like you ask a question and and admin kind of gives you an answer. So that's what I had in mind for, like, collaboration.

It's what naturally happened in quantum after a while. Like, the calls used to be just questions and answers. It was just me. But now they're like discussions where, like, someone might just say something like, have you been seeing this? And someone's like, yeah, I saw this.

And someone was like, yeah, but so and so had a is doing this and that seems to be working. And they became way more collaborative and way more fun, honestly. And they weren't just questions and answers. They were like team brainstorming sessions or collaboration sessions, to bounce ideas off of each other and solve problems live, which was which is really cool. So that's what I want these calls to become.

But let's start with questions for today's one. And, yeah, I'll just introduce you to the team. So there's me, Sam, then Sid. He's the co host. Sid, raise your hand.

Not your digital hand. Yeah. So that's Sid. He's the cohost. And Sid will be letting everyone into the call, like, whenever you join.

So if you if ever you have a problem getting into this call for some reason, then you can just send Sid a message. He'll be in the in the school group. And then there's Jesse and he's general manager. And he looks after all the day to day operations, but he also does like sales and account management and coaching as well, because operations isn't full time. Then there's, where is Hauser?

Hey. Oh, there he is. So Howser does, like, account management, sales, coaching, and then there's David Dre. Hi, everybody. Yep.

And he does sales, account management, coaching. And then there's Brian. How's it going guys? He's our YouTube ads expert. He runs adsbend.com.

Did I miss anyone? Sid or is that it? Is it? Yep. Cool.

So let's start with some questions who wants to go first. Well, I see some people are already using this hand system. Should we use this? Okay. Cool.

So I'll tell you how this little hand system thing works. We were testing it out before this call. So if if you see down the bottom, there's a smiley face and it says reactions. If you click on that and then you click raise hand, it'll raise your hand and it will put you in in in a queue up the top of the screen. And so whoever raised their hand first will be at the top left, second, third.

And then once you have, like, had your question fully answered and we move on to the next person, if you can just take your hand down. That way the person that has the question is always in the top left. So we, you know, we have some kind of order happening here. So let's start with you, Manjeet. Is that how you say your name?

Yeah. Manjeet. Yeah. Perfect. Hey, guys.

Everybody. Yeah. So I just had a question. I've been going through the content, and I'm on, the offer part of, week one, so I'm sure it'll answer a lot of it there. But I guess with my my current offer, I just changed the pricing from 68 to 98, and I I'm trying to see what the best way for my current clients that are in my one time investment offer two times a week Q and A calls, how to upsell them, into the mastermind when I don't have content yet.

So I guess I'm just trying to understand that. Like, do I need to create content? And I think you covered this a little bit where I need to go back to the drawing board. Maybe not necessarily, create a course or, like, a new course, but I want you know, I wanna get them in my current clients because that's probably the lowest hanging fruit, of course. So I was just wondering, like, community thoughts.

How do I go about doing that? You know, when I don't actually have a new course to sell them other than a weekly call. Right? It needs to be more than that, I'm I'm assuming. So how many, like, your current you've got a course.

Is it like an is it how much is it? It's, well, it was, 6,800, and then three months ago, we changed it to 9,800. And it's one time? It was a one time. Yeah.

Got it. How many people are in it? About about a 150. Okay. Yeah.

So I started it when I started off level. So I just, you know, I'm thinking about yeah. And the mastermind you're thinking of launching Mhmm. Is it Front end. It's a front end one.

Okay. Front end. Yeah. I wanna I guess I should start there unless you have some other ideas. Yeah.

So this is a good question. I've been thinking about it. So yeah, the order in which you like build this model is gonna be different based on what you already have basically. Right? So the order that I did it in was I built up level first, which was a one time $6,000 course, basically.

And then once I had about a 100 people in that, I started to notice I had some star students, like successful students that were doing really good. And they started to say that they wanted, they wanted more, basically. They wanted to, like, keep growing, and they started to basically express interest in something like a mastermind. They didn't say mastermind, but I think something happens when you've got about a 100 customers and you've got some star students and you've been working with them for a while and they start asking is there is there something more? That's when I think you've got the perfect opportunity to create, like, the back end mastermind, the quantum mastermind.

I see. So I would actually consider doing the back end one first in your situation. And then yeah. And then you can do the front end one later. I see.

Okay. So the back end one, and I guess in the beginning, and it might be, like, obviously self limiting belief, but maybe I enroll five people from the 150, like, depending on if they can so I guess in the beginning, how do you give them value when there's only maybe five people in it or 10 people in it, right? Because it takes a while to bring on new clients and then of course your existing clients offering it to them. Yeah. So it's less people is actually more valuable if you think about it, because they get more time with you.

Even if there's one, it's basically one on one. Right? Mhmm. So the live events are the big hook for the back end mastermind. Like, that's what that's the thing you should really, like, hammer on.

Like, I would just come up with your event schedule. So, like, we do four a year every quarter and two a virtual tour in person. That's what we like. I think your first one though should be in person because and then you should even choose where it's gonna be. And that way when you tell people about it, it's very specific.

There's a date, there's a location, and people know they're gonna be meeting up with you and some other people. That's gonna be the main hook. Working with you closely for a year and meeting you and other people in person, the live events. Yeah. And the higher caliber of people.

Right? Like, that that's the main hook for a back end mastermind. I see. Okay. Okay.

I'm just figuring out the price point. Like, would this have any content? No. The content is live events, so that are recorded. I see.

I see. Okay. And then, like, is it a weekly mastermind call with them, or or how does that work? Yeah. You can do, like, once a week Zoom call like this, and record it as well.

Okay. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Yeah.

Thanks. No. That's good. And so I would do that one first because you're in you're in the perfect situation to do it. And once you've sold more people into that, then I would convert your course into a mastermind.

And based on how new it is, I would there's a few different ways you can go. Like, if it's a really new course and it's it doesn't need updating, it's like, it's good. Then I saw some people in Quantum do this. They they just like, one girl wrote a letter, and I can share that letter with you. I'll probably share it in week two when we talk about, like, launch everything.

She wrote a letter to all of her customers and said she said why it was important to convert to annual billing, basically. And, and all of her customers were, like, totally cool with it. And she just managed to just convert everyone that was one time into subscription. But her course was new. For courses that are older, like my uplevel, right, it was due for an update, like really due.

And so I just decided to make a new a new product and start fresh like that. So if you've got a aged product that's got, like, that's already in need of updating, I think better to just have a fresh start, make a new product, and have that annual subscription. You'll get a lot of people from your older one buying this one because it's the update anyway. But if it is a new product and it doesn't need updating, then I think you can convert everyone in it to annual. The other option is to if you don't have too many people sold into it, you could just grandfather them in.

I'm not sure if I like that option so much because I think it's kinda it breaks the integrity a bit when some people aren't paying per year. Mhmm. Yeah. For sure. Yeah.

And my current offer, the one time, like the the last one month, we've already onboarded four new clients. So it's the same thing, but I'm just saying it's an annual subscription mastermind now. Oh, so you just you just changed it for your lower one? I've already changed it. Yeah.

I've already changed it for anybody we're onboarding. It's a one year 9,800, but it's the same product. Right? But I I see what you're saying. My current clients, like, maybe up and I have some ideas.

Like, it's two year it's about a two and a half year course that needs I am constantly updating it, but adding a few more modules and then reselling the current clients into it. I I like that. So I'd love to see that letter. Yeah. I would get the people though into your higher ticket one first.

You're in the perfect situation for that. Yeah. And how about price point, Sam? Like, I mean, I hear, you know, 20 to 40 you were saying, how do you come up with that? It's just, do you have a formula or.

Not really. It's just what I, not really yet. What I think is fear. Sure. Yeah.

Okay. Yeah. It's the same thing when I started my other on my other offer. I just made it up. I based it on yours actually.

So Yeah. It's I'm basically thinking I've gotta do all of this work. How much money do I need to charge for me to like actually wanna do it and care about it? And, you know, all of that. Like, it's gotta be something that makes me wanna do it and hear about it.

And it's gotta also make sense for the market. Right? It's not really a science. It's more of like a a feeling. Sure.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That makes sense. Well, thank you so much.

That's really good. That's where I'll start. I'll, I'll I'll relisten to this and and take some more notes and start work. Cool. K.

Thanks. Cool. Pierre. Hey, guys. So, my question is more about clarity.

Right now, the the the state I'm at I'm at is basically, already sold the beta group of the mister mastermind to two previous customers I had before, and I don't really know where to go from there. I don't know if I should continue to prospect more previous customers and try to upsell them directly to a to the beta group, or should I try to just focus on those two people and, start working on the the content creation on the YouTube channel and all that? So I'm just I'm asking for clarity and what would be the best path to success. So what's your goal here? The goal is to create, first is to so the first question I had before today, that you answered on the on the school community was, should I focus on building a front end mastermind or a back end mastermind?

You answered, oh, you should just focus on what you're doing right now because you cannot do two things at the same time. Okay. Got it. So now I'm building this mastermind. So I don't really care if it's front end or back end.

But I guess now it's front end because, if I build it, I need to get customers and traffic to go somewhere. Right? So it would go to the front end mastermind. So now it's my front end mastermind. And so just to give more context to the group, the mastermind is helping software engineers start their first profitable business by bootstrapping it or self funding it with their own funds from financing or that kind of stuff.

So, yeah, I'm okay to do that because I I have more I'm more passionate about this one rather than helping people to start their software engineering careers, which was my previous course. But, my question now is, like, should I start to just focus on the people I already sold it to and not try to go to a lot of work to find, like, the ten first customers and just have, like, two of them and be okay with that and start to work on the content? Or should I try to do, like, something else that I missed? Or Yeah. So I think you should you should do whatever you can to get as many customers into your mastermind.

Right? And then, like, using all of your organic resources, basically. Your email list, your YouTube channel, your social media, your previous customers. Right? Just tell it tell them all what you've got and get as many people as you can into the mastermind.

And then you've got to build it. But as you're building it, you'll also be marketing it. And the way to market it after you've exhausted all of your organic means will be like paid ads. Correct. Okay.

So to give more context, I left the business last year, and I give everything to my previous partner. And basically, I'm just trying to outreach the previous customer that already had success. So so there may be, like, 30 people, 40 people who got success. So who are already having a career in software engineering and can have a can have success with that. So the my my my point is that it's just a very small and, it's just a small audience that I can outreach to.

So I cannot really use the mailing list and all that because the the the it's not qualified. Like, there are Yeah. So do do whatever you can to fill it and then create it. And at the same time, build out the ads to promote it. So, I'm feeling like, okay.

I can do that. And then, like, I think it will be quite fast because, like, in one or two weeks, I will have done everything I could. So if I met just two people in the mastermind, including me I mean, excluding me. Sorry. Would that be enough to start building it, or should I say that no.

No. It's not enough. I should No. That's that's all you can get. That's all you can get.

Okay. And then you've got a build with it. Okay. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. But for that, I'm I'm quite I I already started to deliver value to them, and they are very happy already, and they're getting registered quite fast. So, like, I'm I'm I'm excited with that. Like, I I have good energy with that, so I'm happy with that. Okay.

And then, yeah, I can start after that, I can start the YouTube ad. Okay. That was the thing I was missing, actually. I forgot that we could do bad traffic. Okay.

Well, that was my main question, guys. Thanks. Cool. What's going on, Sam? I'm good.

How are you? Good. So a little backstory on my question. I actually have, I built my brand and sold it four years ago with my with my wife and family. And we were doing part time consulting, kinda the up level model for marketing for beginners, and we got over a 100 people in there.

So since we exited, I created a mastermind in December, and I've been selling for, like, $9,800, essentially, to help founders get ready for an exit. What I've learned in fixing my business to get a successful exit. So far, five founders have have signed up. And the issue I'm having is that the two categories of people who have signed up isn't ideal, and I'd love some help in either fine tuning my offer or helping to think through if I just haven't spoken to enough people yet. So the two categories are essentially people think that exiting their brand is too far in the future, and it's not, like, an immediate need in front of them.

So they're not in a rush to engage, although those would be the ideal people to work with, especially for annual, model. Or the second category who or people who are eager to sign up, but they're eager to sign up because they're burnt out. And ecom is like a low margin, high CapEx intensive business. And so they're not ideal either because they actually don't have great brands to exit because they're like a sinking ship. So that's one thing.

And the the other part of it is the five people who have actually, signed up, what I found is that in paying me to help them sell their business, they really ended up paying me to help make their business a real business. So we end up talking about, like, operations, cash flow management, removing themselves, and hiring people. So you gave, like, a Henry Ford analogy about, like, if you ask people what they want, they would just say, like, a faster horse. So that's kinda where I am now. Like, I think that there is an opportunity here, but maybe what I am the offer I am offering people is not resonating them, or they don't know they want what they don't need.

Revised revised first. I guess you I think you understand what I'm trying to say. What they want is not what they actually need. Well, I don't know. This is just what came to mind when you were telling me that, but maybe, you know, saying how to exit is very specific.

And maybe the people that, like you, it's attracting the people that need to fix their business, And you're what you're really doing is actually helping people fix their business, like run a better e com business with exit as an option. Do you know what I mean? Mhmm. Yeah. So maybe you're just, maybe you're like excluding a lot of people that would like the service you're actually offering, which is how to run a solid like econ business.

But a lot of people that would like that, but you're saying how to exit, they might think well I don't want to exit. Do you know what I mean? Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah.

Because if you think about what you're really doing, it sounds like what you're really doing is helping people run better ecom businesses. That's true. That's what it ends up being. Okay. I think I think part of okay.

So I have already sold five people in with this in mind. If if I wanted to go around testing different wording offers, how do you think I can do that in a way that doesn't make the five people who are already onboard with an exit in mind feel like The beauty of this is is that that's the way you exit anyway. Right? I haven't I haven't a business that's tied operations. It's transferable, etcetera.

Yeah. Okay. Hey, Gamal. Hey. Can't say who's talking.

But, hey, what's up? I'm down here in the corner. One option is you could say you're building it up as an option to sell, not that it's the only option. So the people on there that intend to sell can go ahead and do that, but you're making it their choice at the end. That's that's good.

And so helping people run a better ecom business is essentially the offer I should test out. Yeah. And you can use exit as a hook because that's kind of the end state of that service if you think about it. But it's not the only option. It's like they could if they wanted to, and it, but it's not the only thing.

Do you know what I mean? Mhmm. I think maybe the wording would be like how to create a actionable or sellable ecommerce brand because they know that they can't do that now, and they may or may not want to. But I think, personally, like, if you're attracting people, I think your messaging is right. I think that you're attracting them based on what they want.

But then when they get into the program, you're giving them what they need, which is the operations and and things to make it sellable. So I don't necessarily think that your front end messaging needs to change. I think the expectation of how the program works and what happens after they get in is you know? Because they may I mean, it's like everybody said, it's an option. But they may get into it and be like, wow.

Now that this is working well and I have good profit margin, like, I don't wanna sell it. I wanna keep it. So there's you know, that way you leave the option open. But I don't I personally if you're if you're attracting people profitably, like, I don't feel like the messaging is wrong for that angle. I appreciate that.

That's good. That's good. It can also be a, it it can also be a, a sub kind of community that you grow them into. So as you create one course specifically for people that wanna grow an ecom business, it can be a graduated course into then getting an exit plan. So it could be a more expensive option for the people that you sell into the the base level.

I get it. So you're thinking program I already have, which is highly focused on marketing, help new brands hit to 6 figures. We've had about two dozen people hit six or seven figures. That'd be intro program, and this would be kind of front end mastermind or back end mastermind. That My understanding mastermind.

Yeah. Back I mean, it's just just a thought. I'm throwing thoughts out there, but it could be a back end mastermind for people that have graduated and are thinking of of what's next. Maybe you wanna start a new business or you do wanna exit. What's next for you?

Join a group of people that have felt and thought the same way you have. And it it's an exclusive membership kind of just what Sam was talking about that, you know, it's the caliber of people that sell the back end. Yeah. Because the last couple of people who have joined, their biggest thing was that, you know, they are thought leaders and experts, and a lot of the content out there is made for, like, beginners, but they feel alone on their journey. So the last couple of sales cared less about the content, but more so just this whole aspect of being able to share problems with other people who have similar problems.

Okay. That's a good call. I appreciate that, Rick. And everyone else who joined in, that that's it for now. Alright, everybody.

So first of all, let me just say how blessed we all are. I think all of us are here for a reason, and I think we're about to take a very pivotal change in our life for the better. Super grateful for Simon and the team. So I'm creating virtual law firm mastermind. It's a mastermind that focus exclusively on helping busy lawyers scale their law firm while freeing up more time.

My question is converting that one time course into a mastermind, and then the course is already recorded. I already have 300 lawyers go through the program. Question is, how do you transition new members who join that can enroll at any time? How do you onboard them, and how do you drip the content? Is it their own would they have their own schedule, and do you kind of create that schedule for them on the onboarding call, and how do you transition that?

How much is this course? 9 k. One time. One time. And there's 300 people in there.

And you're thinking of now charging additional people 9 k a year? I'm I already have 300 people that have already taken it. And now I'm trying to transition that into now when I go through the market, offer this ongoing instead. So the question is, it's always been cohorts, cohorts. So I do my cohorts.

And then, you know, for two months, we're teaching, and then we start a new cohort so to have those enrollment period. But now we wanna sign up anybody that comes in at any time. So how do you put all the the new members on their own schedule so that they could get the first module and First of all, have any of these lawyers expressed interest in, like, joining a mastermind, like a like a back end one? Not not expressly, but I know that there again, there's a need for ongoing, something ongoing, not just a one time thing. One time is great, but I need okay.

Scale me up now. I think you've got you're in the perfect situation to launch the back end one. Mhmm. To my past Yes. To everyone in in your current course, your nine k, you could get a group of people together to join your back end mastermind with the live in person events.

Right? And then that would keep you busy for a while, and and you would upsell people from this one to this one, and then you get this one off the ground and get it going, maybe do your first event, and then I think you could convert this one into subscription. But it might be best how when was the last time you did the content in this one? I'm currently in one. So I'm just saying cohort.

I'm in the middle of a cohort right now. So you do it live? No. I give them the recorded and then have office hours, basically. So but I wanna transition that into the next cohort.

I want it to be the online Okay. So the 300 that, that purchased aren't already in some group or anything? No. Like, 250 of them were in the past, and there's 50. Okay.

Well, then I would just change the name of the product just to make it a clean break. Right? Because otherwise you're confusing everyone. This is a totally different thing. But before you do that, because once you do that, you kind of cannibalize your chance at the back end.

Do you know what I mean? Because a lot of people would probably buy the back end mastermind right now. So I would launch that and get that off the ground. And then once you've got as much as you can there, then launch a new product on the front end. And then a bunch of people that couldn't buy the back end mastermind will then buy that one from there.

And then you can turn on the paid traffic into the front end one, and then you can start moving people up from the front end to the back end. Do you know what I mean? Yeah. Totally. And I agree with that.

But what do I do with all the people that are right now applying and they're, like, looking to sign up for the next cohort? How do I Tell them the next cohort or the back end mastermind. Just wait. For new for new members who have never have no exposure with me, all of a sudden offer them the back end? If only if they're a good fit.

I can imagine somebody joining. I don't know where. Okay. I'll tell you what we did. So I knew we were gonna launch We Tube, right, this year, but people were still applying and wanting to buy Uplevel.

And the team was wondering, what do we do? We just sold them Uplevel, and some of them were okay when we launched WeTube and some of them weren't. And we refunded the ones that weren't, but that's what we did. We knew, like, we were ultimately gonna do something else. Yeah.

It's kind of awkward for a little bit while you're transitioning everything. Right? You just gotta gotta deal with it as it happens. Ideally, I'll build build out the back end first as you suggest suggested, but, what do I do with all these people that are, like, trying to get in there? Keep selling them that thing.

Don't change that thing. Keep it as it is, the nine k. Just keep selling people into that like nothing's changing, but then put your focus on trying to upsell these people into the back end. And then launch a new product and divert all that traffic to go to that. And then that one will fade out, and you can sell peep as many people as you can from this one into that one and from that one into that one, and then it will fade.

And now you've got this new structure. The back end is always offered to the people who have already been through the first program or the back end is open to anybody? You start it by offering it to the people in the first program, but later on, you'll end up putting it everywhere. Yeah. Like I ended up promoting Quantum to my email list, on my YouTube channel.

I put it everywhere, like, later, but I got it started from star students in my front end program. Got it. And then how do you onboard new members to an ongoing program? Because they're joining at their own schedule. So do you have, like, an onboarding call?

I know right now you're, like, you're building up the course, but somebody already has a recorded course, You onboard them, say, okay. Well, this week, you're doing module one, and then you could join the club. In there, and they've got access to all the content. But we know that, you know, people don't get used stuff and to get access to an entire thing. It's just a recorded course.

So it has to be kind of one focus and a structure to somebody joins focus on module one this week. Well, yeah, you tell them that, but you, I mean, these are lawyers they've paid you $10. They've passed the bar exam, man. They can like figure out how to follow a sequential order. You know, like.

Marcus says, why don't you drip them out based on enrollment? That, that's what I was suggesting. Do you drip it out? Or you're, you're just saying, just give them the full I wouldn't drip. I don't like drip.

I mean, we're dripping naturally right now because we two doesn't exist. That's the only reason why it's dripping. Right? If all the content was there, you would have it all. Why would I make you wait?

Because sometimes people come in and they just need one piece. And then later on, they might need the other piece. Like, everyone's situation is different. Yes. But from what I've seen, people don't take it.

People take it for granted, and they don't have the whole thing. They don't take it seriously, versus they get focused. This week is just about this. Focus on that. So you could get that done and on.

Once you fill out the worksheet, whatever, then let's move on to module two. So I think there's some benefits to the drip. But Yeah. Maybe you gotta rethink how you're delivering it. Maybe you're being too forceful with people.

I used to do that. I was like, you I was very strict on it and, like, almost forceful. And then I just kinda made it a lot more relaxed. After a while, you realize that it's not really about the content. It's about the application, and you've just gotta when you think about it from that perspective, you it changes the way you make the content.

You just present the big picture kind of thing, and and then someone is immediately identifies what part they they need to know, like what you're doing right now. And you pull it from me instead of me putting it into content and making it like an instruction manual. Do you know what I mean? Yeah. That's amazing insight and really good conversations going on inside right now too.

One of the question is, a lot of the students have problem implementing. So my idea was bring on, create a tech team or implementation team to help support them. Have you ever experimented with that? Does that work or do you just let them do their thing? In my experience, adding implementation teams makes things really complicated and it kind of let, it kind of gives people the, the idea that, like, it's not on them.

Do you know what I mean? It's like the the team will do it for me. And a lot of the time you can't do you can't get someone else to do this stuff for you. And so I would just think how can I make it more simple? Right?

Like, after a while I realized like this is so complicated and people are having problems with it because it's so complicated. I was like, what if I made it really simple? Like, even when Brian and me were doing the, like, the design for the YouTube ads training, I was, like, asking him, do we really need Google Analytics? Do we really need Google Tag Manager? Can we do it without that?

Right? I'm trying to make it as simple as possible so it's easier for everyone to implement. And then Brian was like, you're I've never actually used Google Analytics. Everyone puts it on. Right?

It's but they never even think about it. No one really use it. But it's do you know what I mean? But it just it's something that makes things even more complicated. You can keep stripping things out until it's so simple.

Yeah. Wonderful. Thank you so much. That's great. Looks like I'm up.

Hey, Sam. In group, I'm Kevin. Let me see if I could share my screen. It might go just a tad faster if I do it that way, if that's okay. Basically, my question is around time frame.

So what I have on the left is kind of the template model. The version on the right is my worksheet. What I have traditionally sold is a done for you agency type business. As I sell them on a journey of specific milestones, they get them a result. So currently, just for context, I sell a twelve day intensive, but it's quite intensive.

And they have to reserve that time and go through that with me done one on one. Then we do this twelve week build, twelve month validation, twelve quarter, you know, scaling out the the result that we achieve. This sells very well because it just it just answers that question and it shows momentum. The question that I have is the nature of inside of a mastermind group. I can have six weeks of content, but frankly, bluntly, the the they are the variable in knowing how long it will take.

You know, someone could could attack this with all of their fury and and knock out an amazing result in six or twelve weeks. Someone else, six months may not be long enough. How how do you address, that, you know, this will be the first time I've sold something that's self implemented in my career. So, I I'm a little bit unsure on how you communicate that without just giving someone a, you know, the fact is is most people won't address this with the with the intensity that I might personally bring to it. So how how would you how do you caution and yet not overpromise, you know, the the time frame for results?

Yeah. So, like, content and instructions can be done in, like, six weeks. Right? But mastery takes a lot longer. Yeah.

And there's there's, like, you know, you could implement all of this stuff and get a few clients maybe in six weeks. But if you wanna grow to, like, a $100 a month, for example, that might take a bit longer. Sure. Yeah. So I Go ahead.

I'm sorry. Well, I always just think instructions are easy. It it's getting results and perfecting it that's hard. Right? Like, let's say one of the pieces is around hiring an operations manager.

Shit. To find a good one of them and onboard them and actually let go of the reins, we're talking about like six months. Six months. Maybe nine. Yeah.

Exactly. Maybe a year. Right. So like, and those are the real valuable things. You help someone do that, you change their whole life.

Mhmm. It's not something you can teach in a week. Do you know what I mean? Yeah. What I'm trying to do is, you know, I have a program that works fairly well.

I'm I'm pleased with it for my ideal customer and I'm trying to use this mastermind to create my ideal customer, to prepare them to to then ascend into frankly a more selective done for you offering. But, you know, it is an unknown of how long that will take. So the number one for the for the customer that I sell to in the way that they think, their number one objection will not be the money. It will be the time. It's like, and maybe the way you do it is you just get a few people in there and you you measure results.

This is how long it's taken this person and this person. You know? But that's basically the deal is it's it's my my ideal customer is gonna go, I wanna see a proven path to result in. And and they don't think in, quarters. You know?

They're thinking twelve, twenty four weeks. I guess the the other side of that is to narrow the scope. Yeah? To to have them doing less inside of the mastermind. Yo.

This is sounding a lot like a mastermind isn't people don't get so intense on this timeline stuff when it's about a mastermind. K. I've noticed. Like, I didn't even communicate any of that really when I was promoting WeChat. Sure.

I just said these are all the things we're gonna do, this is what we're gonna build together, and these are the things that we're gonna collaborate on. Mhmm. It's a year. And people joined. Do you know what I mean?

Maybe you're, like, overemphasizing timeline. I may currently in my done for you offering. So Well, in a done for you, it's a totally different story. Right. Right?

Like, that's maybe that's what's, like, tainting your thoughts a bit on this. Yeah. Right. So the, you know, the the type of customers that are on my list, they're they're used to someone selling them a done for you. I'm looking to shift out of that.

That will require a lot of me change. And then the, yeah, in the inside of this, this is this if someone says, hey. I don't wanna learn these skills. I wanna I wanna outsource it. You basically just say you're not fit for the program.

I assume that would have been your Nick response to anyone who says, hey. I don't have time for this. I want someone to do it for me. They'd be like, hire Brian directly to run your YouTube if you don't wanna learn this. Is that kind of the response?

Yeah. Well, I mean, we're not that might be what people start doing in the mastermind. Right? Like in YouTube, they might start saying after they've done their YouTube ads for a while, they might want to hire a media buyer, or maybe they want to use an agency. I mean, I've got no no problem with them doing that, right?

I actually think that's smart, but Yeah we just don't have that objection honestly. Have you heard objections like this Hauser, Jesse, Trey? It can come up rarely from time to time, but if it's like a soft objection, meaning they're they don't really believe it that much, but it's just something they're kind of tossing out there. It's workable, potentially. But if it is a hard objection where they're like, no.

No. No. The way I want this problem solved is not through this feature set. It wants them to do it for me. Then it's then there's nothing much I can actually do to to solve that other than trying to recommend him someone or or her kind of thing.

K. Cool. That's the nature of my question. I appreciate it, you guys. Rohan.

Hey, man. So I got two questions. So I recently did a physical mastermind, and that went really well. So the pictures and the videos and everything are still processing. And on the other hand, I'm just done selling the lifetime, front end product because I'm just not interested in that anymore, and I want to shift to the annual, the VTube model.

Right? So my question is, since I already did the promotion for my physical event and the, but but, like, the actual promotion because, you know, what I did, it was just a webinar. Right? I didn't have any pictures because I was doing it for the first time. So now they are under process.

So would you recommend first promoting my physical mastermind to the group again to squeeze out some more juice? Or should I just roll out the new v tube kind of model of an annual subscription? Because that's like our front end is our, like, main bread and butter right now. I would get as many people into the back end mastermind as you can first to just kind of know that you've you exhausted that option. Right?

Right. Then I would focus on this. Got it. I like to exhaust something first because I'm like, I I pushed this as far as I could. I got all the juice out of it.

Now I'm gonna focus on this. Got it. Makes sense. And then should I keep selling my front end lifetime access thing, or should I just stop it? Because it's taking a lot of my time, and, I already have, like, a partner ready who can help me with the calls as well.

So I have everything ready. Just a question of should I promote the physical one again, or what should I do? I would if I was you, I would focus solely on promoting the back end mastermind and forget about promoting the front end course for now, and just go all in on that. And then once you've done as much as you can there, then start a new product. Right?

And then get as many people out of there as you can into that one. Just like what I did with Uplevel and Quantum. Did you see me doing that this year? Yep. Yep.

January, February, March, I went base I was just pushing Quantum. Our goal was fill Quantum up, and we filled Quantum up, and then it was closed. And then I switched my priority to We Tube and then filled that one up. Got it. And we're we're phasing out up level.

Got it. So a lot of my, like so I have three sales reps. Right? So they're a 100% on commission. So, of course, like, one or two might be able to sell the mastermind, but I don't think everything everyone will be able to.

So what do I do with them? What most people in Quantum are doing is they're selling the mastermind themselves. Okay. Yeah. Because it's it's important to get it going.

Right? Like, the quality of the people is really important, and you're still in the discovery stages when it's new. Right? Like, you need to hear objections, and it's very valuable for you to be hearing what's going on on those conversations. It might help shape the actual mastermind or the way it's communicated.

Right. Do you know what I mean? Okay. So what should the what should I do with the reps then? Yeah.

This is a good question. Like, how were David and everyone surviving when you were just I mean, of course, they were selling Quantum, but then Actually, I just let them sell Quantum on it. I didn't do any sales calls for Quantum. They just sold Quantum. That was all they really sold for January, February, March.

Okay. Got it. Cool. And the people that are let's say, who joined, like, recently, if, let's say, I were to upgrade them to the the the front end course version later on, would you recommend giving them access, or would you recommend doing what you did? Like, even if they ask for a refund even if they join recently, just let them go?

Yeah. Just let them go. Yeah. Yeah. You don't wanna put you don't wanna ruin the integrity of a mastermind.

You I think it's super important that, like, everyone's paying the same thing. Right? And so if there's people in there that paid like one time price and other people are paying annual subscription, it's not gonna be the same. And also something happens to the engagement and the energy of the group when everyone's on subscription. You don't get these lurker people, like, that you get with courses.

Right? Where there's thousands of people but only, like, 10 people active. Yeah. Got it. Cool.

Last quick question. So I don't have someone like Jesse to do my calls. So when I'm transitioning out of this lifetime access model, what would you recommend me doing? Like, just keep doing the calls with them, keep serving them myself, and or figure out something else or just stop the calls? I would keep doing them for now because it'll be great for you to help upsell people from, like, that one to your back end mastermind.

And when you roll out your new products to help transition people from that one to that one. And once you've kind of got all the engaged people into either the back end mastermind or the front end mastermind, then you could probably just find this a really star student in there and pay them agree on some price and pay them to do it. Got it. Cool. So just to summarize, sell the physical mastermind right now.

Forget about the front end. And then once that's filled, focus on the front end. Right? Yeah. Not necessarily full, but you've got as much you've done as much as you can with your current situation.

Yeah. Got it. Thanks, man. Appreciate it. Cool.

Alright. Hey, Sam. How's it going? Glad glad to, be here in the group. Excited about this.

And, my question is, we had started our company doing high end masterminds similar model to WeTube, except ours were typically six months long. And, we we help single women to attract the right man for them. So we're in the relationship space, which we've noticed over the years has some peculiarities, and it's a bit different than, like, the biz ops space, for example. But one thing we recently did in the last six months, which was going well doing the high end masterminds, we partnered with this marketer to help us build out a bunch of low ticket products and courses, And that's actually been pretty successful. It added a bit of money to our bottom line.

And then also we've been using the low ticket products as a gateway into our high ticket masterminds. And I'm curious, what your thoughts might be about that. The products range anywhere from $9 to $40 on the front end, and then we have a bunch of upsells, and then, of course, we get them into a call, which can lead to our high ticket masterminds. Do you think yeah. I guess I'm just curious to hear your overall thoughts on that model, and then we can kinda go from there.

I think if it works, it's fine. But if there was a way to achieve it without that much complexity, I think it would be better. Mhmm. I just think having a lot of products can confuse the market. Just for people to get there, you'd be really surprised.

Like, we had been selling quantum for a while and still tons of people didn't even know what it was or how it worked. Right? Like, that's and we've been promoting it for a while. And with the more things you put out there and the more products you've got and the more price points there are, people get really confused. And I just think it's really it's good if you just keep things really simple.

Like, you've got two products and a few traffic sources and, like, one or two funnels. Do you know what I mean? Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah.

And it's been an interesting transition because, I was of that mindset as well for the last, basically seven years of our business, keep it simple. We've had one product that basically we have different levels of. That's our Mastermind. It's essentially the same product, but they get some, one on one time with my wife who's the primary coach depending on how much money they pay. But, the products has been interesting because it feels like we've been able to capture a large segment of the market that wasn't, able to afford the mastermind.

So it adds a little bit of revenue to that part of the company, but then also we're able to do things like, which is why I was interested in in YouTube to kind of explore this. We've been running YouTube ads basically to a low ticket, $9 course, and we've been able to actually, make a profit even on the front end with that funnel and, before they've even had a sales call, which is kind of like almost the Russell Brunson model of the, free plus shipping kind of book. So but yeah. But then there's that that aspect. Like you said, it is it does feel like there's added some complexity to the business, but I'm also wondering if there's a big opportunity there that we can continue to explore.

So I'm kind of yeah. I'm in an interesting space where it's like that balance, like you're saying, between adding the complexity versus do we just try to keep it simple and maybe optimize with that? So Well, I showed you our numbers and our profit margins and how lean everything was. Mhmm. We don't have any of that.

Mhmm. So I think that's probably better. Mhmm. Right? Like, I think even have if you could have no funnel and no ads, that would be even better.

Right? Yeah. They just go straight to the checkout page. Yeah. Well, just I think you might be stuck too much in marketing mindset.

Mhmm. Because a lot of what you told me was funnels, ads, low ticket, like, you know what I mean? It's it's all just marketing. Right. You just need to like, what are your products?

And then you need to fill and what are their member caps? And then you need to fill them up. Mhmm. That's all it is. Okay.

The other aspect that's nice about having products versus masterminds, at least having products as part of our kind of, offerings catalog is the automation elements of it in the sense that we don't really need to do any coaching. It's kind of fulfillment just like you probably you experienced with, consulting accelerator. Dude, that sucked. Yeah. Yeah.

Our business has never been more profitable and more, like, enjoyable since we and dropping Accelerator was a huge part of that. Accelerator was always a pain in the ass. Was it just customer issues and tech issues primarily or was what was the big reason that that was such a pain in the ass for you? Endless issues everywhere, all the time. And it also detracted from our core niche, which was existing business owners selling courses and info.

We were like we diluted that because we were selling to beginners, teaching them how to start from scratch. Hardly any of those people actually upsold to our other programs. And a lot of people weren't attracted to our other programs because they thought all we did was this. Yeah. And the results, like, and the people like yeah.

Yeah. We've been experiencing a little bit of that since we started offering the low ticket courses. It hasn't gotten too bad. And, the marketer we partnered with, he he told me that, yeah, basically, you set it up where all the customer complaints just go to your client care and try to get everything off your desk with that, but that's still added resources and complexity. So, Yeah.

I guess I guess what I'm I'm excited to learn through YouTube is, maybe refining and going back to the mastermind model, finding a way to actually fill it because we actually do have a a fairly successful YouTube channel, and we're doing some things with TikTok, and, we're getting a lot of organic traffic. And so it's probably gonna be good to experiment with the low ticket courses and then with just finding better ways to get them straight into the high ticket to, see what we enjoy more and what's gonna be more profitable. I feel like that's kind of the space we're in is kind of feeling it out, since we're we've only been doing low ticket products for probably about eight months now. So Just figure out what product high ticket masterminds you wanna sell and what how many people you want in them, and then fill them up. Mhmm.

That's all you need to do. Yeah. And then make sure the math works. So make sure you hit all your financial targets if you fill them up. Start at the end.

But you keep coming back to low ticket things and all of this, but it's starting with those. You're trying to figure out how you can make those work to achieve what and you don't even know what you're trying to make them achieve. So, like, you're starting with a means and trying to stumble on an end. You start at the end and then define the best means. Do you know what I mean?

Right. Right. Yeah. Yeah. And I was doing that some of that with my wife, and I think that's good for us to just sit down more with.

And I like that from the first, modules that you put out about really designing the business, how we really want it to be, what makes us happier, what brings the most profitability. I think we have to, yeah, explore that more and hopefully get that vision really clear so we can see with where, if at all, the low ticket products fit into that vision because they might they might not. And, like you said, it may not make any sense, and it'll actually bring us more frustration in the long term. So, yeah, that's a good point. Get down to the fundamentals of what we actually wanna create here and, optimize for that.

Yeah. Just pull up that model math Google Sheet. Right? Mhmm. State the things you wanna sell and put their price points in and define some member caps and see what that means in terms of revenue.

Then forecast your costs, see what your profit's like. Keep tweaking it until you're happy with it, and then just build it. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.

That that sounds good. And we also have a, love coaching mastermind that we created, that has a whole other aspect, but I think we can I'll go into that on another, another call, to explore possibilities with that, I think. So alright. Well, thanks for your help, Sam. Cool.

Good stuff. Hey, Sam and team. Excited to be here. So, clear question for me, Sam, is I'm at the point where I've been playing the game. If you want to go fast, go alone.

If you wanna go far, go together. I haven't been playing the go together game. My wife and I pretty much run everything in the business together. We're just in the process of taking one of our best students and turning them into the accountability coach where they're gonna be coaching some of the students through the program as well. My question is on deciding the right person for that.

What makes up a great accountability coach slash salesperson slash, I think you call it an account manager. So what makes up a great person that does that, and then how to properly, hire, train, and retain them. Well, what I think you should hire where it hurts. So what hurts currently with just you and your wife running? Coaching students.

Do you do one on ones? As part of our twelve week program, they get one half an hour call a month, and it's just stacking up to be too much. And then transition to the twelve weeks. Yeah. We have we have the twelve week program, so we're in constant cohorts with that.

And then we have the one on one calls, half hour calls within that twelve weeks because it creates a relationship. And so the last call is called a continuation call, and that's where we upsell them into our current mastermind. But we wanna transition away from the Who are they sold into this cohort thing with a phone call? Yes. Who's doing those?

I am. Got it. Okay. It almost sounds like the sales rep should hand like in our model, whoever sells the client in owns that relationship. Right?

So there's no handoff. It's like they manage it end to end. And I've also found that when people sell and when they're also doing account management, they actually make great coaches. Because selling is like selling is really like a way of coaching in a way when you're selling stuff like this. Like, you're trying to understand their situation and what their goals are and see if this is a good fit.

Do you know what I mean? So maybe you're looking for specifically, like, a sales rep who will then grow into the account manager slash coach. So you'd hire that way. You wouldn't find someone to be a good accountability coach and teach them sales. You would prefer to find someone who's good sales and also make them accountability.

Well, it it can go either way. You could find someone that's good at accountability and start them in sales. You know what I mean? Yeah. I think those are actually the best salespeople, by the way.

That's what I've learned. Like, my sales reps, they do everything. They're not just sales reps. Yeah. And then in terms of, paying them, because I'm we're talking to one of our star students right now, and we're trying to figure out that payment structure in terms of keeping someone on to do that.

How have you solved for that? Typically, I see people start sales reps on in between the most common one I've seen is 15% of cash collected. So let's say you sell someone for $10. Right? They'd get 1,500.

But let's say you sell someone for, let's say you sell someone for and there's only, like, half a payment. Like, if if you do payment plans. Right? They don't get compensated on, revenue. They get compensated on cash collected, which incentivizes them to get full pays, and they also are incentivized to manage the accounts receivable on their invoices if they if they have some invoices with split payments.

Does that make sense? Absolutely. So I I see most people start them there, and then later on, maybe you figure out the profit share thing when you've got more of a team together. But always start with the individual, commission. So Sam, that 10 ks, so let's let's take that scenario.

It's a 10 ks. They get 15%. Then that 1,500, they're also accountability coach for that person during the year in the program as well? I think so. Yeah.

They should own that relationship end to end. Yeah. And then there, then they also do they get 15% from the 10 k to the 36 k as well? Yeah. K.

So it's 15% end to end from the low end to the high end mastermind, and they're managing that person in both groups. So Ephraim, they stay as the same coach Yes. From the 9,800 group to the 36 k Yeah. Group. Cool.

K. Great. I appreciate the clarity of that. Thanks, Sam. You what you'll see, I started to see these things happen, and it was not by design.

It was just natural kind of evolution. Like, Dre and Hauser and Jesse, they were like the the people they sold into Uplevel that looked like could become a good fit for Quantum, they started giving them, like, coaching sessions throughout the year, and they started actually helping them, like, because they were trying to prime them ready for quantum. And then they started getting people to buy in to Uplevel, and they said, if we can help you get this result, will you upgrade to quantum at that point? And getting them to, like, commit to it upfront kind of thing. And then nurturing that relationship and monitoring it and then basically building their own pipeline for quantum later on because does that make sense?

It does. Do so a clarity question would be, do the students get access to reach out to their accountability partners? Is there some structure in place? Is it as needed? Is it a certain amount of calls or just if they needed it at all?

So it's structured in our back end mastermind. They get a quarterly call with their account manager. Right? Mhmm. In the front end one, we haven't structured it anyway yet.

It's just like case by case basis. But the reps, they do whatever they want. Sometimes they're out there texting people. Sometimes it's Facebook Messenger. Sometimes it's it's scheduling Zoom calls.

I mean, maybe you guys are better to talk about this, Dre and Hauser and GC. Yeah. How's your I'd love to know from your standpoint how you, one, keep people engaged. So you're doing a great job of, ascension or continuation from either year one to year two or even level one to level two for the masterminds and then keeping people in the program long term, which is, I'm sure, what we're all concerned about. What we all want is that long term continuity for people staying in either the low or the high end masterminds.

You know, very similar to when somebody actually signs up for, like, the first offer. You know, they have goals, needs, and those fundamentals. It's staying in contact with those along the way. So that could be within the scope still of the existing offer they purchased through any of these follow ups. It could be a Zoom call.

It could be direct message. Sam mentioned it could be text. It's really trying to customize as much as possible to fit how that person likes to communicate and where they're at with things. So that's also kinda just reading the person and knowing them. Some people, if you message them all the time, like, there's nothing wrong.

They're they're perfectly happy. And it's almost just like especially you guys are business owners. Like it's like, hey. You know, I love to chat, but I'm I'm doing a bunch of stuff. Other people like that a little bit more.

So, you know, that's like a a tuning fork process if the person doesn't have that feeling or or skill in them, but that's super important because it allows you to stay in contact with the person as frequently as is important to them. There's not a perfect science to this, but, that's one main thing. And then that's helping them in the existing program. And then you're uncovering more things that they're doing well with, they're struggling with, they're gonna ask questions they might ask on their own, which happens a lot, which leads into the next conversation. And then it just kind of repeats at the quantum level in terms of, like, the next year.

The baseline, that answer to that is they really just have to understand people quite well and be willing and interested to get better at that over time, and they'll get better with reps and practice as well. Hauser, do you use a project management system or spreadsheet in terms of tracking, people's where people are maybe psychologically or in terms of a progress level of achieving things as a way of knowing who's on track and who is most likely to like a scoring system for who's most likely to go from the 9,800 into the 36 k? Not a scoring system, like, verbatim, like, you know, probability chance. But we use, like, close.com. So I just write notes next to people's names if I've chatted with them, or it's just there for me as well, like, if I'm just emailing with somebody.

Oh, where'd you go? So from there too, like, you know, I might create, like, custom lists in there. They're called smart views. That this doesn't have to be done in a software itself. Like, this could just be in a Google Sheet.

We already have it, so that's why I use it. And so, you know, know, that will allow me to, you know, maybe stay in contact with people more frequently. But it's pretty much structured in that way. Yeah. I appreciate the insight, guys.

Thanks for the time. Hi, everyone. I'm in the surfing fitness niche, so I help surfers stay in shape, with at home training systems. The next progression in my business is, surfing trips. Everyone asked for it.

I'm just reaching some numbers constraints because I can't take 50 people surfing at one spot. 20 would be a lot, but manageable. But as the trips get better, the margins go down because the trips are expensive. So I could raise the price for sure, but that that has its limits as well. So I'm wondering if I could do it in groups.

So, like, let's say, first 20 people that sign up to surf together, next 20 or geographically maybe. The only thing that concerns me is is that a logistical nightmare, or does it, like, as you said, hurt the integrity because everyone's paying the same price but getting different experience? So, yeah, that's where I'm stumbling right now, just to keep, like, the profit and my personal enjoyability because I don't wanna be hosting six, eight surf trips all year. Like, I don't, I wouldn't wanna do that. So.

So you wanna do the surf trips. That's what everyone asks for too. Yeah. You wanna scale them, but there's a constraint there. Well, I mean, you've only got a few options.

Like, increase the size of the group that you go surfing with. That will have a limit. Right? Mhmm. Or the frequency of the surf trips.

Simple. Simple. Okay. I just The humans in the ocean on a wave, right? Like there's you've, you can play with time or volume.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Just showing up at some tropical break with a 100 surfers, it wouldn't be a cool experience. I don't think so.

It might be. I don't know. But not for the not for the locals. That's the thing. Crowds, like, getting away from crowds is like the surf trip thing.

Right. So if you show up with a 100 people who are learning. Yeah. Yeah. I wonder I just wonder, like, could you do it back to back?

Like, bring one group in? Like, what's the max size you could take to a break? In my mind, I'm just thinking 20 would work just, like, logistically with, like, surf resorts and, just, like, space. Yeah. So How long are these things?

How many days? A week, usually. A whole week? Yeah. Could you do back to back?

Like I I didn't think of that, but, yeah, I'm certain I could. Yeah. You're surfing. Right? Is it fun?

Oh, yeah. I love to surf, but teaching surfing's a lot of work too. I guess I would probably prefer to do it at the same location back to back, or maybe have a couple days break and then back into it instead of, like, having them all spaced out and especially in different locations. Location is a pain in the ass. Yeah.

Yeah. I never considered that back to back. And one thing, like, I was thinking because 90% of my clients are in California and Australia, so it's, like, really centrally located. So could do, like, California would be easy. Everyone to meet up there and serve lots of places to stay.

But then if we went to Costa Rica, for example, that's when the things get tricky. Right? Because I like I said, I can't bring a huge group to do that. So I don't know. Your idea keep everything the logistics as simple as you can.

Like Mhmm. Do it at the beach and, like, if I was you, I'd, like, live on the beach and do it right in front of my house. That that's actually what I wanna do. I'd buy, like, a, like, a ranch or something on the beach. That'd be the best.

Yeah. Yeah. That's what you my goal would be. Just so that I walk outside and I'm teaching where I surf every day. Man.

So I'm Now you're talking. Well, I'm at home then. That's why I like doing quantum events at my office, because the environment is very familiar. I'm already in I'm already in my zone. I'm comfortable.

I've got everything where I like it, and I don't have to think about anything. I get to sleep in my bed. I wake up. I drive the same way. It's effortless.

Man. Yeah. That sounds awesome, actually. So, yeah, I just I gotta scale the front end so I can buy some oceanfront property. Or even renting, man, like, might be worth it in terms of how it reduces complexity.

Because the the lower the complexity, the more time you've got. The more time you've got, the more people you can sell in. I don't know how many extra clients you'd need to pay for the rent for a beach side property. Plus it would make the experience in marketing way better for the clients if you think about it. No kidding.

Yeah. I love that idea. Yeah. Renting on the beach. That's man, that's something I could do Green.

Quickly. That's something I could do quickly. Yeah. Oh, man. And then you can use it for marketing, and that can get you the capital to buy.

Oh, man. I love where this is going. Yeah. Well, that thing. Cale, do you what's your what's the cost in your program?

So my front end is a thousand dollars one time fee. It's just it's just at home fitness. So I don't have a back end yet. That's all. Yeah.

That's it. So if, you you probably know this, but, like, anywhere where there's surfing, there's obviously a ton of surf schools. The one of the big constraints that they have is they get cannibalized by Groupon because they're like usually, it's like a small surf shop or like, I've got some friends out in Maui that have surf shops, and they're like, man, we're you know, we started giving us surf lessons, and that was our our business. And then they're like, we'll get clients from Groupon, and then Groupon takes half of a 50% discount already. And it just cannibalizes their business, and they get trapped using Groupon because they've got no other way to get it.

And they're busy, but they're not making enough money. Like, if you could, I would call it like an embedding strategy where you basically find a way to have location based or destination based where you're leveraging people who already are good surfers, which is pretty easy to find. Just like go to the beach for a day and be like, hey. Do you wanna make a few thousand bucks, you know, for teaching or finding existing schools? Those guys, I think, would be all over it, man.

I mean, they're, like, you could even take like, one of your trips could be people who are interested in sharing that model of what you're doing, but just in their location. So, like, not a franchise, but kind of a franchise. And then you've got your core group, and you're feeding them customers and business because that's what they can't do. So just a just an idea on that. Happy to collaborate on it, and I've got your first customer for you if you want it.

Cool, man. Yeah. I get, like, surf camps reaching out to me all the time because I have a bit of a following. They're just like, yeah. Bring groups here.

So, yeah, that's on the table for sure. I appreciate that. Mhmm. K. That answers my question.

Lots to think about. Appreciate you guys. Like fun. You should get in that place. Oh, man.

Dude, that sounds like the dream, man. Living on the beach, surfing, making shit tons of money. That's sign me up. Thanks, Sam. Mitch.

Nice. Hey, Sam. Hey, everybody. Great to be here. So, Sam, just to kinda frame out the question a little bit.

We started about twenty fifteen training financial advisors, a six k, one k, you know, one time program. Launched our mastermind shortly after I joined Quantum probably three years ago. We've got about 65 people in our mastermind paying 18,000 a year. Ironically, before you announced the We Tube, I had started what I was calling a mastermind light program to kind of address this one time payment. So it was gonna be 7,200 a year, and it coincided with leaving Facebook, leaving Kajabi, coming over to school.

So now what I've got is a couple people that are in this, like, mastermind light And I've also already announced to my community of, like, 1,200 financial advisors as my niche that I have a new, four point o training coming, which I haven't come out with a new training in about three years. So I did that prior to joining we, YouTube. And kinda my concern now is the people that I announced the new training for, it was gonna be part of their, you know, free. It was a free upgrade to them, essentially. My mastermind light was really the new training plus one hour a week of one on one coaching.

So now I'd like your perspective on if you were in my shoes, where should I kinda what what should I unwind and where should I go from here? Well, what are you trying to do? What's your goal here? My goal is essentially to, I guess, turn really probably get rid of the six ks program and offer a new program at a slightly higher price point, but make it an annual renewal. And, yeah, just move to the subscription model.

Isn't that what you said? You did? I did, but I already announced to 1,200 clients that paid 6 k one time that I was gonna offer this upgrade kind of for free, essentially. Oh, I see. I see.

So it's easy for me now to go to my sales team and say, like, for a year. Maybe you gotta give that a year and then tell them next year that they've gotta change. So it, so maybe everybody in it right now. And I was thinking I do it in waves perhaps, but I give it to them for free for a year. And then my sales team, anybody new coming in doesn't sell, sell the one time six ks program anymore.

They sell the new version. And I don't think I'm gonna call it mastermind light anymore after some of these discussions, but to kind of sell that 7,800 annual renewal program. So you have a you let me understand this. You had a one time program. It was at what price?

6 k. 1,200 people in that over the last five years. For what price? 6,000. Okay.

One time program, 6 k. Then you launched a recurring program at 78. Yep. So why did a thousand people get that for free? They haven't yet.

So I have 1,200 people in my six ks program. Yeah. I have about 65 people in my mastermind, which is 18 ks. Okay. Yeah.

That's 18 ks. And then I like literally two days before I got the YouTube announcement, I had launched this mastermind light, which is the new training and on school, and they were to get a total of, like, fifty hours of one on one coaching with a coach that I brought on. And that was kinda the difference between the free and the mastermind light. And so I just have a few people in that already, but I think what I'm gonna do is really get rid of that and just make my six k program now, like, 7,200 or 7,800 subscription. The current members will get it for free for a year, and then my sales team will only sell that moving forward.

So I really just end up having two products again. But why did you offer these people the new thing that 7,800 for free? That's what I'm trying to understand. Why did you do that? Well, they they only get the training content for free, but what they didn't get was any type of one on one coaching with the team.

That was like, it was basically like, hey. This is model four point o. Like, the first time in two and a half years I've come up with a new training is like the fourth time I've done it now since 2015. And if you just want to be a part of the community and just want the content or the classroom in school, you can get it for free. If you want to be part, if you want one on one coaching, then essentially that's the mastermind light for Oh, and that was the subscription.

Yeah. That's the subscription. And that was 7,800 just for that? Yeah. Okay.

Oh, I see what you've done here. Yeah. So So like I was I was like, I was like, I'm just clean up this a bit. Like, I would I bet you the people have you already made the new content? Yeah.

Well, 90% of it. I've got, like, four videos left. My, yeah. Have you given it to them yet? No.

I don't think it's too late to change your mind here. Because otherwise you are like, this is tricky. My target launch date was always July 1. So I've kind of got and that's I I saw what you did with the We Tube launch. I was like, fuck.

That was brilliant. I should've done something like that. Well, I mean, I I will do something like that based on weeks to content here. But, yeah, I mean, my problem is I'm now selling people into a subscription model for $7,800, and I'm gonna have, like, a flood of people coming in from the six k previous program. Maybe what you can do and you can think about this more.

Right? Because there's a lot of nuance to this, but keep the 7,800 thing 7,800. Have it as a separate product with its own price, not a v four or whatever. Right? So there's no confusion there.

It's totally different. That's why I called it WeTuber instead of uplevel three. Right? And then that way, the only people that are in there get the coaching and the content. It's it comes as a whole package.

There's no splitting of it. Do you know what I mean? Yep. And everyone that's in there is paying per year. Right?

And then maybe what you've gotta do is give the people who were promised an upgrade for free some new content. But don't put them in there with the people paying the subscription because that's just wrong. You know what I mean? Ideally, you wouldn't even give them the new content, but you've already kind of like done something there. Mhmm.

Do you get what I'm trying to say? Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I could keep them separate. I don't wanna really keep Kajabi open and Facebook open though.

I was thinking I could update I could upload some of the new content just into the Kajabi portal, and then everybody knew paying the subscription would be in school, but that just creates more complexity. The main thing you're trying to protect here is the integrity of this new mastermind light. Yeah. You don't want anyone in there that just got it as a free upgrade. Okay.

Yeah. Everyone in there should be paying the same thing with the same, like they should all be in the same situation. That's what makes a mastermind good. Yeah. And there's no splitting of support and content.

It comes as a whole. Right. Okay. Gotta think about how I'm gonna do that, but, yeah, that I think that's that makes sense. Hey, Anton.

If you need to, like, if you get to this and you feel like, oh, I just I just made a mistake. Like, I've gotta get over it. Like, I can't find a way around it. There's a book called, How to Get Anyone to Do Anything by David Lieberman. And he's basically got a chapter in there about, like, how to get anyone to forgive you for anything and some specific phrases that you should use.

And, like, I've I've screwed up a couple deals before where I, like, had to use that and renegotiate, like, really like, 7 figure deals, and it worked, like, and kept the deal intact. So I would think if it would work for that, it might help in this situation. Like, if you just feel like you're just painted into a corner. Cool. So Very good.

Does it work with wives too? Depends on if the wife has read the book. Thanks, guys. I don't let my wife I don't let my wife see that book. Am I up next, Sid?

Yep. Thanks, guys. So my situation and question, I'll just give a real brief overview of my path here. What I am desiring and what I'm specifically looking for are companies to invest in. And what my background is is I ran a digital advertising agency for ten years that focused on scaling.

So we would take Why don't we let's just go straight to questions, and then I can draw from you any context I need to answer. Yeah. So over the past four years, I've been doing, basic like zero out of pocket acquisitions that I learned with Roland Frasier. And, what I've I'm basically trying to do the same thing that, Alex Hormozi is doing, but with paid with paid groups instead of the free, like, big promotion that he's doing. So, like, my focus is like, I think he's making a mistake, to be honest.

So I want, like, the paid mastermind groups. I'm not interested. Ideally, like, I wouldn't have any course content, but I think that's a little bit is essential. So my end goal is to attract companies that have the right structure that I want to invest actual cash into those companies. What I want the groups to be for is for finding, vetting, and training.

I currently do this. I've had as many as seven companies at one time that I've been advised to. The question? The question? Well, the quest the question the question is, I don't have a a course to start with.

I have, companies to start with. And what I'm trying to do is I'm trying to decide, do I start with the high ticket mastermind at, like, a 36,000 or 24,000 or whatever the price point is? Or do I start with, like, a 10,000, 12,000 You start with the front end mastermind. Start with the front end mastermind and then pick and choose people out of that for the back end. Yeah.

If you're starting from scratch, like, always start with the front end, the the up level, the thing that's in between 5 and 10 k. And then once you get about a 100 customers into that and you've got that going, you'll start to see, I call them emergent needs. Right? Like, you see that that as these people succeed, a new set of problems emerge, and a new set of, like, solutions are needed. And the success level of these people has increased, and they're also, like, quite curious about how can I do more and that you can tell?

You can sense it when it's the right time. It happens once you've got about a 100 people in there. That's when you do the back end. Okay. So is there what I've noticed is that you guys have with that front end, like, obviously, you started with the courses, but you I've seen you guys over the years kinda, like, stair step up your pricing.

And I think in one module, you had mentioned that, like, the traffic and funnels guys, like, they started at 3,500, and then they up kept upping it. What's weird is, like, I have this. I pay for masterminds. I pay for these types of programs all the time. I love them.

I personally sell 6 and 7 figure deals, and I have no problem with it. Like, I have a I'm having a hard time on pricing and selling a $10,000 program, and I'm not sure why that is. So it's, you've got a 10 k front end offer. That's, I'm open to pricing it, whatever. I mean, if it's if I start have a hard time to at price at selling something that is priced whatever?

If it's if I'm looking at it like a a five to 10 k type program, I I feel like early on as I'm getting it started, I think I feel a little bit self conscious about only having a few people in the group. I think that's Just just get over it. You've gotta start from one. If that's if that's all it is, then that's fine. Everyone starts with one client.

Yeah. Mhmm. Okay. So just you'd start at the higher price point so that there's I would start at whatever you think is fair and you're confident in. I started at, like, at lower than 5,800.

And also you've got to keep the math in mind, right? Like how many people you want to have in there and what the price point is and how much money you want to make. You gotta keep all that in mind too. But, basically, you're pricing based on what you think is fair, and it has to be make sense for the other person too, the client. Okay.

Okay. So start with, start with the front end mastermind in this instance and price it at a fair price and get over the fact that you will only have a few people. Yeah. Works for me. Thanks.

You're up, Ian. Hello. I I have a question based on sequencing really, where where to dig in to, to to the We Tube stuff. I've I've gone through the first week of training and that kind of thing. Where I am at the moment is I'm in a a b to c.

So I teach beginners who are mature. So it's a hobby to play the guitar. And I have a I have a program that's, I've got about a 160 people in it. They love it. It converts to 50% on the calls, and it's annual reoccurring, and it converts to 50% going into the next year.

The my my concern is I don't have, like, a traffic engine at the moment. I'm not doing I've sort of stopped putting energy into Facebook because I was, not getting customers at the prices that I needed. The price for one year is about a thousand pounds. So I have enough people to begin looking at something like a back end mastermind. But am I just avoiding the issue of I need to get the front turned on?

I'm on my own. I don't have a sales rep or anything like that as well. So time is is a thing. Do you think you could sell it do you think the opportunity is right to start and sell a back end mastermind? I don't see emergent needs and I don't see sort of well, I do see people that are sort of superstars.

Like, they've got exceptional results, but they're not results that qualify them financially. So sometimes they're they're not necessarily people with the money who are doing well. But I think that they it would be good as an experiential thing because it's music. People are playing playing as a hobby in their bedrooms and stuff like that. And it would be a bit like, I think it was Keel with the surf stuff.

It would be an opportunity to play with a band and do, like, a band count for a week where they do a gig at the end, that kind of thing. Yeah. We've got people in Quantum that are doing music, heavy metal, things like that. And backing masterminds work for them too. It's just getting together with other people as obsessed as them that's the value.

Okay. Are they are we talking about people who are doing it for for, like, a hobby for fun? Even that, that works too. Okay. Cool.

Because I've I've seen some some people, and they're they're doing higher end than just just beginners. But I think that they would like it, and I think they'd be really up for it. It's just what I should be spending my energy on, whether I should be fixing paid traffic and people coming in because it's just organic at the moment. I think we've seen this in quantum. Like, a lot of the time people have a problem with the front end machine.

Right? Yeah. But by selling a back end thing, because they can and the situation's right, they make way more profit without the need for more traffic, which is really what they're looking for. More money, makes you relax more and everything. It's good.

And then you can get back to your problem. Right? And you can fix that. You'll have to fix that anyway. But this other thing will probably it doesn't it will work and make you more profit without this needing to be fixed.

Do you know what I mean? Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Perfect.

Yeah. Can I ask you about price then? Because at the moment, my front end is £1,000 a year, which is much lower than you recommend. Is it realistic that I could, with a balance of organic on YouTube and my email list and paid YouTube ads, is it realistic that I could acquire customers at that price? On my calls, I'm converting at 50%.

At what price? £1,000 for one year. Yeah. But is it realistic that you could convert at that price? What is that price?

You're thinking of increasing your price. Right? I'm I guess I'm asking whether I should be looking at doing that, but I I think I I'm not being clear. Whether whether I should whether, I'm asking whether it's realistic with YouTube advertising to acquire customers when they're paying only a thousand pounds for the year. It's a book a call funnel.

Right, Ian? Yes. Yeah. I mean, with YouTube ads, you're gonna get calls booked for anywhere from a 100 to $250 depending on how good your messaging, your creative, your funnel is. Right?

So if you're closing at 50%, you get, I'd best case scenario, right, right out the gate, a $100 for a booked call. It's 10 calls. Close five. Five x ROI. Right?

5,000. Spend a thousand, make 5,000. Is that realistic? I would never say that that's realistic right off the gate, obviously. It's gonna take some money.

It's gonna take some testing. But I would much prefer you raise the price. I don't think a thousand's too low because that's what, like, $12.12 yeah. A thousand 250 USD. I would want that to be, I mean, just for margins here, just for the cost of advertising now, you would want it to be, I would just double it honestly, 2,500.

That's just me being the advertiser obviously being on the front end to make the margins work if it was me. I'm not familiar with the space that you're in. I do know that clients and other masterminds that I'm a part of that do sell similar guitar coaching, with paid ads, specifically YouTube ads, they sell packages for $4,000. So I know it's possible, but I don't know the mechanics of the offer exactly. So Okay.

Thank you. So it would be putting energy into so, Sam, you're you're saying, yeah, start a mastermind. And, Brian, you're saying double your prices and experience I would listen to Sam for starting the back end mastermind first. But if you wanted to run the front end to get more lead flow, I would advise doing what I suggested. Yeah.

Because I need to do five. Okay. Thank you. Yeah. That that that's really helpful.

I will get to work. Hey, guys. So right now, I have a, a marketing agency. We cater to aesthetics, and medical aesthetics. And, we do consulting for a really large aesthetic training company, and they have we're probably doing probably doing about a million dollars a month in training for for them.

And, we run all their marketing. So something that really kind of, like, hit me is Exhausture Organic. Now we have a great relationship with them, and we don't have to put any additional ad spend in something if we do a free upfront course to all of the new injectors that are getting into the space. And I consult on this all the time. It's part of my agency.

We sell a couple different types of one on one training modules where I spend way too much time with people and it's killing me. So I wanna turn this into something where I can actually, offer it to all of their students. So we're we're probably getting anywhere from four to 500, leads every, you know, every week or so. So there if there's something that I can exhaust, it's that. Would it make sense to do something?

I know that it's kind of frowned upon to do a free course, but it would it make sense in this scenario because I don't have ad costs to do kind of a lead in forty five minute indoctrinate them into my front end course and then have the back end? Because the back end, it's set. Like, I could I could pull people into that. What are you trying to get here? Are you trying to get front end client clients or back end?

I want I want front end because in in in our industry Why don't you just market and sell people that directly? Like, not through them? Like, actually run ads for it? Well, you were talking about doing some free course or something? Yeah.

Like, it's so so basically attaching it so that that way, they kind of get indoctrinated in our thought process as to what they need to do to be successful. Other than that, you just be direct. Say, this is the product. This is what it is. This is what it's for.

This is what you get. Buy it. Okay. Alright. That was my question, guys.

That's it. Cool. Alright. Thanks. Hey.

What's up, guys? Nice to meet you. Nice to be a part of our group. My question is, is twofold. So we run, on a coaching program for entrepreneurs who wanna get in shape.

Currently offer it at 7 and a half k for sixteen weeks for and 17 and a half k for the year. And, based on this model of we two, I've been just, thinking that, number one, changing the actual model to offer the front end for 9 k for the entire year and then to upsell, well, not upsell them, but to send them into the higher end mastermind for about 36 ks. So it's kind of like a change of model question. If you're in my shoes offering what I'm offering, what would you do? Yeah.

This is cool because you've basically got what we have. It's just cut in a different way. Like, you've got a you've got basically got one mastermind, but you can either be in it for six months or a year. So, yeah, you need to just pull them apart. So like, it could be 18 and seven still, but they're separate groups and they're doing different things.

Or at the same time, you could change the price up a bit. 7 to 9 isn't a big jump, especially since they get an extra six months. Right? But 17 to 36 is a big jump. Maybe you want to do that a little bit more incremental.

You can get to 36, right? But I'm just thinking there it's the same duration. That's a big jump all of a sudden. The other one, seven to nine, makes sense because they're doubling their time. But maybe you want to put that one at like if you if you think you can do 36, do it.

But maybe consider something in between. I don't know. Whatever you're confident with. I I was thinking, nine for the year and ascend to 30 for the, for the second or mastermind. Right?

Exactly what you guys are doing right now with b two to quantum. Yeah. Now I have another question in regards to that, which is, like, fitness can be redundant because everyone's doing it to lose weight. So once they lose weight, especially for entrepreneurs, they feel like we're done. So I was feeling like the second mastermind can be more expansive where we work on business, health, and also say, like, relationships and growth.

What would your opinions on that be, in terms of, like, how to sell it? And and, yeah, just in general, like, to expand the the reach or the content, so to speak, and the things that we talk about. Yeah. I think it there's no end to high performance. Right?

It's not just about losing weight. Then there's, like, you can get into full blood panels and, you know, you can get into all sorts of things. And I think they'd see a lot of value in just hanging out with other people too that are at their level that care that much about high performance. But I wouldn't add anything in, like, that's separate, like, relationships unless you see a need first. Be careful with that that you you just bring the people together and then you see what they need and you give it to them.

You don't try to, like, add without attaching it to a need. Yeah. Gotcha. Beautiful. Alright.

Thank you so much, guys. I really appreciate your insight. Cool. Thanks. Kyle.

Hey, guys. Sam. Love your stuff, man. Sam, I've got a question more around business model similar to what we just heard. I've got a program, so it's it's 17 old, been around.

It's it's got a mastermind kinda feel to it. It's a software business coaching software with a community combined. And it's seventeen years. I got a thousand clients active. I I just say that that it's a going concern and it's working.

I don't wanna break something that's, you know, that I wanna fix somebody that's not broken kind of thing. So my my thought was, that I was gonna create a two pronged mastermind that was gonna be like a niche within, which is gonna be how to run live events. So I've got my existing thing. I would go to my existing clients and say, do you want to run live events? They join that mastermind.

Those that started to do it, and as demand was required, I would build a higher level quantum version of that. And then I would also use the the lower end mastermind to run live events as a front end, to bring them into my my existing thing. So I've got one program right now, and I was looking to add, two, which is gonna be live events, which is a niche and a need within what we do. Have thoughts on that, follow? I know I'm confused.

Okay. What clients Instead of asking for thoughts, like, what what do you wanna know? Like, what's the question? Should have you seen a niche to mastermind work within an existing model? What does that mean?

Okay. So biz my clients are business coaches and a percentage of them want to run live events. So I wanna create a two pronged mastermind around the live events. But I'd be changing What is a two pronged mastermind? The what you have.

Oh, okay. Yes. Sorry. Yeah. Does anyone know what I still don't understand.

Well, it's a niche rather than go to my like, changing my existing business model and running this the two masterminds, I'd be continuing my existing program and then having a a niche program within it, which would be just live events. Running live events successfully, which is the best way for a business coach to have success. Okay. So you just wanna create two masterminds, a front end and a back end one on the topic of running live events? Yes.

Yeah. What why not do that? Well, because would you go to the existing model and, you know, would you go to the like, have you seen that work where some model is your clients? Is that No. Yeah.

The existing client is the program that's a community with software. Okay. So you've got a bunch of people paying for community and software. Yep. And you've seen a need for events.

Yep. Maybe to keep it simple, just start with one mastermind offer. Yep. The back end probably. Yep.

And if the hook for that is live events, then and if it would be perfect if it was live events where you teach people the benefits of running live events that has a lot of, like, consistency. And start just with that and upsell people from that one to that one. And forget about the front end. This thing is basically your front end mastermind if you think about it. The software and the community.

Yeah. Okay. Yeah. Alright. Well, that's okay.

That's what I was thinking. Yeah. I was gonna get it going, and then the more expensive higher level one would come after where the need was needed. So, yeah, we're on the we're on the same page. Okay.

So set it up, and we'll see how she goes. Okay. That's cool. Cool. Clear there, Sam.

Allison. Hi, Sam. Can you hear me? Yep. Awesome.

Thank you for this, and, looking forward to it. My questions basically revolve around I'm thinking through my offers, like, front end and back end. And for the front end offer, I think that's what we'll probably, be focusing on here on the back end more just kind of visualizing what's possible. But currently, I have, like, around only, like, six, seven students in my program, and we kind of have, a mastermind style, I feel as it is. On our calls, they're video calls, around, like you know, it's it's really tight.

Four Four to six people show up, and we get a lot done. The people that do show up, that value it. And the rest of the people, don't value it as much. Ideally, I would like to keep my current group and just get them on a reoccurring, fee and call it a mastermind. I don't know if you would recommend that I start a new group to call it a mastermind, how I would actually differentiate the value.

But, yeah, the desired situation is to have a reoccurring fee. Right now, it's just a 2 k one time price. I think I can charge more based off what has been involving in the music industry and, also because, I think maybe that'll also help with more people valuing what we're doing. But I think you can I think you can probably convert your current group to just subscription? Okay.

And, Sid, can you send Allison Maria's letter? Yeah. I do that. There's this girl that's in Quantum. She had a one time group like yours.

She just wrote a letter to them about why it needs to be subscription, and everyone changed. Okay. Cool. Provided there's good reasons for it, like, people are alright. And if you give them more, like and they get results, like, it's better for them.

You know what I mean? Mhmm. Yeah. Okay. So transition the current group.

Do you think that it's necessary to have some sort of launch with new content or anything like that to help frame the value? Or No. How many people are in this? 67. Yeah.

Not necessary to relaunch it or anything. I would just make sure you communicate it well and convert everyone. Mhmm. And then I would focus on selling new people in at and redo your marketing and everything around this being a mastermind. Redoing the messaging and selling it in.

But first of all, convert everyone in it. Okay. And then regarding pricing, I'm way off from your recommended five to 10 k. Just based the people who are a good fit don't have any resistance to the pricing. That doesn't mean that I convert high because I get a lot of leads that aren't qualified.

So I think that I can charge more for for pricing. But do you think that I should to start things off, like, especially converting people that are already in the group? What do you think you can charge for new people if it's subscription? Like, I'm not saying it would be easy, but I think 5 k is possible. I know that there's, like, groups for, like, musicians that are But forget about my range.

My range is just the range. Right? It's, like, not very scientific. What number seems right to you? You must have some number in mind with that you're like, yeah.

That's right. Mhmm. I would be look confident at 3,500. Okay. So give part of selling these existing people in in on subscription is telling them that you'll grandfather them in at two.

Okay. Right? Yeah. And then make it 35 for everyone new. That'll help get everyone happy about the subscription at two.

You know what I mean? Cool. Cool. Okay. So that helps them feel more special.

Okay. I appreciate that. If there's a moment, if there's still time here, when it comes to visualizing a back end offer, I'm just having a hard time I don't think the time is right yet, but just visualizing it. The income potential for the musicians I work with with the offer that we're doing, I don't think support's, like, an expensive, like, all whatever You'll know when it's stolen. But yeah.

So, like, I'm just wondering if the back end offer if I should sell a bigger vision. Because right now, booking gigs, which is what I help musicians do, they can, make 5 k a month. And then, you know, if you're really have a super awesome offer, like, maybe 10. But, you know, a bigger vision that musicians have is building a fan base, and I kinda see these things working cohesively together at some point with the the clients that they work with. So I don't know if you think I should sell a bigger vision for a mastermind ultimately or if that's not complicate things.

I should just stick with what I already have. Of work just converting the current people to subscription and then increasing your price and then redoing all of the messaging and marketing and fixing the front end thing first. Right? Mhmm. Then get it up to about a 100 clients.

And I'm sure now that you've got back end mastermind in mind, you're subconsciously gonna be looking for it. Do you know what I mean? Like and it will pop out at you sometime soon. I'm sure. Awesome.

No. Thank you so much. And maybe this will be answered, like, in the coming, weeks, so we don't need to dive into it. But, like, is there a specific timeline that people should enroll into the like, if I'm converting the current members into subscription, should I just, like, do it a year after they, like I just try and understand the timeline. Because for example, someone just bought and then, like, getting them on I think the way you make it fair is, like, one year from the announcement.

For each person individually? Yeah. So everyone that's currently in there, the day you announce it is when it will be next year. So they've got a year. Mhmm.

Right? And that way, if someone just joined, it's alright. And if someone joined a year ago, well, they're they're definitely alright. And they're getting grandfathered. And then eventually, you can move them up, like, years later.

Right? Like, you can but, yeah, that'll keep them happy for now. Okay. That's perfect. Thank you so much.

Hey, guys. Nice to hear. Nice to nice to see you. So I'm I'm curious about your profit share approach. So first question would be, like, do you use any type of of base salary or just profit share?

We just do profit share. Okay. And then how do you distribute this, profit share pool? Like, it's let let's say you have five people on on the team, so each gets 20%? Or So most of it goes to, like, account managers, like the people doing the selling and the account management.

Right? Yeah. That's basically how it works. I mean, when we hit all of our targets, those guys can make, like, 500 k a year. Yeah.

Okay. And the other ones, like, it's it's like, I don't know, certain percent every month or? Yeah. It's a smaller percent and those people get paid a base as well. Yeah.

It's just really the sales rep slash account managers that are on like pure commission and the other people in the team are on a on a base, and then they get a smaller percentage, and that still adds up to a decent income. But it's based the people that are driving the revenue in these companies are the people that are selling an account manager. Yeah. Okay. Okay.

And are you included in this, 40% profit share pool or no? I'm not. Cool. I get the profit that's left after the profit share. Yeah.

Sure. Okay. Cool. Thank you very much. Cool.

What's up, Sam? Hey. Couple quick questions for you. So if our mastermind has a one year access and the client doesn't remove, renew, do we remove them from school, or is it just possible to remove them from the calendar and community only? Remove them from everything.

Got it. Okay. And then sometimes, question two, sometimes on sales calls, we get objections that people only want, like, one aspect of our offer, like just the ads training or the VA placement. Is that how we're communicating our offer? What what do you mean?

It's, if they're only interested in one part of the offer, they say, oh, I just want the ads training, for example. Can I just get access to that? Or is that No. No. Got it.

Yeah. I'm sure. Like, what do you do, Hauser and Dre, when people are doing that? Yeah. Like, it I think it depends, number one, like, how that came up.

Ideally, they shouldn't be focused on that at that point in the call, or there's too many features that were communicated to them, like features that are not relevant. So example, if you're talking to somebody about your six week program or six week, training in a twelve month mastermind, whatever it is, if you know that person from everything you've done or had the conversation with on the call is just looking for Facebook ad stuff, when you talk about your six weeks together, the majority of it should be about Facebook ads. Because what you can always do if they love that idea and it's the right fit for them when they sign up is say, hey. You're gonna see some other things here. It's gonna talk about x.

It's gonna talk about y. It's gonna talk about z. For you, to hit your goal, just go through this week five video wise. Don't touch anything else. With the six weeks, come to these calls, and we'll focus on these things.

So that's why you can share, like, that upfront. And then what Sam said, like, if it does come up, though, it's just kinda like, you know, we we can't offer that. So that's why it's important in, like, part 12 of the script, to really talk about their product hardness, solve their problems specifically based on the recon, the q and a at the beginning. Right? Yeah.

David, what do you do? Sure. Set the expectations correctly about what's in the program. I always put it on paper. So I'll send an email when I'm closing the deal, and everything will be written down clearly of what's included and what isn't.

So they don't come back around and say, where's this? Where's that? Got it. Would that could that be like an agreement? Do you use agreements?

I think you just might be just not you might be letting people do this to you, which sounds kind of weird, but, like, if like, we're not I didn't even think about splitting my product up. Right? Like and we never would. And I would almost I'd just say no. Like, straight away, just one word.

And I think they would sense very quickly, like, okay. This is this doesn't happen. Do you know what I mean? Like, you might be just thinking about it too much, and it's just a it's just a no. Mhmm.

Mhmm. Got it. That makes sense. Thanks, guys. Hey, guys.

Just a quick question. We've only sold 20 people into our course, while transfer transferring from the done with you sorry, done for you. Most of them, though, pay between 1 k to 3 k. At the first five, we're, like, 1 k to 2 k. Next 15, we're 2 k to 3 k.

Should we go straight for the 5 k and don't offer, like, any lower price? What do you think? What are you saying? I think we could, but a lot of the newer agents that come to us on the, sales calls, they probably are gonna get disqualified. So it's gonna cut, like the amount of sales we do in the next month might only be, like, I don't really know.

Should we just kinda, like, bite the bullet and try to find more qualified, like, sales meetings? Or Well, you just don't know until you try. Mhmm. So I think you should probably try. My only argument for pitching lower at the beginning was, to put more people through the process since we're figuring out the done done with you, the the mastermind.

So if we put more people through the process, we'll understand it better, you know, more feedback. But is that even a failure? And we're getting good feedback from one q to people that are paying within that price point, but our ideal client should be paying, like, five q plus because because I think we can utilize more parts of the product. Your your language, even ideal client, really, you should only be working with your ideal clients. So I think the price point is a really good thing that you'll do that will just make that happen.

That's what I did with consulting.com in December last year. I was like, I had to restructure the whole thing, and I thought I just don't wanna work with beginners anymore at all. And I was like, I don't wanna help anyone find their niche. So I don't wanna help people that just can't even, like, get motivated to do anything. But I just I just I just thought, who do I wanna actually help?

And then I was like, what are the criteria for them? And then I thought, well, what what's the price point? How many clients do I need? I designed something that was exactly what I wanted, and then I just had enough confidence in that to just let go of everything and just go all in on that. And it worked.

All of a sudden, something very interesting happens when you when you do this. It's like an intention thing. Right? We started attracting everyone that was the right fit almost right away. They just, like, came out of the woodwork.

I didn't even know they were on our list. I didn't even know they were on my YouTube. I just said what I wanted, and those people were drawn to it and everyone else wasn't. So I think you should do that. Gotcha.

Yeah. That makes sense. It feels like we don't have enough qualified, sales calls to support making those five k deals. And I think it's because our traffic source is cold emails, so we have a lot of low quality, like, people coming in. You know?

A lot of this is like you do what you want and figure it out after that. Right? If you're always gonna be looking at like, oh, what's my call volume? What's my call conversion rate? What's my traffic?

You'll never change. It's like a leap of faith. Cool. You can always go back, remember, if it's a total disaster. Like, what's the worst case scenario?

Break even. Yeah. Well it doesn't work and you go back to doing what you were doing and it works the same. Right. But if you never try you never know and then you're always just dealing with your non ideal clients, which is suboptimal.

Got it. Makes sense. Yeah. Was this first call good? Cool.

Yes. Thank you. Very good. Yeah. Good stuff.

Yeah. But I guess too many stories and not so many questions. Yeah. I'll get more ruthless. I'll just start being start pushing for questions.

The key is question first, and then let me pull the context. Instead of dumping me all the context and then getting to a question do you know what I mean? Because I only it's at the moment that I hear what the question is, that I know what context I need. And I can't store five minutes of stuff in my head, all of it, by the time I get to the question, I don't even know which parts I should have stored. So it's just way more efficient if question comes first, then I pull the things, and then we can have the answer real quick.

I think people will learn. It'll get better. Because I think we could have it done, like, in maybe one hour. Maybe two. Yeah.

That would be good. Yeah. Cool. Well, thanks, everyone. I'll see you is it, like, tomorrow?

Yes. I'll see you tomorrow. Speak soon. Sounds good. Thanks, Sam.

Thanks, guys.

# Collab call recording #2

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week One - Model, offer, and mindset
- Duration: 124 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/02d0cfe4-5afe-41b8-b455-9ac3ded83fdd

---


JC and Hausa joining today, Sid? Yeah. They're joining. I think they might have a chat session. But Oh, okay.

Yeah. They yeah. They're they're there. Cool. Alright.

We'll go ahead and get started anyway. So before we start this one, I just had a few notes to kind of go over. I'll just share my screen. That's probably the easiest way. Can you see this?

Yep. Cool. So yeah. Just real quick on asking questions. So So when asking a question, just ask the question.

And then that way, like after I hear your question, I'll pull the context that I need to answer it. I think what was going on a lot yesterday was people were just sharing context, context, context, context. And then finally getting to the question. By the time I hear the question, I, I don't even, I even, I'm not able to remember all of that context and I might not need most of it. And it's just really hard on my brain to, to do things that way.

It's best if you just ask the question, then I'll pull the context I need from you to answer it. And that way we can move quickly and be really efficient. And if you have a tendency to ramble, just write your question out before you say it. So like sometimes I think people's thoughts are kind of chaotic and they need some text can, can calm the mind a little bit, and then read it to me And then it'll you know, we'll get along better. And then so that's on questions.

But then for format, so there's a few different types of, like, formats we wanna test throughout YouTube. So yesterday we tried the grid view with like sequential hand raising for questions. And it kind of worked, but it's also kind of boring. It's like just a queue of people, like asking questions just for me and like a massive audience watching. And it's like, I don't know, it just it doesn't seem that fun, and it seems kind of boring.

And so that's what we did yesterday. Today, what I want to try is grid view with open format for questions, collaboration, and discussion. I think this this leaves room for, like, emergent ideas in a it just leaves room for, like, emergent stuff and like improvisation and collaboration. Because sometimes you hear someone say something and then you, you've got something you can add to that, and then someone might have a question that's related to that and then they get to ask it right there instead of having to join the back of a line. You know what I mean?

So we're gonna try this out today. So we're not gonna do any hand raising today. We'll just use our senses. Like, you know, we're all like adults. I'm sure we can figure out, like, how to find a time to speak and who to who can speak at what time, things like that.

We can always revert back to the hand thing if we have to. I just wanna see what it's like. And then to like, next week, I wanna try a webinar format where the WeTube team's video is showing. So, like, Jesse, how's it, Ray, Brian, Miesed, and then we'll just have everyone else on like audio and chat and we'll see how that goes. I think my computer lagged there.

What did did you hear me? Last thing was that we need to do a webinar. I am. So next week, we're gonna try a webinar format where the We Tube team's video shows, but other members will just use audio and chat. We'll try that one, and then we can just see which one works best, and we can kind of vote on it.

And then just a few notes. Be brief and snappy. Like, get to the point. We had 50 plus business owners listening yesterday, and we've got a lot to cover, and we need to move fast, and let's keep the energy. This shouldn't be a draining experience.

Like, we should leave these calls energized, not like, yeah. And then, yeah, we need to try to keep these calls at two hours and this is a beta. So let's think about how we can improve the calls and then share your feedback. And then we'll keep testing and iterating to find what works best. And the good thing about this is that once we find something that really works, you can use this in your own groups since we're all here doing the same thing.

You know, like, I'm you're gonna have to do what I'm doing. And like, we're all peers basically. So the better we can make this together, the better it is for everyone. And then I've just got two quick questions for you. The first one was like, how was yesterday's call for you?

I think it was great. I think it was really insightful. I think like Sam mentioned, it was very honed in on Sam answering all these questions, but I think that was somewhat inevitable maybe for that first call, whether it's starting. But I think now evolving today, it does make sense to, have less of a military style, hey, who's asking questions in a row. We're all jumping on quickly trying to get our questions in, and it's a bit more collaborative.

I think taking it down a notch and and going ahead with that. But yesterday's call, I think it was fantastic. I think combining that with the community, I think very quickly, a lot of people are asking themselves a lot of questions and maybe a little bit anxious in some things, but that that's all normal. I think that's just something that people just gotta let flow, and that that's a good sign. And then the suggestion I have is possibly ask some poll questions upfront depending on different categories, different things.

And based on the responses, then you can see where people's questions are or their questions are. I'm sorry. I'll do it based on that. Got it. Cool.

And then, yeah, I guess we don't know what format is going to be best. So I don't know why I'm asking this one right now, but we'll try all three of these and then we'll use which one we like the best or we might invent another one. So that's that, I'm just going to add this to my YouTube folder. Cause I'm probably going to use it again. Then like David was just saying, like some people are anxious and that's normal cause it's new.

So it was, you know, like in one of the modules in week one on it was called offer, I said frustration is the, is where innovation begins basically. Right? And so I could sense that a lot of people kind of like frustrated or anxious or like, and I, and from that, I kind of took it away and I sat with it for a bit and I was like, what is it? And it really showed me that there's a module missing from week one. It's, it was like a bug, basically, if we think about this as like a piece of software.

And really the module was, needs to be called 1.5 converting to the new model. Cause I kind of shared here's this new model. Here's why it's good and all of this. But then everyone was like, how do I convert what I've got to that? And and that created quite a bit of frustration.

So I came up with this. It's just one page. This is gonna be a module I'll record it after this. It'll be added to WeTribe today. But do you wanna, do you mind if I run through this now?

Just because I think this is still relevant. Go through it. Sure. Please. Cool.

Yeah. One thing I noticed was that some, like, important notes, like, you don't try to build everything at once. You build this in stages, like, piece by piece. You know, I shared the whole model, like, the back end mastermind, the front end mastermind, the team, the YouTube channel, the YouTube ads. Like that's a lot of stuff, you know, just hiring one person and getting them onboarded and trained is like a decent amount of work.

And building a back end mastermind is a big task. Building a front end mastermind is a big task. Building a YouTube channel is a big task. Getting YouTube ads to work is like a big task. It you'll honestly, like, go mad if you just try to do all of that at once now, especially by yourself.

Like, it takes time, and you need to, like, you know, just break it down and do it piece by piece. And then I think people need to set, like, some accurate expectations. To perfect this model, it it will honestly take more than a year to like to get it to the point that we've got it at now, where it's producing the numbers it's producing. If someone's very close to that, then they can probably get it there in a year. But to, just to build a team that, that can kind of run things and to get a mastermind to a 100 people and have it run really well.

Like these, these things take time and they can't like, they don't happen overnight. So it takes, it takes time and you've got to be patient. And then really the, what you need to run through in your head is like, first and foremost, you need to decide what you want to build. It's the that was my whole intention with week one. I wanted to, like, show you the whole all of the, like, architecture and blueprints I basically had for my company.

And my intention there was that that would inspire you to make one of those for yourself, But I noticed what a lot of people did was just try to fit their things into mine. And then they were anxious about how they would build that right now. So you, you needed to decide what you want to build, then make a plan to build it. And the plan you need to think through the sequencing. What thing comes first?

Then when am I going to do what thing and how long will it take? What thing has to be built before another thing can be built and how long it's going to take? And then you need to just start doing it one thing at a time, which, you know, this sounds like common sense, but common sense isn't common practice a lot of the time. And as you run into obstacles, ask for help in the community, collab calls, or from friends in this group. Like, you can post in the group and just say, hey.

I'm currently trying to do this, but I'm struggling with it because of this. Does someone want to jump on a call with me and brainstorm with each other? Sometimes you just need to get out of your own head and you need someone else's eyes to look at it. And then they can just get you unstuck. That just hearing another person's perspective or having a, like, one on one with someone else can really help.

And then where do you start? So I noticed a lot of people were thinking, do I start with, like, the front end mastermind or the back end mastermind? If you're starting from scratch, like let's say you've got nothing, you would start with the front end mastermind, which would be your like We Tube, right? Something in between five and ten ks. You always start with that one.

And then how do you know when it's time to start a back end mastermind? So typically most of these things are true. These are the things that typically happen which kind of give you signal that it's the right time. So you've got a 100 plus paying customers in a program like We Tube, and you have star students with amazing results, and they have new emergent needs that need solving. Because, you know, as you become more successful in pretty much everything, a new landscape of problems emerges.

And you're often the better you get the more problems you experience. So like, you know, the more successful you get the more problems you have, which is kind of interesting. And there so as you have successful students, they will have new problems, and you'll probably notice that those problems are kind of outside the scope of your current course. For example, high like, most of what we talk about in quantum is honestly about vision, team hiring culture, and getting things off your plate. Right?

It's we don't really talk much about ads or picking a niche or things like that. It's all about that higher level stuff, and that wasn't solved in uplevel or We Troop or whatever. So, like, those are the emergent needs that mostly we solve in quantum. Also, how to, like, pay less tax, because as these people start making a lot of money, taxes is huge. And they've expressed interest in working with you at a higher level.

Now they're not going to state this specifically. They're not going to say like, hey. I want a mastermind from you, Sam. Please sell me one. It won't be that direct.

They'll just be frustrated about some problems that aren't solved in your course, and they might kind of be asking you about them and they're just they're frustrated in some way, or they're struggling with a new set of problems that you haven't addressed in your current course. That's what I mean by they've expressed interest in working with you. Another sign is that they might have bought some of your star students might have purchased something from someone else who is offering a higher level of support. So at that point they're like, they have the problem, they're problem aware, and they're actually solution aware, and they seek the outer solution. Right?

So that's another signal. And you should look at what they're getting from other people, and then that's probably what they would have bought from you if you if you had it. So that's like how you know when it's time to start a back end mastermind. I'm guessing most people in WeTru won't be ready for this. Most people are probably going to be starting with a front end mastermind, and they're probably in this this scenario here.

So what if you already have a course, but it's not time to start a back end mastermind. Right? So you're not starting from scratch, but you also don't have this. So you're like, you're you're faced with this situation where you have to convert your current thing into a front end mastermind somehow. So like, how would you go about that?

Well, if is ask yourself these questions. Is the course new and small? If it is, then you should consider transitioning your customers to annual per year billing. Right? Because the content's fresh, the relationship you've got with them is new, they're excited, and it's it's probably you're still kind of in beta if you think about it, and it's easy to change things when you're in this situation.

And to help you with this, there's this girl in quantum called Maria, and she converted her course to subscription, and she shared her exact letter with us here. She's in the Spanish niche, and so this was originally in Spanish, and now it's been converted to English. So when you read this, you've got to keep that in mind. It reads it's perf it makes perfect sense, but you know, if you notice a few things that are a little bit weird, it's because it's been translated. But she basically wrote a letter to all of her customers and told them why, why she thinks they need to transition to annual billing.

And she stated lots of stuff here. I'm gonna share with share this with you, but she made this up all on her own. She heard what I was doing, like selling We Tube and moving from selling uplevel. She had an uplevel type course and then she heard what I was doing in We Tube. And without me telling her what to do, she just came up with this on her own and she converted like people over and it was very successful.

So yeah, you can check this out for yourself and maybe you want to follow a an approach like this. Another option is you can consider keeping your current customers on one time billing and just the new ones get per year billing. This is an option that I'm not so fond of, honestly, but if you don't have the guts to go with Maria's option, then I guess this one is better than nothing. But if your course isn't new or small, let's say it's like uplevel, it's about four years old and it's big. It's probably due for an update anyway, and you should consider launching a completely new product.

That way there's no confusion. Instead of calling this up level three point o, it was called WeChat. So that might be a good opportunity for you to transition from, like, a course to a mastermind by just launching a new product. Am I making sense with this? Okay.

Is this helpful? Very. You're Sam, you're answering my question I was gonna ask. It was yeah. Good.

So you've got a Sam, can I can I ask a question about this? Yeah. Yeah. Go for it. If you have an uplevel style program, but it's annually reoccurring, are there other core changes that you feel are important to make before moving on?

Well, then you've got you've got a front end mastermind, basically. Okay. Thank you. That's cool. And, Sam, if you're if you're gonna go back to your your current list, I like that you just asked them to you're changing the pricing to annual.

My course is two and a half years old. Do I need to add new content in there? You know, just to to help, like, market it and sell it to my current lists. Like, what would you suggest there? I think that's the wrong way to go about that thought process.

Really it's like, what's missing? So in Uplevel, we noticed we taught Facebook ads, right? We noticed that Facebook ads were not working as well as before. We also taught a lot of organic, like, direct outreach methods for getting clients, like basically spamming people on Facebook and LinkedIn. And that wasn't working so well anymore.

And just selling high ticket courses in general was harder since I'd last made that course. That was those were the main things I noticed. And so then, you know, they were like gaps, I guess. And I noticed that customers were buying YouTube courses from other people. Customers were outright asking like can you make a YouTube training and all of this.

In Quantum I started to notice people were having success with YouTube more than Facebook And I noticed that masterminds were becoming like easier to sell than pro than courses or programs. And I basically noticed all of those things. And I also noticed that people had more fun making masterminds, running masterminds, and the recurring revenue element was huge, which I noticed from my own experience in running consulting.com. Like, I noticed that, you know, we only have six people now, and our revenue you know, at one point we made 36,000,000 a year. Now we make, like, 7 or something, but the net profit we make is more now than it was then.

And we used to have 50 people, and now we've got six. So and really the big a big driving force of that is like YouTube organic and email newsletters. Like, getting as many clients from organic as possible. YouTube is a great asset. And also selling a mastermind because it's recurring revenue.

Like, those were the main things. So from to kind of answer your question, like I noticed there were these problems. I noticed all of these signals and I had experienced certain things myself in my own experience and in my observation of others. And I took all of that together and created conceptually what I thought the new product should be. And that was a great time to convert.

Does that make sense? Yeah. Yeah. For sure. And I know with with, our current program there, people have said, like, you know, we would like to see this or that.

So, I think it might be more compelling to just create a like you're saying, a new product so that you can enroll I can enroll my current 150 people in to that reoccurring model. Yes. Right? So but Yeah. Well, it it sounds like your course isn't new or small, and it sounds like there is some pieces missing, and it's due for an update anyway.

Yeah. And and I'm I'm gonna do the, you said, you know, do one thing at a time, so I'm gonna focus on the back end first, creating that back end mastermind. Yeah. If the opportunity is right for a back end mastermind, definitely do it first. I guess, wait.

If I'm enrolling people, like, can they just join at any time of the year and it's just like a rolling twelve months rolling twelve months forward? For the back end? Sorry. I missed that line cut off. For the back end mastermind?

Yeah. For the back end mastermind. Yeah. Is there a winchable time when they can enroll per year or or Yeah. You you won't be able to fill your mastermind up straight away.

Like, it it's something that feeds off the front end, but if you've already had a front end, there's already something there to get it started. Right? But it's going to require scaling your new front end to fill up your back end. You're just trying to get as many people into the back end from your current front end as you can right now. Then you get it out of your head, and then you put your focus on scaling the front end.

Makes sense? Yeah. Makes sense. And then I guess the the current, clients that I have, like, whoever I can get from there and convert them into the back end, do you suggest them going to email list and, like, I I have a Facebook group, like, over 4,000 people, and I get a lot of leads from there too. So maybe Yeah.

And I'm gonna talk about that in week two when we talk about launching. But basically what I did when I launched WeTube, I started with the up level customer list first. Because those, I start with the hottest audience first and then work out. Right? So I started with them.

Then I went to email list and then I went to in my whole YouTube audience. I posted the video on on YouTube. And so eventually the message got out to everybody in my in my audience, but I started with the hottest segment and worked out. Yeah. Okay.

Just a side question. How many people on your email list? I'm just curious. What'd you say? Well, there's that we can actually email probably about 400,000.

Okay. Yeah. Not bad. Yeah. Thanks.

It's 1,300,000, but with most of them aren't engaged. So we can only email 400,000 and of that probably only about a 100,000, like open or click in the last, like, few months. As your list gets bigger, it's nowhere near as engaged. Yeah. Yeah.

The unsubscriber. Okay. Is that I mean, I don't know. Somebody might have this question, but, just with the live events, I know you guys run quantum. Is that over three days?

Like, the two events, is that over a three day period, like eight hours a day, or or how does that look like? Yeah. Nine to five, Monday to Friday. I mean, sorry. Nine to five, Friday to Sunday.

Okay. So I only lose one workday because the scope runs over the weekend. Yeah. Okay. Thanks.

Yep. Sam, as far as, the front end, if you're launching, would you do it the way you guys did it where you did it all in one day, or would you onboard clients as you close them through the sales process? Were you starting a new front end mastermind from scratch? Pretty much. So what I do here is I always before I do a promotion, I kind of want to cheat and know that it's gonna work.

Right? Because I don't want to be seen doing something, like, publicly and it just flops. Maybe that's a talent of mine. Maybe that's a fear. I don't know.

But, basically we just kind of offer it to people that we think are a good fit first. Just over conversation, chat or whatever. Right? And if people bite on it and they buy and they're interested, we'll sell a few people first just so that just so that I know it's gonna work, honestly. And it also gives me a lot of, like, energy and confidence to go hard with the promotion.

That way when I record the video and stuff and I'm like, people can sense that in you, It's it almost seems it almost they can sense that I almost know this thing's gonna like sell out. They don't sense like nervousness or anything. So I would personally just come up with a list of your current clients that you think are a perfect fit for this new thing and then just have, get them on a call and say, hey, here's what I'm thinking about launching. Here's how it would work. Here's how here's how much it's gonna cost.

Are you in? Okay. And then do it everyone in at one date. So, like, you know, we started Monday and had a call Wednesday. I mean, the whole beta at one time.

Yeah. I did that because I just wanted to ask as a team and, like, a company to focus solely on, like, promotion and get that done first and then focus on running it. I didn't want it to be kind of split. Okay. So you could say to those initial people that you chat to, it it's gonna start on this date.

Give yourself a bit of time. Right? And people have no problem with that, by the way. Like, we've found that people are honestly more likely to buy something that happens in the future than something they can join now. I think it's just got to do with business people having busy schedules.

That was an interesting insight. So you tell them it's going to start at this point and then you get a few people in from just chatting to them and then once you can see how to communicate it and what the objections might be and you've already got some people in there and you're confident about it and you know how to articulate the value, then make a promotion for it like what I did for WeTube. And then promote it to your list and your existing customers and everyone you can to get as many people in as you can, and then then start it. Okay. Yeah.

Thanks. Sam, when you email it to your list and your past members, is that, like, a short email with a link that goes to basically your offer page and then the Calendly at the bottom to book a call and do that sales conversation there? It was basically this. I posted this in Uplevel and I said this. I'm gonna share all of this in, week two, by the way, around launching and everything, but you can take a screenshot of this now if you wanna see it.

I basically announced it to everyone like this. School lets you email broadcast a post to everyone. So this was my, like, email broadcast to everyone. And then I was asking for quest if anyone had any questions too so that I could start to understand what might be going on in their mind before the proper launch. And then I directed them to this landing page.

Actually, not this one. It was this one. I teased it. Two weeks before it starts two weeks before it launched, I teased it like this. I said, this is basically WeTubes.

This is what it's about. And then people could see, you know, Imagine a Mastermind that. They could join this wait list by e putting their name and email in. And then they it just said, thanks. We'll notify you on May 2.

And I started telling people two weeks before May 2. Was it two or was it one? I'll be able to tell, because this post date, April 20. How many weeks is that before May 2? Two weeks.

Eight. Two? Yep. Okay. Good.

Two weeks. And then when May 2 came around, I just changed the page to this with the video. Probably you saw this. And then I emailed everyone to this. So I did another post in Uplevel and I said it's it's live and directed them here.

I also emailed the wait list at this point because I had about a thousand people on the wait list from this fourteen day promotion. So I emailed them to it too and yeah. And then this ran for one month. This whole page was up here for one month because we we launched We Chew Debaters started on May 30 and I put the this one went live on May 2. So do you see what I did there?

I kind of like got some people in first. We sold about 10 or so people into WeTub before I even announced it. Then I announced it. I teased it. It's coming in, like, two weeks.

Built up about a thousand people on a wait list and got everyone excited about it and, like, basically refreshing this page. And then I released this, and this was up for about thirty days. And then I emailed everyone on that wait list to this, and then we started it. That was basically the sequence. Does that make sense, what I just said?

I think getting the templates and the protocols would be great. I didn't hear that. The templates and the the dates of when you send and it and protocols, getting those will be great. That is exactly what week two is. I'll even give you the emails I sent, like inactive campaign and all of that stuff, in the schedule and all of that.

But I highly recommend selling the first few people in before it's a public thing. Because what that's like it's like a, it's like a test without any shame. Because if it doesn't work, at least no one was like watching and you can fix it. And then when you do your real launch, you know it's gonna work. Whereas if you launch and you had something wrong in there, it might not work so well, and then it's hard to launch again.

So, like, this is your kind of way to do a silent launch, figure out the messaging, build up your confidence, know that you've got the price right, and then do the real launch. Can you do this strategy for a back end, Sam, or is this more on the the front end? Back end to start a mastermind, it's only really talking to the staff students. There is no promoting. I wouldn't do a promotion until after you've done your first event.

Mhmm. Because that's the best time to promote it. Your energy will be real high after that. You'll be on a high after your first live event because you've met these people in person. Probably went really well.

You probably learned way more about your customers because you just hung out with them. Plus you've got cool photos and shit. Oh, you mean do that live event before you market it to your list or just Yeah. Before you market it publicly, do get an event under your belt. Ah, I see.

I see. Okay. Yeah. And I guess over three days, just trying to think, like, what what content would you recommend teaching? Like, do you kinda collect that from your clients and see what they would wanna learn about?

Like, if it's, you know, eight hours a day for three days? Yeah. Just let them know. So how I do mine is I mean, I'm I always just have this mindset that, like, if my business is running really well, like, legitimately, like, it's profitable, clients have got results, and I I know what I'm doing, then I'll know I'll be able to handle anything. So I honestly don't prepare at all really.

That's how I'm preparing by every day if you think about it, by running a good business. And then I basically when I do these events, I start by going around the room and I get everyone to introduce themselves by saying, like, their name, how much they're currently making, what their goal is for the next twelve months, and then some problems they're currently struggling with, like three problems, and then three things they want to get out of the event, kind of like similar to what we did in in YouTube. And I and as that's happening, I'm like writing down little notes in my notebook. And this whole process to go around the room and do that, for me, it takes more than an hour now in quantum, but when you've got a smaller mastermind, it'll be fast. You use that information to help you know what to do.

You'll start to notice, like, some common patterns, like, most people are struggling with this, this, and this, and they want to get this, this, and this out of the event. Right? So then you just feed that back to them. You're like, okay, so what I'm hearing is you guys are struggling with this thing, this thing, and this thing, and you want to learn this thing, this thing, and this thing. Is that right?

And they're like, yeah. And then you're like, okay. Well, what do you want to cover first? I let them tell me the order. They're like, do that one first.

I'm like, okay. What's second? Okay. What's third? Okay.

Then I'm like, all right, if we cover all of that over this event, are you going to be happy? And they're like, oh, I might also want to learn about this. And I'm like, okay, we'll do this one later. And then if I'm getting everyone to say upfront what they want out of it. And that's they're creating the agenda for me, basically.

And then once I've got that, like, up on a whiteboard and everyone's agreeing, like, yes. This will be awesome if we can do this. Then I go to the first topic. Let's say it's like, I don't know, YouTube ads. I'm like, what do you guys want to know about YouTube ads?

And then I let them ask me questions, and I try to come up with before we go into the topic, I try to come up with what do you want to know about YouTube ads first and I write down all the bullet points and then we start going through each of them and addressing them. Does it does this make sense what I'm saying? Yeah. For sure. It, so it's not it's kind of a loose agenda, but, obviously, you guys have there's enough to talk about because it's over three days, so I'm sure there's a lot of ideas and things that people wanna see.

How how many would you, like, you're saying, even if you have, like, two or three people, you can you can make those four live events. Right? Like, obviously, have those in mind before you launch it or before you start enrolling people. Like, you should have, is there, like, a number you're looking for? Do you want at least 10 people in in that, back end mastermind?

I think you can do it even with one. Mhmm. Right? I think it would get better with, like, at least two because it then there's a group dynamic, and it's not just one on one. But you can pull it off even with one.

And it's very easy to talk to a passionate person about business for three days. I end up hanging out with my mastermind after the events until about 11:00 every night. We don't stop talking. It's just not recorded and it's less formal. I see.

Okay. I could go for a long time. It's my passion. Yeah. I posted this.

I don't know if anybody else has comments, but I've been out of my I posted this the other day and I got some good feedback. It might be a mental block, but I'm not as active in my niche, which is real estate investing to Canadians because that's where I live. And I, you know, I'm I still have fifteen years of experience, but I guess things change a little bit. And, you you know, sometimes I was thinking actually on bringing one of my senior clients who's doing amazing as, like, maybe a partner to to run this. What are your thoughts on that?

Well, my big question would be if I'm thinking about buying from you, coming to your Mastermind, I wanna learn real estate investing. I mean, I'd just be thinking, why aren't you doing real estate investing? Mhmm. Well, I I stopped, two years ago because I was doing both, and I was doing deals, and I was trying to onboard and support, and I was just getting burned out. Like, I I felt like I was just running everywhere and and I my wife and I just decided, like, we're gonna either do investing and make a career out of that or do consulting, which I really enjoyed and we went down to consulting.

Do a little bit of investing instead of just completely cutting it off? And because that's if you don't practice something, you know, it's like if you don't use it, you lose it, basically. Yeah. So, like, can't you just do the odd deal? Like, just to keep up to like, you don't need to be a full time investor, but just to be in the market.

You know what I mean? Oh, yeah. For sure. Definitely. No.

No. I definitely can. I, this is I'm always thinking of getting back into it, and, we were doing really good with it. But, yeah, it was part that and just part lifestyle because we we take off and go to Mexico every year in the in the winter. So it just makes it easier when you don't have active renovations on the go.

But, yeah. That that in the fundamentals of state that changes, but I I have a decent pulse on that. But I think it's more maybe of a a belief that I I'm not actively investing it. Why are people gonna join this mastermind? Right?

Even though I've done previous deals. Yeah. It's a confidence thing. Right? I don't I don't think I could stand up and tell everyone, like, how to do this if I wasn't doing it.

I don't need to be doing everything, though. Like, I've let go of sales calls. I haven't done one for four years, and I make that clear, but I've got a great team who can. Right? And I don't really do ads anymore.

But I make that clear, and that's why I partnered with Brian. Right? So, like, where I'm not confident or, like, practicing basically a lot, I'll let other people take it, and that's fine. I actually think people respect that more. But you have to have some involvement, I think.

Otherwise, it just it fades. You know what I mean? Yeah. Yeah. I would second that.

I haven't said much, but in there in in my space, the accounting space, there are so many pretenders out there teaching courses and whatnot that if you just do a little bit of digging, you can see they're absolutely have either never built a firm or run a firm, but they're teaching others how to do it. So I I think it's very important. For sure. Yeah. For sure.

Definitely. Hey, Sam. I had some questions about the structure of the masterminds themselves and why you chose certain aspects of it. If I can ask, I was first curious about why, why you chose one year for the program rather than six months, and maybe you answered this yesterday. So I honestly think it takes one year to make meaningful progress in business.

Right? To really, like, work on the the harder things. One year and we tend to think of goals in one year. And a year is a nice unit. Like it's nice and clean.

Plus we also, we always see that our best sales months for a mastermind in January because it's the new year. Right? So like, there is something about masterminds in years and goals being per year. And also the market changing year to year. Right?

And just thinking of it in terms of years, I find it very helpful. Plus, it's a lot of work actually managing subscription renewals. So you're gonna need to do twice the volume of resigns if you choose six months. Right? That's a big load on your team.

It's just more complexity. So you'd have to have a good reason to do six months. Why? Yeah. I mean, what I was talking to my wife about it, and she said one of the concerns we have is sometimes there's clients that come through that we don't know it in the beginning.

They seem like great clients, but then as they progress, they they start becoming not necessarily problem clients, but just clients that she doesn't necessarily enjoy working with. And so in that sense, we kind of like the six months as a way of kind of to protect ourselves that we could also get out of the relationship if it wasn't, working so well. And We just we honestly just refund those people and kick them out. Okay. That's how we deal with it.

Yeah. If I have a call and I'm, like, real pissed off, I just message Jesse on Slack, and I'm like, I'm not doing another call if that guy's on there. Yeah. Okay. I mean, they're not so bad that we'd wanna refund them, I don't think, but just, you know, they're maybe turning out not to be ideal.

So, yeah, that but that's an interesting, Yeah. But you can't optimize your business model based on bad clients. Mhmm. Right? There's ways to deal with them that that is much more simple than just changing your whole business model.

Yeah. Yeah. Also, I my other concern with it is, so we teach women how to track the the right man for them. And if we're offering a year long mastermind to do that, for me, the the the concern I could see happening in our sales process is they would say, well, I wanna track my man, and I don't wanna track my man in a year. I want him now.

I want him, like, yesterday. And so for them, maybe in their mind, they might think that's a long time. So what are your thoughts about that? Well, isn't like a I found that masterminds are less about out specific outcomes and more about, like, continuously stretching towards some goals. Right?

Like front end products or masterminds can work better for like specific results, like six weeks get your perfect man or whatever. And then a mastermind might be more about like living a better life or building a better relationship or everything else that you can enrich. Do you know what I mean? Right. Like like relationship mastery, basically.

Like, more of a master's process rather than a, like, a quick fix. Yes. Yeah. Okay. And and, ultimately, I think it may be something that we might just test, because I'm fine with doing a year long program.

We might test and see I'm curious to see how that might affect our conversion rates too if we try selling the year long with more money, six months as as less money, see which actually, sells more. Yeah. I don't know. I'm it might just be interesting to test it too and see what what the conversion switched to on our sales calls. It's very hard to test something like that because you the variables will not be constant.

Right? You can't isolate a variable. Basically, what will happen is whatever your sales reps are most confident selling, they'll sell that at the most. Mhmm. Yeah.

So that's why sometimes you've just gotta decide what you want and then make that the only option, and then the reps adjust. Right. Yeah. I like it in a sense that it's more, you could justify higher price points for the year long, obviously. So, I mean, I wouldn't be surprised if it increases our overall sales revenue by switching to, because we've been doing six months for up until this point.

So yeah. So that'll that'll be interesting interesting to experiment with. And my other question was around accountability buddies. I've seen this done in some masterminds. It's not super common, but some programs or masterminds you'll join, and they will encourage or sometimes even facilitate the members forming accountability buddies to basically help them through the journey.

My concern with that is that, well, if they have their buddy, maybe that makes them, at some point, feel like, oh, I'm just gonna continue with my buddy. I don't need the program as much. I don't know. I've had different thoughts on it. Do you have thoughts about accountability buddies as an aspect of masterminds?

I think they kinda naturally form. Yeah. Yeah. Like, did you go to college? Okay.

Yeah. Did you make friends? Yeah. Yeah. Okay.

So I've I'm just wondering if that could be an added seen as an added value for the Mastermind when you're saying, like, we'll also will facilitate helping you get paired up with an accountability buddy. That's what I've seen done in some mastermind. So I just wonder if that's I did that with, like, my lower ticket courses. Like, I did it with uplevel. I did it with Accelerator.

I haven't done it with Quantum because I think the people meet each other. They have lunch together. I see them making friends. Right? Like, they don't need to be put next to each other.

Like, it happens naturally. I've thought about it in WeChat, but I'm I'm like, this is a beta, so I'm like seeing how it naturally happens. Right? I think the key is to get everyone to share who they are. Like, one thing we did in Quantum that worked really well is we got people to say when they were doing their intros what they like to do for fun.

And that all of a sudden sparked all of these connections. Like, a bunch of people said golf and cigars and whiskey. And all then some dude started showing up to my q and a call smoking cigars, like, after that. And they, like, they were, like, they all were, like, oh, we need to talk to each other, like, at lunch. And they became friends, and then they went out and played golf together, or some guys went surfing together.

Like, just so long as you get everyone to share, like, what they like to do for fun and where they're at, I've found that they people just need awareness of who else is in the room, and then they kind of group form formation is a natural process. You know? Yeah. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. And that's that's what we've been kind of leaning towards, but I've just I've been in I've been always having it kind of on the back burner of, like, well, maybe that would be interesting if we implemented that. And we actually tried at one point, but it became kind of a headache to actually match people up, and so we just kinda let it let it go. So, yeah, just something, Well, would you guys think it would be good if I actually paired you with accountability buddies? Or do you think in WeTube, or do you think it would it's hap is it even happening naturally?

Have any of you kind of talked to other people yet? I won't care if it's for that. Yeah. No way. Don't do that.

Hell no. But we but there are people like, we've got people that are in San Diego where we're already talking about getting together. So, we're we're definitely on that. Yeah. Location based would be pretty cool.

Yeah. That's why I wanna add a map feature to school. Like, it'd be real cool if you could just click map and you just see the distribution across the world. Because I've found that location is the fastest way to bond. Like, you're like, hey, you're in San Diego.

Let's grab a coffee or something. Yeah, we're actually gonna add that to school. I was thinking about that every everything we can do to make the group tighter, we wanna do that. My question is on that good Brody, you good? Yeah.

Okay. Question is why two collaboration calls, and is that sustainable for an ongoing mastermind? And then in the future, I can imagine you six months doing these calls. So how does that work out? So we do two in WeTube because of the global audience.

So they're at different, like, poles of time. Right? So, like, one's in the morning and one's in the evening. So we can get Europe in, like, I don't know, the other parts of the world. In quantum, we only do one a week, but it alternates week to week.

So one week is like I'll just show you it. One week is like, it goes 10AM, 5PM, 10AM, 5PM, week to week. This is Pacific. YouTube is just like a ten and a and a three each week. If your audience is around the world having an o or even if your audience isn't around the world, just having a bit of, like, variation in time can can help people, I've found.

And two is good for that. In quantum, we only need to do one. And then, yeah, long term, like your other part of your question was, like, I don't I don't think I'll need to be doing these calls, like, forever. I think that my team will be able to take over. How long would you give it?

Until the like, you know, we're currently in, like, a beta. Until it's stable and, like, we know everything. Right? Like, right now, there's bugs emerging, basically. That's the way I see it.

Like, people might be confused about something. They don't understand something. I have to, like, experience that frustration to know how to fix it, and then I fix it and I put something a patch in place like this. And then once it becomes once all the questions sound the same and all the answers are the same and there's a code behind it, then it's easy for the team to take over, basically. But in the back end mastermind, I always do it, basically.

That's part of the, like, the lure. Yeah. Got it. Thank you. Sam, I'm gonna share something that we did very recently, which we weren't sure people were gonna be in on or not.

Is we took a Thrive week where we only fulfill for clients the first three weeks out of the month, and then the last week of the month is completely off to work on the business. And so I noticed you guys do calls every week no matter what. We went to just the filling three weeks out of the month and then the last week off, and then all the students were totally down with it because it gave them time to catch up, work on their things, and also have time off. So that's something that we weren't sure was gonna be, well received, but it has been and no one's canceled as a result of it. Cool.

Sam, I want a question about syntax real quick. The different syntax between the the high end mastermind, are we calling let's just get our terminology down. Are we calling it front end mastermind and back end mastermind or low ticket and high ticket? Doesn't matter. Let's call it front end and back end because technically, they're both high ticket.

Yeah. Okay. Yeah. So I'm curious about the deliverables or the syntax between the front end and the back end master and the back end mastermind, and the difference is just how it's put together strategically. So it looked like from the calendar that you just showed that you do, the deliverables or the syntax for the back end mastermind are one call every Tuesday at 10AM.

Is that correct? Yep. It alternates ten or or five week to week. That one way Every other week, it alternates. 10AM one week, 5PM the next.

Got it. I didn't I didn't pick that up. Okay. You just said that. And then and and then how it's four events to our virtual, to our in person?

Yep. And is the structure of the syntax of the virtual and the in person pretty much the same in terms of, hey. We meet. We do this. We do this.

There's a does what happens in person, is that about the same as it is virtually? Yes. But we can get way more technical virtually because I can share my screen like this. Right? I can I can dig in I can, like, dig into someone's funnel?

I can, like, look at someone's ad. I can critique someone's landing page or whatever. I can look at someone's tracking sheet in Excel. Like, I can do I can do things I can't do with a whiteboard. Right?

And that's why we decided to keep the virtual because there was some aspects of virtual that everyone loved when we were forced virtual during COVID. But everyone just wanted to be in person because the energy's better and the relationships and everything are better. And the accidental conversations that you pick up something that you that is massive for you, that you didn't even know that you needed, that doesn't happen so often virtually, and it happens in person. So, like, we decided to keep a blend of both. Was your schedule the same?

Oh, sorry. Is yeah. Was your schedule the same, like, three days on the virtual event, like, nine to five? Yeah. Okay.

Cool. And, Sam, any live or events during the front end or no? You're gonna keep those from no, like, live implementation or virtual events. Just the collaboration There will definitely not be any in person events. But in terms of virtual, I don't know yet.

This is beta. Like, we're trying to figure all of this out. Currently, that's we're just trying to make the content and do the calls, and we'll see how that goes. But maybe later on, like, when things start changing a bit, maybe, like, an annual virtual of, like, market update event might be really helpful, where I can basically share what's changed or what we're seeing. But we're just gonna figure it out as we go, basically.

I love it. Cool. Alright. Sam, when you were doing quantum before COVID and before you went virtual, were you doing it without any computers? Like, no screen, nothing like that, just a flip chart.

And how come? Just a whiteboard Whiteboard. In a market and and winging it. What's the thinking behind no no technology? Well, I mean, I'm using, like, what's there.

It's everyone's there, you know, like, we're always behind technology. Yeah. Fair enough. But, like, why would you use technology? That would be weird.

Well, I don't know. Because I'm just thinking because the businesses are online. Like, I guess it's because it's not you're not getting in the weeds. Like, you're not bringing up bringing up somebody's ad account and talking about stuff like that. It's more And that would be that would suck in person, by the way.

If you were trying to do that on a projector, most people wouldn't even be able to see. Yeah. I'd probably take up cigars. You can't really get technical at a live event. You'll see when you do it.

Like and when people try to, it's lame because it's nowhere near detailed enough, and it's yeah. Sam, when you first launched your, your Quantum eight years ago, like, how did you have, a portal or was it was it mostly your your content? Was it the live event? Like, did you have any just like we, too, do you have some content to teach, right, but it's mostly these collab calls? I wasn't we just had, like, a a content portal, and we recorded the q and a course, and we had a few links to some resources, and we had live events, and that was it.

We didn't even record the events. There was no recordings. We we've only been recording for, like, since June 17 when there was, like, roughly that many people in it. Oh, wow. And how is it now?

Do you have some, like, if someone joins Quantum, do they have any content, like, actual content to teach? No. This is all they have. Like That's that's all they have. All the recordings.

Yeah. I see. Okay. I got it. Oh, but they also get YouTube.

Yeah. So you typically give people in your mastermind access to everything else, right? Because, I mean, they're your highest customers. Yeah. What if they're coming from your current program, which they already have that course?

Then I guess what would you what would you offer? Then that you've got nothing else to give. Yeah. Exactly. Mhmm.

I see. People don't honestly need the content much when they join Quantum. I mean, some people might watch the last event, but I'd say most don't. Mhmm. Yeah.

Speaking from experience, when I joined Quantum, it was just simply to get more access to to Sam. And then that onboarding call for me too was just, like, the the immediate ROI. And then the in person event was the reason I joined too, so I didn't really even care for content. It's not what I needed. So I don't think you need it.

That's what I realized from quantum people at a higher level don't want more content. They're busy. Yeah. And, and usually I find they have the fundamentals of whatever niche they have. They know that already.

And, yeah, it's, it's more community and club collaboration. So no, that that's something good to, to focus on going forward. You know, I made a real point of it launching YouTube to say, don't join this if you want content. The content's gonna be small, as short as I can possibly make it. And it sold better than anything else we've ever sold.

On the sales calls, people were asking how much content will there be and Hauser and them were saying, probably no more than an hour each week, and apparently people's eyes lit up in excitement. So I think you'll be quite surprised that people aren't out there looking for more content. Or the ones that are probably aren't the aren't very successful or they're like not gonna be the best clients. Mhmm. Sam, what about if you're you're transitioning from course to the front end and you've got maybe twenty plus hours of content in there?

It's it's great for making that switch transition immediately and convert into a mastermind. But do you see that as a an issue, a pitfall initially, or or not really? What is an issue? The fact that it's a bit heavier on the content than it would be if you were doing a mastermind from scratch in the front end. Bit heavier on the content.

Oh, it is what it is. I think like How old is it though? It's literally probably two days before you announced YouTube. Oh, so it's brand new? Yeah.

Okay. Well then you fit into this. Like, it's probably all relevant because you just made it. And, I would look at Maria's letter. Okay.

Yeah. She had she was in your situation. She converted everyone over. This went really well. No.

No. What I'm say I'm actually saying to you, Simon, is I'm saying my program was actually ready to launch in the days before you announced YouTube. See what I mean? So starting from scratch in terms of bringing in the, oh, I see. So no customers.

Yeah, exactly. So taking an age to build something actually has a benefit in this moment. I think the only benefit is Okay. Well, then that's easier then. You just change the price and then you sell it.

Yeah. And okay. And just club calls instead of q and a calls. Yeah. And the way you present it, like, you know, a lot of a mastermind is is like initial conditions, right?

Like when you're dealing with a group, the people are the most important thing, right? It's like a team. And you have to, like, select the right ones. And better yet, you need your messaging needs to, like, be in a way that will select the people that are gonna make the mastermind work. That's quite nuanced.

It's, like, more about who is joining and why and less about what you're doing, if that makes sense. So, like, just look at how I I presented, YouTube. If we go to, like, wetube.com slash coming soon, I said not like implementation and collaboration, not long boring content. I said it's a mastermind that feels like hanging out with friends where we do these things. And then in the video I hammered on this more.

I said don't join this if you just want to consume content. Don't join this if you don't want to collaborate. Like so then the only people and then when people were applying, I asked them, what can you contribute? And I was looking at what people could contribute because I'm like, oh, we need that part. And I'm like, oh, we need that part.

So people that had really successful YouTube channels, they found made their way to, like, the top of the list. Anyone with more than a 100,000 subscribers, I was like, these people will be great because they're good at this. Or, like, some people were good at, Yeah. I I was basically selecting people based on what we would need and making sure they were self selecting based on how this was going to run. Does that make sense?

Absolutely. Yeah. It's quite subtle, but it makes a big difference. How do you recommend dealing with that in right in the beginning when let's say there's zero members in the group? Because there there isn't really a a group that, I guess, reflects that that community.

So in the beginning, even for the first few people, what they're really buying is a group in the future about access to the leader and their expertise in the present. Right? Yeah. So how do you deal with, like, your first customer when you're getting this off the ground? Yeah.

Because it I I'm curious, you know, between the regular course model where they're coming, for a solution to a specific set of problems. And my understanding is with the mastermind, it's less specific in that way. They're coming for the community. They're coming for Yeah. You just need to tell the person you're selling in your first client.

This is what I want it to be long term, but you're the first person. So it's basically gonna be like you and I just hanging out. You're gonna get all of me. It's actually great value if you think about it. They just get you one on one for three days.

Right. That's really valuable. It's like but when you add more people to it and it's no longer like that, they're not like, what? What happened? They were they knew that what your intentions were.

Do you know what I mean? Totally. Yeah. Yeah. Another quick question on that.

It it seems like the focus of a mastermind can be a little broader than what a conventional course or group program would allow, where we don't necessarily need to be ultra ultra specific in terms of, hey, you're trying to go from a to b, and this is my vehicle to get you from a to b. And, you know, this is the methodology, and this is the exact step by step process you're gonna follow. It can be a little more dynamic and, not everyone has to be on the exact same journey essentially. Is that accurate? Yeah.

Well, I found that, you know, what people really wanted was just I called it with consulting.com 7 figure Zen. Right? They wanna make 7 figure profits and they wanna be happy. And they want to do it in a sane way. Where they've got a team, but not too big that does a lot of the work for them so they don't have to do everything because that's not sane.

That's what I noticed most people wanted. And I was like, try making a course on that. You know, like that, that's a lot of work. That actually takes more than a year. Because as soon as you get to the tougher problems like hiring and managing, the first time an entrepreneur deals with hiring and managing, it's a disaster really.

And that it takes them a long time to learn how to do that and how to find good people and trust them. And you know what I mean? And it's so nuanced too. Like you can't just give someone like a module and hire people. So it's more dynamic.

It's, you know, whatever roadblocks, the challenges they come up with, the the benefit is that they have a a space where those can be resolved rather than a static plan that they follow you to be. So it it also seems like having a very clear destination is helpful. Yeah. I think that you need a shared vision and shared goals and shared values. Right?

It that's what makes a good group. Like and you also have to have to to be the leader, you have to exhibit some kind of skill too. To pull everyone together. Why you? You know what I mean?

So you need to have probably thought about it more than them and already come up with some pretty good methods and structures to doing that and probably be leading by example in an ideal scenario. Right? That's why they come to you and you get to lead, but everything else comes from the group in a very, like, what is it called? Peer to peer kind of like a network. Right?

Yeah. Cool. Thank you. Does it make sense what I said? It it it totally does.

My the way I've conceptualized this, because I was I spent all day basically thinking about in the the mastermind design module, we were talking about really bringing out one's unique perspectives and values and approaches. So it's not just another cookie cutter replica of, you know, all the programs, out there. And my specialty is in the deep psychological transformation and optimization for entrepreneurs. Because what I found after working with hundreds of entrepreneurs is that it's rarely the exact strategies and tactics, but their ability to execute with a singular focus consistently over a long period of time. And for most people, that it's usually the psychology that lets them down.

So the entire focus of this mastermind for me is gonna be helping people doing between 10 to 30 k a month, go to hundred to two fifty k a month, but do so by focusing entirely on helping them optimize their psychology at the to be at the level that they would need to take actions and to operate as a leader who can run that business. So mixture of business strategy, but mostly psychological development. Got it. Does that seem too specific, too narrow, or does that feel, you know, just a healthy level of differentiation and uniqueness? I think it's probably enough to get it started.

Right? You'll probably get it you'll probably get some people in there based on they're also as obsessed as you are about mindset, basically. Right? And they wanna go deep on it. But then once you get the group together and you see you have your first event, you'll see what else they need, and then you can start helping them with that too.

To get it started, you just need a a hook thing. Yeah. Cool. My the the cool thing there is that I'm also a psychedelic therapist. So my hook is is actually the world's first psychedelic mastermind.

What do you get? The mushrooms or something? So I actually partnered with the academy clinic. So my the live events will have a psychedelic experience built into them. And I'm also partnering with someone who basically makes mushroom microdoses.

So they're microdosing throughout the mastermind. It basically makes your brain more plastic and, you know, any changes happen a lot more quickly and powerfully. So it's a really cool experience. I'm actually really excited. Oh, that'll definitely get some people showing up.

Yeah. I've had people go from, you know, a few 100 k to million a month, several people actually. So all of the work has been one on one, but I'm excited to bring it to a a group format. Your headline should be how to make a million dollars by eating mushrooms. That that's actually the exact, ad angle that's been just performing really, really well.

So you nailed it. Well, if anyone wants some mushrooms, you can contact him. Speaking of, mushrooms, Sam, I was interested if, actually, you had some more tips. You mentioned the mindset module, about play. So I was curious what other ways you implement play into your, your work week.

Let me turn my camera on here. A lot of it's just joking around with the team at the office. Like, there's a lot of joking and there's a lot of funny stuff. And I like it when I'm doing my best work when it's like, when I'm always laughing and having fun and it's not too serious. Yeah.

That that's probably the main and I designed my office in a way that it's like that. You know, there's like balls. There's like a ball pit in one room. There's a school bus outside. There's like it's like very playful.

There's like dinosaurs everywhere. And, yeah, Sid's got some balls there. I think of this place as like my museum or like my playground. It's like just a collection of like fun stuff and that's probably the main way I think about it. I mean, I got it.

I got that new Tesla, that played mode thing. Dude, this thing's got a thousand horsepower. I get to drive that to work. That makes my trip to work pretty fun. So that's like riding a that's like driving a go kart to work.

And then I like to just work on stuff that's playful. Like, I don't want to just follow something like If something's not fun, I will honestly try to find a way to make it fun. I I After a while of grinding, I realized that that's not the smartest way. There if something's not fun, it I found out that there's off that means there's something wrong with it. And so I tried to I tried to always pause and think like, how could I make this fun?

And as soon as I do, I get a surge of energy and I actually get excited about doing something that previously was like a chore. Those are some things off the top of my head. Yeah. It reminds me of a a story Tony Robbins talked about how he had all these calls booked on his calendar, and he had he did the same thing. How can I make this fun?

And he realized, he could do the calls from his hot tub, and, that's what he did. So, yeah. So a lot of it sounds like could be just environmental, you know, putting a hot tub in your workspace or all those other things that you talked about, things that bring some joy to the monotony potentially. Definitely. I've I would say that people is the main one, though.

I can't work alone anymore. Like, that's very sad for me these days. The people make it the most fun for me. Mhmm. Because I noticed I mean, there's a lot of, virtual workspaces these days, and and you sounds like you intentionally, made sure to have your office space in person, sounds like as soon as you could with, restrictions lifted and whatnot during COVID.

But that's it's an interesting point because our team is totally virtual, and and maybe there is a a lot more benefit than I'm seeing to also having an in person workspace. I think the best is a hybrid. So our team is a is a mix, honestly. Like, there's there's a lot I mean, how many people are in between consulting.com and school? There's probably like sixteen, seventeen people.

Only about six or seven come to the office every day. Yeah. To force in person, it's too difficult these days. Like if you want to get good talent. So we've had to come up with a hybrid, basically.

Yeah. Yeah. That makes sense. Do you have, like, team competitions on Counter Strike as well? No.

That's too, competitive really that game and you need if you're not good you'll just get dominated by someone who's who is. And it's not that fun, I don't think. Instead, we have, like, a team day once a month where everyone comes to the office, basically, and we get food, like catering. And we have beers and stuff. And then, you know, we've got a big TV and they play like the team plays like what are those games called, Sid?

Smash Bros. Yeah. Like Smash Bros. Those, like, massive multiplayer kind of games. And the team does that sort of stuff and just, yeah, hangs out.

It's great. Love it. Good ideas. Sam, do you take split pays for your back end mastermind? I know it was 36 k.

I didn't I don't remember if there was split pays for that or not. And are you doing financing? Are you having people wire money? What are you doing for the 36 ks? So most are full pay.

Okay. Like, like 90%? I don't know percentages. Probably like 70. Okay.

But we don't split it up any more than four payments. And we will only split it up if we think the person's like really good. If we're on the fence with someone and then that might be a reason that we won't. But now that we've got the waiting lists, it's pretty much all full pay. But I do recommend using split pays if you have to to get good people in because the people make it better, remember?

And also to build up the numbers a bit. But yeah, you can kind of definitely do not split it up over any more than six. As soon as we've seen people do that, like people start treating it as a monthly subscription. Right? Yeah.

If you were just so early on so I I don't have a back end. Everyone got a front end right now. Early on in a front end or a back end, would you do split pays even for, like, a lower end front end, like, at 10 k? Would you do split pays there as well or not so much? Are you looking for the quality of people that can pay a one pay?

I think you've got no choice in the beginning. You have to you have to be a bit more flexible with people. But I wouldn't split it. I would never split payment plans up any more than four. Okay.

Yeah. Are you do are you doing contracts with people or no? You're like, is it just an agreement, like a year long agreement of some kind that's DocuSigned or anything, or We haven't done like contracts. I personally don't really like them. But we might make a one page contract for people in YouTube dues and we might start using it ourself.

It's probably a good idea to just have a basic one pager so that there's a shared understanding, but we haven't been using them and we haven't had any problems really. Like, You know we only want to work with people that want to work with us and like we don't want to like hook someone into something like based on the law. You know what I mean? Like, we want it to be because it's awesome. Yeah.

It totally makes sense. The only other question I have is about how you deal with, copycats. So we had a VA of someone in our program who was helping her implement stuff from our program and then the VA started going and doing that for all her other clients, with a lot of our templates and things like that. How have you dealt with that in the past? Well, I mean, that's just copying some information.

Right? More than that, like full funnels. Yeah. That shit's so easy to copy. Yeah.

Right? Like, that that's the other thing about content, is it's effortless to copy. And and it can be pirated. Like, you know, this stuff gets torrented, pirated. There's group buys.

There's people can rip it off. I mean people have done that to me endlessly forever. But you can't rip off a mastermind. Yeah. Yeah.

That's the beauty of it. It's about the people. You know? You can't torrent them either. Not yet.

Well, when we can, we'll have bigger issues. Hey, Sam. Mhmm. We were talking earlier about, differentiate yourself by solving a problem in a unique unique way. Could that include, like, providing additional support, like, maybe a done for you aspect or, you know, one on ones or check ins throughout the months?

I don't think that's a different solution. I think that's just more support, which is a different offer, right? Yeah. But, like, let's say someone's got a problem with, like, Facebook ads and your solution is Facebook ads, but with lots of support, it's not really a different solution. You know what I mean?

Right. Like, for us, we're, like, setting up their ads initially. And then the course shows them how to make changes and tweak things. And then we also give them a fully trained, like, assistant to call their leads as well. I mean, it's not even ideally, it would all be done.

Do that part would be do it yourself. We teach them how to do it, but it's also a harder sell. What are your thoughts on that? Well, yeah. I mean, when you give away a lot of stuff, it's easier to sell it.

If I came to your house in YouTube, you know, it'd be, we'd sell a lot more people, but I'd have to go to everyone's house. Right. You know what I mean? So, like, it definitely makes it easier to sell. And if you need to in the beginning to get it to sell, I mean, sure.

Like, when I sold the first few people into Quantum, I offered them a a full day with me. So, like, they had to come to New York though. Like, this is back when I was in New York. They had to come to New York and we would just meet at my place and we would I'd hang out with them for the day and help them with their business. And that was a good hook to get, you know, a bunch of people in and get it started.

Sometimes you gotta do things you gotta add a bit more to kinda get it started, but you gotta be careful. It also, you kind of screw yourself at the same time if you if you keep doing it. Yeah. Got it. This might be something you've covered a little bit later, but, I just went live with a funnel.

And I was just wondering, how is the the funnel for this different than the, let's say, the the funnel that you teach in up to level? I'm just curious is there what what the differences are in how we promote this and get people in? For for ads or Yeah. Okay. So I'm gonna teach two funnels in YouTube.

One is will be called, like, the launch funnel or the opportunity funnel. And that's basically like the one I just showed you. Right? And then so there was the wetube.com one that I showed you, and then there was like the, what was it called? Did you see this for, like Yeah.

Yeah. I so there was I'm gonna teach, like, basically three funnels, I guess. This is like our what I'm calling, like, the opportunity funnel. Whenever you just come up with a good idea, you can use a a basic funnel like this to get more people into your mastermind. I filled Quantum with this earlier in the year.

I just made a video, put it on YouTube, and sent a bunch of emails to this video, and I'll share all of those campaigns with you. We we filled Quantum with this, which is pretty good. Then there's the We Tube one. It was coming soon. This is like the launch funnel.

And then the other one, the one that's for paid ads, that's just the VSL funnel. And not much has changed with if you wanna see my latest one of that, it would be consulting.com/evergreen opt in. I think it's go. Yeah. This is still pretty old though.

Like, this is probably two years old. This is the last the latest VSL I did. Then it's gonna be basically like this. So a landing page, you opt in, you get a video, except the video is gonna be way more to the point, way more concise, way shorter, and way more like showing instead of telling, examples instead of explanations. It's gonna be way more basic and to the point and direct.

And then instead of schedule once, we use Calendly. And we do the survey together with Calendly now. We don't have a survey separate from the calendar. And then we do Zoom video calls instead of phone. Those, and then, you know, those are the main changes to the VSL.

And then obviously we use, YouTube ads instead of Facebook. Yeah. Got it. So I already have a VSL funnel like that up based on that model. So would I really even need the first two?

You mean the launch and the opportunity? Yeah. Or what I decided They're they're situational funnels. Your VSL is like your workhorse. It's always running, and your ads are always running, and it's constantly grinding away for you.

Right? Yep. But like every now and then well, let's say you're launching something. That's the the launch funnel is the best one to use there. It's a situation, but you use it and then you don't use it anymore because you can only launch once.

And then let's say you you come up with this brilliant way to pitch your mastermind aft let's say you did an event. This typically happens after an event. You do an event, and then it's immediately clear to you how you could promote your event, and you're on a high straight after your event. And that's the perfect time to do an opportunity funnel. Yeah.

Let's call it that. And you basically share what happened. You show some photos and you say all these awesome things that happened and you say, do you want to be a part of this? We're opening up the small seats. And you send it out to your list.

You might put it on YouTube and stuff, and you might make some noise about it for about a month. And then you then it's done. But the whole time, your VSL is grinding away. Got it. And those ones bring in a lot of cash, by the way, from the people that you generated from the VSL because they're on your list.

They might not have purchased through the VSL that time. This is a way to continuously, like, sweep up everyone. And you might do one of these every quarter kind of thing or more, and that just adds a lot more profit on top of what the VSL is grinding away doing. Does that make sense? It's it's almost like a second order funnel, which is going to people already on the list who, let's say, didn't buy, or are still being nurtured.

And I'm shocked at how good they are. We're running consulting.com for the past year or more purely on opportunity funnels. Wow. And launch. We haven't had to run any ads, and I haven't had to make a VSL.

Just off those and emails and YouTube videos, we're able to fill everything pretty much. Well, that's the seven figures in right there. You've accrued enough brand value and recognition that So how let me ask you this. How do you conceptualize the opportunity funnel as different from the VSL? Like, how how would you say they're different?

Because you said that or was it the situational one that you meant? That after the event, new stuff happens and you say, hey. I think when you're in the mindset of making a u a VSL funnel, it's going to people that are coming cold from ads. Right? Right.

So you have to explain it in a different way. And you also have to design something that's got some longevity to it. You don't wanna be making a new VSL every month. So you deliberately, like, leave out certain pieces about this is only until for May and it's you know what I mean? Yeah.

Those things make it not as effective, but they make it last longer. And you're trading off a lot of effectiveness for longevity with a VSL, which is still worth it. It's a good trade off. But then with an opportunity funnel, you don't give a shit about any of that. You just, it's all about this opportunity and this time, and you just get all you can from it, and then you're done.

And you you also think about it differently. Who's gonna see it? Only people that already know who you are. Your list, your YouTube channel, your customers. Right?

Yeah. So you don't have to explain so much. Does that make sense? Yep. It's a warmer audience, and it's more it's more, situational to a certain period of time.

Yeah. And it's often event based. That's the main thing. It's very specific. It's like, do you wanna be at the next event, which is gonna be here on this date for this many people?

It's like do you know what I mean? It's very event driven. And the VSL is never like that. So by that logic, there's there's almost a sense of time scarcity built into it because if someone wants to be, you know, wants to participate, they're gonna have to move quickly because there is a legitimate deadline so they can make it there, you know, in time for the event. It just it works well.

Great. Thank you. That's really helpful. So, Sam, maybe this applies to multiple people, but as a agency owner who's been doing done for you for for more years than I'd like to admit to this new group of friends, the, the main question I have is is my guess is you've helped people shift from constantly thinking done for you in service into, you know, helping run a mastermind where people need to solve for themselves. And, you know, I'm I am delegating fairly decently to my team of what they need to do, but I haven't really pushed back on clients of what they need to do all the time.

We tend to take on, the challenges that we're obviously built to solve, and we don't address the things we don't know how to solve. Do you have any advice around that? My guess is you've probably gotten a question like this before. I don't really know what you're asking. What are you asking?

I'm asking for when people are are kinda self programmed as done for you service providers, what's the mind shift that you need to make in order to, basically run a mastermind that doesn't end up with a massive task list when it's done? You know? Oh, okay. Well, that for me has always been pretty simple because I can barely do my own shit. So like thinking about doing it for everyone else is just impossible from, from the very beginning.

So I've always been in the mindset that let me just figure out the best way to make it work and I'll teach it to you and then help you get it to work. But you're always gonna be doing it. And I think that's better, honestly. I think most people wanna get a skill. That's my belief.

They don't just want the outcome, they wanna be self sufficient. They wanna be talented. Mhmm. Plus it's just so hard to do all of that work. Like, to get one VSL funnel running and YouTube ads running and to make one offer and get some talented people together in a team, It's a lot.

Well, I I couldn't agree more. That's why I'm here. Every every new client's a pound of flesh if you're doing done for you. So Well, I can tell you that tons of every pretty much every one of my masterminds started doing done started by doing done for you. I think it's actually the only way to start.

But they've all moved. I've seen people we all started doing done for you, and then we moved into agency, and then we moved into done with you, like course, coaching, hybrid. Then we moved into, like, high ticket. Then we moved into masterminds. That was like that's the final evolution that I've seen so far.

And I've always just taken my customers on the journey with me. I like do it for myself. I'm like, do you guys wanna do this too? And they're like, yep. So I teach it to them and yeah.

Sweet. Thank you. Sam, are you doing speakers at your events? Are you doing planned speakers? I've noticed people post videos.

Hey. I spoke at Sam's mastermind and here's what I talked about. But do you have planned speakers for, like, hey. I wanna bring in this person to speak, this person to speak, this person to speak? Because it sounds like early on, you're doing the poll of, hey.

What are your challenges? What do you wanna know? What do you wanna learn? And you're crafting the syntax or the content as you go. But I've seen people like saying, hey, I spoke at Sam's Mastermind.

So are you bringing in specific speakers as well as polling people and creating the content in real time? Never bringing in anybody. So what happens is, you know, I do my standard process every time. The only people that are at my event are the members, always. There's never anyone from outside.

But if there is a member there that I know knows more than I do about the topic I'm about to talk about, then I'll generally let them speak. So like, let's say when we got to YouTube ads, I just saw Brian in the audience and I was like, yeah, you you you can handle this one. And then got to sales calls And I asked the audience, I was like, do you guys just wanna talk to the guys that are actually doing the calls? And they were like, yeah. And they all came up, and then they answered all of the questions.

Right? So, like, whoever's closest to the thing handles it, but they're always members. I never bring in any external people. And I only let people I really trust and believe speak. Like, it's not just anyone can speak.

And I'm real, really, really, really picky with that. So that means you're Sage on stage, like 90% of the time up there facilitating. Is that correct? What do you think it was at the latest one, Brian? What percentage was I speaking?

The first day you spoke the majority of the day because you were laying out the framework of everything. But I think that second day was all everybody else. Because Troy spoke about email, which was really good, and then I did YouTube ads along with Mitch and and Oz. But, yeah, the second day, you were just kind of soaking it in, I think, which is cool. And there was a lot of value that second day and the third day too about the sales.

I got a lot of value from other people too. How it's evolved over time, Travis, is I, like, am more like the architect, and I'm like, here's the model and here's why it's good and all of this. And then I start going through each component, and wherever there's someone who's stronger than I am, I let them handle it. And I would say at the latest quantum event, I might have done 50%. Yeah.

So it's crowdsourced or it's pure, it's pure sourced. A lot of the content is people sharing and just truly, actually truly masterminding. Yes. That's the whole idea. Right?

Well, you know, so many, but so many masterminds these days are not anything close to a mastermind. It's just a large event. Yeah. I went out and hung out with everyone, like, every day after the event, and they were telling me they're like, I've been to, like, all the masterminds. All the I won't say the names of them, but they were like, this is they said this is the only real mastermind.

They're like all the other ones are just keynote speakers coming in and presenting and like there is no collaboration and there is no it's just random. It's like it's it's really like a circuit. It's like a circuit of speakers that are going around speaking at shit, with a keynote on random topics. And I don't know how that became the trend, but, yeah, you're right. That is what the trend is currently for masterminds, but people do prefer this.

No. High five, brother, for doing something completely different than what, a lot of the big names, right, have been doing for many years. So I I actually think it's really refreshing. So I I like it a lot. I'm, excited to to see how this all plays out in in YouTube.

They're trying to monetize on the back end with referral partnerships. Sam, did I see that you have your, like, your own spot for doing you? It doesn't look like you do this in a ballroom. Did you buy a building and you're doing your masterminds in a place that you, have purchased? I we rent it.

Oh, you do? Okay. So it's not like a normal hotel. You're not paying f and b doing all that at a hotel. You're renting a different, like, space, or is it still Oh, no.

We use my office. Oh, you use your office? Yeah. Yeah. Okay.

So you just have a big enough office that you can have that many people in there. Yeah. And then we get, like, food truck kind of food. It's so cheap, and it's way better than a hotel. Oh, my gosh.

People get people insane. People get to see where I work, and I get to hang out with them where I'm comfortable. So it's like it's like my world. You know what I mean? Yeah.

No. It's, very authentic that way. So you're you're actually having food trucks come up for meals? Kind of. They're like I choose my favorite food.

Like, I kinda think that I'm, like, inviting people kinda to my home. I'll, like, give them I'll show them what I like. So I got, like, my favorite fried chicken burgers, my favorite, like, Mexican tacos and things. Like, a guy came with a trailer and was just making tacos for everyone. And, yeah, I just I shared the my favorite food.

I had all my favorite, like, sparkling waters. Like, there was tons of LaCroix, and people were just getting to experience, like, my world, kind of. Yeah. Dig it. Hey, Sam.

I have a quick question on, different levels of the same mastermind. I know you have you recommended two masterminds. What we've been doing is we have one mastermind with different levels such as group. They get one on one calls if it's a higher level. Do you think that's too complicated, or, does that make sense at certain stages where you have one mastermind with different levels that they can buy into basically depending on how much one on one access they may get?

I know that's a very common model in the industry. Do you think that's just, outdated or have other thoughts? I mean, if it works for you, that's fine. I mean, but it's it is more complicated than this. Right?

Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah. Plus it involves the one on one work, which my wife loves to do one on one coaching, but, you know, eventually, we may wanna start phasing that out. We just kept increasing the price to get one on one access to her based on the different levels.

So that's a that's a nice aspect of what you created too is, you can totally cut out the one on one. I also had this philosophy when I was, like, making school. Right? Like, that the everyone in the group should see the exact same thing and get the exact same thing. Like, don't, like, fragment it.

You know what I mean? So, like, there's no tiers. There's no, like, areas where only some members can see. Like, everyone has the same experience, and I think when you do that, there's more like there's a stronger bond, and there's a a better shared understanding because everyone is literally on the same page. Yeah.

Again, like, nurturing that community value that is a an emergent value unto itself that that, yeah, when you really keep people in in the same journey together, I guess. It's just shared it's like trying to get everyone on the same page. Like, I noticed over time, like, algorithmic feeds and things, everyone was looking at different shit. And everyone was, like, on a different page, literally, and they were all, like, confused. So, like, with school, there's no algorithms.

Everyone just sees the same thing. And then if everyone in the group is experiencing the same thing, then, like, there's this coherence that you get. And that's what makes a good mastermind. When you select the right people, they're in for the right reasons, and they all are on the same page, that's when, like, good stuff starts to happen. There's a, like, thing that happens I've noticed where there's, like, the group becomes more than the sum of its parts.

There's like a shared consciousness kind of thing that happens. Yeah. Yeah. I love that. Thanks.

Makes sense. Sam, do you always have the whole team on the weekly calls? Is that recommended with the mastermind? Or For We Tube, it depends on your team. Right?

Like, my team with WeTube, yes. Because I want them to start doing more and more. Like, when it comes to the sales questions, I'm not gonna answer those because that would just be wrong, really. Like, I haven't done sales calls in four years. When it comes to YouTube ads, I'm not really gonna answer those and let Brian do it.

When it comes to, like, community management and organizing events and getting, like, organizing all the logistics of an event, Sid does that. Or running a good community or support, Sid does that. GC handles all the operations. I'm doing less and less over time, and so they're the ones that are helping the clients with those things. The things that I'm still leading, though, is, like, structure and strategy and product.

So that does that answer your question? Yeah. Yeah. Like, the people in the in the call, they're gonna get a better experience if they get, let's say, someone who's spending time with that exact area that they're at asking the question in. Right?

Yeah. And also they need to understand how all of these parts integrate. Like, Brian needs to know, like, what the sales calls are like and what the strategy is and the sales guys need to know the strategy. These aren't siloed things. Right?

So it's important, I think. Yeah. Gotcha. Could you also break it up into a couple q and a calls a week? One for sales q and a, one for sys systems q and a or something?

That is always an option. However, like, look at what's happened on today's call. A little bit of everything. Yeah. And it's kinda nice like that when it when it works.

Right? Like, because all of the stuff's related. I try to avoid siloing as much as I possibly can. It's kind of funner having all the members as well. Like you said, everything relates.

So someone would answer a question, the next person could add on to it, how it affects the different parts. Yeah. Yeah. More collaborative because these teams are cross functional. Right?

Yeah. And also I got feedback from people too. It's more complicated for them to know which day YouTube ads is on. You know what I mean? Like, it's hard enough for them to just know when the Q and A calls are, right?

So like, it's just more cognitive load on them. But who knows? As we scale this one up, we might need to break them out. We'll just we like to just adapt, like, kind of jump into it. That's the beauty of doing a beta, is you give yourself, like, permission to to experiment.

Which one, which style did you like more? Yesterday or today? Today's cool. I think today's better. My only concern is there may be people that don't speak up, because that's not their personality type, and maybe they didn't get their questions answered.

But I I don't know. That might be the case. Yeah. A little bit of both is good. Being able to jump in if you have something to add without tackling somebody.

And then, and then, but also being able to let the conversation evolve is also nice. The introverts though, they're gonna have to speak up. In my team meetings, I have a bunch of introverts. I try to, like, count to eight before I move to the next topic. Give them a shot.

But do the introverts that don't speak up speak up in grid view? Say it again? So, like, you're saying that the downside to the way we did today's call, some people might not speak up. Would they speak up if there was the raise hands kind of thing? I find that to be true, and I also find out occasionally calling on someone that hasn't spoke up in a while to also be another way of getting people who are really smart.

They're just hella introverted. Maybe we could have something like in encouraging them in the chat, like, if you have something you really wanna say, make sure you like, some kind of sign, maybe not the hand raising because then it can turn into assembly line again of hands, but something where they can kind of give a signal that, hey. You know, when there's a free time, I I do have something I wanna ask, and I just, I don't know. Something like that maybe. Oh, we have all the INTJs.

We know who they are. We'll just, you know, focus in on the INTJs, and we're good. There you go. May maybe there could be, like, a chunk at the end of the session where it's like, okay. If there's anyone who hasn't asked the question, do you wanna ask one now?

And the people you have, it's not their turn or some something like that. I don't know. Yeah. Well, does anyone have questions that we missed? He asked with two minutes to go.

I love it. I I wondered if you felt there was a relationship or a ratio between the cost of the front end mastermind and the back, roughly? I don't know. Like, I'd I'd I mean, I've seen, like, five to 10 front end and 20 to 40 back end. There is some symmetry, though, that I've noticed just by looking at the math sheet that and this wasn't by design.

It just happened that way. It's like, WeTube is, like, roughly, like, one fourth the price, but, like, roughly four times the size. Right? So, like, it's almost like you're downscaling price, but upscaling people, and then the other one it's the opposite. And there is some symmetry there, but that that was not by design, at all.

It just kind of turned out that way. Maybe it's from having the intention of a similar, profit from each program or something. It honestly came from, like I don't think we could handle any more people than we currently have in Quantum at events. Okay. Assuming roughly an 80% show up rate on a 100 members, that's like we had roughly that many at the late last event.

Any more than that would be pretty hard. So I don't think it can expand more than that because of the physical constraints. YouTube doesn't have physical constraints. And I've I do know people in my mastermind that have virtual masterminds, and they said they got about three fifty is where they started to get a bit chaotic. Yeah.

Cool. I don't know why, but we'll see as we go. Super random question. Can I create a group in, the community where I wanna put, like, three or four people into a singular group and just message back and forth? No.

Or you can unless but everyone else will be able to see. Got it. So you can put people into a group, not privately, but you can put, like let's say I wanted a the San Diego consortium in a group to pick, like, dates when we're all gonna get together. Can I do that in the school? You could, but it would be, like, it would be done here, and everyone would be able to see it.

Probably the only people that would be in the thread would be the San Diego people. Right? But everyone else would be able to see it. They'd probably tune it out. But, yeah, you can't create silos, but you can have focused discussion, if that makes sense.

Yeah. Cool. Thanks. And just let me know in the chat, which one did you like more? Yesterday's one or today's?

Interesting. Yeah. I think it might have something to do with, like, the flowing. Like, there's something lame about the ordered list. It just seems very militant, and, like, I just have to sit there and just just answer a queue.

You know what I mean? Plus there's something quite intense about having 50 videos on. Did any of you guys find that? Like, GC was telling it to us today. He said it was like trying to watch 50 TVs playing different things at the same time.

He said he had to look out the window and just focus on the audio to be able to follow what was going on. I, I just pinned you to, the view so I could only see you. Okay. Alright. Well, yeah, it's definitely less stressful for me not seeing 50 people at the same time.

Yeah. Cause then I can just focus on one thing, which is the current conversation. Yeah. So really quick question. Is there an upper limit for the price for the front end mastermind that you think, like, would be sort of the max the market typically would tolerate for that level?

I mean, I've seen all sorts of things. In my suggestion, I said, like, 5 to 10 k if your back end. You've just got to be careful about cannibalizing your back end opportunity. Right? If you start your front end at say 20, then when you go to make a back end at like 40, it's not that much of a difference.

There needs to be a clear difference, I think, between a front end and a back end in price and in the value in what's delivered. But I have heard of people having a 25 k front end and a 40 k back end, but I think that's getting kind of blurry, honestly. I really like, like, five to ten, twenty to 40. It's very different, and then just inverting the member limits. So like and balancing it that way.

But you can do whatever you want. That's just my opinion. Thanks. Anything else before we wrap up today? On your virtual, quantum events, do you have, like, 80 people show up?

Over the course of the day, yes. But at any one time, probably 40 to 50 kind of. Cool. People come in and out. Yeah.

When it's virtual, because it's just too easy to open another tab, but, but it's surprised, like a decent amount are immersed, right? Because you know, it's $36. It's, it's like, not just like another tab. But yeah, we get, we had 80 show up to our in person recently and stay for like the whole time. Amazing.

People are dying for in person right now. Like, having in person stuff is it sells real well right now. Cool. Alright. Well, thanks, everyone.

I'll see you all next week. Thanks a lot. Bye.

# 1. Operations philosophy

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 27 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/a56a8584-6627-4f77-aba3-818601f644df

---


Hello, everybody. Welcome back to We Tube module six. Jesse Clark here with you. Great to be with you. And in this week, we are going to be covering operations.

So here we are in, module, one of, operations, and we will kick be kicking off this week, with operations philosophy. And real quick background on me, if you're not familiar. So I've worked with Sam over the past seven years in, effectively an operations role. So, the topics and, you know, various modules that we'll be covering in this, week of operations come from in the trenches, years of experience running one of these high ticket information businesses. Just as a quick precursor to the information so that you know this is the real deal stuff that Sam and I have used for years, year after year after year of, optimization to produce, you know, many millions in sales, many millions in profit, and have consistency, reliability, predictability, and a lot of a whole host of other awesome performance items, that are basically a function of operations.

So, really excited to be able to dive into this topic, with you and hope it's useful for you. So without further ado, let's dive right in. And we'll kick things off with basically what is operations and why is it important. Because it's kind of one of these on the surface boring topics, if you will. And why do we need it?

Well, what you're probably looking for as, most entrepreneurs are is we want these system ables. We wanna optimize for system ables, which we define as predictable, repeatable, reliable, maintainable, sustainable, scalable, delegatable. These are the, you know, descriptive words we wanna have for various aspects of our business. If things aren't predictable, if they're not repeatable, if they're not reliable, if they're not maintainable, not sustainable, not scalable, not delegatable, you don't really have that well of a well oiled, well refined machine, or in certain certain parts of the business, they may not be if they don't match those words, that's not the reality of that situation in that category of the business, then it needs work to get it to that point. Because once you do have those things, life and business gets pretty sweet because you no longer have to be putting out fires and drug back into various, categories of the business.

But what you can do as the founder instead is you get to work on the really important things, such as product, the vision of the company, the strategy, and, hiring key people, etcetera. And we'll get into this in more detail. But what are we really optimizing for here with operations? It is to sustain what we've built so that your effort has as long of a half life as possible. That is also the other key here because what we are you know, you are putting in energy to your business.

And when you put in that energy, we wanna have that last for as long as possible. And so we wanna make sure when we put in a unit of energy into your business that it is put in a way where we are making things result in predictability, repeatability, reliability, maintainability, sustainability, scalability, delegatability, etcetera. Now if those are the things we're optimizing for, having our effort and our energy input have a long half life, what are the principles that we need to optimize for to achieve, those goals, those system able goals. So as you might have heard Sam cover many times, you know, we recommend keeping things simple and lean. The simpler something is, typically, the more maintainable it is, the more sustainable it is, the more reliable it can be.

Same with lean because you strip out complexity, and complexity often makes things not predictable, not repeatable, not sustainable. We also recommend being financially frugal as a principle for your operations, Because as you may find, you know, when expenses creep up, then profit decreases, and we are then losing the predictable profit, reliable profit, and reliably growing your cash reserves, and scaling your cash reserves, through having real you know, profit reliably. Said differently, if we're not frugal, your profit may not be reliable. It may not be predictable every month. It may not be repeatable.

So you might have a great profit month, but then if if expenses creep up, it's not repeatable. And you might not be able to maintain it. So you see how we've we're optimizing for these keywords through other principles. Another one is, you know, understanding that constraints breed resourcefulness and creativity, which is a quote from, Bezos, which is another principle that we try to operate utilizing, in that when we put constraints in a certain situation, it allow it it force functions us to do something differently than we otherwise would have. And so we put these constraints on ourselves, and it makes us find solutions in ways we otherwise would not have when we if we thought we had access to other resources that we may already have, but we cut them off, or we solve things in ways that we otherwise, would not have.

Some other principles are identifying and removing waste. So you might have heard Sam talk about this before, but, you know, we sort of categorize waste in two ways. Type one is necessary process. So an example of that might be a sales call. We need to have a sales call, strategy session, whatever you wanna call it, on Zoom to take a stranger and convert them to a client.

It's a process, but it's necessary. And we wanna optimize that as well as we can, but it is still necessary, so we can't completely get rid of it. Type two is different. Type two is unnecessary process. So type two waste, we wanna get rid of immediately.

That might be something like, for example, a lead magnet that you have. Is it actually necessary to generate appointments to convert those appointments into sales for your mastermind. If it's not necessary, then it is an unnecessary process. It's type two waste, and we wanna get rid of it. Because if we do that, we're gonna make things more predictable, more repeatable, more reliable, and simpler.

Type one waste requires more thought of consideration to determine how it can be made redundant. For example, a strategy call. That's a very gnarly one. It is currently, you know, the best way to convert a stranger to a client, but you may have, a way to make it to make it more efficient. For example, you may have found that do you need to go from a, you know, a one call and then a second call, like a fifteen minute and then a forty five?

What if you could just do a forty five minute call to convert a stranger to a client? You've now made what you thought was a necessary process part of that unnecessary, and therefore, you can get rid of it. So that part of that is the conversion of what you think is necessary into what is unnecessary through really scrutinizing how you do certain things in your business. A great quote for this is the best system is no system at all from the book Why Systems Fail. So there is a bias, especially online, to think that kind of more is better.

We wanna have more systems, more complicated systems, a bias to complexity. And the truth is we want to try to constrain those things. And it's also, natural because in biology and in life, things are sort of designed to expand. Like, life force wants to expand and grow. And so we have to have this, like, unnatural, catch to block certain things from expanding in ways that we don't want.

Because, otherwise, we end up with business weeds in our business garden. And so the other thing with systems is that often they basically produce they can the more complicated they become, often the more unreliable the output becomes. So that's why keeping things simple is very helpful, like in a practical example using the VSL funnel. We have one traffic one paid traffic source, which may be YouTube ads, one VSL, one type of conversion mechanism that's a strategy call and a calendar, and we have the front end master line that we're offering on that call exclusively. And it's a very measurable input output type of system.

But when we have too many types of lead magnets or products or low ticket products, etcetera, or funnels or different VSLs, then we can't measure what input is producing what output, and it it becomes, very difficult to untangle. So if we can get rid of a system by making it unnecessary and deleting it, that is best, which flows into the next few principles here, which is we really recommend and you often hear this on the calls. You know, I'll talk about this. Sam will talk about this. Nick as well.

You know, this concept of a bottleneck. And we wanna unrestrict those to flow more value in any category of the business. So and we wanna do that because typically in any business, there is one pinch point, one bottleneck that is preventing you from the next incremental level of growth. So, for example, that might be let's say you're spending $500 a day on YouTube ads and you're booking strategy calls from your VSL on your calendar, and your rep has more availability to take more calls. The bottleneck in that situation, you know, if our goal is to grow sales, well, all we need to do is spend more on YouTube ads if the audiences we have validated have, sales within them and were profitable on, you know, cost per acquisition basis.

So the bottleneck is not enough calls on the calendar, and so we unblock that by just spending more on ads. And poof, we've we've unlocked more value. We're flowing more appointments through the system. And, you're gonna be generating more sales, and we're creating more value in the business. So we always wanna have a laser like focus on what is the immediate bottleneck.

And there typically always is a bottleneck. It's either taking up your and typically, it's taking up your time. It's a bottleneck in your time, or it's a bottle and or it's a bottleneck in the business that is blocking it or preventing it from that next level of, of growth. Another good principle is the mental model of delete, automate, delegate in that specific order. So you might have, you know, tying back to removing unnecessary removing unnecessary process and converting necessary process into unnecessary and then deleting it if possible, we wanna do that.

Because once again, we're trying to keep the business as simple as we can. So if we can keep if we can delete things we don't need, they're not necessary, that's better because the best system is no system at all. Now if we have to have something because it's necessary, then we wanna automate if we can. And so that means basically using, let's say, a, you know, like a VSL automation in ActiveCampaign. So we we need to have email follow-up, the minimum amount, and we wanna have an autoresponder yet so that you're not personally emailing or having a rep email those people.

The last one is delegate. So those are the things that a machine or technology can't do but are necessary. And so that's like sales calls, q and a coaching calls, group q and a coaching calls, perhaps one on one calls in your back end mastermind if you include that as a feature. Like I mentioned a bit ago as well, without good operations, you'll be pulled into fires consistently and away from the strategy, the product, and the future of your company. And the more that happens, the more there's an opportunity for a competitor to get ahead and the slower your progress would be.

That's certainly been a secret, if you will, of how, you know, we've been able to produce the results that we have been able to for years is that we've had a good mix of having the team and myself be able to take care of the majority of the operations on Sam's behalf. And he's been able to focus the majority of his time, not a 100%, but the vast majority of it on strategy product in the future. And that has helped us tremendously stay ahead of the market and ahead of the curve. And so if you're able to do that at a point with your company, it will allow you to, you know, produce really amazing, profitability product, type results and stay ahead of where the market is going because you have the mental bandwidth to be able to think about that and stay in that white space of the future instead of, you know, what is in the now needing to be fixed that is broken. Also know that with systems, even when they're well built, they will experience entropy over time, and they will decay in effectiveness and require your energy input again to adapt and restore the performance.

So, for example, a VSL for you might work for a year. A YouTube ad, if you're in b two b, might work for four months. Maybe a sales rep works out for you for a year, and then they can't they don't perform as well, and they wanna move on to something else. So these systems all have lifespans, and we do at a point when they start to decay need to jump in and fix it, and you'll get another half life of that item, in the business. Last point on kind of a philosophical standpoint is, building input controls for your business machine.

So this is sort of the philosophy behind why are we emailing to the calendar, why we recommend YouTube ads and opportunity funnels. Well, we wanna have controls over the business because if you can't control if you can't control the business, then it is controlling you. And we wanna have a machine that we can basically drive like a race car, not a race car driving us. And so in order to do that, we have to be able to first and foremost control cash flow, which we'll get into in the CEO daily workflow process. How we do that primarily is appointments on the calendar.

As you know, that is really the name of the game in this type of business is how do we and that's something that, you know, most businesses, if you're, you know, speaking with others in the group and even in quantum, they struggle with it. It's the traffic generation, the appointment generation. It's it is if it is never ending. And so we wanna have a method that is reliable, repeatable, sustainable, scalable, delegatable to generate appointments. How we do that is email under the calendar, YouTube ads as well.

Right? Those two things fit those keywords that we're optimizing for. So that's really why we recommend them. And, you know, using an opportunity funnel, when appropriate to drive more bookings and more, units. Because when you have those input controls, you know what to input to produce an output.

And the output are our numbers. So number of bookings per month, number of calls completed, number of units sold at your front end and or back end mastermind, the cash collected, and ultimately the profit produced. So that's sort of it in a nutshell on the philosophical side for operations making decisions from. As far as questions to ask to improve operations, a great one, again, to the point of necessary versus unnecessary process, do we really need that? It's a simple question.

Do we really need that? And need is the key word here. Be honest with yourself and with your team. And if your team is telling you that we need it, you know, press on that. Tell them, do we really need that?

And most of the time, you don't. So that's a great question to ask. Another one is, what would happen if we didn't do that anymore? That's called addition by subtraction. So if you stop doing something and the numbers don't change, then you didn't need to do it, or you didn't need to, whether it's an expense or an activity or a team member, anything like that from an operational lens, you can see it.

It's an input output experiment. If we remove it, does the output change? And if it doesn't change, then you didn't need it, and it was an unnecessary, wasteful input. Another question. How could we make something even simpler?

So you might think you have something simple, and it may be simple. But the question is, could it be even simpler? For example, email support. You know, we had a help scout, inbox, and we had multiple inbox. Now that was a reliable, repeatable, maintainable system, to have a smooth operation from a support perspective.

But it wasn't as simple as it could be because we had multiple inboxes at one point for different ticket categories. So we removed all of that, and we have now one category called triage. That's it. And, again, we simplified it even further by removing those people in the account that don't actually need to be there. Start to hear in these words again.

Do we really need that? Do we really need that? And when you start to look at everything with that lens, we can start to remove a lot of stuff and simplify things tremendously. Things to avoid. So common is software.

This is from what I see from my experience. It's very easy to wanna add software, Zaps, add docs, add tools, etcetera. Really try to hold back from doing that if you can because, typically, you don't need to add it if you can think through a more clever way to solve the problem by putting constraints on yourself. What if you put a constraint on yourself that said, well, I couldn't add any more software. How would we solve this problem?

And is it even a problem? And do we even need what we think we're creating the soft we're adding software for? So these are the good questions to ask and have your team to ask as well. Another one that I commonly see is part time team members have added new roles when the current team Typically, you can have one full time Typically, you can have one full time person stack up with tasks and projects, and they can do more. That's just the raw reality.

Whether they're open to it or you ask them to do it, they can typically take it on. And having one full time person that's all in is going to be more effective for you than a part time person who's less skilled, compensated less, and they're less, all in to your business. That's from what I've seen from, our members in here and in Upland and Quantum who attempt part time team members, it typically doesn't work well. A few people that are all in will work significantly better from our own experience and from what we've seen from our top members in Quantum, in Upland, and in We Tube. Also, avoid adding new products, new traffic channels, team members before the current one is stabilized and ideally optimized.

Key is there, stabilize. So let's say we're spinning up YouTube ads, and we're validating we're we're testing different ads. We're testing hooks. We're testing keywords, other other audiences. Well, let's not move on to another traffic channel until that is solved.

So that is, like, the one thing, and we're staying on that one traffic channel until it's actually profitable at minimum. And then we wanna optimize it to scale the appointment generation and the output from it before moving on to something else. It's like plate spinning. You know, if we don't have one plate spinning really fast and balanced well, then we move over to something else because your tension is no longer on the thing. It's wobbling already, then it starts to wobble a lot and tip over.

And then you have to go back and fix it because the plate smashed. But if it's spinning very well, you can hold it and then move on to something else. And if we don't do that, then what you'll find is you have a bunch of projects or traffic sources or team members that are, like, half baked, and they're not that absolutely effective some other so another perspective, what makes for great operations? Consistent execution of the daily CEO workflow process by either solely the founder or a operations manager, like myself, and having numb your numbers and KPI tasked on with craftsmanship. So we're gonna get into the CEO daily workflow in the next video because that really is the playbook step by step process on a daily basis to follow to have smooth operations.

And we have the key questions in there to ask. And so that will be, likely extremely useful for you. Also, on your daily stand up meeting with your team, you know that you're having great operations when you speak more frequently about what to get rid of than what to add. Again, it's very easy to talk about what should we do extra, what should we add, what about what can we take away, and do we really need that? The more we can have those sorts of questions consistently on your daily stand ups with your team, the simpler the business is going to become and the more maintainable, sustainable, predictable, reliable, scalable it will become, by the way.

And, also, you know you've got great operations when you know your current numbers and projected numbers for the month, whether that's you or your operations manager or there's a mix. And specifically bookings, units. So that's number of front end masterminds sold, number of back end masterminds sold or projected to be sold, cash collected, accounts receivable due. So that's like set basically revenue that is due to collect in this month from payment plans and your renewals, if you have any renewals, as well as expenses and the projected profit. When you know those or your operations manager knows those and not only what you've done, but what you're projecting, and then are you on pace to achieve that throughout the month as things move around, then, you know, you've got good operations.

So with that, I'll go ahead and wrap the video here. In the next one, we'll dive into the CEO daily workflow so you can see on a daily basis the process to go through to achieve the smoothest operations possible. So thanks for watching, and we'll see you there.

# 2. CEO daily workflow

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 20 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/bd940270-8252-455f-a155-ac8b8a012d5e

---


Well, hello, everybody. Welcome back to YouTube, module six operations. In today's video, we'll be talking through the CEO daily workflow, how it works, why it's important, and how it will ultimately make your operation smoother, help you make the business more system able. So if you haven't watched six one to know what system able is, quick recap on that. If we wanna make if we wanna optimize the business to be as predictable, reliable, sustainable, repeatable, scalable, delegatable as possible, then we wanna have a process that we follow that will allow us to achieve those, prince you know, sort of principled outcomes.

And leaving the philosophy to the side, we can now get into the real real brass tax of what to do to achieve those things in the business. First and foremost, as you may know, cash flow is the most important thing. So this is a doc that Sam has put together. We've shared with our Quantum members this over the years. Now we're we're showing it with you here in YouTube.

And, ultimately, with these businesses, with I mean, really with any business, but particularly with these high ticket information businesses, we wanna watch cash flow like a hawk. There are movements day to day, and we're consistently making sales. Expenses are consistently leaving the account. So this is something we want to learn to watch very carefully if we're not already doing so. So this is the most important thing, especially because if we run at a cash flow excluding cash reserves, it's over.

The business is over. We have to start again. And so we need to watch this flow constantly because this is sort of the, it it effectively without it, we're we're no longer in business. So we wanna watch the total cash in less total cash out of the bank account level. We also want to look at data to understand its pulse.

We wanna look at it weekly and monthly to see if it's positive or negative. And whether it's positive or negative, we wanna ask why. And we wanna record the relations between the actions and cash flow or the inputs and output of cash flow. And we'll get into that in a second here, as far as what are the inputs. We talked a bit about them in 6.1 regarding YouTube ads, regarding email broadcast to the calendar.

We'll get into that in in further in a moment. We also wanna look at what is the total cash in the bank, what's the total monthly burn, which are expenses, and how many months of cash reserves do you have. So if cash flow is the most important thing, then what are the things that contribute Well, as we mentioned, in 6.1, the tools the the but the question is, are the sales reps' calendars full? That is the question. And you'll often hear me ask that, Sam ask that, or Nick ask that on the collab calls because that is the leading indicator, if you will, of how cash flow will be.

If the calendars aren't full, we're not taking as many calls as possible. We're not making as many offers as possible. The units are not going to be maximized. Therefore, the cash is not gonna be, maximized income, and the profit will not be, optimized and the cash flow will not be optimized. And you can see the cascading effects.

These are all downstream effects of the thing most upstream, which is is the calendar full? And we so we're asking that every day. Are the sales rep's calendars full? If they're not, we wanna email broadcast the list to the Calendly survey call booking page to generate bookings. And you'll hear us talk about that a lot, again, from a different lens of a philosophy, from an operations philosophy.

Why we do that is because it's reliable, predictable, sustainable, repeatable, delegatable, scalable, no matter how big or small your list is, and it can be maintained. It can be done repeatedly. This is not a act of it's not a launch. It's not some off the cuff thing to make sales or pulling rabbits out of hats. It's a reliable method to generate the thing that you need to generate cash flow.

Therefore, it's very important. Once again, on a ads perspective, are if you're running YouTube ads, are they profitable, and are they generating bookings? If they're not, you wanna focus on the ads in the funnel until you reach at least one, 1.2 to one, so 20% minimum cash ROI and ideally much more, which Brian covers in detail in the YouTube ads week. Also, are we producing weekly YouTube channel videos and emailing a list of them? Now if we're not doing that, we wanna do that because that is a predictable reliable way to nurture the leads that we generate from YouTube ads.

And the more we do that, the more we grow the channel, the more discovery we get, the more the nurture the more of the nurturing of the leads get, the better the quality leads you get on the calls when you send an email broadcast. So it's all connected as you can see if you're not already aware. And, again, to this point, if you're not posting these videos, you are leaving, profit on the table because, when you email broadcast, there's no cost. So this is another perspective from casual. When you send an email broadcast, there's no expense associated with it.

It's free. And when you post a YouTube video, it's also free. So from a financial perspective, from an expense perspective, they're very good because these tactics have no costs. And the the lower we can keep the costs, the better the cash flow and the profit will be. Once again, from a more so operational perspective, the question is, are customer support tickets getting resolved in twenty four hours or less with an 80%, ideally, 90% of better happiness score if you have an email, support tool like Help Scout, we recommend using Help Scout.

If you have immaterial amount of support tickets, if you don't, it may not be necessary. Also, are your accounts from an accounting perspective being reconciled daily? Are your core systems running? So your YouTube ads, your funnel, your CRM, the calendar, are there spaces on the calendar? Are there the right amount of days in advance of the calendar?

You know, is your school group or your, other group or your content portal operating properly, etcetera? And are your sales reps showing up to their calls and converting at 15 to 2020%, ideally, 25 to 30% if they're really killing it. And on a management perspective, we also wanna look at a a reporting on how many bookings did we get yesterday, calls, units, rev, cash, emails sent, content produced or planned, and any other actions that we have scheduled, and then the plan for today. Once again, are the calendars full? What are you hearing on the calls or from the group?

Are there any immediate actions needed? And depending on your your team structure, you'll be you wanna check-in with your team leads daily. So that may be on a daily stand up, which is what we recommend. For most of you in YouTube, that is gonna be the key meeting. It's the daily meeting, ideally, at the start of your day with your team every day on video, on Google Meet, or on Zoom.

And you're discussing what you did yesterday, what you plan to do today, and all of these items. Are the calendars full? Are we closing in KPI? What are you hearing on the calls? Are the ads working in KPI, etcetera?

We also wanna continuously look through the org chart to see if there's any weak links that we, may need to take action on. Do you need to do a one on one with anyone on your team whose performance may be slipping or you could sense that their engagement may be slipping from what you see on a daily stand up? On a cost perspective, this is a big one. Where's the money being spent? How can we remove or reduce this?

So this is a huge point because a dollar saved truly is a dollar earned, and it is often more difficult to drive more performance out of your customer acquisition engine. But it is always easier to cut expenses. Now that's not to say we don't wanna validate our YouTube ads, scale them, generate more appointments, roll out a back end mastermind, fill up both of our masterminds, etcetera. We wanna go ahead and do all that, but it will be typically easier to cut costs. At a certain point, once you have your products very well optimized on a survey generation, standpoint.

And, again, going back to 6.1, if you haven't watched that on a philosophical perspective, the question is, you know, do we really need x on a financial basis? Because if we can remove that, whether that's a project, a part timer, a software tool, ad spend, ad spend to specific audiences that don't drive sales, reduce ad spend, etcetera, then you can reduce your cost, which increases your cash flow and increases your profit. On an income basis, where is the money coming from? What ads? What products?

What emails? What hooks in the ads and in the emails? What audiences on your YouTube ads, and then how can we do more of that? So we wanna get that specific. What is what is, you know, the eighty twenty of what's really driving the results, and then how do we do more of that and less of what isn't actually working?

Also, do we need additional talent? How are we gonna get it? Do we need to define a new role, etcetera? We also wanna observe our team's workflow and your own as the founder to optimize it and reduce complexity. So, again, the question is, do we need to be doing x?

And if we don't, if it's unnecessary process, we wanna get rid of it and smooth it out. Also, batching things can help, because then you can do one task and compress it all, instead of doing things in a just in time format, which often can be less efficient, such as email or answering school group questions. Another point is you wanna identify your top performers and assign efforts to unblock them. Think about the the bottleneck from 6.1 that we discussed to flow more throughput. So what's blocking you is most valuable.

Then once you solve that, what's blocking your top performing team members so you can unblock them. On a product basis, we wanna ask the question, are the customers happy in getting results? If not, this is definitely an emergency to fix. If we fail to provide value, the business is in jeopardy massively. And how does the product compare to the competition?

What is the product innovation roadmap look like? What's ahead? What's pissing customers off and what's making them fall in love? Do less or more of each. This is the stuff, the product stuff, that if you can get to it, really will take your company to the levels that you likely want for it.

Everything up until point five is critical, but it is over time delegatable. So this is something, like I mentioned in 6.1 that Sam and I, I think we've been able to do well, is, you know, we have he's been able to delegate a lot of the management to me and to the team, but I'm monitoring these numbers here where you may be doing that in your own business currently, the bookings, calls, units rev, accounts receivable, cash flow, expenses, customer support tickets, sending emails, the, monitoring our ads and their performance, etcetera. Allowing him, Sam, to stay on product and be ahead of the curve. Because the more the founder can do that, the better your products are gonna be, the better the product market fit. And, also, ultimately, the better the sales, the better the profit because the better product market fit you have, and the further you're gonna be ahead of your competition, where those drivers cannot get out of the management and the operational items to work in the future primarily.

Same with point six. So the more that you can have the time to get into this, the better the future of your company will be from our experience and from what I've seen from our Quantum members as well. So what's our vision and mission and how are we progressing on this? Do we even have that, first of all? And if we do, how are we progressing on that?

How crisp is it? Is it could it be even better? Are we staying true to our core values? And what are your core values? What is our core competence, and are we the best in the world at this?

That's a good question. Because over time, you start to see what customers come to you for and what they really want the most. And And what is the white hot center of what they really want from you? And if you can really identify that through the noise and focus more on that, then you will be ahead of of the competition. Also, where's the market headed?

What do people think is going on? And how are we 10 steps ahead? That's that's a great question to consistently ask and reevaluate, you know, what you think of those answers and as they change over time. Also, do you have a flywheel and is it working? So you may have multiple flywheels, but in case you're not familiar with the flywheel, effectively, that's a concept, that was made famous kind of by Amazon where they had, you know, more the more products, the more products they put on the platform, the more customers they attracted, the lower the prices they can offer, and the more customers they got, which attracted more suppliers, which attracted more products, which attracted more customers because they had more selection, which allowed them to drop prices, which drove customers even, drove more customers.

And the more customers they got, the lower they could drop the shipping costs, which drove even more customers, and it started to spin faster and faster. And, you know, we wanna try to have that. And there's various ways we can go about that that we can collaborate on in the calls for flywheels in these businesses. A good example is, like, customer results. That's probably the fastest one.

So are we get you know, when we get a customer result, we have a screenshot of it. We can get a screenshot of it in the school group. We can send an email. That creates more proof and conviction amongst the people on the email list that gets more bookings, that gets more sales, that gets more clients, that who get more client results, who we can then, share their stories in an opportunity via cell or on the YouTube channel or in an email broadcast or in an ad, which then drives more bookings and more sales, etcetera. So that's one example of a flywheel within what we do.

Also, how can we make the company more like a self sustaining ecosystem? This is a hard one, but it's a good question to ask. Typically, that's through, like, referrals or there are other creative ways over time that we may be able to find to make the company self sustaining so that we're not reliant on one platform or one ad or one person or in a way where it can basically feed and compound on itself. Again, a good question that we can collaborate on on the calls because depending on the products and the niche and the goals that you have, there are different, ways we can go about it. For example, how one way we went about it with Accelerator, although we don't sell consulting Accelerator anymore, which if you're not familiar, was a two k product on how to start a, consulting business from scratch that we sold for, many, many years.

We implemented a referral system for that, and that, effectively made the product completely rely self sustaining through referrals. So we would get consistent sales through referrals, no need to run paid traffic for about two years. And it achieved that 1.5 coefficient where it would spin itself without any additional input. And so that's pretty cool if you can if you can do something like that with what you have in your business. It's not always through referrals, but there are, depending on what you have going on, you know, there are there are certain ways that we can potentially, create either a flywheel and or this this type of self sustaining ecosystem.

That's it for the CEO daily workflow. So in summary, you can see really the differences here. You know, we have cash flow management, profit management, and then also the future. The product, the strategic longer term initiatives. And the more you can have your brain on the product and the strategic longer term initiatives once cash flow is dialed in and it is relatively repeatable, sustainable, predictable, and you can have an operations manager and quality account managers signing up clients, taking care of clients, and managing the numbers for you, then it will allow you to take your company to an even better level.

So I hope this was useful. Looking forward to speaking with you on the collab calls about, this process and answering any questions that you may have about it as well. So thanks for watching, and we'll see you in the next video.

# 3. Mastermind member operations

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 30 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/06059c43-c37e-460e-b472-8e00559ce662

---


Well, hello, everybody. Jesse Clark here. Welcome back to We Tube module six, operations, specifically 6.3, mastermind member operations. And in this video, we're going to cover the, system operations, if you will, for maintaining and staying organized with your members, the active members and the inactive members. So let's go ahead and jump right into it.

The goals of having quality mastermind member operations are the following. So, of course, we wanna maintain an ongoing list of active members that has to be done somewhere. We also want to ensure when members are due for renewal, they are contacted at least one month in advance to see whether they plan to stay or if you or your account manager requires a replacement. So when we have an organized list, we can then see in advance who is coming up for renewal in future months and see whether they plan to renew or, do you need a replacement deal? Also, we wanna know at a glance.

We wanna know precisely how many members are in your front end mastermind group or your back end mastermind group. So the thing if you're using school or Facebook group or some other group structure or Kajabi or whatever you're using as your, LMS and as your group tools, it will include business partners as you may have found in your experience. It'll include your customer's key employees, spouses, and or your team members. So it's not a pinpoint accurate measurement of how many active member businesses or people are in your front end mastermind or back end mastermind. So we'll get into the actual tool of how we do that here using close.com.

That's how I do it here at consulting.com, and that allows us to have a ultra pinpoint accurate number of how many members do we have in each product. We also wanna have a goal of having one centralized support channel that prospects can access if they have a question about, either about your company or the customers can be responded to if your account manager cannot answer, their question. So we recommend doing this through email support, through Help Scout if the volume of email inquiries that you get is sufficient. The KPIs on that, if you're not familiar, we recommend 90% plus happiness score, three hours or less for plat time during office hours. And if it's a 100 tickets per day or less in volume, then it's a part time role, or a part time task, I should say, that can be stacked on to your operations manager or community manager or potentially a account manager slash sales rep depending on the exact or chart structure of your, company.

So with that said, the workflow that we recommend for maintaining your mastermind members, first and foremost, we want to ensure your call bookings are flowing into close.com through a Zapier connection. So what you need is to use Zapier. You likely already have an account. And if you don't, you wanna go ahead and create one. And it's a simple Zap that we need to create.

We need a trigger, which is an invitee created in Calendly, and then we need an action, which is create a lead and close. So as you can see, we have the app, which is Calendly. The event is an invitee created, and then we want the admin level Calendly account. And when we so that's the trigger. And then the action is creating a lead in close.

So we we wanna if you don't already have a close.com account and you wanna follow what we do, I re I recommend creating one. It's very simple. You can go to close.com and create one from scratch. So I won't show a demonstration of that here because it's very straightforward. And the event that you want is create lead, specifically, because these individuals who are booking in will not exist if you don't have a closed account, and they won't exist in your closed database yet.

And all we're looking to do is add in a few details on a on a dimension of how can we make this as simple as possible. So we want the company name as the invitee name that we pull in from Calendly. And what I'll do here is I'll just click on, I'll click on edit here so you can actually see what this looks like. So under the setup action, you can see that under company name, you can click this, and we now have a drop down of Calendly info. So we want the invitee name here because that effectively is how we search up somebody.

So if you are actually working with companies, you might wanna put the company name, but we use the naming convention of the person because that's how we know our customers. So that may be the same for you. Then we want to update their lead status to what I call here front end mastermind. So that would be your front end mastermind product name, colon wait list. And I'll get into that in close in a moment, how we create that because that needs to be pulled into Zapier from close from the integration that we have here with Zapier.

And then under the contacts, which is a separate category in close, which I'll just show you here if you're not familiar with close. So this is the concept of a company name. And then as you can see inside of close, this is a lead. And then within the concept of a lead is a contact. So they are separate, objects within this system.

So when we go back to Zapier, we want to also create a contact because the contact is how we have the email address and the first name to the lead. So it may be duplicate info, but this is what, Close requires. This way, you can go ahead and actually email a contact from Close. So you can see that we have the email. Now I have a sample email in here.

I just put my email. We wanna actually be adding in the real contacts email through the Zap. So that way, your rep, when they pull up this smart view of the wait list, which I'll show you about in a moment how we set this up and why, they can instantly email from close to the contact. And this allows them to not have to be in Gmail. And it has a great track record of historic emails.

So you can see if we send a test here just to myself, you can see that this actually saves. And so we have a date, and you can see the full history. And if you collect the phone number, it also allows you to text from close. So as you can see here, you can literally click on SMS. This is my phone number, so I'm just hitting test here.

And you can see that it logs a SMS as well. And so this allows your account managers and yourself to see who has been in contact with what customer over what frequency. Have they replied? Have they opened? Because you can see whether they've opened the email.

Did they text you back, how many days has it been since we've replied, etcetera. So it's a very, very useful, what I call, sales CRM. This is not the area where we're we have tags for email autoresponders, or we're email broadcasting, or our broadcasting, or our core email list database. That's for ActiveCampaign. But what Close is really good at is being a sales CRM.

So as an account manager myself and and and, you know, the others on our team here, it it's great because we can then jump into a wait list. We can jump into a customer list, and we could see the last point of contact that any of us has had with that customer. Or when you have a lot of customers, you are able to write notes about the deal and see and remind yourself about what, you know, what were the unique parameters with that client? What were they working on? What were they trying to achieve?

What was their plan? What did they have for the upcoming quarter? What did you guys discuss? Etcetera. And, also, if you hand that off to another account manager, then they can also reference these notes and get briefed on the contact, from reading without having to have a human brief them on that lead.

Another point is that we what I recommend is not necessarily importing the custom question fields into closed. Now this is optional. You can do this if you want. But if you wanna use the lens of how do we make the system as simple as possible, then what you would do is, although this won't show it here, when you have a booking come through and a lead is generated, You will have this concept of a Calendly booking here where you can click a drop down and you'll be able to see the survey info inside of Calendly in an email here that Calendly automatically appends to this contact because the email is the same. Now if we have that info here, why would we add it as a custom field?

It's duplicate info. So again, this is your system. You get to design it how you like. But if you want to use our minimalist principle and not have duplicate info within a system as a principle, then it's better to not add them as custom fields if you're not even gonna be searching for by those custom fields anyway. And just leave it in the Calendly booking, info because it's very easily, readable after somebody books.

And, again, it appends to the contact because of the email being the same. So I hope that's helpful. Now I'm gonna jump back to Zapier here. So where we were again was we append the name to the contact, also the email, and that's it. That's all we're doing, from a lead creation standpoint.

Then you will click continue, and then you'll click retest, and it will test to make sure that it's functional. If you've used Zapier before, you're familiar with this process. And as you can see, it was successful. We have the green check mark. A lead was sent.

So now we can close that. They're both green, and you can see that this is ready to go. So that is the only Zap that you need. And once again, as you might have heard on the collab calls, I I recommend not importing email leads to close. We had an experiment that we did where we did one off account manager emails to email opt ins to see if we could speed up the booking process, and there really was not additional yield there.

So by adding emails into close instead of bookings, we are bloating close. We're bloating the system with unnecessary information. So I wouldn't recommend doing it with the exception if you are capturing the phone number on the opt in. So if you're doing that where some people in the group may be doing that and you wanna have your rep or setter call your opt in leads because you're capturing that phone number or you wanna text them and or call them, then you would, of course, wanna import them into close. Because if your rep is going to be calling or texting them, they may be doing it literally from close because they can do that and the phone number will automatically, propagate, onto the contact record.

All you have to do is just add it in the Zap. Should you have the phone field in Calendly, you would add it as a phone field into close under the contact, record. So that's on the Zap side of adding our bookings to close. Now when we navigate over to close, why we wanna add those bookings to close is because I recommend organizing your leads in the following way. So you can see we have these concepts of Smart Views here.

These are the Smart Views we have for our products, We Tube and Quantum. These are some sample Smart Views that I've created for the purposes of this demo video. So what I recommend is having a front end mastermind wait list. That's what FEM stands for. And a back end mastermind wait list and a back end mastermind active, front end mastermind active.

So wait list is the concept of somebody that has booked but hasn't bought. Active is the concept of they bought, and they're they're an active customer, paying customer. Now, again, you could make this exponentially more granular. People that you've have called, people that you've called, people that you've offered and you haven't offered, people that you called and offered that weren't a good fit, etcetera, etcetera. You can go and do all of that if you would like for your own, you know, system purposes, if you really wanna get specific.

But if you wanna have it as simple as possible, I recommend this structure because it allows you to basically know at a glance, Here are the bookings of the people that were interested in this product and they haven't bought yet. Let's follow-up with them. If you're an account manager and you don't have inbound bookings on the wait list, how can we follow-up with them? And it's one list. And then for your active customers, it's one list.

You know exactly at a glance how many members you have. And you could see here you have two, in this, example here. Now another point of how I recommend structuring this is that we put after they convert to a customer, whether it's for your front end mastermind or your back end mastermind, we put a number in front of it, and the number is representative of the month that they sign up. Now why we do that is because close has a limitation whereby you cannot sort a Smart View by a arbitrary date. So there isn't a concept of adding a date to a contact and then being able to sort by that.

Because if we could, then we could sort by the date that customers have signed up. What it only allows for is sorting by, really by name. Now, obviously, if we sort by name, that does not show us what month somebody signed up because somebody that starts with a might not have signed up in January. They might have signed up in December. So this is the best way I've found to date to organize the customers by month because it allows you to see at a glance, okay, we had one sign up in January.

We had one sign up in February. And then when you're looking out into the future, and let's say we're a year later. Okay. We have one renewal coming up in January. Let's look at their history.

Have we done the calls with them? Have we had email history? Have we contacted them for their renewal? Do we have a call booked to discuss their renewal? And you can also use this to help forecast your cash flows because you can see, okay, in February, how many renewals do we have?

And let's say we had five. Well and let's say your product price was 10 k. Then you have 50 k of projected renewal revenue based off of knowing how many renewals you have as opportunist sales opportunities in that month as indicated by the number. And that allows for helpful revenue planning. And, it allows you to know let's say you have a month where you only have one renewal.

Well, then maybe we should counterbalance that renewal with a opportunity funnel and an opportunity VSL or a new YouTube ad so that we can counterbalance the fact that we have a small month of renewals. And we bound we we are able to counterbalance that lack of revenue from renewals with, new revenue from a opportunity funnel or from a new YouTube ad. So that way you are we are using this to help guide the revenue, and we're putting rails on what are the actions we need to do to produce the revenue that we want. Also, in concert with the renewals as you, you know, get to year two of this model once those kick in. Of course, in year one, we don't have concept of renewals yet because we're signing people up for the first month of that year.

But once you get into year two of this mastermind front end mastermind, back end mastermind model, that's when the renewal revenue, and the renewal project revenue projections becomes, useful and relevant and important. So with that said, that is really close in a nutshell. I'm gonna navigate back to our workflow here. So, again, we wanna make sure our bookings are flowing into close, which we've covered. When a rep closes the deal, we wanna update the lead status from product wait list to product active.

So that's something that we can cover as well. You can see here that the lead status is active. And so how these smart views work is now I've created these. To show you, in case you are unfamiliar with how to create these, all you need to do is type in this. Actually, that's not entirely true.

So I'll show you the there's another step here. So inside of close, we need to go to settings to first create the concept of a lead status. So inside of settings, you want to navigate to statuses and pipelines. Then you would go to add, and we would type in the name here. So let's say your friend mastermind was called, like, scale.

That's the name of it. And then we would call that scale wait list add. And as you can see, we've now added scale wait list as a lead status. Now a lot of people ask, do we use opportunity statuses? I found we don't.

It's it's duplicate info again for our purposes, especially if you have a separate billing system, which we need because Close doesn't really handle billing. So I haven't found them to be that useful. We just use lead, the concept of a lead status. So if we now we've created this scale wait list. And what we'll also do here is I'll create a concept of a of a product called scale active.

So we have the scale mastermind wait list and the scale Mastermind active. Now, as a sample name for your product. So what we would then need to do is create this smart view for yourself. Now how do we do that? So if you go over to leads, enclose, what we want to do is we want to hit the, believe it is sort.

Nope. It's filter. So we wanna click on they've changed this recently. They had text based queries for a while. Now they have this concept of a filter.

So you wanna click on filter, then click on leads, then you want to see find leads where current status is any of scale wait list. And we tick that on. And as you can see, current status scale wait list. And, of course, there's no leads matching that because we haven't updated any leads with this concept. What you then do is hover over here, save as a smart view, and then we would save it here.

So we would call this scale wait list. Save. And now you can see that we've added this smart view. Now what you would do is in this example, here so I'll navigate over to front end mastermind for this example lead. So this example lead is marked as front end mastermind mind wait list.

And let's say we convert John Smith. So we have the strategy call. They convert. They purchase the front end mastermind. Your rep needs to change this lead status from front end mastermind wait list to front end mastermind active.

And you can see that is this lead status change. Now you'll notice if we go to front end mastermind active smart view, John Smith is now here. Right? Because we changed the lead status. So it automatically moves that lead from one Smart View to the next Smart View.

And then if we sign them up, let's say the month that we're signing them up, today is July, the month of July. So what we would do is we would edit the, contact or, excuse me, the lead name, and we would put seven. Save. And now we go back to front end mastermind active. And now we can see John Smith signed up in July, and they are an active customer.

And so that's pretty straightforward about how we, add in the leads. We update the lead status, and then we adjust the name based off of the month of sign up. And as you can see, we have it in this descending order so that we have January through December regardless of what the name is to keep it organized. Again, one other pro tip in case you didn't catch this, we have to make sure we save this smart view with the descending order here, of or excuse me, ascending order of name. So let's say we were doing that from scratch with your, example product here.

We would go to sort, and we would go name, and then we make sure it's ascending. And that is the specific setting you need to achieve this ascending, order of name so that we have it starting with January all the way to December. Again, we went through this workflow. So we created one smart view in closed.com per mastermind, one for the front end, one for the back end, and then we have one wait list and one, one for your active active members. Once again, as I've been sort of alluding to, we wanna have yourself or your account manager also, know either in their warm app planner or using the task reminder feature in close.com to contact their accounts on a recurring basis that you define.

So depending on your feature for one on one assistance in either of your masterminds, you wanna have your reps either set a task reminder in close or note down in their warm up calendar on on the date when they need to follow-up with that contact. Again, for us, it's once per quarter. So we we note that. Also, I mentioned this at the beginning of the video. We recommend booking a call with your Mastermind member for their renewal as the default way to check into the renewal, not just chat unless they ask you for chat.

The reason is because chat renewals are not as effective because you don't have the total attention of your customer, and you don't because you don't have their complete attention on a one on one call, there's no forcing function to force a decision in a healthy way. With chat, they have the ability to literally click out of the tab, click x, and you've lost their attention. They get options. They can reply when they want. They connect out of the tab, and that sort of chat etiquette.

But when it's a one on one call, it's a different dynamic, of course. So it's not as strong of a sales process as a a good old one on one call, on Zoom or on the phone. So we really recommend that to make sure that you have as much control of the sales process as possible, so that you're not letting any deal any marginal deals slip away just because of the format of the renewal conversation. And example, again, throughout this video, I've gone through the mastermind member list management. And, one other thing I'll mention is we use help scout.

So, again, depending on your email volume, you may not need help scout. But if you do get significant email volume that is support related and you don't wanna go into your personal email as the founder, then what I recommend is, getting Help Scout. We've used it for many, many years. It's an awesome tool, very cheap, very effective, very reliable. And, this is effectively the settings, so we call it support, supportofconsulting.com.

This is the, from name. So we have user first name. This is the signature that we use. We have no aliases. And this is what the inbox looks like.

So it's literally this is our dashboard. It's the support inbox. There's one inbox. And then when you click into it, there's one inbox. So we don't have multiple different inboxes.

There's one inbox. If it's on the side, you would have seen a ticket here and, unanswered. And then once they're done, they're closed. And as you can see, we have, you know, many closed tickets here, just as an example, over the years. So that is it for Mastermind member operations.

I hope this was useful. If you have any questions, I look forward to hearing from you in the school group as well, as on perhaps an upcoming YouTube collab call. So take care. Thanks for watching, and we will see you in the next video.

# 4. Financial operations

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 11 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/48466fba-7441-4b78-89e6-dd068bc38219

---


Well, hello, everybody. Jesse Clark here. Welcome back to We Tube, week six operations, specifically module 6.4, financial operations. And so the goals that we have for financial operations, are as follows. So what we are aiming to do is to produce a 50% or better net profit margin monthly on a cash accounting basis even after a profit share compensation scenario.

So that is how specific of a goal that we have for at least that we have internally, and, you know, we recommend to you to have as well. Really, that 50 in that profit is is the target. That's what we're shooting for. Now in order to achieve that, we also need two products. We can get into that, momentarily, to really hit that at least with a meaningful amount of revenue.

The other goals that we're trying to hit are to have the control, the predictability, and the peace of mind to go into a new month or project into future months and know with a pragmatic degree of accuracy what your units, cash, expenses, profit, and net margin will be. Because it's one thing to be able to achieve 50% net profit in a month, but if you can control that number months in the future through the inputs that we've talked about in previous weeks, such as YouTube ads, email broadcasting, keeping the calendars full, and a recurring revenue aspect of selling front end and back end masterminds, then we can start to, enhance the, estimate of what we'll do on any given month in terms of profit because we now have the concept of renewals, replacing those in a mastermind that are if your mastermind is full, as well as typically how many units you sell new per month cold from your YouTube ads and VSL funnel. We also want to learn where expenses are too high, why and how to trim them to make more profit, and also to know your daily cash inflow, outflow, and learn its typical number and pattern.

So that's really what we're trying to achieve. In terms of workflow from a financial operation standpoint, this ties a bit into the CEO daily workflow, but even more granular. So the question is, do we have an accounting system set up that's first and foremost, such as QuickBooks or Xero or bench.co? And are the chart of accounts defined and typical transactions flowing into appropriate categories? That's very important.

This is sort of the foundation of, like, the accounting system. If we don't have that, we need to go ahead and build that out. We also wanna put in place a process to ensure your books are being reconciled on a daily basis. So that might be you if you know how to do that or if you're familiar with accounting. If you're not and you're not sure if you're gonna be doing it right, you may want to have your bookkeeper do that for you or show you how to do it.

Point three, we also wanna review the cash inflow outflow daily using a a daily balance report. Now in order to create one of those, it depends on what tool you're using. So, if you're using QuickBooks or Xero, you will likely need to have a custom, specific report to show that number, which your bookkeeper or accountant can help you define. It is situational because it depends on how many accounts you have, you you know, if you are using credit cards or not, if you're using PayPal, and what accounting software you have, and if you have multiple currencies, for example. But they can help you put that together.

Also, at the start of each month, we wanna be able to project your baseline cash collected and what it should be as measured from your front end mastermind and or your back end mastermind renewals, your accounts receivable due in that month from your front end or back end mastermind payments, and also replacements that you have lined up to close for members that are scheduled to not renew. That is the baseline revenue. So we're looking at what is that composed of, which is basically a, new sales that you typically sell on a given month given a certain number of ad spend, AR that collects, and, renewals and replacements that you have perhaps on a wait list. And that can give you a good baseline of what to expect going into a new month. You can also project new cash based off of, again, as I mentioned, historical ad spend, calls booked, close rate, and units to get an even more accurate estimate of overall total cash collected for an upcoming month.

So that's the other piece. Not only do you have because the renewals are pretty obvious. The AR is obvious. Those are specific numbers, but we can get a accurate, next month projection of new sales based off of historical spend and historical call closer. Because once we can get a baseline of how much a typical cost per booked call is, how many calls you typically book through ad spend in a month at a sustainable level of ad spend, we can start to know that we if we can repeat that in a future month, then we should have the same, sales units, cash collected, and profit output, which is helpful.

And some other random tips are knowing that these info businesses produce lumpy cash expensive profit with the lens of a day. So on any given day, you may be significantly more positive, significantly more negative on a cash flow basis. Depending on if you have a mastermind sale in a day, you may have two to three sales stack up in a day, or you might have a day with significant expense, where, say, maybe the ad spend comes out. But, and it can even be lumpy in the lens of a week or two weeks. But over a month, especially once the ads and the VSL are active and profitable, we should have a range of consistency on a month to month basis in terms of cash generation expenses, profit, and then margin.

So we don't wanna over index on a day or even a few days. But over the course of kind of two weeks and really a month, that's where the consistency in the numbers will start to appear because a month is really the dataset we need to have a statistically significant amount of data to have, those numbers be accurate. Also know that launch funnels and opportunity funnels will assist in producing lumpy, large months, larger relative to the months without those promotions execute. So as you can imagine, when we do a launch funnel for a new product that you might have, let's say it's your back end master mind, well, we're probably gonna have a better cash flow at the month than in a month where you don't launch a back end master mind. And same with an opportunity funnel.

If you create an opportunity funnel and a VSL in a specific month and it hits the traction that you presume it will, then presumably you're going to make more in sales in units in that month than if in a future month you don't run an opportunity funnel because you're gonna have less calls booked. You're gonna have less calls completed, less units, and less cash income and less cash flow and profit as a downstream effect. Also, a really key tip is we really recommend not using credit cards or any form of debt in these businesses. You know, my personal take is that it is at best unnecessary for these types of businesses. And at worst, it is a crutch for a business state of unprofitable unit economics.

And this is something I've seen from time to time is that it is it's like a psychological thing of, well, if I put the ads on a card, I may make the spend back, and I don't actually have to pay it out of cash. And people can get into trouble. And I've seen it in the numbers behind the scenes, and I would not recommend it. You know, when you have to spend real cash on ads, it force functions you to make sure that it's really profitable within the scope of a month. And if it's not, you have to shut it off and fix it.

And if we're not profitable on ads, because maybe we haven't validated the product well enough, it force functions us back to organic, which it should do. And you don't end up piling up a bill that you have to pay back anyway of ad spend for someone that didn't sell. That's why we really don't recommend it. We don't use it. We did for a period to optimize our p and l because we were at that point where we had, I believe it was 3% cashback, and it was paid off every day.

But we ended up getting rid of it again because we want to simplify things even further, and it was not necessary. And our expense mix now is so minimal and so straightforward that we don't really need that card. So now everything is on a Visa debit card. Also, a pro tip, when introducing profit sharing, we recommend not to use a percentage, because percentages don't reflect take home pay. What we recommend, and you might first send to discuss this on the collab calls as well.

We wanna figure out what we wanna compensate them for the role given the tasks required and the complexity and the projects they'll be working on measured in dollars. Like, how much do you wanna pay them in dollars or whatever your currency is? Then determine the percentage with that in mind because the percentages can be totally arbitrary depending on the business size. So we don't give guidance on that. But it's really a function of what do you think the comp for that role is worth.

And we can collaborate on that on the calls depending on what type of role that you have in mind where you think you may want to introduce profit share. Typically, we don't recommend doing it right away, but we will be covering it, in more detail, in 6.5. So that's it for 6.4, and we'll see you in the next module.

# 5. Team operations

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 20 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/f0833216-7917-4c1b-ad0b-b31022df2dc5

---


Well, hello, everybody. Jesse Clark here. Welcome back to We Tube module 6.5 on team operations. And the goals that, we have, encourage you to perhaps have for, this module, as it pertains to the team lens from an operational perspective, is what we're trying to do is have the least amount of full time team members required to get all of the work done in one of these mastermind businesses. That's basically it in a nutshell.

And the keywords there are least amount of full time. So we don't wanna have part time ideally, and we wanna have the least amount. That that those are really the two numbers, or two qualifying criteria. We also wanna attract highest caliber of team possible at your company's moment in time. So we'll get into that as well, But just know that there are different stages.

So the talent that you are gonna be able to attract on day one or day 90 of your business, certainly different than year two, year three, or year five, or year 10. As from what I've seen from our own experience and from others is you get this concept of hiring gravity. That's what I call it. The larger the more mass that your business has, the more it it attracts interest and people towards it. So when we have everything else from the rest of YouTube dialed in, the products, the sales process, the appointment generation through YouTube ads, email, and the YouTube channel.

We're growing our audience. You're able to make a profit consistently. Now you've got gravity, and we can attract a a, you know, different caliber of person than when we're at the very beginning of the business, as you can imagine. And, also, we wanna incentivize our team to perform at their best and align your mutual incentives between you as the founder and your team so that you're all working towards the same goal via the same incentive structure. That's a really key one that we'll get into on, a profit sharing basis.

That's really one of the maybe the primary way to be on the same incentive structure, but we'll get into that. As well as we wanna you know, we have a goal of holding our team accountable to their work and to follow through on their promises. So, you know, we wanna have efficiency, but we also wanna have completion. We make a promise. We have our team make a promise, and then we deliver on it.

You make a promise to yourself on your calendar. You go ahead and execute on that task or that project, and it's done when you say it's gonna be done consistently as high of a of a completion rate as possible. And a good word for that is integrity. Like, what you say is gonna happen actually happens, not just for you, but also for your team. And we'll get into how we do that, through the standard, which is basically, the next point here.

So that is, from what we found, the best way to hold your team accountable to their word and their promises. Because, when you run a daily stand up meeting at the same time every day at the beginning of your workday, it allows you to do the next step, which is we talk about what we did yesterday and then what we plan to do today. And that is comprised of tasks and project completion or calls completed, etcetera. It there the it's real work that's done. And we wanna watch out for things that may be obvious, but we'll just summarize them here anyway.

Short answers, not reading from a task list, rambling, stories, or metaphors. Anything that is a task completed or, you know, a number of calls taken, or deals closed, or progress on projects, etcetera. And you also wanna watch for the mood, the energy, cross arms, engagement level, contribution level on these calls. So they're also video, and that allows us to have visibility into these softer things, as you would have heard Sam say on some of the collab calls. You know?

Even as a founder, but also for your team, you know, the most up stream thing is basically love and interest. Really, you could say it's love. Because if you love what you do, then you have intense interest. If you have intense interest, you're gonna have a lot of engagement. You're gonna have contribution, and you're gonna be working on what needs to be done because you like doing it.

And so the reporting is easy. But when you go upstream to love and the love is not there or it's not there in the quantity that it should be or it is there and then it starts to dissolve, And that that's when you see these downstream effects of lack of engagement, lack of interest, lack of contribution, lack of ideas, lack of, trying to make things even better, and not that level of interest of reporting accurately and, you know, taking pride in deriving their self a form of their self esteem from their achievement and contribution to what you guys are working on. So that's a really it's a it's a process I cannot underscore enough. Very, very useful. Basically, non optional if you wanna have a high performance team.

It's one thing to have a team that's dysfunctional and not high performing. And you can have that, and you you you may be able to make some money, maybe some profit, and you can avoid it. But what I'd recommend, if you really wanna make the most profit possible, the daily meeting is basically key. Key. The people that do make the most profit and have the simplest businesses in Quantum and in YouTube and from our own experience, we do these daily meetings.

So take that for what that's worth, but it's really it's really key for high performance amongst your team, and it keeps you accountable to your word as well, which is good. So there's this cross, like, collateralization of promises and account and and accountability, because we're doing it at we're we're approaching it as a group. We're approaching this company and and shipping everything as a group on a daily basis, not in individual silos. We also want to follow some of the questions in the daily CEO workflow on the daily stand up meeting. So you may be wondering, alright.

Well, I've got this daily CEO workflow. When do I ask these questions? Just to myself? Well, we wanna do it on the stand up if you have a team because we can ask them, are the calendars full? What is the the lead quality?

What are you hearing on the phones? You know, how many units have we sold this with? These these sorts of questions. Also, you know, how did email broadcast work? Are the YouTube ads still filling the calendars?

Are we still projecting the profit anticipated? So that is the that is a great environment for it, to ask the cash flow questions and even some of the product questions, if it's relevant on the daily stand up meeting. Now after we go through the reporting of what I did yesterday, here's what I plan to do today, and the imminent business health questions, so, like, cash flow, bookings, deals, product defects. Then we typically go into collaborating on a project that Sam may be working on. So something about vision, strategy, growth, opportunity funnel, launch funnel, product, product market fit.

And questions around that might be like, what does the team think of this Google Doc for the YouTube module? What do we think of this launch funnel video script? Who should we put in the email broadcast today? What should the topic of the email be? How should we handle this refund request?

Should we accept this new member into qualm, etcetera? So that those are the sorts of questions that we typically talk about on those meetings for our own, standards. And some other random tips from a team operations lens, typically, you wanna hire an account manager first as your first hire if you don't have a team yet, and we just pay them a flat 15% commission. This is Sam's recommendation. We've really found that to work over the years when we had we're on the commission model.

We always pay 50% of cash collected. Works really well, very simple, comp structure. And that will be your first material bottleneck on your time, preventing you from taking more calls. Because what you may have experienced or you will soon experience is you sell your first few copies of your front end mastermind. It's it's growing great.

You turn on your YouTube ads, and you solve that. And now you've got appointments flowing in, but you can't take them all. And now you know you're leaving money on the table and growth on the table because your calendar is full, plus you have to do everything else. All the group coaching, the q and a calls, the product, the ads, and you only have so much time for sales. And at that point, when you know you could drive more appointments but you're limited from your own calendar, that's when we wanna bring in the account manager.

Also, when you know you can spend more on ads and you're gonna unlock, you know, a a some form of a geyser of appointments from, increased spend because you see that predictability there, of spend to appointments generated. And we know what keywords or other audiences on YouTube are driving sales consistently. That will then allow you when you bring on that account manager to get out of sales date, full time and be able to focus on scaling the ads profitably, generating more appointments, generating which will generate more units, more sales, more profit, and spend more time on these product and strategic initiative topics from the daily CEO workflow, which will advance the company even further. It also allows you to work up things like YouTube ads, the YouTube channel, your launch funnel, an opportunity funnel, these other key items. Also, once you have pain from operations stealing your time and mental bandwidth, managing the ads daily, the reps, answering questions in your school group or your Facebook group, q and a calls, etcetera, then it's time to hire an operations manager.

Now they may also be an account manager part time depending on the operations workload that you have. So as an example, my role at consulting.com is a mix between operations manager and account manager. So with our current workload, operations manager is not a full time, workload. So I also do account management, which basically means taking strategy calls, working with clients in our masterminds, and, doing re sign calls, and communicating with clients, etcetera. So you may have someone that could do a hybrid of both, but I don't I don't do a full time sales position.

But I can do full time if we have, say, a launch funnel month like with WeTwo. Put my calendar on in full. We had three calendars worth of appointments. And, you know, we had that latent ability to take more calls if we need to in those launch months, which was, useful and something you might wanna consider as well, for your company. Also so, again, that kinda leads into what is the typical org chart for these businesses?

Like, who do you actually need? And, usually, it is just one to two account managers, also known as a sales rep or a closer, one operations manager, and one email support person or maybe a VA. Our structure, we basically have two account managers, myself as an operations manager, part time account manager, and then we have one email support person. So it's really not that many. We're talking about, you know, maybe one to four people.

That's it. And if you have that, you know, you should be doing, like, high 5 figures a month. If you have more than one rep, you should be doing definitely over 100,000 a month in sales. As one rep can do on average kind of 80 to $120 a month in sales, which we can collaborate on if you have more questions about that as far as the numbers. But that's typically how that works.

A rep can do around a 100,000 per month in sales from approximately, 15 to 25 units a month. On average, 20 units a month, taking 80 calls a month full time. And that's usually kind of their optimal, maximum. Also, once your team is one year in, you may wanna consider shifting them from commission to profit share. Why you wanna do that is if and when you plan to be less involved in the day to day of the operations as far as cash flow driving bookings and the management of the numbers and of the customers, and you want the team in the business to operate on a VSL and YouTube ads and email, broadcast, customer acquisition model without or with less YouTube channel posting and less or no opportunity funnel VSL creation.

So if you follow me on that, that's what we did in 2020 and 2021. So we had a model where Sam was building school full time, not in the day to day of consulting.com. And we were running that playbook, which is now it wasn't YouTube ads at the time. It was Facebook ads, but we were running Facebook ads to a VSL to generate appointments, which I was writing and running. And then I would write our email broadcast to also fill up the calendars, and then we had two account managers taking calls full time.

And that allows Sam to not be in the cash flow, management, the bookings management, or or any of the customer management side, and the business would operate profitably without him, allowing him to just be nearly exclusively in the product and the strategic initiative stuff working on growing school, or or should I say not growing it, but really starting it and laying the groundwork for it, hiring the team, creating a product, iterating a product, and developing the business model for school, etcetera. And that's an example of what you can do. When you get that dial, it allows you to work on projects like that that absolutely catapult the business to the next level without sacrificing making a profit if you get it it done right. So that's really, you know, what we were able to do, and and we'd love to be able to help you do over time as well, if that's your goal. And, again, profit share is awesome because it as I mentioned, and maybe Sam you've heard Sam mention, it cross incentivizes the whole team to ensure everyone is performing at a high level because everyone's compensation is to link every to everybody else's performance, like a web like a spider web that's kind of pulling as people move around, instead of siloed compensation for each individual's performance, and you might have found this.

You know, when you have reps that are individualized on commission, they are incentivized to make sales, but they don't they're not incentivized about the other person's sales. If anything, there's almost competition because they don't get compensated on either person's performance or lack of performance. But they may there may be a potential for conflict for a deal because of one person's sale is not the other person's sale, or they are not incentivized to know how the other support people are performing or how operations is performing because they are are only incentivized on sales and their own work. But when you have the team incentivized on everybody else's work, it really does incentivize everyone towards also what you want, which is profit, smooth operations, happy customers, customers getting results, and sustainability, predictability, and high performance out of your team and business. And so it's really awesome when the time is ready, although we don't recommend doing it immediately.

That's it for the operations week. I hope this was useful to you. Really enjoyed sharing, what I've learned and what we've learned over the past seven years, running consulting.com with Sam. And I look forward to collaborating with you on this material on the upcoming collab calls. So take care, and speak soon.

# Colab call recording #1

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 123 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/3f70937d-eebb-40ae-979d-5f23f2779d49

---


Hey, guys. Oh. Hey, everybody. Welcome, everybody. We too collab call, as you likely know.

It's good to see everybody. If you have a question, feel free to jump in. Hey. I have a question for Nick. I'm yeah.

He's here. Nick just shared, on, on the com community tab, a post response, where you just, like, the mastermind pitch is like this, like this. I think it was very interesting. Can you do, like, right now, like, a mock, pitch? Because I I would love to hear the tonality in how you you pitch that.

Like, how do you pitch a mastermind for a cold prospect? Like, how do because I know the question was about, like, the referral thing. Are you do you mean, like, to the cold prospect who is not, like, visiting the referral kind of thing? You just, like, how to state your offer? Yeah.

It was, that that I'm going to find the post. I'm sorry. I should have done that before. Give me a few seconds. I know exactly where it is.

It's here. What's happening? Oh, I'm in the wrong community in school in YouTube. Then I go here, and here we go. Sales.

And now the comments are loading. Okay. Now so you say, like, with services, the pitch is blah blah blah. And then you say, with mastermind, the pitch is more or less, do you have this problem? Do you want to learn how to solve it yourself and get around other people doing the same exact thing?

If yes, then you will have to put your put in your own effort, follow what you shared, and think critically about what the solution are along the way while participating via calls and community. And so, like, if you can guess reading it, it's kind of a mouthful. So I would, like, love to have you, like, organically just, like, pitch it. Yeah. I guess to just make a, like, a note or asterisk to that comment I made or reply in school.

When I said the pitch, I didn't mean, like, how you should say it. I just meant the underlying sort of transformation, who it's for, or the kind of person that could really benefit from a mastermind versus services and just what the differences are. And that was piggybacking off the question about the referrals. Like, you know, should we be asking for the referrals right after you close the sale kind of thing? And what I was mainly getting at is because those pitches, quote, unquote, are different for a done for you service or a software versus a mastermind offer, the people that might give you a name, you know, somebody who's just signed up on your sales call.

You ask, hey. Who else do you know that would be a great fit for this mastermind? They might give you a name. But for your criteria of like, and that's the pitch I mentioned, who is, like, the mastermind fit? Like, what kind of things do they need to have present?

Not just the problem, the way they want the problem solved, their willingness to learn and implement on their own, to participate, to come to calls like you are. So they may not give you accurate referrals or referrals that are ready to, you know, buy right away kind of thing. Whereas the service pitch essentially is more or less, hey. Do you have this problem? We'll take it off your your shoulders and just solve it for you through our services or through our software as a service.

So that was that kind of more nuances so that they might reply there. But the way I would talk about a mastermind offer, to someone, it wouldn't actually include those things. I wouldn't make somebody a mastermind offer unless I I could sense, that they had that those characteristics for those, like, attributes of a mastermind avatar, like their willingness to learn, to participate. Like, they they didn't wanna have someone just come in and do it for them kind of thing. And once I knew that would was there, then I would jump into just stating the offer the way I talked about it in that training video.

Like, I would describe the timeline to them of how the mastermind works, and then I would start to walk them through exactly, like, what outcomes they could expect at different stages. And then along the way, they usually start asking me questions about that. Got it. Thank you so much for the explanation. I think what I resonated with was the characteristic of a group lead, and the fact that it's more like somebody who loves to think critically and wants to do it by themselves.

I think I did not realize that before, but it's actually very true. So thank you for that. I think like I got more clarity out of this pitch thing and your answers that's perfect thank you. Yeah. Can I ask a question about pricing?

So our hi, everyone. So our front end course, which is a course at the moment, is £3,500. So, let me just convert it to USD. I think it was $4,800, but that's changed a bit recently. $4,100 that is now.

We're doing the edits to it at the moment because that was version one that I did a couple of years ago and now we've done a new version which is really, really, really good. We've really well, it's gonna be awesome. And I think it's probably gonna be worth quite a bit more, but we're not gonna do that first. We're gonna launch the back end first as Sam advised. I'm not sure how to price the back end or the new front end.

I'm just kind of stabbing in the dark. We're just kind of pulling figures out of the air, like maybe 12,000 GBP for the back end and 5 and a half for the front end. But any steer on that just would be really helpful. That would be 14 for the back end and $6.05 for the front end. Yeah.

There's, you know, there's aligning all the logical business reasons for why the price point is the price point. At the same time, though, too, the the most important thing is the emotional certainty behind that. I'd like when you say to this person or whoever's selling it in the future kind of thing as well that, hey. It's it's this price point. They don't believe it or they they don't believe it's worth more.

Then when those objections come in, like, oh, that's a lot of money or it's, you know, I don't know if I could swing that or whatever the financial objection might be. If that founder or salesperson doesn't feel the conviction, they're more likely, especially as the day goes on, the call volume increases, to bow away from those confrontations in a way. Because of the way you said there, at least we're getting started for, like, just if you're all just the back end, I wouldn't worry about the front end pricing just yet. But I think you could go higher in in terms of the back end pricing. But if we're just talking about making the transition to including the back end offer, getting that to market, quote, unquote, to the existing clients, then the price when you laid out, like, I don't see any major red flags about that.

And in the future, you can always increase it the more certainty you guys get. Like, you might say we've got a 90% conversion rate. We sold 10 people in and everyone's paying in full. So you might say, well, you know, now it's in people getting great results. So now for our next batch, we're going to increase the price.

And if somebody were to ever ask you about that, like future clients, you could just say the they were the founding members. They got a special deal for their first year. Mhmm. And, you know, this is the price point now. Here's the results they've gotten.

Here's how it's all working. So you can always incrementally do it because you're not gonna scale it right away, the back end. So you can always go with the flow a bit to in terms of adjusting your pricing. We've we've changed the front end pricing from £600 a person to 3,500. So we've been kind of people every time people come in and they've spoken to us a year ago, they're like, oh my god.

That's gone up. And we're just like, yeah. That's what it's done. So I'm cool with doing that. The only kind of slight worry is I feel more confident about the front end pricing because I know what that is.

I haven't done a back end mastermind yet, so I'm more nervous about being confident about the price of it. Like, I know the front end will be worth that once we finish the edit so I feel like I don't want to put that up too high yet so I agree. I think I'll go with that and just maybe increase in increments. The only second question I have is we sell sometimes to companies instead of individuals and they buy multiple places on the program. Have you had any experience or has anybody had any experience of a mastermind where one company puts several people on it And do you offer any reductions or economies of scale for more than one person joining?

Yeah. I know somebody else who's in UK who has, like, an offer to, recruiting companies and such and individuals and larger organizations. I believe, though, he still keeps it partitioned out, company to company. Like, they'll have their own way to communicate and and get support. I think he's brilliant, like, large organizations.

So I don't mean, like, three team members. It's like 200 team members type of thing, like a really large enterprise kinda deal. So he doesn't have them all collectively, all the companies in a mastermind group, but he has them whether it's in an online group like a school or somewhere, wherever he keeps them. I don't know off the top of my head. He has all the companies individually.

So, like, each team, essentially, your company could be communicating with each other, and then him and his team are in all those different ones. It's a little bit different from that side of it, but that's how he kind of, like, molded, the delivery model to fit his end customer. I don't know if anyone else has, you know, more experience with that as well, but that's what I've seen on this side. Does anyone now sell to more than one person in the same company? No.

It's weird because it means the price per head, you know, isn't just a single seat because some customers buy, like, four. So Oh, yeah. It's quite nice. The other thing. He he charges more of a flat fee.

And when I've discussed that with him, he said, well, it doesn't really cost me any any much more to, like, service to them. At least for he said he's been making me able to actually use it, but the customer wants. Like, they get a budget each year, and they wanna make sure that all 200 are on it. But from what he's seen, like, not all 200 are always asking for support and and doing different things. So he said I can get the decision faster if I don't have all the complexities involved with that sales process.

Yeah. We might need a different model then for the bigger companies. Okay. Okay. Someone was gonna say was someone else got some experience with that?

No? Okay. Thank you. Clients, Lou, one of my clients does, like, she has programs that are, I don't know if this would be in line with what you're talking about, But, she has programs that, like, it's they it's called buying licenses. So how many of her you know?

And then she's has a couple of different structures for, like, you know, either per per person. And then I think there's, like, up to 50 or a 100 and then unlimited, and then they're for one year and there it's a bulk. So I just helped her restructure an offer, and she did unlimited licenses for one year, and I think it was 350 k. So, obviously, it depends what the offer is. But the company was, like, much more comfortable buying that, than, like, paying per person.

Like, it was a really good deal, but it was a really good deal for her too because, like, like, Nick was just saying, like, it it really doesn't cost her anything the way it's structured. But she we've been I've been helping her restructure her offers that way, and then it becomes, like, totally a win win for everyone because it's, like, I don't know, a third or a fourth of the price, but it's still, like, a large investment to get that unlimited. So it it really works. Okay. That's really interesting.

Thank you, Leah. Yeah. I have two two feedback regarding that. The first one is that, in the SaaS industry, we we do the same thing with licensing and seats, but, what we try to do is to show the the benefits. So I think one change could be that if you have, like, maybe, like, 10 people joining from the same company, you will have to show how it's helping them.

Because if it's a mastermind, you cannot really show the track, the progress track record and anything. You have to show, like, the concrete results. So you you would have to be able to track somehow how they got present with that to make financial sense out of the deal. And the second thing is that, when people don't pay, and somebody else who's paying, they don't really see the value, so they don't really take much more action as they want. So that's my two feedbacks again, miss.

Yeah. It's so true. It is so true, and they're not the ones paying. So we, at the moment, give them some bespoke coaching in their groups if they buy multiple places at the moment and we don't do we don't charge them extra for that they get that. But that's quite labour intensive so I couldn't do that for say 300 places.

But, basically, you think that some flexibility on that if people wanna bulk buy is possible, that we can do deals depending on what they want. I think you can do it, but, like, my main principle would be to be able to show the the the result to show the result and show the benefit like a summary of like here what you got so it's worth it because the value you paid for is higher than what you paid for. Yeah. Okay. Okay.

Thank you everyone. Oh, just one final thing. Is everyone still doing monthly webinars, free webinars? I know that was something that we were taught to do originally and we're still doing those. Is everyone still doing those?

I'm seeing ads about like how to do the the perfect webinar and all that and basically it's a VSL funnel. So I think that's what we are taught here in the Yeah. Yeah. We do the VSL as well, but I also do live monthly webinars too. Does anyone else do that?

Will do that. No. Okay. I that's my Hey, Lou. I'm not a big Hey, Joe.

So I was doing the live monthly, and when we went to from uplevel to mastermind, I I switched to trying to get just a fifteen minute call versus the webinar. It's worked much better. So I don't know if that helps you, but just instead of trying to close for joining my webinar, I just do, like, a fifteen minute call. Okay. Thank you.

Thank you, everyone. Thanks a lot. I've got a few questions, for Jesse, if you don't mind. So I was wondering on my email on my website at the moment, I send them into the VSL from the website. And I'm like, should I take the v the VSL off and just put the calendar?

So it kind of has an option to buy the book. I can show you if you want the headline and then going into the VSL training and then the Bose testimonial feed. But do you think I should use the calendar page instead? This is ungated. Right?

Just on the website? Yeah. They still opt in. It still goes into the funnel. Oh, I see.

So they does it link to your landing page, and then they have to opt in, and then they watch the VSL? Yeah. Cool. Got it. Yeah.

I mean, couple perspectives. So there's what we do. So if you wanna have product pages, which is what we do, those are ungated, meaning no opt in, and there's no VSL. You might have seen them, like, for Quantum. Yeah.

And that has a calendar at the bottom. And that works great. When we did that and we switched the website over, we actually increased our organic bookings from up level dramatically from the website from doing that. It was more efficient at converting website traffic to bookings than what we had previously with multiple steps. So I recommend it, but if you don't wanna do that and you wanna have it linked to the VSL funnel, there's nothing inherently wrong with that.

It's a bit more of a personal preference, I think. Okay. I was just thinking, like so it's reducing steps, but still having them ready to buy. Like, they've gone through a process ready to buy and not too cold, so it's kind of balancing the pros and cons of each. Sure.

Yeah. I guess it it depends. What I would say is it depends on your goal. Right? Like, we can have a goal of call quantity or a goal of call quality, and it is kind of hard to optimize for both simultaneously.

Usually, we have to pick one and then solve it and then optimize for the pick quantity and then solve for quality after. So if your calendar is full and now we're optimizing for quality, then that funnel type makes sense because you want more educated prospects on the call because you have your a full calendar anyway. But if we're not full with bookings, we shouldn't do that because although it would be better to have them educated, we want less friction so that you can have a full calendar so that you can swing at more at bats, do more calls. And then if there's a gap in their education because they didn't watch the video, well, we can make up for it on the call anyway. But at least you get that sales opportunity.

But if we had a VSL, they might not have booked because there was more friction. So those marginal bookings, we might not get if there's additional friction, if that makes sense. Yeah. Okay. So what I might do then is replace that for the my highlights reel, which gives them a snippet of what we do, then, like, product information, the calendar, and then the boost feed.

And then if they've gone through that and booked the call, that should be enough to increase the volume but make sure they're qualified. Yeah. I mean, ultimately, you know, you could test the different structures and see. You know, if you have depending on what you do for tracking, like, you may be able to track the call quality from the website. If you're using, like, a different, you know, we wanna be careful not to get the tech out of control, but you could do a different Calendly event on the site from that page, and then you can, you know, do a before and after of the call quality and see what, you know, is matches exactly what you want most closely.

Yeah. Okay. Perfect. And then I've done the VSL training today, so I need to do a new VSL. Each time you do a new VSL, do you do a new email sequence to match that new VSL?

We've always done that. Yep. Yeah. Okay. Yeah.

Okay. Perfect. I've got a couple more, but I'll come back. Thank you. Sounds good.

Hey, Jesse. Had a couple of questions. I'm going through module three, member operations. Sure. First one is, although you could send your newsletter on close, is the reason why you keep it separate and do it on ActiveCampaign just to keep the close, like, simple, not so many outbound messages and stuff?

Yeah. So, I mean, the reason why we recommend and do this ourselves, like, sending the newsletter from ActiveCampaign is because the structure of that email is like one email to many contacts. And we're trying to have them book a call, and it's often from the founder. Right? Close doesn't have that functionality.

What it's I mean, it it kind of you could say it kind of does. It has the broadcast function where you can create a segmented list, send one email to a segment of emails. But that's from my experience with it, it's not the best to do that because the other issue is if you do that, you will end up in spam. And it it's just not really the best it's not the best u use of that tool, because we can't, like, design it as like, there's no designing in the emails really, like, as far as an email builder compared to ActiveCampaign. And I don't believe they have click measurement in close.

They have open and reply, but not clicks. And it is useful to know how many people clicked in the email on the link so you can have a consistent number of if I send this broadcast to this list to book calls, how many clicks do we typically get on an email? And if the clicks are low, then we know there was some issue with the CTA. But we can't drill to that root cause if you use close for the newsletter. Really, it's just best for, like, one off emails for, like, sales communication.

Like, you or a rep within a sales context. Like, how can I send an email to get them reinterested to book a call? That's or to follow-up to rebook a call to ultimately close the deal if we've already spoken to them. That's what I recommend having the, like, mental model of how to use the email feature in close. Like, the one on one communication.

Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. And it keeps you out of Gmail as well. Right.

And then couple of things regarding that. I tested the first, campaign on ActiveCampaign, and, it it kept going to my promotions box. I know it's better than this spam box, but is that, is that acceptable? So in short, it depends on to what degree. First and foremost, I recommend going through the email broadcast training Sam put together that I believe is in week three.

Sorry. Week four. There should be some tips in there on your email broadcast setup because it shouldn't be going to promotions. So there's there are a few things you can do with that. So first, if you have, basically, we wanna email the engaged segment.

So if we're not emailing the engaged segment, meaning, like, have they clicked or opened the email in the last ninety days, we wanna email that segment within ActiveCampaign. If you're not familiar how to set that up, we can go through that. I'm not sure if Sam I don't think Sam covered that in the training, but he might have. We also wanna use first name in the subject line because then that that has a typical typically a, like, 15% on average better open rate. And so incrementally, it's probably gonna get better deliverability, from historic opens.

Then also, if you look at our broadcast recently, we have a large body of text in the broadcast at the bottom that says basically describes our business. And this is a it's not really a hack, but it's more of it is a it's a hack of these email tools scan, and they assign a percentage of text to promotional versus, I believe, the term is, like, informational. And so when we compress the amount of promotional text to a smaller amount of the actual overall total by having a lengthy, explanation about the company, then that also incrementally improves the deliverability. Does that help? Yeah.

Yeah. That's good. Okay. Very interesting. And then the other thing regarding that was, the reply to so what I'm trying to say is if I were to email my list of 30,000 people or something, you know, a bunch of people would respond, and it'll all go to my inbox, and I'd get spammed by that.

And then I probably won't have time to respond to each person. So, how do you guys manage that? Do you have an inbox just for replies for newsletters? Or and then who responds to those? Yeah.

For sure. So there's basically three kind of key emails that we use, maybe four. So we have, like, Sam's personal email, or corporate email. That's like Sam one on one emailing. But that's not used for broadcast.

It's not used for sales at this stage. We then have, like, samo@consulting.com, and that's what we use to broadcast with. So it looks like a personal email. It's created within Google Workspace, but that is only for ActiveCampaign broadcast. That's the from email.

Any replies to that are forwarded to Help Scout. So there's a email forwarding setup you can do with Help Scout to, have Google Workspace replies flow into Help Scout, and that's what we use for the replies. So those replies are not hitting a Gmail inbox that we're managing for any one individual. It's going to Help Scout because in there, you can manage anybody can jump in and reply. That's how you can easily manage the happiness score, the reply rate, the thread.

Sid manages that for us. But, you know, you could structure in a in a whole whole host of ways. If you have an operations person, you can have them do it. You can maybe have your sales rep do it if they have downtime. Kind of a VA do it.

Just somebody that understands how to, you know, do the task well. Yep. Got it. Okay. Thanks.

Anton. Jesse, just, a question on that. So I'm currently looking at a series of tools, specifically for marketing, so not sales. So ActiveCampaign is one. The two others is ConvertKit, and the third one is customer.io.

So the customer.io seems like the tool for a lot of the SaaS players. So buynewclothes.com themselves use it, and things. And they all kind of seem to have their own, you know, promotional why this one is better than others. ConvertKit, though, keeps popping up for what we do, basically selling courses. I don't know if you've experienced with any of them, or is there a reason why you guys choose ActiveCampaign over the others?

Yeah. So customer.io, we haven't experimented with that. So I don't have any experience with that. ConvertKit, it has a good rep. I mean, we've I think Sam has played around with it a little bit.

We just use ActiveCampaign because it is, from our own testing experience, the best tool so far. And it does the job pretty well of what of of jobs to be done that we have, which is like email automation follow-up, you know, the list generation, tagging, custom fields, email, one time broadcasts. Maybe ConvertKit could do better, but it's not something we've we've, experimented with deeply to know if it truly is better or not. Got it. Okay.

Thank you. So this might be a question to to anyone, really, but and it might be a silly question. If I haven't watched any of the videos, I apologize. You can just direct me to the video. But, you know, with your front end customer base, so we have, like, 360 odd customers in our front end.

When we're converting them to the yearly subscription, from the one time pay, like, what's the best way to do that in terms of, like, logistics with paying again? Are they all just gonna pay at exactly the same time, which would mean that effectively on the same day annually of every year, all of your customers from the day that you switch it to the month sorry. From the lifetime access to the annual access, that they would pay on the same day. Do you give them a window of, like, a week? Or how do you how do you logistically manage that process or recommend that you manage that process?

So I could jump in there. I mean, you know, there's probably various different ways to tackle it, but what we will likely do is have a month or maybe a two week period. So for example, you know, cohort one of We Tube that started in, June. You know, we might have, like, a week or two of basically like, we'll we will be well, let me back up from that. We'll be contacting, the month ahead of the renewal so that we can start to get a sense of, you know, who is interested, to potentially renew while they're still in their active membership.

And then you have, like, this month long sales cycle, if you will, if they need to think about it or they have other projects, vacation, etcetera, all the typical things that or they need to think about it or they have they're moving or whatever, for those that need to think it over. And then so that way that sales conversation or sales processes happened ahead of the actual renewal period, or the renewal date if you will, so that they're not into another year of access before you find out if they want to renew or not. That's how we'll likely handle it. Got it. So because, necessarily, we may not be doing it in, like, waves because it's not a new product.

It's just gonna be the existing product, which we just switch over. Effectively, the only thing that's really gonna change in our front end is rather than it being a q and a session, it's gonna be more like this mastermind type setup with how it is now. I I took that was really the only difference in the front end. When I asked Sam about if the course still has a lot of legs, which we believe that it does, we feel like there's still a lot of juice to swear out of the front end program. So rather than create a new product, we're gonna focus on back end with the clients of 360.

We'll focus on back end. But at the same time, like, simultaneously right now, we're still selling front end product. And I've just told the guys on the phone, rather than saying it's £5,000 life, it's 5,000 a year. So the new people who are signing up now know that it's already a year. So then when we reach out to the existing members of three sixty and say, a few months' time, once we've solved back end, then we'll write the letter similar to, like, the Maria letter in the program.

And then would you just would you create an a standard landing page just like you can just go and pay through this page if you if you wanna upgrade straight away and automate the sequence, or would you definitely just launch for a month out and then reach out to all three sixty in one month and just have conversations? I mean, my 2¢ would be to reach out manually, either you and or your rep and book calls because from from our experience, like, chat sales are they're very, appealing. Don't have to jump on a call, can make your decision quickly, and, you know, low friction, low effort. Problem with them is it gives this optionality. Don't have to reply right away.

I could think about it. I could change my mind. And it is not the best for, like, controlling the sales process, and having someone's full attention on the topic of renewal or of sign up. So for the conversion from the lifetime to the five k, I would recommend I mean, what we did is in the email, we said, you know, let us know if you'd like to get set up. We can also set up a call if you'd like.

So we didn't include a call booking link instantly. There were people that didn't require one, but that was a frag a small small fragment of the overall YouTube customer base that paid via link. The majority required a call. I would just anticipate that going in, and I would I would recommend calls on the renewals as well. Okay.

So always a month before the renewal on all on all calls going forward for existing members? Yep. K. And then a month and then give them a window of a month now to say, right, in the letter, right, it's, August 1. You've got until September 1 where we're gonna enroll.

Would you put would you would you say that would you try and create the scarcity of, like, we're just gonna enroll 60 to start with or wave one, or would you just say, hey. Look. It's going over to by an annually, if you wanna retain access, you've got until August 1 till September 1 to retain your access. And one of the team will reach out manually as well. And then they've got a time of four weeks.

And if they don't renew, then they don't renew. And if they renew, then it's quite an easy transition from the Facebook group straight into the school community, if that makes sense. Because we haven't put them in school. We've been on the old model with that level, so we've got them all in Facebook right now. So it's quite nice to be able to switch them straight to school for the ones that do upgrade, if that makes sense.

Yeah. I mean, I I would recommend smoothing it out if you can. It will help with the sales process as well, like capping it. So okay. September 1 is, like, 25 members, and then October 1 is another 25.

And once it fills up, you know, then, you know, you can start to move this date that they get to join and that their year begins, and that their renewal payment would be should they want to renew in a year's time. Okay. So build the skip the kind of excitement around the cap and the urgency around the cap. Got it. Cool.

Alright. Thanks, Jesse. That was really helpful. Sweet. If, nobody has questions, I can just share maybe, my experience today.

I I've just, ended two hours ago my first collab call with the with my mastermind. So it was quite interesting. Solved a lot of issues I had about figuring how how I'm going to help them getting result and all that. Two weeks ago, I was struggling with that last week. Got some clarity about if it was like a back end or front end mastermind.

So things are getting more clear now because we are basically implementing everything. Like, now they're already starting to get results and everything. So I'm feeling way more confident helping them. So, yeah, it was a good experience. I'm happy.

Thank you, WeChat, for that. I maybe have more to share. Maybe I can share how I did the first thing. Maybe I like, I'm I did it quite originally because I did not want it to be a bit better. Don't know how we say it in English, beta beta.

So I created an alpha. So it's like in the software, industry, it's more like before the beta, you have this. And so it's very rough. So there is no no instructions. It's very simple slide.

I just say, like, every week we have two hours call and we have, a Discord channel. It's like a Slack channel, and that's it. And I don't want to to share with them slides or anything. I have, like, a I have everything, like, mapped out. I have, like, put a lot of thinking on how to help them and what's the most efficient, like, most simplistic way of doing it.

So So I have put a lot of hours before, obviously, but I don't I did not share any slides or anything with them. And they were very happy because I what I did is just, like, share the screen on my iPad and just drew everything to them. So to illustrate every of my points, like, at some points, I worked I was talking about Blue Ocean and Red Ocean, and, like, it was really helpful for them to understand the niching concept. So, yeah, it was very nice, very felt very natural. I felt the energy was quite good.

They were happy. We will see how it goes moving from there. And, yeah, that's it. Just sharing this. And another thing I can share is that I'm probably going to start YouTube, again next week, and so I think I'm going to start with a short strategy.

I've been watching, some some people in my network got amazing results with shorts doing one shot today, like going from 2,000 views to 200,000 views a day, in fourteen days. So it's quite impressive and, yeah, I'm quite interested in starting just in shorts, not doing any like ten or twenty minutes videos, just shorts. So if anybody else has like, want to start the channel and have a similar strategy, and I'm happy to exchange with that. Or Brian if you have any feedback about that. I was gonna ask here you're just doing the shorts like one a day is your plan going forward?

Yeah it's going to be that yeah Like, so the the way of doing it is basically you got, like, a small, value to bring to the table. So, like, here's a nice story about your niche or, like, how you can do something in your niche, blah blah blah. And what we want is like one or two minutes and have like subtitles. So it's very like I think I can be done within like thirty minutes with everything because I used to do kind of the same format like three or five years ago. I don't remember exactly.

But before I had the channel, I was, like, doing five minutes video, and it took me, like, just one hour, like, just to come up with the script, to do the shooting and the post production and publishing, one hour. So I think to do one or two minutes should be, like, maybe thirty minutes. So I think it's quite interesting and seeing the results well, just like Brian, if you have, like, any feedback regarding this strategy, I'm I'm all here. Man. I know that a lot of people in Quantum are experimenting with Shorts, and it seems like it's really good for views.

But, Jesse, and correct me if I'm wrong, I think, like, the the synopsis seems like it's, like, for getting clients, it's alright or maybe not as preferable compared to, like, long form content. I think it's a good strategy to grow the channel, potentially. I've never experimented with Shorts, so I wouldn't be able to speak on that. But I've seen people in quantum saying that Shorts are really good for getting views, but maybe not for clients necessarily just yet. Maybe those strategies off as well.

However, I think that if you're able to consistently post a shorter day, I mean, that's that's a really good start, man, to help boost the momentum for sure. True. True. Regarding interaction, that was I I had the same objection to the guy who who showed me that. And basically, the answer was actually, let's subscribe.

Like, if you go to SocialBlade and you look at the channel, you'll have, like, the same strategy with one one shot today. You can see the the spike in views, and you'll also see exactly the same spike in subscribers. So if they they subscribe, then later on when you post the video, they will see it. So Acura, I think it will, all in all, help as well. Yeah.

It almost seems like a good strategy. It almost seems like a good strategy would be like the one long form video, like ten minutes or so, whatever you want to do, however long the video needs to be. Like, I'm just hearing you talk about it. I'm like, yeah, well, there's no reason why I couldn't take my one video a week and just have my editing team cut it into, like, three or four shorts and then post those as well. A different strategy, but I feel like there's a couple clips from the long form content that could be good shorts.

I think that would be my way of approaching it if I did it for sure. I think, if it if it's bit size, like, if it's, like, you don't need context and it's really, like, very short, it might be a good fit. It's actually very smart. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. I like this idea. I will I'm going I'm going to note that down and try to think if I can manage to do that with my own con quantum type. If I do long form right away. Because you're right.

Like, it's a good way to to to get on, producing again. Like, it's been sort of So you can also push them to the main video too. Like, it's almost like, like you said, a bite sized clip, and then it's like the call to action would be watch the full video here. And then I don't know if you can do I don't know if you can do cards on short videos on YouTube, like the clickable cards. Yeah.

Or for Instagram. I'm not sure. No. I I think you cannot, but you can have comments. So you can add, like, basically in the first comment something.

Oh, yeah. You can just pin a comment with the full video. Yeah. But the the most call to action I seen in the the shots are subscribed. Like, if you want more videos like this, just subscribe.

If you want to know the answer about about that, subscribe. If you want That's easy then. Yeah. Yeah. I Actually, just to just just to close on that loop real quick.

Like, we were talking a bit about that on on the Quantum remote event a couple weeks ago. Sam was speaking with someone at a different event who has really mastered that strategy from an organic perspective. Like, they had figured out how to make basically one YouTube video, then his editing team chops that up and distributes that on TikTok, Shorts, Reels, various other placements. And then the Shorts or the Reels act as, like, an organic ad. And then that drives them to the, original video, which is like a VSL, but it's on the YouTube channel to really nurture them.

That then pushes them into the, to ultimately book a call. And that is working extremely well for them to book calls. They're also, like, in the, high ticket info space, and they spend, like, $30 a month on that organic content team, nothing on ads. And I think they range between 6 to 700,000 per month in sales with a front end mastermind and a back end mastermind, same product model as we're doing here. So there's some good traction with that, but, ultimately, it depends on what you wanna do.

Right? Yeah. Because the big benefit of that is that you can use the shots for reels and also for TikTok. And, actually, the influencers I I saw using this, had a good, traffic with, TikTok, but not so much with, reels. I don't know if this is the same thing with you guys, but, I mean, we haven't seems to be very good.

Yeah. I should I mean, obviously, we haven't executed that strategy ourselves yet. Sam did say if we were gonna go back and basically do you know, go full out on traffic generation, survey generation, that's basic. That is what we would do right now, because that appears to be working the best from, like, an organic overall perspective, because you're making one YouTube video a week anyway. So why not just chop it up and distribute it on these other platforms where you're gonna get more traffic for free.

Jesse, I, just had, I just got hired a TikTok guy. So from my ninth my first nineteen minute video, he made nine TikToks from it, and he's a TikTok guy. So I feel like I just said do whatever you wanna do. So are you saying that we could, like, then bring those back to YouTube? I know you haven't executed this strategy, but based on what you're saying, honey.

Sweetheart. Based on what you are saying, would we bring them back to YouTube, as short? Yeah. So, I mean, that specific detail, I don't know. I would imagine if they're similar length on or the same length on TikTok and real then you could use that same or very similar video in both locations.

But the overarching is, like, one YouTube video and then your team cuts that up into being appropriate length and, you know, dimensions and and whatever overlays for each platform and placement if you wanna do that. Right. And then what you said about bringing them back to a BSL that's simply on YouTube, is that a link that is public, or is that, like, a private link that they have access to by virtue of watching those shorts? Yeah. So that's public.

When I say VSL, like, I should be specific, it's effectively like the YouTube any YouTube video is acting like a VSL. So, it could be a content video that has it's not structured like a VSL on your YouTube channel that you just upload. But, the point is that they consume that over whatever eight to ten minutes or longer. And then that nurtures them, and then they learn more about what you actually do. And, you know, you may have case studies baked in or stories.

And so it's acting like a VSL. I see. Got it. Yep. Brian, just a question for you, because I've asked a couple people about this, and I keep getting mixed answers.

So, basically, what I've experimented in the past is basically running ads directly to my videos on YouTube. So imagine, like, just boosting the content through, like, in feed. So, like, for example, I'd find a competitor and target his entire channel with, like, you know, videos that I want there. And it drives traffic at a decent cost per view. I'm paying, like, 6¢ cost per view, and it has resulted in calls being booked and sales generated.

So there has been an r there has been an ROI, which is why I've continued. But what a lot of people have told me is that it's, like, killing any form of organic growth possible on the channel because YouTube is less likely to push it organically if you are driving traffic to the videos through paid, which I don't know if you kind of know the correct answer. Because, yes, it's generating ROI now for me, but I don't wanna kind of shoot myself in the foot by killing any form of organic growth. Because I have noticed that, like, the organic does seem to dip a bit. Like, 95% of all my traffic comes from ads.

I just don't know if you've seen that. Yeah. From my experience, I don't know if that's true. What I do know for a fact is that it does mess with your analytics which is why in the We Tube week five, I I mentioned that you should have a second YouTube channel just to run ads from. However, if you wanna push a video that's on your organic channel as an ad to get more subscribers and views and then as you're saying, more clients are coming from it as well.

I don't necessarily see it as a bad thing. Does it kill your organic growth? I'm not sure if that's true. Everybody I've talked to at Google as far as depending on their rep size, there's multiple different reps you can have. They have never confirmed that to be true.

And, ultimately, if it's making you money and you're posting consistently on YouTube as well, it shouldn't have any effect. One of my friends, Clark Hegley, he has he just crossed a million subscribers on YouTube. When he was running ads, the only thing that happened was his analytics just got messed up, so he couldn't really tell which videos were getting him the most subscribers, just because the paid ads or sorry, the paid videos that he was boosting with ad spend were taking over. So I I wouldn't really worry about it too much, man. If you're posting consistent content that's valuable and you're getting clients from the ads as well, I would just double down.

Yeah. Because I do have a second channel for, like, the pre roll ads. Like, I have that all set up, second channel. It's just, like, I have a really good organic video, so I'll just boost it because I kind of know who I want that video placed in front of. And waiting for YouTube to wake up, you know, pushing it organically if I have the funds to deploy, it's fine.

But, yeah, like, on the analytics, like, if you look at my stats, like, 95% of all traffic come through YouTube advertising, which is a bit useless. And I think, you know, there's no way to boost the content on your channel through a second channel. Right? You wouldn't be able to do that. Yeah.

Yeah. So that's that's in week five of, YouTube, there's a the last video. I think it's number seven. It's called bonus. I think it's the very last video on that Google document that I I have my team member Nick, share with you how we're doing it with one of our clients, Funk Roberts.

He has about 700,000 subscribers on YouTube. He's running ads to boost his videos as ads, to get more subscribers from his main channel. So I I maybe take a look at that and see if, Got it. If there's any help there as well. But it's doing the same thing for him.

Right? Some of his most viewed videos are the ads ones. Yeah. And I'm correct in saying that the way that we're boosting them are just like the in feed ones. So it's just like Yep.

You know, when they're recommended. Yeah. Because there's no other way to boost your organic content. Right? Yeah.

It's just the in in feed ones so they can click on, like, suggested videos with their ads a 100%. Got it. Okay. Okay. So, definitely, you think I'm safe to continue it, so to speak, especially if it's working.

Yeah. If it's working and it's making you money, and and, again, you're posting consistently, I wouldn't worry about it too much. I mean, like, again, I've I've seen it from these big guys who have hundreds of thousands of subscribers that run ads from their channel, and they don't seem to mind at all. Right? So it doesn't seem like it hurt hurts their organic growth.

Okay. So that person, I think you said he has, like, a mil subs. He is boosting his content same way I am, effectively. Yeah. And then Quasi too in Quantum, who's also in the mastermind, the higher level mastermind in this, he, he does the same strategy.

He's just boosting his organic videos with ads, and it's working. It's getting him clients. So and it's growing his channel. Got it. And then, like, what would your guidance be on, like, budgeting and rotation and costing?

So, like, the way that I have this, there's two two approaches I've tested. One is each campaign is its own video that gets boosted. Right? That's, like, one away. The second way is a campaign called, like, boosted videos.

And in there, you just give YouTube, like, five videos, and you let it allocate the spend however it wants. I've seen somewhat mixed results. I seem to have better results when I put it in individual campaigns. Now bear in mind that both versions, the targeting is exactly the same. Because, basically, I skipped the whole search keyword and I just gave it, like, 50 channels.

You know, I wanna place videos around. So, like, same placement, so to speak. I don't know if and then what I've done is set the max CPV, I think, to be, like, 10¢. I don't know if you think that's too low and then kind of which one you'd probably go with as your best bet. I would just compare them head to head.

Right? If the cost per subscriber and cost per view is lower on the individual campaigns and it's getting more output for what you're putting in after a thirty day window, let's say, then I would just go with the individual. I mean, realistically, the one video in one campaign is the best structure for, like, pinpoint accuracy just to make sure that that video spends. Right? Because you have full control.

If you put them all five in one campaign like I teach in Weetsube, it's easier to manage, And you're just letting the algorithm do the thing. But if you know that this video is working, you always would want to take that and put it into another campaign by itself and just spend more on that one. Right? So, I would just say look at the data after thirty days and see which one makes sense to continue running and just pause the one that's not. So if it's the one that's the five videos, I would just pause it and let the other ones do their thing.

Yeah. I just thought putting it in one campaign I mean, not for the accuracy thing, but just because, potentially, Google might know something that this video will show at a lower cost. Cost. So I was trying to get the overall cost review down by letting Google choose whatever it wants. But the problem is it's the same as Facebook.

It just, like, picks one, and then it just pushes that and ignores their s, which is problematic. And do you think, like, starting CPV bid 10¢ is good, or you think that's too low? I think we do 10¢ as well. Maybe we've raised it to 15, but it's it's whatever you're willing to pay for a view. Right?

And then again, in that video, I think we show you how to calculate I think pretty sure you already know this, but, yeah, it's just whatever you're willing to pay for review, and then you can calculate how much it's gonna cost how many views you need to get one subscriber. Right? So, I think that's fine. Got it. And then the last thing I don't know.

Maybe I'm just looking at the wrong column. But for me, like, when it says subscribers gained, it always gives a range. Like, it says 10 to 20 or it doesn't give me, like, 30. So how do you work out cost per subscriber? You just take the lowest number or because if it's a range, I mean, you can't what are you dividing by?

Yeah. We we like to take the lowest number and the highest number and kinda find the happy medium. So I would just use that column and just kinda have give it give it your best, calculation in the middle. I would just look for the number in the middle. Got it.

Awesome. Okay. Cool. Thank you. Hey, Jesse.

I went through, another test of our VSL with some of the feedback that you gave me and, got some new stats. I was curious if we can go over it here, and maybe you can let me know your thoughts on the numbers. Sure. Yeah. Feel free to, share your screen.

Okay. Cool. Let me, pull it up here. Alright. Can you see my screen here?

Yep. Okay. Cool. So we basically sent out two promo emails. So, this is, like, the combined numbers.

And so some of these are overlaps. Some of these are the same people that clicked twice. So I just wanna let you know about that. But from what I'm seeing from the numbers is that our VSL isn't performing very well. I mean, basically, we got, 402 video plays.

67 of them visited our call booking page, which is about 16%. Six calls were booked slash applied for. Well, they basically book, and then we approve them based on their, answers in their application. And then, two of them were accepted, so we had a kind of low quality that came through, and then only one of them showed up and was completed. Didn't buy, so I'm just trying to figure out, Yeah.

It it seems to me like it may be BSL. Although we get a good retention on the BSL, which is, here. It's about, four minutes and forty three seconds long. So I'm just curious what you think about these numbers if they're totally wacky, what what you might see as the the biggest, gap here. Well, I'm just reading the numbers once more.

Yeah. You know, I mean, getting six calls booked, let me ask you about that. Is that defined as, like, Calendly call booked plus a survey? Yeah. Those are those are calls booked with a survey.

Yep. Okay. Got it. I mean, six calls booked on a 186 clicks is pretty reasonable from what I've seen. Like, I mean because a 186 clicks on an email broadcast basis is not It was actually 420 clicks.

Sorry. It was showing these, basically, I had the first two. Oh. So it's actually, yeah, 420 clicks. I see.

Well, but some of those may have overlapped. So it's not exactly 420 unique click clicks, but it's 420 total clicks. Oh, yeah. I'm I'm recalling an experiment that we did as well. So the it's maybe it's maybe low.

Mhmm. Six calls on 420 clicks. However, there's two points here that may be useful to you. One, when we email broadcasted to a VSL, so like a typical VSL, not an opportunity funnel VSL, but just a VSL, that did not book that many calls. Now that experiment, we did that quite a long time ago.

That's, like, two years ago, so I can't remember the, exact data point on it. But I know that it performed worse significantly worse than when we email broadcasted with the link going to the calendar. So it may not the root cause of the lack of calls booked may not be the VSL in and of itself. It may be the fact that we are basically driving traffic to an in a a a less efficient way to convert them to calls booked. The real litmus test I would encourage for you with this VSL is run some paid traffic to it.

So if we or or organic traffic. You know, if we're getting a 100, you know, leads a day from or you can you can drive a 100 or a 150 leads from YouTube ads, and we're not getting five to, you know, five plus on a 100 leads calls booked, which is a 5% video conversion rate, then you know that it's out of KPI as a VSL. But when we run it to a list, it's like not as it's more difficult to determine whether it's signal or noise because it's not they've already opted in, so we can't measure the VCR in the same way. You know what I mean? Yeah.

And I was wondering that too because our list is, they've gotten a lot of call promotions, a majority of the list, I would say, over the last couple years. So they may not be too excited to apply for a call again, a lot of them, and or or they've already had calls. A 100%. Yeah. 100%.

That that plays a big part as well from what I've seen when we, like so that can further affect the numbers. So if you send two call booking email broadcast or three per week or more, then we start to deplete the responsiveness of the list if you're not generating on the counterbalance side twenty five, fifty, one hundred leads a day from paid traffic to replenish the list. I found if we basically turned our ads off and we kept emailing, the responsiveness fell off pretty quickly. So, yes, however many times we've broadcasted it, but also if we're not generating 50 leads a day kinda minimum, then that may be inputting, you know, a not an optimal input affecting this output, which is not a function of the VSL. It's a function of we don't have enough fresh leads on the list that would watch this and then book.

Yeah. Okay. Got it. And what you were saying before, you said you did a test where you would include the link to the booking calendar as well as the VSL in the same email. So they could they could actually, in a sense, bypass the VSL and just go straight to book a call if they liked what was sort of discussed in the email.

Is that what you're saying? Yeah. So we basically ran you know, there's two types. Well, not two types, but so we ran an email broadcast to a VSL. Then on that VSL page, they could click and go to the calendar page.

Right. We also have run email broadcast just to the calendar booking page. Okay. When we email broadcast it to the VSL that then went to the calendar page, like, they had to click to go to the calendar page, that generated less call bookings than just emailing direct to Calendly. Right.

Okay. Okay. Got it. Yeah. So you kinda let the email itself do most of the selling and then just go straight to the call booking.

Yeah. That that could be a good experiment. We we don't do that too often. We usually always send them to something to kinda as a conversion mechanism, but maybe we should also experiment with just sending emails straight to call bookings. Yeah.

Definitely worth it because, I I guess it depends on what you're optimizing for as well. Right? Like, if you're optimizing for call volume, then we should send them to something that's, just a call booking page. Then you can do the cancellations and any education on the backside. But at least you have the calls.

But when we if you're optimizing for quality, then, you know, you can put more friction in. But when we do that, then we starve the calendar of calls. You know what I mean? Yeah. Yeah.

Okay. That's great. And, yeah, it did work. At least we got more data when we, implemented the changes you mentioned as far as taking the questions out of the quiz or out of the booking and having them go straight to, just book a call and then have them fill out the questions after they book the call. And then, also, we added the call booking link throughout the whole, VSL page rather than having it just when the offer is made.

So those were some good tweaks. And now I think we just gotta I'm gonna try like you said, I'm gonna try running some, YouTube and TikTok, organic traffic to it and see how that does. And I'll compare those stats and maybe, report back. Sounds good. If you weren't already gonna do this, I would encourage like, if you're running organic traffic to it, make sure you put a opt in page in front of it.

Like, the organic traffic has to opt in Oh, yes. And then watch it. Because if we don't do that, we're, again, not gonna be able to measure the true efficiency of, like, lead to call booked rate. That's and that's the number we wanna know. Because if that's five percent or better, you should, in theory, be able to then run YouTube ads at scale with, you know, 50 to a 150 leads a day plus and convert 5% of them, you know, within the first few days into calls booked.

Yeah. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Here's we got our opt in page set up, so I'm gonna run them to this.

Do you think everything looks good here? Basically, just somewhat pretty much exactly like Sam's. There's I'll just read the landing page real quick. Yeah. Yeah.

Reads really well. Clean. You can click on the video, click on the button, and then this will go straight to the same, BSL page. But I need to add the button below throughout the whole thing like I did with the other one that I that we tested. Yeah.

So I'll I'll experiment with that in the next week or two and then go from there. Sounds good. Alright. Awesome. Thanks.

Thanks, Seth. Hey, Jesse. Just a quick question about the emails. Sure. So you recommend this is one of Sam's emails here.

You recommended putting all of this at the bottom. I saw a couple where he has this in it, and then I saw somewhere he doesn't do it. Where we put what? Sorry. Oh, can you see the I can see your screen.

Yeah. Which Okay. Just at the bottom here. So I can't explain why he didn't include that in the next email. It may have been it might have been because we it was an email to the YouTube channel.

Okay. But I think this was also an email to the YouTube channel. Right? Yeah. They were both So you came from help.

Yeah. I know why. So that email was from a new active campaign account that we have, which is why it's from help@consulting.com, not Samo@consulting.com. And if you go to the other email, I bet, yeah, it's from Sam o, which is our legacy ActiveCampaign account. And that legacy AC account has not had that new, text the wall of text added to it for broadcasts.

So that's why it didn't appear. Okay. But you do recommend adding something like this, to all the emails that we blast out, or what's kind of the strategy? From what I've seen, e yes. Because effectively what that is doing is like self communicating that the, you know, percentage of promotional text in the email is less.

Okay. Got it. Than the terms of service text which improves deliverability. From what one of our top email deliverability specialists in in Quantum has found from his work. Okay.

Awesome. Thanks. Yep. And where do you include that, Jesse? I mean, in the email body or that that text or how is it included?

Yeah. So it's I believe, technically, it is in the footer. I could be mistaken, but if you look at that email, I think you'd be able like, if you you may be able to see where it's positioned. You want me to pull it up again? Or if you don't mind, yeah, that'd be good.

I don't have access to that to that new ActiveCampaign account to actually look at where it is, technically. Yeah. So I think it I think it is the footer. Brian, do you happen to know if that text is has to be in the footer or if it can be just like another, paragraph? Another paragraph.

Yeah. I asked the same thing. Okay. Is it really useful? Because, it feels like, duplication of content like this would trigger the spam, engine as a software engineer.

I'm, like, curious about really It helped it helped it helped our open rate by about, like, three or 4%, which isn't a lot, but, I mean, it's anything helps. I mean, the data don't fly, so it's, like, very interesting. Because, the only thing I knew about that was that it was good to not use HTML and and so, like, just send send a text email instead. I was not aware that, like, just adding this kind of content on the footer would be having such kind of impact. Very interesting.

Yeah. Hi, Jesse. I've got a question about, VSL. So with my new v s the difference between the teaching in the up level VSL and this one seems to be more like you're teaching less, but stating problems and solutions. So you're not actually teaching in the VSL.

Is that right? Well, I guess so are you referring to, like, the v s like, the actual VSL or, like, an opportunity funnel VSL? The the actual VSL. So today, I went through Sam's and the other four examples, but it seems to, like, teach less and be like so I'm kind of thinking, normally, we add, like, a lot of value into a VSL, but it's more like this is the problem and this is the solution. So you've told them your framework at, like, a 30,000 foot view, but you've not taught them anything.

Like, here's your problem. Here's what you need to do. Next one. Here's your problem, and here's what you need to do. But you're never actually going into more of the here's what you need to do.

Yeah. I guess what I would say to that is, like, I mean, some of some of the other VSLs on there, maybe they go more into, like, instructional content. I would just encourage thinking about it from the mental model of only go into instructional content in a VSL to the extent that you think you need to to maintain the attention of your market given how sophisticated they are. Because the more granular we go, often, like, sometimes we can go too granular, and it can, like, hurt response instead of just trying to press on the problem and then, you know, have a high level nonspecific solution. Yeah.

And on your video page, at the minute, on my video page, I also have the Bose feed underneath. Would you take that off? Well, I mean, if your VSL is working at 5% plus that with that page in place, then I wouldn't remove it, because it's working. But if you don't know how well it's performing or it's performing less than 5%, then I would probably do an experiment, like, run you know, have your VSL have the BOST in place, run a 100 or 200 leads to it from paid traffic, see what your VCR is, then remove it, and do a addition by subtraction experiment. If we remove this thing, does it actually improve the VCR because of less distraction?

Or do we break the conversion by a couple points because we got rid of the social proof? And then you'll know for sure. And then with the production, so when I watch them fall, like, their video production is really good level. So do they but, obviously, it's their voice over them. So are they, especially with I can't remember his name.

Quasi Quasi? I don't know how you pronounce his name. But with his, like so do you you record the voice and and then somebody create the video for them? Is that what some of them are doing? Yeah.

So that's a yeah. That's a bit that's what some of them are doing. Yeah. It's more of a scripted VSL with, like, b roll. Yeah.

Because I've got tons of b roll and tons of stuff. So do I then get somebody to create the video for me so it's to that higher polished? Like, my industry, like, because it's hairdressing. I think it's high energy. It's like all singing and dancing and so I'm like, do I do that so it's in line with what they're used to, like a higher energy?

I mean, really, it's like it's it's a situational question. If you think they would resonate with it better and it will convert better based off of your experience, then I would do it. But, you know, it's it's also a style thing. Like, if it's, you know, is it your style to do that? And is it your creative expression to express it in that way?

Like, for example, the via self or YouTube. Yeah. That's not Sam's style. Like, b roll, scripting, cuts, that that sort of stuff. And so he you know, we did it the minimalist way with Loom and just a Google Doc.

The information ultimately is kind of the most important thing, but if you wanna, you know, put that creative flare because that's your style, then, you know, it'll probably come out as a better product because you're, you know, more engaged with how you're, you know, you're building it in in your, you know, way of expressing it. So would you then just get, like, a videographer on Fiverr or something and say, here's all the b roll, here's the slides, here's the video. Can you now take that to the next level and make it more like a mini movie? I mean, we haven't done that. I guess I would my suggestion would be if you can't do that yourself using, like, ScreenFlow, which is, like, there's some technical ability required to do that, but you can pretty easily overlay, like, b roll, over top of slides with with that.

Okay. Sure. I mean, I guess, you know, my my recommend ultimately, I would say, you know, how do you really think it's gonna get you, like, multiple points better in VCR from what you know about your industry. If it is, then it's probably worth it. Yeah.

And I think it would level up the brand again even more. Like, I think yeah. I do. I do think it would. Yeah.

Yeah. Then, I mean, it probably makes sense to do it. Maybe a post in the group too to see if anybody has, like, good VSL editors Yeah. Or, you know, someone that can help with that project. Yeah.

Perfect. And then I just have, one quick question for Brian, which is a bit random. But we've been approached, about a video, which is a video of my son from a company who are media buyers. And they basically buy your video, and then they sell it to companies like MTV, BoardPanda, LADbible, The Dodo, Unilad, ViralThread, The Daily Mail. And then we get 60% of the revenue created from that video.

On YouTube, I didn't know if you'd heard of that strategy before, if there's any advice on it, really. So, basically, it's a company's approaching your a video that your son already made. Yeah. And they wanna take that and and promote it on YouTube even more than what it already is getting. Right?

Yeah. I've don't have any experience with that personally. I'm not sure if anyone else does. I guess I'd love to hear more about it exactly to truly understand it and what the goal is, you know? Yeah.

They said they pick videos that they predict will go viral, which then the video will have ad spend before it, during it, after it, whatever. And then the creator gets 60% of the ad revenue or the modernization. Interesting. Yeah. I I don't have any experience with that.

I mean, it sounds like a good deal, I guess, just on the little bit that I've heard. Does anybody else have any experience with that? So, Brody, you said, yeah. You don't give up the rights to the video, so it's still our intellectual property. So there doesn't seem any downside.

I've just never heard of it before, and I thought, like, if you because you're using Sounds like your son's talented. Yeah. He is. And we wanted to have his own YouTube channel as well, but we need to create a bit more of a strategy around it. But I just and, obviously, this could be a strategy is to create more content for them to sell and promote, as well.

But, I didn't know if you had any advice on it. Yeah. I'm I'm not sure if I'd be the best person. We did this a lot in, ecommerce. It's essentially a partnership or an affiliate through a white list where, we would partner with folks who had an audience but no no direct product.

And we would take over their their account and run ads from their account with content. And so from a creator's perspective, there's literally no upside. The only the only or no downside. The only downside would be if they somehow screw up your account because I'm assuming they run ads from your account. That'd be the only thing to watch out for if they get too aggressive or they make interesting claims.

So you gotta make sure you have, like, final approval before any ad creatives go out. Other than that, that'd be the the only downside I could think of. It's all upside for both of you because they probably are good with, paid media, but they can't create content. So they partner with you guys to to fill that part in. It worked well for us on ecom, so I I don't see a downside other than those two.

Perfect. Thank you. Hey, Jess. I have a question on back end mastermind. As far as events, would you do, virtual or in person first?

Or, I mean, from what I've seen of others in quantum launching their back end masterminds, Typically, they launch it with a in person event at first because it really helps, like, kick start the excitement and experience, and it's, something that the mind can easily, like, latch onto. Right? And, like, they can see an image, like, come hang out with me for three days in x city, and we will talk about x, y, and z. And and there's, like, the travel element. There's, you know, I get to go, you know, go to some new city or city I haven't been to in a long time.

So there's these other elements that make it appealing incrementally more appealing than a remote event. You you could start with a remote event, and it probably would still work. But, you know, if you if you are willing to do an in person event at first, I would recommend starting with that. It also gives out great confidence boost as well from what I've heard of from other quantum members that do that. They do that first in person event.

They're a bit on the fence about doing it because they had not done one before, but the feedback they get from their customers in person and the energy is, extremely, powerful, they've said. And it really leads into them wanting to promote it, promote it harder, you know, service the customers better, and and give them the confidence to wanna fill it up. Awesome. Thank you. Yeah.

Last thing I'll say, you get a you get a bunch of great marketing collateral from it as well. Photos, videos, b roll, testimonials, all sorts of stuff that, you can't really do the same with her emotive app. Awesome. Thank you. Jesse, quick question.

Okay. Yeah. Sorry. Yeah. Quick question.

Was on the the topic of, like, you know, like, chopping up videos and then posting them to TikTok or putting them in shorts or reels on, like, Instagram and stuff, it begs the question to me now with the new model what personnel you need in the business because, fundamentally, you're obviously gonna need, like, your expense score is gonna be going up, like, quite a lot compared to the new model, whereas super lean. Like, you just need to put a Facebook ad and you have your media buyer, and you can pretty rough run the media buyer straight to straight to your sales rep. Right? Whereas this, then there's a lot of work involved, like, a ton more than the old model and a lot more personnel required with special skills I I I I'm gay gauging anyway. So, like, you can have a videographer.

You can have somebody to edit the videos, then you're gonna have somebody to post them on TikTok, Instagram. And from what I know of the market, which is which is slim, so this is where hopefully your advice can come in, is, like, you have people that now say, like, they specialize on TikTok or they specialize as an Instagram type of person. So, like, you're gonna have all these different roles. And, like, if you're not gonna be writing the emails yourself as a founder, then you're gonna need a copywriter to go and write the emails every week if you really wanna scale the business up. Right?

So begs the question, can you find just one person other than the videographer? Can you just find one other person who's like a generalist marketer that can do everything in the business? Or because that's gonna be difficult at first, I guess. Like, I guess you're gonna have to outsource initially, which is gonna be quite expensive. Yeah.

So I guess it, you know, it depends on what you want and are willing to do in the current situation and then, ultimately, how you wanna structure the team. So to answer your question, can you find that person? Yeah. I mean, there are people in in Quantum that have one. Like, I've done that sort of work for Sam, like copywriting for emails, copywriting for ads, operational stuff.

Like, they're out there. They're not as, as far as I'm aware, there's no, like, there's no courses or programs printing those sorts of people, like sales reps, for example, where you can go to certain groups or certain recruitment providers and they're gonna get you a rep, you know, instantly. Quality is a different thing. Like, obviously, there needs to be great company fit and they have skill need to have the skills and everything, but you know they're there. You can go to these groups right now.

So that's a bit harder to find that person, especially if they're gonna be full time with you, and not a contractor, like, part time and wanting to work with other clients. But, I mean, it can be it can be done. And I would recommend it if you can because, you know, I talked more about this in the operations module, but having less full time people that do more things is it's, like, exponentially more efficient than having more part time people do one thing. Got it. Okay.

That makes sense in the long term. So if, like, say now, where, I'm in a position where I I I need this stuff done, like, ASAP. So I've got a videographer. That's cool. Lives nearby.

I can can shoot videos. But then, like, you need a video editor and you need somebody to do I could do the emails myself per se. I suppose the copywriting is just a nuance to start, but I could do that. And then the third thing is, like, you need somebody to do all of your media buying, like, if you wanna outsource your YouTube ads, etcetera. And then you're gonna need somebody to do your, yeah, your video edits and then, like, post them in different places.

Are you bet saying, like, the best place to start or, like, not the best. The quickest way to do that is just to outsource real fast to specialists who can already just knock it out of the park real fast. So you'd have, like, maybe two or three subcontracts going on. And then whilst you're trying to find that in house person, is that the way that you'd do it? That is how I would do it.

Yeah. Because it should be faster to find a contractor that's, like, verticalized in that one specialty who can do that job to be done right away. But when you add up all of these small contractors fees, any one of them doesn't look that expensive. But when you add them all up, it actually ends up becoming equal or more than a full time person, typically. Yeah.

Okay. So it's kinda like just biting the bullet and accepting that it's gonna be more expensive, but you're buying speed to start with. And then you'll get the exponential returns later on when you bring it in house, and you've got your media just up and running, which is giving you that infinite return when you've got the good content out. Yeah. Buying speed and buying your time back, basically.

Because you could do it. But if you don't wanna do it or you have better things to do that are higher, you know, dollar per hour tasks that we shouldn't be. What skill set as well? Like, I'm definitely not good at editing videos. I could probably learn it, but it would take me ages to learn as opposed to just get someone to do it real quick.

Yep. Got it. Okay. Alright. That makes sense.

Thanks, Jesse. I have a question about video editing and such. I have a really new YouTube channel, and I just, I guess my question is really, I don't how do I know if I'm doing a good job or not? I have about 20 videos up, and the videos that I am more clever in and do more editing get more views. And I'm not sure if it's the best use of my time to do that, though, because most of my videos have, like, you know under 100 views so I was just wondering like what sort of expectations I should have of the new youtube channel and if it's worth putting the energy into making them you know a bit more fancy So, I mean, I can I can speak to that quickly?

I basically for my videos, I I used to do, like, a screen share. So very similar to, like, what's happened to us almost like a a Loom where you're going through a Google Doc, or FigJam file. And I recently did a video where I did the exact same thing, but in between, you know, like, as you're going through a doc, you're usually talking about the points. Like, you're expanding on the points while the screen is just there. And in a later video, I basically turned my screen into, like, a digital whiteboard, and I did a bunch of animations and very fancy editing.

And it got three times the conversion as just a plain, almost Loom type recording. And I've noticed a lot of people doing that, at least in my niche. So I definitely do think that more in more animation and more interaction. I can't tell you if it leads to more conversion, but I can tell you it leads to more engagement and more watch time on the video, which, I mean, conversion should be a byproduct of it, I would assume. But that's just what I've seen.

Got it. Thank you. And I actually had another question there for Brian, just on that. So with my content, obviously, I'm boosting it heavily through ads. But then on the organic side, I'm just kind of, like, trying to get, like, a benchmark to, like, know if video is doing well organically or not.

Like, what you've seen if a video takes off organically. Because at the moment, like, when I look at my analytics on my content, I basically just see, like, 95%, YouTube advertising. I I just see that pushing everything. So I'm really just trying to see, like, obviously, I know or what I've been told is the two benchmarks are average percentage watched and CTR. And the common knowledge I've got given is aim for 50% and above average watch time and 10% and above CTR, and you're doing well.

I beat both of those. Well, I beat the CTR metric. I have not yet been able to reach the average percentage watched. Bear in mind, these are, like, twelve minute videos. So I'm just like, how would you know if video is doing well organically or not given that it says YouTube advertising is 95% of traffic?

Yeah. It's a good question. For me, specifically, the way I look at my YouTube metrics is basically just, like, within the first within the first day, I'll know if it's gonna be a be a pretty good video or not, just based off the view rate. I I don't really dive into the average I mean, like, I can share you my stuff right now. I like how I look at it.

Let's see if I can pull it up. Give me a second. Because I have some friends who go very deep on this to the point where they literally, like, in the first ten minutes, if it doesn't hit metrics, they repost the video. And they kinda do that, like, the whole day until they get the starting kind of pick up that they want, which, I mean yeah. Yeah.

I mean, I basically look at this right here. When it comes to content, I just look at, like, above typical intros, 69 people still watching after thirty seconds. And, like, I look at these, I'm like, why are they watching so long? And And then I realized these are because the content is so good. Well, I mean, it's just very valuable for the entrepreneurs that are watching it.

Like, these are very long form videos as well. I mean, like, average percentage of you, 23%, 45 wow. That one's really crazy. 45%. That one's pretty good.

23%. Yeah. So, like, I don't base I mean, I'll be honest with you. I don't really look at this stuff too too much. I just try to post a video a week.

And I'll know if it's a good video based off the view rate in, like, the first week. So, for example, like, I just posted this, like, quantum mastermind recap, just kinda going over my notes for this last mastermind. And it got, like, a thousand views in the last seven days or something like that, and 62 likes, which is real like, no dislikes, which is really good for me. And I'm like, okay. Obviously, people like learning about, what Sam's up to in quantum or, like, learning from me through what I'm learning from quantum, which is, a huge, huge talking point.

So I don't know if I have specifics for you necessarily. Maybe somebody else does who has a bigger channel than me. Again, I only have 5,800 700 subscribers, so I'm not too crazy big. I just focus on one video a week. And then, like, I just know that, like, this video that I just posted, this UFC pipe prediction ones, is inherently gonna get way less way less views.

Because, like, there's only a certain amount of people that are interested in the UFC as much as me, who are also on my YouTube channel, who also are interested in digital marketing and who also care about YouTube ads. But I don't care. Right? I just the people that did watch this, everybody messaged me about it. And they all said, like, dude, this was a great video.

I'm I'm glad you're doing this content too. So, like, I don't really care too much about the views for me personally, man. I just know that I'm building my my brand and my my following with posting content that I want. I think if you're trying to optimize for views and subscribers and grow a huge channel, then you really have to game the system. And there would be somebody I would follow, like, for example let me see if I can just go to this guy's channel.

He's gonna come out with, a course. He already has a course, Clark Egley. He's one of my best friends, a million five subs a million, 50,000 subscribers now. And, like, you can see what he's doing, and I would just model what he's doing. And it's really all clickbait stuff.

Whereas I'm not really focusing on that too much. I'm just focusing on, like, what makes sense for me. But I can ask Kim. I can ask Kim, dude. What I can do is I can ask Kim how he measures the success of a video and if he does anything within, like, the first week or something.

That might be able to help everybody out. So He brought He also just joined Quantum too. So Got it. The only issue I have running to is if I don't boost a video, I get, like, a accurate average watch on percentage. And it usually is hovering between, like, 40%, like, somewhere there.

As soon as I boost it with ads, the views spike, but the average watch time drops dramatically. Right? Which is kind of what you would expect. So then it throws all those stats off. So then it's kind of like, well, now what are we looking at?

Yeah. I mean, that's the thing, dude. Like, I think that that's exactly why the analytics get messy is because when you boost a video with ads, it's definitely gonna get a lower watch time because there's these people don't know who you are. They're like, who the hell is this guy? They watch five seconds and they click off.

And then you're still boosting it with ads. You're not seeing how many people are actually watching for the duration that are already subscribed to you. Again, I probably I don't have much experience running ads to grow a channel. Like, all we do is run ads to get clients. So the week five bonus video that we put together showing you how we do it for our clients to grow their sub subscribers is the best, video I could direct you to again.

But if you're looking for a way to not have your ads skew your metrics, there's literally no way to do it, which is exactly why you have to run ads from a different channel. But if you wanna run ads to your organic channel, boost those videos, you're just gonna have to be okay with the analytics getting messed up and then not really having a way to determine what's doing what. Got it. Like, nobody's been able to solve this problem, dude. Like, literally nobody.

People that are YouTube organic experts, like, they they complain to me about this all the time. I don't like running ads from the same channel as my clients. I haven't had create another YouTube channel. Like, they do the same thing to their clients. They have their clients create a second channel just for ads to avoid this happening because they go into their their client's channel organically, and then they just don't know what's what.

And they're like, oh, dude, you gotta this is too crazy. I can't analyze what's working and what's not. So it's really like you just gotta accept it, to be honest. Yeah. Awesome.

Appreciate it. And, Brian, how do you measure the success of your channel if it's not with the views and the subscriber? Well, I mean, I just look at the holistic view. Right? Like, at the beginning of this year, I had about 5,000 subscribers, and I wasn't posting any I mean I mean, it was maybe, like, 4,900 or something like that, and I wasn't posting any, content consistently.

And then after the first quantum event that I went to in March, I started posting a video a week per Sam's advice, and I've grown to 5,719, which is pretty good. I mean, for me, not posting a video consistently for the last year. So I do look at subscribers. Yeah. I look at the subscribers and I look at the the, The comments?

The most yeah. Look at the comments too. I check maybe about once every other day or so, just like how my subscribers are doing, how my, if I have any comments, and just what people are looking for. And then I just kind of post those videos based off the comments too. So I do look at the the metrics, but I don't, try to gamify the system already than what I'm doing if that makes sense.

That's why I might not be the best person to model. I'm just doing what is easy for me on top of running my business. Right? Which is one video a week. And then the next video, I'll get ideas based off the comments and things like that.

And it seems like people love the long form Loom video sharing, like, very tactical high level strategies of of notes and things like that. So that's what works for me. It make me think about, Alex on one, content and saying about, like, give away the secrets and sell the implementation. Like, I I feel like, that was actually a question I had, like, a few weeks ago, I think. Like, should we share our best secrets in YouTube or should we still like try to keep some in the instruction of our mastermind?

And the way I think I'm leaning toward is to share everything on YouTube, like long form and, like like, basically, as a, like, a big, strategic session with an audience like you just do. What do you think about that? I think it make I mean, that's how I run that's how I operate as a business owner myself personally. I I believe in that. I learned that from Frank Kern.

He told me, like, I'm I'm using, like, he made a joke with me one time in a text message. He was like, I'm using the old help them. I'm using the old help, demonstrate I can help them by actually helping them trick. Like when he said he was selling and I was like, that's good. And I started using that every everything I did.

And so like, check this out, right? This is like a video I posted April 18 has 1,700 views, 75 likes, but like, this is a presentation of like a a literally a one hour presentation that I gave at, guest speaking, Zoom event from one of my friend's mastermind, Rudy Mauer. And, like, do the comments on this were crazy? Like, this might this may be the most valuable video I watched this year. Even the paid stuff I watched didn't compare.

Thanks so much, Brian. This was definitely the best YouTube trainings I ever watched. Great stuff. Like and then I have more of these too. Like, I literally just put all of my free or all of my trainings that I've done at guests.

Like, even I put the Sam one that I post that I did at Quantum. Like, the likes are just crazy on these. I'm just giving all of it away for free. And they're booking calls because, like, they still have to implement it. Like they can't do it themselves.

So, and I, I truly believe that that's the best way to lead with value in my opinion, just because that's how I sell naturally too. Like if we're on the phone with me and you want to talk about like what we do, like, I'm not going to bullshit you. So I just try to give you everything. Like, I like, like Alex Becker, things like that too, the way with he markets. He's just so introverted.

And so is Frank, right? Like they don't like selling or talking to people. Like they literally hate calls and talking to people. And so like, they just try to use, they try to give everything away for free. So that way, when you hop on the call with them or whatever, or you just want to buy it immediately.

And I don't hate selling. I mean, but I would rather have my marketing do all the selling for me. So I don't have to sell you if that makes sense. So that's how I personally operate. And I agree with that methodology.

I like giving all my best stuff away for free. You guys can go look at my channel. All the stuff that's in there is like all the stuff that's in we tube. But in we tube, I go a little bit more in-depth. And then I actually show you the click click and because you guys paid for it.

Right? So So I show you what to click. I show you how to do it step by step. But on these trainings, I just tell you what to do, and I give you the framework. But I don't give you everything.

I just tell you what. Then I sell you the how. I was actually thinking of doing, some kind of, like, videos training publicly and just, like, in the instructions, like, say, if you need more details, then you can just click on this video and you will see it. Because the the how is basically like assembling everything into one piece of system. And and another thing, just quick question, like, I've I've seen you on Twitter, because I just started to go back to Twitter and I saw that you had, like, you popped out some somehow.

I don't know how, but just you popped out. So I I'm following you. But anyways, my my question was more, do you have a strategy with Twitter, or do you just, like, tweet whenever you want? Yeah. So my strategy with Twitter is I was in Colombia last November, and I was talking to this guy at this random Starbucks who he was on sales calls.

I was on sales calls just for the context, the reason why I started growing on Twitter. And he told me he was making $30 a month off Twitter. And I was like, what the hell? And like, I've never heard anybody making money off Twitter. Like I was never using Twitter just because I thought it was just low awareness type people and they were all young.

And anyways, he was selling like digital marketing services and that's when I was like, the spark went off. And anyways, he told me the framework, basically three three tweets a day, two to three threads a week. A thread is like a basically a a two step post, like Facebook wise. Like, you know how you do like a two step value post? Yeah.

You give a bunch of value, then you do a call to action to comment something if you wanna get access to a free training or a free resource. You get a bunch of comments and then you DM all those people. Right? So, anyways, that's a thread. So two to three threads a week of valuable posts and then one case study a week as well.

And I've just followed that model since, November. And one of my threads or a couple of my threads took off, basically all stories. And I, I went from 500 Twitter followers to 4,800 now, since since January pretty much. But now my strategy is like, my YouTube does everything. So I do one YouTube video a week, and then I turn that YouTube video into my Twitter, posting.

Like, I I take it into bite sized tweets. So that YouTube like, I just use my YouTube as my North Star, and that creates all my other content. My emails, my Facebook posts, my Twitter. So that's how I do it now. I love that because then, like like you said at the beginning, we can cut down the the video into smaller bite to just, like, use them as a shot.

And then the shot can become tweets or, like, even a thread actually because, like, I could the thread could actually be one minute of video. And everything. Yeah. Everything I'm doing pushes back to my YouTube channel, but YouTube is the goal. I don't like, I'm even my Twitter posts about my YouTube videos don't get any engagement, but everybody DMS me about them, which is crazy.

They're like, I watched your YouTube videos gold, but like, it doesn't have any engagement. There's no likes, there's no retweets, there's no nothing, but they always go to my YouTube channel and they watch it and then they subscribe. So it's all pointing back to, like, what we're doing here on YouTube, which is YouTube organic. And that's what I found is is, like Sam says, it's the best. And you also are on LinkedIn then?

No. No. I don't touch I don't touch LinkedIn. Oh, okay. Okay.

So just like Twitter, Instagram, TikTok. And Dude, I I don't do anything on Instagram. All I do on Instagram is my stories. And that's, like, just another, like, what I've used what I use Instagram stories for is just to get people to know, like, and trust me. Like, I just I just post about my personal life.

It's mainly just health and fitness stuff. What I'm eating, my my daily routine, what my wife and I are doing. I don't know. It's like a long term thing. Yeah.

I just do stories on Instagram, which I found really help. Okay. Cool. Awesome. Thanks for that.

And then I pushed in my YouTube video on my stories too. Yeah. Obviously. You can have, like, the Yes. Brian, nice.

Hey. Oh. Hey. I got a question about back end mastermind. We just finished pushing our our wave for July.

What are your best practices? So we enrolled a couple people. What are your best practices for, in between waves? Should you just keep accepting calls? Just push everybody to a wait list?

Because we don't context, we don't yet have a front end mastermind developed. We're working on creating that. So is it, like, have you communicated that it's full or sold out currently in any way? No. So we just stopped that on Friday.

That was, like, the cutoff for this cohort's enrollment. Okay. Got it. Do they have, like, a start date in July or August? Yeah.

July this week, this Friday, this Thursday, tomorrow. Okay. Got it. My 2¢, like, it would I would encourage continuing to take calls, but then positioning the back end mastermind that the current intake is full and that the next start date would be, say, like, August 1, and you're accepting, you know, five new members at that point and you plan to add in five new members to the mastermind at that point and x number of those five or whatever number of seats are still available? Because then you're still taking advantage of, like, that interest in the product while it's hot instead of deferring it because, as you know, like, it you know, people could cool off.

Cool. That makes sense. Hey, Jess. While we're on that topic, how how far are you spacing out the waves? Like, are you guys spacing out the waves?

Like because I'm trying to why I'm asking that is I'm trying to figure out when to cap my back end and when to bring the next wave in. Like, how much time should I give the back end before I start filling in? And I I just threw a number out there of 30 people, maybe too much, maybe too little. I have no idea. Like, I've literally have no clue on what to pick.

So I kinda wanna know the, like, the sequence. Like, I, you know, I literally mapped it out like that. I'm pretty that's not fake jam or whatever you guys use. This is paper. But it's the same thing.

Like, how do I bring everyone in as I'm as I'm building it and continuing? And what's like, I don't know the gap. Yeah. So the first number that we should pick is something that you know is, like, relatively easily achievable. So whether that's five, ten, 25.

For us, we picked 60 because, you know, we have the customer base and the list to know that we could definitely hit 60. And we had also hit 60 on, like, on average for up level, you know, in any given month in the past when running paid traffic. So we know with a product launch, we were gonna be able to hit 60 units, pretty easily. So that's why we picked that. But, yeah, again, it picks something that you know you can hit with the assets that you have.

So even if that's five, that's fine. But then as far as spacing it out, what we're doing is, like, we're doing it on a monthly basis after the beta. So, like, there's a July intake now, then there's an August intake, then there's a September intake, and then there's a cap on each of those. And then we're we're communicating depending on the call. Like, there's there's a, basically, a statement where we say, sure.

So as you might have seen in the video, how it worked is we had a beta that was 60 people that sold out, and then we did a July intake that sold out for another 60 members. What we have now is x available so that you're preframing the seat that this is very desirable. It sells out quickly when we open up seats. We we open up x amount of seats, and we deliver on those those sales. And so there's more, like, it's just framing the the seat in the mastermind with more, it's not it's not just something they can come back anytime they want and buy.

You know? We're not trying to leave them with that option. So I was saying take that chance for Yeah. I so I was saying I could hit 30 by Labor Day and and launch it on Labor Day, but I think I can hit 15 by August. So would you go and launch in August and then bring another wave in in September and do fifteen fifteen, or just wait till Labor Day and have everybody come in at thirty?

I probably do fifteen and fifteen because then, you know, you can sell your 15, and then it's like you hit that goal. It's full, sold out. The first wave is sold out. It also provides conviction because, you know, you set this client target, you hit it, it's full, and then now you're on to the next target and the next state instead of having a larger target that, you know, takes more effort to actually ultimately fulfill. Okay.

Brian, I have, two questions about you two. So I, right now I'm just building momentum, like, internally and kinda Jesse's word conviction, like, that this is really, like, I'm going to be a YouTuber and and make, like, value and get clients from it. So I launched a week ago and have 75 subscribers, so I'm really excited about that. And, so my assistant and I have been kind of arguing, and I said I would ask you. So thank you, Pierre.

So, I, specialize in, ADHD and neurodiver well, neurodiverse but neurodivergent people and equals can equal very short attention span. And so I encourage all of my clients and everyone I know to, like, watch everything on double speed, because I would rather that they get the content than, like, worry. And but, anyway, I know that someone had said sorry. I forgot who about, like, in terms of getting paid, you have to have a thousand subscribers and 4,000 watch hours within twelve months. But, my assistant was saying that, like, YouTube like, it's not a smart idea to encourage people to watch on double speed because, like, it wouldn't, like anyway, so my I would rather they watched all of my content, and I sacrificed, like, the time spent on my page, that they would actually consume all everything I'm saying, because I personally watch everything on double speed.

But I was wondering your thoughts if it's really as terrible as he and apparently Pierre are making it out to be. I would have no clue if I'm being honest. I've never told my people to watch at two x speed, but I don't think anybody else that I know recommends that either. So I'm not sure. I wouldn't recommend pushing them to do that either.

I would just keep it Leave it alone. Them to yeah. Just go watch the video, and that's it. Okay. Okay.

Fine. And then my second question is when we were talking in the beginning about building a YouTube channel and, you know, people are talking about, like, sharing you you were just talking about, like, fitness and UFC and stuff like that and sharing. Is it fine or is it not ideal, to to share, like, I have this cool network. Like, I'm passionate about networking, and I learned this cool, like, thing in networking. But right now, I'm not, you know, it's like I'm talking about neurodiverse productivity.

So is that, like, an odd thing if I were to do, like, a really quick video about, like, oh, here's a a cool networking tip or is, or is that like adding to or breaking the brand that I'm building on YouTube? I mean, I'm curious to know what other people think, but from what I've what I would I mean, I at this point where I'm at, I wouldn't I just wanna make content and videos based off what I feel inspired to make and what I wanna talk about. So I don't really think about the algorithm. I don't really think about the branding. I just I just know my channel's about me, and it's what I'm when what I'm interested in, what I'm doing.

So I'll make like, you saw my video. Right? It was the UFC predictions for this past UFC card. Like, that's what I that's what I'm interested in. So I wanted to share with everybody else.

If you feel inspired to make a video about that and you think it'll be valuable to your audience, I don't see why it would be a bad thing, to be honest. Other people might think differently, but that's just my opinion. Okay. That's that's really fun. Basically, I've been studying, YouTube for a while, and, I already had a channel before, only 2,000 subscribers.

Like, not a big thing, but it's only ninety days of publishing videos. One to be one video a day. So that's where the strategy. You have, like, multiple strategies. So you can do, like, consistent of blogging and, everyday publishing something very short.

Now with the short format, even, like, better to do that with the shorts. So that's what I'm going to do. The other strategy is SEO. I would not recommend that. Like, I only know, like, a handful of people who have had success with that, and it's not very good quality content.

I mean, like, you can make it, but it's harder. Like, the ones that are successful with it are actually making good content, but it's hard to you have to fit your content into the keywords. So it's not very fun. And the other strategy is to go with classic YouTube. So you have two ways of doing it.

The first one is to figure out if you like more like a personality or like personal brand YouTuber or if you are more like an idea YouTuber, like, if you want to develop some ideas and and build on that. And that's, like, the two ways you can do it. And obviously, the idea one is way longer to take. Like, that's what I wanted to do at the beginning. And some stuff that you say like basically I was producing a movie every week which is like in some sense right?

But, like I think you can still automate a lot of it and I'm still intrigued about it because I love the format of essays and commenting and that kind of stuff. But it takes a lot of time. And the other one, the personality one, well, you you really have to understand the the YouTube codes and and and be deep into that. So I really think that the best way is to do like Brian's thing and what basically I'm going to do after my shots, everyday shot challenge. It's basically just post stuff that you like because, like, there is a whole category of people on YouTube.

Like, I can share, like, many channels if you want, like, just post in the community and mention me and I will send you like all the channels I know that are doing this just like tuning in on the camera, and just saying what they have in mind and just do the edit after that and that's it. It's like a long form short if you want. And I think the the format that Brian is experiencing right now, the room, just like doing tactical strategies and stuff like that is is a very nice way of doing high quality niche YouTube, and I think that's the way I will go after my shorts period. And regarding the the watch time Thank you. I have a video actually showing that I I read what you wrote.

So you've already you don't you already talked me out of it. So But I have a video for that, like, proof for that if you if you need that. Like, there is a a video that popped out in my in my feed. Basically, it's saying, like, this video is becoming viral because of this. And then when you click, it's because it is super slow.

And it tells you, like, the institution that you have to put, like, it's actually super fast. Sorry. You have to to slow down the the speed to understand. Then when you slow down, it tells you, like, actually, like, yeah, you this is going to be rewarded by the algorithm. It's just a test.

And if you see it and you don't know me, that it means worse. And it has, like, millions of views. So and the guys are cool and slow subscribers. I I will try to find him now. Alright.

Well, me taking your word for it is even faster than double speed. So thank you. Just super quick. I know we only got, like, time to wrap up here. Quick one.

Brian, are you saying then that, like so I've got a YouTube channel from complete scratch. For me, like, the path of least resistance seems to just bang out a load of Loom videos real quick with a on a on a specific subject area within property. This is a specialist area which talks huge value. Just a quick Loom video to a Google Doc or some slides or however, and just start banging out those weekly just to get the momentum? That's what I would do now, man.

I mean, again, I learned this from Sam. Like, when I saw Sam make the, the the style this style of content, I was like, holy shit. Like, there's no rules anymore. Like, I was always overcomplicating the content because I, I came from the vlogging days where I was vlogging my whole life just to create content. Because that's what I like to see personally.

And I was just like, I don't want to do all that. And then when I saw Sam doing the Loom videos and I was watching them as a consumer, I was like, dude, I can easily do this. Cause I love talking. I can easily show the visual and I can still give value with my, my, my words. Right.

And, and the content. So I would personally do that if I was starting over from scratch right now. I would just have, like, one page Google documents of everything I'm gonna talk about on the YouTube video, Loom video it, post it to YouTube, make it, you know, YouTube ads focused just to get some momentum around my niche, and then start branching off more. That's what I would recommend for sure, Richard. Okay.

Perfect. Yeah. No. That makes that makes total sense. And then the only other question I had about it was, like, does does testimonials or client interviews count as one of your weekly content, or would you Yeah.

I post one of those a week. On top of? Yep. So I'm I'm pretty much, like, at two to three videos a week right now. So one might kinda just valuable video, one client testimonial every Wednesday.

I didn't post one today, but I'll probably post it tomorrow. And then one kind of like just random video that I feel like usually it's around my personal life or stuff like that. Cool. It's the format that Sam shared in his emails, but I'm just doing them as YouTube videos as well. So they're, like, all push pushing to my YouTube channel.

Oh, got it. Yeah. Like the the the one to three ratio type thing. Yep. Cool.

Alright. Brian, that's super helpful. Thanks so much, Jesse. Thanks, Brian, for all your help. It was really helpful.

Cheers. Thanks, Andrew. Anything else, or everybody good? Alrighty. Well, great to see you guys.

Good call. And, yeah, catch you on the call tomorrow perhaps. Take care.

# Colab call recording #2

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Six - Fine-tuning operations
- Duration: 121 min
- Confidence: 0.997
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/710f00d6-fefd-480e-9d17-ba89376ebd7a

---


Hey. Can you guys hear me? Who is that Driven again, Brian? It's actually a friend that I know here in Miami. His name is Nick Rogers.

Why don't we know that? The different there's, like, another company I'm that you're talking about for sure. Oh. Yeah. It's, like, the same exact naming, so it's interesting.

I wonder where he got the idea from. I don't know. Okay. Yeah. But the back is sick.

I'll show you real quick. Check out the back of this shirt. Oh, nice. Yeah. That's like Miami colors.

Yeah. Exactly. That's why I got it. I was like, damn, the back is sick. What's up, Paul?

Hey, Paul. Going on? Good to see you guys. Is Jesse joining me? Yeah.

He should be. I know he's also running the up level calls. So Gotcha. Sometimes those maybe go a little bit overtime or maybe he's just taking a breather. How's everything going with you, Paul?

Going good. I had a question, Brian, about disclaimers on, if you run YouTube ads. I know some, I remember I was running Facebook ads. There's always that disclaimer. It's not a part of Facebook.

Whatever. Is that even true? Did anyone find out that that's even a real thing you need? I see people doing it, but I never saw anything that said that you need to have these little disclaimers running ads to the landing pages. I guess I guess where is the concern coming from?

When when you start running ads, you're just curious if you should add those? Yeah. Because I I had them when I was running Facebook ads, but just curious Gotcha. With YouTube. I mean, I think I remember using disclaimers once when I was working for Dean full time, but it yeah.

It's not it's not really that big of a issue you need to worry about until you're spending a lot of money, I've seen. And then you're actually having to worry about, like, what the claims you're making are if you start getting some backlash. So I don't think it's anything to worry about. Cool. Thanks.

So, Jesse? Hey, Brad. Jesse or Nick, do you happen to know how many people that join the wait list actually applied. Yeah. So we had approximately a thousand join the wait list, and then we had, like, 430 apply and leave a $99 deposit.

Mhmm. So you did simple maths, like, 43%. Okay. Cool. So I really liked how you guys had the whole we'll be handpicking x amount of people and that whole process.

So if I have a wait list and then we open it up with the VSL to book a call, for example, I was I just wanna run this by you guys, see what you think. What do you think of a scenario like this where we conduct some interviews, we record them, we say we'll be after we do these interviews, we'll reach back out and be handpicking x amount of people after we do those. My feeling is it kinda replicates what you guys created, which I really thought was brilliant. What is your thoughts? I mean, my 2¢ are, like, it depends on what you're optimizing for first and foremost.

So there is the call, like, the the aura or the frame, you know, of you're applying and you're gonna hear back from us. You can't just book a call. You can't just buy it, which is useful. But that wasn't in and of itself why we did it. The bottleneck for us was we suspected we were going to overload even three calendars worth of appointments had we put a ability to book a call below the video.

Which I mean, given the applications that were paid at 430, if we had tried to do that, basically. And a lot of those came in immediately. So if we had done that with a calendar, we would have overloaded our calendars, and and wasted opportunities. That's why we did it, primarily. So, I mean, I wouldn't really recommend it because the issue with it is there there was some friction in getting back.

Like, it's instead of someone booking in, you just show up to the appointment, and it's very seamless. There has to be this email process, then you email someone, they don't reply, they do reply, they take time to get back, then you have to have this email correspondence set a call. There is a bit more friction involved. And, you know, if ultimately you just are trying to get them on a call, we might as well just put a button. Unless you think your calendar is gonna get overloaded from your customer base and your email list, then I would recommend, you know, doing what either doing the deposit and then the application or just doing the application.

I think you'd get more applications if you didn't do a deposit in or an application fee in in front of it. Okay. And the application just goes right to the calendar? Well, if you were gonna do our model there without an application fee, there was no calendar. They just you just fill out the Google form.

That's it. You wait to hear back from us. But what most people are doing, I think, are putting their button below the below the launch funnel DSL. It's a button to book a call with a survey baked into that in Calendly. I see.

So then is it kind of like, well, we're going through the list and you're a good fit for this, so first come first serve kind of vibe? Yeah. I mean, the thing is you could still communicate that in the VSL or even on the button if you really wanna use more of that. You could say, like, book a call, you know, book a call and then, like, a sub headline on the button if you wanna say that would be, like, only 25 seats applicate you know, by application only, something like that to, like, further enhance this the framing, or you could put it in the VSL as well. Like, make sure to fill your application carefully.

If it looks like you're not a good fit, we're gonna cancel the call immediately, something like that. That's that's smart. Okay. Cool. That way there's less roadblocks, potential friction.

Just we just wanna get them on the call and get them to pay right there if possible. Right. Right. Exactly. You know, having having the framing is useful, but at the same time, we're trying to pack a calendar.

The more calls we have, the more offers we can make, the more units we can sell. And, you know, we we can always sell a unit without that framing stuff. It's just easier to when you do have the, you know, limitation on the and and the the quality check communicated. Gotcha. Cool.

Yeah. So, yeah, next week is when I'll release that applications accepting. And I did the wait list. So I got about 51 people on the wait list. Nice, dude.

So How big is, if you don't mind me asking, your your email list relative to the 51? Yeah. I sent it out to about 18,000 contacts, but I'm changing niches. Right? So I used to help all creatives grow an online business with something they love.

Now I'm focusing on helping creatives sell their knowledge online because I wanna share with them that they can make a program, high ticket, whatever. You know? So the niches change, so it's not gonna there's gonna be some rebuilding, but there's gonna be some overlap. That's kinda what I'm dealing with right now. Because my my best customers have been those selling their knowledge online, so I want people to get the best results possible.

So it's like and it just fits so perfectly with everything here. So that's that's what I've been dealing with. Got it. Plus, I want everyone to be doing the same model. Right?

Where it's like everyone has the same model, the same process, so we can all be on the same page. And this is better. Yeah. Yeah. Similar model thing helps a ton.

There's a lot more synergy, and the conversations are more relevant to each and every person in a group Mhmm. For sure. Not that I can't help those people. It's just it's and then people get bored listening to some of these things. You know?

Helping musicians, like, promote their album and stuff, and then I have someone that has an online course teaching guitar, and it's like That's it too. It becomes easier to, like, you know, deliver because people are asking over time, especially with volume and with hours and hours of practice, whether it's in the group or on calls. They're asking the same questions in different ways, and so you'll always be able to identify what question are they really asking and, boom, give them the thing you know is gonna help. But it's probably difficult to do that, I'd imagine, And you're trying to help the album over here and the course seller here that's low ticket, the course seller here that's high ticket, and make that all relevant to everyone at the same time. Yeah.

Totally. And then it's just a few steps. It's, like, help them with the VSL, help them run traffic to it, help them make the offer good. We're good. Yeah.

That 51 on their, like, opt in join the wait list list. That's that's a cool in general, I just think that's well, let me ask you a question. Has that been helpful when you emailed your list and you saw those opt ins to be like, oh, I'm I'm we're onto something from, like, a product market fit and messaging perspective? Yeah. And I've sold, like, two behind the scenes, you know Cool.

To, like, some good candidates. So that's all validating. And I know it's gonna be a different a little different targeting and everything, which brings me to, Brian. If I am helping Creative Southern Knowledge online, what are some, like, good targeting you think, like, people that are, like, following teachable and and stuff like that? So, basically, it's just helping anyone convert to teaching online.

Yeah. It's just like selling your knowledge online with a high ticket ticket model. Teachable? I mean, that would be a good that would be a a, like, a a different type of software I could target. I would go after other influencers teaching this as well.

That's interesting. I would go after the other influencers teaching this as well. So, like, channels I mean, Alex from Mosey. Right? A lot of people that teach their knowledge online follow Alex from Mosey.

Like, I would start the I would categorize different buckets. You know what I'm saying? Like, influencers in the info marketing industry. Alex from Mosey, Dean and Tony. They have a lot of people that they obviously talk about and help personally that they, help teach their knowledge online.

Right. Probably people that you're gonna follow Sam. Right? Like, that would be another one. And then just do a different bucket as well, like softwares.

Right? And then in week five, I don't know if you've went through the targeting training. I actually kind of described that a little bit as well. And I have an outline a template in there to show you, like, how I think about targeting. And I I I actually explained those buckets given the columns in that targeting template that I give you as well.

So I would go through that if you haven't already. That might give you some more clarity too. Okay. Cool. Yeah.

So, like, my ideal audience are people that are, like, selling, like, ebooks or, like, really cheap e courses and everything, and they don't realize that they could take the same information, repackage it, have way more profits, better customers. Because one of my best case studies is a trumpet player. He was selling a trumpet book for, like, $37, and I helped him transition to a five k course. And now he's, like, 20,000 a month. You know?

So, like, those are my people. You know? My people are those people that are already given their knowledge out there. They may have a YouTube following, but they don't realize that they're not making the best offer they can. Yeah.

That's those are the easy ones, it seems like. Right? Yeah. They already got the audience. Like, those are my people.

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, even even you just describing it right there would make for a great ad. Maybe just go back and listen to that recording because that that way you just described it right there would be a good, good, message in your ad as well. Yeah.

Yeah. You're right. And I went through it myself. You know? I paid off my student loan with, like, a $20 trombone book, and then I and I created some courses and everything.

And then I switched to high ticket, and then I thought people I did. I was like, oh my gosh. And I was like, that's that was the transformation in my own life too. You know? What's the highest ticket, like, music teaching, I guess, coaching program you've ever seen being sold?

Because the guy that does a trumpet's five k. Right? What's the highest he's been? I saw someone selling something for, like, 8 k for, like, three months of coaching, and then it was at that moment I knew I needed to raise my prices. What kind of coaching was it?

What what in was it an instrument? I was thinking, yeah, it's like helping musicians, like, create, like, some sort of, like, I don't even know. Helping helping musicians, like, tour or something. I don't even know what it was. Yeah.

That's interesting. What, what price point did you land on for the the two people you sold them? 9,800. Nice. My stand alone course has been at 6,800 for the past year.

And before that, it was at 4,800. Before that, it was at 2,800. Before that, it was at $9.97. Before that, it was at $4.97. So when I got with you guys in Uplevel, that's when I changed it to a coaching program and went to three k.

And then I remember, it's like the first three calls I sold in full. And I was like, alright. That was a good decision to to hook up with you guys. And then ever since then, it's been been quite a journey. But now I'm I'm ready to step back a little bit and delegate because it's been because I've I mean, it's kinda crazy, guys.

I I got to, like, $2,000,000 alone, like, just by myself doing everything, exhausted, like, doing all the calls, all the coaching, all the support, all the ads, everything. And now I got a little cushion, so I'm starting to build up the team, step back a bit, and it's very weird sensation to not have to do quite everything. And I should've done it earlier, but at the same time, it gave me this cushion. You know what I mean? Yeah.

So I can rebuild rebuild with a different offer, rebuild the whole scenario. It's a small call today. Yeah. You're outnumbered. I went through all the training.

It's great. Jesse, nice operations. I like that. You know what? I like the, you know, the whole the concept of is it really creating that output?

You know? And what can you get rid of? That's is it really necessary? Maybe it is. But is it really?

Is it producing? You know? That's a good concept because there's a lot of things I could get rid of as far as, like, softwares, you know, that they continually renew. Totally. Totally.

Very easy to, I think I mentioned this in the training, but, like, the, things wanna expand. Right? That's, like, a principle. Like, biologically, we want to expand, like, grow, do other things, kind of obtain stuff, like, from, like, a cellular level. And then, like, a business is just a different manifestation of that, like, biological principle.

But the problem with it is it doesn't yield more output Mhmm. Typically. Mhmm. So we have to, you know, meet the guard. You guys learn into challenge funnels and nothing like that?

At the moment. Yeah. It could get exhausting. Next challenge funnel. $7 lead magnet.

Man, that was funny. I actually went to a conference after that was, like, super hot. Like like, lead magnets were, like, the hottest thing in, like, '20 it was, like, 2014 or twenty fifth '15. I was working with a different company before Sam back then in the info space. And, you know, the the the training company at the time, like, was recommending to do that, that we were following.

We're like, okay, let's do it. And then we went to this event that was, like, all about trip wires and everybody started talking. They're like, oh, this doesn't work for me. Oh, this doesn't work for me either. And then it came out that, like, trip trip wires are not working for anybody.

Interesting. And we're like, what the hell? Yeah. It's well, if you think about it, you know, a lot of the businesses, they just start with the premium offer right off the bat. Like, that's how Tesla was built.

You know? They started with the exclusive sporting cars for the high end market, and then they go backwards. Right? Makes sense. So Same with Apple.

They also started with iPhone. And then after, like, five years, they finally had iPhone SE, the lower ticket. It's always like that. Yeah? Yeah.

You're right. Then they had, like, the plastic colored phones. Yes. Correct. And even before that, they were even more niche.

Like, before they became, like, computer mainstream dominant, weren't they were like at least I remember this as a kid. Macs were not the common computer Yes. But, like, architects use them and certain creative. So it's like a high end niche product, not mass market consumer. Yeah.

And it was kind of a joke when I bought my first Mac. Sorry. It was a bit fuzzy. Do you can you say that again? I can't even remember when I got my first Mac.

Oh, yeah. I think it was, like, maybe high school. Yeah. I don't know. Interesting.

I was playing Punisher like like Sam on a PC. I had a I had a PC laptop, like, in college for, like, the first year and a half. This was in, like, 2010. And then that's I think when Max were really starting to, like, hit their, like, at least a significance part of their adoption curve, and then I won one in, like, a competition. And then I was, like, you know, never going back to a PC after that thing.

It's hard to. What was that book you you recommended about that quote about, you know, less is more kind of a thing, Jesse? It's called something. Oh, Why Systems Fail? Okay.

That might be the one. I mean, there's a there's a few kinda like that, like, essentialism. It's one of Sam's favorite books. Yeah. So I think they talk a lot about that in there.

There's, what is that other one? There's one about banishing waste from your corporation. Lean thinking? Lean thinking. Yep.

Oh, actually, think simple is also really good. Nice. So, Nick, what what are your responsibilities when you're not doing calls? Are there still calls going on? Not for the consulting accelerator.

It's mainly just, like, client facing things. So example, with the quantum clients, I'm having conversations with them. And when I say conversations, that could be, like, we do the one on one calls with them. That could be, like, over the chat, like, different questions or conversations that they're approaching me with. I'm reaching out to them to check-in on how they're doing kind of thing.

So I guess we can categorize that as, like, account management. And then anytime there are questions in any of the groups, like, YouTube, Quantum, those are the main ones these days. You know, I'll jump in there and and make sure to, like, notify people back, or answer them rather. And then anything else that needs to get done along the way. Like, we were just on a, daily meeting a couple weeks.

Maybe not a couple, but before before I made the sales training in the second week. Like, we were just talking about it. Hey. We need this. And then, you know, Sam pretty much said, you wanna do it?

And so I just created it from there. So anytime any project like that related anything, just Nuance, that's not a day to day task, that comes up, I'll I'll jump in and take care of that too. Nice. So when are you guys gonna open up, like, another wave of people for this? I think on Monday.

Monday. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Monday, we have the July intake coming in.

So approximately over 60 people. So do they all pay in full, like, a while ago? Yeah. But yeah. The majority have paid in full or they're it's like a second payment that they will be completing in the like, they've either completed that or they're completing it in, like, the next week.

Okay. Cool. So you just everyone's cool with that then. Like, you can just take the money and then wait for a while and nobody seems to care. Other people sign up.

Yeah. Yeah. Nick was mentioning I mean, I don't I don't wanna steal your thunder, but you you said this in the training. Like, it's actually easier because there's, like, this I found this too doing the selling. Like, there's this cognitive, like, dissonance of, like, buying something that you don't need to work on, but then you don't have to start doing the work Yeah.

Until later. So it actually reduces friction to enrollment because you don't have to, like, executionally rubber meet the road of, like, well, what am I gonna do right this second, which, you know Yeah. Is work when you sell something that they can enroll in immediately. Nice. What's up, Allison?

I'm muted. Am I unmuted? Yeah. I can't hear you now. I'm good.

How are you guys doing? Doing well. How about you? Yeah. Doing well.

I'm just trying to order a domain right now. And I'm on the main cheap, and it's just loading for, like, ten minutes now. Does anyone know if that's normal? Did you just buy a new domain? Yeah.

It takes a minute, but not ten minutes. Yeah. That sounds like a bug. Yeah. That's that's strange.

Did you get, like, an email confirmation or anything? I don't think so. I'll check that. But, yeah, other than that, nothing much else new. I did the launch, post thing, so I have a launch date for, like, August is when I'm building things up for.

But, Paul, what are you doing things, like, with your roadmap? Yeah. I opened up the wait list last week, and then I'll be accepting applications next Thursday. And then in the meantime, reaching out to people that are good fits and selling them behind the scenes just so I can get some money coming in and feel good about it. That's awesome.

Yeah. No. It's been kind of a weird transition with, like, knowing how to handle new people coming in and such, but, yeah, I think I'm mostly gonna be doing old clients for the first, sort of wave that comes in, and then my plan is to do a wave after that in, like, every month after that, hopefully. So, I'm curious how it works with the waves with you guys at consulting.com. Will things always will people always be invited in via a wave?

Or when you get to the point when you get to 03:60, will it just be kind of like people can kind of slip in when someone else backs out? I mean, it's just a speculation because we're not at that point yet, but I think the way it will likely work is, well, I mean, the goal is a waiting list. So that's one part of it. We'll have a waiting list then those, you know, the we'll have some priority of the waiting list. And then as seats open up in specific months, that's when they will be allowed in.

So it won't be, like, immediately allowed in at any moment in time, but let's say there's, like, five slots open in July. Well, then we'll talk to the waiting list members until we fill up those five seats. We'll communicate that there has been five seats open up in July when and then we have x number on the waiting list that we're speaking to about them to further communicate the scarcity of it. And then when those five seats are sold, then that's it. And then we'll, you know, look at, like, the next month and then do repeat that process in the next month.

Got it. So it depends what's what's going on. For the waiting list, are they paying in full or, like, a deposit, like, potentially? I mean, we'll try to do pay in full. We'll have to see how that converts, though.

I mean, it hasn't been problematic for one to two months into the future for WeTube so far. But when we start getting, like, three, four months into the future, if that happens, then we'll have to see if there's any friction there. Got it. Do you have a I'm curious on, like, your YouTube. Oh, sorry.

Yeah. No. You go ahead. Go ahead. Yeah.

Just curious because you've been doing the YouTube stuff for a while. Has that been a traffic source for you for a bit now? Or are you just kind of weaving that in now? Or how does that work? Yeah.

It's always been a traffic source. It's a it's a beautiful traffic source because you can make sales without running ads forever. And one of the things I discovered is I actually shut off my ads. Like, I stopped running ads, like, last month once I knew I was gonna make this transition and stop selling my current program. And I was getting some calls booked, and it's coming from YouTube videos.

You know? Like, all of them. So they those are they keep reaping the benefits. So my strategy is interesting because I have, like, some different offers and everything. But, what's your question specifically about it?

Oh, no. Just in general, I was curious, like, and I I assumed that your YouTube, channel has been a big asset for you. So that's cool. When did you get started with it? Well, this Paul the Trombonus channel, I started that in, like, twenty o nine or something.

Okay. I started YouTube in twenty o six. I've done a few channels since then. Mhmm. So pretty much the first year YouTube came out, I was a YouTuber.

That's amazing. That's so cool. So, like, I don't know, like, someone who, like, just started a few months ago and has 20 videos, should I feel, like, discouraged about having 50 views on them, or, like, how long have it taken care of? Philosophy. So this is what I this is how I think about YouTube.

What's amazing about YouTube, you you don't wanna look at, like, the the weekly views on every single video. You're gonna get totally discouraged. But what I discovered is if you commit to putting up x amount of videos, there's gonna be about two or three of those that are gonna reap you traffic for the rest of your life. Right? They're just gonna they're gonna snowball, and they're gonna give you the results forever.

So you just gotta be committed. And one of the things you wanna do is you wanna kinda like so as far as the trombone niche that I'm in, as far as, like, learning how to do trombone and things, I figured out what is everything that everyone's typing in related to that? How to do this? And I just made a list of them. I'm like, I and I'm gonna make every single one of these videos.

So anytime there's anything that's searched like this is gonna come to my channel. Right? Now you do that and about you commit to, like, a 100 of those, there's gonna be a few of them that blow up, and they're gonna be the majority of your subscribers. I can trace back, like, a few of my videos that are where most of the subscribers come from. So you had some intentionality of, like, looking what people are looking into, but it's basically, like, because it's putting so much out there, some of them have to take off just at a matter of time.

They will. And it will sometimes it doesn't happen instantly. For example, there was a video I put up on, like, mixing, mastering, and all that stuff, and I was like, this video is good. Why does nobody care about it? And I felt, like, so, like, like, defeated, you know, like, I put so much effort in that nobody cared.

And I just let it chill. And then about four or five years later, I do not know what happened to this video, but it's still now it's, like, snowballing. And it's, like, the first video that people see when they type in what is mixing and mastering. You see? Crazy.

So this is how YouTube works. It's so weird that you can put the effort in now, and in five, ten years, you'll see the results from it. Mhmm. That's amazing. Yeah.

Like, it seems like it can go so many different ways. Like, a YouTube video can randomly come to life, like, over years. I've heard of that happen before, or sometimes things take off right away and then slow down. That's so cool. So you sell different, like, types of things then?

Like, do you also teach, like, music more? Yeah. So I have I have some totally automated assets. I have some, like, trombone courses, improvisation courses, and ebooks. So those are totally automated.

And then I also have my program where I teach people how to grow an online business. Right? So that those other ones are detached from my time. And then my whole way I've discovered this is, you know, you wanna every single YouTube video I do, I wanna grab people's emails. I wanna have some kind of call to action, oh, don't forget to grab this free thing or check out this free training or do, da, da, da.

Mhmm. So then I'm constantly building up that newsletter regardless of running ads. K? Mhmm. And then every single video, I can also send it out to the email list as well that are interested.

And I put tags on where they came from, if they're interested in trombone, if they're interested in improvisation, if they're interested in just my music, or if they're interested in growing a business. Right? Mhmm. Sometimes it overlaps, sometimes it doesn't. But I know where they come from.

And then that way, you're constantly getting people in the newsletter, which is the number most important asset to have as an online business as we all know. So then that way you're growing your email list, your YouTube channel is growing, and it all kinda works together. Oh my gosh. Yeah. No.

Thanks for sharing all that. That was that's cool. Do you use one, like, ActiveCampaign account then for those different Yeah. Or sub niches? Yeah.

So I have tons of lists. I I track where everyone comes from, where they're customers, where they watch the certain training, whatever. And they're all in ActiveCampaign. And then that way, it's like a real stealth way to sell something. Mhmm.

For example, I have this improvisation course, and I'm just like I give such great value on it, and everyone's like, oh, cool. And then I transition. I'm like, well, if you like this, this barely scratches the surface. The first lesson of this, my flagship improv course is available right here. It's a webinar.

Right? So they opt into it, and then it's very stealth. It's a very stealth way to sell with the YouTube channel. Mhmm. Then you just put them on an email sequence and get them to buy it.

So your YouTube channel, like, do you do a mixture sort of, like, business teaching and creative things? Like, I've seen some of your stuff, but not Yeah. All the, obviously. I do whatever I wanna do on my YouTube channel. That's the thing.

I don't have any rules. Mhmm. It's whatever I wanna do. It's my YouTube channel. It's my life.

Mhmm. It's whatever I'm interested in. Right. And I used to get all caught up into it. Oh, maybe I don't wanna push this, and I don't wanna offend these people or these people.

I don't really care anymore. This is my life. This is who I am. I put up what I wanna put up. If you wanna follow me on this journey, great.

If you don't wanna watch this video, I don't care. If you wanna, great. So then that way, I feel totally at ease on what I put up on my channel. Mhmm. And then people can watch it if they don't.

They don't have to click on the video. If they don't wanna watch it, they cannot click the video. Right? Fair enough. No.

I'm interested in interested in that. Like, I'm curious, Brian, like, how you're doing it too, and Sam mentioned it as well, having different, like, just thinking of the different unique aspects of yourself and kind of, you know, making sure you're showing different sides of yourself and you have, like, that video about, like, wrestling and such. Like, I'm curious, like, if that's a strategy. Like, I feel like that would deter the people who are interested in one thing, but maybe that's like, what's the strategy there? Just trying to, you know, be authentic, I guess, and attract the people who are interested in the exact same things you're interested in, or it it seems like you're doing the same thing.

I'm just kind of, like, sharing every aspect that you're interested in. Yeah. Yes. It's a great question. I think, like, what Paul said, I'm just at a point now where, like, I don't it's just I'm just sharing every anything that I'm interested in in my life.

So, like, what Sam said in, in YouTube, you know, you wanna share a lot about your interest as well. So, like, UFC Mixed Martial Arts, which is that video that I posted recently, like, just sharing who I think was gonna win that Saturday night, which was something that I've always wanted to do. Because, like, I talk about it with my friends in conversation who are also just as interested in mixed martial arts, and we always like, that's, like, what we talk about because we're excited about it. And I'm like, I've always had this thought in my head. Like, I should just talk about it, like, with my YouTube channel.

And then last week, I just got inspired to do it because I had my list of, like, things that I wrote down as ideas to videos to do, and I was like, I'm gonna do it right now. And then I just did it, and then it became and then it, you know, only has less than 200 views. Right? Not the most popular channel or video. But out of those views that I did get, a lot of them were also in the same industry, and they were in my immediate network but haven't reached out to me.

Or maybe we talked in the past, but then they reached out to me after seeing me post that video and publish it on Facebook or Twitter or wherever, or they were subscribed to my channel. And they're like, dude, I didn't know you were UFC fan as well. I'm a huge UFC fan. You should you should definitely do this weekly because, like, this is exactly what I'm interested in. And I'm like, okay.

Now I'm starting to build a little bit of a community here of other people that are also interested in this and are in the same industry. So it's actually I think of it the opposite way of how most people think about it now, where it's like this may distract from my niche in my business. Whereas I'm like, this is only gonna enhance my niche in my business. Because now I'm attracting the people that are also interested in the same things that I'm interested in because I'm sharing them, and they happen to be in the same industry, there's literally gonna be nobody else they're gonna buy from from me eventually or other than me eventually because nobody else has the same interest as them. Yeah.

So it's almost like so niche that it works to my advantage. And I don't know if that makes sense, but that's just how I think about it. Yeah. Because I'm, like, looking at my current clients maybe too much because I'm just like, oh, they're not gonna be interested in, like, you know, some of the other things I'm interested in, like, like, thinking of incorporating some health things into it, and overall they're not really interested in the digital marketing, although they need it. So, like, I often don't talk about what I am interested in because I think that my current clients wouldn't be as interested, but I think there is a niche out there that has the overlap that would be even more fun to work with.

So I think and at the end of the day, I think it's, like, to stay consistent at something, you gotta like it. So Yeah. Gather yourself. People are gonna resonate with what you resonate with. So I've had tons of people that have wanted to learn business from me that played trombone in middle school because I'm holding up a trombone in ads sometimes, and they're like, oh, I played trombone in middle school.

What's this guy up to? Right? Right. So you just, like, you just put what you love out there. Like, you could even benefit with just playing music.

Like, you play the violin. Right? Mhmm. So you could just play the violin and put up covers of that of you performing, and they're gonna be like, oh, cool. I like the way you play.

What else does she got going on? Like that's how it kind of works. Yeah, and I've thought about that. I'm getting excited about getting back into music because, like, I went through because I, like, moved away from my team so I didn't have to make music to sell it, so I haven't done it in a long time and so I feel nervous about doing things like that but I'd love to. I really want to get this like electric violin it's called a viper.

Anyways, I think if I did I would be interested in making some covers and things because, yeah, covers can do really well, so it might help grow the channel. It will definitely help grow the channel because it's all the SEO and on the related videos. I put up hundreds of covers on my channel. It definitely helped that subscriber count. Is there ever a YouTube problem with like, I heard the worst that they're gonna do is just steal your ad money.

You're good. They've worked it out with all of the people. Like, they used to not be the case, but, yeah, you could put whatever you want up on YouTube now. That's what's so cool about it. Facebook's not like that.

But YouTube, you could put up whatever you want. And That's sweet. Yeah. They've already worked it out with all the publishers and everything. Yeah.

Because I've had a client who had, like, like, 10,000 Facebook fans, and, like, their page got banned because they had some covers on it. I was like Yeah. Yeah. It wasn't fun. Oh, that's fine.

Yeah. Okay. That's why we're not too much a fan of Facebook these days. I never yeah. I never really had a good relationship with like, I use them to run ads, but I never really liked them.

Yeah. It's the necessary evil that's not necessary anymore. Yeah. And they've never been nice to creators. YouTube's always been cool.

They always had revenue sharing from the beginning. Mhmm. That's cool. And even you doing, like, a review of that violin that you you're wanting to play if you just did a review of it? I've done tons of reviews of trombones.

I buy all these trombones, I review them, they get a lot of traffic and people come into my channel because of it. And then it's a tax write off. Got it. Yeah. The violin, it's like a five year waiting list to get it, so I might need to find something else in the meantime.

Oh, okay. It's kind of, like, procrastinating. I keep searching on eBay for them, but, yeah. That's a good idea. Do you guys play any other instruments?

Piano. Not well. Oh, you guys both have pianos. Yeah? Yeah.

I can't really play it. I just have it there. I don't know if I actually played the violin and the and the trumpet growing up. Oh, yeah? I was better I was better at the violin, though.

My mom wanted me to be in a mariachi band. I work with a mariachi band. They're killing it. They're they kid. At one point, I thought I was gonna do it.

I like the outfit the most. That was the best part about it. Oh, man. You strike me as more of a banjo guy. No one's ever said that to me, but that's crazy that you thought that.

Oh, I'm joking. I'm joking. Oh, yeah. Yeah. Like like on your channel.

Yeah. Maybe I should bring that content back, playing bad violin. How long did you play for? Three years. Yeah.

Almost three or four years. That was pretty good. I played at my mom's wedding too. It was it was pretty sick. Awesome.

Yeah. So the bottom line with YouTube, though, is slow and steady win wins the race. And never feel discouraged. Know it's a long haul type of a thing. Just be consistent and committed, and don't look at the view count day to day.

Just say, I'm gonna commit to this amount of videos, and I'm gonna commit to a 100 of them, and then I'll go back and see. And then you look back and you're like, oh, gosh. Four of them blew up. Let's go. You know?

That's how it is. I have, like, the two year sort of framework in my mind right now. So Sounds like two years. Mhmm. Not expecting anything before then.

If anything does, it's a bonus. So Yeah. And view count doesn't equal money because it's the quality it's the quality of the views. Right? So you may have a couple 100 views, but they're the perfect audience to buy from you.

Mhmm. That's not how many views you have, really. It's, like, the type of views. Got it. Because, like, does a view count when someone watches it even if it's only for, like, a second?

You know what I mean? Brian would know. Because views that are, like, obviously worth Are you too organic or are you too bad? Organic. Pretty sure it's when they click and watch thirty seconds.

Mhmm. I I might even be just when they click and watch ten seconds. Now I haven't double checked that in the last month or two, but I know they changed something recently within the last three months. I have to I have to look into that, to be honest. I'm not sure for organic.

It's not as lenient as Facebook. Facebook is, like, one second and they're counted as a view. YouTube, they make you watch it a little bit. I'm pretty sure they lowered it though to, like, fifteen or ten seconds. I'll check.

I'm gonna look into it right now. Another way to grow the channel is to use other people's names in the title. Oh, really? Like who? Like anyone.

If you wanna do a review of something with somebody's name in it or you want to feature somebody as a guest and use their name or you're covering that something they're doing or review or something, anything with someone's name that gets searches. That makes sense. Yeah. They gotta watch thirty seconds. At least thirty seconds.

They can skip around, but if they watch thirty seconds, it's kinda an interview. That's good to know. So, Paul, are you signing up mostly, like, past clients for the Mastermind, and are you doing, like, a completely new product? Yeah. So I'm I'm changing niches to helping creative sell their knowledge online, not just, like, you know, selling their creations, their knowledge.

So Mhmm. Educators, essentially. So there is some overlap. So some of my current clients are good fits for that. And I'm teaching them high ticket reoccurring programs.

And then, yeah, I've been selling to them, but my email list will be next, then my social networks just to find the first 25 people. And I'll probably give myself about a month to find those people. Mhmm. That's awesome. So, like, that's exactly what you did.

So does the knowledge span from, like, teaching an instrument or, like, mixing to Yes. Every every software. Yeah. Like, all all of that. So my some of my top clients are, like, have a trumpet course.

Right? Have a guitar course. Have teach water coloring. Like, those are my top clients, those people. Mhmm.

So those are my people. People that, like, probably majored in music education or art education or something and, like, are so dependent and they're trying to put their their content out there, not really making too much money, And maybe they're trying to apply for jobs. They feel like they they can do much more with their life. And maybe they've tried the online thing a little bit, have, like, a YouTube channel, and they're putting up content, but they feel like struggling. They don't really know how to make money.

So maybe they're making a little bit of money, but they want to make more money. If that's you, click the link below, and, we'll get you started on how to get that going. Yeah. It's so cool to see that niche do so well. Like, when I was first, like, a little accelerator student, I didn't, like, know, like, I obviously taught violin, but I just kind of, like, put that aside.

I'm like, Oh, I can't do a consulting business about that, but now I'm seeing them pop up, like, you know, people teaching their creative knowledge all the time, and it's really cool to see it working. And it makes sense too because, for one, even if they were to go study at a community college down the street and go study that, it would be high ticket. That would be high ticket, right? Even if they did one on one lessons each week, say the average price was $100 There you go. It's like $5 a year, right?

So it does make sense when you when you position it that way. So that's that's what I help them to do is to position it that way. So then that way, it's like a no brainer for these people. Mhmm. That makes a lot of sense.

Do you have anyone teaching violin? No. I did not. I was always like, you know, stuck on being like an in person teacher, like, oh it has to be in person, but I think everyone changed, like, with COVID especially. That is all done online now, but it seems like a harp it would be hard to teach online, but I'm sure it would be possible.

I have a harp student she's teaching. She's doing really well. She just made $15 last week. I have someone doing cello and Okay. Yeah.

Not not violin yet. That's how I learned how to play the the guitar growing up. It's like through DVDs, like a DVD, I guess, course or something, like classical guitar, and it came with a guitar and just watching the videos and, like, I was gonna say a playbook, but that's like football. What would it be? Like a notebook, a songbook of chords and tabs and things like that you could follow along?

So Mhmm. That's been around for a while. Yeah. That sounds like fun. My, like, ultimate not ultimate one thing that I think would be cool other ideas that I have that I'm not pursuing right now but like I would make a more early because, like, I book a lot of weddings, so I'm thinking, like, oh, I have this huge email list of people who have, like, potentially, like, children in a few years.

So, like, making some sort of early education program. I'm not actually having a plan to do this, but, like, I would want to make, like, a cartoon and, like, a YouTube channel about it that kind of uses music as the language in it because I also like animation and things like that. So I would, like, have that as kind of, like, the YouTube to the self to the early education program in music. But that's that's far down the road. If I try that one out, I'll let you know how it goes.

Nice. You could be like that. Cocomelon, it's called? Yeah. For music?

They blew up. Like, they're like I I was looking into how well they did. Obviously, they have, like, millions and millions of views. So You know, the person they they don't know the person who created it. They've remained anonymous.

It's like Bitcoin. Yeah. The only reason I know about it is my brother just had a daughter, and he, I guess, has shown her coco melon over the last year or two. And he said if at some point, like, she would demand the coco melon. Like, every day, like, she wanted her her fix kind of thing.

It's crazy. It must be, like, very engineered in a way to, like, keep the kids' attention. That's what, like, my friends who have kids said. They're just, like, it's, like, cocaine for kids. Like, they're just so addicted to it.

Yeah. I guess none of you guys watch Cocomelon? Satanic. I had never heard of it until you mentioned it. And I'm just googling it right now.

Yeah. Yeah. I had no idea. This is saying it has a 137,000,000 subscribers. Is that right?

Wow. That's a lot, dude. 138,000,000 subs. Crazy. Yeah.

That's, like, 6 figure months just having people run ads on your channel. And they use a lot of music in it too I have like a full studio producing it now but Yeah, that's crazy like another top artist like just googled or searched in the search bar on YouTube Drake he has like 27,000,000 subs and Cocomelon has a 138,000,000. So many more million? Look up look up Jesse, look up, Baby Shark. It it has something like 10,000,000,000 views.

It is like it's like breaking the counter of views or something. It's insane. Baby Shark? Yeah. Just look up Baby Shark.

You'll be amazed. Oh, I see that. 10,000,000,000. Right? Yeah.

Baby shark dance for children. That's a good song. I know that. You can't tell me you never heard that before, Jesse. Come on, dude.

Never heard of that. Oh, dude. I don't have any kids, man. You don't need kids to enjoy. Yeah.

Neither do I, dude. Do I have, like, five kids? What? No. I don't have kids either, so I know.

It's amazing how some of these random things like, I was sitting at the movie theaters a couple weekends ago for Top Gun two, and this preview for Marcel the Shell you ever seen that YouTube video? Yeah. Marcel the Shell or something? Another one of these weird videos, like, that has been viral for, like, ten years. It was a preview for a movie from Marcel the Shell.

And I was like, you gotta be kidding me. People still, like, watch this thing. And I went to YouTube, and it's got, like, you know, millions of views. Nobody seen Marcelo the Shell? Oh, yeah.

No. Classic. Has that weird voice. Yeah. I think it's, like, five minutes maybe.

Type it in on YouTube. Probably don't see the movie, though. Didn't look that good. This looks so strange. Is it a kids show?

Yeah. I think it was, like, one I mean, I've only seen, like, one video. I think there's, like, one video that was the popular video back in the day. Just this, like, shell with, like, googly eyes pasted on and someone talking over it. And they just, like, move it around and take different cuts and then just, like, put it into one big video.

That's hilarious. I did not see that preview when I was waiting to see Top Gun Is Top Gun good? I haven't seen it yet. It's really good. I actually never saw any of them, and then I saw the first one, like, one week before I saw the second one.

So I I liked that I did it that way, but I thought the second one was better than the first one. That's why I think I can't even remember if I've seen the first one. So it'd be like a whole new experience for me. I don't think I've seen either either. I've heard They filmed it, like, actually in the planes.

Like, they had real pilots flying them, so when you see, like, their faces all go, like, the g force, it's real, which is kind of kind of neat. Apparently, Tom Cruise was pretty particular about how they did it all but it was good I liked it more than I thought I would it was a feel good movie which I always appreciate my name cheap order is still pinwheeling so I think it's not working but I'll look into that I've been using click funnels just to buy the domains lately seems to be really fast and easy Yeah. I don't really understand what the difference between them all is, but we'll try something else. But I appreciated that list of recommendations from Sid so thank you for sharing that Sid Marcel Vachelle, 32,000,000 views. Three minutes twenty five seconds.

Maybe save to watch later. For studying bio content, of course, and how to apply a t business. We actually have a guy that turned up to YouTube that has done something similar. So he built, like, a non branded YouTube channel with like, what is that called? Like, animation videos on like broad topics.

No offer, no course, but now it's, like, working to convert that traffic and point it towards, like, a high ticket offer, like, develop one for that audience that is built. Nice. What kind of animations was it? Like, what was the channel name again? B I believe it's b c marks.

What? No. He didn't. Oh, that's MC Marks. Yeah.

Escaping ordinary is the channel. Okay. Yeah. What's up, Kevin? Sorry, Kevin.

Hey. No worries. Hi. I just I'm I was supposed to be let into the group on the eleventh, but my friend Sid there let me in early. So I just got to the tail end of this call, I think.

So happy to see all you guys. Happy to be here. What, what what do we chat about? Cartoons. Cartoons.

Marcel the show. Wait. What? Cartoons and what? The show?

What show? Marcel the show. Mars What is it? That's it? No.

What is it? Is the Zoom chat, like, history still, like, there for you when you came on or no? No. This is no history. Masterminding hologram?

I'd say we're masterminding hard right now. Oh, yeah. Yeah. Totally. This is not the typical call, by the way.

Like I under yeah. Marcel the Shell. I'm oh, okay. I understand now. Thank you.

Just saw five seconds ago. Seen that? I think I saw that, how was that video? Yeah. I think I saw that, as I was finishing puberty.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It's it's a nice thing to revisit, I'd say. Hey, Brian.

Did you see that, Jake Paul's fight got switched? Yeah. He's fighting some legit boxer now that's 12 and one. Dude, and he's heavier. Yeah.

He looks huge from, like, a clip I saw of him fighting. I was like, this is gonna be crazy. But I also know he just that guy also just got knocked out, like, apparently, two months ago or something, maybe three months ago. That's right. Yeah.

So he's coming off a loss, and it's a KO. Yeah. But this is what Jake Paul does, dude. You see you can see why. This is what Jake Paul does, man.

He gets somebody who's like I mean, I don't have to explain it to you probably. He knows how to make it look good while still, like, picking He always has the advantage. It's just never, like, never usually a fair fight. Never usually a fair fight. Yeah.

It's smart. It's very smart. Yeah. So Yeah. Yeah.

He's great. He should fight Connor. He should I I would love to see that. Unfortunately, if it was octane, I think Jake Paul would probably win. So Really?

He would have to look. And I and I know that's crazy to say. I know that's crazy to say, but I think Jake Paul would win for sure. Bro, McGregor went 10 rounds with Mayweather. I I think he looked good for the first, I don't know, five or six.

I think Jake Paul could go with Mayweather too. Stop. Are you serious? Really? I think he's that he he's, like, he's that locked in.

Like, he's that locked in. He's in Puerto Rico, and all he does is train. Like, he doesn't do anything else. Yeah. He's got that that spark of madness right now.

The obsession. You're right. It's true. He wants to be great. It's like you can tell.

From the moment I saw him knock out Nate Robinson, I was like, this guy's legit. This guy's Man, that that was a brutal knockout. Right? I mean, I even got Joe Rogan's attention. I remember.

Yeah. When I saw him fighting, I was like, this he's not, like, just a YouTuber. He's he's he's doing he's looking good. Yeah. Yeah.

So, yeah, I'm excited for that. What did you think of the Izzy fight? I mean, what did you think about it? Just haven't been super entertaining the last few months. Yeah.

He's a good fighter. He's not he's a great fighter. I'll say that. I I I'll also say that I also fell asleep during the fight. So Right.

Exactly. Maybe that's the 01:00 when he was here. I don't know. Maybe it was because it was boring. It's probably both.

Yeah. No. Probably probably the latter. A good fight. Dude, I'm gonna be in London I'm gonna be in London two weeks from now for the the London card.

Who's on that? I don't I'm not remembering. Tom Aspinall, Curtis Blades, Patty Pimblett. Patty. Yeah.

Darren Till was supposed to be on it. He just got injured, though. So but either way, it's like the huge the whole car is all blended in fighters. So Wow. That's awesome.

That was good. Yeah. Yeah. I feel like the UFC has been a little dry this year. But How did you how did you know I was into it?

We did you did you would you find my YouTube channel? Oh, yeah. I've been stalking you, man. I've been doing my research. It works, guys.

It works. We were we were master learning on that topic earlier. So it's funny that you came on, like, immediately asked about that. That's why I asked that question. I was like, I was like, he had to have found me from YouTube.

And Yeah. It's a sickness. Yeah. Yeah. Dude, your videos your videos are great.

You come off very genuine. And I remember you said in one of them, Sam said that the point of a channel or point of YouTube is, like, someone wants to hang out with you, but they can't. So So they go to the YouTube. Yeah. We That's gold.

I was like, this is gold right here. I feel like that's why Joe Rogan's show is so amazing because it's like it feels like you're just hanging out with two guys unscripted, you know, uncut. We're also interested in the same things. You know? Yeah.

Guys, I gotta whiney Chihuahua. One second. I gotta gotta remove this problem. Chihuahua. Do you mean Chihuahua?

Chihuahua. I've never heard of Chihuahua. He did it on purpose. Oh my god. It was speaking of Joe Rogan.

Mark Andreessen was on it. Have you had watched it? When was that? Was that this week? That was I think yesterday or something.

It's a really good watch. Like, definitely must watch. I have to listen to it. Yeah. Mark is really, really smart, and he usually doesn't do any interviews.

So it was, like, kind of weird that he showed up on Joe Rogan. And it was obviously unscripted and everything, so it was amazing. And who who was on Joe? Mark Andreessen. Who's that?

What what's he about? Oh, he's like the OG of basically Internet because he created the first browser. And he's Wow. He's the, venture capitalist who has, like, invested in a lot. He owns the firm a 16 z.

Uh-huh. Yeah. And he he's basically the OG of Silicon Valley, and he was on June. Oh, wow. What what did he say that was interesting?

Oh, he addresses a bunch of things that go back to, like, the '68, how the computer was created. And just in general, he also addresses the Google AI thing, which is supposed to be sentient sentient or whatever, alive. Yeah. So they all address it. It's like a lot.

He he talks really fast, by the way. It's not it was very interesting to watch. But they they do on a lot of topics, and it's like a must watch. Yeah. Really?

Yeah. Well, what about it makes it a must watch for you other than it's fascinating? It's just his way of thinking. He he will address consciousness and how he there's, like, this one sentence he says that we still don't know what consciousness is, but and his physiologicians I'm not even saying it right. But they they know how to turn it on and turn it off, and that's pretty much it.

We don't know what's happening inside the black box. So, like, his views are, like, so amazing. Like, just like he puts all these complex topics in, like, simple words and sentences. That was amuses me all the time. It's really good.

That is I mean, that's somewhat pretty much I that is really interesting because what is the Internet other than, like, the exterior manifestation of a the mega mind of the human race. Right? So someone who is right in there as a original engineer. That's yeah. That is fascinating.

What's his name again? Mark Anderson. K. Cool. I appreciate the share.

How do I spell that last name, though? Oh, it's a long name. But, I mean, if you go to Joe Rogan's podcast, it should be, like, yesterday's episode. Okay. Alright.

Cool. Thank you, Sid. Kevin, what's your niche? Good question. It's many niches.

My niche specifically is, I think, like Brian's. I'm just I help, experts sell their advice, and make passive income with YouTube ads and a funnel and encourage them to do, like, a course or a group course hybrid. One of my bigger clients is, Rob Stewart on YouTube. He is a skin health coach. He helps people naturally heal things like eczema and psoriasis, and, we sell a program for $300 a low ticket item.

Sometimes we we shift 600 to 300. Right now we're doing, on average, 16 k revenue a month. What? What? I can't hear you.

Oh, I was muted. You're muted. Yeah. Oh, it's muted. Sorry.

I was just saying that's cool and that he comes up right away, and I search him on YouTube. So that's awesome. Yeah. So, basically, what I what I do is I just try to find people who are already, like, established in their niche. And then, I usually charge them some sort of, like, setup fee if they need help developing the funnel and making the ad and stuff.

And then what I go for is I don't go for a retainer. I go for a piece of the pie. I go for equity and, get an agreement where I get a share of net profit for a certain amount of time and then aim to renew with them every twelve months or so. So that's about what I what do you do, Allison? I help musicians book gigs.

Build gigs? Book gigs. So, like Book gigs. Music for events and stuff. Yeah.

That's awesome. That's cool. Yeah. Do you book yourself gigs? I used to, but I don't anymore.

Hence, the online business, but yeah, I know it's a lot of fun. It's the best it's the best thing ever, just making music with friends at people's fancy parties, so I'm happy to help people do that. Yes. That's awesome. Is it like any genre you help people in?

Or I mean, I'm starting to get a little bit picky because I don't know. I I like I have less confidence in certain niches for music, so but if they're like any sort of string something and like string quartet, any sort of like pop cover band or jazz, then it's pretty easy to slide them into the market. There's a pretty big demand for those things. Yeah. Sometimes when someone, like, really wants to be a rock star, it's a little iffy to work with them.

So but yeah, pretty much it can work with any genre as long as people want it. That's that's the thing. Are you, offering a course? Are you doing a mastermind or one on one? Or Yes.

I've been doing a course, and now I'm going to transition to a mastermind model, so more recurring. Yeah. Your membership. I've always kind of done things kind of mastermind y in the course. Yeah.

So just kind of working through that transition right now. But how about you? Are you gonna transition to the mastermind model then, I'm assuming? Yeah. I mean, I haven't even dived into the course yet because I just got in.

Mhmm. But I'm obviously open to it, and I I really trust Sam's business sense. So I'm excited to look at that possibility and see how that could fit for my situation for sure. Yeah. Hey.

Brian, I I wanted to ask you. With your clients for YouTube ads, how did you go about charging them? Would you go would you do retainers, or would you, get equity or profit share for how much ever you made them? Like, how would you generally structure that? When I first started off, I was just doing retainer.

I was I mean, like, when I first started doing this, on the side, I was only charging, like, a grand a month, and I was really stupid. Right. And then, what always sold the easiest when it was really just, YouTube ads media buying, and, you know, some as well. Just 5 k a month for three months. Right?

So $15 total. But knowing what I know now, there is no one size fits all. It really just depends on the client and what they need because, ultimately, a lot of people will come to you, just like they came to me, and they'll they'll want someone to help them run their YouTube ads. But, you know, they're not really ready to run ads because they don't really have a funnel. Their offer is not high ticket enough.

The margin is doing that. And then you take them on as a client, and then they don't get results. Right? So, ultimately, how I would do it, knowing what I know now is set up fee to pay me for my time of, like, helping them with the strategy, the consulting. Yeah.

And then add the YouTube ads as a service on the back end. Right? So kind of like, do it like a front end back end. And then the back end, you know, the service would be, like, $5 a month plus some, upside. Right?

So if greater than $5 a month in ad spend, it goes to 10% of ad spend. So, basically, if they spend $60, $6 a month. They spend $70, $7 a month. Because the more money you manage for them, the more money they're making overall, and then the more time they're spending managing that account. So does that make sense?

Yeah. So, basically, you charge 10% of what other of their budget is because If it goes past the big day month in ad spend. Right? So that's where it's like, if it doesn't go past that, it's just $5 a month for running their YouTube ads. Yeah.

Have you ever thought about, have you ever played with the the equity approach or just getting, like, a profit share with them? Oh, yeah. If I did it now, I wouldn't do it unless I'm getting, like, percentage of revenue. Right. Okay.

Cool. Cool. Okay. Yeah. That that's that's been a big shift for me this last year.

That's definitely been a game changer, just changing that structure. So it just depends on where you're at. Right? Like, if you're if you're just starting off, that kind of explanation of what I just said would would be the way I would do it. But, yeah, if you're like if you have all the reputations, skills, and all this stuff, it becomes different.

It's like, now you kinda wanna focus on yeah. You just you just kinda wanna do the structure a little bit differently where there's more percentage aligned with with what you're doing because you're offering more. Right. Yeah. Totally.

I had something else scrambling to find it right now. What was what is it that I wanted to ask you? Do you practice martial arts yourself? Yeah. I did.

I trained for six months at FightReady in, Scottsdale, Arizona. That's where, like, Henry Cejudo and Oh, cool. I lived in Arizona for a couple of years. Nice, man. Yeah.

I just moved to Miami this past November. But I lived there fifteen years before that, and and I love that gym. There's a gym here called the goat shed that I've been meaning to go to, but, I just haven't gone in yet since I've moved here. But, yeah, I'm I'm gonna plan it into the schedule now that I'm finally, like, kinda settled in and I have the routine. So we'll see.

But I got injured, like, three times in a matter of six months, dude. I was when I was left six months in, I got injured for the third time. I was like, why do I keep getting injured? And I'm like, oh, I'm literally trying I'm literally learning how to fight. Like, you're gonna just gonna be Yeah.

Pretty simple answer there. Right? Yeah. What was it, grappling that was injuring you, or what was it? No.

I was using, well, we were doing drills with ThaiPads, and I blocked the head kick. But, the pad wasn't, like, covering my forearm enough. Uh-huh. I took the poke right here on my forearm, and then, it just swelled up like a baseball, and I fractured it. Jeez.

That was the worst. That took, like, a month or two to really just get back to full. And then, I left, I just I just developed a lot of, like, muscle imbalances too from years of just training, with poor poor posture, poor form, and things like that. So it kinda just added up with with martial arts as well. But that was the biggest one.

So other than that, I'm fine now. I could probably just go back. So Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. The Muay Thai is serious business. That's for sure. What's up, Bria? Hey.

How's it going? Pretty good. Just, like, coming to call, see what it's all about. Cool. I like your beard, Nick.

Thanks. Beard secrets coming from Nick Hauser. Don't shave for four years. Long term thinking. Well, how long do these calls go?

Is it, like, an hour or two hours? Or You usually go two hours. We now actually have a little bit of a lighter turnout today. It's it's picked up though as we've gone on, but, yeah, pretty much two hours every single time. Wow.

So far. And then it'll probably will stay that way because the next, sort of batch or wave of clients is gonna get access on Monday. Mhmm. Yeah. So if I get the calls, both of them, but definitely the Thursday one would definitely pick up in in volume and attendance.

Yeah. Yeah. It's my party. What's your niche, Paul? I help creatives sell their knowledge online.

Do these creatives have anything to do with, brass instruments? Yeah. Cool. And artists and musicians. Nice.

Awesome. I feel like Jesse looks very different from his profile picture. Ouch. What do you mean by that? I'm just kidding.

Just just different. You know? You know, he's had a glow up. I'm not saying anything, you know, derogatory. He just looks like a different person.

Maybe it's just me. It's probably the glasses. Sid, are you are you still friends with, Amy? Amy Dugan? Haven't I think she moved somewhere.

Right? Haven't had a chance there in a long time. No. Okay. Yeah.

She moved to she moved to Greece for a while, but I think she's she's back from there. I heard I heard your name two years ago because I was friends with her. She said you were someone that always pressured her to read more. I pressured that to everyone, actually. Yeah.

That's yeah. That's my yeah. Not just her. Yeah. No.

It was a it was yeah. It was a good thing. What, what are your favorite books to recommend people? Your top two or three, Sid? That's really hard, and that keeps updating every month pretty much.

Yeah. Yeah. There's no one that's, like, stood the test of time yet. Those are mostly, like, the historic books that I've always always loved, but I don't really recommend them because it's not for everyone because I love Iliad and Odyssey. And I can't really you'd I mean, I don't know if how many people know it, and it just I don't know.

But these are those are, like, the masterpieces. Of course. It's like the foundation of English literature right along with the Bible, the Old Testament. Yeah. The the those books are amazing.

And then extraordinary popular decisions, that's one of the best best books. Like, that has always always I've always it's always in, like, the top three for me. But, again, it's very hard to recommend because it's in Victorian English. So yeah. Different Yeah.

English. I think that English is beautiful to read. That is the original English. Like, it's gone, like, just down there down there from there. Totally.

Yeah. Totally. Yeah. Yeah. I have a I have a King James Bible that I like to read, and the English in there is so beautiful.

And you read it, and you'd, like, final, like, the idioms and phrases we use today. Just litter throughout it, and you see, like, the origin of our language. Same with the Odyssey and Iliad as you're saying. Correct me if I'm wrong. This is the Odyssey, like, open up in the middle of, like, climactic action, and then it pulls back to, like, a time before.

Yeah. Yeah. I thought that was, like, a trope, like, a storytelling trip that Odyssey coined, and it's Yeah. Forever been an amazing, theme to use in marketing storytelling or things like that. Yeah.

It it it literally defines and sets the guidelines of how the journey of a hero is. Audience is not about, like, the journey. So that's literally the, like, the fundamental of storytelling. And pretty much, to this day, every single movie is just like that. Yeah.

Right. Yeah. It's a terrible one. Do you feel like you're more of an Odysseus or Telemachus, Sid? Oh, Odysseus.

I don't who's Telemachus? What what is the reference? I think Telemachus is his is his son, I think, if I'm I read this in high school, but, I believe that was it. Yeah. Uh-huh.

There was that, and then I remember Odysseus strung the bow, and that was some big deal at the end of the book for the epic poem. Sorry. It's good. Yeah. I I'm just offended.

I'm just kidding. You know, there's this, another book called any of Virgil Virgil something Virgil. I'm not saying it right. But that was a spin off from Eliade. And I was like, what in the world?

Like, we see spin offs right now. Right? We we are seeing, like, the Mandalorian or, like, Boba Fett, whatever. We are Sure. There were, like, these epic pieces, and then we are seeing, like, a smaller story lines which are, like, falling from the main thing.

That happened, like, thousand years ago with this book, and I I was, like, just impressed. Wow. Yeah. That's fascinating. There's, like, one character in this Iliad book, and that's pretty much it.

But then there's whole book based based on this one character, and then it's literally a spin off. I was like, oh my. The original Better Call Saul. Exactly. Amazing.

Yeah. Have you read the book of Ecclesiastes? No. No. You should.

That's if you like ancient literature, you should. That's a a book from the old testament. It's all it's the entire book is asking the question of life, and it comes from this perspective of, like, there's suffering in the world. Of course, there's no good, no God. It's it's a very, like, asking and answering, like, the nihilistic question and if there is a purpose to life, kind of the argument against it.

It's fascinating read. I highly recommend it. But that book is the book that coined the term there's there's no new thing under the sun. There's nothing new under the sun. So, like, just speaking about that reality, the spin offs and stuff is fascinating.

Great great book filled with evergreen principles, for sure. I'll check it out. Yeah? Kevin, did you study, like, literature or something? I'm curious about your interest in sort of Yeah.

Ancient literature. Yeah. I graduated high school with a 2.8 GPA. So, no, I didn't formally study it, but I I certainly consider myself, an autodidact. When I graduated high school and I realized that college was a scam and my parents really didn't have an idea of what I should do with my life, I was like, I gotta figure something out.

And then I saw Tai Lopez's famous here in my garage ad. Look at these Ferraris or his other ad. He's like, look at these hot girls in my Ferrari. You know how I got them? I read books.

I was like, okay. That's what I gotta do. And that just naturally, you know, led me to one great work after another. And if you follow great works and great principles and things like that, whether you're, you know, reading a good book or your coach is Tony Robbins or something, if you ask them where they pull their inspiration from or what they what they took inspiration from, you usually find the greater works of of old literature and old ideas and you know ancient traditions and wisdom and that just kind of naturally led me to things like Odyssey and the Bible and stuff like that That's so interesting because when you think about, like, it being the first book that was, like, mass published, then it obviously frames culture and, like, you know, every book came from that book almost. You know what I mean?

I mean, how how influential was that? You know? I Socrates, when he was alive, he was speaking against books. He's like, this is dangerous. It'll change humanity.

You know? He was a very wise man. Right? But even he was what is this gonna do? You know?

So, yeah, the ripple effects of things like that. YouTube's like the new printing press. So wherever it is. Totally. Totally.

Yeah. I mean, look at us here right now. Would we would any of us have met each other in real life, let alone impact each other's lives? Right? Yeah.

How about you? Did you study anything, Allison? Do you go to college? Or Mhmm. Yeah.

I went to university and, like, I studied music and art, so yeah so it was like teaching violin and like playing at people's events and such kind of the usual thing most musicians don't realize that they kind of have a business and that was that was me until my husband encouraged me to to buy things from Sam Evans and then I'm like oh I should do this better so and then I started helping other musicians kind of like with booking gigs and such because that's what I was that's awesome passionate about yeah Does he help you with the business, or what's he up to? We try. We really want to work together, it's our dream, but we haven't figured it out yet. He's, yeah, so, like, he's doing, like, full time dentistry right now, and and he's really smart and, like, good at like, he's really creative. But when it comes to, like, business roles, we both like the same things too much almost.

So we haven't figured out how we would do that. Yeah. Hormos Alex Hormosi has a whole thing about I know. If you're gonna have a business partner, they ask to be complimenting. Yeah.

Mhmm. Oh, yeah. That's a struggle. Yeah. No.

They're cool. Yeah. How about you and your wife, Brian? Does she help you with your business at all? Or Yeah.

She's like my right hand. I mean, literally. She's like my deputy assistant. She takes care of all of the, the household. Right?

The the the task that, like, just kind of annoying me, if that makes sense, and that I'd rather be focusing on with AppSpend or with with this, with YouTube, and just focusing on things that I'm gonna like, I I can tell you right now, I'm not good with with, like, household chores or, like, working with my hands, like, that kind of stuff. Just never my strong suit. I was always on the laptop doing something on the computer, and that's, like, my thing. Sure. So she helps me a ton with everything around the household, and she books my flights for things.

She takes care of my Oh, wow. Wow. Yeah. So yeah. Nice.

It's really helpful, man. I I really am thankful to have her. Yeah. That's beautiful. And she plans, like, the the team stuff that we do.

Like, the London trip, she planned it all. Right? She booked the flight. She passed everybody's passports. So, like, I just I just, like, have like, I just give her the idea, and I'm like, here's what we wanna do, and then, like, she's over.

That's awesome. That's beautiful. Yeah. That's awesome. Yeah.

I never great man is a great woman, as they say. Heard's the reverse of you, Allison, I guess. I never great woman is a great dentist. I don't know if we're I'm not here, but thank you. Do you, beyond, you know, dominating your niche, do you do you want to, be a professional musician and things like that at some point?

Or yeah, like I'd like to because I was always more into, like my I was stronger with more the creative side of music so I was terrible at orchestra like I could do it but just felt too much like being a cog in a wheel and I was terrible at reading music it's a really like it's a tough game to like do auditions. It's just a numbers game. There's so few seats available. There's so many people who are the best in the world that aren't able to win auditions. So it's not a fun game to play.

Yeah like I think this could be a cool avenue if I start incorporating like more music back into my life maybe with the YouTube channel or something like that. So really what I realized when I moved is that I was very replaceable like as a violinist which was good because I like to see I I get pretty much just as much enjoyment out of helping other people, you know, do do the things that I would have loved. It feels good because I I know that, like, I want to be doing the job that I'm giving them, so it's not like I'm giving them a job that I wouldn't want to do. So yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. It's awesome. Did you start a YouTube channel yet, Kevin? Or I know you just joined. I'm sorry.

I I keep forgetting. Yeah. Yeah. I I have one. It's not, oriented in the way I probably orient orient it now.

That's what I'm about to learn. Yeah, I I do have one, though, but it's all over the place. It's like one video is, like, speaking on the spiritual metaphysical properties of hair, and then the next video is why you'll die if you go vegan. And then the next video is, a contest submission for Filthy Frank when he was still running his YouTube channel, so it's really all over the place. Definitely definitely not a business channel yet.

Does anyone know who Filthy Frank is? Anyone remember that channel? No? Okay. Well, I'm sorry.

You even brought it up. Don't don't look him up. It's definitely, It's okay. We all heard about one on this call. I brought Marcel to show earlier.

Yeah. That's right. Yeah. So But yeah, we were talking earlier in the call that maybe it's not so bad being all over the place with your YouTube channel. Uh-huh.

So you might be in a good place. Yeah. I mean, I've only got, like, 600 subscribers. So I don't know if that's something like what I would just wanna keep keep it up with that channel or make, like, a whole new channel that's pure from all the kind of, irrelevant stuff topic wise to what I would make it about. I don't know.

Because I know, like you said, Brian, you should also be talking about your interests as you're answering the questions about the niche and stuff. So yeah. Oh, Marshall. I already saw that. Yeah.

Do you ever get, like, crazy on these calls? Like, super high energy, like Tony Robbins style? Or I'd try to keep it Sam Sam Robbins level. Jesse just comes in and starts freaking doing the wave, bro. He starts asking me to wave, and then okay.

Jump on my trampoline before I jump on Zoom. Nice. Do you guys actually do you actually have one, Jesse? Like, a rebounder? No.

Oh, okay. I've contemplated it. I know David Dre actually has one, and he he he, from what he's mentioned a few times, he gets, like, good benefit from it. So, like Tony Robbins does it ten minutes every morning. So that's what I saw in his documentary.

Yeah. I definitely I've definitely liked it. It's, like, really good for your lymphatic system and very good very good cardio for a lot less time, like, as opposed to, like, running and way easier on the joints and stuff. It's really funny because you watch YouTube videos of it. It's like old women, like, going at it crazy for, like, forty minutes, and then you try to do it for, like, ten.

You're like, woah. How are they doing this? What, what's your sun sign, Jesse? Like, Aries, Pisces? That is that what you mean?

Yeah. Aries. Oh, me too. Nice. How about you, Allison?

I'm sorry. I don't know. Is this like a a birthday thing? Yeah. It's a birthday thing.

It's okay. I'm sorry. It's okay. I I'll I'll Google it. Sid, what's what's your what's your son sign?

You have no idea. No clue. Okay. Brian, Nick, Paul? Anybody you wanna share?

Or I see. Wheel. Is that what you're looking for? Yeah. Yeah.

I see this one. Nice. Leo. Leo. That make I can see that right off the bat for sure.

I think I'm Nick. I think I'm a Gemini. Nice. A day or something. Whenever I tell people that, they always like, oh, and I never know why.

So is Gemini a bad thing or something? It's it's it's it's pretty spicy. That's all I'll say. Yeah. I never get a direct answer either when I ask people, hey.

Why did why did you do that? Is it so bad? And then it's go, oh, yeah. You know, see you later, man. Yeah.

Yeah. A little, birthday racism with that one for sure. Can't encounter. I'm Capricorn. Capricorn?

I know that makes a lot of sense too. You're yeah. You're totally an earth sign, is it from from what I can tell. I have to peace out now, but it's been cool hanging out. So thank you for the great great chat, everyone.

Very nice meeting you, Allison. Nice meeting you. Have a good one. So with these calls, is there, ever, like, a topic of discussion you guys put together, or is it just free flow q and a generally? Typically, it's been, like, free flow q and a.

As that's, like, taken up the majority of the time on these calls to date, but, yeah, I mean, the attendance is obviously quite low today. Typically, it's not, like, three, four people. Usually, there's ten, fifteen. Sure. So it's something we might consider, you know.

Yeah. Maybe to I mean, we'll have to see if this if this sustains. Obviously, we have the new intake coming in next week so that we'll probably revive the attendance numbers. But Yeah. If they don't, then we might do, like, topic based stuff to encourage more, people to hop in.

Yeah. Cool. What happens if someone doesn't show up? How long do you wait till you'd say, alright. We're gonna end it, or you just leave it open for the office hours the whole time?

Depends. I mean, I think not the last call, but maybe last week, we, like, ended after, like, an hour and a half, something like that. Because there were wouldn't have, like, a flowing dialogue, no more questions, but, I mean, we're hanging out here. So You never had a situation where nobody showed up? Not to we too.

In in up level, maybe once or twice, but, like, over holidays. You know? Yeah. This has never happened to me either. It's really rare.

So, Brian, how is, what's your journey been like in entrepreneurship? Like, broadly speaking, how did you go from where you started to becoming a partner with or getting, like, Dean as a client? I believe you you have had, now, like, working with Sam in this this huge venture. How's that all come to fruition and the milestones and steps? Oh, it's been five years.

Nice. It happened over a long period of time. I guess, well, five years isn't that long, but, yeah, five years ago, I was still, you know, full time for Dean. I think that's when I'm yeah. That's when I went to start working for Dean.

Five years ago? Yeah. Oh, wow. Yeah. Literally five years ago.

And then yeah. So, I mean, it just it just kind of compounded. Like, it's just like the compound effect by Darren Hardy. You just keep taking small steps every single day. And, I mean, I learned YouTube ads as a skill with Dean for his company, helped him.

And then it just got to a point where I was, like, kind of tapped out with what I could do there at that company, and I was like, let me just do this on my own. So I went to go do it on my own, and and then I, used that, obviously, exposure to get, more clients. And then and then I was making good money by myself, and I was like, this can't last forever. And I I didn't wanna stay small either. So then I hired a team and started building adspend.com instead of just being a solopreneur.

Right? Mhmm. And then I moved to, like, the business owner quadrant and, like, the cash flow quadrant by Robert Kiyosaki, like Rich Dad Poor Dad. I don't know if you guys read that book. Oh, yeah.

Yeah. So I'm from solopreneur to business owner because I have a team underneath me. And then yeah. I just I think what you said earlier about how you portrayed me is pretty accurate. I'm just very genuine, and I think that that's just how I wanna be, how I want people to be to me.

Like, no bullshit, no fluff, just, like, just radical transparency. And so that's how I've always been, and I think that's what's allowed me to connect with just people that respect that. And so and I'm just always gonna add value no matter what. So, yeah. I joined Quantum, and, I learned a fuck ton from Sam and and, obviously, the guys here.

And, and then, the opportunity presented itself because Sam was gonna do the new part the the new thing with WeTube, and he didn't wanna do the training. And he asked me if I could do it, and I was like, yeah. Let's do it. So so it's a short synopsis of it, obviously, but, Yeah. It sounds so simple.

Well, there's still nights where I don't know what the fuck I'm doing, dude. Like, let's be honest here. Yeah. Yeah. That's how I feel every day too.

So because it no. That doesn't leave. It never does. It never does. Yeah.

It never does. Every client I've seen them everybody I've talked to at different levels. Like, I think it's just a natural for for someone who's driven anyone who's driven. It's just, like, it's never I don't know. That's just how I feel.

Yeah. I won't I won't lie to anybody and say that, like, oh, it was easier. It happened. And it's just, like, sometimes I don't yeah. Just it's a mix of luck with preparation and opportunity, and then I don't know.

You just don't quit. Yeah. Totally. Yeah. Yeah.

I like that one of your principles is radical transparency. I think I read that principles. I really like that one. Yeah. With, with YouTube ads, working for Dean, did you just learn from someone who is, like, managing you or helping you in there?

Did they have resources they point you toward to learn what you learned there? Or Yeah. Great question. When I first started learning you well, when I first got hired to work for Dean, I was gonna do Facebook ads. But they already had a person doing that, and he was really good.

He was actually 16 at the time, and I was 22. I was like, he's a genius. He was just so smart. His name is Ryan O'Donnell. He's still a good friend of mine.

And, anyways, I wasn't gonna do that anymore because they didn't need me for that. So then they're like, you should do Facebook ad or YouTube ads. YouTube ads. There wasn't anything about YouTube ads online at the time at all. The only thing I could find was a a course that Russell partnered with dining or Russell Brunson had a, a bonus, like, YouTube ads module and some other course by Tom Brady.

And that was the only guy that was, like, online about YouTube ads at that time, you know, five years ago or whatever. Yeah. And it was and I bought that program with the the, just to to learn how to do it. And then I spent $5 of Dean's money to scale his free plus shipping book offer. I made, like, $252,500 dollars back just using that course and kind of trial and error.

And then we paid for or then Dean had, a guy named Tommy Powers fly out for a day to Scottsville, and he just spent, like, a a day just training me up on teaching me how to scale with YouTube ads. And that's where we went from 5 k a day to 5 or sorry. 5 k a month to 5 k a day within, like, thirty to forty five days of of, of running those ads. How did you get a job for Dean without knowing what you were gonna do the, like, do for him? That's really interesting to me.

Yeah. I I think I might have shared that on Twitter. But, basically, it's like, yeah. I don't think I've ever shared that on YouTube. I was doing door to door solar at the time.

Actually, I do have it. It's my main video on my YouTube channel. It's, like, my journey. But anyway knock on his door? No.

I was literally doing door to door sell solar sales. And, yeah. I did I didn't know what I was really doing at that time. I remember reading Dean's book. I was I remember I read Dean's book, Millionaire Success.

That was before I went out to do door to door sales. I really liked the book. I had the idea, like, I could just go work for Dean because I knew that he had a digital marketing business. That's what I wanted to do. And, and then I just I thought of that idea, and then I went to my laptop, and then I just went to his website.

I used the tool on Google Chrome called emailhunter.io. Oh. Scraped all the emails on his website, and I mass emailed them a full email. And I just said, hey. Here's what I'm doing.

Here's here's what I wanna do. Here's how I can help you. I don't know if you're hiring or not, but we should definitely, talk because I'm gonna keep following up with you until I get an interview. And then the next day, I got a reply back from Jeremy, who was his CEO at the time. And he's like, we're looking for someone to help digital marketing.

And I lied in my email and told them that I lived in Scottsdale already. But the truth is I was in Yorba Linda because I knew that I said I was in California, they wouldn't have taken it seriously. And so I I told them I was already in Scottsdale because my parents were still in Scottsdale. So they said, yeah. Can you come in for an interview tomorrow?

I said, yeah. I drove out the I I quit my job that night, drove out the next morning with all my stuff packed, and then I just I just went all in, and then I got the job. So Wow. Yeah. That's awesome, dude.

What did you say in the email? Like, I know what you like, like, when you said you scraped off all the emails, did you just assume you were talking straight to Dean and all of them? Yeah. Do you I mean, I just there was, like, seven emails that I got from the website. Some of them were, like, support.

There was one that Jeremy was one of them. I think Dean Dean's name was one of them as well. I don't know if it was his real I can't remember if it was his real name or not, but all I know is Jeremy replied. And when I went in for the interview the next day, they all said that, like, apparently, a bunch of people forwarded it to Jeremy because they're like, I just got this email from this random person. It's how it worked.

Oh, wow. Do you teach that anywhere? No. No. No.

No. No. No. Wow. That's awesome.

Good. But, yeah, I don't know. I just yeah. I don't know. I don't I didn't I just I just went for it, I guess.

I think that's a great yeah. Wow. That's a great, like, starting move into your career. That's really cool. Wow.

Are you still, connected with Dean? Are you doing any work with him still? Not anymore. No. No?

Well, probably have to go here in just a couple minutes, but I'm trying to think what else I can squeeze out of you guys while I have you. Do you think this this cozy amount of people will be a regular thing, or do you think once we get the full, what, 360 people, it's gonna be generally pretty packed? Or I mean, I guess 360 is pretty small compared to, like, the numbers in up level accelerator. Yeah. I mean, I guess we'll have to see, like, the way the general trend has gone is, like, you know, week one of the launch had, like I think it peaked.

There was, like, maybe 45 people excluding staff on there, then it went down to 30, then down to, like, 20 and then 15. So it does decline week by week pretty quick. And if this is, like, the trend for the 60, then we'll probably see a similar phenomenon, but maybe two x, like, on the next call. May probably not two x, but I would I would suspect we'll probably have 40 attendees, then maybe 30, then maybe 20. And then a call like this might have, like, five or 10 people.

Yeah. Makes sense. What has been, like, the most interesting niche that you've seen in YouTube so far of someone's? I mean, the two stand out to me are, one guy's in artificial turf. So he has multiple artificial turf businesses, and he's creating a mastermind for that industry.

And then another guy Wow. Yeah. Not a typical kind of online business. Yeah. Surf.

Yeah. And then we have another guy who is a specialist in marijuana accounting because Nice. As you can imagine, there's all sorts of, nuance to navigating that landscape, who will be the federally, legal in certain states, how do you distribute all of that. So he's teaching other accounting firms how to either, I think, convert into a practice like that or add that as, like, a product offering. That's so awesome.

Yeah. Wow. If he takes off, Brian, you're gonna are you gonna have some herb again? Just like little celebration for him. Yeah.

I I'll definitely do it. Nice. Celebrate a celebrate a YouTube member. Yeah. That'd be a great mastermind call.

Wasn't there someone that also does, like, shroom stuff, or is that different? I might think about something else. Yeah. I think that was on Quantum. There was, Adam was saying he, like, grows shrooms at his condo in Massachusetts or wherever.

Yeah. He was like he was like the magic school bus at school. School.com. He was like, I'll bring the bus in those noise lines for the event. And there there is a line, I believe, name might be sure, though, Annie.

He does the, like, treat retreats for executives where I don't know if it's Yeah. That's party offer, but it's, like, an option at the very least where they they do some form of psychedelic or something to remove, like, a mental block or something. That might be awesome. Oh, that was, like, week one or two, I think, when Sam that that was one of those calls where Sam was kinda giving him advice, I think, too. Yeah.

Has has Sam done mushrooms? Does anyone know? I feel like the long hair had to come from somewhere. Well, that was that was also been a time where COVID and yeah. I mean, that was a weird time.

It was a weird time. He's been growing out the hair for so long ever since he was wearing a backwards hat. Right? Like, he was growing his hair out while he was wearing the cap because he was in that stage where when you grow out your hair, it's just kind of That's yeah. It's kind of awkward.

Yeah. Yeah. I I would have I don't know. It's been a while. Nature, you know, and nature keeps growing it, commits to it, has a child.

I mean, that's that's paradigm shifting going on there. You know? I need this He said he trimmed it, though, because, like, a server walked up to him at a point and was like, excuse me, miss. Oh, you're not a miss. Well, that's why a lot of them, event, I think.

He's gotta commit to the beard like you, Jesse. That's the problem. Someone's been I think someone's I was speaking with someone. They were trying to coach him to grow the beard. But Oh, man.

It's gotta happen. He's also just gotta take some roids, bro, and become become Alex Tormozi status. A long ass with a beard and a I did jacked Sam with his long hair, his his beard as it is. Right? And then just stupid stupid jacked to where he's just trying to walk around.

He's like, How can I help? I'm like this, just talking like he normally does. Yeah. That's a great that's a great site for sure. Genius caveman.

Yeah. We're rosy. Yeah. I loved his, Grant I loved Hormozi's interview with, Graham Steven. I don't know if anyone saw that.

Yeah. That was good. Very good. They asked him, like, why don't you shave off your beard? He was like, there's no see why I would shave off so much raw pure masculinity for no reason.

It's awesome. It's funny to see, like, Graham not I don't think he was familiar with, like, the high ticket info product, universe driver, and then Alex, like, gave him, like, the, you know, the bible, like, moment because he's selling that, like, a realtor agent course for, like, $500 on autopilot. He's like, oh, you hire a sales team, generates a Yeah. He was so mesmerized by him that he was like, I gotta go to the gym after this as if, like, those things were connected. You know?

Yeah. He didn't he didn't get it because Graham is, like, basically, like, you know, old school finance and doing it well and, you know, value investing and value real estate stuff, multi smaller multifamily. So that is that was an interesting meeting of worlds. Yeah. That would be a massive business if he converted that to high ticket, I would imagine.

Because he he's got he's gotta have some of the best, like well, it's not a realtor only channel, but it's got a lot of qualified organic traffic. Well, it's yeah. And that's what Alex is telling him. He's like, dude, you never have to you this is, like, 10 x what you need it to be at to, like, really be making money. And he's just, like, selling them coffee and just trying to get ad revenue.

And and I think he sells a course on how to build a YouTube, but it's like, yeah. Make a course on how to do finance. You know? Yeah. I bought his courses.

The YouTube one? Yeah. I bought his Yeah. The best the best courses in that little genre, Meet Kevin makes some really good courses. Hey, Brian.

Are you familiar with, Kyle Sillerud? I don't know him personally, but I I've heard of him before for sure. Yeah. I just joined his his program and hopped on one of his calls really, really good guys. Him.

I I know him. I bought his stuff. Yeah. I used I used his free videos online to get started my YouTube ads, and they worked really good. So Nice.

Just curious if you, you know, interacted with him. Yeah. Never. I'm I'm I'm still revived, though. Yeah.

Well, if you ever do, if you just check out his videos, I would love to see where, like, the similarities and the differences are between your guys' approach because it's the same niche from what I can tell. Yeah. He has really, really well made content too. Like, really well made, like, studio. They're funny.

He did he made a whole April fools joke where he tricked all of us into thinking that YouTube, got rid of their ad system because of some, like, politically incorrect reason. It was hilarious. So yeah. I don't know. Check him out, guys.

You got, like, two minutes here? Yeah. Yep. Cool. Well, Well, it's it's really nice meeting all you guys.

I'm excited to go through the program, start applying things, and get some questions in order. Yeah. Thank you. I would love to ask everyone if if you could put you you can choose which one you wanna answer. Either if you could put there's imagine a billboard, and it's on the busiest road in the world.

Okay? Everyone drives by this road every day. And you can put one message on that billboard. What would it be? Why everyone either answer that, or what's the most valuable investment you've ever made in your life that's under a $100?

I wanna ask you first, Jesse. Well, the one that's under $100, it's gotta be a book. I'm trying to think of what book. My gateway that was under $100 was Rich Dad Poor Dad, but I didn't buy that. It was a friend at college that gave me that book, and that was, like, opened my mind to business and Totally.

Everything. So something like that. The whatever my second book that I bought was that I don't remember now because it was twelve years ago. Right. Yeah.

That's a good answer. How about you, Sid? Got a message for that billboard? Yeah. I always say, like, have fun because this is it.

I would probably put that. How do you have fun? Doing anything you want. That's the thing that you kinda have to find it's like finding a meaning, and it's not gonna be like you lift a rock and there it is. It's not like that.

You have to create it. Uh-huh. So have fun, but this is it. Mister Houser? Can't think of anything good for the billboard, so my gut answer is I would just copy paste your question and put it on the billboard for everyone else to read and think about.

Oh. That's awesome. I was trying to make the text a little bit, though. So I guess that's my answer. That's great.

That's great. Yeah. Maybe I did make some virality in there and, like, give a TikTok hashtag or Instagram hashtag to use when you're answering the question. Nice. Nice.

Good. This is this radio show I used to listen to, and they would ask questions like that in the in the morning, and they would call it, like, a deep tweet. It's time for a deep tweet. Here's, like, this thought provoking question. Nice.

What was the show? It was just like a morning show. Like yeah. Name of the radio host. I gotta jump to another call here, gentlemen.

But Oh, yeah. Great seeing you, Jesse. Great seeing you guys. See you guys. See you.

Paul, did you have an answer? Oh, he's gone. Alright. Nice to meet you. I guess we're piecing out.

Alright. Yeah. Nice to meet you, gentlemen. Bye. See you again soon.

Bye.

# 1. Mastermind philosophy

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 24 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/4159355c-8cc6-4ab0-b667-54171d503eac

---


Alright. Hey. Welcome to this module called Mastermind Philosophy. And in this video, I'm basically gonna tell you the philosophy and strategy that we have in mind when we're making a Mastermind. Like what makes a mastermind different from a course, and then what makes a mastermind great?

And what are some things to avoid? What are some things to try to, you know, strive towards, and some other random tips. Let's do it. So in in essence, masterminds find better ways of doing something by actually doing it and helping other people do it. So in my case, my masterminds find better ways of running online education businesses by us actually running an online education business and helping other people run online education businesses and collaborating together to collectively look for better ways of doing everything.

Right? We're interested in mastery. Now masterminds typically value these kinds of things. How do you know a mastermind is a mastermind? Well, they typically value doing over teaching.

Right? Like, teaching is not what masterminds are about. Courses are about teaching, and teaching is about teaching. But masterminds are groups of doers. Right?

And, you know, there's there's a saying, those that can't do, teach. And I honestly think there's a lot of truth to that. But one thing that I've observed is that the the best teachers are actually doers. A lot of the time they're terrible teachers, but they're great doers. And if you get a group of doers together, sparks fly and amazing things happen.

So it's all about doing it, the pure practice of doing it more than teaching. Right? And it's about interaction individuals and interactions over processes and tools. Right? We're not looking for process in a mastermind, and we're not looking for tools.

Right? Like, these are amateur things. We're looking for individuals, quality people, quality doers, and quality interactions and relationships. Right? And we're looking for results over instructions.

Right? Like really talented people don't want processes, tools, and instructions in teaching. They wanna do it. They wanna hang out with people that do it, and they want results. And results are more important than instructions.

Who cares if you're following instructions perfectly if you don't have any results? And who cares about the instructions if you're getting good results? Right? Simple. And responding to change over following a plan.

Right? So who cares about a plan? It's mostly about adapting to the market and finding the best way of doing something. So that's what masterminds are about, like, at its core. And these are some things that are quite different from running a course business.

Right? These are very different. Course businesses are very rigid. They're about instructions, processes, tools, teaching, and planning. Right?

This is the opposite. So what makes a mastermind great? Well, a passionate leader with a vision for the space and an actual strategy to helping that vision come to life, and they're at the front leading by example. Right? So a passionate leader who truly loves doing what they do, and they truly love the space they're in.

They've thought about it more than everyone else. They've got a vision for the future of it, and they've got a strategy that's better than what most other people have thought of in terms of strategy. They've just done the most thinking. They care the most, and that's and they they're also doing it and leading by example. That is super important.

Those people are magnetic, and masterminds form around them. Right? That's how they earn the right to be the host of it. Now they also have a leader who sees members as peers and doesn't think of themselves as above them. Right?

So masterminds are great when the leader wants to actually get better themselves and wants to do things better themselves and wants to be challenged as well. And they, they wanna collaborate. Right? They don't stand up on a stage while their audience is their mastermind is down here. And after the events or after, you know, they don't like leave and not hang out with them.

They want to hang out with the people. They see them as peers, right? They're flat. There's not really a hierarchy. And, it's a masterminds are great when everybody is doing the same thing.

Right? So you can have different people doing different niches in different countries, at different stages, different ages. Right? But provided everyone's aligned on some things. So in my masterminds, you know, we've got all different niches, all different countries, languages, stages, ages, all of it.

But everyone is typically interested in running an online education business and getting client results, making profit, and having improving happiness. Right? So those shared goals and that shared kind of business model brings everyone together, but the other variables, we're not they don't really matter. And it it's nice having everyone in all different niches. Right?

But they've got to be aligned on something and doing the same thing and trying to achieve the same result. And high alignment from shared goals. Right? If people are aiming for different things, it's not going to be very good. And shared values, so they value the same thing.

Right? If people are looking for teaching, hand holding, and one on one help and done for you, right, in a mastermind, that's not gonna be good. You people should be in a mastermind for the same reasons. They want these things. Right?

You're not selling a service here. And they it's also good when you provide a framework or a model for applications. Something to bring everybody together and organize the group. Right? If you've got everyone in a group and some people are saying, oh, we should do it this way, and some people are saying, oh, we should do it that way.

You need some way to create order and structure in the group. Right? And that's what a model or a framework can do. And you also want passionate members, members who truly love doing what they're doing, with a positive attitude and a willingness to share. Right?

You don't want people who are negative, and you don't want people who aren't gonna share anything. And then continuous improvement happening in real time. You want to you know, a good mastermind is constantly adapting to the to the environment. Right? Constantly changing and experimenting and improving.

It's not static. Members with amazing results. So, you know, a culture where there's actually people winning and succeeding. And most importantly, people, if you're running a mastermind that's about making money or running a business, they're making back more than they spent. Everyone's getting an ROI.

Right? And a strong culture built by tight individual relationships. So, you know, if you in the beginning, it can be really helpful if you, the leader, make a special effort to, like, hang out with every individual member. So that way when you come together as a group, the group is tight because the individual relationships are tight. And if you're doing an, and trying to if it's online, trying to encourage people to meet up and and hang out with each other, or if you're doing an in person one, giving people extended lunch breaks and catering food so everyone eats together, trying to foster individual relationships because the group is only as strong as the individual relationships are.

If you get the individual ones tight, when the group comes together, the group is tight. And then more of a family feel, and more fun, and no judgment or ego. So you don't want high ego people, or judgment, or, you know, you or it just feeling cold and sterile. Right? You want it you want people to care about each other, and you want there to be a vibe, and you want there to be high trust, and you want it to feel safe.

Like, people can actually, you know, be honest and share their problems and not feel embarrassed if they say I'm struggling with this because they think some other member's gonna judge them or something. Right? And more intimate and collaborative instead of a rigid structure. You know, I've heard of people joining masterminds where they come together and there's literally just three days of random people just saying random things, presenting keynote presentations, and then people go home. And it's like everyone's basically there to just get presented content to.

That is not a mastermind. That is an expensive presentation. Right? It's you wanna you wanna kind of throw out the structure and let the group figure out what they need together and collaborate together. The more collaboration there is and the the less structure there is, the better it will be.

And you also want members who value information and know how to use it to get results. So the best members in masterminds are ones that can listen for something, hear something, write it down, take it home, implement it, and get a result. Right? So they know that information can be valuable, but only when they listen, they use their initiative and think, oh, I can take that. I can use it.

I can apply it here. They actually do it, and they see the result, and they attribute that back to the group. They're like, this is valuable. I'm making, you know, I'm getting better, I'm improving, and I'm making ROI from this. Now here's some things to avoid.

External speakers coming in to give random keynotes. This is not a good idea. What it basically does is it creates disorder. Right? You've got all of these people together trying to do something, and this person's coming in and saying one thing, this person's coming in and saying something else, and this person's coming in and saying something else.

A mastermind should be the mastermind. It should just be those people collaborating. Right? And whoever is best at doing the thing should present on that. Right?

And I'll talk more about this in some of the other modules, but this is something that's common in the industry and I have not done. And I've had my members tell me that the fact that I don't do this makes this mastermind that I run, like, the best one they've attended, and a lack of coherence and integrity in the information being shared. Right? So just random ideas and concepts being shared, like chatbots, and all, like, TikTok, and all this thing, and all that thing, and all crypto, and Right? Like, it's just gonna make someone dizzy, and they're gonna leave feeling more frustrated and confused than they have before than they were before they even attended.

Right? You want you have to chew you have to have a filter and a framework to be like, we're gonna cover these things and not those things. And you have to know what's important and what's not important based on the result everyone's trying to achieve and the structure that everyone agrees on. Right? And high ego members who want attention more than results, you don't want those people.

You only want people who are gonna join because they wanna learn and get better. Right? And members with totally different situations who shouldn't be there. Right? You don't want just because you can sell someone doesn't mean you should in a mastermind, because they can create more trouble than it's worth.

Right? You don't want to have to stop in the middle of presenting something because someone doesn't get it because they just started their business like yesterday or something. Right? Now you've got to stop and help that person and everyone else in the room or everyone else online is like, ugh. Like, you you wanna run as fast as you can with the group, and so the group should all be kinda together.

Right? The people are key. It's all about the people. And you don't want flaky members who don't stay for long. Right?

That's why we charge annual membership upfront. At one point, we were kind of toying with monthly billing, but we we had some members just stay in for a month and leave. And it was really strange being in the group because you didn't know who was gonna be there the next the next week or whatever. It was like members were constantly leaving and constantly coming in, and you never got the sense that these are my peers. Right?

But with annual subscription where people pay upfront, you only get people who are committed because they've paid upfront, and then they tend to to, you know, they at least they're gonna be around for a year. So you you get to build relationships with people and these familiar faces, right, which is important. Now some other random tips. So something special happens when you get a group focusing together on the same thing. Right?

Like a whole bunch of minds there together focused on the same thing, trying to do the same thing. Like a new level of shared consciousness emerges that's greater than the sum of its parts. Right? So it's like people just start being able to, like, kind of read each other's thoughts and it's like they adopt they get this other brain, like a group brain, that they get to bounce ideas off of. And you also get the energy.

There's this amazing energy in the room or in the group that you get to feed on, that motivates you. You wanna go out and work, and so you can bring results back to help your group, and you wanna earn respect with your group, and you wanna contribute to it. Right? That's that's what happens when you get it right. You want that special thing to happen, the mastermind effect.

Now another thing is playing jazz verse orchestra. So, you know, an orchestra is all rehearsed and everyone has to be perfectly in it's a performance. It's right? But jazz is different. Jazz, someone just starts jamming, maybe on the guitar, and someone else comes in, maybe with a saxophone, listens to it, and then they join in.

And then someone else comes along, maybe on the drums, and then they figure out how they can join in. And from that, this amazing music just emerges. Right? It's kind of like improv or something. It's a good mastermind is more like jazz than an orchestra.

Right? And those masterminds that have external speakers coming in to give presentations that were prepared before, and no none of these speakers know who's going before them or anything. Right? There's no coherence or collaboration in this. It's just it's just weird.

Right? But a good mastermind is like jazz, and good masterminds make emergent music. There's like happy, good accidents happen. Right? You bring people together.

You get everyone feeling comfortable with each other. You agree on the model. You agree on the results. And then together, you collaborate and amazing things happen. Now another thing I've written down here is is your relationship with your public audience or your mastermind clients?

I think a lot of people in this industry are guilty of really just trying to build a relationship with the public. Like, they're trying to grow their Instagram, their TikTok, their YouTube, or whatever, and they're always thinking of my audience. Right? But a good mindset shift is think about your mastermind. Make your mastermind awesome, get people really good results, build tight relationships with them, and then that gives you your organic that gives you your content to share with your public audience.

This is something that I realized this year that I'm starting to do. I'm just trying to make a badass mastermind and then share glimpses of the inside of it with my public audience. So, you know, towards the end of the WeTuber beta, if there's a lot of good results and people are very happy, I might make a video where I share, like, some things that are going on inside and share some stories. Right? And share that with the public audience on YouTube in my email list.

That way my I'm my I'm client first, mastermind first, audience second. Right? But I swear most people are like audience first, client second. And there's a there's a way that you can architect your content and your public content to be based on what's going on in private. And I also think this is a natural way for your content to actually drive traffic and interest in your products.

Right? Now other things. So keep improving yourself and sharing what you're doing and why live with your clients. So, you know, every time I'm making a change, I share it with my with my clients on the calls, at the events, continuously updating them. This way they know that it's not stagnant and I'm always trying to get better.

And I'm also sharing why, and I also wanna learn from my clients and collaborate with them as peers. So if someone joins and they're doing something interesting, my curiosity goes right up. I start asking them questions and it's almost like I'm a student. Right? And people really like it when this happens.

I've done events where the order I've spoken to people, during the lunch breaks and stuff. And they're like, I real I realized this was a mastermind when I saw Sam taking notes. Right? So if someone else is speaking and they've got good stuff, I'm like writing stuff down and asking them questions and figuring out how I can apply this to my business. Right?

That that's a mastermind vibe. And it's also because I think of them as peers. Right? I wanna hang out with them. I wanna I'm looking forward to when it's over and when I don't have a duty anymore and when I get to joke around with them and talk about inside stories of this industry.

And you wanna keep it high level, move fast, and let the clients pull the depth from you. So the beauty of a mastermind is you don't have to just teach them and tell them everything. You don't have to be super prescriptive. You just share a very high level view. You move fast through the content.

That way it's very minimal. And then you let them take it, digest it, figure out how they apply it, and then they come to you just with the pieces they need. And when you see what they need, you then give them that. That way you don't have to lay out all of this depth and make everyone go through it all, which is very painful. You are very you're very sparing with the content.

Right? That makes it more fun. It's and that way you don't provide depth where it isn't necessary. Right? Another thing is you wanna share your best stuff.

So when I find something that works and it's working well, I honestly can't wait till my next call or my next event. I I'm like, I wanna share it with people. It's almost like I wanna impress them. Right? I can't wait to share the stuff when it works.

And so, you know, sharing your best stuff, don't hold anything back. And also share the problems that you're facing too. So when I was all the time throughout my business, whenever I'm, like, a bit frustrated at something or I think something's wrong, but I even I don't even know the solution. Right? I'll still share that with them because I don't have to have everything figured out.

I even just sharing a problem, kind of the mastermind likes that because they're, like, oh, that's what Sam's worrying about or thinking about, and he doesn't even have an answer for it yet. That shows them that it's okay to think about things and not have answers. Right? And to look to talk to other people. It's leading by example, by being one of them yourself.

Right? It's also allowing people to be vulnerable and building trust. Right? Like they realize, oh, you don't have to have everything figured out to lead a mastermind. You can lead a master that people wanna be a part of and still say you don't have a lot of things figured out and you're still thinking about some things, or you're confused about some things, or you've got some problems.

Right? And then removing other crap from your business so you can focus on your clients. So I can't stress this point enough. You know, I dropped Accelerator. I dropped Facebook ads.

I've dropped I've tried to drop everything that isn't client facing. Right? I I looked at my business at one point and all of our money was being spent on things that were on on ads basically, which aren't client facing. All of my time was spent troubleshooting ads and building funnels, which isn't client facing. And most of our headcount in our team was spent dealing with ads and things which isn't client facing.

And I realized that really none of our dollars, none of our time, none of our attention was really client facing. It was all ad facing. And I realized in that moment that my company was ad obsessed, not customer obsessed. And I set out to change it and it's taken a while, honestly, like three years or something. But now pretty much every dollar we spend is client facing.

Every person on the team is client facing, and everything we do is client facing. Right? And even our strategies are client facing. So it's like make a good mastermind first, then create content about the mastermind as your way to get people that aren't clients. Right?

So even your public content strategy, which isn't client facing, can still be client facing, if you think about it. Right? So removing other crap from your business so you can focus on your clients. Think about it. Where are the dollars going?

Are they going to improving the client experience? Where are they where's the headcount? Is it going to improving the client experience? And where is everyone's time and attention going? Is it improving the client experience?

If you make the client experience so good, people will talk about it, and then you'll get people coming to you wanting to buy it, and you won't need to advertise. It when you get so focused on clients, you can transcend marketing completely. Right? This is what happened when Jeff Bezos figured out that he could not do any marketing and instead give people free shipping. And then that was the same amount of money basically at one point during Amazon, and then the fact that they had free shipping made other people talk about it, and that was the marketing.

You if you're smart enough, you should get what I'm saying here. If you make the thing so good, you don't need to market it. Or you can focus you can if you get people such good results, then you can just share your marketing can be you communicating what's going on inside your thing, and that should drive the demand itself. Hopefully, you get what I'm saying here. But try to strip everything from your business that distracts you from making a mastermind good.

And the better your mastermind is, the more people will wanna join, and the more you'll be able to charge, and the longer people will stay. So we've kind of been all over the place in this module, but that's kind of what I wanted to do, just lay out the philosophy of running an amazing mastermind business. So that's it for this one. I'll see you in the next video now.

# 2. Skool group and tools

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 44 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/624b18d2-e410-4d50-8c6b-91a46829f8dd

---


Hey everyone, and welcome to this module called School Group. In this video, I'm gonna tell you why you should use School to create your Mastermind groups, and how to create a group on school, how to get paid also by you using school and referring people to school, and setting up your group, like, how to configure it for a mastermind if you're doing a front end mastermind or a back end mastermind, some best practices to use to, like, set up your group, and a daily workflow that you can use to maintain your group. So let's do it. Let's start with why school. Well, the main reason is that it provides a home for your mastermind group.

Right? You've got this group of people, and where is their home? Like, you know, where do they go to experience the thing they bought? Where is their club? Where is their home?

Right? You could say, oh, it's it's like a content portal, like Kajabi, but there's no people in there. It's just content. Right? Or you could say, oh, it's a Facebook group, but that's not a very nice nice home.

You know, Facebook has got is chaotic, plus the content isn't in there either, and their call schedule isn't in there. It there is no home for a mastermind until, like, school was created. That's actually why I created it, because I'd been running these kinds of groups for, like, eight years or something, and it was all fragmented. Right? The schedule was over here.

The recordings were here. The, you know, the email communications were going out into people's inboxes, but some people didn't get them and some people did. And then there was Facebook, the Facebook group, which was, you know, buried in all of the, all of the Facebook noise. It was just all over the place, and there was no home. So that's why school.

It provides a home, and it puts everything in one place, the community, classroom, calendar, chat, and notifications. So, you know, what is a mastermind? Well, there's the community, you know, which you've got access to, like the the posts and the comments, and the members list, you know, all the different members, the admins, the team that's running it. Right? And also the members like profiles.

When you click on a member, you can see, you know, where they are from, what they do, and see a photo of them. You can follow them to get notified when they post, and you can chat with them. Right? And you can also see all their contributions to the group. So there's that.

That's the community part of it. Then it's a classroom. It's like the content. If you're doing a course, well then, you know, there's the course content like this, or if you're doing a mastermind with live events, it's the event recordings like this. Right?

So it's the community, the classroom, it's also the calendar. So, you know, it's the live, it's the q and a call or collab call like schedule, and it's also the live event schedule. Right? You can see this is my quantum group. Here's my weekly calls, and then we've got a live event coming up.

And you can view it per year as well and see the whole year. Like, you know, here's when, there's an event. Here's the q three event, q four, q three, q two. Right? You can see the whole year ahead of what's happening.

There's also chat. Like, everyone you're chatting with is just up here, and you can chat with people because there's also one to one one on one interactions. Right? That's a natural part of a mastermind. And notifications, so things that tell you, you know, when someone's trying to talk to you, things that you need to check on to make sure you're communicating with the group.

That's basically what a mastermind group is, and school puts all of it in one place, right, with one login, and you just need to remember go here. And that's where you that's your home. Right? That's what school does. Plus, if you're an admin, you can email broadcast your mastermind with a single click.

This is an awesome feature. Whenever I need to communicate with my group, I just write a post. Right? And I typically put it in announcements, and then I check this little thing here. And what it does is it email broadcasts this post to everybody in the group.

So I don't have to maintain a list in ActiveCampaign, like who's in the mastermind, who's not, and it's always wrong. But with tags and all of that stuff, plus the email deliverability is not very good, plus someone might have unsubscribed because they're tired of getting all these other emails. This just works. It's a real nice way to communicate with everyone in your mastermind. And it also creates a post for every email broadcast, and it creates a category for, you know, every, it creates a category for all of the announcements and emails.

So members also have a log of all of the announcements that you sent because they might delete the email or forget about it or something. Right? It's just a good way to centralize everything and create a home where your members know if I go here, I'll see everything that's going on. All the announcements, all the updates, the schedule, the recordings, the the members, the chats, it's just everything in one place and it's it's really nice like that. And you and your members only need to remember one thing to find everything.

Pretty simple. And the engagement is high. We know this because we we show you, like, there's metrics in here that the admin can see. And you can see that, you know, on a monthly basis, 97% of of members in Quantum are active. Right?

Which is extremely high. And then if we go to WeTube, you know, you can see in the metrics that, you know, a 100% basically active, but it's new. And you can also see weekly active, active, daily active. So even on a daily basis, the you know, we're looking at probably, where's the middle here, we're looking at like 70% or something daily active, which is extremely high. So the engagement is really good.

Communication is coherent. So school doesn't use any algorithms or anything to sort the feed. Right? It's just whatever has whatever's the newest post or the latest comment. Right?

So there's everyone is seeing the same thing, which is extremely important when you're trying to create a group. If everyone isn't experiencing the same thing, then people won't be synced. And a mastermind doesn't have the mastermind effect where it's like a, a group level kind of consciousness, unless everyone's having the same experience. So, you know, if you're on Facebook or something and you're looking at the group feed, you're seeing a different thing than someone else is seeing. And it's all weird.

And that's why, like, you know, people are very confused in those scenarios. But with school, the philosophy is everyone sees and experiences the same thing. So everyone's always on the same page, literally. Right? And it's distraction free.

There's no ads. There's, you know, there's no your grandma's not messaging you and stuff like that. Right? Plus it simplifies your business so you can focus on the things that matter. Right?

So school is very simple. Like, there isn't actually much that you can screw around with in here, because when I designed the product, I made it in a way that nudges you to do the right thing or to do the things that are actually gonna add value. So instead of screwing around with custom themes or custom customizations, It just forces you to focus on the people and the content. Right? So it's all about, like, doing the live calls, doing the events, helping out the people, and getting them results.

It's not about anything else. So it kind of nudges you in the right direction, and and it kind of gets you to focus on the things that actually matter. Getting your clients results, making profit, and being happy. Plus, it just works. It's honestly impossible to break.

It's kinda like the difference between an iPhone and an Android. You know, an an Android gives you all of the options, but it kinda sucks. An iPhone limits your options, but it doesn't break, and it's pretty it's pretty nice to use. Right? So that's kind of what school is like.

Now how do you create your own group? Well, you can click this link here to create your own group with a fourteen day free trial. So if you just click this, it'll take you here, and you can create your group name, like you might call it demo group. You can make your group private or public. For a mastermind group, it's gonna be private.

You put in your card, and you can start your free trial. It's a fourteen day free trial, and after that, it's $99 per month. Right? So you can create your group that way. And I've made a group called demo group that we can use, for this module.

Now the pricing, it's $99 per month per group. So if you've got two groups, it's 99 times two. And we also pay 40% of monthly recurring revenue if you refer people or if they create a group from your group. So what you can do is you can go to your settings up here, then referrals, and you can get your referral link and copy paste it like that. And if you share that referral link with people and they sign up, we'll pay you 40% of their monthly recurring revenue for life.

And, also, if people create a group from your group, so if they click this down arrow and then they click create a group, we'll also attribute them to you. So if someone creates a group from your group or if they create a group from your affiliate link, then you get 40% of their monthly recurring revenue for life. And this way, school becomes an income stream for you, not a cost. By the time you've referred three people, school is no longer an expense. You're now making profit, and you can make a decent income like this.

So that's how you create a group and refer people and all of that. Now let's talk about setting up your group. So let's go over name, description, URL, and let's go over this stuff. So your new group will look like this. You click settings and then general.

You can change the name of your group here. You can upload an icon. You can also change the cover image. The icon will show up here, and the cover image will show over here. And then you can also, change the URL once you have a paid account.

So you can't change it in trial, but you can when it's when you when you're paying for it. And you can make this something nice and simple. So for WeTube, it's just school.com/wetube. Right? Nice and simple, easy to remember, and nice to share with people.

Right? You can show or hide the owner. You can add a description for your group. If you don't wanna upload an icon, icon, you can just change the color here and the initials. Like for WeTub, we use w e and the color is red.

You can also change the privacy here. So that's the basic settings. Oh, there's also rules, links, and categories. So you can change the rules here. By default, we give you two, but you can add in some rules here.

What what rules do you want people to follow in this group? You can also add some links, and links will show in this over here. So, like, if I go to Quantum, you can see that we've got a link to group schedule plus resources. This can be a useful place to put important links that your members need. And then there's also categories.

So here, you can create different categories which kind of act as guide rails for by default, we give you one called general discussion. I recommend creating one called, like, introduce yourself so members can do that. One for announcements. And when you create an a category for announcements, you wanna make it so only admins and moderators can post, but everyone can view. That way your announcements category will be only for admin announcements, and members can go there to see up basically, a timeline of announcements and updates about about the group.

Also, I recommend one for your q and a or your Colab call recordings. And, again, this one should be only for admins and mods. Right? And this is where you'll put your, recordings. I recommend those.

It's also a good idea to probably have one for wins, a place where people can share their wins. It's a it's a good thing to have in a group. And also one called fun. I only just added this to Quantum, but, basically, somewhere where people can share fun stuff. So I intrude I I did one the other day of my new Tesla, like, played mode thing.

This thing's got a thousand horsepower, and it's insane. And I I just I just got the car, and I I took it for a speed run. And it was so fast. It was, like, insane. And so I just posted it just for fun.

And the more your community does this kind of stuff, the more the tight the tighter it will be. You want your community to be about getting results and and all of that, but you also want it to be fun. Because that way it's a place people wanna be. Right? So you can also create your courses or your event recordings.

So if you're doing a front end mastermind like We Tube, right, you click on settings, then classroom, and you can add a course. I created a course called WeTube, and then within that course, I created mod sets. So you can add content here in a set or a module. Basically, a set is like a week or like a category that contains modules, and then modules are the individual videos like the one you're watching right now. So you can see my structure.

I created a course called WeTube, and then I created six weeks using sets, and then I put the modules inside each set. And then a module is basically a title, it belongs to a set, you can put in the link, then you can put in a description, and then you can add files or links, action items. You can also put in a transcript if you want people to be able to search for your content or read your content. So you can transcribe your your course content and then copy paste the transcript in there. And you can also turn discussion on or off, and if you want, you can drip content.

Now I recommend having discussion on for, like, only if there's something that you want people to post about. So I'll show you what that looks like. In week one, module one of YouTube, you can see there's I get people as in the action item, action item, I get people to introduce themselves, and it automatically adds that beneath the modules. So when people are coming in and joining for their first time, they can watch this video, complete this action item, and post right beneath the group, and then see everybody else who's in here. Right?

And and basically a filtered feed just of those posts. Right? But for the other modules, I don't have discussion on because it can get messy. You only want it to be on if there's if it makes sense, basically. That's what I think.

Now you can also host your videos with Wistia, Vimeo, Loom, and soon with school. So, right now school doesn't host videos, but it will in the next kind of month. So you won't need to use any of these other things later, but, you know, you can upload your videos, your course videos, or your q and a recordings to Wistia, Vimeo. You can use Loom, but soon school will will do it all in one, and it will be cheaper than all of these ones. It will actually be included in your price.

So it's basically free if you're already using it. And then that's how what you've got to use in the meantime, creating a calendar for your call schedule or live events. So here, you can see that there's a calendar for YouTube. There's our each week there's content being released during the beta, and there's also our collaboration calls happening twice a week. Right?

So how do you set this up? Well, if you go to settings and then you click on calendar, you just add an event. So you can name your events like colab call, whatever you're calling it. You can select the date, the time zone, and what time it is, what duration it is. You can even set up recurring events that recur on any schedule.

Then you can add the description in here and include a link to your Zoom, meeting link. Right? So that's how you create a calendar for your call schedules. I recommend using recurring events for that. That way you just set it up once and it works.

Now accommodating global time zones. So if your customers are from all over the world, like they are with us in WeTube and Quantum, it's a good idea to try to alternate your call schedules. So if we look at our calendar, you can see one's happening in the morning and one's happening in the afternoon. This this is a good idea, like, each week one's happening earlier and one's happening later. If you do one as early as you can and if you do one as late as you can, then that gives you the widest spread or distribution, which means that you're probably gonna capture as many people as you can around the world.

Right? Now we do two a week in in WeTube, but in Quantum, we only do one a week. So how do you accommodate global time zones if you're only doing one a week? Well, you alternate week to week. So you can see 5PM here, 10AM here.

5PM here, 10AM here. Again, we're trying to do it as, on both ends. Right? Early as I can, as late as I can, but alternating week to week. But when it comes to virtual events, we it's just we we just do nine till five Pacific time.

Right? Because I've gotta be in I've gotta be conscious, basically. I can't do it in the middle of the night. It'll suck for everyone. It kind of sucks a little bit for the people around the world, but that's just how it is for virtual events.

And when you do in person ones, obviously it's in your local time and everyone comes anyway. Right? So that's you don't really need to worry about virtual events trying to accommodate all the time zones. Yeah. Then hosting your calls and live events with Zoom.

So how do you set that up? Well, here I am in my Zoom account. Now I recommend for for your weekly calls, like your collaboration calls, I recommend using a meeting. So we just set up a recurring meeting. Right?

You can see I and you only need to set up one of these, and I called it We Tube collab call. The settings in here are basically you know, I just set up a duration, a time zone. I made it recurring. Weekly, every one week. And then I set the duration.

I've turned waiting room on. I require authentication, and I turn video on on, and I only turn this on. And then I added my team as co as co hosts, and these are the other settings I see it. Right? So you can see my settings.

Now you only need to create one of these. Right? And then what you do is you can get the link for this. So if I click on, like, this one, then I grab this link. The cool thing about Zoom is that it uses the exact same link for every one.

So, like, if I see this, it ends in nine to eight. Then if I see the next one, it ends in nine to eight. Right? So you only really need to set up like one of these, then you grab that link, and then what you do is you when you create a calendar event, like in here, you just put that link. You can just say collaboration call, come hang out, join this join using this link.

So you only need to create one recurring meeting in Zoom, then you copy paste that link, and then you create one recurring meeting in school, and you copy paste that link. And then it's done for the whole year. But if you've got two different schedules, you need to create two events inside of school. So I've got one which is the Wednesday one, which happens at ten. Right?

Then you can see I've also got one that happens every Thursday at three. So I've got two in here that are both repeating every week, but you only need one in in Zoom. Zoom doesn't every week, but you only need one in in Zoom. Zoom doesn't need to perfectly correlate to to school. Zoom I'm still using one meeting inside Zoom even for the one that's happening on Thursday because it's it just doesn't matter.

The way Zoom works, I'm not gonna explain the tech of it, but it still works. It just makes it a bit easier for you. So that's how I'd set up a weekly call. Right? Now a a virtual event is a little bit different.

So, like, if you look at our recordings for if I go to my call recordings and I look at the one we did today, you can see that we use this meeting style where everyone's like this. Right? This is what I recommend for your weekly calls. However, for your virtual events, I recommend doing something a little different to make it a little bit more structured. Right?

So in Quantum, what we do for our virtual events is I can show you what those look like. So this one was virtual. Basically, we use a webinar for for our virtual events in Quantum. So you can see here that the recording is basically I I'm sharing my screen a lot of the time or it's my video, and then it's it's just me on video. The the mastermind attendees, they've got chat and they can unmute themselves and talk at any time, but all they have is chat and audio, and I'm the only one on video, and able to share my screen.

That way I'm kind of directing it and they're like attending it. And we've found that that tends to be better for virtual masterminds compared to having the meeting set up where it's everyone's video on. That's how we do it. And if you wanna see my settings for that, so we actually use a and our for the virtual events, and you can see I don't really have one here, but you can see this this one might be a good enough one for you to look at. So you can create a webinar.

You set the start time and everything, and then registration, You should put it as required. You can see the settings that I've got here. Right? So, yeah, I recommend webinar for your virtual events in your mastermind, meetings for your weekly calls. Right?

However, if your mastermind's small, you can still get away with using meetings for your mastermind events. It's just when too many people get on a Zoom meeting, it's a bit crazy. Right? And Quantum's got a 100 people and at least, like, 80 people show up, and 80 people on a Zoom meeting for, you know, eight hours for three days is kind of intense. People are it's just a bit too intense.

So, like, we use the the webinar, honestly. What else have we got to show you? Now optimal Zoom settings for calls and events. So I've already shown you for the meetings and for the events. Now I'm gonna show you some Zoom settings in general.

I've, like, linked to them here, so you can kind of see how I've set everything up, but I'm just gonna show you right now. What I do is if I click on Zoom, and then I go to preferences up here, there's a few things that you can set. So you can see my general settings here. Then you can see what I've got for video. I use HD, mirror my video, adjust for low light.

You can see everything here. Right? Then if I click on advanced, you can see what I've selected here. For audio, then screen sharing settings. Some of these are quite important if you if you want, like, good recordings when you start screen sharing, so make sure you you're looking at how I've set all of this up.

And then recording settings. So I like to record to my local machine, and it just goes straight to my desktop. And you can see all my settings here, and that's about it. So you can see exactly how I've set Zoom up. It works when I have it set up like that, it works great for the weekly calls and for the events and just using Zoom in general.

Now optimal Loom settings for recording content. You wanna make sure that you set it to ten eighty p HD. Right? It auto you've got to be careful with Loom because it keeps defaulting back to auto. Right?

You need to set it on ten eighty p HD. Otherwise, if it if it defaults down to auto, it might go to a small a small resolution and it might get blurry. So you've got to make sure you do that. And then if you're using a big screen like I am, I'm using an LG five k screen, I need to do something to make it work basically. I need to go to my displays, like this, and then I need to go to, like, where it says scaled, you hold down alt and then click scaled, and then you get this.

And what I do is I set it to nineteen twenty by ten eighty, and that way it records better. Otherwise, the standard for the screen is this, and you can see that, like, the Loom thing is smaller and also the Google, doc is a lot smaller. So what you wanna do is just set it to nineteen twenty by ten eighty like this, and that way the Loom video gets a bit bigger and, you know, this this is more readable. It takes up the full screen real estate. That's if you're using a a big LG five k screen like I am.

I totally recommend this screen by the way. If you haven't tried it, it's the best screen in the world and it's it's awesome. It basically turns your laptop into a desktop. We can talk about that another day. So now we've covered the optimal loom settings.

Now inviting your members. So once you've kind of set up your group, like, let's say, YouTube was your group. You've got a cover photo. You've got a little icon. You've got a name.

You've got a nice URL, and you've got, you've got, like, content in here. Right? You might have added your first week, you've added your your schedule and your calendar, right, you've you've basically set up the whole thing. Plus you've got some categories in here, maybe even a welcome post that's pinned, and you've added your admins, right, and how you add an admin is you just you can click settings, you can invite like this by inputting their email or whatever, you click on members, and then you can just click like this and you can make someone an admin or a moderator or whatever. Right.

Once you've got all of that done, now you're ready to invite your members to the group. Now to do that, there's a few options. One of them is probably the easiest, is just to you click settings, then you can bulk invite via CSV. You can see this. Here, you just upload a file with just your members emails in it.

Right? So you can use the CSV template. You can just download it, and then you you get your members emails, and then you upload a file, and then it just invites everyone. Right? That's probably the easiest way to do it.

There's another way to do it though. You can just input emails, like, manually one by one like this, or you can get an invite link to share by copy pasting this. And then if I if someone goes to it, it will say this, Sam Evans invited you. The invite link will still get them to, like it'll hold them and you'll have to approve them. Right?

But if you invite them using their email address or uploading a CSV file, it'll automatically let them into the group so that you don't have to gatekeep and say yes or no. Right? Just a little tip there. And if you wanna automate this process later, you can use a webhook. Basically, you can set up your system to automatically invite people using Zapier or or a webhook.

Right? And there's video instructions on how to do that there. So that's how you invite people. Now let's talk about some best practices. So in your first module, get your members to introduce themselves with a simple template.

Now I've linked you to this simple template that I use here. It's just, hi. I'm from and my company is this, and we're in this we're in this niche. I wanna get these things from YouTube, and for fun, I like to do this and share a picture. What you wanna do is you wanna get people to start interacting in a mastermind.

So, like, location is one thing that can get people to bond. They might be like, oh, there's four people from London. Let's meet up. Right? You want to foster individual connections, and that way the group as a whole will be stronger.

So a niche is another one, right, that can get people to bond. You also want everyone in the room to know what everyone else is doing. They want to know who else is in here and what things people wanna get out of this. No one knows how to help someone unless they know what they need help with, so that's why we ask them these questions. But also, you want people to bond, so make sure you get them to say what they like to do for fun.

If some people say they like, you know, roller skating or hockey or something, then, you know, other people that like roller skating or hockey might say, hey, I'm interested in that too. Let's hang out or let's talk. And then sharing a picture of of the workspace, it just makes things a little bit more interesting. Right? So you can make your own template, and then what you can do is you basically what I did in We Tube, I said action item, introduce yourself, and then I got people to start introducing themselves down here using this template.

It's a nice way to get things started, and also for new members to, like, break the ice to the group and introduce themselves and for everyone else to welcome them. Right? This is a good best practice. I also recommend creating a welcome post with a two to three minute video on how to get started, and pin it to the top of the feed. So, you know, imagine the experience for the average user.

They land straight in here. What's the first thing they see? The pinned post at the top. So right now it's this. However, when people were first joining, it was welcome to WeTubes, start here.

Right? And there was a three minute video where I welcomed people and told them how to get started. And you can pin something to the top by just clicking pin to top like that. That's another best practice so that people know how to get started and how to use the platform if they haven't used it before. An announcements category for important updates, I already told you about that.

You wanna create an announcements category and update members. And when you post, you can you can make sure you email broadcast it out to members. You wanna create a link to a group schedule and resources post with more links. So in Quantum, you can see that we've got a link over here, but it's a link to a post. So if I click this, it's a school post, right, that can contain more links or more information, basically.

So here I lay out the call schedule and the live event schedule, and then all you do to do this is you do a post, then you copy paste the URL up here, and then you go to settings, and then you go to links, and then you just add a link where you put that post link. And you make sure you set it to private so only your members can see. Alright. Nice and simple. It's another best practice.

Another thing you can do is upload and post your call recordings in a call recordings category. So, you know, whenever you do a call, like if I go to YouTube, we you know, the calendar takes care of the upcoming calls and when they're happening. Right? But when you start a Zoom meeting, make sure you record it to your computer. I set up mine so it automatically records so I never forget.

After the meeting, it converts into a file. I get that file and I upload it to, like, Wistia or Vimeo or whatever. Soon you can upload that straight to school. Once it's finished uploading, I just go to here. I then select, call recordings.

I put in the title. Well, let me just show you exactly what I do here so I can go to Colab call recordings. You can see that here's all the recordings of the calls as they happen, and then I just post in this category, and I just use the same format for the title, like Colab call recording. Then I put the date. Right?

Then you just click this, and you copy paste the video link in here, and then you add it like this. That way people can catch the recordings. Now why would you put your core recordings inside the community as a post instead of the classroom? It's a good question. Well, first of all, you want people to know that they're they've been posted.

Things that are added to the classroom aren't really visible unless you tell people. So like, you know, I told people here week two is now available and I linked them to the classroom. But, you know, you don't wanna do that every time you add a call recording. So naturally, when you post a call recording, it it adds it to the feed. And also, it will notify all the members in the group that you posted a call recording, so they're they're aware of it.

So I recommend using posts for this, and I recommend creating a category called, like, call recordings. Right? So that's another best practice. Another thing is share stuff with your group to encourage a culture of sharing. You know, whenever I come across something cool, I think, oh, I'm gonna share this with my group.

So if I come across a cool tool, like a software that I'm really liking, I'll share it with the group. If I come across a good book, I'll share it with the group. A good movie, I'll share it with the group. Or if I, like when I got that Tesla, right, in the fun fun category in Quantum, I shared it with the group. Share stuff with your group, and it will, you know, lead by example.

If you share stuff, the other the members will share stuff. And then you just wanna communicate with your group. You wanna try to post slash broadcast at least, like, once a week. So think of something you can share or think of something you can tell your group about. Make sure you're keeping in close communication with them.

So, you know, if an event like, when I released week, when I released week two of YouTube, I posted about it, and I announced it, and I broadcasted it to all the members. When I make week three, I'll do the same thing. Before we do a live event, I do like a RSVP. If I go to Quantum, then I click on announcements, and then I'll filter by newest, you can see that, you know, here I'm saying I was giving updates about YouTube, and I was saying how well it was going. Then, you know, when there's when the event recordings were live, I post about it.

Then, you know, straight after the event, I said, thanks for the amazing event. I'm going on vacation for seven days. So, you know, even when you're going on vacation, tell your group about it because then you're not gonna be there for a while. And then, you know, when post before you do a live event, post about it. Tell them exactly where it's gonna be and everything and what to expect.

And then, you know, another good thing you can do is an RSVP. So I said here, RSVP if you're attending, and then you can see, like, you know, every you can use a school post in an email broadcast as your RSVP system to see how many people are coming. Right? So just communicate with your group. Here is a post saying, like, Merry Christmas.

Here's what to expect over the break. Event recordings are live. Right? I'm constantly communicating with the group and using the email broadcast function like this to keep everyone in the loop so that my mastermind always knows what's going on. And then you wanna check on your group and respond to things daily, and you wanna make your activity chart solid green.

This is a nice little thing to think about. Like, every day I check on my school groups, WeTube and Quantum. Right? And what I want to make sure is that I've seen everything, and I'll cover the work flow in just a second, but when I say activity chart solid green, if I if you go to your user profile, you've got this thing called an activity chart. The days that are green mean that you you contribution is like a post, a comment, or a like.

Right? So around the start of this year, I decided to really start focusing on my mastermind. You can see that it was a bit patchy last year. Right? But this year, I knew that we were doing this mastermind thing, and I wasn't doing anything else.

So I made sure that I was checking on my group daily and trying to contribute daily. And I only have a few days off so far this whole year. And you know some days I'm doing multiple things. The darker the square, the more I'm doing. But what I've noticed is the groups that are the most engaged have admins that are the most active.

Right? So the more green the more little blocks here that are green, if you're an admin, the more engaged and valuable your group will be because you're contributing to it daily. And if you contribute to it daily, people will contribute to it daily too. Right? You wanna lead by example.

So that's another best practice. Now in terms of a daily workflow, like, what do I do? Well, each day, typically in the morning, I will check all my notifications and reply to any necessary posts or comments. So I just come in here and I check on these, and I reply to everyone. Right?

And then I also check on my chats and I make sure I reply to people. Then I check the feed for posts that I might have missed. So I first use the normal method, and then I filter by the newest post. So I might do my first skim by just scrolling down and seeing what's at the top. I'm looking for the blue dots, which are things I haven't read yet.

And I just make sure I've read everything and if I and I respond to something if I need to. But then to really make sure that I've done a thorough sweep and I haven't missed anything, I'll put this filter on for newest post just to make sure that I really haven't missed missed anything. And once I've checked that, like notifications, chats, and I've checked the feed, then I think if I need to announce or communicate or share something with the group. Right? Is there an event coming up?

Have I uploaded the call recordings? Is this when was the last time I shared something with the group? Right? Just just have a quick think about it. And if it's been a while since you last shared something, just think, well, what could I share?

What what did I find recently that was cool? And then share it. Post it, announce it, broadcast it. Then make sure your group culture is good. So are people happy?

Is the vibe good? Are people getting results? And is your group engaged? You can check your metrics by going settings, metrics, and you want to make sure that your group is engaged on a monthly and a weekly and a daily basis. Right?

The more active your group is, the more engaged it is, the better obviously it is. Right? So you can check on that, and if it isn't a good culture or if it's not engaged, think about how you can fix it. Right? So that's pretty much it for School Group, how to set it up, and some best practices and a workflow that you can use.

Hope you enjoyed it. I'll see you in the next module.

# 3. Frontend mastermind

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 26 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/50decc45-55d0-4789-bb1a-a90ea55335a1

---


Hey, everyone. Welcome to this module called front end mastermind. And in this video, I'm gonna tell you how to make and grow and run and sustain like a good front end mastermind. So we're gonna start by going over the elements that make up a front end mastermind, then the evolutionary stages that they go through from start to, like, retention. And then we're gonna break down those three different stages, beta, growth, and adaptation.

So let's get to it. Let's start with the elements. So a front end mastermind can contain, you know, all of these elements. They could also contain more elements, but these are typically the standard ones. So first of all, there's some instructions.

Now this is course content that tells members what to do. Now this is an important, like, seeding stage for a front end mastermind. Like, why are people going to join? What is gonna be there? The network alone isn't valuable.

Like, you've got to have something to bring the network together and tell them what to do, and that's the course content. So in, you know, Tube, we've got the six weeks of instructions, basically. Right? Then there's the community, a school group where the members interact. Right?

Like this, post, comments, things like this. Then there's collaboration calls, weekly Zoom calls discussing the implementation of the instructions. So, you know, that's like your calendar, right, with links to Zoom. And then there's coaching. So one on one Zoom calls with you or your account managers.

Now it's up to you. You don't have to do this. It's up to you. Then there's events, and this is optional as well. You can do virtual Zoom events where you share updates with everyone every three, six, or twelve months.

You can do as many as you want or as little as you want or none at all. I'm just showing you here, like, things that you can put in. Right? Now coaching and events are very good in the latest stages of evolution of a front end mastermind, and I'll explain that soon. So let's talk about the evolutionary stages.

The first one is beta, and this is where you create the content live. You co create it with the people, and you fix the bugs. And when I say bugs, I mean, like, things that people don't understand. Like, you might tell them, hey, do this thing, and they're like, but what if I have this situation? How do I do that?

Right? So you've got to figure out how to solve those problems, and sometimes that means you've got to add another module to your course telling people how to do it. And that's what I mean by adding features. You're basically adding a module, that solves the problem. Bug is a problem.

Feature is like a module that tells you how to basically solve the problem. And, ultimately, we're looking to achieve product market fit. This is when the bugs are fixed, all the necessary features appear to be there, and people the members are getting results, and they're happy. Right? That is product market fit.

That is the goal and intention of running a beta. Now the second stage is growth, and this is where your main focus is new enrollment waves, so trying to sell more people in. And as you bring in more waves, you're trying to stabilize the group. Right? Because as you bring in more people, things start to break or some things get a little bit unstable, So you have to stabilize the group, and you also have to build out your operation basically, your operational logistics.

And this sounds like a whole lot of words, but, you know, when you're running a mastermind, there there's a lot of operations that need tending to. Like, you've got q and a calls on a schedule. They have to be uploaded. You've got to reply to everybody in the community. You've got to also be doing sales and marketing.

You've got to be, you know, making content, or you've got to be running the next event, or your account managers need to be having calls with the with your clients on a on a certain schedule. Right? And as you're growing, you're trying to stabilize the group, make sure everyone's happy, and also stabilize your operations. Make sure you or your team can handle everything. Right?

You've got routines and systems and things like that. And then the third and final stage is adaptation. And this is where your main focus is continuous improvement. So, you know, the landscape's always changing. Right?

And you're adapting to that landscape. You're making sure that your your model and your methods are current, and they're working, and they're competitive. Right? And you're also making sure that you retain your members. Now you do this from continuous improvement and from, you know, looking after your relationships, which happens, you know, on the weekly calls and also at events and with your account managers, doing coaching calls.

And you're also doing maintenance growth. So this is growth that just replaces or replenishes people that leave. So whatever your churn rate is, that's what your growth rate needs to be to maintain, like, a an equilibrium. Right? And so that's the third and final stage, that you stay in on an ongoing basis for the rest of your front end mastermind's life cycle, basically.

Right? So those are the three stages. Now let's drill into each one. So stage one, beta. You're basically trying to build it and prove it.

Right? Now how do you start a beta? Well, you launch it, and we covered all of that in last week's training. So, you know, watch that if you don't know how to launch it and get people in. But you wanna map out the weekly content.

So you wanna understand exactly what content you need to make. So if I go to, YouTube and I look at this, you can see, you know, week one, week two, week three, week four, week five, week six. Before like, when we started the beta, we knew exactly what the weeks were gonna be about. So we had a rough skeleton of the content. And I also created week one to get the mems to make sure that there was something there to get the beta started.

Right? But that's all you need to launch a beta. So you've got to map out the content, create the first week, launch it to everyone, and beta begins. And as members are consuming week one, you're working on week two, and this continues until you've completed all of the content. And you want to try to keep the weekly collaboration calls focused on the content from the current week.

And this way, you can record the Colab calls and add them as modules to fill in the gaps in your training. So I was doing this throughout Colab sorry, throughout WeTube. So you can see here that there's the Colab recording number one and Colab recording number two. Right? Now here, people are asking all of these all their different questions about this content.

Right? And so if a person comes in after the beta and they watch one, two, three, four, five, they've probably got some questions, but then they'll watch this one and this one, and it answers their questions. Right? And so when that that's really good for adding to the content. Right?

Like, really filling all the gaps, and also hearing from the creator interfacing with the students. That's also like a nice element to it. And you can do this when you keep your weekly collaboration calls focused. And then you can see in week two, we went through all this training, and then I, added the Colab calls here too. Now after the beta, I won't do this.

Right? This would these calls are only here during the beta. And then after the beta, the weekly calls just get uploaded to this category here. So we still do the Colab calls, and we still record them, and we still upload them and share them, but they don't get added to the course content. Right?

They just get added here. It's just the beta that where we do this, and I'm sure well, I just explained why. Now if bugs emerge during your collaboration calls, you wanna add feature modules to solve them. So this happened to us in the first week of training in YouTube. I shared vision, model, offer, and mindset.

Right? Then on the first collaboration call, a lot of people were struggling with understanding how do I convert what I currently have to this new model. Like, they've got different courses or whatever, or they might already have a front end, or they might already have a back end mastermind, and they're like, how do I move to this? And so I noticed that on the first call. I also noticed it in the community.

A lot of people were posting like they were struggling with this. So I realized that, you know, there was a bug in week one, basically. We were missing this module called converting to the new model. So I recorded this towards the end of week one, and I uploaded it, and then I announced it, to everybody if I look at the announcements thing. So I said, you know, I just added this new module.

Right? And I updated everybody. And I basically fixed that bug and added an additional, module to the training. So keep this in mind as you're doing it. And this is why when you're making content, you wanna be very minimal with it.

Because if you add too much, then people won't tell you there's too much. But if you miss something because you add too little, people will have problems, and then you can just add what's necessary to solve that problem. That way you end up with product market fit because your product only provides what's necessary and nothing that doesn't, and that's what people like. They don't want a bloated product that provides too many things. You know, a lot of products provide a 100 things you don't need, and they're missing the three you do.

Right? The best products just nail the three you need and give you nothing else. Else. Right? So that's why you wanna keep everything high level, move quickly, be minimal and sparing with your content, and then let them let your members pull from you what you left out.

Right? And then naturally, members will start asking about things covered in the future modules, and this shows you what you need to create, when, and what specific things people want. So, you know, during the calls on during the collaboration calls in week one, people were asking about converting, so I added that in. But they were also asking a lot of questions about launching a master mind. And so as they were asking all of these questions about launching a mastermind, I was like taking down notes and this was helping me understand what people needed as the next step in the training.

So then as people are going through week one, I'm making week two, and I have more confidence making week two, and I have more clarity making week two because I can already see that what people need and what people want. Right? And that naturally starts to occur, which is a really nice thing when you when you run a beta and you build a front end mastermind like this. And this stage, this beta stage completes when you, complete the content and your clients get results. So, you know, you've built out all of your weeks.

You've fixed the bugs. Right? You've added the necessary features, and people are getting results and they're happy. This means you've achieved product market fit, and this means that you're ready to move on to stage two, which is growth. Now here, you're may you're basically trying to sell it and stabilize it.

Two things. So you're gonna promote your mastermind using the opportunity funnel and the VSL funnel plus YouTube ads. YouTube ads are coming up in week five, VSL funnels in week four, and I covered opportunity funnel, in week two. And you wanna keep enrolling new waves and new membership waves until you hit your desired member cap. And as you grow, you need to keep supporting your group.

So you've got to juggle a few things at once here. You're gonna be promoting, you're gonna be selling, and you're also going to be running your calls. You're gonna be looking after your community too. Right? You have to do all of these things at the same time, so you've got to juggle them a bit.

And as but at least at this stage, you will have finished the content. Right? So, you know, we finish one thing, we clear our plate of that, and then we add something else to it. Right? And as you grow, you need to build systems and processes to handle the operational logistics of running this thing.

So if you're by yourself doing this, you need to start figuring out how you can block your time. Like, in the morning, I'm gonna reply to people, and then in the afternoon, I'm going to be doing, marketing or whatever or making content for YouTube. And then on a specific day, you might just be doing your collaboration calls. Right? You've got to figure out how you're gonna split your time to do all of these different things if you're by yourself.

And once you start to get overwhelmed, you you'll probably need to hire somebody to help you out. Or if you have a team, how is your team gonna work on this together, and how are you gonna communicate with each other, and what kind of system and workflow are you gonna have in place to to make sure that you do all of this. Right? And as you grow, you need to innovate to stabilize the group and make sure people are happy. So, you know, you might find that as you add more people, like the collaboration calls aren't working so well, so you might need to split them out.

Like, one thing we've got in mind if our collaboration calls get too crazy is we can always split YouTube ads into a separate call, right, and split sales into a separate call and strategy into a separate call. We don't wanna do that right now because it's nice to have it all in one, right, and it's easier for members to to remember. However, we've got strategies up our sleeve if scale starts to break the way we do things. Right? And so that's why you need to be innovating to make sure things are stable and make sure people are happy.

Now this stage completes, when you basically fill your mastermind to hit your member cap. So for WeTube, this will occur when we hit about 360 people. And then we'll move to stage three, which is called adaptation, and this is where you improve it and retain members continuously on an ongoing basis. Now you wanna keep improving your mastermind by fixing bugs and improving the model. So you're never done.

Right? There's continuous improvement, and this is reflected in, in, you know, the membership business model, paying per year. Right? If you're just static with the way you do things and you never change, people probably aren't gonna renew because why would they? Right?

You need to keep improving. You need to keep getting better. And the the thing is is the environment, the landscape is always changing. Right? And the competitive forces are always changing, the market's always changing, the technology and tools are changing, and there's new optimal ways to do things.

The the old optimal way often isn't the new optimal way. A lot of things remain the same, however, things are always changing and you need to keep improving and updating. And if you do this, then you'll have good retention. You're basically adapting to your environment and sharing your adaptations with your with your members so that they can adapt too, and so that you guys or girls can, like, thrive as a group. Now the key to this is to use your mastermind as a way to spot problems people are facing, and then use it as a sounding board for what's working and who's doing interesting things in the space.

So, like, how you do this is you on these calls and in your group and at your events, you constantly get to hear different people's perspectives, what things they're struggling with, and what their goals are, what they're confused with in all of this. Right? Now you've got to spot the patterns like, oh, more and more and more people are struggling with this thing, and they all seem to have this goal, and they're all confused with these things. Right? So you should use that and then try to solve those problems and share the solutions with them, and then see if they get results.

Right? And so you can really use your mastermind as a sounding board and as a way to spot problems, but also as a way to just ping the network and ask people, hey, who's doing who's really good at doing YouTube? So have you seen YouTube ads or YouTube videos? Or have you seen, like, anyone that's really mastered, like, a certain thing. Right?

You can ask them questions, and they'll give you information. One thing I did a while ago is I asked people in Quantum Mastermind, what YouTube channels do you actually watch consistently, like multiple episodes? And they shared all of them. Right? And then I was looking and it was quite quite interesting.

And so you can use your mastermind to spot problems, to kind of brainstorm solutions, and to ping the network to see if anyone knows anyone who's good at something or if anyone knows someone in anything, basically. It you can crowdsource ideas. And the best way I found to adapt is to continuously improve your own approach by actually doing it in your own business, and then sharing it with your group on the weekly collaboration calls and with quarterly virtual events. So, you know, I I've got this philosophy in my business where I'm like, I'm just gonna focus on my business and make sure it's run really well. So it's very profitable.

It's very lean. It's very efficient. It's very simple, and we're adapting to the environment. Right? So we continuously are performing better than most other companies in the space.

And we're very efficient, and also our clients are getting results, and we're happy, and our team's happy. We're doing it in a sane way. Right? Now I've found that if I can do this, then I always have the best information to share at the next live event or on the collaboration calls. When people ask me questions, I have the answers because I'm doing it.

When we get to the event, I've got something to talk about because I just spent the last ninety days improving. And now I've I'm updating everyone on what what I improved over the last ninety days. Right? And if you continuously improve and then just share those improvements with people, then you can continuously adapt in your business, but also you can help your clients adapt too. And so this is what I highly recommend.

Now an interesting thing here is, you know, I talk about quarterly events a lot here and also, one on one Zoom checking calls, right, in adaptation stage. Because at the adaptation stage, these things become really important. In the beta stage, the thing that gets everyone to join and gets the party started is the content and the instructions. But as, you know, people start coming into their second year, their third year, things like that, the content isn't as important. What's more important is the, is the, like, regular updates, the events.

Right? So one thing we're gonna do for WeTube is, like, probably later this year, we will start rolling out, like, quarterly virtual one day events. Where basically every ninety days, I will just do a one day, one full day virtual event with everyone, and I'll just share exactly, like, the updates to how we're running our business and what the best methods are that we've seen. Right? And this way, we can continuously keep WeTubers, up to date on the best practice from the front lines of doing this.

And that's that will be our way to, like, adapt and to continuously improve YouTube, but also it'll be a great mechanism to get people to stay because they want the next event. Right? And there's always new events coming out and the events are recorded, and that will be the content later on. But how you get this thing seeded or started is with with the course. So you, you know, you probably haven't been promised the events or anything, and that they haven't been baked into this product yet, but that is something that we're gonna be adding soon.

Right now, our focus is just on the content, but this will be added later. Another thing we're gonna add a bit later is, quarterly one on one Zoom checking calls with your account manager, so like GC, Hauser, or Dre, whoever sold you in. And we haven't promised those either, but they're something that we're about to start phasing in so that we can build strong relationships with everybody and make sure that we're holding our clients accountable to getting results. We're making sure they're not dropping off. Right?

And we're also building strong one to one on one individual bonds, which makes the community and the mastermind as a whole much stronger. And these are really important if you want to retain, and if you they also give you a lot of clues for adaptation. You know, a lot of people, they're not willing to say what their problem is in a group environment, but they are in a one on one private context. Right? And so a lot of the time you get good insights from having account one on ones with people, and then you can can use those insights to make the mastermind better.

Right? So how do you how do you master stage three, adaptation, where it's all about improving it and retaining members? Well, you've got to keep improving your mastermind, and the main way you do this is to spot problems and find solutions. And the best way I've found to do this is by continuously improving yourself and then sharing those improvements on a quarterly basis or something on on some kind of event. Like, we're probably gonna do one day Zoom virtuals every 90 for, YouTube, and then strong one on one relationships, which, with your account managers done by quarterly one on one Zoom checking calls.

Right? So that's what we're doing. Now it's up to you what you wanna do. You might do more one on one calls, less, none at all, and events. You might do more, less, or none at all.

It's totally up to you. However, I can tell you that events and one zero one calls are the best tools in terms of retention, and also in terms of adaptation. They're not so important in the early stages. We didn't even need to promise any of this to sell a whole lot of YouTube. When you were sold YouTube, most probably, you never heard about any events.

You never heard about, one on ones or anything like that, but that's because it's not necessary in the early stages. Right? But that's how you adapt and improve and retain over time. So that's it for this module on how to make, run, and maintain a great front end mastermind. Hope you enjoyed it.

I'll see you in the next one.

# 4. Backend mastermind

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 37 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/0ba94113-cd9d-41e8-982e-6eb545c5d0d7

---


Alright. In this module, I'm gonna tell you how to run a good back end mastermind. So in a back end mastermind, there's a few main elements. Now instructions, You don't really have instructions in a back end mastermind. The instructions basically come from your front end mastermind.

So, you know, if you've got you typically have to have a front end before you have a back end. Right? Most of the people initially in the beginning, like, that go into your back end are gonna come from your front end. That means they already have got some instructions. Right?

And you're basically operating your back end mastermind off of that same set of instructions just at a different level of mastery. Right? And so you don't have to make a course inside a back end mastermind. It just piggybacks on the instructions from the front end. You can actually go ahead and add those instructions in.

So, like, if I'm in Quantum here. So, you know, everyone that's in Quantum also gets access to WeTube, you know, because these people pay $36 a year, and WeTube's 9,800 a year. So, you know, they can the back end can piggyback off the front end instructions, and then it just runs off of the event recordings moving forward. So that's that. Now community, you can use a school group where your members can interact.

We've got a school group here for Quantum. And then collaboration calls, so you can do weekly Zoom calls discussing whatever is necessary. In Quantum, we do one q and a call a week and we alternate schedules from, like, 5PM one week, 10AM the next week, 5PM one week, 10AM the next week. This is to accommodate time zones all around the world because we've got a global audience in Quantum. And we use Zoom for these.

They go for two hours each. And then coaching. So you can have one on one Zoom calls with you or your account managers. These are typically thirty minutes to one hour, and you can do quarterly or six months or annual, whatever frequency you want. In Quantum, we, we do quarterly.

And the main thing in a back end mastermind is the events. So you can have in person or virtual Zoom events, for one to three days every three, six, or twelve months. In Quantum, we do four live events a year. So every quarter tour in person, tour virtual. And you know we schedule them on the school calendar like this.

So those are the main elements. Now what I'm gonna do is dig into the main the most important part for a back end mastermind, which is the live events. So I'm gonna show you logistics, how to prepare the flow and structure, for live events, which I mean, like, in person. And then I'm gonna tell you some tips for virtual events too. Basically, everything I've learned from running these back end mastermind events, both virtual and in person for, like, eight years now.

So let's start with the logistics. The venue. You you need some place to do it. Right? So if it's small, which it will be in the beginning, you can just use your house.

If you're not comfortable doing that, you can use an Airbnb. Alright? If there's only like 10 people or something, you don't need a conference room. You can just sit around on a couch. Some people even just sit on the floor or pull a dining room table chair over.

It's pretty casual. You can just do it in Airbnb or at your house. Pretty pretty easy. We did that for a while with Quantum until it was too big. And then when it's too big to do it at a house, then you can do it at an event space.

So you can just Google around, find event spaces. Sometimes these spaces are a bit cooler and a bit cheaper than doing it at a hotel conference room. But, you know, the last resort's always the hotel conference room. I kind of hate these things because they're expensive, there's all of this back and forth with the hotel, like they make you fill out all of these forms. The pricing isn't very transparent, you know, some of them want you to book a whole block of rooms and, and you can't bring food in, they make you have their shitty food and then they charge you a fortune for it and they want like $500 for you to use a projector that costs $50, it's very backwards.

So I don't really like these, so I try to avoid them, but I've done them in the past and they work. It's also kinda nice to have everyone in the same spot, but, at the moment, we just run our we do our quantum events at the office, our actual office, and I really like that because it kind of feels like home for me. But I think most people do them at hotel conference rooms. So you can always do this if you want, but these are your options. And if you post in the group and ask about this, I'm sure people will tell you awesome event spaces or hotels in different cities.

Right? Now catering. When it's small, you can just go to a restaurant. Like, you can just take people out and go eat there, and you can just get the bill for them. Or you can order Postmates in and get, you know, pass around the laptop, get everyone to select what they want, get it delivered.

Once it gets bigger, if you're doing it in an event space, well, you can get food trucks or catering. You can, you know, call a lot of restaurants or different places and ask them if they can make, you know, enough food for however many people and most of them do. Like Quantum, the last event we had was like 80 people or something. And I just called around well, I didn't Sid called around, some of my favorite food places and asked them if they could make, like, 80 chicken burgers or 80 tacos or whatever, and they said, yeah. And then Sid just went and collected them.

And then, know, we just put them outside and everyone ate that. Or you can get catering or a food truck. This works real good too. A food truck just pulls up and everyone waits in line and works well. Or if you're at a hotel conference room, you're pretty much limited to the hotel restaurants or the hotel's shitty catering menu.

Then recording. So when it's small, you can just have a videographer with one camera and one mic. You can just use a lapel microphone attached to you and then one camera that's just pointed at you in the whiteboard and then, you know, every now and then they might zoom out and get like a a full width view of the room, but they're not really focused on individual speakers. They're not trying to capture all of that individual people in the audience. I mean, they're just but basically focused on you, the whiteboard, you speaking, your audio, and then people speaking in the room.

You don't need to worry about mic ing up everyone else. It's You can just keep it really simple. The audio won't be the best for the people speaking in the room because it's having to go through your lapel microphone, but it's good enough we've found. However, once it gets bigger, then that method doesn't work anymore because you just won't hear anyone else's voice at all. And that's when you need like a team with a multi camera setup and a multi microphone setup.

So at the latest quantum event we did at our office where there was like 80 people, I mean, you can kind of see this image here, right? Like, it was it was packed. So the audio setup we had we had here was we had like something like 16 microphones around the room on everyone's desk, and then there was one attached to me, and there was multiple cameras. So like, you know, there was I think there was probably in total three or four cameras but based and there was a team of people but basically whenever someone was asking a question, it was aiming at that person asking So you could see the person's face asking the question and then, you know, we it was it's really nice to have it like this and you could hear their audio too because there was microphones on all the desks. However, to do this is, you know, this is way more complicated.

I think we paid this videographer about $10 to do this event, $10 for three days. And so it is more expensive, but it's it's pretty important once you are having big masterminds. And then what they do is well, this is my next point, editing. So you really wanna try to avoid editing at all costs. Like, editing three days of video is an absolute nightmare.

Like, it it's gonna take months and it will cost you a fortune to edit it. So when your event's small, you just want one continuous stream. So the videographer is just gonna record the whole day, and then basically just export the file and give it to you. And then that's it. It just goes you just upload it like that.

Right? And then when it's because it's just one camera and one microphone, so you don't really need to edit things together. But once it's big and you've got multiple cameras and multiple microphones, you know, editing that would be an absolute disaster. So instead what they do is they live switch it. What that basically means is there's one guy in the in the back with a switchboard and a and a big monitor, and he can see all of the cameras and what they're shooting, and he can hear all of the microphones, and he can switch them.

So, you know, when a someone in the audience is speaking, he'll switch to camera a, and then he'll switch to camera b, and then he'll like turn down all of these microphones and turn up this one. So he's like live mixing the audio and the video, and it's just So all the inputs are coming in from like all the, all the microphones and all of the video cameras, and then he's live switching it, seeing it on his display, and it's just recording the final output file to a hard drive. So that at the end of the event, it's all done. There's no editing necessary because he's live switching it in real time. That's what I'd recommend.

You just wanna totally avoid editing. It's just too long and too painful, too expensive. Now publishing. Once you've got the video files, you wanna cut them into two hour chunks and add them as a school course. So if you're not that savvy with video, I would honestly ask your videographer to cut them into two hour chunks for you.

You know, a day is probably gonna be about eight hours. So they go into like nice they go into like four chunks. Day one part one, day one part two. Right? And so you can just cut it into like actually, I don't cut them into two hour chunks.

I cut them I cut each day into four segments. So sometimes that might be a bit shorter than two hours or a bit longer than two hours depending on how long the day was. But I always cut them into four parts. I found that works quite well. Now a tool to do this, what tool do I use?

I will tell you. It is called video proc. So this tool here, you have to pay for it, but if you ever need to split videos up, it's it's a pretty good tool. You just drop the video file in here, and then you click on split, and then you can basically select how many, you know, parts you wanna split the video into. Like, you'd select four, and then you can check my other settings, and then you just click run, and it cuts the video up for you, which is perfect.

I only use this tool for this, but it it works great for this job. That's what I use. But, you know, even better would be if your videographer gave you the files and they're already done like that. Then after that, you can upload them to your video hosting provider, whatever you use, and then you can add them as a school course. So every event is a course inside of school, like you can see this one here, this one here, and we've got all the recordings going back to June 2017, and this is back when I just did the this is a smaller event where it's in one room, me and this little whiteboard thing, and you can see how we recorded it.

It's just there's no cuts really. It's just just on me like that. And so you add it as a course, and you can see I just create three sets, day one, day two, day three, then I create the modules within each set, day one part one, day one part two, and then I just add the video links and everything in. Yeah. That's how you do it.

Now some tips. People love lunch breaks. Right? They're coming together from all over the world probably, and they wanna hang out with each other. They you've gotta remember that they really wanna hang out with each other.

So two hour lunch breaks are awesome. It gives people a lot of time to hang out and to have fun and just a lot of the magic happens during the breaks. And you wanna provide good food and drink on-site if you can. Like I always have a ton of LaCroix and a ton of different options and, you know, I basically wanna make sure that people don't don't leave because if they leave to get some other food or some drinks or whatever, then they're not there and they can't bond with everyone else. And providing lunch and dinner is really good because you get the everyone else.

And providing lunch and dinner is really good because you get the people to stay there and, you know, you get everyone tighter. And you wanna do everything you can to encourage people to hang out. So, you know, I hang out with everyone at lunch and I hang out with people before and then afterwards I see what people are doing too and I go hang out with them afterwards as well. You know, sometimes I'm hanging out with people from like 8AM till about eleven at night each day. So a lot of the event happens around the event too.

You gotta remember that. And those are the that's where all the jokes happen and, you know, that's where all a lot of the bonding happens. Now preparation. So the mindset I've got going into this is, you know, I've been preparing for this every day by running my business, so I don't need a script or extensive PowerPoint slides. Like, I've been preparing every day.

And, you know, if I'm preparing, then I should know what to cover because I've been doing it. Right? This is a good mindset I've found. It means that I can pretty much wing it. I don't need to, like, worry about being overly organized or anything.

Then planning. So I still like to prepare a loose agenda so that I've got a structure to stick to because, you know, I always just think, well, it'll probably just happen and it will emerge naturally, but what if it doesn't? What if I need something to kind of fall back on? So I I find it's good to premeditate it a little bit and have a loose structure. So I provide an example here, this was for the latest event that we did.

You can see I came up with day one, day two, day three. So, you know, I I stated exactly what's for lunch and what's for dinner each day, and I left room for, like, hanging out, open discussion, and then I just stated some of the key topics that I knew we'd be covering, like YouTube organic, email, and then YouTube ads, and then sales and sales team. We always cover these, and everyone always wants to discuss those. So, you know, I built them in. But then I left some space here.

You can see these lines to dis to cover whatever we needed to cover. And I also left some space here for hot seats where we can, you know, do member hot seats if we need to. In the end, we didn't actually do hot seats because we had plenty to talk about. But, yeah, it's nice to have all of this built in so that you you've got a rough kind of structure to stick to. We weren't perfectly on schedule.

A lot of the time we were a little bit ahead or we were running about an hour late, but that's totally fine. You just want some overall structure to stick to so it's not just a free for all or, you know, it's it's not too chaotic. It's also good to think about the key members. Once you know what the key topics are gonna be because you've done a little bit of planning, you want to know who you can tap to so that they can share their wisdom on key topics. So, you know, some of the key topics were like YouTube ads, YouTube organic, email broadcast, sales, and sales team.

So I thought, okay, who's really good at YouTube ads? Who's got them working? Who's good at YouTube organic? Who's got a lot of subscribers and views? Who's good at email?

Who's good at, you know, all of these different things? And I knew in my head who was coming, cause I'd asked everyone to RSVP. And so I was like, okay. I can tap that person to come up and share. I can tap that person.

So I'm kind of already premeditating the plan, the members, and what I'm personally gonna share just in my head. Then handouts. So once you know what you're gonna cover, you might wanna prepare some handouts or worksheets if necessary. And you can see the handouts I had for the latest event here. So I handed out the event plan and agenda that I showed you, then the member introduction template so everyone could complete this.

I'll tell you about this soon. The big picture diagram. So I'll tell you a little bit about this soon, but, I mean, this is probably quite familiar with you, this diagram here. Then q two goals and themes, and I'll actually jump into these soon. And then I also included the CEO daily workflow thing which I found is very useful.

It just says, you know, it's just a daily workflow that a CEO of one of these businesses can can follow to make sure everything's running smoothly. People find this really helpful, so I always include it pretty much at every event because it's just a really good thing to hand out. So I'll dig into some of these other resources, but, you know, I prepared this master event doc, and then I linked to all the other docs, and then I went to a staples center and printed out all of these things the day before. It sucked. I would recommend to get somebody else to go do that.

You don't want to go to staples. It's not a nice place. You also don't want to have to print this stuff out. It was it was a terrible experience, but you should get your assistant or somebody else to go for you. Then then I highly recommend using a whiteboard for brainstorming on different topics.

You can see that I use this a lot. Right? Like, it's just really good for writing things down. I always have a whiteboard in a notebook for just writing down things that I might wanna cover later, and then when we're covering each topic, we, you know, we use the whiteboard too. Where was I?

So then the day before you wanna set up the room, make sure the tables and chairs are there, you know, you've got all of the handouts printed out and stapled, you've got all the video equipment set up, you've done a test run, everything looks good, and then get comfortable, like try writing on the whiteboard and make sure you can, you know, everyone can see the whiteboard, like just test everything and then get comfortable with it and visualize yourself doing the event and running through the whole agenda. If you do all of this preparation the night the day before and, you know, you'll go to bed and sleep well and then when you show up, you know exactly what you need to do. Right? So then the flow and structure of a live event. So I like to start with housekeeping.

I just say, welcome everyone. This is the schedule. Bathroom's over there. Drinks. Lunch happens at this time.

Dinner's at this time. And I tell people, there's the agenda thing on your desk. You can look at that, and that is, you know, this here. So everyone can see roughly what we're gonna cover when and what we're gonna eat when, all of this, just so people know what's gonna happen. And then I do remember introductions.

So I go around the room and get everyone to introduce themselves using this template. And, you know, this this is really good. This is key. Everyone sees who they are, what they do, where they're at revenue wise, where they wanna get to, what's blocking them now, what they wanna get from the event, and what they like to do for fun. And when everyone goes the key to this is to get everyone to write all of this down before they go around the room and present so that everyone is sharp and on point and very efficient.

If everyone fills out this template and then when they stand up and they just say it, everyone will be like thirty seconds or less and you can get around the room really fast. Instead of, you know, getting people to stand up and just speak, they'll just ramble. So that's I highly recommend this. Plus getting people to share what they like to do for fun, they'll start building connections between different members. You know, they'll they'll know who to talk to during the break about what and all of that.

Then I like to share the big picture, like the high level model and map, that contains all of the components that you need to have for success, whatever that is for for your mastermind. So I like to provide context to everyone. This is what we're trying to do, and these are all the parts that are important, and everyone, like, agrees. Then I'm like, throughout this event, we're gonna drill into each one of these things, and we're gonna share what's working, what we've learned, best practices, things like that, because that's what this is all about. And that that's really good for providing some context at the beginning and getting everyone in sync.

Then I like to share a retrospective. So I share what I learned from the quarter, what surprised me, what went well, and I share all of that first. And then I get members to do the same, not share, but just write down. So like that's this Where is it? This would be the I wonder where it was.

Oh, so what it wasn't this? I just got people to write down, you know, what they learned basically from the quarter. I just got them to write that down on, like, a piece of paper. Then I got them to then we moved to quarterly plan, which is where I shared my plan for the next quarter, and then I get the members to do the same. So you can see this pattern here.

It's like, you know, structure, big picture, then we look at I share what I did last quarter, everyone does the same. I share what I'm gonna do next quarter, everyone writes down what they're gonna do too. So here's where they write down their goals and the themes. And then once everyone's done that, now they know exactly what they're gonna do when they leave the event. Right?

They know next ninety days we're gonna do this, and then we're coming together at the end of those ninety days to share how everything went. And then they know exactly what questions they need to ask and what notes they need to take and who they need to talk to and what they need to learn or get in order to execute their plan. Right? So that's when we move into the content, basically. All of this is like preparation just for the content.

So then we get into main topics. And I asked them I'd basically come up with the main topics before we started because I knew we were going to cover YouTube organic, email, YouTube ads, sales and sales team. Right? I pretty much know all the time now we're always gonna cover those things, but I I also go around the room at the beginning to see if anything else pops up. Right?

If something else pops up that's universally wanted by everyone, then I'll I've generally left space to fit that in somewhere. Right? And then I basically once we get to each topic, I ask everyone what they wanna know. So when we get to YouTube ads, I'm like, what is what do you guys wanna know about YouTube ads? And I write down on the right board on the whiteboard all of these different points that people wanna cover.

And then I'm like, okay. So if we covered all of this stuff, we'd be good. And everyone's like, oh, actually, I want a few more things. Okay. What about now?

If we covered all of this on YouTube ads, would we be good? Yep. Okay. So then I just share what I'm doing for, like, YouTube ads, and then I call on some other people in the group that I know are doing well with YouTube ads, and they share what they're doing. Right?

They come up and they just share. And so it's just getting the group to the group gives you the topics they wanna discuss. The group even gives you the order of the topics, and then the group gives you the subtopics they want, basically. And then you share what you you know, the person closest to it shares. So it's good if the leader shares first, but if the leader doesn't have anything to share on the topic, it doesn't matter.

You just get the purse. All you want is the person closest to it sharing all the time. Right? Not anyone. You don't want some random person that's never done YouTube ads to be sharing about YouTube ads or a video they saw about someone else who did YouTube ads.

Right? You want it to be based on practice, like who is doing it? Who's who has it working? That person can share. Right?

That's how it kind of works when you get it done right. Then emergence. So you don't wanna be too rigid. You wanna leave room for things to emerge organically and you wanna iterate on the structure of or the agenda of the event in real time live because honestly, some of the best stuff happens like by accident. So sometimes we're running an hour ahead, sometimes we're two hours behind, sometimes we're totally off topic on something else that we didn't even plan that we were gonna talk about.

But if it's if it's working, like if everyone's engaged and if it's if people are learning and it's valuable, I'll let it keep going like that. Right? I'm not too strict on it because you've it's kind of like it's something that's alive and morphing, it's, you've got to kind of, you've got to kind of help it stay on track, but if you try to over like control it, it'll die and you'll lose that like energy in the room. Then if you've got spare time, you can always see if anyone's got any questions. So what I like to do at the end of each topic is I'm like, does anyone else have questions on this topic before we move on to the next one?

Because, you know, if we're gonna be doing YouTube ads, I wanna exhaust YouTube ads so we can move on to the next thing, and we won't have more questions about YouTube ads. Right? Exhaust each topic before you move on to the next one. And then you can say, alright. Well, what do you guys wanna talk about now?

Right? So you're always kinda checking with the audience, like, do you have any quest any questions before we move on? What else do you wanna talk about? What do you wanna talk about now? And if you kind of run out of everything, you can always do hot seats.

Right? That's when you someone who has a burning issue or something can come up and they basically get the group to brainstorm together on solving their problem. So they've gotta have a clearly defined problem and they come up and they say, hey. This is my business. This is my problem.

Please help. And then the group just works on that person's problem until till they're satisfied. Then you move on to someone else. This can be really useful. However, I don't think a mastermind is made entirely of hot seats.

Right? I think a a mastermind uses these every now and then, but it doesn't just it's not, it doesn't depend on them. Now virtual events, they're pretty much the same as an in person event except they're done on Zoom. That's the venue. So I'll I'll run through run through a few things to know about them.

So you wanna schedule a Zoom webinar for each day of the event and then share the links in the school group. So, you know, I come up with we've got one coming up on, you know, these three dates. So each one of these is a separate Zoom webinar that I scheduled, and the Zoom webinar link is in this in that, event. And then the Zoom settings, I shared the optimal settings in this module here called school group. Sorry it was 3.2, school group.

I share all of the specific zoom settings in here. So I'm not going to drill into it in this topic. I'm just gonna edit this because it's wrong. Then preparation. So it's pretty much the same for a live event.

Right? You can have an agenda. You can have some handouts or some little Google Doc links you're gonna share with people. Flow and structure, it's pretty much the same. Where it changes is obviously the venue.

You don't need catering and stuff. Right? And then the the tools. So I like to use a Google Doc to write on while I'm sharing my screen to keep the group focused and to also just be building some kind of resource that we can share with everyone after the event. Basically, I'm taking really good notes, so everyone else doesn't need to worry so much about taking notes.

They're like group notes. Right? I'll show you what this looks like. So this was the latest one we did in person. I mean, sorry, virtually.

So I you can see that, you know, we don't use the grid view where you can see everyone's video. That would be chaos. Especially for three days, everyone would be so exhausted. It would be unruly. So I just have my video on.

No one else's video is on, but they can unmute themselves to talk. And then after I've done the I I stay like this as we do go around the room and get everyone to introduce themselves and all of that, and then I start sharing my screen and I'll start with, like, the big picture and run through all of this like I usually do, and then I will start getting into, then I'll start drilling into the topics. And we use a Google Sheet for this. Not a Google Sheet, a Google Doc. So, you know, I just state out the name of the event, day one, the topic, then I find out, you know, what do you guys wanna know about it, like strategy, the most important thing, how often should you post, how do you start from scratch, what's the best video studio setup, right, how do you come up with video ideas, and then when we get into each each, like, little topic, I just start, like, typing it out, like, the the key.

I'm basically listening for the, the, like, nuggets of value that are in the noise of just everything else. Right? So I'm only writing down things that I think are useful, not everything. And so from a full three day event that was like eight, nine hours each day, I only got 10 pages of notes. And that's quite a lot, honestly.

Sometimes I've done a three day event and I've only had, like, five pages of of notes, six pages of notes. The goal isn't to make a lot of notes. The goal is just to get capture the essence. Right? And then it also it's nice when people are watching so they can just focus on the screen and they can see they can see what's going on.

It's nicer like this honestly compared to having everyone's video on or just staring at my face the whole time. Yeah. Then you should take advantage of the environment that you're in. So, you know, when you're on Zoom and you're virtual, you can get really technical. So you can review people's funnels, you can review people's YouTube channels, and you can explore stuff.

You know, I got everyone in the chat to share what are what YouTube channels do you watch? They all shared links. Then I started opening them up and, like, looking at them and with the whole group there. And we were, like, analyzing as a group all of these YouTube channels and seeing what they had in common, like how their thumbnail styles or the types of videos or whatever. I review people's funnels and I dig right into them.

I can review people's tracking sheets and actually dig into the data. I can also, look at people's YouTube ads. You know, sometimes people are like, hey. Here's a YouTube ad that I've gotten. It's not working.

Can you give me some help? And we, as a group, will watch the YouTube ad together and then give feedback on it. It. Or we might find the top five best YouTube ads that we know of and watch all of them as a group and then start discussing, hey, why are these things so popular? What do they have in common?

Right? So take advantage of the environment you're in. When you're virtual, you can cover a lot of stuff in detail that you can't cover in an in person event. And then when you're in person, take advantage of that. Like, do the long lunch breaks and all of that.

When you're virtual, you know, we only have a thirty minute lunch break because some people it's the middle of the night for them, and if you give them two hours lunch, they'll go to sleep. Plus the group can't hang out with each other. The The lunch break's mostly just for you to eat, so it's just thirty minutes. And then you can record the events, you record them to your machine on Zoom. Make sure somebody else in your team is recording it to their machine too, because if you if there's a problem, you don't wanna lose these recordings.

So I get Sid to record a copy and I do it too. Then you can cut them into two hour chunks using that video proc tool I showed you earlier, then you can add them as a school course like I did here. Day one, day two, day three, the different parts. Right? And then I like to share the Google Doc in module one as well so that, you know, everyone can see the the event notes and watch the full recording.

And then once it's done, I post about it inside the group. I say, hey. The event recording's alive. Go check them out on here's the link to the to the Google Doc that we were collaborating on. This pattern and structure works really well.

And I honestly think a healthy mastermind will have a mixture of both, you know, in person events and virtual and good recordings. And that's pretty much it for virtual events and live events. When it comes to the collab calls, they're just the same as a front end mastermind. It's grid view zoom. You two hours, you find a schedule that works, you record them, you use the same kind of collaborative structure.

It's just, what do you guys wanna talk about? How can I help? And, you know, just let it unfold like that. And that's pretty much it for a back end mastermind. Hope you enjoyed it.

# Collab call recording #1

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 122 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/419a649e-1937-4914-9320-34429f2cdad5

---


Mic check. Can you guys hear me? Yep. I'm just allowing the participants. Do you guys hear me and see me?

Yeah. We can. Cool. How you doing? Pretty good.

You? I'm good. I'm good. Looking forward to the call today. How can I help?

Not much. You know, I I actually started, writing out, working on my back end, mastermind offer, like you suggested there. So I made a list of maybe about 40 clients that are doing really well in our program, which has about a 100 people in it, just over a 100. So, I guess what I'm trying to figure out is, you know, before I make a call, I was watching your video there. Just mentioning what I have in mind.

Should I first kind of focus on, I guess, what their challenge and problem is right now getting to the next level in their business before I pitch that, like, on the same call? Or would I just collect feedback from those, say, 40 or 50 people and then go back to them about what I have in mind and, like, the pricing and how that's gonna work. Right? Because I I guess I'm trying to find out, well, what their problem is and how I can solve that. I I mean, I have an idea, but I I just wanna make sure I do it in in the right order.

So you're talking about selling people your back end mastermind? Yeah. Have you sold it to anyone yet? No. Okay.

I would just get on a you've got something in mind for it. Right? Yeah. Like, I got, like, the, you know, the four virtual events. I know it's not really content heavy, but I I do know what I wanna do.

Why why not in person? In person what? In the Four virtual events. Oh, sorry. Sorry.

I I didn't mean that. I meant yeah. Two two in person, two virtual. That's what I meant. Okay.

Yeah. So just get on a call and tell them that. Be like, this is what I've got in mind and just paint that picture for them and then be like, what do you think? Okay. And, and how about like trying to find out what their current challenge or hurdle is?

Like, where, where would that fit in in the call to, to find out, you know, find out what that is and how I can help them solve it. Right? Cause I mean, that's really what they want to know. Right? Like, yeah, the mastermind sounds great, but how are you gonna help me right now?

I think it's different, honestly. I like, you've gotta try start somewhere and just tell, like these are your successful students, right? Yeah. Yeah. So it's, they've got a warmer relationship with you.

Like they've, you've solved some of their problems in the past and they've made, they've like improved. So you can just say here's what I've got in mind and this is how it's gonna work and these are the things we're gonna be working on together, right? Because you probably know what their goals are. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. For sure. And I I took, I went to consulting.com, like, under your, quantum heading, and and, I took some stuff from there, which I could definitely use on the call on the sales call, which I plan to do myself even though I got a a sales guy, but I wanna offer this to those clients. Yeah. This isn't your standard sales call because it's like It's a warm lead.

Hot. Yeah. And you're just presenting a vision basically and seeing if they're interested. And then they're gonna ask questions, and then you'll fill in the blanks that you missed. And then after a few of them, you'll real you'll, like, adjust the way you present it, and there'll be less blanks.

Okay. Yeah. Okay. No. That that makes sense.

I could I could start with that. And then I guess what I'm trying to also figure out is once I've done that, I've set that up. I wanna start working on my front end, like you were saying. So I guess with the again, I know it's not content heavy, but the people that would be in my front end would have the same challenges as the people on the back end who are paying more. So I'm just trying to differentiate that, like, well, what's gonna be the key differences other than the guest virtual of or the, you know, virtual in person events.

So I'm just trying to figure that out too. Like, well, how would it be different? Probably the caliber of people in the in person events. The caliber of people. Okay.

Yeah. Yeah. And then naturally you'll deal with different things in the back end one. Like, I mean, in quantum, we talk a lot about hiring team operations, freeing up time, vision, right? And like an innovation and saving money on taxes and what you should do with the money that you've made investing it capital allocation.

Right? Things. Since the conversations are different. You're saying. Yeah.

Yeah. They're luxuries, but in We True, people are like, I need clients. You know what I mean? Yeah. Okay.

But in in quantum, a lot of people have a lot of clients, and they've got a lot of money. And and a prop you get a lot of problems when you've got a lot of clients and a lot of money. Mhmm. It's just different. Yeah.

Yeah. For sure. Okay. Yeah. Yeah.

And I I looked at your, I didn't go I didn't finish it all, but your opportunity funnel and your launch funnel, I don't think I'm there yet. I think I still can do this low hanging fruit. It's just making calls, right, and just filling it up. At what point should I start working on the front end? Is it once I've connected with all those people and and sold the Exhaust exhaust back end first, then move back to front end.

Yeah. Exactly. It kinda works it kinda works like this. You just, like, exhaust back end, then you start growing the front end. And after you've grown that a bit, the the fruit will be ripe to for another, like, harvest.

You know what I mean? Then, like, be before launching any funnels, is that what you mean too? Like Depends. You can harvest it with an opportunity funnel. You could just yeah.

Okay. Yeah. Okay. That that makes sense. Yeah.

Like, my my plan would be to even the my upper level type of clients convert them into a subscription model and and, yeah. Right? Like, I was looking at that letter from that lady and, some really good pointers I can take there on the sales calls. So do you suggest I do those calls also myself or or pass those on to, a rep? The front end conversion calls?

The front end. Yeah. If you ever whenever you're doing something critical like this, I'd probably, like, do a few yourself just to figure things out and then get the reps to do them. Okay. Oh, okay.

Awesome. Thanks, Sam. Sam, when promoting the front end beta, should like, in week three, should we mention the quarterly check ins potentially or, like, the one day virtual events you were talking about that may be a part of the front end? If you want to or if you think you need to. I mean, you guys bought WeTub.

What was the main thing that made you buy that? For me, it was learning how to create a mastermind, offer a subscription model. That was one, one real big thing I had been thinking about already. For me, it's doing a done with you instead of getting getting out of done for you and plus building up a YouTube channel with with ads for for boosting it. Mhmm.

Yeah. Facebook marketing. Yeah. Getting off of Facebook was a a nice one. Getting out of one on one, to one on one.

Yeah. So see a lot of them are probably like conceptual, like model changes, which kind of gets portrayed through the course, right? I think that's how you get a front end thing off the ground. It's like the content, the course content in the new method. Right?

But once it's going, that isn't that valuable. Like, because everyone's already consumed it. Right? So the other things are where you what, what now is valuable once it's like in motion is updates and like support. So like updates to the to the model and the training.

Right? So I don't think that's why I didn't talk about updates or like support much at all in the I didn't even mention them when I was selling WeChat. Because it wasn't really no one really cares about that initially, I think. Hey, Sam. I know that you had mentioned not having, like, keynote speakers at your live events or virtual events, But, you know, I'm gonna be working with high level doctors and, you know, they're gonna have different issues.

Maybe it's, you know, investing into wealth strategies during a recession or purchasing commercial real estate. They need assistance with that. And, you know, that's not my cup of tea. So what you're saying is just have them all figure it out. Don't bring commercial and commercial real estate people in.

Don't bring wealth advisers in. Just keep it within the group. Yeah. Well, how do we even know that that's what they want? Well, I will find I'm doing reconnaissance right now, and these are things that are coming up talking to some of them.

So how does it come up? What are the issues and challenges you're facing now that, as somebody that is bringing in $50,000 a month, getting 50 new PI patients a month, what are your challenges that are different when you were smaller? Like, what are your challenges now? Like, the difference between What are they saying? They're hiring hiring other doctors, other medical professionals, contracts to negotiate with other medical offices as, like, partnerships.

I just that's just not my forte. You know? I Yeah. So this is not about you, though. So, like, if if you've got a bunch of these people in the room, I would say, has anyone in this room got a good way to hire other doctors?

Mhmm. Yeah. So we just figure it out collaboratively. Someone. One of them probably has figured each piece out of the puzzle.

Right? Yeah. It's the whole idea. Yeah. Like, even in Quantum, someone might be, you know, making like $50 a month, but have like 400,000 YouTube subscribers.

And there might be someone making like 1,000,000 a month that is struggling to get 10,000 YouTube subscribers. Right? Mhmm. And they want these two people, like, they can learn a lot from each other actually. Yeah.

So like, this is what you'll find, that different people have figured out different pieces of the puzzle. And it's your job to kind of just make sure that to basically structure it and facilitate it and keep everything coherent. Got it. Makes sense. Just a mindset shift of what I thought the mastermind was gonna be.

And then going through your course, I'm like, it's not what the mastermind is supposed to be based on what you're, you know, teaching. Why did you think it would be the other Because I've I've been to I don't know if you wanna call them masterminds, but summits, and it's just speaker after speaker after speaker of different subjects that the person that put the summit on didn't have expertise in. Was that helpful seeing all these different things? Yeah. It was, but it was kind of a grind and sitting through all that and, you know, very little there's just very little collaboration.

You're sitting in multiple lectures all weekend for three days. Yeah. It had benefits, but was it you know, I like this method better. I went to some of them like that, and I just went to the pool during the coffee. And I got all my value during the breaks when they finally would shut up and let us speak to each other.

Yeah. Honestly, like, yeah, I got way more value during the breaks and at dinner and stuff than listening to, like, the speeches. So, yeah, I don't, I honestly don't think anyone likes that. I was, I've talked to lots of people too because I was curious. I was like, am I the only one?

Do I have a problem? Like, why don't I like this stuff? And I talk to everyone else, and they're like, yeah. This sucks. Yeah.

I got a lot of that. I don't know. There's no good reason why it is that way. No one likes it. I see.

But it just is that way. And but that doesn't mean that you should make yours that way because it doesn't make any sense. I totally get it now. Mhmm. Yep.

Thanks. I have a question, Sam, about, you said that everyone in Quantum has access to we tube. And when you talk about 60, a limit of 60, but there's a 100 people in, quantum. How does that work? Yes.

So they have access to the content, but they're not the community. So I just published the We Tube course inside the Quantum group. Yeah. Oh, okay. Okay.

Cool. I didn't I thanks. Hey, Sam. When thinking about starting or, creating live events or virtual events, did you always start with four? I'm having a lot of friction right now with, like, committing to do four because I had three initially.

Sucked. I started with three because they were all in person every four months. Four in person events per year just seems like too much. Three seemed better. Like, that's every four months.

But then COVID happened, and we had to go full virtual. Right? And in order and I had a lot of, like, fear about, like, oh, will people still stay in Quantum now that we it's gonna be all virtual. Right? Because we're getting rid of live events.

We had no live events for, like, two years. So I added an extra event to like kind of justify like getting rid of in person. So they happened every three months, every quarter. And then there was just something really nice about quarterly because ninety day plans are really good in business, I've found. Like, you can make a good ninety day plan and you can work hard for ninety days and then take a little break and reflect.

And it just works well in quarters and everyone else agreed. And then they really liked the the the virtual, so we decided to keep two of them and then keep two virtual and then make two in person, which I actually prefer honestly because organizing an in person one is more work. So I only have to do two in person ones now, but the quantum people get more value because there's four events. So it worked out really well. Like, it's also cheaper to provide four if two are virtual because the the in person ones are the the ones that are logistically more complicated.

So if you're are you talking about four in person events? Well, just thinking about what two actually offer. So, at a minimum, I would do two in person. I was wondering about the value of virtual, if I should include that at all, that kind of thing. So you thinking out loud is helpful.

The virtual is very helpful, actually, because you can dig into all the technical stuff. Sam, how how would you say that you're separating the virtual event from, like, your regular mastermind that Quantum guys are plugging into on the regular? What do you mean? So I guess I'm under the impression that the Quantum guys are coming together virtually on a regular basis. And is that in addition to then to you know, how how are the virtual events different than that?

Or maybe they're not coming together like this every week. Oh, no. We do a call like this every week. Okay. How is the virtual event different?

Well, we do like, I share what I did. I do like a retrospective of the past ninety days. Well, actually, it works really well because at the last event, I told everyone what my plan was gonna be for this quarter. I've just done it all. Right?

So I start off by sharing, like, retrospective of everything I did and what we learned, what went well, what didn't go well, why we changed our mind on some things, and what surprised us and what we learned, and we share all of that. Right? Mhmm. And then I share my plan for the next quarter, and then I get them to do all of that too. And it works really well.

Then the rest of the event, we just discuss all the elements that everyone needs to execute their ninety day plan, which usually fall into the same categories, organic traffic, paid traffic, team, products, economics. Okay. That's great. And then, I used to do live events, some twenty plus years ago. Let's not talk about age.

And I was thinking about just in front of some major marketing conferences that I and some of my ideal clients already go to, just basically doing it either the day before or the day after those conferences. Do you see any downside to that? Downside to to what? To basically pigging backing off of the location of a substantial conference and having my mastermind meet the day before or after such a conference. I think that's kind of not even important.

Yeah. Irrelevant? Doesn't work? I mean, a lot of the time, I don't know how, but I always seem to schedule some of my quantum events at the same time as a major marketing conference. That's cause everyone has a major marketing conference now?

That might be the reason, but, I don't even care. I don't even look at what those schedules are. I just schedule what mine is and that's what it is. My team is just everywhere. So flying them all down to Florida to meet some clients, at least when we're already gonna be in Boston or already gonna be there, just logistically a hell of a lot easier.

Oh, I see what you're saying. So that's different then. That's about like team logistics. Well, yeah, unless there was a downside of piggybacking off of another conference where about half of the people that would be in my backend mastermind would already be there. And my team will be there.

I already spent $40 getting them there. So, you know, that might be a good reason then. Cause if you're getting your team all together, you just want a few days though. Cause people generally get pretty drained after an event. Yeah.

There's some overload happening. Yeah. K. Alright. Good thoughts.

Thank you. Hey, Sam. I want to know something about selecting the members for your mastermind. So, like, obviously, we have, like, this criteria that we work with certain type of people. But then, let's say today, like, there's this consultant who we actually help, but he's like a lawyer.

Right? So, he has similar goals, and we could probably help him. But would you recommend kind of, like, creating this barrier regarding who can enter Mastermind or, you know, just anyone with, like, similar goals even if the business that they have, I've not done it exactly or I've not worked with them in the past. I can just enroll them in. Because I know, like, I heard somewhere in the call that there was, like, a guy who had SAS problem.

And I know you you're doing school, but then you also enrolled him inside of, Quantum because you can help him. Right? So I just wanted to know where where where do we draw these limitations and barriers. Well, what's your niche? Yeah.

So it's like helping, consultants, coaches, and service providers in developing nations to get high ticket clients, abroad. Got it. And then this guy is different how? Because he's like a lawyer, so he's not exactly, like he he owns a law firm. Right?

So it's not exactly, like, the kind of people I work with. I work with, like, marketing agencies or, like, coaches and stuff like that. So, yeah, like, that's that's kind of, like, misfit, but still a good fit. I'm I'm kind of confused. Yeah.

I don't I tend not to look so much at, like, the actual niche and more like the goals and the things that we the the model basically that we cover. So we've actually got some lawyers in in Qorna. Because if you think about it, they're still like high ticket consultants in a way, and they wanna get more clients. And they get a lot of value from it. Yeah.

Because I've had some experience in the past where some folks we would bring in. Like, for example, we signed, like, an architect once, and, you know, he was like, hey. All these other people in the community, they're like coaches and agency owners. I can't relate with them, and I don't know if this will work for me. And they they just started, like, complaining.

And we made the we set the expectations really clear with this new lawyer guy, but still, I just wanted some advice from you, regarding this. No. I think it actually makes it better, honestly, when there's a variety of people. That's one of the things that people say about Quantum. It's like everyone's doing really different stuff and they're different ages and they're from different countries and they're at different stages and different levels of experience.

Right? But they're all doing the same thing. They all like want to start a YouTube channel or grow it. They want an email list. They want to see an email.

They want to get ads working. They have sales people. They have a sales funnel and a process. They use metrics. They're trying to make a profit.

They're trying to have a team that's efficient and they want to be happy. You know, like they're all, and they can all learn from each other more because they're all different. Yeah. But those things have to unite them. Right?

Like yeah. So the lawyers in Quantum, they are also following the YouTube model, the ads, and everything? Like, they're aligned with the thing that you're teaching? Yeah. Alright.

So a lot of the time a lot of the time, they they tend to be tax lawyers. So even just being in this in the group of people that pay a lot of tax is very helpful for them. Right? Like, they're seeing what business owners are are, are experiencing, which is very helpful. Got it.

So you're suggesting I should just bring this guy in and just sign that, sign him up? If it's worth a shot. Yeah. But make it very clear to him that, like, he would be different in that and make sure he knows that and he want he doesn't care. Right?

So that there's no surprises. Yeah. Yeah. Got it. And second second quick question I had, this is more towards the mindset lecture that you posted.

So, I sort of noticed, like, this shift, like, in you, and I've been following you for quite some time. So I've been also trying to adjust to the to that shift. Like, so the 2016 or 15 till eighteen, Sam, that I follow, it is, like, more like monk mode, you know, sacrificing everything and, like, you know, just just going hard. So I kinda followed a similar advice as well, like, you know, cut down my social life, literally stop going out and just focus on the business for the last three years. And, I mean, if it's great, like, I'm super grateful to you for, obviously, advising me about that.

But now I see this, like, different shift in you. So I'm kind of, like, want to know this new perspective that you have regarding, I don't know, life or business, like, and how should, like, all of us also, like, you know what what should we, like, now try to do? Or how do we create that balance? And would you even recommend that or just, like, the same thing, sacrifice and just just go all in and not care about anything else? Well, I mean, you can't not care about anything else because those things will come around and get you and and ruin your ability to do the thing fully.

Yeah. It's happening with me now. Like like, for example, sleep. Yeah. If you don't sleep properly, you can't you can't be productive.

And then diet even. Like, if you eat really bad food, right, and then exercise. Like, although I always try to find a balance with these things. Like you can train a bit too hard that it actually hurts your ability to perform at work. Right?

Yeah. And then, you know, you need when you get a team, you need to, like, communicate with them. Otherwise, the if you don't, the damage that you'll do to your business by not communicating to them will outweigh the improvement that you make to your business by focusing on this thing. Right? So it's always you've just always got to keep in mind all of these trade offs, and you've got to try to find a harmony.

You're still focusing and you're still sacrificing everything that isn't necessary, by the way. But you just you're not sacrificing the things that are necessary because that's sacrificing the goal. Yeah. I mean, more in terms of, like okay. I get the diet and everything.

That I I wasn't mentioning. I was talking more in terms of, like, how earlier you were, like, dude, I just worked this these many hours and just one day off. And then I noticed, like, okay, you you also took a little bit time off when we traveled for quite some time, spent more time with your wife and your family. So I was I was talking more in those terms, like, because for me, like, I just cut out traveling and all that stuff for, like, three, four years to focus on this stuff. So, like, I'm talking more about, like, I don't know, the the fun stuff.

Got it. Well, I I've always taken like four weeks off a year to do stuff every quarter. They coincide right after an, an event, by the way. Okay. Like, I do a live event and then I take a break Got it.

For about a week. And then that allows me to think about what I've gotta do in the next quarter. I already know what I'm gonna do, but it, like, allows me to think about how I'm gonna do it. I've always done that, like, the one week like, the four week break. Yeah.

Yeah. Does that answer your question? Yeah. Kind of like so you took four week breaks and then you decided to slow down a little bit. I'm trying to, like, understand what just, like, mainly your reasoning for that.

I mean, I understand that it wasn't fun, less profitable. Yeah. I just had to rethink everything. Like, I took a break from consulting.com and figured out some stuff and then came back to it and restructured the whole thing. Mhmm.

Yeah. So you're suggesting these breaks are important to give you a new perspective regarding things? Yeah. Also, like, you just sometimes you don't wanna work. And that's often when you're, like, too tired.

Yeah. So you need to take a break and then I know when I when a break's good because I, like, wanna get back to work again and I'm frustrated because I'm not. Yeah. Yeah. Got it, man.

That answers my question. Hey, Rohan. I would check out this book called The One Thing. I think what it sounds like you're talking about is, like, the philosophy of balance as a founder. And really balance doesn't exist.

It's just having priorities at the moment and reshuffle in what priority you're focused on. So like over time you balance, but you never actually are in balance. It's just a combination of priorities through time. So I agree. I had a kid and other things happened, so I had to focus on prioritizing life and enjoying the moment while building the business.

And that book helped me think about that in a different perspective. So check that out. Awesome, man. Thank you. It's called Power of One Thing.

Right? Just the one thing. Oh, just the one thing? Okay. Yeah.

Got it. Thank you. Alright, Sam. I have a quick question. I really appreciate the content.

I've been quite confused about what to do. And, today, I did that beta for the mastermind, and, I sold out in just two hours. But, now I have that problem, which is that I have to complete the the new version for my original course. And, you know, I have my way of working, my way of focusing. And it was just like, if you have any tips on how you created, a consulting accelerator and uplevel, how you structured your weeks and days?

Well, accelerator and uplevel were very different from YouTube. Right? Yeah. So like, I I just all I really did was make the content until it was done for accelerator and uplevel. It took me roughly one to two days per module, and that's basically all I did.

So you just made one module and then you record it and then so on and so on? Yeah. Okay. Okay. Great.

But it's very, I'm very happy with the front end thing. People are so happy because I'm taking taking the community. I mean, we're so many people now and really focusing on some few so many so few people 100 or 200. I opened up for 10 in beta, and they were so happy. Nice.

Yeah. But I have to complete this version first. So, yeah, I'm gonna do that in in Tremont. But, we're taking payments now, and they're super happy. So thank you for that.

No problem. Hey, Sam. I have a question. I'm selling to software engineers who want to who are, like, not happy with their pay or want to accelerate their career. I saw your videos on how to, like, picture beta, but some some of the advice seemed like it was geared towards, business owners who already have some clients who might be interested in that.

I'm starting from, like, a zero client list. So I wanted to see what your advice was for, like, software engineers. Like, what how do I get those first, like, three to five for for my beta if I have no, like, existing list, I guess. So this is front end MAS one? Right.

Front end MAS one. Any customers? I don't. And you don't have any list? I don't.

Do you have any audience? I don't. K. So you don't have anything. Well, you need to do you know any software engineers?

Yeah. I know software engineers, like, in, like, I have link a LinkedIn network. Got it. Well, Well, you just need to talk to some of these people and tell them about what you're thinking of putting together and see if you can get some people in. Yeah.

Would you say just, like, direct message them and and just strike up a conversation or or say, like, hey, can we catch up? Like, do you have, some sort of quick script on on what you recommend there? What are you helping these software engineers do? Generally, it's like if they really want to get paid top dollar for their talent and they don't know how to do that. So either with interviewing the proper way is kind of how I did it.

And then once you get into the company, performing in in the right way and knowing the right things to get promoted quickly as well. Got it. Yeah. So I guess you could reach out to your close contacts and tell them what you're thinking of putting together and try to sell in a few people that way. Once you get a few people in manually, then you can start kind of posting about it.

And then you're gonna need to build an audience, like, yeah. Okay. When I reach out, is, is it just straight, like, kind of like recruiters reach out? Like, Hey, we have this, this thing. Are you interested?

Let's book a call or is it more like a, hey, let's let's chat. Like, how are you doing, etcetera. And then kinda get lead to that, like, hey, I'm Do you know these people? Some of them, yes. Some of them are people who just, you know, have added me over time and added each other because their recommendations.

Start with the people, you know, that way you can just have a catch up chat and talk to them about what you're thinking of doing And then move on to the colder people who you don't know. Yeah. Gotcha. Okay. Great.

Thank you. Hey, Sam. I I have a quick question, and it might cross over with a bit with Brian as well. It's about messaging for my back end and front end mastermind. So I watched your video about the back end mastermind, and we have 370 clients.

So, yes, it makes super sense to start with the back end first. That's kind of the easy part. The hard part, I guess, to me is working out with my messaging. I think I mentioned to you on the last call, we have, like, two types of avatar in the same group. And I guess it's kind of similar with yourselves when I kind of think about consulting.com potentially, and then this is where I kind of wanna prick your brains and brainstorm with you.

So if we have like an existing property investor, so somebody in our program who started with us is now making like 10 k a month of net passive income, that's easy to shift them to the back end mastermind, right? But in the back end mastermind, I'm thinking, like, even when I was speaking enrolling new clients that will have people in the back end mastermind that will be qualified, especially financially, for an even higher ticket than, say, 9,800 at the front end who will still be new to property. But they've just, like, I don't know, sold a business and they've got, like, x million in the bank and they want kind of, like, to scale up. A property portfolio, they they would be a fit for the back end as well as somebody who is an existing property investor with a problem, if that makes sense. So in terms of the messaging, like, it's quite difficult for me to, like, work out.

I don't want my messaging to be too generalist so that it doesn't really resonate with both. So would you suggest, like, creating two funnels? So after I've, like, done my better for the back end mastermind and I've upsold them, if I'm, like, looking for new clients for the back end mastermind and I've got that kind of cross pollination of messaging, would you just recommend that the YouTube ad is the message and they go to the same landing page, or would you recommend kind of creating, like, two final pages and two separate videos? So we're talking about back end mastermind. Right?

Yeah. I think the Typically, we don't run a VSL to that. Like, I mean, there's nothing stopping you from doing it, but the VSL works quite well for selling the front end mastermind. And that works quite well for like warming people up for your back end one. But then every now and then you do like an opportunity funnel to your list And that kind of scrapes in everyone that is interested in your back end mastermind.

Right? Got it. So you're never selling new a new cold customer into the back end. You're only upgrading customers from your front end. You can.

But it's not your, like, main focus, really. Got it. Okay. So if it's like the front end where I have a similar problem, where I have, like, again, two different types of avatar in the same front end product, what would you suggest if it were on the front end? Types.

Yeah. Two types are so we have somebody who's brand new to property investing, has cash, professional doctor, lawyer, whatever it might be. Mhmm. So no. Or we have somebody who's an existing property investor, but it's like an accidental property investor.

So, like, they might have anywhere between zero and ten properties. They've bought them in their own name, not done it professionally, and now wanna kind of upscale their portfolio. And there's a lot of, like, tax restructuring and stuff to do for that specific investor, but the messaging that we could send out to both parties to get them into the same front end would probably be very, very different. It almost sounds like they'd like, why aren't the property investors that have 10 properties? Aren't they more of a fit for the back end?

They could be, but it depends because sometimes the people with, like, 10 properties, say, for example, they may already be structured well, so there's not any restructuring to do, but then they may not be making that much profit. So, like, for example, they might be cash strapped but have 10 properties, but the 10 properties aren't performing at all. So they don't have, like, the cash or the financial the promise of the front end mastermind? The front end the front end is, like, go from 0 to 10 k a month from net passive income within two years. What's the promise of the back end?

Yeah. That's what I'm still trying to figure out. But that's probably, like, scaling from, say again, that's what what I'm really trying to work out. What is the promise of the back end? I thought, like, one of the problems that they would have is, like, one of the problems that they have is, like, again, filling their pipeline, so their property pipeline, like, where to find deals, how to find deals off market, so setting up the pipeline, how to find investors and do joint ventures.

So in the back end mastermind, they'd be entering to that higher caliber of client where you might have a 100 people in the group and you might have a 100 plus million in the group and actually people share their money within the group because there's much more of a collaborative culture with a higher caliber of client with more cash. The front end is less. Not everybody in that group has a million pounds. Some people have 50 k star. Some people have 1,000,000.

But in the back end, I think it's more people that are gonna be in the process of, say, 500 k plus of cash to potentially get into the back end mastermind. I think that would make sense because then you can do some really cool stuff on, like, big JV projects, joint ventures, and stuff. Yeah. So you kind of solve your own question. Right?

Yeah. I think so. That's why sometimes just help help talking that out and brainstorm. So I was kinda stuck in my own loop, and then I thought, alright. If I kinda chat with Sam, he'll kinda make it real clear for me.

So so yeah. Richard, I just sent you a message. A couple of us are getting on a call tomorrow, like, at 9AM central daylight. I think I think you posted in that group. I'm also in property investments, and we're gonna be talking about same thing, like, starting that back end and just, brainstorming.

So if you wanna join, I can send you the link. Yeah. I'd love to. Yeah. That would be great.

Thank you so much. Yeah. No problem. Yeah. Thanks, Sam.

And quick question for Brian, if it's okay. So, Brian, on the on the YouTube ad front and, again, sorry if I'm jumping the gun here. You can just say it's coming out in week five. But I'm just about to create the YouTube ads. And with the ads, like, if I'm putting in, say, testimonials of clients' results including it in the app, what's the best way to do it?

Is it screenshot, or would you run, like, a shortcut like, a short video in of them speaking? Because you've got video testimonials and screenshots. What do you find is the most optimum way to do that, or would you not include them at all? Yeah. You can definitely include them.

I think it's only gonna help in as far as the social proof and credibility aspect. Right? So what I'm gonna be teaching is, like, the hook, story, close framework for the three three steps for a winning ad, hook, story, close. A lot of people put them as screenshots and then they kinda just refer to them. You know, Alex Becker made this ad really popular where it's like this is, you know, Sarah.

Sarah was able to, you know, learn how to go from no passive income to whatever. Testimonial video clips work really well, but the the key here is you only have three minutes. Right? So you wanna make them as quick as concise as possible. And I would not do more than three.

Okay. I would just focus on, like, three and try to put them into this like, the hook is basically the paint the problems or pain points or frustrations that you're going that these people have. And then the stories where you show more about, you know, you share more about who you are, what you've done, and who you've helped, and that's where I would put them. You could also test those in the hook as well, but both is the answer. As screenshots and then as mini clips.

But just take the most exciting part of the testimonial. Like, what's the result that they got? And just cut that into a very short, I would say, like, five to ten seconds if that. Got it. Makes total sense.

And then, like, when you're running your YouTube ads, like, I know you're gonna teach YouTube ads, do you recommend, say, someone like myself who has built up a war chest based on following Sam here. I've thought of, like, an excessive war chest of sort of 7 figures plus now. Would you recommend that, like, I learn the YouTube ads and have a go at it myself or just simply just outsource it and just understand the framework of what you suggested. I think I know the answer, but I'd really be keen to hear on what you guys would say to that. Yeah.

I would definitely do it yourself first. Right? Because like I was telling somebody on the last call, basically, it's like you're gonna pay double if you hire someone to do it for you. And I know you have the war chest and that could make sense, but, ultimately, you're gonna have to manage that person as well. And if you don't know how to do it yourself, it's gonna be hard to manage the person and you're gonna kinda rely on them.

That's a big part of their of your business that they're gonna control. Right? Your advertising and marketing. So I would prove it yourself first. Right?

Because you're gonna be the best marketer for your business. And then once it's converting and you just don't have time to focus in on any focus on it anymore, then I would hire somebody to to then come in and manage it for you. And you'd hire them in house as opposed to have, like, the best person you can find who does YouTube ads, I. E. Someone like yourself previously when you're doing the done for you service, you would hire internally or as a generalist or hire externally as a specialist?

Externally as a specialist? Yeah. It's a good question. It depends on what you need and how quick. Right?

The long term solution would be having somebody in house. And that's what usually happens always. When you get to a certain point, you wanna bring someone in house to just focus on your offer and only your ads. But if you need someone quick and you don't wanna train them, then, yeah, you would well, I'll probably go more of the agency freelancer route. Someone who's reputable that you referred to.

But, ideally, you would want somebody in house, and then you could obviously train them up to be just as good, if not better than you because then they can suggest ideas for you and take that mental bandwidth off your plate. Got it. Makes sense. So start outbound then bring inbound. And then for this is a question for Sam and yourself as well.

But, like, in consulting.com, do you guys, have, like, a marketing generalist that does your YouTube ads? I know you're scaling back on Facebook ads by that time where you were running Facebook ads, YouTube ads. You're sending, like, the emails every week, like, three times a week. Like, obviously, in marketing, you've got, like, copywriter, then you've got, like, you know, your your your media buyers, and then you might have a a tech type of person that integrates it all together. Would you hire an in house marketing person who's, like, a generalist and can do all of those things, or would you try and hire like, or would you have different people doing different things, if that makes sense?

I think it's always better to have one person that can do it all if you can. Got it. Because they're all very similar. Sure. Okay.

Cool. Thanks, guys. That was really helpful. What do you if I can jump in about the testimonials that you asked about, Richard, in YouTube ads. I saw a really cool ad.

At least, you know, it really struck a nerve with me and they were using testimonials in the hook. So it was basically something like, how much how much money did you make this month? And then they had, like this guy had, like, 10 second clips of his clients from, like, calls that he did with his clients, and each client was saying, well, this month I made $60. This month, I made a $100. And it was, like, the first twenty seconds of the video, and I I thought that was that was really, really well done.

I don't know if that would work for your niche, but I I can't unfortunately, I can't remember who whose ad it was, but it was really, really good, and they use it in the crook. Got it. No. That makes perfect sense. That was really helpful as well.

And I'm I'm sure, like, it would work for us. I think the key here is as well is, like, Brian might say is, like, just maybe testing a few ideas and kinda seeing which one resonates as but but, yeah, like, what what you're saying there makes perfect sense and was really helpful. So thank you. Sam used that those as well in that, evergreen VSL for top level where he just, like, talked over them real quick. That was pretty cool.

Also, Sam, how did you make that so smooth where it's like camera one and then sharing your screen for that VSL? Was it was it all filmed in one take, or did it film separately? No. I filmed the whole how did I do it? It was a while ago.

I'm just trying to remember. So I had, like, It was you all using the same microphone, and that's what made it smooth, actually. So, like, you know, it didn't have to change audio. So even though I was speaking to the camera for those, like, intros and scene changes, the I was or if you see watch the video again, you can see I'm always using this microphone. So I was recording to ScreenFlow the audio, and I was only ever using the camera for like I was still recording scratch audio on the camera so I could match it.

Right. Like I could sync them up so that they were at the exact same time. And then I just recorded the screen thing and then just cut the pieces together. Oh, so camera one was, like, rolling the whole time, and then you just could have chopped it up and put it in? Yeah.

Yeah. I made sure it was all rolling at the same time. So then I could just, like, cut everything together really easily. Cool. Okay.

And do you recommend getting, like, a super high def camera just, like, for that purpose? It's not necessary, honestly. I mean, this VSL kind of thing I made for we tube and the one I made for quantum, they outperformed that one and they would just loom with a Google doc. The main thing isn't the presentation quality. Right.

I mean, audio is important. You because no one wants to listen to shitty audio. Right? So that you can't sacrifice. But the main thing is the what is what you're saying.

Like, you guys bought WeTub because you wanted to, like, charge subscription business model. You wanted to get off Facebook ads. You wanted YouTube channels. You wanted YouTube ads. You like it wasn't because of the the video.

Mhmm. Yeah. Content. Okay. And is that a decent VSL to, like, model after?

How you go, like, problem solution, quick testimonies, stuff like that? Yeah. I mean, it it's a good VSL. Yeah. Cool.

Hey. I've got a question about back end masterminds. So far, I've been focused on the content that helps founders get exit ready, but I've been talking to people who are not necessarily focused on that, but I can still help them. But I have been hesitant to give them an offer to come in just because I'd have to restructure the content, but I believe the community could be helpful for them. What are your thoughts about that?

You talked earlier about kind of your range of people who you help, and that opened my eyes up to thinking through that differently. So what what's the question? Alright. The question is, should I be how important is having, like, set frameworks that people can follow versus having more of a a liquid, way to help customers or clients get the results? In a back end mastermind?

In the back end mastermind specifically. So I found you wanna very, like you want more of, like, a model. Like, basically, in the mastermind, if you're running a business like an info business, you always need traffic. Right? There's no getting around that.

So and then I look at where's the traffic gonna gonna come from? I mean, the best places I can see are, like, email list, YouTube organic, and YouTube ads. That's a good blend of paid and organic. Right? And then you're gonna need to sell people somehow.

And I think, like, a a basic funnel, like a VSL funnel, and then having people having a sales team works great. And then you need something to sell people, so like a front end and a back end mastermind. And then you need a team. And what are the goals? You're trying to make profit.

You're trying to get your clients results, and you're trying to do it in an efficient way so that you're happy. Right? So, like, that's my model that I present. And that pretty much is universal to everyone. And and then we how but how we do each piece.

Do do you get what I mean? It's like that structure is is consistent, but there's plenty of room for, like, innovation and creativity in each space. So, like, Brian might have a particular framework for making a YouTube ad. Right? And someone else might have a particular framework for making a YouTube ad.

And you can you can be real creative on all of that, and I don't worry about setting that level of detail. I let the group I let the group, like, crowdsource that level of detail. I just set the structure to make that happen. I see. Yeah.

I was too in the weeds. Like, for example, we one of the things we push is, dependency on owned media, email and SMS, maximizing that, less on paid acquisition. I was too into, like, the specific tool used for ecommerce whereas someone else maybe use an active campaign. So I thought we I was getting confusion around, would this still be value or if I make specific videos? But what you're saying is establishing a framework and, like, not necessarily the implementation of how to set up Klaviyo versus ActiveCampaign Mastermind doesn't need that kind of detail.

They're smart enough. You know? Like, we just say do YouTube ads and they figure it out. Like, they might have a question here and there, but you don't need to go into that much detail. You're mostly setting the model.

Like, it sounds like in ecom, you probably need traffic. Right? There's there's probably a few traffic sources you recommend because you can't just do everything. Otherwise, it'll become the group will be too chaotic if people are screaming about every different traffic source. Right?

Like, it's just too confusing. You need to have a bias towards something, and that bias needs to be, like, selected in, like, a an intelligent way. You know what I mean? That's kinda you're setting some boundaries for people that help them. Mhmm.

Yeah. Because constraints help, actually. Constraints are very helpful, but you're not constraining it all the way down so that the person doesn't have anything left. You yeah. So just think of it from a higher level, like a model kind of perspective and and then let the group kinda crowdsource the specifics.

And we've had two types of companies who are online based but not ecom that I said what the hell. I I signed them up, and we'll see how it goes. But they're, like, in online finances or they're building, like, other types of online businesses. So that's that's mostly what I'm thinking. Like, hey.

Can I expand this outside of just physical products online? Can I sell help people with digital products get their business ready? Or media companies or blogs get their company ready. So that's kinda what I'm testing right now. I don't know if you should because ecom's huge.

Mhmm. And there's so much differentiation just in ecom. Right? Like, every industry, every country, every stage of development. Right?

So, like, ecommerce massive, and it can be I don't know why would you need to expand outside of that. Just because people are trying to give me their money. So I'm like Yeah. That's not a good idea, though. Something's resonating.

So I wanted to look at look at it some more. Yeah. But way more people will give you their money later if you keep focused on ecom. Because you'll become that place where there's pure ecom that they've all been looking for that they never found. Everything else is, like, impure.

You know what I mean? Yeah. And then everyone will give you their money. Yeah. True.

Okay. That's good perspective. Sam, is this, yeah. Is it, before we start, you know, marketing or making calls for the back end, is it good to have, like, a start date? I mean, like, I know you can make a post in your group and everything, right, like you were showing, but, I think for either the front or back end, I'm just gonna make calls.

I'm just gonna make calls before making a post unless you suggest me doing that too, but just having a start date in mind and Yeah. Do have a start date in mind, and you can tell people about that on the calls. Yeah. Exactly. Having a start date.

And do you have a number you suggest for for the beta for the back end? Like or is it just kinda made up? Or Yeah. Whatever you think you can fill. Yeah.

Whatever I think I can fill. Okay. And then just focus on that, and maybe don't go the posting route yet, like in my uplevel program. Right? Like, just kinda giving all the information away before getting on the phone?

Yeah. I would That's how you make save the post because you're gonna do a wave you're gonna have the ability to do a wave better post after you've had some calls. After I've had some calls, but before the first event? Yeah. I see.

Okay. I get it. Okay. And then the four events, like, do I need to have those four scheduled? I mean, like, or the date set?

No, just the first one. And then roughly what frequency, Like, every four months or every three months. Yeah. Yeah. Because it's, like, June early.

So, okay. Yeah. Every four months. Yeah. That would work.

So just have a like, do it the calendar year, like, January to December, something like that. Mhmm. Okay. Yeah. Thanks.

So Quick question. Go ahead. Go ahead. Sorry. Go off.

Can I just get some, advice on how to make my front end program subscription? We currently work with recruitment business owners, and we've got a six month program that we're putting into a ninety day program. And at the moment, they've either got the option of paying once in full, which is £6,000, or, for installments of it's roughly, like, £2,000. But they've we've got this thing where they're in for they get access to the platform for life. I'm just sort of listening to convos a couple of weeks, but I'd like your input on what what to do to make that subscription.

Well, did you watch that module called, like, converting to the new model? I did. Yeah. So there's how is the content new? Not at the moment, but it will be.

When we when we move to the nine today program, it will be totally revamped. Okay. So it's not new? Not at the moment. No.

Then it's probably you can probably convert oh, you can probably make a new product, right, which has the new content in it. And then sell people from they got lifetime from the old content course into this one. And then all future people get sold into this one at the subscription price. And how do I structure the subscription price? You could just charge what you're currently charging per year.

Okay. Okay. Got it. Yeah. Cool.

That's good. That's cool. Thank you very much. Sam, just two question. Basically, like, if we want to start from scratch and, like, we don't we we don't have anything else, like, we don't have the list, we don't have the, like, anything, What would be the best way of building back an audience for you?

Like, would you say just, like, implementing the YouTube strategy with just the channel and everything, or would you say, like, going back to the uplevel strategies that you that you have inside uplevel, basically? Well, I would always get some clients first. Like, I mean I think talent's always at the center of everything. So I would figure out what you want to do and then do it until you're good enough at it that other people will pay you to learn. And then get them to pay you to learn and make sure that it's working.

Like you're good at doing the thing. You're good enough that other people will pay you to to learn how to do it, like you. And then you can start a channel about you doing this thing. My my biggest concern is that, so I already presold three of them, soon four. My only concern is that, like, most people in YouTube seems to have, like, big audiences from, their previous courses.

And, if, like, what I want to do is, like, add five people at a time in my in my front end mastermind. So if I just add five people five people and the the list the email list start to grow and it will go fast because, like, if we do ads and that kind of stuff, it can go to 5,000, 10,000. Like, it it can go quickly to to a big number. Like, what do I sell to them? Like, because if there is just, like, five people can join in every six weeks or whatever, like, what will I sell to them?

Because previously, people were selling courses, and this is, like, unlimited. That's why, like, some some people in, in which you have, like, like, I don't know, like, 4,000 customers because, like like, it's unlimited. How do we like, what do we do with the list? You don't worry. You just sell you just sell out and then keep got get back to work.

Are the people how do you like, if they want to get in but they cannot get in, they they will probably find another solution elsewhere like, like, missing opportunity, basically, is my my my concern here. You can sell them a future round. Got it. Yeah. So that's what we did.

Like, we sold Yeah. Yeah. WeTube out till, like, August. Makes sense. But it's also a good thing by the way that you say no to people's money.

It it does something because no one's willing to do that and, like, people are like, what the fuck is going on here? And they remember that and then, like, it does a lot to, like, your positioning and then your, like, your confidence and your power and everything because you don't need It's like you they need more they need you more than you need them. You know what I mean? Yeah. And you're Yeah.

I always And you're selective. Right? So like Yeah. However, if you're doing this sell the course model, which is like sell everything you can all the time, it's the opposite of that. Exactly.

That's why I'm I I still need a little bit of adjusting because, like, since we are not creating a new course, still need to be comfortable with the way we are going to to use the the list, basically, the the audience. Well, okay. Okay. Get it. Only question I had about that was, like, last week, we mentioned about, like, copywriting being too, like, too too much, let's say.

And you mentioned, like, principles and all that. I loved the the video you did in, I think it was, like, in the ads, Facebook ads in, in app level about copywriting, like, direct marketing, I believe. Do you have a resource to get these principles quite clear? Because from for me, I have a structure. I know, like, the levers and that kind of stuff, but it's not quite clear as it could be, I feel.

Or maybe it is, but I don't know. Like, if you have a resource or anything, I would be happy to consult that. I don't have any resource, but you can look at how I did everything for, like, YouTube, Quantum. You can look at my website. It's just the the elements are always the same.

There's like, who are you talking to? What problems do they have? What are you gonna give them? And then, you know, you can use things like proof and scarcity and a call to action and a headline that has a nice hook in it. That's basically copywriting.

That's like the eighty twenty of copywriting. Yeah. I get it. Okay. Okay.

No. It's okay for me. Thanks, guys. Sam, can I share my screen with you and run something visual by you? Yeah.

Okay. So this is we currently have can you see my screen first of all? Yeah. So our current model is swapping programs. So we sell a seven week program where we help health and wellness practitioners get their, HealthPro website up and running with a lead magnet and a book a call funnel.

And then we have another cohort that runs, like, a few weeks later called Protocol to Program where we help them set up their online membership site and all of that. And then we go and we do HealthPro website again, and pro website again and protocol to program. So we do two of these a year and then we do two of these a year. And they fill our continuity program, which is called practitioner accelerator. So what we are looking at doing is combining everything.

This is just our delivery model. So in September, our plan is to combine what we're doing in Health Pro website protocol to program, affiliate partner program, and combine that all into one program, our front end, a practitioner accelerator. So rolling all like, because we have to get them to build their foundation, their profitable online property, their website, then their online programs, and then a way to affiliate partner with other people in the program and people that have lists. And then our fulfillment looks like we do a call every Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday, the first three weeks of the month, and we take the last week off. We also do a quarterly review where we're helping them set their goals and their quarterly plan.

And then we're planning on we have not done this yet, but we're planning on two live events, not but virtual, each year. So do a a March event and, like, a September, October event. So I'm just kinda run through I think I'm always wanting to over deliver, and strategy is about what you don't include. And then we also have some coaching codes that go go along with that. So here's my goals, is to continue to get 3,000 people into Health Pro website a year at $14.95 and then transition from selling all of these programs over and over again to just a front end with a 150 people in it at $9.09 actually, it's $9.09 $5.00.

And then I'm not even thinking about back end mastermind right now because I think it's just I just gotta get the front end going. But but but but but but but I think I should just totally kill front end from it. So I wanted to run this model by you and see if merging the three programs into a front end and then to ascend the star people from the front end in a few years into a back end that we don't even have yet. Got it. Well, do you wanna know if this is a good idea?

I just want yeah. Just because we're putting together the plan to launch this in September. So do the numbers work out? Yeah. Really well.

And would you prefer to run this or what you were doing before? I'd prefer to get off of the launch roller coaster of doing a cohort and a launch, a cohort and a launch, and move into serving people on a yearly basis instead of all of these cohort program launches. Yeah. So I think it makes sense. I mean, there's just, which one would you prefer to run?

And then which one makes more sense financially? It seems like this new model is better on both of those. So then it's a good idea. Then it just comes down to how you are structuring it. How many people will be in here?

In the front end? Yeah. I'd like to shoot for 50 initially and then up it by then add another 50 and then another 50 for a total of one fifty. So this is one thing we thought initially about, like just stay on that slide. This one.

Yeah. One up? Yeah. Just stay there. So we thought initially about having, like, a sales call a week, a YouTube ads call a week, and then maybe a strategy call a week or something.

We thought we would do that, but then I ran it by people in Quantum just as a, like, soundboard. And they were like, we don't like that. We just like having, like, a call a week or two calls a week where we can ask anything because it's way easier to understand in their mind. Like, they have to wait a full week here before they can ask a question about copy. Right?

Right. And then they have to, like, figure all this stuff out, like the schedule. They're like, oh, when's the call this week for I've got a question. Is it because it content creation question? Oh, I've gotta wait for this call.

And then probably what will end up happening is people will just ask about everything on all the calls anyway. Right? So I think this is over engineered. The calls should just be like two a week, and you can ask about anything. And then what people would probably want more though is, like, a quarterly virtual event where you discuss everything.

So, like, if you if you just do two calls a week where they can ask anything, you have saved yourself two calls a week every week, which is a ton of time. And what you can do with that time instead is just double the amount of virtual events so that they coincide with the quarterly reviews. That way they just have to remember two calls a week, quarterly event. Very easy to remember. And quarterly call.

Right? And annual subscription. Doing so many fulfillment calls, do, like a a one day or a two day quarterly event. Yeah. Full day.

Yeah. Yeah. Where you discuss everything in all of these boxes. Right? Well, I don't think you need to split by topic.

K. Because, like, I have Brian on these calls and Jesse and how's it. So if there's a sales call, it goes to, like, Jesse, how's it, Dre? If it's if there's a a question about, YouTube ads, it goes to Brian. Like, you can have it dynamic like that.

Yeah. Okay. Makes sense. So I I wanna I want this to be as simple as possible. And just one quick distinction.

You're talking about people in quantum. The people that are coming into this front end program are very beginners. Are the practitioners that are kind of coming in? They do need a lot of handholder. They do little questions.

Quantum, I'm sure, is people that are way more established, have more advanced questions. I'm finding that we do need to lead people through So you were talking about the argument for splitting the topics? Guiding them through because they need we've got to guide them But the choice the choice here is topics or no topic. Right? Yeah.

I'd say topic or no topic and then maybe even specifically about the because they've gotta finish their profitable online platform before they can build a online program and before they start partnering with people. So we just kinda gotta guide them through all of that. Yeah. That happens in the course content. Like, that'll be the natural progression of it in the course.

Right? Mhmm. Correct. Yeah. And you can still guide them through that on the calls during the week and at the events.

I mean, events mostly serve as, like, an update mechanism. Right? Like, the calls are more of, like, a support troubleshooting mechanism, and the content is more of, like, this is the instructions for assembling this thing. And then the quarterly reviews are like relationships, like making sure that, you know, you are managing the relationships at a one to one level. Okay.

So your advice is move it to two calls a week and then do the quarterly planning session along with, live virtual event, a one day or a two day, four times a year. Were you planning to do these events one day or two day? I was planning on doing these two events three days. Oh, okay. I think you could do four two days.

That's only, like, two extra days. But the amount of time you save by dropping two two hour calls per week is way more than that. So yours at the aggregate, your time here is less with this new structure, but the perception of it, like, is way more. Yeah. No.

I like it. I like it a lot. I could see that being much more simple and fluid. Alright. I appreciate the feedback, Sam.

Thank you. What do you guys think about doing topic based calls? I don't think it's a good idea. I I think you're right to split calls more to different time zones for people more than dividing them into topic. Yeah.

I like this format a little better right now at least. Yeah. I prefer as well this format of just, like, collaborating and jumping into it with a way rather than just having one topic. Yeah. It makes the other side for a second.

It makes it easier to bring a copywriter to a copywriting call, and now I don't have to go. And if I don't have any copywriting questions, I don't need to attend. But, but that doesn't mean that it's right. You know what I mean? Then we can do ad hocs call with a copywriter maybe.

I personally like hearing about other people's problems because it gives me a new perspective. It helps me see see things I'm possibly not seeing. I think what I realized here is that we are what we're all trying to do is, like, run a profitable business. We're not really trying to do just YouTube ads or copywriting. You know what I mean?

And to do to run a profitable business, it's like very it's a whole. You can't divide the whole into parts. Yeah. And all of them are very related, like interrelated, like extremely. Sales and and marketing and product and operations, it's all so interconnected that you but you can't really split the part from the whole.

You also lose that, like, serendipity or, like, emergence when you constrain it so much. Yeah. Can I ask a question to Brian? Mhmm. So I'm in earlier, Sam asked why are we in YouTube?

So I'm here definitely for the for the YouTube part. So, I I did a post in school about David Dre showed me a video of YouTubers, and and I learned about Matt D'Vella, but obviously he's a professional and that's insane, so I can't I'm not trying to do what he's doing, but he was, David Dre was saying that I need, you know, really good quality, but not just quality of video and audio, like, but also, like, the quality in terms of watch time, you know, like, Matt Di Bella is saying, obviously, he's, like, a 10 out of 10, but, I mean, it's all, like, super, like, cut and, you know, etcetera. So the watch time I'm sure is really, really high. But of course, there are also many examples of people just talking at the screen. Don't even have the great quality and they have, you know, a 150,000 views.

So I I'm I'm trying to start this thing off right, which is why I waited to do the channel till I'm here. I feel like I have a better sense of the kinds of things I'll talk about. I understand the tools now that were in that video about, like, different YouTube tools. So as far as starting the videos, I've also been kind of waiting for your, module. So I really wanna move forward, because now I'm so tempted to, like, start another mastermind just to, like, participate in what people are doing, but I'm trying to, like, hold it and go for the like, build the YouTube channel.

So can you, like, is it the right I mean, just can you say some stuff? Sam, I feel like it's more of a question for you probably. Right? About YouTube organic? Yeah.

I think you've just got to start. Like, in the grand scheme of things, like, hardly anyone's gonna see your first video. Right? So, like, you just gotta start. Like, make something.

And then and then ship it. Like, publish it. And then just make another thing. And then just make another thing, and it will grid The way you achieve perfection and product market fit is with, like, iterations over time. Right?

Every YouTuber will tell you the same thing. Like, what they started doing was, like, even someone like Mr. Beast, who's like the biggest YouTuber in the world, he started making really crappy videos on like a crappy camera with crappy audio that hardly anyone saw. But like he just had to start somehow and then keep releasing, and then he kind of found his groove. Yeah.

I don't have any problem with content or making videos. I could make five videos and put them up, but what I'm trying to understand is, like, doing it, like, with cuts and Don't don't do cuts if you don't wanna. Like, you don't need to. So don't try to make them high quality, like, videos. Forget about the the ten eighty or whatever, but don't try to make them, like, interesting, watchable.

Just focus on the content and leave it at that for now at least. Like, try to make the content the the actual like content interesting, but forget about the like everything else. Right? So like the the cutting and all of that stuff, because you can get that can just take all of your time very quickly. And it's people don't watch someone's YouTube channel because of the cuts.

Not at all. I mean, you don't I don't think so. Like, I don't have never heard someone say, oh, man. Have you seen so and so's cuts? Not their cuts, but, like, oh, boy.

Show up every week, man. Those cuts are sick. Like I hate YouTube channels that do too much of e roll. I like things that get straight to the point. So, yeah, I agree.

There are some channels where you love the editing. Like, I I know I watch some some channels just because of the editing that is so amazing. Sometimes it's too much but, like, it's really good. But the content is always the key. Like, if the content was not really there, even if the the editing was on point, I would not watch it at all.

And and Lia, like I had a YouTube channel, I started it I think three years ago or something and I did a small challenge like basically one video a day and at the beginning it was like, maybe eight hours or six hours to produce one video. And at the end, like, maybe, like, I would say, like, maybe sixty days after, I was just producing everything within one hour. So so just having the idea, doing the the shooting and then doing the editing took me all in all beginning to end one hour. So the the the editing was not, like, great or anything. Like, it was just jump cuts.

That's it, which is, like, the basic transition that you can have. And and that's it. And people came and people watched. Like, I grew my channel from, like, zero to 2,000 subscribers in in a few months. I don't remember if it was 2,000 or if it was 1,000 in a few months.

Because after that, I stopped. After the ninety days, I stopped the because I learned what I I had to do. So, like, I I just stopped. And then the the channel continued to roll. So I don't know how much, like, subscriber I I earned after that.

Like, we would have to watch the the statistics for that, but, like, I can just my point is just, like, you don't need to have great quality video. You don't need to have, like, great transition, editing skills. The most important thing is, like, you need to have personality and, great content. That that's that's it. That's the the only thing, I believe.

Great. Yeah. Awesome. Thank you. My final question is this is because in my house there's noisy toddlers, so do I need to like, everyone I ever talk to is, like, you need to do something about your background because there's just a wall.

So should I try to make some, you know, feng shui background or something akin to, like, what Sam has or whatever or not even worry about that and just just do it as is? You you can do whatever you want. Like, you you just start with the content and and you will see. I I believe that people will react, like, if they're like, if you you can just shoot with your phone and move in the street and just, like, do a selfie shooting video, and that's it. And and you will see if people like that.

Like, some people like this kind of content because they are just, like, happy to have, like, a scenery moving and that kind of stuff. Like, they can discover and they can they can feel like they're going on a walk with you. Like, there is, like, a guy on the YouTube channel. He's just basically filming front, the front camera. So we don't even see him.

But, like, he's walking in the park and he's just, like, filming front camera. He's just commenting on, like, what he thinks about the industry of software engineering and that kind of stuff. And people watch it, people comment, there is high engagement. So I would say don't care too much about that either. Oh, yeah.

I just I just read a book over the weekend by Daryl Eves. I'll just put it in chat. It's it was decent, but it confirmed so much of what Sam and Brian have said, which is just freaking get started. And then Daryl, the way he grows, like, mister Beast's YouTube channel and a bunch of other famous people is just by looking at the metrics. He like, to really understand your metrics, you've got to have content up there.

And I also called one of my friends who runs a YouTube agency named John Rogers at videopower.org, and he said the same thing that Sam and Brian have been saying, which is you gotta have something to be different. You wanna find basically the way that where you're an expert combined with something kind of unique, different, and special so you have something uniquely you. People aren't gonna come because you've got an amazing background or because you're doing, amazing jump cuts. They're gonna come because of the content. Right?

So I think a lot of times people are like, man, if I have great video editing, that's gonna cover up my crappy content. And your audience is gonna resonate with your content, but I do think that it's genius to do what you're an expert at and combine it with something interesting. Like, if you see the guy's channel called Legal Eagle, he's got this phenomenal YouTube channel, but he talks about the most boring law stuff, but combines it with, like, cool stuff that's happening on TV shows or current news or politics. It's fascinating. And so what Derral Eve said in his book that I posted in is that you just gotta get started, but look at your metrics because your metrics will show you what videos are winning, getting the most watch time, having the right KPIs, and you do more of that.

So you just wanna get videos up, see what works, and then do more of that. Yeah. Thank you all. I I sent an email to my list, to my my meager 1,100 people saying, like, what of the you've been on my list for years. What do you like most about, like, why are you on this list?

Thinking that they would say, like, the topics that they liked most. And I was very surprised that so many people wrote back, like, 20 people, 25 people, and they were like, oh, it's, you know, just you. And all the things that Sam was saying, like, you know, they were all just talking about me, which I was not expecting at all. So I'm not even worried about that. I was trying to get the clarity on how to do it, and now you're all saying that doesn't matter either.

So I'll just get started today. So thank you. Yeah. I'll add something. I got two little kids too.

I used to stress a ton about them having noise. I'd get my wife to quiet them all the time, and I'd be stressed out making videos. It was like hardcore thing, and I tried to make great backgrounds, but I found I got more response when the kids were kind of included. A perfect example is recently I was making a video. My wife was filming.

My two year old came in. He had a broken cast, and I got more engagement on that one moment. People just like it's just more relatability. So instead of whitewashing it, making it perfect, making it raw, I've had also invested thousands of dollars into recording equipment. I now only use my iPhone, because it's easy, and it's just, yeah, it's just raw.

So, like, yeah, to me, the complexities made it worse. So I just, yeah, I just go for it and let it be messy, and it's worked better. Thank you. Actually, that's one more question. So everyone is saying get an iPhone 13, and I say I'm like Warren Buffett because I have an iPhone seven.

So do I need to get an iPhone 13 or just use the, you know Use the seven. Okay. What is a seven camera like? I can't even remember that one. I'm in Leah, the quality the quality on the new cameras is that the video is amazing.

I would say I would say get it. Be just because you want to have the the quality of camera will make such a difference for shooting in lower light levels, and you'll have a lot less rasterization. It is it is nice to have because it shoots such quality audio and video. Yeah. But let's make a challenge to where to where you don't get it, Leah, until you post at least five videos first.

Oh. Oh. Yeah. Like, don't don't do anything besides post, and then you can get a new camera. How about that?

I like it. I love that. For your first 10,000 subs. You gotta earn it. Just jump in here and say real fast that, I had a business coach about five years ago, and, I was given all these reasons why I couldn't do video as much as he wanted.

He said, just just shut up. And he he ordered me to do, like, 75 videos over ninety days or 50 videos over ninety days, and I actually did it. And our revenue doubled that year. I didn't do as much video after that. And the other thing he says is they have to be live, so you aren't tempted to edit them.

So I did a lot of live videos over the first quarter, I think, of 2018, and we ended up getting, like, four times as many leads that year. So you just gotta start. And those videos are painful to watch now, but they did the job then. So, Sam, I have a quick question if it's okay. Just to jump in here.

In the front end so with my 300 odd 370 odd clients and I shift some into the back end, that's easy. With my front end, when I come to switch up the front end, so I was thinking of, Marie's letter Maria Marie's letter and, you know, upgrading the current clients to the subscription model. What happens if you get dropout? Like, say for example, those people don't wanna upgrade. Like, I'm not gonna create a new product.

I'm just gonna upgrade them and say rather than paying as a one time 5,000, it's gonna be 5,000 a year now and you get some kickback from some. Let's say 80% are good. They upgrade. 20% get kickback. What do you do with those people that you've told us lifetime access to a, like, a Monday and a Thursday q and a?

What happens to that group? Yes. So, I mean, they can still keep access to the content. Right? But they will just lose the the calls and everything.

Right. So so if I it would be quite a good shift then because if I'm gonna move everything across from my Facebook group into your school platform, so my own content channel in school, I could just shift everybody who does the subscription into the school, keep everybody else in the Facebook groups, so just keep the Facebook community running for a bit with the content. So they've always got lifetime access to that and then just shut down the queue Monday through the q and a's, which like you say anyway, hardly anybody goes to those things. So, like, the, you know, the the the call volume is quite low anyway. So And once you take your most engaged people out and put them somewhere else Yeah.

And you stop selling new people in, it'll fade so fast. Okay. Cool. Awesome. Love it.

Thanks. Hi, Sam. I have a couple of back end mastermind questions if it's if that's cool. And so, obviously, I watched the the new week of content and a a lot of it focused in-depth on the front end, which is great, which is why I have some questions about this. First up, I just wondered about, like, the logistics of a back end mastermind in terms of physical events.

Like, apart from yourself and you you have a team, but what else are you bringing in or would we be bringing in really to to make that work? Like, are you needing to hire equipment or that kind of stuff? Yes. There's a module missing called back end mastermind, which I'm gonna add. Yeah.

I was just really tired and took the food yesterday and Monday off. Maybe I should hold hold off then. When when when would that be arriving? Today or tomorrow? Lovely.

No worries. Yeah. But it it depends on the size. Like if it's small, well, I mean, I just did them at my house for a while. Like, and I didn't need any equipment because, I mean, I just had a whiteboard and people just sat on the couch and stuff and we just talked and I wasn't even really recording it because it was just so small.

And it and then for lunch, I mean, we just went out to a restaurant or, like, we ordered in Postmates, and I just got people to choose what they wanted. It was that simple. Right? But then as it gets a bit bigger, you probably want a videographer, just one person. And you don't even videographer.

Do you mean, like, hire a professional or do you mean get someone with a camera? You want someone that knows what they're doing because it's like three full days of video. Like, Okay. Yeah. But they don't need to be that good.

You, and you only need one person. I mean, for most of our events, we just had Ashley recorded them. Okay. Earlier on. And we just had one camera, a c 100.

It's a really good, like, video camera because it can record, like, a whole day. Because it's not a DSLR that cuts out every forty minutes or something. And then just a lapel mic on me, so my audio was clear and it just picked up the audience's audio anyway. That stops working at a certain size because the room is too big and the people are really far away and that's that's when you need, like, to pay about $10 an event to bring in a team of people. But you you don't need to do that until you've got, like, about a 100 people in your event.

Yeah. Yeah. Got you. Okay. Cool.

Now that's really useful. And, I've heard you mention on probably clips of Quantum on YouTube about handouts and stuff like that. Do you do you prepare handouts for your masterminds because you're having topics in advance? Or maybe I've got that totally wrong. Not really.

It okay. You it's more like you're drawing out of people what they need and then you're helping them. Yeah. Cool. Okay.

Great. Okay. Lovely stuff. I've totally lost the other thing I was gonna say. And do you do you theme live events, or do you recommend theming live events, or is that too too complicated?

I mean, the theme is q two, q three. Right? Like What's gonna happen? What happened and what our plan is for the next one. That works really well in business because that's typically what everyone wants to know.

Yeah. Like, what how did everyone go recently? And then what is everyone's plan for, like, the next ninety days? That's great. And if you're always doing that, you're, like, generally in a good place.

Is there a point where you take that sort of mechanism and carry that over to one to one calls then? Because that's kinda what they how they function, isn't it? Is that to do with growth? You mean the account manager calls? Yeah.

Yeah. That's very similar, but one on one. It's like basically, when an when a rep signs up the person in the beginning, they have certain goals and everything. And then each quarter, you're just making sure that they're, like, they're happy, that they're taking action, and that they're making progress towards their goals. Yeah.

Awesome. And and do you continue doing that in the live events when the one to ones are happening? Do do you know what I mean? Yeah. It's totally different.

Like, one on one, it's way more, like, specific to that individual. Right? Yeah. Whereas at the event, it's more like as a group. Okay.

Cool. Lovely. Thank you. And also, starting with the lower price and gradually raising it over time with a back end mastermind, do you raise the price for do you recommend raising the price for everybody each new year, or do you ever do you recommend retaining sort of the price they originally came in on for renewing? I think everyone should really be paying the same, but like sometimes you can reward your early people for a bit.

So like the, we, our mastermind used to be something like 12 and a half grand or something. And now it's like 36. When we moved it to like 24, we, we made everyone go up to that because I had some really clear reasons why I was like, we've been doing this at like my house. Now we're gonna start doing it at proper spaces. I'm gonna provide food.

We're gonna record it. And it just I wanna care about it more. So I need to charge more. And then everyone was cool with that. We made everyone pay.

Then but '24 to 36, I think I gave the people at 24 the next year. The next resign they had, they could still have it at 24, but at that moment, I told them the year after that, it's gonna be 36. Do you know what I mean? Yeah. Yeah.

And that worked really well. That way you're still, like, rewarding your people, but you're making sure over time you eventually get everyone on to 36 or up to, you know, the main price. Yeah. Excellent. Thank you.

And and when you're doing a mastermind with weekly calls plus virtual events, live events, are the weekly calls like this or are they more like a q and a? Or I guess this is a bit like a q and a, but are they like a collaborative experience or how do they differ to the virtual live events apart from the length of time? They're just totally unstructured, these. Like, you know, it's just we just talk about anything. Whereas the live event, we're typically focusing on a topic at any moment, and there's some more structure to it.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thank you. That's great.

And just one on the YouTube organic because, that that was a good topic today. You've mentioned a few times that it's a long game. We're aiming to do consistently cranking out video weekly or or more for two years. What are we is there anything we're looking, like a benchmark? Do you know what I mean?

To achieve within that two years of videos. Is it likely to create a certain amount of lead flow or anything like that? I mean, the main things you're looking at is, like, views and subscribers. Right? So, like, hopefully, you're getting, like, thousands of views and thousands of subscribers and growth.

Yeah. So we we measure the channel growth on the YouTube platform itself. We're not we're not we don't directly measure in terms of business results or leads or calls booked or Well, you would hope that that the two are related. Yeah. Yeah.

But it's generally, like, you know, you you have to get the YouTube channel good first, and then it can be used to, like, get customers. If you're just putting this if its sole purpose is to get you customers from the beginning, it will kind of ruin the way that you approach it. Yeah. But within the two year period, we're aiming to I guess it's like trying to get good at something. Mhmm.

But measuring yourself on making money. Right? Which always ruins it. Like, you can't get good at something if you're like just worried about money the whole time. You have to love doing the thing first.

Yeah. And you would you should wanna do it even if you don't get paid. You just wanna do it for the sake of doing it. And then, like, the money comes. That's what's interesting.

Yeah. I'm with you. Okay. Cool. Thank you.

Sam, if I may, what are your thoughts, Sam, on this concept of minimal content, which I have to say is fabulous because we can show up to these different calls. And, where time permits, we've already consumed all all the content, and that makes a huge difference for sure. If we're working with an existing course recently made, what are your thoughts about minimal content under the beta? Would you see it possibly as running with it in the beta and then maybe eliminating some parts based on that feedback and then adding additional parts where it makes sense? What would be your thoughts on that, Sam?

So you've got fresh course. It's new? Yeah. I would just cut from it anything you think is unnecessary. Like, just whole modules and then but don't remake the whole thing.

Yeah. Clear. What what about if you kind of you feel reluctant, which is a bit natural, I guess, reluctant to eliminate even anything at this stage, and you'd rather maybe get a bit feedback and then eliminate, or would you say no? If you can't The thing is is that you won't get that feedback. Yeah.

If it's already there. Right? I learned this from making software. It's like with school, if you saw how that thing started, it would, like, blow your mind. Like, it was so basic that, like, it was insane.

But we had to start how you make a good product like that is you start with something extremely simple, and then you only add when you know that it's necessary. And that way you end up with something that is like, has all the things you want but none of the things you don't want, which is what makes, like, a good product. But if you do it the opposite, like add a ton of shit to something and then see what people say, they just won't say anything. They just won't like it. Yeah.

I think I think with what you've done here, it's it's really light, really sleek, and so two, three maximum hours, you can consume that. But when you start to be four to five, especially in weeks one, two, three I think my weeks one, two, three tend to be four to five, and then it tends to go down because it's kind of a lots of fundamentals, and it kind of is descending rather than ascending. Yeah. So maybe be a little be a little bit brave and then maybe pick out something that you can just script well, eliminate or scrap would be your recommendation. You can always add something back.

That's the thing. Right? Yeah. True. And if people ask for it, then you'll be you can add it back.

You've already got it. But you can always add, but it's hard to take away because you just, you don't know, like, I have to maybe listen to some of the previous modules in a sense of if you send see in the next module where we talk about whatever, and then it's it's kinda not there. So the I I'll look through that and figure that out. Yeah. I try not to say anything about that.

Like, I just like, see you in the next one. But I don't say what it's called because It's but when it's maybe not yeah. And people honestly don't care too much about their shit anyway. Like, who cares if you said I'll see you in the next module called this and then that module's not there? Like, that's such a tiny thing.

Yeah. Yeah. What do you think about integrating kind of this new way you're doing it now with the looms, with the old uplevel style traditional way? So you've got the old traditional way of doing uplevel, the slide format. And as you integrate and maybe inject some new pieces, you may have some looms integrated in there.

Would you see what are your thoughts on that? It is what it is. You mean like your, your current videos are like slides and screens and your new ones you wanna add are gonna be like a Google doc loom? Yeah. I wanna start to transition to that.

Yeah. Just do it. Same thing. Just do it. And then gradually like those?

Yeah. Like, in week three, you might have noticed that I changed the resolution on my screen. Did you see that? I didn't pick up on that. No.

I know you you commented about having the right the right settings, but I I didn't see the I didn't notice the difference. In week three, I made my screen way bigger. Like, go to classroom and click on week three, and then click on, like, week two. It's just way bigger, which is makes it way easier to read because we realized that it was quite hard to read before. But that didn't mean that I had to change everything in the previous weeks.

I'm just, like, improving as I go. Is is it almost as if as if it there's this interactive Loom target is coming in, and it can kind of be almost like you're accompanying them in the in the journey because then they go through different things. I'm not saying to over engineer that, but that can be a little bit the idea. You used to do these great, intro video with an acceleration up level. I think definitely with accelerator, you did a little two, three minute, four, five minute video at the start.

Almost having the Loom piece as that piece and then adding an additional module selectively required thereafter. That's how I was maybe envisaging it. Yeah. Well, I don't think anyone really cared about the intros, so, like, I just don't even bother with intros anymore. I just go straight to the point.

Right? And I noticed that when we were trying to optimize our free trial for, like, Accelerator, when I recut all the introduction parts of the of Accelerator, the free trial conversion rate, like, tripled. When people were in a free trial and they went straight to the, like, meat of it, they were, like, they upgraded. But when people were, like, intro, they were like, I'm out of here. This is just fluffy.

So just cut straight to it. People like it better. Then in terms of Loom, I think people prefer being able to see you. Yeah. Like, that's better than not.

So it's yeah. But given the status of how it is, it is what it is, you'd say room with the traditional way it is, add the looms. And then with time, you can you can re can be recreated. Yeah. Yeah.

Leave what's already there and then make your new ones the new style, and eventually everything will be the new style. Would you, Sam, would you apply that stage two growth where you in your case, $3.60, if I'm choosing $3.60 as that that cap, would you apply stage two growth in the same way given that the beta is run slightly differently because there's a you've maybe got some con that content that if you were producing it now, you might not have included. I'm not saying that's the case, but it could be the case if I was gonna do something very minimalistic. Do you see any that's what I'm saying is, would it be a case of you you do the beat? Would it be a pew because it's not really a pure beta.

In my case, it isn't really a pure beta because you're not doing you you you're not dripping you're not dripping it because you you've got it ready made to some extent. So it's not pure beta. Would you still, firstly, call it a beta? And secondly, how would that stage to a growth as you refer to it? Would that be different in any way?

Would you would you have a different thinking around that? Or Beta is not about, like, is it made or not? It's about, does it work or not? Okay. Yeah.

So, like, you know, beta beta is about, like, achieving product market fit. It's making sure you have fixed the bugs and you've got the features necessary to achieve the outcome everyone wants. Right? Okay. So YouTube shouldn't have any blatant, like, missing parts.

Right? Everyone should understand it, and they should be getting results. And it should also be appealing to the market. It should be easy for us to market and sell. That means we've achieved product market fit.

Now we can grow. Would you drip it to them weekly, or would you just shove it all from day one? It's quite it's quite sleek and nice when it's dripped up to Yeah. I mean, the beauty of it of of dripping it in beta is that you can re the the calls like this are focused on each week as they're released. Right?

And you're taking a group through in a linear journey, and you can capture these recordings and add them to the weekly content. So if you noticed in WeTube, I added, like, Colab call recording one and two for each week as we go. Yeah. That fills in all the blanks that I might have missed in the content so that when the next group comes through, they can watch that, and then they can look at those recordings, and it fills in all the blanks. Yeah.

Do do you consider some when you've done week one I think it covers it off really nicely, but should you in, I don't know, in eight weeks time think, hang on a minute. I definitely wanna put that piece into week one. Would you would you keep iterating even then? It's not like, there's no cutoff for the iteration, is there, I guess? It's not like It wouldn't be like I wanna put that in.

It would be like, do I need to? Okay. I wait a long time. Like, I I learned this from school again. It's like everyone wants everything, but they don't need much.

Okay. And you've got to find out what peep the difference between what people want and what people need. If it's really obvious that they need it, then sure, add it. But don't if it's just a few people's wants because it just makes the product worse and they actually don't want it. They think they do, but they really don't.

Yeah. You won't. It's not the same. Yeah. Perfect.

Thank you so much. Hey, Sam. Hey, everyone. I got a two part question. So, my niche is surfing fitness.

So my front end is the fitness. Back end is gonna be surf trips. I don't want anyone going on the surf trips that hasn't done the fitness because if they show up on a surf trip and out of shape, they'll get wrecked and they won't have a good time. So my idea is to make it an upgrade. So, to position it as customers get a discount, what they already paid removed.

So it's like an upgrade where someone who just buys the back end gets both for a price. So the reason I bring it forward is because I haven't heard anyone else talk about it this way or do it. So I wonder if anyone here has tried it or if there's any pitfalls I'm not thinking about because the way I see it in my mind, it seems like a great idea to position it to both markets. So, yeah, I'd just like to know your thoughts, Sam and everyone. So you don't wanna take people surfing unless they fit?

Yeah. So how do you know if they fit? Well, people really only follow me if they wanna get in shape for surfing. So everyone is out of shape, I assume. Got it.

But if someone got on and they you could see they were in shape and they wanted to get your, join your mastermind, you could just let them in, right? Yeah. Yeah. I guess. Yeah.

For sure. Yeah. So definitely you can, it's not a hard requirement because otherwise that sucks. If If you're making someone that's real fit, go and do this silly thing. You know what I mean?

Yeah. But if they're not, you can just say, like, I before I take you out on this, I need to make sure your fitness is in a good spot. You've got to go through this other kind of training I've got first before you can come out on the surf trip, but I'll include it in your price. That way you're still selling it to them, but you're like, before you go on this trip, you've got to do this other thing. But then that then I couldn't discount my front end guys who are already paid because they would if they wanted to join, they'd pay the full price and get but I've already paid for both, and this guy paid for one and couple for one price.

You know what I mean? Not really. What do you mean? So if someone is already in shape and I give them the back end price and they still get the front end, the people who've already paid for the front end pay for the back end, they've paid for two, So they paid more. Got it.

Well, is your front end thing recurring or one time? It's one time. Okay. Are you planning to make it recurring or just, what is it? Yeah, for sure.

Yeah. Yeah. So how we are gonna do it with, consulting.com is if someone upgrades from YouTube to quantum inside the year, we credit it. Right? Oh, oh, oh, yeah.

Okay. Yep. Yeah. But if it's outside of that, I mean, it's the it's different. Do you know what I mean?

Oh yeah. No, that totally makes sense. Yeah. Yeah. If they're both yearly.

Yeah. That makes sense. Okay. Okay. Thanks for that.

So what you could do is just a recency thing. Like if someone recently bought the front end and now they want to upgrade to the back end, you could probably credit it for them. Okay. But if it's not that recent, then they pay the full thing. Currently you can kind of make that same dynamic happen.

You know? Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I get that.

Alright. Cool. Yeah. I'll do that. Alright.

So the second piece, so my front end guys, the people I've been working with for a long time, great community, and I've been promising I'm gonna come surf with them forever. The most of them are in California. And my idea is to have the back end guys too. They're my star students, the ones I plan on having in there, are from California too. So I'd like to kinda make it a hybrid.

Like, as an example, it's like Friday, Saturday. I meet with the back end guys, more like one on one, like, intensive stuff. And on a Saturday or Sunday, everyone meets up front end and back end, and we all serve together. And I can in person pitch the front ends about the back end that it did just happen. And I just wonder if there's pitfalls there that I don't see as well too because to me, it sounds like a good idea.

I think it's a good a good idea. Okay. Yeah. I'll do it. Yep.

Sweet. Thanks, Sam. Cool. Sam, can we can we ask you just a a quick update about your podcast on YouTube before we end? Yeah.

It'll be the studio thing should be built by the end of the month. I might do my first episode in July. But this month, I'm, like, fully busy with We Tube, and I've got a live event for Quantum at the end of this month. And the construction's happening for the studio. So, yeah, it'll probably be first episode in July.

Awesome. Cool. Alright. I'm gonna have some lunch. Thanks, everyone.

I'll see you later this week or tomorrow, actually. Bye. Thanks a lot.

# Collab call recording #2

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Three - Making a mastermind
- Duration: 86 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/c410183a-1f0b-47fb-87b2-a67baeee9170

---


Can you hear me now? Yeah. Cool. Mhmm. What's up?

How's it going? Pretty good. So what do you wanna talk about? I have a question about the student group for a course that you stopped selling. I know the calls will eventually end, but, like, what about the fate of a group like Accelerated, for example?

You plan on keeping that open indefinitely, or what's your advice on that? Yeah. I think naturally it'll just get to a point where it's, it's like there's not much activity in it. Yeah. Do you still support the questions in those groups?

Well, yeah, it should just naturally kinda die down. So you kind of do until it kind of fades away. Hey Sam, I have a question. I think it was somewhere in this week's training you talked about attracting peers, like people that you can learn from yourself and you kind of treat your mastermind like as kind of equals. I wonder if you have any advice about attracting those people?

I think you just you naturally do, honestly. Like people are kind of attracted to people like them. So provided you're just being transparent with what you actually care about and stuff, then you should attract the right types of people. Got it. I mean, for example, when when I was in New York and I had that fancy apartment and I wore that blue jacket and stuff, I attracted a lot of people that I didn't like because I wasn't but that wasn't actually what I was like.

I never actually wore a blazer, and I actually hated New York. So, like, you know, if you just so then I just grew my hair long, and then it was quite funny. All of those people, like, it was almost repulsive or, like, repelling to them. Yeah. And then, like, naturally, I only really attracted the people that liked the things that I talked about because I wasn't trying to like attract with some kind of image.

You know what I mean? So you kind of tell who you're attracting and then you can kind of reverse. You can figure out like, how am I attracting these people? Like, if you talk a lot about money or, like, if you do a lot of hype stuff or, like, you know, if you stand in front of cars, you're gonna attract those kinds of people. And then you'll find some people, though, you attract that you do like, and you're like, how can I get more of those people?

And then you can start kind of playing with your messaging and and all of that. Mhmm. Because for me, when I first started with organic, I was able to attract more, like existing business owners and then when I started Facebook ads, I was like a magnet to beginners, which I wasn't as fond of, so I'm just trying to reevaluate going forward because it's a bit odd because a lot of the people who are more advanced in my niche, like, their biggest problems are management. And, I have problems with that, but I make up my solutions. So I'd actually like to learn from them, like, well, what is like I know there's people who have solved this but people haven't really come together to solve it so I'm just thinking about kind of fostering an environment that's going to attract people that have solved problems that I haven't especially since, like, you know, I have a bit of a history of attracting too many beginners.

So that's just what I'm trying to think of. So I guess just being authentic is what you're saying to and, like, talk to somebody about it. You can say in your ads, like, this is only for existing businesses. Like, I made that shift with consulting.com around December last year when we redid the website. Now it it's very clear.

We only work with, like, existing businesses. And, yeah. So when you're doing your ads, you can just, just say it, be like explicit about it. Got it thank you I have more questions but other people can go in one of the programs that I'm in for linkedin LinkedIn, the guy said that he changed his messaging, Allison, from to from saying coaches to consultants and business owners, and that, solved a lot of the people arriving with no, you know, like, it solved the the level. It cut out the level.

And then he changed it just to, just to business owners, and then it got even better. So, in terms of you know, sometimes it's something so simple that Mhmm. That determine, you know, what you're targeting. Yeah. A lot of people are afraid to be specific too, especially in their ads and then their funnel.

But, like, like, you're trying to like, not you specifically, but a lot of people try to attract everybody and help everybody. And then they end up helping, like they get a lot of low quality leads, and it's because they're trying to help business owners, coaches, consultants, this, this, and that. Right? When if you just wanna attract, sophisticated because what do you do, Allison, again? It's like, music.

Right? Yes. I help musicians book gigs, and I'm guilty of that because I definitely have had some students who are beginners but are really driven, and they're fine. I just mostly don't wanna attract people who aren't action takers because that just makes makes me feel sad when they don't take action and I don't want that. So yeah, but like existing business owners who have been, you know, booking themselves for events and performances for some time are preferred because they have, you know, it's more of a track record that I can trust that they're have something to contribute.

Yeah. I would just say exactly what you said earlier. Like, if you're not an action taker and you're not driven to make this work, then don't you know, then this probably won't be a good fit for you. Even just saying that. I mean, if someone's on the fence about doing this and they're not sure, that could help.

But being specific is always better in my opinion than being too generic because then it's kind of just gonna attract everybody. So I would just test being more specific like Sam and, Leah was saying too. I think you'd be surprised that there was the type of quality you'd get as well. Mhmm. Awesome.

Well, thank you. Sam, good, afternoon to you and to all of you. I know it's come up a few times about the DSL. I I I understand clearly that it's obviously for ads. So I guess we're gonna be touching on that next week.

I just wanna ask, though, do you see it as a smart way if generating traffic is an issue starting off? Do you see it as maybe a smart way to leverage setting up that DSL and maybe doing some JV calls with people and then go be able to go through that DSL. Is that a, is that a viable strategy in your opinion to look at? What do you think? I mean, have you set up JVs before?

No. Not not in the format. We're talking online. Not in that sense. No.

Not really. So maybe over engineering, maybe. I'm I'm not sure. Yeah. We're not really gonna cover JVs at all in WeChat.

There are a lot of work to set up. Yeah. And coordinate. So if you don't have much traffic, it's gonna mostly come from ads. That's the fastest way to get traffic.

Cause you just, you buy it. Right? Yeah. So straight to ads with the Versus Solvers is trying to do something which is going to take up a lot of time and energy, which maybe may or may not work. I mean, you can always do a JV if you want.

It's just not what we're going to cover in here. Yeah. Got you. Yeah. And while while I'm with you for a moment, just touching on it, I was spending a bit of time today, cutting quite, aggressively, some different pieces of my, of my course.

And so I'm starting to see that on average, Around three hours per week, some a little bit more it's I was able to go in there and cut three, four hours out. What are your thoughts? Do you think that's well, I guess it is what it is. Cause at some point you can't keep cutting it or what makes sense, but do you see that as really over the top or not? Not, not necessarily if it's valid content, valid insight.

You mean, yeah, I'm going on the base of because you've come up with this really lightweight, very effective, high impact circa two hours per week, and it works really nicely. So I'm trying to go with that, but it's version one of, mastermind is, is not gonna be as light as that. It's it's it's valid insights and it's all relevant, but it's not as light as as as yours. I don't know if anybody else who's transitioning from course, an existing up level style course to mastermind is gonna have anything as as light as what you're doing, unless you're doing it from scratch. So that's one of the disadvantages for them.

So the question is about the circuit three hours a week. Do you think that's over the top or not? That works. It's fine. Yeah.

What about new blood that is a brand new customer to our world that joins a front end mastermind? They never got any program from us in the past. But some of the information in the old programs, for example, up level, if someone was to come into WeTube, some of the information, are you gonna give access to that or no? Or what are your thoughts? No.

Like, We Tube there are people who join We Tube that haven't purchased anything from me in the past, and we don't give them access to anything else. WeTube is like it provides everything that is necessary. What about some of the tracking mechanisms you have for for tracking the ads and all all that? Because that's that was really helpful. I was just kinda curious.

Yeah. Well, Brian will provide that in week five. Got it. Mhmm. Yeah.

I go over tracking and how to set up conversions and everything as well. So I'm gonna put all of you in there. How about things like, sales script, Sam? Like, your Alchemic script, you know, it it really helped me during up level. And I've made some tweaks to it over the years, but, you know, I guess for for people coming in and they don't really have that sales background, are you planning on adding more sales relevant stuff to, like, to selling masterminds?

Well, how's it did you see that module how's it did? I started watching it. I started watching it yesterday. Yeah. Yeah.

So we realized that it's a script isn't can actually be kind of harmful because it kind of implies that you follow it, like, verbatim. Right? Like a movie script or something. What we realized that the skilled people do, like, the people who are good at selling, they follow a formula. And that formula can it's just a basic structure for how the call should go in a sequence and the things you need before you can move to the next step kind of thing.

So we just provided a formula. And I think that'll that's more helpful for people because they won't think that they have to follow, like, word for word. Mhmm. Be more rigid. Yeah.

And those people never sell very well. Yeah. Like, even, I made my first couple calls this week for the back end mastermind. And while I was, like, just, you know, just asking them, hey. You know, what's the most value you got from my course, and how it how has it helped you?

So I'm just trying to get them to, you know, say it from their mouth before I go into, like, well, what are your challenges now based on, say, a year or two ago when you joined my program? So getting their current challenges or their struggles and really what's missing to help them hit their their goal. From there, once I gather that information, say, in ten minutes, fifteen minutes, should, I've been telling them, like, well, this is kinda what I'm thinking of putting together. And from there on that same call, should I actually go into, like, offering the program and, like, telling them the price and everything, or is the first call to more just collect data and then maybe go back to them. Are these people that are already in your like, these your star students?

Yeah. Yeah. It's not really like a sales call. It's more like, hey. This is what I'm thinking of putting together.

Here's how it's gonna work. Are you interested in joining? Okay. I'm mentioning it's a beta and, That that isn't even necessary, honestly. Okay.

Mhmm. Okay. Yeah. That's what I was trying to figure out. I was like, well, do I need to, I guess, quote, unquote, like, pitch this on the same call while I'm trying to get data while I'm telling them this is what I'm putting together?

None of the data comes from you telling them what it is and asking if they're interested, at that moment you will get data. You don't have to ask for it. Like if you just imagine yourself there and I call you and I'm like, hey, this is this thing I'm thinking about putting together. I explain it and then I'm like, do you wanna be a part of it? You're gonna say some stuff.

Okay. Okay. Because I mean, I I can mention them like, hey. This is what I'm putting together. This will kind of be my, like, kinda loose focus on this particular thing that I am looking to solve in my niche in this market right now in 2022?

And then what if they're like, well, you know, okay. It sounds interesting, but I'm kinda struggling with this, this, and this. Yeah. Well, that's good information. Like, you can be like, well, that's you know, we can cover that stuff at the event if it makes sense.

Right? Okay. At the event or the, like, the weekly calls. Yeah. Both.

Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Both. Okay.

Okay. Yeah. Yeah. That makes sense. And then if they are select, yeah.

That sounds awesome. Should we just take their money right there? Yeah. Good deal. And I don't know if anybody else is doing this, but I I'm looking at, you know, because I'll be offering this, to, like, my star students, but doing, like, a kind of a bimonthly, six times a year check-in call, you know, more of, like, a one hour check-in call.

And I I don't plan to do that going forward because as the group grows, that's gonna be more intensive and maybe get one of my sales reps like you're suggesting. But I don't know if anybody else is offering anything like that in their front end or back end where they're gonna do not really done for you or anything, but just more of a check-in call. But if anybody is, I'd love to hear your thoughts. What's the difference between a check-in call and a regular call? Well, I think in the mastermind, usually, you have, like, you know, like, biweekly or weekly yeah.

Like, a mastermind call. Like, that's like a collab call. And then what I'm thinking is, like, a bimonthly. So every other month, I would do, like, yeah, like an accountability call with my back end mastermind students, like, basically six times a year to see where they're at, or or quarterly, or I'm thinking quarterly to to align it up with my live events. So that's what I'm yeah.

That's what I'm thinking. I'm putting it together right now. I feel like quarterly is better. Yeah. Yeah.

Just cleaning. Simpler. For sure. For sure. Usually, people just do quarterly anyways when it comes to back end masterminds.

Do more. You need more, you can always add more later too, you know? But Right. Yeah. Because I think once a once a week mastermind or a cloud call, like, that's that's still a lot.

Right? Plus the plus the community and, Plus the event. Right? So you're gonna talk to them at the event too. Yeah.

Yeah. Exactly. The event And I guess in terms of, and, Sam, like, in terms of you know, again, I think somebody asked this, but, like, you know, not being so content heavy, but if people are saying, like, yeah. You know, I'd like to see this or that, explained or, more information. Like, in my niche, people you know, it's taxation.

Right? Any business, obviously. They're like, hey. You know what? We just wanna save more taxes, learn more about capital gains and, dividend capital gain strips.

You know, stuff that I have some knowledge on. I've done it in my own business, but not as much as an accountant. But so if someone mentions that, is that something that I would just kinda go into the classroom and and build that as I'm doing the beta version of the program? Is something, you know, similar to what you're doing? We're talking about back end, Mastermind.

Right? Yeah. Back end. Yeah. Yeah.

So you don't really need to worry about content. That's just created naturally with the core recordings, the Colab core recordings, and the event recordings. So you know during one of if that comes up as a topic you could just say, well what do you want to know? Sure. And get them to be very specific, and then you can just answer their question or share something with them on the spot if it helps.

And then that's captured in the recording. But, like, something technical, like so right now, you know, one thing I learned from you is, like, you know, you used to teach the DMing. Right? Adding thirty, fifty people a day and DMing them. And, so now I used to do that myself, but I have, like, you know, three VAs.

I'm hiring my fourth one on to go on TikTok. And I'm like, hey. You know what? This is a great strategy that I can teach people, like, the kind of the script for them to use the same thing in their own business. But, like, you know, doing, like, an actionable, like, this is the script.

This is how you, like, manage a VA, etcetera, etcetera. Like, yes, I could talk about that on the call by, like, just having kind of a layout of, like, here's step one, here's a Google Doc, create your own, something like that, you know, similar to what you're doing in the classroom. But I could I could probably build something like that as I'm going forward. Like, that's what I was asking, you know, something that maybe can't be covered step by step on a collab call. I don't even know if you need to go that step by step.

Like, you like, you're trying to come up with solutions before you even know that people want them. Yeah. Like I'm amazed a lot of the time someone will just ask me like, well how do you do this thing? And I'm like, well you just go in there and do this and do that and then it's done. And then they go and do it, and they figure out the rest of the stuff.

You don't need to get so detailed like in a mastermind, I've found. I see. Yeah. Okay. So So not necessarily, like, yeah, having a a classroom with content.

It's not the We've never had any, like, content. And, well, we've got a lot of content. The recordings, right, of events and of but we we've never added anything else. This is your quantum. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Okay. No.

Thanks. Sam, is there anything you're doing consciously to entice and encourage all the mentees to consume content before showing up to the course. I'm kind of doing it, but because there's the kind of I wanna get it done. But I'm just trying to understand. Is is there something that you're doing in the messaging or in in your overall thinking, which is keeping people on track in that way?

Because that that could be quite important to keep the club calls on kind of on point on subject. It might be I just make them really basic and to the point. In short. Right? Like, nothing too extraneous.

That way, like, there's just a higher chance of people doing it. Yeah. More biteable chunks, I guess. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Okay. Have you got a way of monitoring to what extent members are actually doing it? Or is it only based on them clicking on done? Have you got something which allows you to, to monitor that?

No. We we never even look, honestly. Okay. Like, we had in the past, we had ways to track, like, through Wistia or through our old portal, but we never even looked. Yeah.

Well, I guess it's just not very it's not necessary when you think about it. Most people collect way too much data and they're you don't even need ma like a lot of data. Yeah. It's true though. It's, I guess you get it with the vibe of the calls and what people are talking about, whether they have consumed or not, I guess as well, but it is, and I honestly don't care if people get results.

So like if someone joined and they got results, I don't really care. They watch the video. Don't really mind. Yeah. Yeah.

If they're showing up to all the calls and not really so strict on the consumption of content, but getting the results yet. Got you. Okay. Sam, I don't know if you cover this in the portal or have I gone through it yet? I'm just catching up, but, like, for a back end, the the beta.

Right? So for for me, I'm looking at keeping it at ten, and it's a year mastermind. When do I open it up to the general public? Like, how far into the back end do I say, okay. The beta is done.

I I just didn't understand that part. I think just after your first event. Like, if it if it went well. Yeah. Okay.

Yeah. Because it's June right now, and I'm thinking of launching it. Like, I'm telling my star students, like, hey. I'm gonna launch this, like, July 15, and I'm I wanna do event, like, three weeks later, like, my first event. I'm trying to match it up with the quarters, but, you know, a little so it'll be around then.

So so after that after doing that Yeah. Like you were saying, because then you get a video, you get some videos, pictures. Yeah. And you know exactly what people want, what they're interested in. Yeah.

Who is attending and you've also you're on a bit of a high. Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah. And you were saying, like, when you're starting it, like, the day one, you're kinda getting a a pulse on, hey.

You know, what do you guys wanna go over here? Like, what what do you guys want to have discussed? Right? Did I hear that right? Yeah.

Okay. K. Yeah. I'm trying to visualize it, you know, just coming up with it on the on the whim. Alright, guys.

Let's you know, we're going to go into this and that. And, but, yeah. Well, that that makes sense. Because if there's enough people, like, there's you know, I'm sure the time just flies by. It works really well, man.

I mean Yeah. Because you're just catering to what they want. And if you start with them asking them what they wanna learn or what they can help with the most, then it then it becomes more fun for them. I've learned from doing it with Sam personally and being a product of it. Right?

Like, I I liked it way better than any other mastermind I've been in because it's actually what the people wanna learn. So I think just starting off with asking them what they need help with or that framework. I think Sam shared it in the, the We Tube already. It it's like the introduce yourself, what niche you're in, what you want help with right away, and then what are your goals or whatever. Like, that's gonna give you everything that you need.

Okay. Okay. Yeah. I'll take a look at that. I forget where that is in the program, but it's somewhere.

I know I know I saw it in there. Do you recommend doing the first live event virtually live or actually live in person? I think in person. Can I ask you a question? Yeah.

I'm not sure if if jumping in is okay. I've got, so much to learn from from all of you. I think I'm a little more of a beginner at some of this. So my question is difference. I'm actually launching a franchise right this second.

I'd I've had a group and sold a product for a long time that was kind of like, here's the content, here's the tools. And we have Facebook community and live call once a month or whatever, did a little mini mastermind, but now we're launching a franchise I've been working on for about eight months. And so I'm trying to figure out the difference between a franchise is kind of like a high end mastermind. And then the diff difference between a franchise, a mastermind, and a done for you, we're done for you. It's like, you know, I think of me as a good customer.

If I sometimes I just want someone to do something for me, for, like, for example, YouTube ads. I don't wanna learn it. I don't wanna have the content. As a matter of fact, I I just paid to have Bryce, my YouTube guy, come in here because I don't wanna know one single thing about YouTube. I want him to do it for me as opposed to learning.

So I'm just kind of curious as I build this out, what are the differences in those business models? Well done for you. Like you said, someone does it for you. Right? Like an agency or a a freelancer or a contractor or something.

Then a a, what is it called? A franchise? I'm not an expert on those, but typically you have to pay them a royalty, I think. In reverse, they pay me a royalty. So, so the lifetime value goes to the franchise person that they have to pay the parent.

Right? That's what I am. So they they'll pay me $50 and 9% royalty. So I'm effectively a partner in their business forever. Yeah.

So that's that, that and then a mastermind is you don't pay any royalty. You just pay a fee, a membership fee. Yeah. And so there's and it's and the reason I'm asking is because when when I saw the original your original YouTube, as we got on that kind of mastermind one mastermind two, I'm kind of doing the same model. I've got the $7,000 product.

And then from that, that's who's buying into this franchise at the $50 level. And I pre sold about 12 of them. And, but, yeah, I'm new to franchising too, and I'm new to masterminding. So I'm, I'm gonna learn as much as I can. And I'm also, very interested in the YouTube stuff once we, we get to that too.

But, Yeah. So I guess a franchise, like it's 50 ks one time to join, is it? Yeah. Yeah. But then ongoing, you just pay a share.

Yeah. They'll pay 9% of their revenues. It's Yeah. And it's similar to McDonald's. Be the same as, like, Quantum if we just said 36 k and, like, 9% of revs.

Right? Then I guess quantum would be a mastermind slash like franchise. There there there's some similarities, but I mean, in a mastermind, you typically don't take any share of the revenue and you you're not too control they're not part of your brand. You know? Like, all the companies in in Quantum, they do their own thing.

They don't follow they're not part of, like, McDonald's. You know what I mean? Yeah. And that's where this is so we have some similarities, like the annual event and working much closer with fewer people for years and years instead of just cycling people through. And so there are there are similarities, but, yeah, they're representing our brand and it is like the McDonald's french fry.

They gotta do it my way, as opposed to what I am doing now. Yeah. Everyone goes off and does things on their own. Okay. I'm just trying to, to learn and, and utilize what I can.

I mean, but already great ideas like that. We tube, kind of the, teaser. That's awesome. I got a lot of people, loving, you know, bugging me about what the heck are you about to release or whatever. And, and by the way, this is similar to mastermind too.

What I did and tell me if this is wrong. I, so we have a thousand or 1,200 people in this core program over five years, and we have some, I really want stars to partner with that. I wanna hang out with the next five years and build their business. So I hand selected people as opposed to offering an audience. I like said, hey, Chip, I want you in.

Rick, I want you in. Do you ever do that? Like, I'm I'm going to a group of about 20 that I would love to be my first first ones. Yeah. That's what we that's how I started Quantum.

I was picking from up level. I said, hey. I think you should join. I think you should join. And then I think when we launched We Tube, I got Hauser and Jesse to message the people, the uplevel customers they thought were the best fit.

Yeah. So that's always a good idea. And get the, yeah, get get the superstars, in early. Alright. Thank you.

Hey, Sam. So we're in the relationship space. We help single women again. And, my concern with doing the offer with, the way you've done it for the opportunity funnel, I believe it was the right one, is we've seen in the in the lifespan of our business, it's really hard harder to sell without getting somebody on a one on one call because for one, everybody is dealing with, like, different relationship problems. And then also, I think the value of that is very subjective to the women.

So I'm having doubts about if it's gonna work for us. I would love to, you know, tell them what they're gonna get, tell them the pricing and everything ahead of time, which we've tried on some master classes with kind of mixed results, not really, great results. And so I'm wondering if there's a recommendation you might have since I think business, any kind of business opportunity is probably gonna do well because it's more of a direct ROI. But, with the relationship space, I'm feeling they may we may do better with getting them on a one on one call without telling them the price ahead of time. Do you have any thoughts about that?

Yeah. Good idea. Like, we say do sales calls. Right? Mhmm.

And I said some people say the price, some people don't. There's pros and cons to both. We do, but I most people don't. So yeah. So we'd basically do the whole we could try doing the whole method that you did, even telling them what's inside the program, the mastermind, but maybe not telling them the price.

Instead, just saying if this sounds like something you'd be interested in, book a call or put down a deposit, and, we'd love to talk with you and see if that if you could be a good fit. Yeah. That's kind of a way we would do it. Okay. Alright.

So Put down a a deposit even if, you don't state the price to even have a deposit option. Is that you recommend that? Wait. This is opportunity funnel we're talking about. Right?

I I believe so. Yeah. So you're the that's driving them to a call. Yeah. So not so no deposit No.

Is is what Paul was asking. Okay. Right. Okay. Because what what what I was thinking is if we're not telling them the price, we're gonna need a mechanism to filter them.

Otherwise, we're just I know we're gonna get a lot of calls that are not qualified. So I'm wondering if in that situation, if we don't tell them the price, do you think we should do a deposit in that case or maybe have them go through an app like, just an application beforehand or after they book the call? You just do the application and calendar in one with Calendly. Yeah. Okay.

Got it. And if you get too many that you can't too many applications to the point that you can't handle it, then just tell them the price. Nothing thins the the, like, load faster than that. Okay. Cool.

Do you ever plan on running ads to YouTube in the future, Sam? Yeah. If we want more customers. Sam, would you run them to the, like, YouTube video page, or would you run them to your VSL? Because technically, the we it's like opportunity funnel that's for warmer traffic.

Right? What do you send? The opportunity funnel with, like, warmer traffic? Or We'd do a VSL for paid traffic. Okay.

It's the VSL's sole purpose. But it makes sense to send people that have seen the VSL and opted in, send them, like, opportunity funnel later if they didn't schedule or if they That naturally happens. That's the purpose of an opportunity funnel. Every time an opportunity presents itself, you create an opportunity funnel, which is not even really a funnel. It's a page with a video on it and a button to book a call.

And then you send your list to it. And then you get the video and then you put it on YouTube so your subscribers see it. And that kind of harvests everyone that's ready. But you get the people to show it to from running the VSL. Yeah.

Gotcha. Cool. I guess, strong content be almost the opportunity funnel. Also, Sam, getting a few things ready to run ads. What does a good email automation look like for new leads?

I guess people who opted in didn't sign up for a call. Is it A good what? A good email automation for new leads. What does that look like? On the VSL funnel?

Yeah. We'll cover that next week, but, like, you just generally wanna send if someone opts in and doesn't book a call, send them at least, like, emails for two weeks. I reckon every maybe three to four emails a week for two weeks to try to get them to book a call. Actually I would start in the first week to try to get them to watch the video. I'd just be like watch the video, watch the video, book a call, book a call.

Yeah. And if they don't do anything, fine. Right. I noticed, because I think I was getting emails from the evergreen uplevel funnel. It was like like you mentioned before different angles, different email angles, sending them back to the VSL.

Right? Different Yeah. Wording. Different ways. Okay.

Would you also add on, like, recycled content to the end of those, automations? No. Because you can then they're gonna fall into your broadcast list. Right? And then you're naturally gonna be sending them emails.

You wouldn't send them recycled content and the new the new content e as emails? It's just too much. But if you're mailing, like, three times a week or something, right Mhmm. Then that's too much. Plus I found it's better to have your list, like, having a real time experience.

Like, everything's in sync somehow. Like, what you're saying on YouTube and what you're saying via your email list and it's progressing in a linear kind of fashion. Right? Everyone kind of knows what's going on. You're trying to communicate with people and tell a story that develops over time right?

It's very hard to do that when a random machine is sending random emails to random people at random times. You know what I mean? People pick out you know. Well they just get confused. It's hard enough to get these days to get someone to know what you're saying when you're speaking to their face, you know.

So like, yeah. It's I've found it and it's just automation never does what you think it's gonna do either. It always breaks. It's a pain in the ass. So I honestly don't use any of it really.

Like, you just send three email broadcasts a week. I would utilize like two weeks of follow-up emails on your VSL. That's a good place, but you don't need anything else. No tech you don't do text through ActiveCampaign, or is that even an option? What was that?

Any text on it? I guess, no automations. No texting through ActiveCampaign either? No. We don't have their phone number.

Right. Yeah. Okay. If if you had their number, would you recommend text to get them back to the VSL? It's just more complicated.

Yeah. Like it's never these little things that make someone very successful, ever. It's generally like how good is their offer and how much traffic do they have and how good are their student results, and how good is their team. You know what I mean? Like if those things are hard enough to do, so like I would focus on the big things and like all the little things I just wouldn't even worry about them.

I see some people like just occupying their days screwing around with like automation sequences and and Zapier and like, you know, all of this stuff, but it honestly seems to me like they're inventing things to do to avoid what's actually important. Makes sense. Yeah. So you recommend the, button to book a call to always be under the VSL or appear at a certain time? I think it's probably easier to just always have it under.

Gotcha. Yeah. That's, if you're gonna go over next week? Yeah. That'll be in the VSL one.

Sweet. Sam, is one of the aims of the the model within We Tube with the two masterminds, because of the repeat membership and the focus on YouTube organic in the in the long term, is one of the intended functions to, reduce and eventually remove paid advertising. We've already achieved that. Like, you mean for us or for you? For us.

For for the Yeah. I think who would wanna run ads, honestly? Like, if you had the option. Right? Sure.

Yeah. Okay. Cool. Could could you give me an idea of so you you guys aren't running ads. Like, you have you have them for ages and you've talked about your list size and things like that.

Do you have a lot of people coming in each day signing up to the newsletter on the website who come from Yeah. On average, about a 100 a day. 100 a day. Okay. Cool.

Lovely stuff. And way back when you were sort of the thesis was heavily scaling with paid ads, sort of take the market kind kind of approach. What what was your reason to start putting energy into YouTube? Like, you know, years three years ago, something like that. YouTube organic?

Yeah. It was the only channel that made sense to me. Like, the other ones didn't make any sense. It was like you were just throwing away everything all the time. Like just very disposable.

So it just made sense to me to just publish videos. Yeah. Because I mean that's what a course is really. That's like a lot of what we're doing. I tried all the social channels by the way.

Like I did Instagram stories. I did Instagram. I posted on Facebook. So I was trying all of them, but the one thing that really seemed to work for me was YouTube. And then the one thing where everyone was like, you know, the people in the mastermind, the people on the sales calls, if they follow me on YouTube, it was easy.

And we it was very obvious that YouTube was the one to focus on. Cool. Thank you. Sam, for, like, a for the back end mastermind, you know, after the, say, 10 or 15, whatever your beta is done, and you you you have a live event, is it at that time you would actually go and do the opportunity funnel, or or what stage could somebody, like, in my position do that? Yeah.

Straight after a a live event, if you there's a hot piece of content you've got. Like, you mean a video clip or just like? No. No. No.

Just a topic. Something that was hot. Oh, something that was hot. Okay. So you you need that before you launch that opportunity funnel?

Pretty much. Yeah. Because I have a email list and I'm like, well, I could probably get some customers from there. And, the thing is is that you need something that's hot. I see.

Yeah. There's something that we spoke about and and, everybody was kinda talking about and It's three days in a room. Right? Like, something will happen. I see.

Yeah. There will be a moment. You've just gotta be, like, perceptive. There are you there will be some moments that you can sense that everyone is engaged. I see.

Yeah. And though whatever that was, that is the that is the key to this. That that would be in your in your video. Like the Yeah. You put that in your video, the same thing that happened in that room will happen on the internet.

I see. Okay. Cause yeah, I'm thinking like once I make my call to my star students and I've, you know, gone and then maybe I start making calls to the, to the rest of them, right? Like the, the other ones, just to see if maybe they're not a star student per se, but just to see if they're interested. You know, I get as max out of my current list or not my current list, my current, clients, you know, then start working on the front end.

Right? That's what I'm thinking. But I mean, I would have probably called all those people already and, you know, I'm trying to think of, like, well, do I go back now and say, hey, by the way, I got a front end also. Yeah. I mean, honestly, if you've tried to sell the back end and it's not a good fit, sometimes the front end one is.

Yeah. Because the main thing for back end mastermind all the time is price. Yeah. It's expensive. Right?

For sure. So when they hear this is like that, but it's cheaper, it's perfect. Yeah. Yeah. Exactly.

Just not not with the live events, but, but, yeah, that that's what you're that's one part of the investments for. Okay. Sam, I was curious with, inflation and everything that's been happening economically. Do you have a specific place that you put your, excess capital? I know it sounds like you're putting a lot of it into school, but if you had, like, just like a war chest and above that, is there a specific place you invest your money, or do you just kinda let it sit?

It's been sitting in a bank account the whole time. Cool. Okay. And you haven't thought of, like, doing any kind of, crypto investments or, angel investing or stocks or anything else? No.

Like, I mean, I need I have three properties. Right? So, like, I own real estate. And then I have a whole lot of cash in a bank account. And then I have one investment, which is like school that requires cash.

Got it. So, like, I'm well hedged. Like, the real estate's good because it's, like, it's safe. Right? Mhmm.

And when inflation was happening, I mean, my properties went up, like a ton in value. They almost doubled in like three years. You could say that the cash went down in value, but I mean, I don't really care because I need it to be cash. I need it to be tourable, like, whenever I need it. Right.

Okay. Is there a property in the oh, sorry. I was gonna say, is there a property in The States or abroad? I got one in California and two in New Zealand. One in California.

Yeah. Okay. Thanks. But I'm not worried about inflation. I mean, cash is gonna be the most important thing.

Like, it seems like everyone's trying to liquidate. So, like, I'm in a good position, I think. Is there anything that you're waiting for for opportunity to to potentially invest in, like, more real estate or just save that for I need I need all of it for school, honestly. Yeah. Yeah.

Because that's the biggest opportunity I've got. Yeah. Cool. But it is good to be sitting in, like, a cash position. Like, you know, say if you don't have a school, just because, yeah, the market is, if you follow, it's gonna correct the real estate and especially the stock market.

You know, it's it's already gone down, but, you know, people do, like, some of you guys have excess cash, like, you know, put buy, buy when it's low. And, yeah, that's that's the same thing with real estate. That's that's what we've been doing, just looking at it and, you know, depending on if it's S and P 500. If it's gone down, which it has, you know, year to date, just buy some of that and, you know, make money on the upswing. I think somebody posted on that once or last week about, you know, taking a dive, which everybody's money did, and I, I just encouraged them not to sell.

Well, mine didn't. Yours didn't? Okay. That was it's cash. Yeah.

Yeah. So, yeah. I, you don't have the roller coaster when you have cash. Yeah. Yeah.

Yeah. Cash is king. Does it ever bother you, Sam, of just, like, thinking about the cash, like, with inflation hitting it, or you just kind of, it feels better because you have the real estate, which is kind of a inflation hedge? Not, like, not really because, you know, inflation is is so much per year. Right?

But look at what stocks and crypto are doing. Like, they're so volatile. You know, a lot of people were telling me, like, oh, you're an idiot. You'll lose your money's devaluing by, like, 10% a year. But then those same people just lost, like, 80% of their money in a month.

Great. You know what I mean? So, like, 10% a year didn't seem so bad. And then, like, what and then what might happen is that that money might be worth, like, twice as much if no one has any. You know what I mean?

Mhmm. Yeah. That's the beauty about holding cash. You hold it no matter what because you never know what's gonna happen. So then when unexpected shit does happen, you're alright.

It's like it's just a way to calm to make sure you're just nothing phases you really, so you can focus on like longer term things. Like I'm not a speculator at all. It does mean that I missed the highs though. Like, you know, when everyone was making a ton of money with crypto or stocks, I wasn't I wasn't. But then when everyone's losing, I wasn't.

And because I'm just I'm not speculating. I'm just building. Yeah. I was thinking about that. How would we actually if we were to build a software like school, what would that be for us in our industry?

And the the thing that kept coming to mind was an online dating platform. And but I know they're they're so it seems so saturated still, and I have some ideas for what that would be. But I'm curious if you had, like, a process you went through with school, as far as I would not recommend most people start a software company. It's like it's only for a certain type of of person. You've got to, like, try building a tiny piece of software first and see if you like it.

Because it's I think most people wouldn't, honestly. It's a very and it's very hard. And the economics are honestly terrible. So, you know, unless you really love it, you just get punished. Yeah.

It seems like just placing a big bet on the the future. Right? That it could really turn into a big, big business. The talent the talent is so expensive. So, like, you know and it's so hard to get.

So, like, it's just very it depends what your goals are. You've gotta just be very clear on what your goals are. If you wanna make as much money as possible, I would say do sell high ticket masterminds and invest the money in real estate. That's basic. Anyone can do it.

It's easy. It pretty much can't fail. And you can actually have, like, some free time, and you will make a lot of money. Yeah. We had our CPA recommend to us in, 2020 because I was looking where to put some more cash, and he recommended buying a, using leverage to get a $5,000,000 building and then, use part of it for our office space and then rent out the rest to other businesses.

And it kinda reminded me of what you were doing, but, we we haven't really done something like that yet. But have you ever thought of doing that, like, buying an even bigger building and then just using part of it for your your company? No. Well, I've it's time. That's my my most scarce asset.

Like, I don't have I've I can't do anything else. Like, that's I'm maxed out. Yeah. Yeah. And I it I'm just trying to focus.

Like, you know, it's just, I run my masterminds and then I build skill. It's hard enough to do that honestly. Yeah. Cool. Sam, in in one of your videos, I forgot which one it was, but you were talking about, you know, you you looked at your sales team and you looked at your team's goals, their income.

And then from there, you kinda back engineered and said, okay. Well, we need a 100 people in Quantum and three sixty and We Tube or whatever. So I guess for, for us, because I've been thinking about it too. And, you know, I've been talking to my wife and like, hey, well, you know, what kind of lifestyle do we want? How much income do we wanna go for?

And all this stuff. And then I started thinking like, well, can I accomplish this with a front end instead without doing live events? You know, because there was a bit of hesitation just because I haven't done it before. And, and, and I was like, well, we probably could. If we onboarded a 150 annually at 9,800, that would, you know, we that would hit our, that would hit our goal.

Then then I was thinking, like, once I get there, I'd probably wanna go to the next level. But, what are your thoughts on that? If someone's like, hey. Yeah. You know what?

Based on the lifestyle and the income we wanna make The thing is the thing that fools everyone is the difference between profit and revenue. Right? Mhmm. So, like, you think of what you what you need, and that's profit because you can't really use revenue. Right?

Yeah. And that changes everything, because generally the front end of any business hardly makes any profit. It does make some, but not that much. The margins are small. It's like only when you add in the back end that the profit really pops because you're selling something like, think about it in the case of consulting.com.

We've got like a 100 people paying 36 k a year recurring. Like, we don't have to pay any cost per acquisition for those customers. That's, like, only 3.6 mil, but it's pretty much all profit. Mhmm. Mhmm.

Whereas, like, a lot of people might make 1,000,000 a month on the front end and make zero profit because it's all going into ads and team and all of that. You know what I mean? Yeah. For sure. I guess, like, for us, we've we've never really ran ads.

Like, we did, again, this is just revenue, but we were still, like, almost Well, then that yeah. If you don't need to run ads, if you have a YouTube channel that can fill your programs, then you're gonna be very profitable. Yeah. Yeah. The things that rate profit is ads.

Yo, definitely. Yeah. For sure. Like my up level course, like we've just built it all organically through DMing. I mean, it's a lot of manual labor.

I mean, it's, you know, the our team does it, but, you know, we did close to just over 600 ks last year. And I was like, Wow, we did this all, like, organically. Right? I'm like, well, could we get to a million? Probably.

And, but it would be like, we would probably doing 80% profit margin because we our expenses are super low. So I, yeah, just kind of been thinking about that. I mean, yeah, you put it on ads, like, yeah, then you're going gangbusters. So The people I see in info that are making the most money consistently, they have a YouTube channel, and they've got a consistent method for producing content and an email list, and they sell a high ticket like front end thing and they've got a back end thing too. And that that's the best I've seen because if you've got an email list and a YouTube following, you can, you don't really need ads.

Yeah. Yeah. And so, and you don't have to suffer with all the turbulence that ads gives you, you know, like, oh, the ad's not working anymore. I need to make a new one or like the tracking's broken or the, you know, you know, all of that stuff. Yeah.

But in saying that ads are very good because they can get you started. Because how do you go from having no audience, no email list, like ads. Yeah, for sure. And it's been very slow for us. Like we, we got a few sources, but we only have like 3,000 people on our list.

Like it's not a huge list. Well, ads will be good for you then. Yeah, for sure. Yeah. The ads and just, you know, growing growing it organically for sure.

That that will definitely help. But Ads contributes to organic. That's the thing. Ads can get you noticed, and then your organic is what, like, wins their hearts. And then once you get enough people, like, liking your stuff, then it grows on its own.

Mhmm. But you have to get noticed. Yeah. For sure. That's But some people just get noticed, and that doesn't work.

Like, it's a never ending battle. Right? You also have to win their hearts. For sure. That's that's next week.

Right? You're covering that? Yeah. Yeah. Next week.

Okay. No, that's awesome. That's yeah. It's, it's definitely a long term vision, long term game. Sam.

I know. Oh, do you wanna go first? No. Sorry. Go ahead.

Okay. Cool. Sam, what do you think of, lead magnets? Like What do you mean paying to, like, download, something to build a list? You don't want a list?

Well, the customers. Yeah. So go for what you want directly. If you want customers, aim for a customer, and you'll build a list as a byproduct. Yeah.

I get what you're saying a 100%. And, what what I'm having trouble getting my head around is I agree a 100% with what you're saying, but how do I know I'm building a YouTube channel of customers rather than, like, the kind of freebie people? I well, and most of them are freebie people. Okay. Yeah.

But it's like volume or. It's like, what are you trying to do with YouTube? You're trying to get noticed and win people's hearts. Right? So like you need enough view volume for YouTube to show you on the home feed.

Really a YouTube channel doesn't start working until you get enough views that they start showing your videos on the home feed for like your subscribers. That's a known number. Pardon? Is that a known number? I don't know.

I think it I think it's got a lot to do with, like, click through rate and watch time. Less than number of subscribers. Right? Because what you've got it's YouTube is trying to show people videos that keep them on YouTube. Yeah.

Right? So that is like two things. Click through rate. They're gonna click the thumbnail and watch. And then view watch time.

If you think about it, it's like, you know those are the two things. Like And so when you start And the other thing most people don't know about YouTube is that when people subscribe to your channel, like, how do you think most of your subscribers find your videos when you make a new video? Probably from the email list? I don't know. But let's say they only subscribe to you On YouTube.

I don't know. Yeah. So barely any of them actually come from like the notifications or anything. Like it's a small percentage. Most of them come from the home feed.

So, like, the key to YouTube is to get on that home feed, and the key to that is click through rate and watch time. And you have to, like, figure that out over time. You need, like, a combination of subscribers and, engagement, basically. Watch time. Yeah.

Yeah. And so a lot of these people won't buy from you, but it doesn't really matter because they're helping you get on the home feed of the people that will. Yeah. Okay. And because you know your audience, you're talking about the things that resonate with them anyway.

That too, obviously. Yeah. So like the topic, right? It's gonna roll. Yes.

You're aiming for the people that you want, but you're also catering to, you know, some other people at the same time. So it's helpful. Yeah. Cool. I get it.

I'm, I'm doing it anyway. Thank you. And it's valuable for the people that are seeing your ads too because people are gonna see your ads on YouTube. They're gonna search you on Google. They're gonna search you on YouTube to see if you're legit.

So So if you're actively posting content that's valuable to them, they're gonna subscribe. Maybe they won't buy after the VSL, but, you know, seven, fourteen days later. So and love. Yeah. Okay.

I yeah. I get you. Thank you. Sam, I know you said it's really important that your customers get results. Can you share how you feel about your customers, Like, emotionally, if anything?

I don't know. Like, I don't know how to answer that. Well, I'm asking because, in other programs that I'm in, people talk about, you know, like, the feelings between customer like, that it's important to have, like I don't know. I'm interested in your perspective. Are these just, like, people that you know that you are providing a service for them to get results very nice move on?

Or do you have any and I know you say you, you know, wanna have fun, apparently. So do you do you feel anything toward your customers in a way that's any different than you than you would feel toward people at a conference that you interact with or, or not really? I mean, I care about my customers and I want to, like help them, like get results so that they, they respect me for like helping them. Right? Is that what you mean?

You want them to respect you for helping them? Not just that, like for getting results. Like I want to be, like, I care about being good at what I do. So like, I know if I can do, if I can do my thing well and achieve the results for myself then, then I should be able to help other people do it and when I see them do it and they appreciate that then, like, that's what I like. I like making people happy through my talents.

Okay. Hey, Sam. Question that's sort of related to that is, I I know you've shared that your your mission for your company is to educate the planet. Correct? Did I say that right?

Yeah. So my question was, how did how would you I may maybe you did a video on this, but, how did you come to that as your mission? And I guess we're trying to refine ours right now, so I'm just, I guess, looking for some other insights to really, like, land on a good one that you feel is compelling enough, but also is, like, something that can communicate to your team exactly what you're doing and not have it be too vague. Well, that one's pretty vague. Yeah.

It's just it wasn't like an a good thing to think about, like because it also made me change doing what we were doing because doing consulting.com the old way, we wouldn't have achieved that. Because we were only teaching people business and only in English, and we could never scale to the world like that. So that kind of inspired moving to school and and trying to empower peep like, and distribute it. So, like, empower the people that teach the people instead of trying to teach all the people. You know what I mean?

Mhmm. Mhmm. Yeah. But in terms of a mission, you've just gotta think about what you like doing and what the world needs. And then something that would take, like, a lifetime to achieve kind of thing.

Something that and something that motivates you. Okay. Cool. Yeah. I think we just need to journal on it a little bit more because I wanna refine ours and really get on this something that works.

And I think the key is, like, what you said, something that really motivates us with the bigger picture of why we're here and how we're really helping, move the world forward. So, yeah, I think it just needs some more brainstorming. Those are good questions to start with for that. Thanks. Is it alright if I share my plan moving forward?

Yeah. Okay. So I don't know if it's good, and I'm already behind schedule. But I think I need accountability. So, you recommended that I try to transition my current community into more of the mastermind mind model because it already is.

I took a look, and over half of them are people that I just kind of let in that were one on one, to be honest, and, have been there over a year. So the community is a little over a year old and, like, over half of them are over a year that, like, I've worked with them and such. So what I was thinking for the transition was that I'm working on Maria's letter, and I do want to take the opportunity to do things better, like refreshing the course, and, you know, maybe like, I have a tendency to want to do more for people, so I like the idea of the quarterly meetup, like quarterly virtual events or something like that. Make it better. And so my plan is to write Maria's letter, and I'm assuming that most of the members that are currently there are not going to be interested in renewing, that are there over a year.

But I'm planning on kind of grandfathering in the people who have signed up within the year, like, so that they're automatically part of, like, the beta and get them hyped for that potentially, which only leaves me with, like, around 25 people. And I'm just curious. It like, I kind of like the idea of doing a launch just to kind of make use of kind of showing that we're doing something new, and I do plan on making it better. So I have a a very small YouTube channel of, like, 79 people. If I were to go about, like, a launch date for getting in a few extra members, because my goal is, like, maybe I could get, like, a beta with 30 people and, like, most of them would be people that are already there type thing, but then maybe I can make a goal for myself to get another five clients and kind of get them hyped about it, that it being a mastermind and get them into the program, like, you know, by a launch date.

Would that am I just, like, tangling too many things here? Is that a good idea? Because I have been looking at, rebranding, but we did talk about keeping the same name. So I kinda just wanna keep the same name for the group, but just call it a mastermind and do a bit of rebranding to make it different and make fresh content on that launch date. So did hopefully, that made sense.

I'm curious what your thoughts are. So it sounds like a lot of the people have been there for a while and you wanna make new content. Yeah. So that kinda sounds like a new product. Yeah.

So why not just do that and only sell in the people that pay for the new thing? What about the people who have signed up recently ish? How long is that? I mean, I've been trickling in people, like, pretty consistently. I haven't been aggressive about it, but there's been, like, two people in one or two people in a month, like, the past year.

There was a big influx of people in about six months ago. But, yeah, I feel like those people I owe them kind of fostering them in grandfathering them into the new thing that we're doing, especially the ones that are most recent, like within the past couple months. What, like, they get access to this thing for life for the price they've already paid? I want to like, when I'm tweaking Maria's letter, the people that are within the year membership, they I want them to go through the beta together, and then their membership date will just end whenever a year is from when they signed up. So it is switched to annual billing for them, but they're just automatically included.

Got it. So okay. So they eventually everyone's gonna be on the subscription? Yeah. So it's still I want the integrity of it.

That's fine. Yeah. Okay. So the plan is write Maria's letter, and then, you know, once I'm paired down in the group, make a goal. Do you think that I can make any sort of organic splash, like, with a measly 79 subscribers to fill the I would just try to do this one quietly.

Do it quietly? Like Yeah. Just, like, DM people to Yeah. Get new people in? Yeah.

Okay. Like, you can promote it with, like, ads and things after you've got it started. But to get it started, I would just talk to the people you think are a good fit for it and try to sell a few, you know, over the phone or over DM or whatever. And then maybe you could do like an opportunity funnel kind of thing to your well, how are we oh, no. You're planning to do you're doing the conversion thing.

Sorry. So, yeah, convert everyone over to this and then start promoting it with ads, I would say. And then every, like, quarter or something, you can do an opportunity funnel to kinda, like, sweep up all of the people that have, like, matured and have become ready to buy since they opted in. Makes sense? Okay.

Yeah. Because I was kind of going through the timeline, and I was thinking, like, oh, if my organic is kind of failing, I can still save myself because the YouTube ads will be out by then. But I shouldn't do YouTube ads if it's a beta is what you're saying. I should wait till the beta is complete. And then I would.

Yeah. Do YouTube ads. Yeah. Because it's just too much on your plate. That's fair.

Yeah. When you're doing a beta, you're just trying to, like, help all the people and make the content and get it good. You don't wanna have to worry about other things at the same time. Mhmm. That's fair.

And then do you think I need a new name then? I I'd ideally like to keep the same school group as the thing just because we're already having fun there. So just changing branding So you'll remove people you'll remove some people then if they don't take it up? Yeah. I I want a few of them to resign, but assuming most of them won't because they're literally Yeah.

Use the same thing then. It's small, so you can get away with it. Yeah. Okay. No.

That sounds like that sounds like a lot of fun. That sounds good. Thank you. I had another question unless someone else did. I'm just curious if anyone has dived deep into, helping people with, like, SEO at all.

I get a lot of my own clients from it, and I just don't really have any tracking set up for it or anything like that. And I'm wondering if it's a good idea to maybe partner with someone and bring them on kind of like what you did, for YouTube ads, just so I could instead of me becoming an expert on it, get someone else in? Or is it the fact that I have results good enough to teach it, do you think? Because I feel like I don't really understand how, like, the nuance is, and I'd I'd like to learn from an expert. So my basic question is, do you think it'd be a good idea for me to look into Is it work if you've made it work?

If you've made it work, then you know what to do. I suppose. Well, no. You do. Otherwise, it wouldn't have worked.

I guess that's true. Okay. So keep it simple is what we're saying. Yeah. But I wouldn't recommend it unless it's necessary.

Mhmm. Because SEO is complicated and, like, it's hard to make it work and it it's slow. So if it is what you believe is one of the best methods for your people, then sure. Teach it. But, I mean, I leave it out of all of my stuff.

Mhmm. Well, that's what I was trying to do because I didn't really know like, I kinda felt like a nutritionist, not a doctor. I know what's healthy, but I don't I didn't know, like, what and why things worked. But it's I think it's a lot easier when it comes to local businesses and such, to help them or at least that's my experience. So I I think I can help you.

I think I could just download it more. Again, it it's it's way easier. Right? Because Yeah. There might only be one in the Mhmm.

Suburb or whatever. Right? Okay. Yeah. Cool.

Cool. Yeah. No. I think I'm gonna try to build into that more of it in the new mastermind, but so curious on your thoughts. So thank you.

These are always the best parts. Any jokes? I have a question about just a general question about negative comments. I noticed you never delete them or ban them. We're just kinda curious your your logic, just letting everyone say whatever on ads and on on your YouTube channel, Sam.

Yeah. My strategy is just don't even look because then there's you don't even know. Like, I don't even know what people are saying, so I don't even care because I don't know anything about it. Right? So, like, and that seems to be the best way to like get them to not care either.

Because typically people like to, you know, they feed off of like a reaction kind of thing. Right? Plus also like a guilty person kind of like reacts too. So like it, you know, based on what I've seen, when people react, it generally doesn't go in their favor. Like it turns out it turns out to be a big deal.

There's follow-up pieces happening and there's it turns into someone's project basically and these people get locked in some kind of battle. And it just dominates that person's life and mood for a long time and I'm just like, what are you even doing? So yeah, my strategy is just don't even look and then that way it's not even in your consciousness. Fair enough. Hey, Sam.

I think you did a partnership with Tai Lopez, like, years ago. Have you ever thought of doing any other partnerships like that again? Only if it makes sense. Like, I don't need to do anything at the moment because of, like, we can fill up Quantum and YouTube without anything like that. Cool.

I think some of our high ticket, leads have actually been, the best leads have come from referral partners, and we've gotten, historically, probably most of our clients from JV partnerships like that on top of our YouTube organic. So, yeah, it's just interesting to explore as another strategy we might implement again soon. Yeah. I mean, JVs are good. Like, the key, though, is that you've gotta have a good relationship with a good JV.

So if you if if an opportunity presents itself, definitely do it. Okay. Cool. Have you ever heard of, telesummits? Have you ever, had clients that have been successful on those?

That's pretty much the main way we've done it. Never. Okay. Cool. Any other questions?

Yeah. A little one. In, before WeTube, I think you specified roughly, like, a profit goal or maybe revenue goal, actually, within your programs, in the marketing but in the program themselves. Do you do you have, like, anything like that in mind for for YouTube but and in turn, Quantum? A goal for what?

Profit or revenue? I guess profit is, is better. Yeah. We always have goals for that. Like a program wide one.

Like, I'm thinking of, like, the early videos, like your introductory videos, like, hop level and stuff. And you're like, this is what we're going for. This is the number. And you're asking, do I have that for people in, like, YouTube? Yeah.

Is there like a It's more like you can set it for yourself. Like, yeah. Start with what you want and then you can try to get it. Cool. Yeah.

I'm happy with that. Any other questions before we wrap up? Cool. Well, I'll see everyone next week. Thanks.

Thank you. Bye.

# 1. Launching a mastermind

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales
- Duration: 23 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/8069f7b9-0729-4afe-8cea-c9fa8de1049c

---


Hey, everybody. Welcome to this module called launching a mastermind. And in this video, I'm gonna show you how to go about launching a mastermind, whether that's the front end mastermind or the back end mastermind, and the stages you go through to do it. And I'm also gonna introduce you to our funnels and our promotional strategies to get customers. So let's jump into it.

So let's start with the pre launch audit. Now before you launch, you want to you basically want to audit your business and your situation to find out what assets you've got. And when I say assets, I mean, basically, things that you can use to get customers. Right? So having customers is probably the best asset you can have.

If you've got customers in a course, that means that you can sell them another course. Right? So your customer list is an asset. Your email list is an asset. Your YouTube channel, your social media, basically anything you've got that you can drive traffic to or get customers from, that's an asset.

So ask yourself this question and just write down your assets. And then do you have star students who are a perfect fit for your new mastermind offer? If you do, write them down too because those are, you know, great assets. They're customers, but they're your best customers. They're perfect fits.

And they've already got results with you, so, you know, they're probably quite open to spending more money with you and working with you because they've got a good history in that relationship. And then what you wanna do is list your assets from hottest to coldest. So number one would be star students, and then within that category, you would have a few names. Right? Then you would have your general customer list, then you would have, like, I don't know what you'd have next, maybe your YouTube channel.

Your your email list is probably a bit warmer than your YouTube channel, then probably your YouTube channel, social media, things like this. Right? So list out your assets. Now it's time to get your first few customers. Now we want to we do this in private before we go public with it because it's basically a way to validate that what we're about to launch will work, and that when we do it publicly, it works.

The last thing we want is to launch publicly and for it not to work because it's hard to launch multiple times in the public eye because, you know, people wonder why is he launching it again. And plus, it's kind of embarrassing for you too. Right? So it's best to kinda cheat and launch it in private to validate that your offer's good, people are gonna buy it, and you know how to communicate it, all of that. And then you do it publicly, and you already know that it's gonna work because you already tried it.

So this is the key here. So you what you wanna do is you wanna talk to your star students and tell them what you've got in mind. And this is not a complicated thing. You just message them, send them a DM on Facebook or whatever, an email, and then get on a call with them, like a Zoom call, would be great. It'd be great if you could see them.

And then the idea here is to get your first few customers before you launch publicly to make sure your offer is good and the way you communicate the value is clear. And you want to tweak the offer pricing, messaging, etcetera, until you get your first few customers. So if something's off, people will tell you. They they'll be like, well, I don't know. Will it will it have this?

Will you show us how to do that? Or maybe the pricing's off or something. Right? And you can adjust it in real time with the customers, and then you can, you know, get it to the point where people buy. Right?

And when you're having this conversation with them, it's just a casual conversation. You're like, hey. Look. Here's what I'm thinking about, like, launching. And you can say it's gonna work like this.

We you're gonna get these things. Like, it you know, there's gonna be four live events a year or whatever it is. You just tell them what it is, and then tell them what the price is and see if they're interested in joining and just have a chat. It's there's no script. There's it's just a chat with a friend, basically.

Remember, this person is very warm. They've already paid you money and had amazing results. They trust you, so you don't have to get all salesy on them. It's just a a friendly chat. And so if you need to tweak anything, do it in private first.

If you can't get your first few customers privately, you're not ready to launch publicly. Right? Now once you've got some customers, you'll have confidence, validation, you'll have your offer dialed in, and you'll have the messaging ready, and you'll know the common questions and objections and how to handle them. Right? The key one of the biggest things here is confidence.

Now there's nothing better than already knowing that people are in there, so that when you promote it, you people can just sense or feel your confidence, and they're more likely to come to you. But if you launch publicly and you've got all of this this insecurity in your mind, when you do it, people will be able to sense that, and it will make them wary of it. Right? This is the beauty of launching it in private first with a few students to get it right. Once you've got that, now you've got everything you need to launch it publicly.

Right? And we'll talk about this here. So launching a back end mastermind. I'll cover this one first, then I'll cover launching a front end mastermind. So you want to get your first few customers privately.

You do you do this with both masterminds. Right? You follow this process, whether it's front end or back end. You get your first few privately, and then you wanna run one live event before launching publicly. And the reason you wanna do this is after your first event, you'll be on a high and you'll have tons of confidence.

And you'll know how to promote your mastermind because you were just talking to the customers in person and you thoroughly understand who they are, what they want, etcetera. Right? You've just been in the room with them. Your your awareness of, like, who they who they are, what they want, what their business situation is, and what they're interested in and what in what you provide is way higher. Plus you're also just gonna be on a high because it it went well, and you wanna take advantage of that energy, that feeling, and that recency of the information, before you launch it publicly.

And, again, a lot of this is about confidence because people are attracted to people who are confident. So you wanna get that event under your belt first. And more than this, you'll have yeah. You'll also have photos of the event. Right?

Definitely take photos, lots of photos. They're great assets when promoting a a mastermind, And you'll know what material was hot. And what I mean by hot is it got people's attention, it delivered value, and it created excitement. You know, whenever you're presenting to a room or something, we were talking about different topics, you've got to get really good at sensing what was hot and write it down when you when you notice it. When you notice everyone's attention is just zoned right in or everyone starts looking up, like, or people were talking about it or that they're like, this was awesome, or they're like, yeah.

Right? Pay attention to those things. They're rare moments in time, but they definitely happen whenever there's groups of people together. And those are gonna be your best assets to use when promoting your mastermind. Right?

So you'll also know it was hot. So now you've got confidence, you've got photos, you know what was hot and you're on a high. And, you know, you've got all of these amazing assets, which are perfect for marketing. Right? And at this stage, you can use the opportunity funnel to promote it publicly.

Right? So you run it you sell it to a few people first. You do the live event, and then you promote it publicly using the opportunity funnel. Right? And you only need, like, one or two customers to start at Mastermind and do your first live event.

Honestly, you can do it even if you've got one. I'm not joking. Everyone's gotta start with one. It's ideal if you get more than one. It's probably ideal if you get two or three to do your live event, but if you can only get one, that's it.

Now the opportunity funnel, I'm gonna show what show you what that is in the other modules in week two. So but let me just show you quickly what it looks like now. This was one we used to promote quantum earlier in the year. And it just says, here's our plan for 2022. And here I shared, like, what our plan was for 2022, and then I transitioned about halfway through to talking about Quantum Mastermind and asking people if they wanted to enroll.

And then they could just schedule a call with our team, went straight to a Calendly page where they could, you know, fill out their name and everything and fill out a survey and book a time to talk about Quantum. Right? So that's the opportunity funnel. And I'll tell you how it works and how to make your own one and the emails to send to it and all of that stuff in the module where we talk about the opportunity funnel. And that's how you would launch it publicly for the first time.

Right? Now let me just tell you a quick story about this, how we came up with this, our plan for 2022. So I actually came up with this for my own business first, this big picture thing, to get some clarity for myself and our own business. And I noticed that it was hot with the team, like Hauser, Jesse, Dre, and them. They were like, this is really awesome.

It brings a lot of clarity. So then I thought, I'm gonna share this with the mastermind. And I shared it with everyone at the 2019 no. 02/2004 event, with the Quantum people. And they it was hot.

It got a lot of people's attention. Every I've never seen so much engagement at an event, honestly. This thing was super hot. And so I thought, I'm gonna use that to promote Quantum when we push it at in q one twenty twenty two. And then that's what I did.

I shared it in this I shared it, and we we filled Quantum up with this. Right? So with one hot little topic that you learn from running an event, you can get a lot of customers for your mastermind. So always be paying attention, right, at these events. Now you can also use the opportunity funnel whenever you want more customers.

Well, it's called an opportunity funnel because every time an opportunity presents itself, you can use it. Right? So maybe after every event, there might be something hot. You could use that after the event. Right?

Or whenever there's been a breakthrough in your mastermind where a group of people are having amazing success with something, or a lot of people had this problem and now they've solved it in this particular way. Right? Or whenever there's amazing streak of student results and you want to share those stories, right. Just always be looking out for what's hot and then use what's hot to promote your mastermind. Right?

You're letting it emerge and come to you, and then you're using that to promote it. And that always works so much better instead of trying to come up with things out of your own head. Right? Use what works. That's the opportunity funnel.

You can also promote it on your site using a basic product page. So if you look at consulting.com and then you go to this page, this is a basic product page. It just says you can have a photo of the mastermind. You can say who it's for. You can have a screenshot of a testimonial or something, and you can say how it works and you can explain what they get and how to get started.

And then you can just have a calendar. That simple. Right? And this page works really well. So that's a product page, and you can also promote it to your front end mastermind customers in the group one month before the events.

So, you know, if you've got a back end mastermind, you probably have a front end product or a front end mastermind. One month before each event is happening, use that. Post in your group for the front end mastermind or the front end product, whatever it is, and say, want to meet with me in Miami, want to meet with me and 16 other people in Miami on September 10 or something. Right? The beauty of it is you can be very specific cause you know where the event's going to be, you know, when it's going to be, you probably even have photos of it.

Right. So people can really visualize it and you know how many people are going to be there and you can say how many seats you're willing to open up. Right. And there's some kind of natural, there's a natural urgency there because the event's happening soon. Right.

So you've got natural urgency, it's event based and you're able, the event itself is creating the, the, the persuasion mechanism. Right? People are like, I want to be there. I want to sit down and, and learn and be with those people. And so that works really well.

So, like, you know, one month before each event, you can post in your group and get a group of people in. And then after your event, you can use what's hot and put it in an opportunity funnel. Right? And then naturally, mastermind or your front end product, whenever you see someone who's a great fit for your back end mastermind, you can just DM them and naturally bring them up. Right?

Natural process. And when you're doing sales calls, if someone's more of a fit for your back end mastermind, but they're interested in your front end mastermind, you can always choose to pitch them the back end one too. Right? And these are ways you naturally kind of feed your back end mastermind on an ongoing basis. Right?

Now let's talk about launching a front end mastermind or a FEM. We're gonna start introducing FEM and BEM because it just makes it easier to to talk about a lot of the time. Right? Now when you're launching a front end mastermind, you wanna get your first few customers privately and tell them the start date. And the start date, you just decide on.

I recommend about one month out. Right? That gives you enough time to give it a good push and promote it a lot and make the first kind of few pieces of content, before it starts. Right? So decide on a start date, decide what it is, and then identify your star students, DM them, get on Zoom calls, and get them sold in.

Right? Once you've got some customers, you'll have confidence, validation, you'll have your offer dialed in, your messaging, and you'll know the common questions and objections and how to handle them. Right? That's the beauty of it. It's like it's kinda like cheating.

You get all of the stuff out of the way and you get your confidence boosted up and you you it's kind of like a pretest or an alpha test or something. Right? You you have a clue of what's gonna happen when you when you launch it. And at this stage, you can use the launch funnel to promote it. And I'm gonna show you what the launch funnel is in one of the next modules here in week two.

And I'll also show you what the launch funnel looks like. You basically start with a landing page like this that teases it out. It just says, imagine a mastermind that. Right? And launching, you decide on a launch date.

Now I'll discuss the exact mechanics of launching using the launch funnel in the in the launch funnel module, but, basically, two weeks before it properly launches, you just use this as a teaser. Right? Just to kind of create create some hype around it. Right? And to get people to tease it a little bit.

Right? And then you ask people to join the wait list. They join the wait list, and it says you're on the list, and you're just trying to build up a wait list. Right? Now to get people on the wait list, you can post this in your customer group.

So I said here, you know, introducing the new up level, and I said, join the wait list to to join, basically. So I was teasing it to my customer group. Right? I also sent an email to my email list to get them excited about it, and we started to build up a wait list and create some anticipation about it. Then about then on May 2, what I did is I launched this video that explained exactly what YouTube was.

And here I said exactly what it was, how it was gonna work, and what the price was, and all of this. You can watch this video for yourself. And then I told people to go to, wetube.com/join to join basically, and then they were able to apply to join YouTube. I'm not gonna go too much into it in this video because I explain it fully in the, what is it called? The launch funnel module.

Right? And after you've launched it, you should focus on building it out and making it great. Right? So it gives you one month to push it as hard as you can and get as many people as you can in there. And then once you've done that, once that date rolls around, it was May 30 for We Tube.

Right? Then you've got to start building it out. And that's what I'm gonna show you how to do in one of the next modules in this week, which is called, running a beta, I think it is, something like that. Right? Once it's built out, you'll have confidence, clarity, and ideas to promote it more.

Right? Just like running your first live event. Right? After you've run it and you've interacted with the people on the calls and in the community, you've seen you've learned so much more after you've got like, been doing it. And you're also paying attention for what's hot.

Right? What's hot? Always think about this and write it down. And at this stage, after you've run it, you can use the opportunity funnel to promote it whenever you want. So whenever you spot a streak of wins, you can create an opportunity funnel.

Whenever you whenever you spot something really hot, you can create an opportunity funnel. And then with that opportunity funnel, you can send it to your list. You can, even put the video on YouTube. So you can see this, my YouTube channel. I put my plan for 2022 video on YouTube, which is basically like a pitch for Quantum, and this did really well.

And then this filled up Quantum basically by emailing my list to it, put posting it in the group for all of my customers, and also, yeah, posting it to my customers, emailing my list to it, and posting it on my YouTube. That filled up Quantum this year. Then later in the year, I put the opportune the launch video for We Tube, I put it on my YouTube channel too, and I called it masterminds versus courses introducing YouTube. And this worked really well for getting people from my YouTube channel in into YouTube. Right?

So you can use the opportunity funnel, whenever you want. And at this stage, you can also use the VSL funnel and YouTube ads to promote it continuously. Alright? Now I'm gonna show you what the v s I'm gonna teach you all about the VSL funnel later on in YouTube, and we're also Brian's gonna be telling you a lot about YouTube ads later on in YouTube. So these links, you know, they will eventually take you to those parts of the training, but right now, they won't work, right, because those pieces of the training haven't been released.

But a VSL funnel is something basic like this. Right? It's basically a landing page. People opt in, then they go to a video, and then they're able to book a call. Pretty simple.

And you run YouTube ads to that. We'll tell you all about this later. I'm just giving you some context and a high level explanation at the moment. And you can also promote it on your website using a product page. So if we go to consulting.com, you can see WeTube is currently here.

And Quantum, it goes to the product page. Right? But for WeTube, we don't have a product page for it yet because it's still pretty raw. It just takes you straight to this, which is basically like a product page, but in video form. Right?

So you can put it on your website too. So that's how you launch a front end mastermind and how you promote it on on an ongoing basis, and also how you launch a back end mastermind and promote it on an ongoing basis. Right? So that's it for this module on launching a mastermind. I'll see you in the next few where I show you the funnels.

See you soon.

# 2. Launch funnel

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales
- Duration: 41 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/fd9e8d56-d9ac-431b-ac46-1d4dd44ffcd4

---


Alright. Welcome to this module called Launch Funnel. And in this video, I'm gonna show you how to build the Launch Funnel, and how to actually launch a front end mastermind. Now very important, you don't use the launch funnel to launch your back end mastermind. You only use it to launch your front end mastermind.

And if you wanna know why, well, watch the previous module, which is called 2.1, launching a mastermind. This module here assumes you've watched the previous module, so please do it. Now let's get to work. Step one, make a plan. Now planning is really important when you're launching, because you've got a lot of things happening and and they all have to happen on time because it's all live.

Right? And the date that you really wanna start with is your basically your beta start date, the date that you're actually gonna release week one of the content and begin working with your customers. Right? Decide on that date first, and if you want to have, like, some guidelines, I think you should give yourself thirty days to launch and enroll, and fourteen days to tease it out before that. So really that's forty four days before you begin.

Right? So you're basically giving yourself forty four days to promote it, and to sell people in, and to get people excited about it, and to also come up with, like, the first week of training before you get everyone in. It's good to give yourself a bit of time there. And to plan all of this out, I like to use the warm app planner, and there's a link to it here. It's a basic planner that I use to organize my life.

Now we launched YouTube. We started teasing it on April 20. Right? And then during May, we went live. This is when we we started enrolling people in on the May 2, and then it started on the May 30.

That's when week one was released, and we started with the 60 people in the beta. Right? Now I've left some of the actual, like, things that happened inside this planet. Right? So you can use this for yourself by just going file, make a copy.

You'll wanna remove my things out of it. You'll also want to add other months in here. I'm sure you're smart enough to figure all of that out. But, yeah, if you wanna see the exact days that I sent the different emails and things, you can see it all here. But basically, start with with the the start date.

Right? Give yourself thirty days. You can see it's roughly thirty days in between the thirtieth and the second. Right? So I gave myself this much time to enroll people, promote it, and to also create the first week of content.

And then I gave myself fourteen days to basically tease it to get people excited and build up some anticipation. Right? So in total, forty four days before the actual start date. So that's why you wanna plan first of all. Right?

And you use the warm up planner to do that. And you also need to plan out, you know, you need to block out some time to actually create and run the beta. So if I go to, like, May here or June, you can see a lot of the things in here, a lot of the the things that I've put in here, are to do with creating the content for YouTube and doing the collaboration calls and everything. Right? So you also need to plot in, like, making it as well.

Right? There's a lot of planning and scheduling and organization that goes into launching and creating a mastermind, and you wanna be organized and stay sane. So use the wall map planner for that. That's step one. Step two is to begin, basically.

To this is when you start implementing the plan. And step two is the coming soon teaser. So you wanna create a coming soon page with a join wait list call to action, and I've put an example here, an actual one that we used for YouTube. So the coming soon teaser is is basically a page that says it's coming in fourteen days from when you first announce it, and you just build a little bit of hype around it. You don't need to say exactly what it is, but you can just kind of paint a picture in people's minds of what it's gonna be about.

Right? So So I said, imagine a mastermind that. Boom boom boom boom boom. And, you know, you can get this kind of information from your offer mechanics worksheet when you've been coming up with your offer. Right?

And then the call to action is just to join the wait list, and they click that, and then they're able to join a wait list. And it just says, thanks. You're on the list. We'll email you closer to May 2 as it launches. Right?

It's very simple. Now you can just make one of these pages in about half an hour using ClickFunnels. Right? I don't think I need to give you a template or anything. You're smart enough to figure out how to build one of these in ClickFunnels or whatever landing page software you want.

Right. Now it should launch fourteen days from when you announced it. So I announced this. You, you saw the dates, right? May 2 was I I announced it, first of all, fourteen days before this.

Right? Now you wanna post about it in your customer groups if you have some of them. Right? So I have, Uplevel, which is one customer group, and I posted about it here. And I said introducing the new Uplevel, which is called WeTube, and I told people that it was launching on May 2.

I linked people to it, and, you know, I started to build some excitement for it. Right? So this is a good idea to post it in your customer groups to get people to go and join the wait list and to start building up some excitement. You can also email this to your list and post about it on social media. Basically, you wanna put it everywhere you can so that you can start building up some excitement.

And the idea here is to build up a wait list of people that have opted in and they they wanna join, basically. You're building anticipation. You're building hype and excitement, and people are basically counting down to a date. Right? They know something's happening on, like, May 2 or whatever.

And then you want to engage with people to handle objections and answer their questions, etcetera. And you wanna pay attention during this period. So if I go to my group up level where I posted this, and I this is where I did the post. And, you know, a lot of people were asking questions. And so as people started asking questions, I was replying to them.

Right? And it was really important during this period for me to handle people's questions and objections. And then I was kind of making mental notes of what the most common objections were. And doing this is really important because you're already kind of selling these people. You're handling their objections upfront so that when you do launch, they're probably gonna join right away.

Away. But not only that, you're learning what the objections are, or you're learning what parts in your message were not clear. So that when you do your official launch, right, which is coming up in fourteen days, you can make some tweaks, and you can also handle some of the objections. So if you're smart, you wanna use this period to to optimize a little bit, right, and gather some information. Now step three is to create the launch funnel, and you can do this during the fourteen days, that you're teasing it out.

So you wanna create a launch page with a video explaining your new mastermind, and I give you an example of ours here. A launch page, all it needs to be is like a logo and a video, and all the video needs to show is like basically what it is. I mean, mine is about as basic as you can get. It's me with my, like, offer mechanics worksheet up, a one pager that says what WeTubers, what you get, how it works, how to enroll, how much it costs, the bare basics on a one page Google Doc, and I'm just walking through it in this video. The video is twenty four minutes long, and I'm explaining what it is.

And I also show them, like, at some parts in this video, I show them basically what it's gonna look like. I show them the school group, and I show them some testimonials from people in Quantum and things like that. And then at the end, I I tell people if they're interested to apply, and I tell them how to apply, basically. Pretty simple. You can watch the video for yourself.

Now where are we? So the video should be in between ten and thirty minutes long, and it should cover your offer mechanics. And I've given you the example an example here. This is the exact one pager that I had up on my screen when I made my launch video for YouTube. I just recovered these bullets, Imagine a Mastermind that.

And then I said, here's how it works. You get these instructions, week one to six, and you'll also get the community and the collaboration calls. I said what the price was, and then I said, here's how you apply. Right? And that is all I used to do it.

You can watch the video. You can look at this example, and you can figure it out for yourself. Now some tips for the video. Get to the point. This is a biggie.

Honestly, I can't believe how hard I used to make things for myself. I don't know why I did it, but I most of what I used to say, I wasn't even saying really anything. It was I think I'd probably read too many copywriting books or just look I was looking at too many other people, and I I don't know what the hell I was doing, but I was like, I was not really just speaking directly or getting to the point. Right? Maybe it was because I was too nervous or maybe it was because I didn't really have a point.

I don't know. But get to the point. Cut straight to it. The more I'm able to cut get to the point and be direct and specific, the better my funnels work, the better my videos work. Everything gets better the more I'm able to get to the point.

And I've seen this trend happen with other people too. I'm sure it will be the same with you. Figure out the essence. Figure out what truly people want and what things truly deliver value in what you're offering, and just get to it. Leave out all the other crap.

Another example is show, don't tell. If you can show someone something, do it. Don't try to explain everything. You know, people are telling explanations. They're pulling up fucking quotes and things.

They're like telling a story about some other guy or some shit. Just show them. Right? Just pull it up on your screen and show them the damn thing. Tell them what they're gonna get.

Be direct. And example over explanation. You know, instead of explaining, just give them an example. Be like, here's an example. And then show them what they get.

Like, I just pulled up the school group on my screen, and I'm like, you're gonna have calls, like Zoom calls. We're gonna record them. You're gonna be in this community where you can post and comment and engage with each other, and there's going to be a classroom where I'm going to put some content. And this is what the content is going to be about. You know, instead of me explaining this thing like, oh, it's going to be some implementation program and all this other crap, just show them what they're going to get.

People just wanna see it. They're like, what am I gonna get? What's it gonna be like? And if you get to the point, show don't tell, and give people an example instead of an explanation, it just it works really well. And it might sound too basic, but honestly, you've got to try it.

It's pretty good. And then you can show proof of results if you can. Now to do this, I just pulled up a bunch of tabs, in my school group in Quantum. So where can I show you this? In this video here.

Just watch this video and you'll see what I mean, but I just you can see up the top in my tab bar, I had before I hit record on this video, I just opened up a bunch of, like, people in my masterminds that were posting relevant wins, basically. People who had YouTube ads working and people who had been selling masterminds successfully. And I just pulled up a bunch of tabs like that, and then when I got to the to add some social proof and show proof of results, I was just like, here's people in my mastermind that are getting all of these awesome results. You know, you don't have to collect testimonials, honestly. You don't have to do all of this fancy stuff that people do or, like, edit these little snippets or whatever and say this person got this result.

You just can just show people the actual things that people posted where they said they got some results. It's so simple. And it it's more meaningful because it's real. It's not abstract or anything. Right?

And it it's just pretty basic. And you know, these these results weren't from WeTube because WeTube didn't exist. These results were from people in quantum. But I was using that social proof because WeTube was gonna be a lighter version of Quantum. So think about how this logic works for people.

We Tube doesn't exist yet, but Quantum does. Quantum has successful people selling masterminds. And if WeTube is a simp is like a cheaper, lighter version of Quantum, then that means that those results should work there too. Right? So I didn't need I didn't even have testimonials for WeTube.

WeTube didn't even exist, but I leveraged the ones from Quantum. And I just pulled up a bunch of tabs from the school group and just ran through them real quick. Watch this video. You'll see what I mean. But, you know, it it's pretty simple.

What else have we got here? Yeah. Explain how it works. So I tell you how to do I say, you know, there'll be the school community, and then here's how to join. You can go to, like, wetube.com/join.

You can pay the $99 application fee, complete the application. We're looking to start on May 30 with 60 members. So just be don't leave anything to the imagination in terms of how is it gonna work. Just be very specific and provide a lot of clarity. And then get people to apply and explain the next steps.

Right? And here's a note, you don't have to reveal the price. So there are pros and cons to this. Now, you know, I decided YouTube, because I knew that we were going to have a lot of people applying, and I didn't want to waste any time with people that apply were applying, and then saying, oh, I it's too expensive, or I didn't know what the price was. I had the luxury of having a ton of traffic.

Right? If you have the luxury of having a ton of traffic and a lot of demand, then you can I'd probably show the price if I was you. However, if you don't have that luxury, I probably wouldn't show the price. I decided to show the price because I wanted less volume, but higher quality. When you don't have the volume problem, that means that, you know, you're will you're willing to trade quality for volume, basically.

So you can use your best judgment whether you should show the price or not. I like to always do it. Some people are with me. Some people don't like to do it. It's up to you.

Now it the mastermind should start thirty days from the launch date to give yourself time to market it, time to enroll people, and time to create the content. Right? And you wanna specify a member cap for the beta that you believe you can fill. So for We Tube, that was 60. Now for you, you've got to figure out what that is for you.

It probably won't be 60. Right? It might be a lot smaller. I can't tell you a way to figure out what you're able to fill. You just have to use your instincts.

Right? But better to it's better to fill it than to not fill it, so just keep that in mind. Right? So come up with a number that you think you can fill, and then do your best to fill it. Right?

That's your member cap. Now there's two ways you can build this funnel, the launch funnel, based on the amount of volume that you're able to generate. So if you're able to generate a lot of volume, let's say you've got a lot of customers already, or you've got a big email list, or a big YouTuber subscribe base. If you've been in business for a while and you've got a really good reputation and and you've got a lot of assets, you're probably in the high volume category. Right?

If this is you, this is the sequencing for this funnel that I would go with. You've got the video page, right, which tells people what it's all about and how to apply, and then you've got you take them to a $99 deposit page, right, where they basically pay a $99 deposit to join the WeTube beta. This is a method to to basically get people to apply, and then you're able to score all of the applications and then reach out to the people that you wanna sell. You only really use the $99 deposit method when you've got a lot of volume. Because we knew that if we just took people to a calendar, our calendar would fill up so fast, and we would have no way to control the quality.

Right? Some people might be booking that weren't going to buy, or some people might be booking that wanted to buy, but weren't the best fit for it. Right? So we needed a mechanism to basically get people to express interest, but not crowd our calendar. And we also didn't want just a free application because we knew those people didn't have skin in the game.

A $99 deposit, I basically learned this from Tesla. You know, when Tesla launched the Cybertruck, you could basically get on the wait list and pre order a Cybertruck truck for $99. Right? And I thought that was a pretty cool idea. That's a way for them to kind of predict demand.

Right? It's a it's a nice little signal, so they can kind of see in advance how many people are interested in it, get all the app get all of the the preorders, and then start fulfilling them. I basically learned it from that. If you're in the high volume category, you can get people to do the $99 deposit. To build this page, I just used ClickFunnels.

I integrated it with Stripe. I'm sure you can figure out how to do this yourself. Right? Now then I sent them after they paid the $99 deposit, they went to a Google survey. And I link you to all of these things, by the way.

So this Google survey was based it said your $99 purchase was successful. Please complete this survey. Our team will review it and get back to you via email. We're looking to get a group of 60 people together to start May 30. Right?

Now here, people basically gave us some information. I knew that after they applied, we were gonna be reviewing all of these applications and trying to come up with people that were a good fit for YouTube. So you ask questions in your survey based on the criteria that you need to determine whether people are a good fit or not. You're smart enough to figure that out for yourself. You want their name, email, we wanted a link to their website, link to their YouTube, current monthly revenue and profit, their niche, their business, where they got their traffic from, da da da da da.

You can figure out what these are for you. Right? Now then we went to manual processing, and I'm gonna tell you what manual processing means a bit later in this video. This is only for high volume people. A lot of you, most of you probably aren't high volume.

You're probably more low volume. Right? If you're low volume, you build this launch funnel out a little different. So you have the same video page, right, where you say what it is, you tell people to apply, things like that. But then instead of taking them to a $99 deposit page and then a Google survey and then manual processing, you just send them to a Calendly and a survey in one.

So you just send them to an application page. They're able to book a time in your calendar. We use calendly.com to do this. And then we have we put the survey questions inside Calendly. So it's just an a calendar and a survey in one.

So we ask them their name, email, phone, business website, what their business does, current monthly revenue, what you want our help with, da da da da. You can figure out what your questions are for yourself, and that's what you send them to. Right? And then you they go to a thank you page, and then you get on a call with them, and you just sell in whoever's interested, basically. You don't have the luxury of getting all of these applications and scoring them and sorting them and being able to pick and choose.

You just have to sell the people that wanna buy, and your calendar probably isn't gonna blow up. So you don't need to put all of these, like, mechanisms in there to thin the demand. Right? You can just use this straightforward funnel. Now step four is launching.

So on launch day, you want to publish your launch page, and you want to email it to your wait list, and then your entire email list, and then you wanna post about it all over your social media. Basically, tell anyone you can, everywhere you can, make a lot of noise about it because it's launch day. Right? And you hopefully have built up some anticipation about this by now. Now you also want to post about it in your customer groups.

So here's an example of where I posted about it in up level. I said the WeTube beta is live. I said it went live today. We've got this many people on the wait list and only 60 seats, so this will sell out fast. Then I said, if you're interested in this is for you.

Go here. Apply. Let's do it. Right? So I posted about it in Uplevel again.

I sent an email out to my list, and then the day after that, I got the email. I mean, sorry. I got the video, and I uploaded it to my YouTube channel. So what you can do is you can get the video and upload it to your YouTube if you've got subscribers, and you can see here, I changed the name of it a bit to make it a bit more, like, YouTube friendly. I called it Masterminds versus Courses, then in brackets, Introducing YouTube.

And then I just put the put the launch video straight on my YouTube channel. Right? Boom. Pretty simple. You can do something like this too.

And that brings in now you've told your wait list, you've told your customer groups, you've told your email list, you've told your social following, and you've get put it out on YouTube. Right? You've, like, put it everywhere, and you've been hammering on this point for a while now so that people start to notice. Something awesome happens when you hammer on a point consistently for a period of time on every channel. People realize, oh, something's going on here, and you don't change the subject.

It's all focused on this. And then what you can do is you can email your entire list to the YouTube video using different angles and hooks. So, you know, after you've emailed your list to the launch page, right, saying it's live, then you can put the launch video on YouTube. Once it's on YouTube, you can email your list to the new YouTube video and just give it a new name, like masterminds versus courses. Right?

And then you can come up with different angles to email your list to send them to the YouTube video. So the next email I sent was called people over content, and then in brackets, courses are boring. And I kept coming up with new, like, angles to send to my email list to get their attention because some people might be interested in WeTubers Live. Some people might be interested in, masterminds versus courses. Some people might be interested in people over content.

Right? Different angles capture different people's attention, but they were all going to the same thing. Right? Some people don't want to look at a funnel video. Some people do.

Some people are more interested in the video when it's on YouTube. Right? And so you're just you're just trying to get as much as you can out of this asset. And then do whatever you can to drive traffic to the launch page and video. And here are some emails that we sent as examples.

So, you know, you probably want some examples. Here's the first email we sent. YouTube beta is live. And it's we directed them straight to the live page. The second email we sent, masterminds versus courses.

Right? This was to the YouTube video. You can see I've got a different thumbnail here. Right? Just different things to get people's attention.

And then the third email I sent was people over content, then in brackets courses are boring. In this one, I went more into a text explanation with no thumbnails to kind of appeal to those people that are more into reading and understanding instead of watching and visuals. So, you know, here I just explained why I believed people were more important to content and why content was overdone, right, and why masterminds were better than courses, but I linked back to the YouTube video. And then here's the fourth email I sent, YouTube beta update. I said it launched on Monday.

It's going really well. We've had 300 applicants. If you if you're interested, join now before it fills up, basically. You can use these email templates to get ideas for sending to your list. And I wanna emphasize this.

Do whatever you can to promote your launch as hard as you can from every angle. You will probably need to send way more emails and do way more posts than I did. I had the luxury of having too much demand. I didn't need to promote it hard. I didn't need to send any more emails than this.

Right? But you should send you should do whatever you have to do to promote this as hard as you can, and you've got to use your best judgment to figure out where that is. You don't wanna go over that line and piss everyone off, but you wanna know that you pushed it as hard as you can. And if you wanna see the exact kind of sequence and everything and schedule I used, again, go to the warm app planner. We did this around April.

That's when I started teasing YouTube. Then here in May, you can see when I sent these emails, when I started it, all of this. Right? So that's how you launch it. Now step four, enrollment.

Now if you're high volume, you've got to do manual processing. So here if you use the 99 deposit in the Google survey manual processing. So to do this, you need to score and sort applicants. Right? So let me show you what we did.

So we had like, 440 or something like that people pay a $99 deposit. And we had to do a lot of manual processing in here. So we basically got all of the applications here in this form responses one column, and we waited about a week for, like, a a lot of them to come in. Right? And what after about a week, we grabbed all of those, and then we created, like, a new tab called graded responses.

We copy pasted these over, and then we came up with some criteria. We defined the criteria as experience, then results, vibes, and contribution. So experience means how much experience do they have in that niche, and how talented are they at this? Then what do we believe they're do we believe they're gonna get results fast? So how likely is this person to make a return on their investment really quick?

Right? So if they've got a big email list, if they've got a customer list, if they've or if they're already making more than $10 a month, and if they're, if they've already been selling something that's high ticket. Right? If they've got a YouTube channel or a Twitter or something. Right?

Do they have assets and experiences? Do they have a niche, and are they talented, and do they have experience and time under their belt in that niche? Then vibes is just like, what feeling do we get from these people? Are they, like, good vibes, or are they negative, or are they sketchy? And five is, like, the best.

One or zero is the lowest. Right? So we're just giving scores to these people and then contribution. What do we believe these people can contribute to the mastermind? So if someone's got, like, a million YouTube subscribers and they've got an amazing YouTube channel, then that person would have a five contribution because we know that a lot of people in YouTube are gonna want help with YouTube.

And if someone knows that, then they can help the group. Or if somebody has already been running a mastermind, they can help the group. If someone's a professional videographer, they can help the group with video. If someone's, like, a professional at YouTube ads, they can help the group. Who has the skills that the group's going to need?

Then that means they've got a high contribution. So these are the criteria we came up with, and the team, all of us in the consulting.com team, we scored them out of five for each, and then we came up with a total, which just sum totaled all of these. Then I applied a weighting to this total, because I believed that all of these criteria weren't equal. So my weighting that I came up with here, I basically gave experience, I times it by 1.5. Then, results, I times by two.

So basically, I believed results were the most important thing. So I I multiplied whatever that score was by two, and then the second most important thing was experience. I multiplied that by 1.5. Then vibes, I left flat. I multiplied that by nothing.

So a five was a five. And then contribution, I multiplied that by 1.5. You you should be smart enough to figure out what this is and how it works. Right? Basically a weighted total.

Once I had the weighted total, I then sorts sorted this list from the highest to the lowest, and then I went through and basically spot checked it to make sure that my little algorithm was doing a good job of ranking people. Right? And then when it looks like my algorithm was good, then I got the team to basically distribute all of these I basically got the team to work through the top kind of 60 people and see if they really were a good fit. There were some people in the top 60 that weren't a good fit And my because my algorithm is just some little algorithm. It's not gonna be perfect.

Right? A human still has to check it. This little algorithm was just good for for making things a bit easier. Right? Just reducing some of the human load.

So then they went through and they scrubbed the list, and they got a list of, like, 60 people they thought were perfect for the beta. Right? Once we had that group of 60, we then divided it by three people, Jesse, Howser, Dre. So they basically got 20 people each, and you can see they assigned we assigned them to different reps over here, Jesse Howser Dre. Alright?

Once they all had their 20 and we had the 60 people together, then each rep started manually contacting via email their their person and saying congratulations, you've got into YouTube. And the email they sent to them basically had, like, two options. They could buy via a link without a call, or they could just buy or they could schedule a call, talk to the rep, and then buy over the phone. It was about fifty fifty. About 50% of people just wanted the link and they purchased, and about 50% of people wanted the call and then they purchased.

Right? Then we realized that not all 60 people that we selected were saying yes. Some people said no. Most people though said yes. You can see the ones in red, they started saying no.

So that's when we realized that we needed a little bit more than six we needed to reach out to a bit more than 60 to really get 60. So we added another 20 to it. We actually reached out to 80 to get 60. Right? And then we filled up the beta basically so make the beta list, email them to get them into the beta.

You can use a link. You can give people the option to use a link or they can have a call and you start at the top of the list and you work down until you hit your member cap. Right? And once you've got 60 people sold and ready to go, awesome. And this is why you need to give yourself, up here I say, give yourself thirty days to launch and enroll because during this stage, you're marketing, you're promoting it, but you're also selling people, and you've also got to process all the applicants and everything, and you've also got to get ready to begin this mastermind.

Right? And you've got to make the first week of content, set up the school group, and all of that. So you give yourself a bit of time. That's if you're in the high volume category. What if you're in the low volume category?

Well, it's a lot more simple. You just take calls with people that book, and you sell them into the beta, and you just keep selling until you hit your member cap. So you're promoting, and then you're doing the calls, and you're closing, and you're working as hard as you can to hit that member cap before the start date. Right? Now what if you have the luxury of being oversubscribed?

And when I say oversubscribed, I mean, what say you hit your 60 or whatever your member cap is quickly and way more people actually want to buy. Right? We had this scenario happen to us. We hit our 60 in, like, the first week or something of our enrollment process. We so I'll tell you exactly how many people we had.

So we had 911 people join our wait list from our teaser page. Right? Of that, when we launched with the launch page, we had 437 people pay a $99 deposit and complete the Google survey. Right? And then from that, we've got roughly a 180 people pay 9,800 to get into YouTube.

But you might be like, what? But there's only 60 people in the beta. There is. However, once we filled up the first the beta 60, right, we were like, well, what are we gonna do with all of these other people? And we thought, well, let's come up with a wave.

When's wave wave two? Right? And so after the beta, which is six weeks, we should have everything very stable and have good results and the group should be really strong. At that point, we're read ready to add in another 60. Right?

Wave two. And wave two doesn't start until, like, the end of July. Right? So we just the reps started reaching out out to these people on this list that were still a really good fit, but weren't able to get into the first 60. And they started, selling them into a July like, end of July start date, and people were still buying.

People people were just stoked to get in, honestly, even if that meant they couldn't start till later. Then we filled up that second wave. Right? And then we're like, well, there's still lots of people that wanna join. So then we created another wave, wave three, which is sometime in August.

Right? And then the rep started selling that one, and we pretty much filled that thing up. And so we got about a 180 people from 437 deposits, and we got that many deposits from about a waitlist of nine eleven This is pretty good. I'm not saying your results are gonna be like this. Like I said, I had high volume, I had a luxury, Right?

Yours will probably not be like this. But what I'm saying is if you're oversubscribed, that's totally fine. You can sell people into wave number two, wave number three, etc. Right? And this is what we did.

So that's why when you come up with this a member cap, don't worry if you actually hit it. Hitting it is a good thing, because you can say it's full and now you move on to your second one, and when you get on those sales calls, people are like, woah, these guys are good. They've already filled it, and they're almost gonna fill the second one. If I don't join the second one now, I might not be able to get into YouTube until, like, next year or something. So they just buy.

Because they're like, this is this thing is hot and people are buying this thing and these guys are good because they they keep closing it and filling it up. So it's better to have a smaller member cap that you can hit than a bigger member cap than you that you can't hit because if you've got a big one that you can't hit, then it sends the opposite signal to the market. People might be wondering a little bit like, how come they can't fill it? Right? And so that's basically the launch funnel.

How to make a plan, how to set it up, how to launch it, how to promote it. Two scenarios with your high volume or low volume, and, yeah, that's it. Hope you liked it. See you in the next module.

# 3. Opportunity funnel

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales
- Duration: 38 min
- Confidence: 0.999
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/cef1eb6b-2e14-4f13-b0c7-bf7a7faefab7

---


Everybody. In this module, I'm going to show you the opportunity funnel. And this is my personal favorite because you can use it for your front end mastermind, you can use it for your back end mastermind, and you can use it it's so multipurpose. You can use it whenever an opportunity presents itself or whenever you want more customers. I love this funnel, and in this video, I'm gonna show you how to set it up, how to use it, all of that.

Let's Let's do it. Step one. Find an opportunity. So to use this funnel, you must be running your mastermind and looking for opportunities. This is not the funnel to use to, like, launch a a mastermind.

Right? It's a funnel to use when you're already in motion with your mastermind. And the key is to always be observing your community, like what people are posting about in there and the events. Like, I always get I always try to pay attention to the moments in the event where everyone's like, oh, or like zoned in, or there's just this feeling of energy in the air. And I get my team to make notes of those moments too, because whatever's happening during those moments, and there's always some of them, but there's, they're not the majority.

Right? Something special is happening there. And if you capture that essence, it works everywhere. It'll work in an email. It'll work in an ad.

It'll work in a in a funnel. It'll work everywhere. Right? If something works somewhere and you capture the essence of it, you can use it everywhere. And that's the whole idea of this funnel, to be paying attention and to have your senses tuned to the right landscapes and to spot these things.

And during the collaboration calls, there might be, like, you know, a certain moment where everyone's like, oh, that was awesome. It's like something you shared that you, you know, a lot of the time when you're in the moment and someone you're having a discussion or someone asks you a question, you share something and everyone loves it. And you're like, shit, that went really well. I wonder if I could use that in an ad, in an email or something. Right?

Capture those moments, write them down. Same thing on your sales calls. Like, notice the problems everyone's facing or the things that get people to buy. Like, what's going on there? And then always talk to your team.

Like, ask your team what's coming up on the sales calls, especially if you're not on the sales calls like I am. You know, I'm always asking my team, what's going on in the market, and what's going on with the buyers and the non buyers? Why are they not buying? What are the objections? What type of people are we getting?

Right? Just always being very curious. And then what's happening with the market? Like, going out and talking to people at events or friends you've got in the industry. Just getting having your senses in the right places and just always kind of picking up on on what the signal is, right?

And you're really looking for something that's hot, and something that's hot is something that gets people's attention, or it delivered value, and it creates excitement. Right? You are also looking for something that like a pattern of results. Right? And this means clients sharing wins, solving a problem with the same strategy or tactic.

So let's say you see a string of wins in your group, right, where everyone's posting, like I remember this happened with me. For a while, all I was seeing was people posting, complaining about Facebook ads. Like my Facebook ads broken, my Facebook ad account got shut down, my Facebook tracking isn't working, iOS 14, dah, dah, dah, dah. It was just like, just, it was like doomsday Facebook posts, right? And I was like, oh shit, this isn't good.

So then we started getting everyone to do YouTube, and then what happened after that is people were posting like, YouTube ads saved my business, YouTube ads is working better than Facebook if it did like and there was this string of them, and I was like, there's a pattern here. Right? Or the same thing happened when we started getting people to launch masterminds. A lot of people were posting, just did my first event, Just sold so many people into my mastermind. I can't believe I didn't do this sooner.

Right? So patterns of results, clients sharing wins, solving a problem with the same strategy or tactic. And two easy ones that you can use is just an upcoming event. Right? So if there if you're this works especially well for a back end mastermind.

It's not so effective with a front end because you don't really have live events there. But for a back end, once you've got an event coming up and, you know, you've got the date, you know exactly when it's gonna be. You've got the location, you know where it's gonna be. And you can also, like, get pictures of where it's gonna be. Right?

Photos or something. And you can use those things to help market it. Right? A date is very specific. A location like Miami or LA or New York is very specific, and then pictures of the space, very specific.

You can start to paint a real clear image of something that's coming up in the future, and there's natural scarcity there and natural, urgency because it's coming up soon. Right? So if you say this thing's happening soon at this place, here's the pictures. Do you want to be here with eight other people or whatever? I'm only opening this up to, like, five spots.

That's your natural scarcity. Right? So you've got all of these elements or mechanics that work really well, for a marketing campaign. And you're painting a picture, and people can picture themselves there right next to you asking questions, hanging out, things like that. And the new year is great great to to to launch a mastermind too or to promote a mastermind.

It's a you know, January is a hot month for masterminds due to the new year people setting new year's resolutions. Right? We always get these spikes in sales in January for Quantum. And it's a good time in January to do a an opportunity funnel. Right?

And so you need to find an opportunity. That's step one. And this is typically how it goes for us. Like, I've been doing this for a while, and now it's it's beautiful. It this process, it just it works so well.

Here's how it goes. So we face a problem in our own business. Right? Happens all the time. Something stops working.

Something's we're struggling with something. Right? It sucks, and it's painful. And then we have to solve the problem for ourselves, and this comes naturally to me. Like, I have to I have to solve my own problems, and I love solving my own problems because when I solve them, things are good again.

Right? And everyone's happy. So we do that. We always fix it first. Then we share the solution with our mastermind clients.

This typically happens at at an at an event, or it might happen on the q and a calls, but mostly at the events. We share what we did in the previous quarter and how it worked. And then we notice that they're super engaged because they typically have the same problem in their business, and they can tell that it works. Right? And because it actually does, and your confidence in it is high because it actually worked.

And then what happens after that event is they do the same thing. And then what ends up happening is they start posting wins of it working. After the event, they go out, they implement, and then the posts start coming in again. This worked. This worked.

Amazing results. So you kind of get all of these things. Right? You you've found a problem. You've got a solution.

You've got your own results to prove it. Then you shared it with your group. They were super engaged. Then they took it and applied it. They got value from it.

It worked for them. They give you the testimonials. You've got, you know, all of these things. And this is honestly how it goes for us pretty much all the time. If I just keep my eyes open and, like, these things just come to me.

Right? I don't have to think up marketing ideas. I just watch, and they come to me, and then I just use them. The key is just to be very observive, if that's even a word. Then step two is to make a plan.

Right? So once you've got your opportunity, then you make a plan, and you wanna use the warm up planner to map your key events. So, you know, I use this to basically organize my life. I plot key things on it. To use it for yourself, you just click file, make a copy.

I've only got January to July here for 2022, but, you know, if you wanna use it for yourself, which I highly recommend, you can just, like, add more months to it, right, and edit it. It's a Google doc. I mean, a Google Sheet. You can figure it out. But I like to plot in my events for Quantum.

Like, the in person ones are in red. The virtual ones, are in blue. So and they happen every quarter, so I can see, you know, when things are happening. And January is a great month for promoting a mastermind, like I said. And in this, I've left some of my key events, for the in so I did an opportunity funnel in January 2022 to promote Quantum, and we filled it up.

It was the most successful campaign we ever ran for our back end mastermind since we've been doing it. And I left all of the key emails and dates in here for you. Right? So you can see kinda how it went. The first one we sent was on January 10, our plan for 2022.

Then email the second email, why horses wear blinders. Then we posted in the up level group. Then there's another email, big changes in the industry. Right? And you can see all of these emails here.

Right? So we started it January 10, and then we still kept going. We said Quantum is almost full on February 17. And by February 25, Quantum was full. And I said Quantum Mastermind is full here.

We got a little we made more than $1,000,000 in between January and February here in these two months. Very profitable campaign here. So, yeah, I've just included this so that you can see what what we actually did when these emails went out. I'm gonna also give you all of these emails too. But the idea here of me sharing this with you is so that you can use it for yourself.

Right? So make a plan. Find your opportunity and plot the key events. So what you wanna do is come up with a weekly theme for your email broadcasts. Right?

An opportunity funnel is basically like a landing page with a video on it, with a button to book a call. Right? That's all it is. What makes it work is sending a lot of traffic to it. A lot of emails, putting the video on YouTube, and also having a good video.

Right? And you have a good video by identifying something that's hot, and you know something's hot because you've found it to be hot and in by actually doing your mastermind. Right? So, yeah, when I say plan the weekly theme for the email broadcasts, what I mean is, you know, the first week here, I wasn't talking at all about quantum. All I was saying was our plan for 2022, why horses wear blinders, big changes in the industry.

Right? So week one of this campaign was just all around the plan, and it was mostly about the plan our plan. Right? It didn't talk about quantum at all, but the video talked about Quantum, but the emails didn't. So I got to send all of these different emails about the plan part of the video.

Then in the second week, I changed the theme and it was all about, like, working with me personally. I said, do you wanna work with me personally in 2022? Because, you know, this first week is gonna pick up on people interested in a plan or changes in the industry. Then the second week is gonna pick up on those people that want personal help from me. And then later in the week, I transitioned to something saved my business.

And then the next week, I transitioned to, like, meet me and 99 founders in LA. I started playing on the event. Right? The upcoming event. So another theme.

I was telling people what food's gonna be at the event, how the events typically go, where it's gonna be, photos of the event space, things like that. And then I transitioned to just saying, like, more reps doesn't equal more profit. Then I transitioned to talking about, like, I started talking about client success. So this was a testimonial. Then, like, these were more testimonials.

Right? And so you you get the point. Like, you've got to come up with different themes so that you can get a whole month worth of emails out of one video. You just keep coming up with different emails and everything, and you can keep promoting something, but you've just got to keep coming up with different ideas and different themes. So once you've kind of mapped that out, then you want to create the opportunity funnel.

Now you wanna create a landing page with a video explaining the thing that's hot. So this is all it is. It's just a a landing page. You can build it with whatever you want. We use ClickFunnels to do it, and it just says, here's our plan for 2022.

The thing that was hot was sharing our plan. I'll tell you how this came about. So I was this was back in, like, this was back at, like, in the December 2021. And I was thinking about our own company consulting.com next year, And to kind of set up out my plan for the next year, 2022, I just opened up this FigJam thing and I created like a a whiteboard kind of diagram for my own business, and I came up with the math and the team and the products and all of this. Right?

I did this for myself first, and then my next event, the q four twenty twenty one was happening. And at the start of the event, a lot of people were interested in what I what my plan was for next year. So I just pulled up this thing, and I shared it with them, and I've never seen people so engaged at any event I've ever done. Everyone was went crazy over this thing, and everyone started using it for themself. And I was even talking to the team, like Hauser and Jesse and stuff, and I was saying, did you guys notice how engaged people were with this?

And they were like, yeah. It was in intense. So I thought, okay. We're definitely gonna use this in January to promote it. Right?

So then I made this video. I shared our plan, and then about this video is thirty one minutes long and at about seventeen minutes in, so like, let's say like, halfway, I transitioned to talking about quantum. And to see how I did the transition, just go watch the video for yourself. So it's about seventeen minutes of, like, sharing my plan and providing value to people for free. Then it just transitions to talking about quantum and basically saying what it is, sharing, like, results that people are getting inside there, telling people how it works, and asking people if they're interested to book a call, and join so that we can see them at the next event.

And then the call to action was just schedule a call with our team, and it went to Calendly like this where people can, you know, book a book a call and fill out a survey. Right? So that's step one, to create a landing page with the video explaining the thing that's hot. And you can click this to see the example. So the video should be in between ten and thirty minutes long, and it should present the thing that's hot and a mastermind pitch.

So, you know, like, half of it is the thing that's hot value, then it transitions, the other half is the mastermind pitch. Right? Now here's some video tips. Present the problem and then the solution. Right?

Especially if you've found this opportunity the right way, everything tends to I've I keep saying this, but frustration is like the seed of innovation. Right? Great things begin with frustration and problems. So present the problem first, and then go to the solution. Right?

And then provide something that they can use, like value. This is the thing that's hot that you found. Then get to the point. Right? Be really specific.

Just cut straight to the point. Don't tell stories and get all flowery with your language. Just be simple and direct and get to the point. Show, don't tell. Right?

It's better to show things than to try and explain them. So, like, if you're trying to show results people got, just pull up their post where where they were posting wins. If you're trying to tell people what your mastermind is like, just pull up the school group and share your screen and show people this is the community. This is the classroom where we put the content or the recorded events. This is the calendar.

These are when the calls are happening. They happen on Zoom. And then this is, you know, we record all of the calls and we put them here. And then, you know, this is when the events are happening this year, on these dates. These ones are in LA.

These ones are virtual. We do them on Zoom. They go for three days. Did it just instead of trying to explain your mastermind using some bullshit concepts, just show them what it is. Show them.

Show, don't tell. And examples are better than explanations all the time. Instead of explaining, can you just give someone an example? Like, I've already shared a few so far in this module. I just shared exactly how we ran this opportunity funnel.

Instead of me trying to explain the shit out of it, right, I just shared how we did it. Examples. And then transition to showing how the mastermind clients are winning with this thing that's hot. That's perfect. That's generally the perfect transition.

So if your thing is, you know, let's say your thing that's hot is like, well from I would just say explain, I'll just give you an example, right? The thing that was hot for me that I noticed was the plan, and the plan contains like YouTube ads and selling a mastermind, right, keeping things simple. Then I transitioned to talking about a mastermind. It was congruent. Then I shared how in my mastermind people were successful selling a mastermind and also doing it with YouTube ads.

So it was all very coherent and consistent. Then I shared the the clients sharing the results about it. Right? And then I said, do you wanna be a part of this thing? It was like people just saw all of this lead up using beautiful, like, transitions from the problem, to the solution, to the value, to people applying the thing that provides the value to the to the problem to get the solution, and then succeeding in this little thing called a mastermind.

And then I was like, here's how it works. Do you wanna be a part of it? It all built up perfectly. Right? That's the best way to do a transition if you can, and it works naturally if you follow this kind of process.

Then show them what they get in there, ask them to be a part of it, and just say, do you want to be a part of this? If you believe in these things, and you want to hang out with people like this, and you want to get results like this, and you want to solve problems like this, then come hang out with us. This is when the next event is. Right? Just be be simple and straightforward with it.

Don't you don't need to get too fancy. Now a note. You don't have to reveal the price. There are pros and cons to this. I tend to reveal the price for my things, but you don't have to.

A lot of people believe it's better not to. Now tell them exactly when and where the next few events will be. Show photos and videos and things like that. Right? That just the more things you can show to make it real, the better it will work.

And then you can specify a member cap for the current wave of enrollment you're trying to fill. So let's say, you know, your next event's happening in two months and you're trying to get an extra five people in. Right? You can specify we're looking for five more people. We've currently got eight.

We're looking for five, and it starts in two months. It's very easy for people to conceptualize that. It's gonna be here. It's gonna be here at this time. These people are gonna be there, so is that person, and there's five spots open.

Right? They can see exactly what it is. Now the funnel process for the opportunity funnel is very, very simple. It's just a video page like this, right, where there's just, like, a title, a video, and it can say a call to action with a with a button. The button should open in a new tab.

Why? Because you don't want to redirect this main one because halfway through the video, someone might click this, but you still want them to watch the rest of the video. Right? So we just use ClickFunnels to do this. This is Calendly.

Right? Pretty simple and straightforward. You can set it up for yourself. And it's Calendly and the survey in one. So I've got a screenshot here where you can see the survey questions we ask.

You can ask questions that are relevant for your business. Right? The fewer, the better. Right? The less questions you ask, the more people you'll get to apply.

And don't ask for things you're not gonna use. Only ask for things that you use to determine if they're a fit. Right? And then they go to a call. We recommend a Zoom video call.

We'll tell you how to do that in the sales module, which is after this. Pretty straightforward. Now once you've got the opportunity funnel, you've got the plan, and you've identified something hot, you step four is just to promote it hard. So you publish your landing page. Right?

Then you email it to your entire email list, and you post it on social media, etcetera. You post it everywhere you can. Now if you've got customer groups, perfect. Post it in your customer groups. I provide multiple examples here.

Let me open them up. Oh, whoops. Okay. So I think they happen in this order. Right?

This one's, like, full transparency. Here's our plan for 2022. See, that was posted January 12 and shared this to the video. Right? Went really well.

You can see a 124 likes, 191 comments. So, you know, we this is I posted this, but I also had the landing page video. I sent emails to my list. This was just to my uplevel customer group. Then the next one was work with me personally in 2022.

Right? Posted this in the group. Then Quantum is nearly full. This happened later. We have 12 seats left.

Right? A bit longer, this one, saying exactly what they're gonna get. And then new video. I'm back. What I did for two years.

This one was kind of relevant to this. Yeah. Here's some examples. So four examples of posts that you can do in your customer groups. So you're emailing your list, you're posting in your customer groups.

Right? You're posting it on your social media, and yeah. Then another thing you can do is you can get the video and upload it to your YouTube channel if you have one. This is exactly what I did with mine. So I got the video and my plan for 2022.

Right? I just added a little front to it with me, basically, face to camera, but then it just cut into the exact same video. Right? I was lazy. I didn't even make a new video.

It was just the exact same video. It just had a little bumper on it. And then I uploaded it to I uploaded it to YouTube, and I think, yeah, there was also a link to apply. Alright. So, you know, there it got, like, 46,000 views.

Then you can email your entire list to the YouTube video using different angles and hooks. So, you know, you're emailing your list to the landing page, you're posting about the landing page in your customer groups, you're posting about it on social media, then you get the video, you put it on YouTube, Then you email your list to the YouTube video. Right? You're just doing everything you can and using everything you can to push this as hard as you can for as long as you can to get as much out of it as you can. And then do whatever you can to drive traffic to the landing page and video.

And if you wanna see how we did it, you know, we came up with six weeks of promotional material pushing the mastermind. So, you know, I share four different posts we did in our group. I also share the video we put on YouTube. I shared the funnel that we used. I also shared the exact schedule we used.

Right? So if you go here, you can see exactly when we sent each thing. So we were going from January 10 till February 25. Right? So a bit more than like a month.

I don't know what that is, five, six weeks. We got five or six weeks of material out of one thing, and then I give you all the emails that we send. So, you know, they started off by going our plan for 2022, why horses wear blinders, Big changes in the industry, Work with me personally in 2022, This thing saved my business, this is when I started talking about the event. Meet me plus 99 founders in person in LA. You know, I said this is where we're gonna eat lunch, and this is even the food we're gonna we're gonna eat.

Right? I was like, we'll eat tacos and brisket, and here's the exact event schedule. You can see how specific I'm getting. Instead of marketing and coming up with all sorts of crazy stuff, I'm just telling people what it is and being very specific. Just being very descriptive about what it is, and you can get a lot of material out of that if you if you try.

It's a great thing to do. Then meet me plus oh, whoops. That wasn't the title for that one. I think the title for this one was more reps doesn't always more reps doesn't equal more profit. And I think this was this was just after we had made we were on a stand up call.

We do one every day with the team. And, you know, we were towards the end of the month, and we just made about $732. If you see here in January yeah, it was January 28, and we were all I noticed everyone was smiling on the stand up call, and it's because we'd been crushing it so far. Like, we'd just made 730 k from running this opportunity funnel, and we only started on January 10. And by January 28, we've done 732 k.

No ads, just emails. Right? And the team was stoked, so I took a screenshot of them, sent an email out. And this is what I'm talking about, opportunity funnel. You can you've just got to be observing things, and when you find something good, capture it and use it.

Right? A lot of a lot of this campaign, I didn't know what email I was gonna send tomorrow. I would talk to the team on stand up and I'd be like, what email should I send today? What's going on in the group? Like, up here with this email, this thing something saved my business.

Right? I got this idea because a guy called Quentin posted in the Quantum Mastermind group saying YouTube ads saved my business. And I was like, that's a good email. So I just said blank saved my business, but then I made blank mean two things, selling a mastermind and doing YouTube ads. Right?

So I'm pulling all of these ideas, not just from my own brain, but from my environment, the mastermind group on school, the collaboration calls that happen every week, talking to my team. Right? And also the events. I'm like pulling all of this information from all of these different places, and then I'm just using it. And that way, you know, I can come up with all of this stuff just on a consistent basis, and it's not too hard.

Then, you know, email 8262 at 69% profit margin. This was a testimonial. I just took a screenshot of Jonathan Courtney's post in our Quantum School Group. Then is my 2022 plan working? I I'd shared my 2022 plan in January.

Now we're in, like, February something. And so I was just doing a follow-up to that. I was like, earlier in the year I shared my plan. Is it working? Yeah.

Here's our results so far. But not only that, here's my customer's results from implementing the same plan. Right? So you can see what I'm doing here, hopefully. Hopefully, you're smart enough to figure this out.

I'm I'm finding a problem in my own business. I'm solving it. It works. I share it with my group mastermind group. They like it.

They take it. They implement it. It works for them. They post a result. I see it.

I connect all the dots. Then I make a marketing thing out of, do you have this problem? I present the solution, and then I put a I create, like, a bridge into the mastermind, then I share the people getting the results, and then I'm like, do you wanna be a part of this? Do you wanna get results like this with us? And it just it it goes.

Right? You can I'm sure you can figure it out. Then this one, email 10, revenue is vanity, profit is sanity. How did I come up with that subject line? Because a dude called Quentin, the same guy who gave me the other idea, he posted down here, he said somewhere in this post, revenue is vanity, profit is sanity.

And I thought, that's catchy. I like that. So I used it. Right? And then I screenshot his post and threw it in here.

And all I said was meet Quentin. He had a record month in in January. Do you want him record month like this? Join Quantum. That's all it is.

You can be that direct. Then email 11, a new video, first YouTube video in two years. This one was just an update. Right? It was kind of to break up the promotion a little bit because we were going pretty hard.

I just wanted to give people an update of, like, what I've been up to and then because it was my first YouTube video, right, in in, like, two years. So I wanted to give people an update, a nice friendly video first. I didn't want my first video back to be a pitch. Right? So my first video back was just an update.

Right? And it told people I'd been back in it. I also emailed it out to my list, and it it created a nice break in the, in the promotion Quantum. And then the next email was like, I had a baby. See pics.

Another nice friendly just little break, and I'd keep driving people back to that I'm back video. And then the next week, after that nice little hiatus promotion. So then the next video, my second video back was my plan for 2022. The first half of it was sharing value. The second half of it was a pitch for Quantum.

Right? And it worked really well. After I published this on YouTube and sent an email out to it, Quantum was almost full. That's why the next email was Quantum is almost full. You know?

That's all I was saying. You probably noticed I've been promoting Quantum. It's almost full. We've got 14 seats remaining and multiple deals about to close. So if you're interested in joining, now is the time to do it.

Who is it for? What are the benefits? How does it work? What kind of ROI can I expect? What type of people are in it?

Book a call. Let's do it. Then the next email, Quantum is full. And all I said was we're full. Right?

And that is 15 emails sent over five or six weeks, and we made a bit over a million dollars. You've got the exact schedule I used to do it. You heard my process for how I did it. You've got all the landing pages and everything to do it. You saw the posts that I did.

I even gave you all the emails. So now you understand when I say do whatever you can to promote your opportunity as hard as you can from every angle. Right? We came up with six weeks of stuff just promoting a an a mastermind, and I managed to get my community posts, my emails, my YouTube videos. Everything was pointing to the same thing, more quantum sales, but it seemed different.

That's the key to this. Come up with a lot of ideas to promote the same thing. So it seems like you're talking about different stuff and you're keeping people interested. You're not just saying, join my mastermind. Join my mastermind.

Join my mastermind. I'm basically saying that, but in a more sophisticated way. And the key is to also, when and if you fill your current wave, tell everybody it's full because they'll want it more. As soon as we filled the mastermind and I told people it was full, we had a bunch of people say, hey. I wanna join, and then they just got on a wait list.

Right? So when you tell people it's full, you send a signal to the market that people want your stuff. They're actually buying your stuff, that you're good at what you do, and that it's actually, it's not just always an option to work with you. It they've actually got to, like, they've actually got to fight to work with you a bit. Right?

It shows that demand is greater than supply. It shows that you're good, and it sends the right signal to everybody. So I highly recommend using waves and fooling them up and telling people about it and not bullshitting when it comes to this, like making them real. So that's it for the opportunity funnel, my personal favorite funnel. You can use it to promote a front end mastermind or a back end mastermind, and it's not a funnel to launch a mastermind.

The mastermind typically has to be in motion first for you to get the material to make this and to make it work. But the beautiful thing about it is you can make you can use it again and again and again. It's so simple, and it works so well. Hope you like it. See you in the next module.

# 4. Sales call formula

- Course: Wetube course
- Section: Week Two - Launch, beta, and sales
- Duration: 31 min
- Confidence: 0.998
- Video: https://video.bunnycdn.com/play/42472/e4f6cee5-1398-4681-9a37-83c0672690bf

---


Welcome to this module titled sales formula. Let's dive in. What you're gonna walk through here is the most precise and consistent process to sell mastermind deals day in, day out, flat out. Sales is an emotional game. Every single day, people are gonna come to you with their problems, their insecurities, their objections, their question marks.

They're gonna challenge you. They're gonna share their goals, hopes, and dreams. And it's your job to sit in the chair to be prepared for all that, to be focused, attentive, and actually see if you can help them or not, and then communicate that back effectively to ultimately close deals. So what we're gonna walk you through here is the individual parts that come together to make up the most effective sales process and sales formula. It starts with your daily prep.

No different than athlete warming up for a game each day. You need to warm up every single day. Don't go into the game cold. The way you start that is improve your inner circle. If you recall Sam from week 1.4 of week two here, he talked about getting that inner circle right.

In sales here, warming up, daily prep, do something for yourself. Again, people are gonna come with come with all their emotions to you. You need to prepare to handle them. Get yourself in the right state. Second thing is track your KPIs day to day, just in time.

If you do a call, if you make an offer, you close a deal, you wanna be tracking. But before you actually start your day of sales calls, you also wanna look into what are the trends look like from yesterday, this week, this month? Historically, how am I performing? Recalibrate your confidence each day with the data. Identify the areas that you're strong in.

Identify the areas that can use some improvement. Once you identify those, just warm up your areas of improvement. Prepare for the toughest battle conditions. If they never turn up on the calls, perfect. But you're always prepared for the toughest conditions, the toughest prospects.

Notice we're saying here areas of improvement. The reason we're not sharing weaknesses is if you always tell yourself it's a weakness, you'll just stick in that mindset. Flip the script, no different than you would on a sales call. How much better could I be if I learn how to handle that objection? What kind of numbers could I do if I actually took the time to do this daily prep each day?

This is the kind of thing, and this can help you be consistent and be positive, and it'll be exciting to improve and do this day in and day out. The final thing is just so you have to do it before every single call in the day, check your audio video and enter a connection. Pretty darn simple. Now, pre call, you want to review the prospect's application. Now you probably have done this before, actually leaving their calendar booking on the calendar, but you wanna re re review the actual application.

Get the story of who this person is, where they're coming from. And over time, you'll be able to develop a tuning fork to really know how is this call probably gonna go. Is it gonna be a one call close? Is it gonna be a two call close? Is it, I've got no idea.

They haven't given me enough information. Really review your applications and backtrack them for how the call is actually went. When you get ready for the call, you need to calibrate your breathing. So the worst thing that happens is a call goes over time. You go to minute fifty seven.

You're gonna jump on a call in three minutes. You're stressed out because the last prospect just projected all their insecurities and told you how bad the offer was. It was a terrible fit. Maybe you were a little off on the call. You need to get ready for the next one.

The next prospect does not care that you've had five calls today. They wanna see, can you help? What do you have to offer? You need to prepare for that. The simplest way is to just simply sit down, five to 10 deep breaths in through the nose, out through the nose, breathe through the belly.

If you're doing it through the chest, it's the wrong way. Recalibrate, get into a focused zen like state, get ready for the next call. Overall, the mindset you should adopt on every call is be the tide, not the current. The tide flows in and out, high and low. It's liquid.

It's malleable. It moves around. It adapts. The current is static. It goes one way.

The current in sales is have one standard script for one standard prospect. And if that prospect doesn't turn up, you're gonna still do the script the same way. That doesn't work. People need to know that you understand them. People need to know that you really care about what's going on with them.

And if you just stick to a script and you miss what the person's really saying to you, not always the words they use, you're gonna blow the sale. Or your percentage chance of closing more sales is gonna greatly decrease. So, be the tide, not the current. Once you're in that mindset, you've calibrated your breathing, you've done something positive for yourself earlier on the day, you're ready to rock and roll, then here comes the call itself. You're on the call.

The very first thing is to just ask them the motivation for booking in for the call. Understand why they're there. What you're really listening for is how much do they already trust you? What kind of brand awareness do they have? And how urgent does it sound their problems are?

Or just flat out, how open are they to communicate with you right from the get go? Two examples. Hey, what motivated you to schedule in for the call? Person one. Well, you know, I was actually out with my kid just kind of flipping on my phone.

I saw an ad and, you know, I figured, what the heck? Let me give it a shot. See what they have to offer. That call is gonna go one way. Another person, you say, hey, what motivated you to schedule for the call?

They say, hey, I've been watching you on on YouTube for the last six months. You talk about x y z all the time. Problems. I've been experiencing x and y for actually twelve months, one full year. And I'm really at the point now where I'm fed up with it.

I just wanna see if you can help me or not. I've heard great things. This call is gonna go a different way. So when you're the tide, you'll know exactly what path to take them down. What is the sale to really make on this call?

Is it to not blow the sale? Is it to have a shot at a one call close? Is it actually just sell them on the call to that you'll do to close the deal? Let's walk through it a bit detail. So you're going to ask questions that help you identify if any problems exist.

If you're wondering, hey, what questions should I be asking? Simply go back to YouTube week 1.3, the problems your niches experience. Now, the individual you talk to on each call may not have every single problem. They may have one or two of them they need to dive deep on. They want to be prepared to ask all of them just in case they happen to have all of them, which can happen.

As you're doing that, what you're really listening for is what kind of problem awareness does this prospect have? How aware are they of their own problem? How long have they been experiencing it? What are the implications of the problem? Have they tried to solve it at all?

Themselves, hiring other people, what were the results like? Now when you ask a question to somebody, they may tell you all this, but sometimes they may not. So it's okay to probe. You might ask someone, hey, how many calls do you actually book in each month? And they might say, well, I think 20.

And they might just answer you like that. You might need to re re clarify with them. Got it. How long you say it's been in been twenty four? Then the pain might come out a little more.

Yeah. It's it's been pretty rough. I used to get a 100 calls, but the last three months, I've been getting 20. Okay. Got it.

The other person you might say, how many calls are you able to generate each month? And I say, well, I usually got a 100 calls, and now I'm so frustrated. I've been I've been having about 20 calls the last, you know, three months consistently, and it's really hurt my sales numbers. Okay. 20 calls.

You know, what have you already tried to do to to to fix that? Different call. Right? But you need to know when to dive in and when not to dive in. As you're identifying the problems and helping them raise their problem awareness, which creates urgency to take action now and not later, you wanna be listening for what the outcomes are they want as well.

Now, again, if you have to ask for this, that's fine. At some point, you need to ask them, hey. You know, if if you can solve x and y, you know, like, what's the goal? Like, what are you really trying to accomplish here? And you want them to actually tell you.

And if it's not very clear and articulate, you need to probe again. So if you say to somebody, Hey, if we were to work together and help you with X and Y, what do you really want to accomplish? What's the goal here? And they say, Well, I think I want to make more money. Well, don't move forward.

You need to ask them, Oh, more money. Perfect. How How much more money do you want to make? What about making more? More money kind of excites you.

Like, how much? You know, how much you want to make? Well, I don't know. Get the answer. Yeah.

I know. You don't know. But, you know, there was a number. How much? It's okay.

You can tell me. Right? Tide, not the current. The current just flows on and misses all the important details, which is gonna affect how the offer is stated later in your ability to close the deal. Along the way, you need to clarify anything.

Anything that you're uncertain about, ask them. It's okay. There are no rules to this. It's important that they say it out loud and both of you hear it. It's important that they say it out loud and both of you hear it.

What this really means is they need to understand that they have a problem or problems in order to actively pay money for a solution. And if they never say it out loud and they keep it in, then they'll never admit it out loud to anyone. They really need to admit it to themselves first, and they need to trust that you've heard them and understand what they're going through. Or else they'll never feel confident and trust that you can actually help them even if you say you can. So it's important that they say it out loud and both of you hear it.

As you're doing this, what's the motivation for booking for the call? What are the problems that exist? How many problems do they have that I could potentially solve? What's their level of problem awareness? Is it something that just happened yesterday?

Have they been experiencing a really long time? What goals do they have? When problems are solved, what outcomes do they want? Clarify anything along the way. Get the right answers.

Get specifics. Don't talk high level. Don't go tip of the iceberg. Go full iceberg. At this point, once you've gone through a conversation with somebody, if this is done the right way, you should maybe be around ten to twenty minutes into a conversation, twenty minutes max.

At this point, you need to decide if you are ready to make an offer on this call. How do you know that? Can you help them? Do they trust you? Again, can you help them?

Do they trust you? If you feel like one of those things are misaligned, don't state your offer on this call. It's okay to not state an offer on call one. But if you can help them and you do believe they trust you, meaning they're open to you, they're willing to answer the tough questions. They're going deep with you.

You guys are sitting at the same side of the table, not adversaries, on the same page. State the offer. But if not, the next sale to make here is to set a second call together. So if no, if you're not ready to make an offer, then identify the prospect's timeline, their budget, and set as I can call, ideally within one week max. Here's how that sounds.

K. I know we've been chatting for a couple of minutes here. Just at this point, high level, it still does sound like there's some things I could potentially help with, but I don't feel confident making an offer right on the spot. And so, you know, here's what I propose. Let's set up a second call for the next day or two.

In between, I can send you some more information, kind of about, you know, what we do, how it all works. And then we can actually discuss a little more nuanced detail on that call strategically, how it might work for you. I'll answer any questions you have, and we can see if it makes sense at that point. How does that sound to you? Right.

Ideally, they'll say yes. If they say no for whatever reason, then that's kind of odd, but they kind of tell you where they're at again. What most likely will come up is they'll say, well, you know, what do you have to offer? And again, you you just wanna share with them. Absolutely.

You know, we can talk about the nuances on our our next call, and I'll share all the information with you over an email right now. That work for you? Ideally, again, they say yes. And from there, you got to get two more things accomplished as you're booking in for the call. So, hey, what time works for you?

Hey, I've got tomorrow. I've got the next day. Ideally, you get as quickly as possible. If they wanna do anything more than one week out maximum, then they kinda tell you where they're at again in terms of how close they are to purchasing. But as you're setting up the call, he's, hey.

Before we do the next call, just just just two quick questions. If we chat next time, you like all the information you see, and we're able to walk through any nuances and figure out an exact strategy that makes sense. Like, whether it's with with me or or someone else, like, how soon you'll be actually looking to to work together on something? They're gonna answer you. Well, you know, I would have done something yesterday.

I'd be able to do something right away. Actually, I've got a, b, and c happening at the moment. So, you know, maybe thirty days from now, it'll tell you where they're at again and how you're going to approach the second call. Then you say, okay. And last thing real quick, assuming you make sense again and there's a clear path to help you, clear path to ROI, do you feel like you're in a position right now to consider investment up to 10?

Right? Are you in a position to? Just ask them. There's there's nothing wrong about doing this. Right?

This is a little different than never state your price to somebody. If you're gonna set a second call with them, they kinda need to know. And you don't wanna waste time with both of you just to figure out somebody doesn't have the money or doesn't make sense right now. So ask them. Now three things could happen.

They'll say, yes. I've got the money. Boom. No problem. They'll say, no.

I don't have that money, or I'm not willing to invest the money or that amount of money to solve this problem. What they'll likely say is, well, you know, what do I get for that? Or something asking about, like, what is the offer again? And again, you just want to deflect to the actual information you're gonna send in the next call. You can say, sure.

So, you know, the information I'm gonna send here or the email will kinda walk through all the nitty gritty details, and we can talk about some of the nuances related to your situation on the next call and, you know, see if it makes sense or not. But in general, like, if it does make sense, is that something you feel comfortable investing at the moment? Like, do you have the budget or and what do things look like? If they say no. No.

No. Then, you know, you don't do the second call. But usually what happens at this point, you've done the call right. You've identified some needs and they are interested. They like you.

Having a great call. Then they're gonna say, okay. Let's talk next time. Let's see what happens. And that's fine.

Because the sale to make on this call is just to set the second call. The sale to make on the second call is to make the sale. So what we're getting at here is, again, you're deciding on call one if you're ready to make an offer or not. Again, can you help them? Do they trust you?

We talked about the if no scenario, set up a second call. But what about if yes? Well, if yes, you just jump into stating your offer, share your expertise, give them a timeline walkthrough of how you work with people, and customize the outcomes for that timeline and your offer to fit the conversation you've had with this prospect. Example. Hey, this definitely sounds like something I can help you with.

Would you want me to kind of walk you through, like, what it looks like to work together? Oh, yeah. Sure. Yeah, definitely. Cool.

So, you know, we really specialize in helping existing info businesses scale through masterminds and paid YouTube ads. Now, typically, the clients that come to us are looking for a more effective way to either launch their front end or back end mastermind and put a measurable acquisition system in place, leveraging the YouTube platform to provide a cash ROI every thirty days ongoing. Now, from what we've discussed here, the main thing that we're willing to focus on first is launching your back end mastermind. You've actually got a healthy front end offer and the lowest hanging fruit that we can get you the results fastest will be launching your back end mastermind. Then from there, we'll dive into the YouTube ads and start to put a measurable acquisition system in place for the back end of mastermind.

Then you'll swing around to the front end mastermind. And a lot of those things will just take the first sixty days. Am I going too fast? That's the offer. Notice I didn't say anything about the actual program.

If you do this right, if you've identified the right needs, if they trust you, if they've been open with you about what their actual problems are and you do this the right way, they will start asking you questions. Then you can share everything you need to share. Okay. When you say that, you say you say sixty days, like, but but how long do we actually work together for? Answer the specific questions the prospect has along the way.

Sure. So we work together over twelve months, but that's what I think we can accomplish together in the first sixty days. That make sense? Right. Here comes the next question.

Okay. Well, the how do we do all that? What what do you mean? Well, you know, you said we can do your YouTube ads. Like, is that like some training?

Are you setting that up for me? Got it. So there's some things we do together along the way to get the account set up. But I'm also gonna walk you through online exactly what you need to do click by click, step by step to manage all this account on your own. If then they ask, well, is that like a training course videos or is this group coaching?

Is it one on one? Sure. So it's group coaching. And, yeah, I guess we can call it a course or training videos. So answer the specific questions the prospect has along the way.

Notice you're not walking through every single week of your course or your program or your mastermind. If you get into position where you have to do that, it's usually not the best place to be in to close on call one. Because by the time when you start talking about this, if you're not hitting the nail on the head, meaning they're not excited, jumping in, asking you questions, then you should probably set up call two. Once you have to say, hey, in week one, we do this, and in week two, we do that, and in week three, we do this. The chances again for them to consume all that information, get all their questions answered, not be super tired, and just make a decision about it.

It's very, very difficult to do that. So always make sure as much as possible, give them minimal information, share your expertise, walk them through timelines. You know what the offer looks like. They don't. But you both know what time looks like.

Attach the two and attach the customized outcomes to the timeline so it can sound perfect to them. Then answer specific questions that they need along the way to share everything about the offer. This way, they know what the heck they're getting into. At some point, during these questions, they're gonna ask for the price. At this point, you'll state the actual price to them.

So they say, okay. Well, it's this. It's twelve months, sixty days. That all makes sense. I think that actually sounds really great.

How much does all this cost? What's the price? Sure. So the investment for the whole mastermind is just 9,800. At this point, their brain's gonna start going, going, going, going.

It's either gonna be raising uncertainty. They're gonna make sense of why this makes sense. I wanna do this now. Or they're gonna think about, well, maybe I shouldn't do this. What that's gonna prompt is either more questions, general questions, buying signal type questions.

And when did you say the calls were again? Okay. And do do you really think at sixty days, is that possible? You'll answer these questions again, specifically to the point. But if it's not that, buying signal questions, then you're gonna enter into the objection dance.

And that's okay. Objections come up. You need to be prepared for them. The most common objections are gonna be listed here below that we're gonna walk through. Now if objections are present, your main goal is to get the truth about the objections, then try and handle them.

If you're sitting in somebody's house and you're speaking with them, and they abruptly throw you out of the house and close the door in your face, if you try and bulldoze that door back down, even if you're successful, the person doesn't wanna talk to you anymore. You're gonna need to knock on the door. You need to ask them. Hey. Why why did you just throw me out so quick?

Can we sit down and talk about it? Like, you know, what what's going on? Understand and get the truth about the objections so then you can properly handle them together. Same side of the table, not adversaries. It's a conversation.

The energy doesn't shift much here throughout this entire call, by the way. It's not like, here come the objections. Let me let me get my objection handling. No. If you've done the call the right way, they trust you.

You trust them. You're talking to them like a friend. You're just asking the tough questions, and you don't feel uncomfortable about it. So what's gonna happen here is there's common objections that occur. And for each individual prospect you speak with, some may have all of these they need to cover altogether on this call, potentially.

Some of them just have one. The quicker you can identify how many and which are the ones that are the true objections that are really holding them back, the fewer questions you have to ask and the more efficient you can be to actually get into the closing process to actually sign somebody up. But in a general rule of thumb, if you're just completely wondering where do I even start, then here's a list of objections, and we'll walk through how to actually handle them. So the first objection is they don't trust that you understand their problems and goals because you asked the wrong questions, you didn't dive into the nuances, you didn't help raise their problem awareness, or maybe they just flat out didn't tell you and they know it. So you're talking about your offer.

You think it sounds perfect. You're going off the wrong side of the cliff. They're they're thinking to themselves, yeah. It sounds great, but, like, I didn't tell you the truth, man. So they don't trust you understand their actual problems and goals.

That's number one. Two is they don't trust the offer as a good fit. And why would they? If they don't trust that you understand their problems and goals, the offer you communicated to them, they don't trust is the right fit for them. And if they don't trust is the right fit for them, then they don't trust that the investment amount makes sense for them.

More potentially, they also don't have the money. They don't have the money in full today, or they don't have the money altogether. Depends. Important to identify that. The final one is they don't trust themselves.

They don't trust themselves to execute, implement. They don't trust that they can get support from their partner, business, or spouse. They don't trust the timings. Right? Now that could be a limiting belief, and that could be a hard thing.

Hey. I'm actually in the middle of my launch. There's no possible way I can do this. Yeah. I don't know if the timing's right.

Regardless, you want the truth about everything. So here we go. You say, hey. The investment for the whole mastermind is just $9,801.02, 3. 9,800?

Okay. You know, thanks for all your information today. Let let me sit with it and, you know, I'm I'm gonna chew on this. Let me think about it. Hey.

No problem. And just through our conversation here, like, did I did I totally misunderstand, like, you know, kinda where you're at, what your goals are, what you're looking to do? Well, here's what they'll say. Three things. They'll either be super direct and say, yeah.

You really missed it. I don't see the value. At least you know. The other thing they the thing they can say is, I don't think you missed anything. Or what usually happens is they don't wanna be confrontational, so the prospect will share something like, well, you didn't really miss anything, but x the x is what you wanna get to the truth.

Dig down. So when you say, you know, it feels like I misunderstood something. Like, did we not talk about the right things? Like, you know, what what's what's happening right now? Well, you know, it's not bad.

It's just, you know, it's just x. When you say x, what do you mean by that? Got it. Okay. Here we go now to the next thing.

So I'm guessing if, you know, because x exists, you know, the offer probably doesn't make perfect sense, like, in terms of being a great fit. Right? It could the offer probably doesn't sound great to you. Or or am I misunderstanding something? Three things will happen again.

Yes. You're misunderstanding something. Here it is. It's fine. You get the truth.

The second thing is they'll say, well, I don't really think you're misunderstanding anything. Or they'll say again, which usually happens, well, yeah, it's kinda that. It's that. But what they're telling you with that is, yeah, that none of this makes sense to me. Then you go down to the next layer.

Okay. Well, I I guess, right, if if we maybe didn't talk about precisely the right sort of challenges, the goals you have, the offer doesn't make total sense. You know, from your point of view, the the $9,800 investment probably doesn't make a whole lot of sense, does it? Yeah. It actually still does.

It's just actually this thing over here. Okay. Let's talk about that. Or, again, they might say, yeah. The investment really doesn't make sense.

Or, you know, what usually happens is, well, it's not that. It's just, it's, it's something. Right? You just wanna get the truth again. What's happening here?

Okay. And just just the money aside for a second. Like, if we can actually talk about, you know, these swing back around and talk about the offer and figure out a clearer path that makes sense for you, you know, like, just budget wise, like, would would 9,800 be, like, just just totally unreasonable? Like, would that break the bank? Well, you know, I I I don't think I can actually, pay 9,800 on the spot.

Like but maybe if there's, like, a payment plan or something, like, do you do offer payment plans? We can talk about that. But, you know, let's first, you know, talk about the actual program. You make sure it's the right fit. We'll figure out the money afterwards.

How does that sound to you? Okay. Yeah. Let's do it. Right.

So you're you're doing this objection dance. Get the truth. Talk with them. It's gonna ping all over the place. Sometimes you're going back and forth between things.

The only way to get good about this is to do it each and every day on your calls and in your daily prep if you're not comfortable here. Get used to it. More calls, more practice. You'll sharpen the sword. The final one is they don't trust themselves.

Now, again, this could be, well, I don't know if I can actually implement this. I don't know, if it's the right timing or is the partner objection. Right? If it's the executing one, then you wanna swing it back around to them. Wait.

I don't want you to join this if you can't execute, because I've always found if you can't actually execute and implement and you're not confident in that, I'll show you the best strategies. This ain't gonna work. Now the first six weeks is super critical. Can you commit to two hours per week every single day? I'm just making this number up.

Right? Swing it back around to them. They might say, I think I can do that. Are you sure? Because, again, I don't want you to join this if you can't do it.

No. I think I'm sure. I can do it. Are you sure? Yes.

I'm sure. I can do two hours a week. Okay. Perfect. Is there anything else that's holding you back from wanting to move forward?

Well, you know, just my I I gotta talk to my wife. If it all sounds good, let me talk to my wife. Okay. Is it more of just a, you know, run it by your wife kinda thing? Like, you wanna do this, or you're still uncertain too and you wanted, you know, bounce some ideas off her?

Yeah. I think it's more running a buyer thing. Okay. When you run a buyer, if she says no, is that like a total deal breaker? Well, no.

I don't think it is. Okay. And could her to just, you know, sign up here today and if you come back with your wife, like, and she doesn't wanna do it or for whatever reason, then we can always iron the details later. But if you wanna do this, like, let let's do it. What do you think?

Yeah. I'm not not just right I'm not ready, Nick. You know, I like what you're saying, but just give me some time. Okay. No problem.

Let's set up a second call. Here that comes. Here's the objection dance. You wanna make sure that you're prepared at any time to handle any of these and ping back around at a surface level and a deep level as much as possible. The key is just get the truth.

Don't worry about the words I'm saying. Just ask them. Get to the root cause. You could literally just ask why many different times. Develop your own style.

That comes out as authentic. Figure out what's going to work best. Try and close the deal. If not, try and close the deal to make the second call. Post call.

If the client signed up, just ensure they get access to everything. If you've set up the second call, call number 2, then in between call 1 and call 2, send them information that breaks down your offer in more detail, ideally in writing and video. If the prospect didn't set call number two, they needed to think about it, you couldn't overcome that, you need to talk to the partner. Whatever it was, try following up two to four times over the next fourteen days to set up that second call. What should you say in that follow-up is nothing fancy, if you got the truth.

If you didn't get the truth, you'll have no idea what to say. If you got the truth, you know how to follow-up. Hey, John. When we chatted last time on the call towards the end, it sounded like you were pretty much on board, but maybe you just had to clear something out with your wife and just make sure that this was, you know, the right timing. Has something changed?

And then, ideally, if they trust you at the very least, which is the minimal goal here. Right? If somebody just doesn't respond to you, they've given you their answer. At the very least, you just want them to say, something's changed here. I'm still interested.

Follow-up with me in thirty days. K. Fine. Those are always gonna happen. What you also want though, of course, is to say, yeah.

You know what? I've been thinking about this a little bit more. Can we set up a call in the next, like, three days or so? And then you set up the call. Then you do call number 2.

So if the prospect didn't set up call number two, you follow-up two to four times over fourteen days and they become unresponsive, then essentially they've gone cold. Right? At that point, let your YouTube channel, emails, retargeting, marketing automation, do the rest of the nurturing. Again, the main goals here is that you're the tide, not the current. You practice each day on the calls, before the calls, review your numbers, get your breathing right, Do things for yourself.

Be present for the customers. Make sure that you raise their problem awareness. Help them identify, hey, things are more serious than actually thought. That's not a negative thing, by the way. Make sure that they say it out loud and both of you hear it.

State your offer only when you know that you can help and they trust you. If you don't believe those things are true, both together, set call number two. If you're gonna do it on call number one, state your offer. Share your expertise. Walk them through a timeline based outcome of how you're gonna work together, customize it to fit their needs, make it sound perfect to them.

State your price only when asked. Fundamentals, fundamentals, fundamentals. The strategies, when adopted, are simple. The complexity lies in the emotional intelligence decisions that need to be made day to day, from you internally, outside of calls, and on calls with people. The more you do it, the better you'll get, The sharpen the sword again and you'll be extremely effective at not just selling mastermind packages, but literally anything that you want.

Hope this helps.